Maintenance Manual Piagg0 I PDF

P.
180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
P.180 AVANTI
MASTER MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Manual Instance AVANTI

Effectivity: 1004 - 1104
Machine Name: P.180 AVANTI
Pub. Type: NewEdition
Rev. Date: Jul.08/16
CHAPTER 01 - Introduction
REPORT COVER
COVER
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 01-ROR
Page Block 1
Record of Revision [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 01-ROTR
Page Block 1
Record of Temporary Revision [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 01-ROSB
Page Block 1
Record of Service Bulletins [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 01-00-00
Page Block 1
Scope of the Manual [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Manual Chapterization [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Chapter Breakdown [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Revisions [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
List of Effective Pages [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table of Contents [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
Effectivity [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Consumable Materials [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Abbreviations [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 05 - Time Limits and Scheduled Maintenance

REPORT COVER
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 05-INTRO
Page Block 1
General [Jun.07/13]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 05-LOR
Page Block 1
Log of Revisions [Jun.07/13]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 05-TRL
Page Block 1
Temporary Revision List [Aug.04/14]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 05-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 05-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 05-20-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Foreword [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 05-50-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 06 - Dimensions and Areas

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 06-00-00
Page Block 1
Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Airplane Major Dimensions and Areas [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Stations (Reference Points) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Major Structural Members [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Zoning (Ref. to Fig. 10, 11, 12, 13) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Access and Inspection Locations [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 07 - Lifting and Shoring

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 07-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 07-10-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 201

TASK 07-10-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Jacking the Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 07-10-00-500-802 [Jul.08/16]
Removing Airplane from Jacks - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 07-10-00-500-803 [Jul.08/16]
Lifting Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling
CHAPTER 08 - Leveling and Weighing

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 08-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 08-10-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft Weighing (Electrical Platform Scale) - Material and Aircraft Handling
SECTION 08-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 08-20-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft Leveling on Jacks - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 08-20-00-500-802 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft Leveling on Wheels - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 08-20-00-500-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft Leveling on Jacks (with digital level) - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 08-20-00-500-804 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft Leveling on Wheels (with digital level) - Material and Aircraft Handling
CHAPTER 09 - Towing and Taxiing

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 09-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 09-10-00
Page Block 201
TASK 09-10-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Towing With Vehicle - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 09-10-00-500-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Gear Towing - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 09-10-00-500-803 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Towing With Towbarless Tug - Material and Aircraft Handling
Page Block 401
TASK 09-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Pin - Removal
TASK 09-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Pin - Installation
SECTION 09-20-00
Page Block 201
TASK 09-20-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Taxiing - Material and Aircraft Handling
CHAPTER 10 - Parking, Mooring, Storage and Return to Service

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 10-11-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 10-11-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Parking - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 10-11-00-500-802 [Jul.08/16]
Grounding the Aircraft (Cable Installation) - Material and Aircraft Handling
TASK 10-11-00-500-803 [Jul.08/16]
Grounding the Aircraft (Cable Removal) - Material and Aircraft Handling
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 10-11-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]

Parking Brake Release - Standard Practices
TASK 10-11-00-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Parking Brake Set - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 10-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Gust Lock Belt - Removal
TASK 10-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Gust Lock Belt - Installation
TASK 10-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Tail Stand - Installation
SECTION 10-12-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 10-12-00-550-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flyable Storage - Storage/Return to Service
TASK 10-12-00-550-802 [Jul.08/16]
Prolonged - Storage/Return to Service
TASK 10-12-00-550-803 [Jul.08/16]
Indefinite Storage - Storage/Return to Service
SECTION 10-20-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 10-20-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
Mooring the airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling
SECTION 10-30-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 10-30-00-840-801 [Jul.08/16]
Preparation for service (7 to 30 days) - Prepare for ...
TASK 10-30-00-840-802 [Jul.08/16]
Preparation for service (31 days to 3 months) - Prepare for ...
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 10-30-00-840-803 [Jul.08/16]

Preparation for service (more than 3 months) - Prepare for ...
CHAPTER 11 - Placards and Markings

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 11-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 11-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 11-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 11-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Placard - Removal
TASK 11-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Placard - Installation
SECTION 11-30-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 11-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Placard - Removal
TASK 11-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Placard - Installation
CHAPTER 12 - Servicing
COVER
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 12-00-00
Page Block 201
TASK 12-00-00-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standard aircraft configuration for maintenance - Aircraft System Configuration
SECTION 12-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 12-10-01
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-01-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-01-600-802 [Jul.08/16]
De-Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-01-600-803 [Jul.08/16]
Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-01-600-804 [Jul.08/16]
Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-10-02
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-02-610-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Shock Strut Filling - Servicing
TASK 12-10-02-610-802 [Jul.08/16]
NLG Shock Strut Charging - Servicing
SECTION 12-10-03
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-03-610-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Gear Shock Strut Filling - Servicing
TASK 12-10-03-610-802 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Shock Strut Charging - Servicing
SECTION 12-10-04
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-04-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Tires Servicing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-04-600-802 [Jul.08/16]
NLG Tires Servicing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 12-10-06
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-06-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Filling of the oxygen system - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-10-07
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-07-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft pressure refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-07-600-802 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft gravity refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-07-600-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft Fuel System and Vent Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-07-600-804 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft gravity de-fueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Page Block 501
TASK 12-10-07-750-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel anti-icing additive concentration check - Special Test
TASK 12-10-07-750-802 [Jul.08/16]
Water contamination check - Special Test
SECTION 12-10-08
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-08-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Level checking - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-10-08-600-802 [Jul.08/16]
Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Page Block 601
TASK 12-10-08-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Oil System Chip Detection - Inspection / Check
SECTION 12-10-09
Page Block 301
TASK 12-10-09-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Compressor - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 601
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 12-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]

200 FH aircraft light inspection and servicing - Inspection / Check
TASK 12-20-00-210-801 [Jul.08/16]
Internal Zonal Inspection - General Visual Inspection
TASK 12-20-00-210-802 [Jul.08/16]
External Zonal Inspection - General Visual Inspection
TASK 12-20-00-210-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flight compartment Inspection - General Visual Inspection
SECTION 12-21-00
Page Block 601
TASK 12-21-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
200 Flight Hours Engine - Inspection / Check
SECTION 12-21-01
Page Block 301
TASK 12-21-01-640-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear - Lubricating
TASK 12-21-01-640-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating
TASK 12-21-01-640-803 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating
TASK 12-21-01-640-804 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear - Lubricating
TASK 12-21-01-640-805 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating
TASK 12-21-01-640-806 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating
SECTION 12-21-02
Page Block 301
TASK 12-21-02-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Screwjack - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-22-00
Page Block 301
TASK 12-22-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aircraft main battery (Marathon) - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-22-00-600-802 [Jul.08/16]
Concorde Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 12-22-00-600-803 [Jul.08/16]
SAFT Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 12-22-01
Page Block 301
TASK 12-22-01-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Brush Holders and Spring - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-23-00
Page Block 401
TASK 12-23-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Battery pack - Replace
SECTION 12-24-01
Page Block 701
TASK 12-24-01-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Interior - Cleaning
SECTION 12-24-02
Page Block 701
TASK 12-24-02-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Exterior - Cleaning
TASK 12-24-02-100-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Leading Edges (Polished) - Cleaning
SECTION 12-24-03
Page Block 701
TASK 12-24-03-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Blade Surface - Cleaning
SECTION 12-25-00
Page Block 301
TASK 12-25-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Water / Waste - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-30-00
Page Block 301
TASK 12-30-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
De-icing/Anti-Icing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
SECTION 12-30-31
Page Block 1
Preflight [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Engine Run Up [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
After shut-down [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 20 - Standard Practices - Airframe

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 20-00-00
Page Block 601
TASK 20-00-00-210-801 [Jul.08/16]
General Inspection - General Visual Inspection
SECTION 20-00-01
Page Block 201
TASK 20-00-01-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Precaution for Consumable Materials and for Miscellaneous Materials -
Standard Practices
SECTION 20-10-01
Page Block 201
TASK 20-10-01-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Data - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-01-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Standard Torque Values - Standard Practices
SECTION 20-10-02
Page Block 201
TASK 20-10-02-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Removal/Installation Of Lockwire - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-02-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Removal/Installation Of Cotter Pins - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-02-910-803 [Jul.08/16]
Removal/Installation of Safety Spring in Turnbuckles - Standard Practices
SECTION 20-10-03
Page Block 201
TASK 20-10-03-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Installation precaution of Packings - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-03-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Installation of Back-up ring - Standard Practices
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 20-10-03-910-803 [Jul.08/16]

Storage of Packing - Standard Practices
SECTION 20-10-05
Page Block 201
TASK 20-10-05-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Permaswage standard tools - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-05-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Tool Preparation and Operation Instruction - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-05-910-803 [Jul.08/16]
Tubing Preparation, Insertion Marking and Limitations, and Inspection of
Waged Joints - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-05-910-804 [Jul.08/16]
Tubing Repair Techniques - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-05-910-805 [Jul.08/16]
Cut-off location at tube bends, Tube Cutting, Cutter Wheel Replacement and
Deburring - Standard Practices
SECTION 20-10-06
Page Block 201
TASK 20-10-06-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standard maintenance procedures for flexible hose and fluid fittings - Standard
Practices
TASK 20-10-06-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Removal of a flexible hose - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-06-910-803 [Jul.08/16]
Installation of a flexible hose - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-06-910-804 [Jul.08/16]
Installation of fluid line fitting - Standard Practices
TASK 20-10-06-910-805 [Jul.08/16]
Crimping - TNT8 machine - Standard Practices
SECTION 20-10-08
Page Block 201
TASK 20-10-08-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Removal/Installation of Bearings - Standard Practices
SECTION 20-20-01
Page Block 401
TASK 20-20-01-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wires - Replace
Page Block 801
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 20-20-01-300-801 [Jul.08/16]

Wire - Correction, Repair
TASK 20-20-01-300-802 [Jul.08/16]
Binding of Wire Groups, Sleeves and Tape - Correction, Repair
SECTION 20-20-02
Page Block 201
TASK 20-20-02-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Electrical bonding (Requirements and general precautions) - Standard
Practices
TASK 20-20-02-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Typical Bonding Method - Standard Practices
TASK 20-20-02-910-803 [Jul.08/16]
Bonding Surface Preparation and Finish - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 20-20-02-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Removal
TASK 20-20-02-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 20-20-02-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Electrical Bonding Between Control Surfaces and Main Structure - Inspection /
Check
TASK 20-20-02-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Engine mounts (Electrical continuity) - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 21 - Air Conditioning

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 21-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Normal Operation (Ref. to Fig. 1) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Emergency Operation (Ref. to Fig. 2) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Control and Indication (Ref. to Fig. 3) [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
SECTION 21-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 21-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Overtemperature Switch - Removal
TASK 21-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Fail Switch (Inboard) - Removal
TASK 21-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Fail Switch (Outboard) - Removal
TASK 21-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Check Valves - Removal
TASK 21-10-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve (Third Evaporated not installed) -
Removal
TASK 21-10-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - Removal
TASK 21-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Overtemperature Switch - Installation
TASK 21-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Fail Switch (Inboard) - Installation
TASK 21-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Fail Switch (Outboard) - Installation
TASK 21-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Check Valves - Installation
TASK 21-10-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve (Third Evaporated not installed) -
Installation
TASK 21-10-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 21-10-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Fail Switches - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 21-10-00-210-801 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - General Visual Inspection
TASK 21-10-00-210-802 [Jul.08/16]
Check Valves - General Visual Inspection
TASK 21-10-00-210-803 [Jul.08/16]
Overtemperature Switches - General Visual Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 15
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 21-10-00-210-804 [Jul.08/16]

Duct Fail Switches - General Visual Inspection
TASK 21-10-00-210-806 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve - General Visual Inspection
SECTION 21-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 21-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Air Distribution Blower - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Diffuser - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Avionics Cooling Blower - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution Hose - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]
LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-814 [Jul.08/16]
RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-000-815 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Removal
TASK 21-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Air Distribution Blower - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Diffuser - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Avionics Cooling Blower - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 16
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 21-20-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]

Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution Hose - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-813 [Jul.08/16]
LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-814 [Jul.08/16]
RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation
TASK 21-20-00-400-815 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 21-20-00-710-803 [Jul.08/16]
Air Distribution Blower - Operational Test
TASK 21-20-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Avionics Cooling Blowers - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 21-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Overhead Diffusers - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Air Distribution Blower - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Diffusers Outlets and Ducts - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
Avionics Cooling Blowers - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-809 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration-Pack Inlet and Outlet Duct - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-810 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger-Compartment Air Distribution Hoses and Valves - Inspection /
Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-811 [Jul.08/16]
Ram Air Check Valve (valve Installed) - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-20-00-200-812 [Jul.08/16]
Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Inspection / Check
Page Block 801
TASK 21-20-00-300-801 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration Package Inlet/Outlet Ducts - Correction, Repair
SECTION 21-30-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 17
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 301

TASK 21-30-00-680-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Control System - Drain Fluid
Page Block 401
TASK 21-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Control Ejector - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Vacuum Regulating Valve - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Automatic Pressurization Controller - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Outflow Valves - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Pressurization Valve - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Barometric Switch - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Removal
TASK 21-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Control Ejector - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Vacuum Regulating Valve - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Automatic Pressurization Controller - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Outflow Valves - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Pressurization Valve - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Barometric Switch - Installation
TASK 21-30-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 18
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 21-30-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]

Primary Outflow Valve Filter - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 21-30-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Barometric Pressure Switch - Testing, Checking
TASK 21-30-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Control System - Operational Test
TASK 21-30-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Pressurization Valve - Operational Test
TASK 21-30-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Control System - Functional Test
TASK 21-30-00-780-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Leakage (External Supply) - Pressure Test
TASK 21-30-00-790-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization (Engine Running) - Leak Test
Page Block 601
TASK 21-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Control Ejector - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Vacuum Regulating Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Manual Rate Controller - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
Automatic Pressurization Controller - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Controls and Indicators - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-807 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-808 [Jul.08/16]
Outflow Valves - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-30-00-200-809 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Pressurization Valve - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 21-30-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Cleaning
SECTION 21-40-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 19
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
ENVIRO Heating System - Description (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
ENVIRO Heating System - Description (Ref. Fig. 1 and 2)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
ENVIRO Heating System - Emergency Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
ENVIRO Heating System - Control and Indication (Ref. to Fig. 1)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 21-40-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Enviro Heating Package - Removal
TASK 21-40-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Third Evaporator (Optional) - Removal
TASK 21-40-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Enviro Gate Valve - Removal
TASK 21-40-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Modulating Valve - Removal
TASK 21-40-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Enviro Ground Blower - Removal
TASK 21-40-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Heater - Removal
TASK 21-40-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Enviro Heating Package - Installation
TASK 21-40-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Third Evaporator (Optional) - Installation
TASK 21-40-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Enviro Gate Valve - Installation
TASK 21-40-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Modulating Valve - Installation
TASK 21-40-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Enviro Ground Blower - Installation
TASK 21-40-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Heater - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 21-40-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin and Cockpit Duct Check Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-40-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Shut-Off and Pressure Regulating Valve - Inspection / Check
SECTION 21-50-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 20
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 401

TASK 21-50-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration Pack - Removal
TASK 21-50-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Removal
TASK 21-50-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration Pack - Installation
TASK 21-50-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 21-50-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Refrigeration Pack - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-50-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Inspection / Check
SECTION 21-51-00
Page Block 301
TASK 21-51-00-610-801 [Jul.08/16]
Freon Conditioner System - Servicing
TASK 21-51-00-610-802 [Jul.08/16]
Freon Air Conditioning System - Servicing
Page Block 401
TASK 21-51-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Evaporator - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Compressor/Condenser - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Blower - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Blower - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Evaporator - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Freon Control Unit - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor - Removal
TASK 21-51-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Evaporator - Installation
TASK 21-51-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Compressor/Condenser - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 21
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 21-51-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]

Flight Compartment Blower - Installation
TASK 21-51-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Blower - Installation
TASK 21-51-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Evaporator - Installation
TASK 21-51-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Freon Control Unit - Installation
TASK 21-51-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 21-51-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
Freon Conditioner System - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 21-51-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Motor Brushes - Inspection / Check
SECTION 21-60-00
Page Block 401
TASK 21-60-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Shutoff Valve - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Precooler - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin/Cockpit Over Temperature Switch - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Temperature Controller - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Controller - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Sensor - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Removal
TASK 21-60-00-000-814 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 22
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 21-60-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

Shutoff Valve - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Precooler - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Switch - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Temperature Controller - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Controller - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Sensor - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-813 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Installation
TASK 21-60-00-400-814 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 21-60-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Overtemperature Sensor - Operational Test
TASK 21-60-00-710-803 [Jul.08/16]
Environmental Control System - Operational Test
TASK 21-60-00-710-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 21-60-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Shutoff Valves - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-60-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Precooler - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-60-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-60-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-60-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
Environmental-Control Switch-Panel (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 23
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 21-60-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]

Environmental-Control Switch-Panel (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-60-00-200-807 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensors (Enviro) - Inspection / Check
TASK 21-60-00-200-808 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Switch (Enviro) - Inspection / Check
SECTION 21-70-00
Page Block 401
TASK 21-70-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Water Separator - Removal
TASK 21-70-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Water Separator - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 21-70-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Water Separator - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 22 - Auto Flight

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 22-10-00
Page Block 101
TASK 22-10-00-810-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot - Fault Isolation
Page Block 401
TASK 22-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot Computer - Removal
TASK 22-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot Controller - Removal
TASK 22-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Vertical Accelerometer - Removal
TASK 22-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Yaw Rate Sensor - Removal
TASK 22-10-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Slip/Skid Sensor - Removal
TASK 22-10-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Bias Box - Removal
TASK 22-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot Computer - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 24
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 22-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

Autopilot Controller - Installation
TASK 22-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Vertical Accelerometer - Installation
TASK 22-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Yaw Rate Sensor - Installation
TASK 22-10-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Slip/Skid Sensor - Installation
TASK 22-10-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Bias Box - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 22-10-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot - Operational Test
TASK 22-10-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 22-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot Computer and Mount - Inspection / Check
TASK 22-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot Controller - Inspection / Check
SECTION 22-11-00
Page Block 401
TASK 22-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Primary Servo - Removal
TASK 22-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Servo Mount - Removal
TASK 22-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Primary Servo - Installation
TASK 22-11-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Servo Mount - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 22-11-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 22-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Primary Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check
SECTION 22-12-00
Page Block 401
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 25
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 22-12-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Removal
TASK 22-12-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Removal
TASK 22-12-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Removal
TASK 22-12-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Removal
TASK 22-12-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Installation
TASK 22-12-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Installation
TASK 22-12-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Installation
TASK 22-12-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 22-12-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 22-12-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check
SECTION 22-13-00
Page Block 401
TASK 22-13-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Primary Servo - Removal
TASK 22-13-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Servo Mount - Removal
TASK 22-13-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Primary Servo - Installation
TASK 22-13-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Servo Mount - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 22-13-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 22-13-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 23 - Communications
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 26
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 23-11-00
Page Block 101
TASK 23-11-00-810-802 [Jul.08/16]
VHF System - Fault Isolation
Page Block 401
TASK 23-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Removal
TASK 23-11-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Removal
TASK 23-11-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Removal
TASK 23-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Installation
TASK 23-11-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Installation
TASK 23-11-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 23-11-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
VHF System - Testing, Checking
TASK 23-11-00-710-803 [Jul.08/16]
VHF System - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 23-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
VHF System - Inspection / Check
SECTION 23-13-00
Page Block 401
TASK 23-13-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992 - Removal
TASK 23-13-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
HF Control Unit - Removal
TASK 23-13-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
HF Coupler/Antenna - Removal
TASK 23-13-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992 - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 27
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 23-13-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]

HF Control Unit - Installation
TASK 23-13-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
HF Coupler/Antenna - Installation
SECTION 23-31-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Operation (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 23-31-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Audio Entertainment System - Testing, Checking
SECTION 23-33-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Operation (Ref. to Fig. 4) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 23-33-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Video Entertainment System - Testing, Checking
SECTION 23-34-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 23-34-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flitefone VI Transceiver - Removal
TASK 23-34-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset - Removal
TASK 23-34-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flitefone Antenna - Removal
TASK 23-34-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flitefone VI Transceiver - Installation
TASK 23-34-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset - Installation
TASK 23-34-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flitefone Antenna - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 28
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 23-50-00
Page Block 401
TASK 23-50-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Audio Control Unit - Removal
TASK 23-50-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Speaker - Removal
TASK 23-34-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Audio Control Unit - Installation
TASK 23-50-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Speaker - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 23-50-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Audio System - Testing, Checking
TASK 23-50-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Audio System - Operational Test
TASK 23-50-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Audio System - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 23-50-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Audio System - Inspection / Check
SECTION 23-60-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 23-60-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Static Discharger Wick - Removal
TASK 23-60-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Static Discharger Base - Removal
TASK 23-60-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Static Discharger Base Not Rivetted - Removal
TASK 23-60-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Static Discharger Wick - Installation
TASK 23-60-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Static Discharger Base - Installation (with metallic surfaces)
TASK 23-60-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Static Discharger Base - Installation (with composite surfaces)
TASK 23-60-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Airplane Surface Reworked and Static Discharger Base Rivetted - Installation
Page Block 601
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 29
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 23-60-00-200-801 [May 28/15]

Static Discharger - Inspection / Check
SECTION 23-70-00
Page Block 401
TASK 23-70-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
CVR G-Switch - Removal
TASK 23-70-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
CVR Recorder Unit - Removal
TASK 23-70-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
CVR Control Panel - Removal
TASK 23-70-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
CVR G-Switch - Installation
TASK 23-70-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
CVR Recorder Unit - Installation
TASK 23-70-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
CVR Control Panel - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 23-70-00-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
CVR - Testing, Checking
CHAPTER 24 - Electrical Power

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 24-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 24-00-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Safety Precautions and General - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 24-00-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Internal Power - Removal
TASK 24-00-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
External Power - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 30
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 24-00-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

Internal Power - Installation
TASK 24-00-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
External Power - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 24-00-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Electrical Power - Inspection / Check
SECTION 24-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Description (Ref. to Fig. 1) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 24-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary and Secondary Inverter - Removal
TASK 24-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
AC Control Unit - Removal
TASK 24-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary and Secondary Inverter - Installation
TASK 24-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
AC Control Unit - Installation
SECTION 24-30-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 24-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Starter Generator - Removal
TASK 24-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Generator Control Unit - Removal
TASK 24-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Starter-generator Air Duct - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 31
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 24-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]

Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Removal
TASK 24-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Starter Generator - Installation
TASK 24-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Generator Control Unit - Installation
TASK 24-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Starter-generator Air Duct - Installation
TASK 24-30-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 24-30-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Operational Test
TASK 24-30-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
DC Generating System - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 24-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Starter-Generator Brushes - Inspection / Check
TASK 24-30-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Generator Power Cables Routing - Inspection / Check
Page Block 801
TASK 24-30-00-300-802 [Jul.08/16]
Generator Power Cables - Correction, Repair
SECTION 24-31-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 24-31-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Battery - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 24-31-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Battery - Removal
TASK 24-31-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Battery Stay and Plate - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 32
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 24-31-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

Battery Ventilation Hose - Removal
TASK 24-31-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Battery Temperature Sensor - Removal
TASK 24-31-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Battery - Installation
TASK 24-31-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Battery Stay and Plate - Installation
TASK 24-31-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Battery Ventilation Hose - Installation
TASK 24-31-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Battery Temperature Sensor - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 24-31-00-710-801 [May 28/15]
Battery Temperature Sensor - Operational Test
TASK 24-31-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Battery Capacity Test and Deep Cycle (MARATHON - P/N 31055-001) -
Electrical Test
Page Block 601
TASK 24-31-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Battery - Inspection / Check
SECTION 24-40-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 24-40-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
External Power - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 24-40-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
External Power Receptacle - Removal
TASK 24-40-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
External Power Receptacle - Installation
SECTION 24-50-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 33
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Descriptive Text
SECTION 24-60-00
Page Block 1
General (Ref. to Fig. 1, 2 and 3) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 24-60-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Main Junction Box - Removal
TASK 24-60-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panel - Removal
TASK 24-60-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Main Junction Box - Installation
TASK 24-60-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panel - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 24-60-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
Electrical Generation and Distribution - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 24-60-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Junction Box - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 25 - Equipment/Furnishings
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 25-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 25-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 25-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot/Copilot Seat - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 34
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 25-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Removal
TASK 25-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Removal
TASK 25-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Furnishing Panel - Removal
TASK 25-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Removal
TASK 25-10-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Visors - Removal
TASK 25-10-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Glareshield - Removal
TASK 25-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot/Copilot Seat - Installation
TASK 25-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Installation
TASK 25-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Installation
TASK 25-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Furnishing Panel - Installation
TASK 25-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Installation
TASK 25-10-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Cockpit Visors - Installation
TASK 25-10-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Glareshield - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 25-10-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot/Copilot Seat - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 25-10-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot/Copilot Shoulder Belt - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 25-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Glareshield - Inspection / Check
SECTION 25-20-00
Page Block 601
TASK 25-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Seat and Safety Belts - Inspection / Check
SECTION 25-21-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 35
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 25-21-00-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment - Standard Practices
TASK 25-21-00-910-803 [Jul.08/16]
Stretcher - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 25-21-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Floor Carpet - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Headliner - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Stretcher - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Forward and Aft Facing Seats - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]
Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-814 [Jul.08/16]
One Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-815 [Jul.08/16]
One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-816 [Jul.08/16]
Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-817 [Jul.08/16]
Large Cabinet - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-818 [Jul.08/16]
AFT Cabinet - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-819 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinets - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-820 [Jul.08/16]
Louver - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-821 [Jul.08/16]
Cardtable - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-822 [Jul.08/16]
Windows Shades - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-823 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 36
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 25-21-00-000-824 [Jul.08/16]

Toilet Seat Support - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-825 [Jul.08/16]
Seat Belt Toilet - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-826 [Jul.08/16]
Patient Handling System - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-827 [Jul.08/16]
One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-828 [Jul.08/16]
Two Stretcher Configuration - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-000-829 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal
TASK 25-21-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Floor Carpet - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Headliner - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Stretcher - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Forward and Aft Facing Seats - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-813 [Jul.08/16]
Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-814 [Jul.08/16]
One Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-815 [Jul.08/16]
One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-816 [Jul.08/16]
Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-817 [Jul.08/16]
Large Cabinet - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-818 [Jul.08/16]
AFT Cabinet - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-819 [Jul.08/16]
AFT Cabinet - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-820 [Jul.08/16]
Louver - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-821 [Jul.08/16]
Cardtable - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-822 [Jul.08/16]
Windows Shades - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 37
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 25-21-00-400-823 [Jul.08/16]

Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-824 [Jul.08/16]
Toilet Seat Support - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-825 [Jul.08/16]
Seat Belt Toilet - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-826 [Jul.08/16]
Patient Handling System - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-827 [Jul.08/16]
One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-828 [Jul.08/16]
Two Stretcher Configuration - Installation
TASK 25-21-00-400-829 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation
SECTION 25-21-01
Page Block 401
TASK 25-21-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Sidewall Panel - Removal
TASK 25-21-01-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Right Armrest Panel - Removal
TASK 25-21-01-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Left Armrest Panel - Removal
TASK 25-21-01-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Table Insert - Removal
TASK 25-21-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Sidewall Panel - Installation
TASK 25-21-01-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Right Armrest Panel - Installation
TASK 25-21-01-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Left Armrest Panel - Installation
TASK 25-21-01-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Table Insert - Installation
SECTION 25-21-02
Page Block 401
TASK 25-21-02-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
LH PSU Cover - Removal
TASK 25-21-02-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
RH PSU Cover - Removal
TASK 25-21-02-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
LH PSU Cover - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 38
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 25-21-02-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

RH PSU Cover - Installation
SECTION 25-21-03
Page Block 401
TASK 25-21-03-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Interior Cover Cabin Door - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin) - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet Toilet Console - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
AFT Vanity Console - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Vanity Closet Floor - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet Vanity Closet - Removal
TASK 25-21-03-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Interior Cover Cabin Door - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin) - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet Toilet Console - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
AFT Vanity Console - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Vanity Closet Floor - Installation
TASK 25-21-03-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Cabinet Vanity Closet - Installation
SECTION 25-25-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 39
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Configuration Change [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
SECTION 25-30-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 25-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Refreshment Cabinet - Removal
TASK 25-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Removal
TASK 25-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Refreshment Cabinet - Installation
TASK 25-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Installation
SECTION 25-40-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 301
TASK 25-40-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Hot Water Tank Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 25-40-00-600-802 [Jul.08/16]
Waste Water Tank Discharge - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Page Block 401
TASK 25-40-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Removable Tank - Removal
TASK 25-40-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Toilet - Removal
TASK 25-40-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Removable Tank - Installation
TASK 25-40-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Toilet - Installation
SECTION 25-60-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 40
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 25-60-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Removal
TASK 25-60-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Removal
TASK 25-60-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Removal
TASK 25-60-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Removal
TASK 25-60-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Removal
TASK 25-60-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST) - Removal
TASK 25-60-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Installation
TASK 25-60-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Installation
TASK 25-60-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Installation
TASK 25-60-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Underwater Acoustic Beacon - Installation
TASK 25-60-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Installation
TASK 25-60-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 25-60-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (AF) (ARTEX) - Operational Test
TASK 25-60-00-710-804 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Operational Test
TASK 25-60-00-710-805 [Jul.08/16]
ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Operational Test
TASK 25-60-00-710-806 [Jul.08/16]
Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Operational Test
TASK 25-60-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (AF) (ARTEX) - Functional Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 41
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 25-60-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]

ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Functional Test
TASK 25-60-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Electrical Test
Page Block 601
TASK 25-60-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
First Aid Kit - Inspection / Check
TASK 25-60-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
ELT (ARTEX) Battery Pack - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 26 - Fire Protection

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 26-00-00
Page Block 1
General (Ref. to Fig. 1) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Detection [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Extinguishing (Optional) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 26-10-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 26-10-00-000-801 [May 28/15]
Detector - Removal
TASK 26-10-00-400-801 [May 28/15]
Detector - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 26-10-00-710-801 [May 28/15]
Detector - Operational Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 42
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 601

TASK 26-10-00-200-801 [May 28/15]
Detector - Inspection / Check
SECTION 26-20-00
Page Block 401
TASK 26-20-00-000-801 [May 28/15]
Engine Fire Bottle - Removal
TASK 26-20-00-000-802 [May 28/15]
Deployment Tubes - Removal
TASK 26-20-00-400-801 [May 28/15]
Engine Fire Bottle - Installation
TASK 26-20-00-400-802 [May 28/15]
Deployment Tubes - Installation
TASK 26-20-00-960-801 [May 28/15]
Engine Fire Bottle Cartridge - Replace
Page Block 601
TASK 26-20-00-200-801 [May 28/15]
Engine Fire Bottle (Weight Check) - Inspection / Check
TASK 26-20-00-200-802 [May 28/15]
Fire Bottle and Deployment Tubes - Inspection / Check
TASK 26-20-00-200-803 [May 28/15]
Portable Fire Extinguisher - Inspection / Check
TASK 26-20-00-200-804 [May 28/15]
RH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check
TASK 26-20-00-200-805 [May 28/15]
LH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 27 - Flight Controls

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 27-00-00
Page Block 201
TASK 27-00-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flight Controls - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 27-00-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 43
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-00-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Removal
TASK 27-00-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Trim Control Panel - Removal
TASK 27-00-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Installation
TASK 27-00-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Installation
TASK 27-00-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Trim Control Panel - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 27-00-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Control Systems - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-804 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-805 [Jul.08/16]
Control Wheels - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-807 [Jul.08/16]
Control Columns - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-808 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Pedals - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-700-809 [Jul.08/16]
Control Columns - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-00-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Trim Systems - Operational Test
TASK 27-00-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator - Functional Test
TASK 27-00-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature - Load - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 27-00-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Cables - Inspection / Check
TASK 27-00-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Control and Trim Systems - Inspection / Check
TASK 27-00-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap Actuating System - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 44
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-00-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]

Gust Locks - Inspection / Check
TASK 27-00-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
Angle-of-Attack (AOA) Transmitter - Inspection / Check
TASK 27-00-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator - Inspection / Check
TASK 27-00-00-200-808 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Pedals - Inspection / Check
TASK 27-00-00-220-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Cable Damage Limits - Detailed Dimensional Inspection
SECTION 27-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 27-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Wheel Assembly - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Column Cable - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Control Cable - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
RH Aileron Yoke - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]
LH Aileron Yoke - Removal
TASK 27-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Wheel Assembly - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Column Cable - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 45
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

Aileron Control Cable - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
RH Aileron Yoke - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-400-813 [Jul.08/16]
LH Aileron Yoke - Installation
TASK 27-10-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Wheel Switches - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 27-10-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Control System (Friction Test) - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-10-00-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Play Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-10-00-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab Play Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-10-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Control System - Operational Test
TASK 27-10-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Roll Trim Indicator - Operational Test
TASK 27-10-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab - Functional Test
TASK 27-10-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab Actuator (Ratier Figeac P/N FE187-001) - Electrical Test
TASK 27-10-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 27-10-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 46
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-10-00-820-803 [N/M]

Roll Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 27-20-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 27-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab Actuator - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Control Cables - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Pedals - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Bellcrank Control Cable - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Removal
TASK 27-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab Actuator - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Control Cables - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Pedals - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Bellcrank Control Cable - Installation
TASK 27-20-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 47
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 501

TASK 27-20-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Control System (Friction Test) - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-20-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Control - Operational Test
TASK 27-20-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Yaw Trim Indicator - Operational Test
TASK 27-20-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab - Functional Test
TASK 27-20-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab Actuator (Ratier Figeac P/N FE182-000) - Electrical Test
TASK 27-20-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 27-20-00-820-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 27-20-00-820-804 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 27-30-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 27-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator - Removal
TASK 27-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Spring Assembly - Removal
TASK 27-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Elevators Control Cables - Removal
TASK 27-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Control Columns - Removal
TASK 27-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator - Installation
TASK 27-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Spring Assembly - Installation
TASK 27-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Elevators Control Cables - Installation
TASK 27-30-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Control Columns - Installation
Page Block 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 48
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-30-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]

Elevator Spring Force and System Friction Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-30-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Control - Operational Test
TASK 27-30-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 27-31-00
Page Block 401
TASK 27-31-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
AOA Transmitter - Removal
TASK 27-31-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Stall Warning Computer - Removal
TASK 27-31-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
AOA Transmitter - Installation
TASK 27-31-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Stall Warning Computer - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 27-31-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Stall Warning System - Operational Test
SECTION 27-40-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 27-40-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Removal
TASK 27-40-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator - Removal
TASK 27-40-00-000-803 [May 28/15]
Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal
TASK 27-40-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal
TASK 27-40-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Installation
TASK 27-40-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator - Installation
TASK 27-40-00-400-803 [May 28/15]
Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 49
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-40-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 27-40-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking
TASK 27-40-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Operational Test
TASK 27-40-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Functional Test
TASK 27-40-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pitch Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 27-50-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Description (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 27-50-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) Screwjacks - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) Screwjack - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Drive Unit (FDU) Electrical Motor - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Actuator - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Flaps Control Lever - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Shafts - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 50
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 27-50-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]

Flaps Position Indicator - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-000-814 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Removal
TASK 27-50-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWOF) - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) Screwjacks - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) Screwjack - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Drive Unit (FDU) Electrical Motor - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Actuator - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Flaps Control Lever - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Shafts - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-813 [Jul.08/16]
Flaps Position Indicator - Installation
TASK 27-50-00-400-814 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 27-50-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
MID Interlock Circuit - Operational Test
TASK 27-50-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Flaps - Operational Test
TASK 27-50-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flaps - Functional Test
TASK 27-50-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 27-50-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 27-50-00-820-803 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 51
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 28 - Fuel
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 28-00-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-00-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flame Arrester - Removal
TASK 28-00-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flame Arrester - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 28-00-00-790-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Tanks Access Panels and Components - Leak Test
TASK 28-00-00-790-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Tanks Access Panels, Components and Structure - Leak Test
TASK 28-00-00-790-803 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Tank Structure - Leak Test
TASK 28-00-00-790-804 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Fuselage Tank 6000 Bulkhead - Leak Test
TASK 28-00-00-790-805 [Jul.08/16]
Insulation Bulkhead - Leak Test
Page Block 601
TASK 28-00-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel System - Inspection / Check
TASK 28-00-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Storage Area - Inspection / Check
TASK 28-00-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Nacelle Fuel Lines and Accessories - Inspection / Check
TASK 28-00-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel System Tank - Inspection / Check
TASK 28-00-00-290-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flame Arrester Filter - Borescope Inspection
SECTION 28-11-00
Page Block 301
TASK 28-11-00-680-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Collector Tanks - Drain Fluid
Page Block 401
TASK 28-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 52
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 28-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]

RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Removal
TASK 28-11-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
LH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal
TASK 28-11-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
RH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal
TASK 28-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Installation
TASK 28-11-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Installation
TASK 28-11-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
LH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation
TASK 28-11-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
RH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation
SECTION 28-12-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-12-00-000-801 [May 28/15]
Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Removal
TASK 28-12-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Installation
SECTION 28-13-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-13-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Removal
TASK 28-13-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 28-13-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 28-13-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Inspection / Check
SECTION 28-14-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-14-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Removal
TASK 28-14-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Installation
Page Block 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 53
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 28-14-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]

Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Operational Test
SECTION 28-15-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-15-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Removal
TASK 28-15-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Removal
TASK 28-15-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Installation
TASK 28-15-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 28-15-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Inspection / Check
SECTION 28-20-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Booster Pump - Removal
TASK 28-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Crossfeed Valve - Removal
TASK 28-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal
TASK 28-20-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal
TASK 28-20-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
(Purolator) Fuel Filter - Removal
TASK 28-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Booster Pump - Installation
TASK 28-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Crossfeed Valve - Installation
TASK 28-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation
TASK 28-20-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation
TASK 28-20-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
(Purolator) Fuel Filter - Installation
TASK 28-20-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
(Pall) Fuel Filter - Replace
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 54
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 28-20-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]

(Purolator) Fuel Filter - Cartridge - Replace
TASK 28-20-00-960-803 [Jul.08/16]
Crossfeed Valve - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 28-20-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
(Pall) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational Test
TASK 28-20-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
(Purolator) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational Test
TASK 28-20-00-710-804 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Distribution System - Operational Test
TASK 28-20-00-790-801 [Jul.08/16]
Electrical Cable Hose Terminals - Leak Test
SECTION 28-40-00
Page Block 401
TASK 28-40-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Collector Tank Probes - Removal
TASK 28-40-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Collector Tank Probes - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 28-40-00-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
Indicating System - Testing, Checking
Page Block 601
TASK 28-40-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Tank Probes - Inspection / Check
TASK 28-40-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Wing Tank Probes - Inspection / Check
TASK 28-40-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Collector Tank Probes - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 29 - Hydraulic Power

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 29-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 55
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Main Hydraulic Power [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
Auxiliary Hydraulic Power [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 29-00-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic Power - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 29-00-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic Power - Inspection / Check
TASK 29-00-00-280-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Contamination Analysis - Specific, Special Inspection
Page Block 701
TASK 29-00-00-170-801 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic System - Flushing Cleaning
SECTION 29-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 29-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic Pump Package - Removal
TASK 29-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Electric Motor - Removal
TASK 29-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Optical Level Sensor - Removal
TASK 29-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Filter Element - Removal
TASK 29-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Control Unit - Removal
TASK 29-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic Pump Package - Installation
TASK 29-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Electric Motor - Installation
TASK 29-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Optical Level Sensor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 56
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 29-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

Filter Element - Installation
TASK 29-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Control Unit - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 29-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Electric Motor Brushes - Inspection / Check
SECTION 29-11-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Location [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 29-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Air Filters - Removal
TASK 29-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Check Valve - Removal
TASK 29-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Relief Valve - Removal
TASK 29-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Air Filters - Installation
TASK 29-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Check Valve - Installation
TASK 29-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Relief Valve - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 29-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic Pressurization - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 29-11-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Air Filters - Cleaning
TASK 29-11-00-100-802 [Jul.08/16]
Relief Valve Secondo Mona SM3326 - Cleaning
TASK 29-11-00-100-803 [Jul.08/16]
Hydraulic Check Valve - Cleaning
SECTION 29-20-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 57
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 29-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Auxiliary Handpump - Removal
TASK 29-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Auxiliary Handpump - Installation
CHAPTER 30 - Ice and Rain Protection

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 30-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 30-00-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Monitoring Unit - Removal
TASK 30-00-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Monitoring Unit - Installation
SECTION 30-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 30-11-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 30-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Anti-Ice Shut-off Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 58
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 30-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Temperature Switch - Removal
TASK 30-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Ejector - Removal
TASK 30-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Regulator Box - Removal
TASK 30-11-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Sensor - Removal
TASK 30-11-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Air Vent Anti Ice Duct - Removal
TASK 30-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Anti-Ice Shut-off Valve - Installation
TASK 30-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Switch - Installation
TASK 30-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Ejector - Installation
TASK 30-11-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Regulator Box - Installation
TASK 30-11-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Sensor - Installation
TASK 30-11-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Air Vent Anti Ice Duct - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 30-11-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Anti-Ice System - Operational Test
TASK 30-11-00-710-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Warning Overheat Circuit - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 30-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Anti-Ice Shut-off Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-11-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Switch - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-11-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Ejector - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-11-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Regulator Box - Inspection / Check
SECTION 30-12-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 59
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 30-12-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Leading Edge - Removal
TASK 30-12-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Leading Edge - Installation
TASK 30-12-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Temperature Switch - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 30-12-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Leading Edge - Operational Test
TASK 30-12-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Anti-Ice Relays and RCCBs - Functional Test
TASK 30-12-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Temperature Switch - Electrical Test
Page Block 601
TASK 30-12-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Leading Edge - Inspection / Check
SECTION 30-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 30-21-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 30-21-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulator/Relief Valve - Removal
TASK 30-21-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ejector/Flow Control Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 60
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 30-21-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

Pressure Switch - Removal
TASK 30-21-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Intake Boots - Removal
TASK 30-21-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Timer - Removal
TASK 30-21-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Control Box - Removal
TASK 30-21-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulator/Relief Valve - Installation
TASK 30-21-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ejector/Flow Control Valve - Installation
TASK 30-21-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Switch - Installation
TASK 30-21-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Intake Boots - Installation
TASK 30-21-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Timer - Installation
TASK 30-21-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Control Box - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 30-21-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Intake Lip De-icing System - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 30-21-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulator/Relief Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-21-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ejector/Flow Control Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-21-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Switch - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-21-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Intake Boots - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-21-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
Timer - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-21-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Control Box - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-21-00-200-807 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Intake Boots - Inspection / Check
Page Block 801
TASK 30-21-00-300-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Intake Boots - Correction, Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 61
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 30-21-00-300-802 [Jul.08/16]

Engine Air Intake Boots (Pinholes) - Correction, Repair
SECTION 30-22-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 30-22-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Linear Actuator - Removal
TASK 30-22-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator Rear Door - Removal
TASK 30-22-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Linear Actuator - Installation
TASK 30-22-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator Rear Door - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 30-22-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator System - Operational Test
TASK 30-22-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator System (Vanes) - Operational Test
TASK 30-22-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator System (Vanes) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 30-22-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator System - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-22-00-210-801 [Jul.08/16]
Inertial Separator Rear Door - General Visual Inspection
SECTION 30-23-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 62
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 401

TASK 30-23-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Shut-off Valve - Removal
TASK 30-23-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Switch - Removal
TASK 30-23-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Shut-off Valve - Installation
TASK 30-23-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Switch - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 30-23-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Cooler Air Intake Lip Anti-ice System - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 30-23-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Shut-off Valve - Inspection / Check
TASK 30-23-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Temperature Switch - Inspection / Check
SECTION 30-30-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 30-30-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pitot-Static, AOA and TAT Anti-Ice System - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 30-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pitot-Static, AOA and TAT Anti-Ice System - Inspection / Check
SECTION 30-40-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Location (Ref. to Fig. 1) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 63
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 501

TASK 30-40-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield Heating - Functional Test
TASK 30-40-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
Relays and RCCB’s - Functional Test
TASK 30-40-00-760-802 [Jul.08/16]
Left Windshield Heating - Electrical Test
TASK 30-40-00-760-803 [Jul.08/16]
Right Windshield Heating - Electrical Test
SECTION 30-80-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 30-80-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Detector - Removal
TASK 30-80-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Accretion Probe - Removal
TASK 30-80-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Detector - Installation
TASK 30-80-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Accretion Probe - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 30-80-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Detector - Operational Test
TASK 30-80-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Detector - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 30-80-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ice Detector - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 31 - Indicating/Recording Systems

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 64
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 31-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 701
TASK 31-00-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Instrument Glass Lenses - Cleaning
SECTION 31-10-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 31-10-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Test/Refuel Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Aural Warning Box - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-817 [Jul.08/16]
LH Instrument Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-818 [Jul.08/16]
RH Instrument Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-819 [Jul.08/16]
Center Instrument Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-820 [Jul.08/16]
Right Switch Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-821 [Jul.08/16]
Center Switch Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-822 [Jul.08/16]
Left Switch Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-823 [Jul.08/16]
Engine/Fuel Control Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-824 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Oil Cooler/Prop. Autofeather Switch Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-000-825 [Jul.08/16]
LH Audio Panel - Removal
TASK 31-10-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Test/Refuel Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Aural Warning Box - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-817 [Jul.08/16]
LH Instrument Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 65
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 31-10-00-400-818 [Jul.08/16]

RH Instrument Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-819 [Jul.08/16]
Center Instrument Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-820 [Jul.08/16]
Right Switch Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-821 [Jul.08/16]
Center Switch Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-822 [Jul.08/16]
Left Switch Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-823 [Jul.08/16]
Engine/Fuel Control Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-824 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Oil Cooler/Prop. Autofeather Switch Panel - Installation
TASK 31-10-00-400-825 [Jul.08/16]
LH Audio Panel - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 31-10-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Test/Refuel Panel - Operational Test
SECTION 31-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 31-21-00
Page Block 401
TASK 31-21-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Digital Clock - Removal
TASK 31-21-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Digital Clock - Removal
TASK 31-21-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Digital Clock - Installation
TASK 31-21-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Digital Clock - Installation
SECTION 31-22-00
Page Block 401
TASK 31-22-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Compass - Removal
TASK 31-22-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Compass - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 66
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 501

TASK 31-22-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Compass - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 31-22-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Digital Clock - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 31-50-00
Page Block 401
TASK 31-50-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Multifunction Display - Removal
TASK 31-50-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Multifunction Display - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 31-50-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Multifunction Display - Operational Test
TASK 31-50-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Multifunction Display - Functional Test
SECTION 31-51-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
System Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 31-51-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
MFDI - Removal
TASK 31-51-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
MFDI - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 31-51-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
MFDI - Operational Test
CHAPTER 32 - Landing Gear

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 32-00-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 67
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Descriptive Text
Main Gear and Doors (Refer to 32-10-00) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Nose Gear and Doors (Refer to 32-20-00) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Extension and Retraction (Refer to 32-30-00) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Wheels and Brakes (Refer to 32-40-00) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Steering (Refer to 32-50-00) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Position and Warning (Refer to 32-60-00) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 32-00-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Gear Handpump - Testing, Checking
TASK 32-00-00-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main and Nose Landing Gear - Testing, Checking
TASK 32-00-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Gear - Operational Test
TASK 32-00-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Gear Limit Switches - Electrical Test
TASK 32-00-00-760-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main and Nose Landing Gear Weight on Wheel Switches - Electrical Test
TASK 32-00-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-00-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Doors - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-00-00-820-803 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-00-00-820-804 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Doors - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-00-00-820-807 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Doors - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-00-00-820-808 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 32-10-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 68
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
System Description (Ref. to Fig. 1) [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 32-11-00
Page Block 401
TASK 32-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Gear - Removal
TASK 32-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Drag Stay - Removal
TASK 32-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Actuator - Removal
TASK 32-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Shock Absorber - Removal
TASK 32-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Gear - Installation
TASK 32-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Drag Stay - Installation
TASK 32-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Actuator - Installation
TASK 32-11-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Shock Absorber - Installation
SECTION 32-20-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
System Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 101
TASK 32-20-00-810-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Shimmy - Fault Isolation
Page Block 401
TASK 32-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear - Removal
TASK 32-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Links - Removal
TASK 32-20-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Drag Stay - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 69
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 32-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

Nose Gear - Installation
TASK 32-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Links - Installation
TASK 32-20-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Drag Stay - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 32-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear and Door Control Assembly - Inspection / Check
TASK 32-20-00-210-801 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Links - General Visual Inspection
SECTION 32-30-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 32-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Actuator - Removal
TASK 32-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Drag Stay - Removal
TASK 32-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Check and Emergency Landing Gear Selector Valves - Removal
TASK 32-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Service Valve - Removal
TASK 32-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Actuator - Installation
TASK 32-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Drag Stay - Installation
TASK 32-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Check and Emergency Landing Gear Selector Valves - Installation
TASK 32-30-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Service Valve - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 32-30-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Directional Control Valve Diode - Testing, Checking
SECTION 32-40-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 70
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 32-41-00
Page Block 401
TASK 32-41-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wheel - Removal
TASK 32-41-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Wheel Tire - Removal
TASK 32-41-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Wheel - Removal
TASK 32-41-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Wheel Tire - Removal
TASK 32-41-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wheel - Installation
TASK 32-41-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Wheel Tire - Installation
TASK 32-41-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Wheel - Installation
TASK 32-41-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Wheel Tire - Installation
TASK 32-41-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Jack for Wheels Change - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 32-41-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wheels - Inspection / Check
TASK 32-41-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Wheels - Inspection / Check
SECTION 32-42-00
Page Block 401
TASK 32-42-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wheelbrake Assemblies - Removal
TASK 32-42-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Brake Pumps - Removal
TASK 32-42-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Parking Brake Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 71
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 32-42-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]

Three Way Valve - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Parking Brake Cable - Removal
TASK 32-42-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wheelbrake Assemblies - Installation
TASK 32-42-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Brake Pump - Installation
TASK 32-42-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Parking Brake Valve - Installation
TASK 32-42-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Three Way Valve - Installation
TASK 32-42-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Parking Brake Cable - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 32-42-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Brake - Operational Test
TASK 32-42-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Brakes / Brake System - Functional Test
TASK 32-42-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Parking Brake - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-42-00-870-801 [Jul.08/16]
Brakes - Bleeding
Page Block 601
TASK 32-42-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Brakes - Inspection / Check
TASK 32-42-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Brakes Rods System - Inspection / Check
TASK 32-42-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Brake Free Play - Inspection / Check
SECTION 32-50-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Operation (Ref. to Fig. 2, 3 and 4) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 101
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 72
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 32-50-00-810-801 [Jul.08/16]

Steering - Fault Isolation
Page Block 401
TASK 32-50-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Manifold - Removal
TASK 32-50-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Actuator - Removal
TASK 32-50-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flexible Hose Assemblies - Removal
TASK 32-50-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Command Potentiometer - Removal
TASK 32-50-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Filter - Removal
TASK 32-50-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Manifold - Installation
TASK 32-50-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Actuator - Installation
TASK 32-50-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flexible Hose Assemblies - Installation
TASK 32-50-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Command Potentiometer - Installation
TASK 32-50-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Filter - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 32-50-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering Actuator Resistance - Testing, Checking
TASK 32-50-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering - Operational Test
TASK 32-50-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 32-50-00-870-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering - Bleeding
Page Block 601
TASK 32-50-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Steering - Inspection / Check
SECTION 32-60-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 73
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 32-60-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Harness - Removal
TASK 32-60-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Weight Switch - Removal
TASK 32-60-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Door Switch - Removal
TASK 32-60-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Gear Harness - Installation
TASK 32-60-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Weight Switch - Installation
TASK 32-60-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Door Switch - Installation
TASK 32-60-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Limit Switches - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 32-60-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Gear Warning - Testing, Checking
TASK 32-60-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Limit Switches - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
CHAPTER 33 - Lights
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 33-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 101
TASK 33-00-00-810-801 [Jul.08/16]
Lights - Fault Isolation
Page Block 401
TASK 33-00-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]
Lights - Replace
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 74
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 33-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Component Description (Ref. to Fig. 1) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 33-11-00
Page Block 401
TASK 33-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Map Lights - Removal
TASK 33-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Map Lights - Installation
SECTION 33-12-00
Page Block 401
TASK 33-12-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Glareshield Lights - Removal
TASK 33-12-00-400-802 [May 28/15]
Glareshield Lights - Installation
SECTION 33-13-00
Page Block 401
TASK 33-13-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Crew Lights - Removal
TASK 33-13-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Crew Lights - Installation
SECTION 33-14-00
Page Block 401
TASK 33-14-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Dimmer Light Control Panel - Removal
SECTION 33-15-00
Page Block 401
TASK 33-15-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Light Dimming Panel - Removal
SECTION 33-20-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 75
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Component Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Component Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 33-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Light - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Reading Lights - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Table Lights - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Entry and Rear Closet Lights - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
No Smoking Fasten Seat Belt Light - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Vanity Lights - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Console Lights - Removal
TASK 33-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Light - Installation
TASK 33-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Reading Lights - Installation
TASK 33-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Table Lights - Installation
TASK 33-20-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Entry and Rear Closet Lights - Installation
TASK 33-20-00-400-805 [May 28/15]
Cabin Light - Installation
TASK 33-20-00-400-806 [May 28/15]
Vanity Lights - Installation
TASK 33-20-00-400-807 [May 28/15]
Console Lights - Installation
SECTION 33-30-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 76
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 33-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]

Baggage Light - Removal
TASK 33-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Light - Installation
SECTION 33-40-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Component Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Component Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 33-41-00
Page Block 401
TASK 33-41-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Light - Removal
TASK 33-41-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Taxi Light - Removal
TASK 33-41-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Actuator - Removal
TASK 33-41-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Landing and Taxi Light Door Switch - Removal
TASK 33-41-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Lights - Installation
TASK 33-41-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Taxi Light - Installation
TASK 33-41-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Actuator - Installation
TASK 33-41-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Landing and Taxi Light Door Switch - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 33-41-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Landing Lights - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 33-41-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
Taxi Light - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 33-41-00-820-803 [Jul.08/16]
Landing and Taxi Light Door Switch - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 33-42-00
Page Block 401
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 77
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 33-42-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]

Anticollision Light - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Power Supply Unit (Vertical Stabilizer) - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Power Supply Unit (Wheel Well) - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-810 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Beacon Light - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-811 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Beacon Flasher Unit - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-812 [Jul.08/16]
Recognition Light - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]
Navigation Light - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-814 [Jul.08/16]
Position Light - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-000-815 [Jul.08/16]
Wing Inspection Light - Removal
TASK 33-42-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Anticollision Light - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Power Supply Unit (Vertical Stabilizer) - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Power Supply Unit (Wheel Well) - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Beacon Light - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-811 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Beacon Flasher Unit - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-812 [Jul.08/16]
Recognition Light - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-813 [Jul.08/16]
Navigation Light - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-814 [Jul.08/16]
Position Light - Installation
TASK 33-42-00-400-815 [Jul.08/16]
Wing Inspection Light - Installation
CHAPTER 34 - Navigation
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 78
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 34-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-11-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 301
TASK 34-11-00-680-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pitot-Static System - Drain Fluid
Page Block 401
TASK 34-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Pitot Tube - Removal
TASK 34-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Static Port - Removal
TASK 34-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Pitot Tube - Installation
TASK 34-11-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Static Port - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-11-00-790-801 [May 28/15]
Pitot Static - Leak Test
TASK 34-11-00-790-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pitot Static - Leak Test
Page Block 601
TASK 34-11-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Visual Inspection of the Region Surrounding the Static Ports (RVSM Critical
Region) - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-11-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Static (Outer) Plate and Inner Port Step Height Measurement - Inspection /
Check
Page Block 701
TASK 34-11-00-100-807 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Pitot Line - Cleaning
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 79
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-11-00-100-808 [Jul.08/16]

Pilot Static Line - Cleaning
TASK 34-11-00-100-809 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Pitot Line - Cleaning
TASK 34-11-00-100-810 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Static Line - Cleaning
TASK 34-11-00-100-811 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Pitot Drain Hole - Cleaning
TASK 34-11-00-100-812 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Pitot Drain Hole - Cleaning
SECTION 34-12-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Air Data Computer - Removal
TASK 34-12-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Air Data Computer - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-12-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Air Data Computer - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-12-00-730-801 [Jul.08/16]
Air Data Computer - System Test
SECTION 34-12-01
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Airdata Display Unit (ADDU) (RVSM Provision) - Removal
TASK 34-12-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Airdata Display Unit (ADDU) (RVSM Complete) - Removal
TASK 34-12-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Airdata Display Unit (ADDU) (RVSM Provision) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 80
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-12-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]

Airdata Display Unit (ADDU) (RVSM Complete) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-12-01-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autopilot (Altitude Hold) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-12-01-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
RVSM - Testing, Checking
SECTION 34-12-02
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-02-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Barometric Altimeter - Removal
TASK 34-12-02-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Barometric Altimeter - Installation
SECTION 34-12-03
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-03-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Vertical Speed Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-12-03-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Vertical Speed Indicator - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-12-03-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Vertical Speed Indicator - Testing, Checking
SECTION 34-12-04
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 81
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 401

TASK 34-12-04-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Mach-Speed Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-12-04-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Mach-Speed Indicator - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-12-04-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Mach-Speed Indicator - Testing, Checking
SECTION 34-12-05
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-05-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Preselector/Alerter - Removal
TASK 34-12-05-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Preselector/Alerter - Installation
SECTION 34-12-06
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-06-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Altimeter - Removal
TASK 34-12-06-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Altimeter - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-12-06-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Altimeter - Testing, Checking
SECTION 34-12-07
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 82
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-12-07-000-801 [Jul.08/16]

Copilot Airspeed Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-12-07-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Airspeed Indicator - Installation
SECTION 34-12-08
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-12-08-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Rate of Climb Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-12-08-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Rate of Climb Indicator - Installation
SECTION 34-13-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-14-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-20-01
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 83
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-20-01-710-801 [Jul.08/16]

Vertical and Directional Gyro - Operational Test
SECTION 34-21-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-21-01
Page Block 401
TASK 34-21-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Directional Gyro - Removal
TASK 34-21-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Radio Magnetic Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-21-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Flux Detector Valve - Removal
TASK 34-21-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Remote Compensator Panel - Removal
TASK 34-21-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Directional Gyro - Installation
TASK 34-21-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Copilot Radio Magnetic Indicator - Installation
TASK 34-21-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Flux Detector Valve - Installation
TASK 34-21-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Remote Compensator Panel - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 34-21-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Directional Gyro - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-22-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-22-01
Page Block 401
TASK 34-22-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Directional Gyro - Removal
TASK 34-22-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Radio Magnetic Indicator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 84
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-22-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

Secondary Flux Detector Valve - Removal
TASK 34-22-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Remote Compensator Panel - Removal
TASK 34-22-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Directional Gyro - Installation
TASK 34-22-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Radio Magnetic Indicator - Installation
TASK 34-22-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Flux Detector Valve - Installation
TASK 34-22-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Remote Compensator Panel - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 34-22-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Directional Gyro - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-23-01
Page Block 401
TASK 34-23-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
MFD Processor Unit - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Display Selector Panel - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Display Processor Unit - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Flight Director - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Navigation Display - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
EFIS Panel - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Vertical Gyro - Removal
TASK 34-23-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
MFD Processor Unit - Installation
TASK 34-23-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Display Selector Panel - Installation
TASK 34-23-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Display Processor Unit - Installation
TASK 34-23-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Flight Director - Installation
TASK 34-23-01-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Navigation Display - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 85
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-23-01-400-806 [Jul.08/16]

EFIS Panel - Installation
TASK 34-23-01-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Vertical Gyro - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-23-01-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
EFIS - Operational Test
TASK 34-23-01-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Display Selector Panel (DSP) - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 34-23-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
MFD Processor Unit - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-23-01-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Display Processor Unit - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-24-00
Page Block 401
TASK 34-24-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
HPU Processor - Removal
TASK 34-24-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
HCP Control Panel - Removal
TASK 34-24-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Electronic Flight Display (EFD) - Removal
TASK 34-24-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Attitude Director Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-24-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Vertical Gyro - Removal
TASK 34-24-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
HPU Processor - Installation
TASK 34-24-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
HCP Control Panel - Installation
TASK 34-24-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Electronic Flight Display (EFD) - Installation
TASK 34-24-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Attitude Director Indicator - Installation
TASK 34-24-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Vertical Gyro - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-24-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
EFD-74 display, EHSI Control Panel (HCP-74), HPU-74A Processor Unit -
Operational Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 86
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-24-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]

Display Selector Panel (DSP) - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 34-24-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
HPU Processor - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-25-00
Page Block 1
Description (Ref. to Fig. 1, 2, 3) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-25-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standby Gyro Horizon - Removal
TASK 34-25-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standby Gyro Horizon - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-25-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standby Gyro Horizon (AIM 520 Model) - Operational Test
TASK 34-25-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Standby Gyro Horizon (AI-804DM Model) - Operational Test
TASK 34-25-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standby Gyro Horizon Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Functional Test
SECTION 34-26-00
Page Block 401
TASK 34-26-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Turn-and-Bank (Pilot) - Removal
TASK 34-26-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Turn-and-Bank (Copilot) - Removal
TASK 34-26-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Turn-and-Bank (Pilot) - Installation
TASK 34-26-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Turn-and-Bank (Copilot) - Installation
SECTION 34-27-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 87
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 501

TASK 34-27-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Altimeter - Testing, Checking
Page Block 601
TASK 34-27-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flux Detection Unit, Remote Compensator Unit - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-27-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Attitude Director Indicator ADI-84 - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-27-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
VIR-32 Glideslope Receiver - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-27-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
VIR-32 Localizer Receiver - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-27-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
VIR-32 Marker Beacon Receiver - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-27-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Category II Interlock Transceiver - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-41-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-41-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter - Removal
TASK 34-41-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Weather Radar Panel - Removal
TASK 34-41-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter - Installation
TASK 34-41-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Weather Radar Panel - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-41-00-710-802 [Jul.08/16]
Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 34-41-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-42-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 88
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-42-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Radio Altimeter Indicator - Removal
TASK 34-42-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Radio Altimeter Transceiver - Removal
TASK 34-42-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Radio Altimeter Indicator - Installation
TASK 34-42-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Radio Altimeter Transceiver - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 34-42-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
ALT-55 Radio Altimeter - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-43-00
Page Block 401
TASK 34-43-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Transmitter Receiver Computer (TRC) - Removal
TASK 34-43-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Control Panel (Pedestal Instl.) - Removal
TASK 34-43-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-43-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Control Panel (Instr. Panel Instl.) - Removal
TASK 34-43-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Transmitter Receiver Computer (TRC) - Installation
TASK 34-43-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Control Panel (Pedestal Instl.) - Installation
TASK 34-43-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-43-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Control Panel (Instr. Panel Instl.) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-43-00-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I System - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-43-00-820-802 [Jul.08/16]
TCAS I Antenna - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 34-44-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 89
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 34-44-00-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Database (Updating) - Aircraft System Configuration
TASK 34-44-00-860-802 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Configuration - Aircraft System Configuration
Page Block 401
TASK 34-44-00-000-802
TAWS Remote Computer - Removal
TASK 34-44-00-000-803
TAWS Control Panel - Removal
TASK 34-44-00-400-802
TAWS Remote Computer - Installation
TASK 34-44-00-400-803
TAWS Control Panel - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-44-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Selt Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-44-00-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Audio Delay (TCAS I Installed) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-44-00-700-804 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Audio Priority (TCAS I Installed) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-44-00-700-806 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Preliminary Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-44-00-700-807 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS DIM / BRT Function - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-44-00-700-808 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Selt Test - Testing, Checking
Page Block 601
TASK 34-44-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
TAWS Data Verification - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-51-01
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 90
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-51-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Navigation Receiver - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
DME Transceiver - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Navigation Control Unit - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary DME Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Glideslope Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Marker Beacon Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
VHF Navigation Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-51-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Navigation Receiver - Installation
TASK 34-51-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
DME Transceiver - Installation
TASK 34-51-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Navigation Control Unit - Installation
TASK 34-51-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary DME Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-51-01-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Glideslope Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-51-01-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Marker Beacon Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-51-01-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
VHF Navigation Antenna - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-51-01-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
DME Transceiver - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 34-51-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Navigation Receiver - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-51-01-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
DME Transceiver - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 91
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 34-52-01
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-52-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Navigation Receiver - Removal
TASK 34-52-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Navigation Control Unit - Removal
TASK 34-52-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Navigation Receiver - Installation
TASK 34-52-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Navigation Control Unit - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 34-52-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Navigation Receiver - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-53-01
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-53-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Receiver - Removal
TASK 34-53-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Control Unit - Removal
TASK 34-53-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-53-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Receiver - Installation
TASK 34-53-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Control Unit - Installation
TASK 34-53-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Antenna - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 34-53-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
ADF Receiver - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 92
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 34-54-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-55-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-55-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary ID Code Plugs - Replace
SECTION 34-55-01
Page Block 401
TASK 34-55-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-90) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Transponder (TDR-90) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Control Adapter Unit (CAD-62) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary transponder (TDR-94 Mode S) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-94D Mode S EHS) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
ATC Control Unit (CTL 92) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
ATC CTL- 92E (Mode S EHS) Control Unit - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Primary ATC Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-000-809 [Jul.08/16]
Top ATC Antenna (Mode S EHS) - Removal
TASK 34-55-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-90) - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Transponder (TDR-90) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 93
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-55-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

Control Adapter Unit (CAD-62) - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary transponder (TDR-94 Mode S) - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-94D Mode S EHS) - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
ATC Control Unit (CTL-92) - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
ATC CTL- 92E (Mode S EHS) Control Unit - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-808 [Jul.08/16]
Primary ATC Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-55-01-400-809 [Jul.08/16]
Top ATC Antenna (Mode S EHS) - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 34-55-01-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-90) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-802 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Transponder (TDR-90) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
Control Adapter Unit (CAD-62) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-94 Mode S) - Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-805 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-94D Mode S EHS) - Test - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-806 [Jul.08/16]
ATC Control Unit (CTL-92) - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-807 [Jul.08/16]
ATC CTL- 92E (Mode S EHS) Control Unit - Testing, Checking
TASK 34-55-01-700-808 [Jul.08/16]
Transponder Antennas - Testing, Checking
Page Block 601
TASK 34-55-01-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Primary Transponder (TDR-90) - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-55-01-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary Transponder (TDR-90) - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-55-01-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Control Adapter Unit (CAD-62) - Inspection / Check
TASK 34-55-01-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Primary transponder (TDR-94 Mode S) - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 94
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-55-01-200-805 [Jul.08/16]

Primary Transponder (TDR-94D Mode S EHS) - Inspection / Check
SECTION 34-57-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-57-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Secondary ID Code Plugs - Replace
SECTION 34-60-01
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Description (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-60-01-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
LRN Computer - Removal
TASK 34-60-01-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Omega/VLF-H Field Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-60-01-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
GPS Sensor - Removal
TASK 34-60-01-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
GPS Amplifier - Removal
TASK 34-60-01-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
GPS Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-60-01-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Rubidium Frequency Unit - Removal
TASK 34-60-01-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
LRN Computer - Installation
TASK 34-60-01-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Omega/VLF-H Field Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-60-01-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
GPS Sensor - Installation
TASK 34-60-01-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
GPS Amplifier - Installation
TASK 34-60-01-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
GPS Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-60-01-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Rubidium Frequency Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 95
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 34-60-03
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 34-60-03-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
Portable Data Transfer Unit (DTU) - Aircraft System Configuration
Page Block 401
TASK 34-60-03-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Navigation Computer Unit (NCU) - Removal
TASK 34-60-03-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (CDU) - Removal
TASK 34-60-03-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
GPS - OMEGA / VLF Sensor (GPS/OSS) - Removal
TASK 34-60-03-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
OMEGA/VLF H FIELD Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-60-03-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-03-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Navigation Computer Unit (NCU) - Installation
TASK 34-60-03-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (CDU) - Installation
TASK 34-60-03-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
GPS - OMEGA / VLF Sensor (GPS/OSS) - Installation
TASK 34-60-03-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
OMEGA/VLF H FIELD Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-60-03-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
SECTION 34-60-04
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
SECTION 34-60-05
Page Block 401
TASK 34-60-05-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-05-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (CDU) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 96
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-60-05-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

Radio Reference Sensor (RRS) - Removal
TASK 34-60-05-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-05-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
RRS Antenna - Removal
TASK 34-60-05-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
VOR Antenna RF Splitter - Removal
TASK 34-60-05-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-05-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (CDU) - Installation
TASK 34-60-05-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Radio Reference Sensor (RRS) - Installation
TASK 34-60-05-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-05-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
RRS Antenna - Installation
TASK 34-60-05-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
VOR Antenna RF Splitter - Installation
TASK 34-60-05-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
SECTION 34-60-06
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-60-06-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-06-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-06-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flat Panel Control Display Unit - Removal
TASK 34-60-06-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-06-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-06-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Flat Panel Control Display Unit - Installation
TASK 34-60-06-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 97
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 34-60-07
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-60-07-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-07-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (FPCDU) - Removal
TASK 34-60-07-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-07-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-07-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (FPCDU) - Installation
TASK 34-60-07-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-07-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
SECTION 34-60-08
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Functional Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 34-60-08-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-08-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (FPCDU) - Removal
TASK 34-60-08-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-08-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 34-60-08-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Control Display Unit (FPCDU) - Installation
TASK 34-60-08-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 98
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 34-60-08-860-801 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 35 - Oxygen
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 35-00-00
Page Block 1
General (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Component Description (Ref. to Fig. 2 and 3) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 301
TASK 35-00-00-610-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen System (Purging) - Servicing
TASK 35-00-00-610-802 [Jul.08/16]
Smoke Google - Servicing
Page Block 501
TASK 35-00-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pilot Mask and Passenger Mask Dispensing units - Operational Test
TASK 35-00-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Low Oxygen Pressure - Functional Test
TASK 35-00-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
High Oxygen Pressure - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 35-00-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen System - Inspection / Check
TASK 35-00-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen Filler Valve Assembly - Inspection / Check
TASK 35-00-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Smoke Goggle - Inspection / Check
SECTION 35-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 35-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen Storage Cylinder - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 99
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 35-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Filling Valve - Removal
TASK 35-10-00-000-803 [May 28/15]
Three Position Valve - Removal
TASK 35-10-00-000-804 [May 28/15]
Oxygen Pressure Gauge - Removal
TASK 35-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Three Position Valve - Removal
TASK 35-10-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen Pressure Gage - Removal
TASK 35-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen Storage Cylinder - Installation
TASK 35-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Filling Valve - Installation
TASK 35-10-00-400-803 [May 28/15]
Three Position Valve - Installation
TASK 35-10-00-400-804 [May 28/15]
Oxygen Pressure Gauge - Installation
TASK 35-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Three Position Valve - Installation
TASK 35-10-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Oxygen Pressure Gage - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 35-10-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Crew Oxygen Masks - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 35-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Crew Oxygen Masks - Inspection / Check
SECTION 35-20-00
Page Block 301
TASK 35-20-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Mask - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Page Block 401
TASK 35-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Mask Dispensing Units - Removal
TASK 35-20-00-000-802 [May 28/15]
Cabin Altitude Switch - Removal
TASK 35-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Altitude Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 100
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 35-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

Passenger Mask Dispensing Units - Installation
TASK 35-20-00-400-802 [May 28/15]
Cabin Altitude Switch - Installation
TASK 35-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Altitude Switch - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 35-20-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Altitude Switch - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
CHAPTER 36 - Pneumatic
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 36-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 36-10-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 36-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Fitting - Removal
TASK 36-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 36-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - Removal
TASK 36-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Manifold Assembly - Removal
TASK 36-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Pressuriz. Duct Flexible Sheath (between WS 1665 - 1195) -
Removal
TASK 36-10-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Pressuriz. Duct Flexible Sheath (between WS 1195 - 0) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 101
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 36-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

Bleed Fitting - Installation
TASK 36-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 36-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - Installation
TASK 36-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Manifold Assembly - Installation
TASK 36-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Installation
TASK 36-10-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 36-10-00-790-801 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - Leak Test
Page Block 601
TASK 36-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Bleed Air Ducts - Inspection / Check
SECTION 36-11-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 301
TASK 36-11-00-680-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal Pressurization System - Drain Fluid
TASK 36-11-00-680-802 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal Pressurization System - Drain Fluid
Page Block 401
TASK 36-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Accumulator - Removal
TASK 36-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 36-11-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Three Way Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 102
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 36-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]

Pressure Regulator - Removal
TASK 36-11-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Transducer - Removal
TASK 36-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Accumulator - Installation
TASK 36-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 36-11-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Three Way Valve - Installation
TASK 36-11-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Regulator - Installation
TASK 36-11-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Transducer - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 36-11-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal Inflation System - Operational Test
TASK 36-11-00-790-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal - Leak Test
Page Block 601
TASK 36-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal Inflation System - Inspection / Check
Page Block 801
TASK 36-11-00-300-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal (cuts not exceeding 7mm in length) - Correction, Repair
TASK 36-11-00-300-802 [Jul.08/16]
Door Seal (cuts not exceeding 15mm in length) - Correction, Repair
CHAPTER 45 - Central Maintenance System

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 45-70-00
Page Block 1
Digital Aircraft Data Acquisition System (ADASd) - Description[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Digital Aircraft Data Acquisition System (ADASd) - Operation[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 103
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
View Live Data [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
Configuration File [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Data Transmission Unit System (DTU) - Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Configuration File [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
System Operation Overview [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Data Transmission Unit (DTU) System - Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 45-70-00-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
Digital Aircraft Data Acquisition System (ADASd) (Data Dowload) - Aircraft
System Configuration
TASK 45-70-00-860-802 [Jul.08/16]
Digital Aircraft Data Acquisition System (ADASd) (Configuration) - Aircraft
TASK 45-70-00-860-803 [Jul.08/16]
Data Transmission Unit System (DTU) - Aircraft System Configuration
TASK 45-70-00-860-804 [Jul.08/16]
Data Transmission Unit System (DTU) - Data Download - Aircraft System
Configuration
Page Block 401
TASK 45-70-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Digital Aircraft Data Acquisition System Unit (ADAS) - Removal
TASK 45-70-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Data Transmission Unit (DTU) - Removal
TASK 45-70-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
GSM / GPRS Patch Antenna - Removal
TASK 45-70-00-000-804 [May 28/15]
Analog Converter - Removal
TASK 45-70-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Digital Aircraft Data Acquisition System Unit (ADAS) - Installation
TASK 45-70-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Data Transmission Unit (DTU) - Installation
TASK 45-70-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
GSM / GPRS Patch Antenna - Installation
TASK 45-70-00-400-804 [May 28/15]
Analog Converter - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 104
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 51 - Standard Practices and Structures - General

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 51-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
General Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-01-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-03-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-05-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Examination of Structure [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Assessment of Damage [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Secondary Damage [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Protection of Adjacent Equipment [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Access for Repair [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 105
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Application of Repair Schemes [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-11-00
Page Block 1
Allowable Damage [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Allowable Cracks Metallic Structure [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Allowable Gouges and Nicks Metallic Structure [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Allowable Dents Metallic Structure [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Composite Material Allowable [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-13-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Repair Procedures [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-15-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Contour Variations - Limits (Ref. to Fig. 1, 2 and 3) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Surface Finish [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-21-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 106
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 51-21-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]

Water-break Test - Testing, Checking
Page Block 701
TASK 51-21-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Processes Solvent Cleaning - Cleaning
SECTION 51-23-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Alodine 1200 [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Dow Corning 1200 Primer [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR-1560-MC and PR-1560-MK [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Primer S9001 Alumigrip [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-25-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Chemical Paint Stripping - Turco 5351 [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Mechanical Paint Stripping [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Painting - Alumigrip G8005 Undercoat (Metallic Surfaces)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Painting - Composite Surfaces Preparation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Painting - Alumigrip Topcoat (Metallic and Composite Materials)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Main Wing Leading Edge Surfaces - Polishing (Ref. to Fig.(1)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-30-00
Page Block 1
Sheet Metal General Information [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
General Information for Extrusions [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 107
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Composite Materials - General [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-31-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Permitted Substitutes [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Bend Radii [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-33-00
Page Block 1
Composite Materials - General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-35-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Safety Precautions [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR 1422 A and PR 1422 B [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR1440 A and PR 1440 B [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHEMETALL MC-238 Class A [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHEMETALL MC-780 Class A and MC-780 Class B [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR-1431-G [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR 1784 Class B [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR 1910 [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Silastic 732 RTV [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
PR 1829 Class B [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 108
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PR 186 Adhesion Promoter [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
PRAC 251 Gray Class B [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Skyflex Gore Sealant [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-36-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Safety Precautions [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Hysol EA 934NA [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Loctite 222 (Screwlock) (MIL-S-22473D) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Loctite 242 (Nutlock) (MIL-S-22473D) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Loctite 271 (Studlock) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Loctite RC 680 [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-40-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Types of Fasteners [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Identification [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Fastener Hole Preparation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-41-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Solid Rivets [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 109
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Cherrymax Rivets [Jul.08/16]

Descriptive Text
Hi-Lok/Hi-Lite Pins [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-43-00
Page Block 1
Solid Rivets [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Cherrymax Rivets [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Hi-Lok/Hi-Lite Pins [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-50-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 51-50-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Airplane Symmetry Check - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 51-60-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-61-00
Page Block 501
TASK 51-61-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ailerons Mass Balancing - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 51-62-00
Page Block 501
TASK 51-62-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder Mass Balancing - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 51-63-00
Page Block 501
TASK 51-63-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevators Mass Balancing - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 110
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 51-70-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Standard Repair Data [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-80-00
Page Block 1
Bonding Surface Preparation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Surface Finish [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 51-90-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Coin Tapping [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Dye Penetrant [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Eddy Current [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Ultrasonic [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Magnetic Particle [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Radiographic [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 52 - Doors
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 52-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 111
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 52-11-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-11-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lower - Removal
TASK 52-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Lower Cabin Door Seal - Removal
TASK 52-11-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lower - Installation
TASK 52-11-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Lower Cabin Door Seal - Installation
TASK 52-11-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Lower Door Cable - Replace
TASK 52-11-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Lower Door Seal Plugs - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 52-11-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lower (Overcenter) - Testing, Checking
TASK 52-11-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lower - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 52-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lower - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-11-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lower (Lockpin Extension) - Inspection / Check
SECTION 52-12-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-12-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Upper - Removal
TASK 52-12-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lock - Removal
TASK 52-12-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lock - Removal
TASK 52-12-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Upper - Installation
TASK 52-12-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Lock - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 112
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 52-12-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

Cabin Door Lock - Installation
TASK 52-12-00-960-801 [Dec.21/15]
Cabin Door Upper Lock Spring - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 52-12-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Upper - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 52-12-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Upper - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-12-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Upper (Lockpin Extension) - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-12-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Upper (Overcenter) - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-12-00-700-801
Cabin Door Upper (Overcenter) - Testing, Checking
SECTION 52-18-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-18-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Upper Cabin Door Seal - Removal
TASK 52-18-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Upper Cabin Door Seal - Installation
TASK 52-18-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Weather Stripes - Replace
Page Block 601
TASK 52-18-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Seal - Inspection / Check
SECTION 52-20-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door - Removal
TASK 52-20-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door (External Removal) - Removal
TASK 52-20-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door (Internal Removal) - Removal
TASK 52-20-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door Handle - Removal
TASK 52-20-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door Handle - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 113
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 52-20-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]

Emergency Exit Door (Internal) - Removal
TASK 52-20-00-000-808 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door (Internal) - Removal
TASK 52-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door Handle - Installation
TASK 52-20-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door - Installation
TASK 52-20-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 52-20-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
TASK 52-20-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door (Internal) - Installation
TASK 52-20-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door (Internal) - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 52-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door - Inspection / Check
SECTION 52-30-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Compartment Door - Removal
TASK 52-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Seal Door - Removal
TASK 52-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Door Lock - Removal
TASK 52-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Door Lock - Removal
TASK 52-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Compartment Door - Installation
TASK 52-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Seal Door - Installation
TASK 52-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Door Lock - Installation
TASK 52-30-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Door Lock - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 52-30-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Compartment Door - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 114
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 601

TASK 52-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Compartment Door - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-30-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Baggage Door Lockpin Wear - Inspection / Check
SECTION 52-40-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-40-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Refuel Access Door - Replace
TASK 52-40-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Power Receptacle Access Door - Replace
TASK 52-40-00-960-803 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Test Panel Access Door - Replace
Page Block 601
TASK 52-40-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Pressure Refuel Access Door - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-40-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Power Receptacle Access Door - Inspection / Check
TASK 52-40-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Ground Test Panel Access Door - Inspection / Check
SECTION 52-70-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Component Location [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 501
TASK 52-70-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Warning System - Operational Test
TASK 52-70-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Warning System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 52-70-00-290-801 [Jul.08/16]
Door Warning System - Borescope Inspection
SECTION 52-72-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 115
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 401

TASK 52-72-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Plunger - Removal
TASK 52-72-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S125 - Removal
TASK 52-72-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S123, S124, S126, S127, S128, S129, S132, S133 -
Removal
TASK 52-72-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S130,131 - Removal
TASK 52-72-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S121,122 - Removal
TASK 52-72-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Door Plunger - Installation
TASK 52-72-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S125 - Installation
TASK 52-72-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S123, S124, S126, S127, S128, S129, S132, S133 -
Installation
TASK 52-72-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S130,131 - Installation
TASK 52-72-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Switch Assembly S121,122 - Installation
SECTION 52-81-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-81-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Left/Right Door - Removal
TASK 52-81-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Rear Door - Removal
TASK 52-81-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Left/Right Door - Installation
TASK 52-81-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Rear Door - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 52-81-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nose Landing Gear Doors - Inspection / Check
SECTION 52-82-00
Page Block 401
TASK 52-82-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Forward Door - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 116
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 52-82-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Main Landing Gear Rear Door - Removal
TASK 52-82-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Rear Door Uplatch Mechanism Spring/Damper - Removal
TASK 52-82-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Forward Door - Installation
TASK 52-82-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Rear Door - Installation
TASK 52-82-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Rear Door Uplatch Mechanism Spring/Damper - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 52-82-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Rear Door Mechanism - Functional Test
Page Block 601
TASK 52-82-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Main Landing Gear Doors - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 53 - Fuselage
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 53-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 301
TASK 53-00-00-680-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Belly - Drain Fluid
Page Block 601
TASK 53-00-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Exterior - Inspection / Check
TASK 53-00-00-200-809 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Drain Holes - Inspection / Check
TASK 53-00-00-200-810 [Jul.08/16]
Internal Belly – Central Bays - Inspection / Check
SECTION 53-10-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 117
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 401

TASK 53-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Radome/nosecone - Removal
TASK 53-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Radome/nosecone - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 53-10-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Radome/nosecone - Electrical Test
TASK 53-10-00-790-801 [Jul.08/16]
Radome/nosecone - Leak Test
Page Block 601
TASK 53-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Radome/nosecone - Inspection / Check
TASK 53-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nose-Landing Gear Compartment - Inspection / Check
TASK 53-10-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield Upper & Lower Beams and Upper Beam Cross - Inspection / Check
SECTION 53-20-00
Page Block 401
TASK 53-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ventral Fins - Removal
TASK 53-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ventral Fins - Removal
TASK 53-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ventral Fins - Installation
TASK 53-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ventral Fins - Installation
SECTION 53-30-00
Page Block 601
TASK 53-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage FS 1340 to FS 2295 - Inspection / Check
SECTION 53-40-00
Page Block 601
TASK 53-40-00-200-801 [May 28/15]
Fuselage FS 2295 to FS 6000 - Inspection / Check
SECTION 53-60-00
Page Block 401
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 118
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 53-60-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]

LH Structural Panel (251A) - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
RH Structural Panel (252A) - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Integral Tank Panels 281AZ/282AZ - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Structural Box - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Upper Mount Plate - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Lower Mount Plate - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-000-807 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Insulation Bulkhead - Removal
TASK 53-60-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
LH Structural Panel (251A) - Installation
TASK 53-60-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
RH Structural Panel (252A) - Installation
TASK 53-60-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Integral Tank Panels 281AZ/282AZ - Installation
TASK 53-60-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Structural Box - Installation
TASK 53-60-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Upper Mount Plate - Installation
TASK 53-60-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
MLG Lower Mount Plate - Installation
TASK 53-60-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]
Passenger Compartment Insulation Bulkhead - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 53-60-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage Integral Tank - Inspection / Check
TASK 53-60-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main-Landing-Gear Compartments - Inspection / Check
SECTION 53-70-00
Page Block 601
TASK 53-70-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuselage FS 6710 to Tailcone - Inspection / Check
SECTION 53-80-00
Page Block 401
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 119
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 53-80-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Ballast - Removal
TASK 53-80-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Ballast - Installation
CHAPTER 54 - Nacelles
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 54-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 54-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 54-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Upper Nacelle Panel 410AT or 420AT - Removal
TASK 54-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Lower Nacelle Panel 410AB or 420AB - Removal
TASK 54-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rear Nacelle Panels 430AL/430AR or 440AL/440AR - Removal
TASK 54-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Protection Sheet (Rear Nacelle Panels) - Removal
TASK 54-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Duct Access Cover - Removal
TASK 54-10-00-000-806 [Jul.08/16]
Rear Nacelle Panels 430AL/430AR or 440AL/440AR - Removal
TASK 54-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Upper Nacelle Panel 410AT or 420AT - Installation
TASK 54-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Lower Nacelle Panel 410AB or 420AB - Installation
TASK 54-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Rear Nacelle Panels 430AL/430AR or 440AL/440AR - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 120
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 54-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

Protection Sheet (Rear Nacelle Panels) - Installation
TASK 54-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Air Duct Access Cover - Installation
TASK 54-10-00-400-806 [Jul.08/16]
Rear Nacelle Panels 430AL/430AR or 440AL/440AR - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 54-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Nacelle Panels (Installed) - Inspection / Check
TASK 54-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Nacelle Panels (Removed) - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 55 - Stabilizers
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 55-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 55-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 55-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer Fillet Panel - Removal
TASK 55-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer Fillet Panel - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 55-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer - Inspection / Check
TASK 55-10-00-220-801 [Jul.08/16]
Horizontal Stabilizer Left Hinge - Detailed Dimensional Inspection
SECTION 55-20-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 121
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 601

TASK 55-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator - Inspection / Check
TASK 55-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Linkages - Inspection / Check
SECTION 55-30-00
Page Block 401
TASK 55-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Vertical Stabilizer Fairings - Removal
TASK 55-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Vertical Stabilizer Fairings - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 55-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Vertical Stabilizer - Exterior - Inspection / Check
TASK 55-30-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Elevator Pulley Support Brackets - Inspection / Check
TASK 55-30-00-220-801 [Jul.08/16]
Vertical Stabilizer Hinge Fittings Bushings - Detailed Dimensional Inspection
SECTION 55-40-00
Page Block 601
TASK 55-40-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rudder - Inspection / Check
TASK 55-40-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Trim-Tab Actuator-Bushings - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 56 - Windows
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 56-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 56-00-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Damage Limitations - Standard Practices
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 122
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 56-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 56-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield (Three-Two Plies) with "GORE" Seal - Removal
TASK 56-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield (three-two Plies) - Removal
TASK 56-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield (Three-Two Plies) with "GORE" Seal - Installation
TASK 56-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield (three-two Plies) - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 56-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield - Inspection / Check
TASK 56-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield (Optical Distortion) - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 56-10-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield - Cleaning
Page Block 801
TASK 56-10-00-390-801 [Jul.08/16]
Windshield Moisture Seal - Sealing
SECTION 56-20-00
Page Block 201
TASK 56-20-00-840-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Window External Sealant - Prepare for ...
Page Block 401
TASK 56-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Window - Removal
TASK 56-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door Window - Removal
TASK 56-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Window - Installation
TASK 56-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Exit Door Window - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 56-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Window - Inspection / Check
TASK 56-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Windows Water Tightness (Interior Removed) - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 123
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 56-20-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]

Cabin Windows Water Tightness (Interior Installed) - Inspection / Check
TASK 56-20-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Window External Sealant - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 56-20-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Windows - Cleaning
Page Block 801
TASK 56-20-00-300-801 [Jul.08/16]
Cabin Window - Correction, Repair
CHAPTER 57 - Wings
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 57-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 57-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 57-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wing Access Panel - Removal
TASK 57-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Wing Access Panel - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 57-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Interior - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-10-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Aileron - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-10-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-10-00-200-805 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Outboard Flap - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-10-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Exterior - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 124
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 57-20-00
Page Block 401
TASK 57-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing - Removal
TASK 57-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 57-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Wing Flap - Inspection / Check
SECTION 57-30-00
Page Block 401
TASK 57-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Tip - Removal
TASK 57-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Tip - Installation
SECTION 57-40-00
Page Block 401
TASK 57-40-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Inboard Leading Edge - Removal
TASK 57-40-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Outboard Leading Edge - Removal
TASK 57-40-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Inboard Leading Edge - Installation
TASK 57-40-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Outboard Leading Edge - Installation
SECTION 57-50-00
Page Block 401
TASK 57-50-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Trailing Edge - Removal
TASK 57-50-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Track / Fairing Inner - Removal
TASK 57-50-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Trailing Edge - Installation
TASK 57-50-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Flap Track / Fairing Inner - Installation
Page Block 601
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 125
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 57-50-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]

Flap Tracks - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-50-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Main Wing Inboard Flap Tracks - Inspection / Check
TASK 57-50-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Forward Support of Main Wing Outboard Flap Tracks - Inspection / Check
SECTION 57-60-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 61 - Propellers
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 61-00-00
Page Block 1
Introduction [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Scope [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 61-10-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 61-10-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Dynamic Balancing - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 301
TASK 61-10-00-640-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Assembly - Lubricating
Page Block 401
TASK 61-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Assembly - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 126
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 61-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Propeller Low Pitch Switch Support - Removal
TASK 61-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Assembly - Installation
TASK 61-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Low Pitch Switch Support - Installation
TASK 61-10-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Carbon Block - Replace
TASK 61-10-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]
Beta Ring - Replace
Page Block 601
TASK 61-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Assembly - Inspection / Check
TASK 61-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Beta System Check - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 61-10-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Blade Surface - Cleaning
Page Block 801
TASK 61-10-00-300-802 [Jul.08/16]
Blade Surface Erosion/Corrosion - Correction, Repair
TASK 61-10-00-300-803 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Blades (Minor Repairs) - Correction, Repair
TASK 61-10-00-300-804 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Blades - Correction, Repair
SECTION 61-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Description - Propeller Governor [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Description - Propeller Overspeed Governor (Ref. to Fig. 1)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 61-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Governor - Removal
TASK 61-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Overspeed Governor - Removal
TASK 61-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Propeller Governor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 127
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 61-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]

Overspeed Governor - Installation
SECTION 61-21-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 61-21-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autofeather High and Low Pressure Switch - Removal
TASK 61-21-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autofeather High and Low Differential Pressure Switches - Removal
TASK 61-21-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autofeather High and Low Pressure Switch - Installation
TASK 61-21-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autofeather High and Low Differential Pressure Switches - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 61-21-00-720-801 [Jul.08/16]
Autofeather High and Low Differential Pressure Switch - Functional Test
TASK 61-21-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]
Autofeather High and Low Pressure Switch - Functional Test
SECTION 61-22-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 101
TASK 61-22-00-810-801 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser System - Fault Isolation
Page Block 401
TASK 61-22-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser Pickup - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 128
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 61-22-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

Synchrophaser Target - Removal
TASK 61-22-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser Control Box - Removal
TASK 61-22-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser Pickup - Installation
TASK 61-22-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser Target - Installation
TASK 61-22-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser Control Box - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 61-22-00-760-801 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser System (wiring test) - Electrical Test
TASK 61-22-00-760-802 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser System (Input Signal Amplitude Test) - Electrical Test
TASK 61-22-00-760-803 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser System (Supply Voltage Test) - Electrical Test
TASK 61-22-00-760-804 [Jul.08/16]
Synchrophaser System (Governor Trim Coil Test) - Electrical Test
SECTION 61-40-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Np Indication - Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Np Indication - Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Propeller Low Pitch Annunciation - Description [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Propeller Low Pitch Annunciation - Operation [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 61-40-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Tachometer Generator - Removal
TASK 61-40-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Tachometer Generator - Installation
CHAPTER 70 - Standard Practices - Engine

COVER
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 129
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 70-00-00
Page Block 1
Scope [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 70-23-00
Page Block 201
TASK 70-23-00-840-801 [Jul.08/16]
The Plug and the Receptacle - Prepare for ...
CHAPTER 71 - Power Plant

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 71-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 101
TASK 71-00-00-810-801 [Jul.08/16]
Starting Faults - Fault Isolation
Page Block 201
TASK 71-00-00-840-802 [Jul.08/16]
Preparation for ground running - Prepare for ...
TASK 71-00-00-860-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine, propeller and component limitation - Aircraft System Configuration
TASK 71-00-00-860-802 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Power Settings - Aircraft System Configuration
TASK 71-00-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Maintenance Precautions - Standard Practices
TASK 71-00-00-910-802 [Jul.08/16]
Safety Precautions - Standard Practices
TASK 71-00-00-910-803 [Jul.08/16]
Emergency Procedures - Standard Practices
Page Block 301
TASK 71-00-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Dry Motoring Run - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 130
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 71-00-00-600-802 [Jul.08/16]

Wet Motoring Run - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 71-00-00-600-803 [Jul.08/16]
Close-Up - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 71-00-00-600-805 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Shutdown - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 71-00-00-600-807 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Starting - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Page Block 401
TASK 71-00-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Power Plant - Removal
TASK 71-00-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Power Plant - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 71-00-00-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
Feathering - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-806 [Jul.08/16]
Interference between the Normal Governing and Overspeed Fuel Governing
Functions of the Propeller Governor - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-808 [Jul.08/16]
Accelerations - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-809 [Jul.08/16]
After Shutdown - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-812 [Jul.08/16]
Underspeed Fuel Governing - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-813 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Performance - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-814 [Jul.08/16]
Required Checks - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-815 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Ground Run - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-700-816 [Jul.08/16]
Generator - Testing, Checking
TASK 71-00-00-820-802 [May 28/15]
Maximum Propellers Speed - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 71-00-00-820-805 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Idle Speed - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 71-00-00-820-806 [Jul.08/16]
Maximum Propellers Speed - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 71-00-00-820-807 [Jul.08/16]
Overspeed Governor - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 131
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 71-00-00-820-808 [Jul.08/16]

Oil Pressure - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
SECTION 71-20-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 71-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Mounts - Removal
TASK 71-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Mounts - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 71-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Mounts Inspection with Engine Installed - Inspection / Check
TASK 71-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Mounts Inspection with Engine Removed - Inspection / Check
TASK 71-20-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Mounts - Inspection / Check
TASK 71-20-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Mounts Bonding Connections - Inspection / Check
SECTION 71-30-00
Page Block 1
General (Ref. to Fig. 1, 2 and 3) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 71-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rear Gasket Firewall - Removal
TASK 71-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Center Gasket Firewall - Removal
TASK 71-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Rear Gasket Firewall - Installation
TASK 71-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Center Gasket Firewall - Installation
TASK 71-30-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Flat Siltemp Center Firewall - Replace
SECTION 71-50-00
Page Block 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 132
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 71-70-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 72 - Engine
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 72-00-00
Page Block 1
Scope [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 73 - Engine Fuel and Control

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 73-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 73-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 73-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Pump-Inlet Screen - Removal
TASK 73-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Pump-Outlet Filter - Removal
TASK 73-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Purge System - Accumulator - Removal
TASK 73-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Purge Filter - Removal
TASK 73-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
P3 Air Filter - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 133
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 73-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

Fuel Pump-Inlet Screen - Installation
TASK 73-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Pump-Outlet Filter - Installation
TASK 73-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Purge System - Accumulator - Installation
TASK 73-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Purge Filter - Installation
TASK 73-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
P3 Air Filter - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 73-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Pump-Inlet Screen - Inspection / Check
TASK 73-10-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Pump-Outlet Filter - Inspection / Check
TASK 73-10-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Purge System - Accumulator - Inspection / Check
TASK 73-10-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]
P3 Air Filter - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 73-10-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Purge Filter - Cleaning
SECTION 73-20-00
Page Block 401
TASK 73-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel-Control Unit - Removal
TASK 73-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel-Control Unit - Installation
SECTION 73-30-00
Page Block 401
TASK 73-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Flow Transmitter - Removal
TASK 73-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Flow Indicator - Removal
TASK 73-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Flow Transmitter - Installation
TASK 73-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Flow Indicator - Installation
Page Block 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 134
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 73-30-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]

Fuel Flow Indicator - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 73-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Flow Transmitter - Inspection / Check
TASK 73-30-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Flow Indicator - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 74 - Ignition
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 74-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
SECTION 74-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 74-10-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ignition Unit - Removal
TASK 74-10-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ignition Unit - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 74-10-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ignition Unit - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 74-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Ignition Unit - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 75 - Air
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 75-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 135
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 76 - Engine Controls

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 76-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
SECTION 76-10-00
Page Block 1
General (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Engine Power Control (Ref. to Fig. 3, 4 and 5) [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Propeller Governor/Fuel Condition Control (Ref. to Fig. 6 and 7)[Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 201
TASK 76-10-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]
Standard Rigging Precautions - Standard Practices
Page Block 401
TASK 76-10-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Engine and Propeller Control Cables (Fuselage-Engine) - Removal
TASK 76-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Engine and Propeller Control Cables (Control Lever-Wing) - Removal
TASK 76-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Control Box - Removal
TASK 76-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]
Engine and Propeller Control Cables (Fuselage-Engine) - Installation
TASK 76-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Engine and Propeller Control Cables (Control Lever-Wing) - Installation
TASK 76-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Control Box - Installation
Page Block 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 136
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 76-10-00-820-809 [Jul.08/16]

Control Systems Rigging - Before Engine Run - Adjusting, Aligning,
Calibration, Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-810 [Jul.08/16]
Control Systems Rigging - Sliding Cam and FCU Mechanisms (Before Engine
Run) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-811 [Jul.08/16]
Control Systems Rigging - Propeller/Fuel Condition Control Mechanism
(Before Engine Run) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-812 [Jul.08/16]
Control Systems Rigging - Power Control System (Before Engine Run) -
Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-813 [Jul.08/16]
Control Systems Rigging - Beta Control Mechanism (Before Engine Run) -
Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-814 [Jul.08/16]
Control Systems Rigging (Engine Running) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration,
Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-815 [Jul.08/16]
Control Systems Rigging (After Engine Run) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration,
Rigging
TASK 76-10-00-820-816 [Jul.08/16]
Fuel Control Unit (FCU) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 76-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Control Cable - Inspection / Check
SECTION 76-11-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 76-11-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]
Control Cam Switches - Replace
Page Block 501
TASK 76-11-00-700-803 [Jul.08/16]
Power Control Cam Switches - Testing, Checking
TASK 76-11-00-700-804 [Jul.08/16]
Cam Switch Test Set - Testing, Checking
TASK 76-11-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Power Control Cam Switches - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 137
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 76-11-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]

Power Control Cam Switches - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 76-11-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Power Control Cam Switches - Cleaning
SECTION 76-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 77 - Engine Indicating

COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 77-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 77-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Tachometer Generator - Removal
TASK 77-10-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Transmitter - Removal
TASK 77-10-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Indicator - Removal
TASK 77-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Tachometer Generator - Installation
TASK 77-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Transmitter - Installation
TASK 77-10-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Indicator - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 77-10-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Indicator - Operational Test
TASK 77-10-00-720-803 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Transmitter - Functional Test
TASK 77-10-00-820-801 [Jul.08/16]
Torque Indicating - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Page Block 601
TASK 77-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Engine Indicators - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 138
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SECTION 77-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
CHAPTER 78 - Exhaust
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 78-00-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
SECTION 78-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 78-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Exhaust Duct - Removal
TASK 78-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/15]
Exhaust Duct - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 78-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Exhaust Duct - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 79 - Oil
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 79-20-00
Page Block 1
General [Jul.08/16]
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 139
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Page Block 301

TASK 79-20-00-600-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Change - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
TASK 79-20-00-680-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil System - Drain Fluid
Page Block 401
TASK 79-20-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Filter Element and Housing - Removal
TASK 79-20-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Cooler - Removal
TASK 79-20-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Filter Element and Housing - Installation
TASK 79-20-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Cooler - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 79-20-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Filter Element and Housing - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Cooler - Inspection / Check
Page Block 701
TASK 79-20-00-100-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Filter Element and Housing - Cleaning
TASK 79-20-00-170-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil System - Flushing Cleaning
SECTION 79-30-00
Page Block 401
TASK 79-30-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Pressure Transducer - Removal
TASK 79-30-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Pressure Switch - Removal
TASK 79-30-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Temperature Bulb - Removal
TASK 79-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Chip Detector - Removal
TASK 79-30-00-000-805 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Temperature and Pressure Indicator - Removal
TASK 79-30-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Pressure Transducer - Installation
TASK 79-30-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Pressure Switch - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 140
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 79-30-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

Oil Temperature Bulb - Installation
TASK 79-30-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Chip Detector - Installation
TASK 79-30-00-400-805 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Temperature and Pressure Indicator - Installation
Page Block 501
TASK 79-30-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Temperature and Pressure Indicator - Operational Test
Page Block 601
TASK 79-30-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Pressure Transducer - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Pressure Switch - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-803 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Temperature Bulb - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]
Chip Detection Monitoring Circuitry - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-807 [Jul.08/16]
Chip Detection Monitoring - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-808 [Jul.08/16]
Oil Temperature and Pressure Indicator - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-809 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Chip Detector - Inspection / Check
TASK 79-30-00-200-810 [Jul.08/16]
Magnetic Chip Detector - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 80 - Starting
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 80-00-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
SECTION 80-10-00
Page Block 401
TASK 80-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Start Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 141
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 80-10-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]

Start Switch - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 80-10-00-200-801 [Jul.08/16]
Start Switch - Inspection / Check
CHAPTER 91 - Charts
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 91-00-00
Page Block 201
TASK 91-00-00-500-801 [Jul.08/16]
List of Consumable Materials - Material and Aircraft Handling
CHAPTER 93 - Surveillance
COVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 93-50-00
Page Block 1
Descriptive Text
Descriptive Text
Page Block 401
TASK 93-50-00-000-801 [Jul.08/16]
Turret Flir Unit (TFU) - Removal
TASK 93-50-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]
Flir Fairing - Removal
TASK 93-50-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]
Consolle - Removal
TASK 93-50-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]
Flir Monitor (Pilot Compartment) - Removal
TASK 93-50-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]
Turret Flir Unit (TFU) - Installation
TASK 93-50-00-400-802 [Jul.08/16]
Flir Fairing - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 142
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TASK 93-50-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

Consolle - Installation
TASK 93-50-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]
Flir Monitor (Pilot Compartment) - Installation
Page Block 601
TASK 93-50-00-210-801 [Jul.08/16]
Turret Flir Unit (TFU) - General Visual Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 143
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 144
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
P.180 AVANTI
Chapter 01 - Introduction
Report No. 9066
Issue No.: Jul.08/16

Issue Date: G0
PIAGGIO AERO INDUSTRIES S.p.A.

VIA GENERALE DISEGNA, 1
17038, Villanova di Albenga (SV)
ITALY
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
INTRODUCTION
01 - INTRODUCTION
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
01 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
01 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
01 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
01-ROR 1-2 Jul.08/16
01-ROTR 1-2 Jul.08/16
01-ROSB 1-6 Jul.08/16
01-00-00 1 - 14 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
01-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
01-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
01 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT SUBJECT PAGE EFFECTIVITY
RECORD OF REVISIONS 01-ROR 1

1. Record of Revision 1 1004 - 1104
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS 01-ROTR 1

1. Record of Temporary Revision 1 1004 - 1104
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS 01-ROSB 1

1. Record of Service Bulletins 1 1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION 01-00-00 1
1. Scope of the Manual 1 1004 - 1104
2. Manual Chapterization 2 1004 - 1104
3. Chapter Breakdown 4 1004 - 1104
4. Revisions 6 1004 - 1104
5. List of Effective Pages 8 1004 - 1104
6. Table of Contents 9 1004 - 1104
7. Effectivity 10 1004 - 1104
8. Consumable Materials 11 1004 - 1104
9. Abbreviations 12 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
01-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
01-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
01-ROR
Page Block
001-ROR
- RECORD OF REVISIONS
RECORD OF REVISIONS
0
1. Record of Revision
Record of Revision
1004 - 1104
REV ISSUE DATE INSERTION By REV ISSUE DATE INSERTION By

No. DATE No. DATE
E0 Oct.30/09
E1 June30/10
E2 June30/11
E3 Mar.19/12
E4 June07/13
F0 Aug.04/14
G0 Jul.08/16
RETAIN THIS RECORD IN THE FRONT OF MANUAL; ON RECEIPT OF REVISIONS,

INSERT REVISED PAGES IN THE MANUAL AND ENTER REVISION NUMBER, ISSUE
DATE, INSERTION DATE, AND INITIALS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
01-ROTR
Page Block- RECORD OF TEMPORARY
001-ROTR
RECORD OF REVISIONS
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
0
1. Record of Temporary Revision

Record
Update
of Temporary
this page Revision
to show all temporary revisions inserted into this manual.
1004 - 1104
Revision G0 includes all prior temporary revisions, up to and including TR No. 207.
Temporary Section/ Issue Date Inserted Date Removed
Revision No. Page Date Inserted By Removed By
TR-208 ATA CH 05-10-00 SEP.13/16 SEP.13/16 PIAGGIO AERO IND.
TR-209 ATA CH 32-00-00 SEP.27/16 SEP.27/16 PIAGGIO AERO IND.
TR-210 ATA CH 78-10-00 OCT. 05/16 OCT. 05/16 PIAGGIO AERO IND.
TR-211 ATA CH 71-00-00 OCT. 28/16 OCT. 28/16 PIAGGIO AERO IND.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
208
7(0325$5<5(9,6,2112
To Chapter 05-10-00
This Temporary Revision is now considered a part of 3,$**,23

TIME LIMITS AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE-CHAPTER 5
NOTE: Record the incorporation of this Temporary Revision on the

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS sheet at the front of the
manual
Insert: MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Report: 180-MAN-0200-03832 Rev. C2 July 08/16
Instruction: Updated SDJHV PXVW EH LQVHUWHG DIWHU VHFWLRQ

SDJH
Reason for issue: The purpose of this temporary revision is to update the
section 05-10-00 - COMPONENT TIME LIMITS
as per following table:
7$6. 7,7/( 02'
DESCR. PAGE 05-10-00 Aileron and Rudder Trim Actuator UPDATED

- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
EFFECTIVITY: 1004-1104
TR-208
- Page 1 of 2
Sep.13/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
209
7(0325$5<5(9,6,2112
To Chapter 32-00-00

AVANTI MAINTENANCE MANUAL

manual

Report: 9066 Ed. G0 July 08/16
Instruction: Updated tasks must be inserted before the superseded ones.

New tasks must be inserted at the first available page of the
relevant page block.
section 32-00-00 - LANDING GEAR
7$6. 7,7/( 02'

TASK 32-00-00-760-802 Main and Nose Landing Gear Weight on Wheel Switches - Electrical Test UPDATED
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
TR-209
- Page 1 of 12
Sep.27/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
,17(17,21$//</()7%/$1.
())(&7,9,7< 1004-1104
TR-209
Page 2 of 12
-
Sep.27/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
210
7(0325$5<5(9,6,2112
To Chapter 78-10-00


manual


section 78-10-00 - EXHAUST SYSTEM
7$6. 7,7/( 02'

TASK 78-10-00-000-803 Exhaust Blanket - Removal NEW
TASK 78-10-00-400-803 Exhaust Blanket - Installation NEW
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
TR-210
- Page 1 of 10
Oct. 05/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
,17(17,21$//</()7%/$1.
())(&7,9,7< 1004-1104
TR-210
Page 2 of 10
-
Oct. 05/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
211
7(0325$5<5(9,6,2112
To Chapter 71-00-00


manual


section 71-00-00 - POWER PLANT
7$6. 7,7/( 02'

TASK 71-00-00-700-814 Required Checks - Testing, Checking UPDATED
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
- ----------
TR-211
- Page 1 of 6
Oct. 28/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
,17(17,21$//</()7%/$1.
())(&7,9,7< 1004-1104
TR-211
Page 2 of 6
-
Oct. 28/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
01-ROSB
Page Block
001-ROSB
- RECORD OF SERVICE
RECORDBULLETINS
OF SERVICE BULLETINS
0
1. Record of Service Bulletins

Record of Service Bulletins
1004 - 1104
ATA
SB No. DATE TITLE
CHAPTER
SB-80-0001 Mar.01/06 Flight control - Elevator and autopilot cable retaining
21
pin - Improved sec. of instl.
34 SB-80-0002 Mar.01/06 Air Data Computer - Model improvement
21 SB-80-0003 Mar.01/06 Air conditioning - Improvement to cabin heating
SB-80-0004 NO EFFECT
30 SB-80-0005 Mar.01/06 A/I protection kit installation
SB-80-0006 Mar.01/06 Door locking mechanism - Improved security of
52
installation
21 SB-80-0011 Mar.01/06 Refrigeration Package Inlet/Outlet ducts
SB-80-0013 Mar.01/06 Air conditioning system - Flight compartment heater
21
installation
36 SB-80-0014 Mar.01/06 Door seal inflation system - Improvement
SB-80-0018 Mar.01/06 Hydraulic system - Hand pump line - Check valve
29
installation
34 SB-80-0019 Mar.01/06 Flush mounted GPS antenna - Installation
SB-80-0021 Mar.01/06 Emergency pressurization duct flex sheart -
36
Installation
SB-80-0022 Mar.01/06 Modified Exhaust Stacks - Installation
SB-80-0023 Mar.01/06 Maximum Take-Off Weight Increase - Modification
53 SB-80-0025 Mar.01/06 MLG pintle pin installation - Modification
61 SB-80-0026 Mar.01/06 Propeller synchrophaser - Installation
79 SB-80-0027 Mar.01/06 Magnetic chip detector indication - Installation
SB-80-0028 Mar.01/06 Door Seal Pressure Regulating Valve
21 SB-80-0029 Mar.01/06 Freon air conditioning system - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ATA
SB No. DATE TITLE
CHAPTER
21 SB-80-0032 Mar.01/06 Nose avionics compt - Insulation and ventilation
SB-80-0033 Mar.01/06 Pri/Sec compass system - Installation of DG mode
34
switch
23 SB-80-0037 Mar.01/06 VHF communication band extension
SB-80-0038 Mar.01/06 Navigation system - Rubidium frequency unit -
34
Improvement
SB-80-0040 Mar.01/06 Power Lever “GO- AROUND........
52 SB-80-0043 Mar.01/06 Emergency exit door - Check modification
34 SB-80-0044 Mar.01/06 Alternate static source - Installation
SB-80-0045 Mar.01/06 Stdby Gyro Horizon Emergency Power Unit Ground/
Interlock - Modification
26 SB-80-0048 Mar.01/06 Engine fire extinguisher system - Installation
34 SB-80-0050 Mar.01/06 Pitot heating monitor - Installation
SB-80-0051 Mar.01/06 External power overvoltage protection -
24
Modification(Rev.1)
24 SB-80-0053 Mar.01/06 Saft battery - Installation
SB-80-0054 Mar.01/06 Pri and sec V/UHF COM transceiver mounting trays
23
- Installation
22 SB-80-0055 Mar.01/06 KNS-660 with Collins APC-65A
53 SB-80-0058 Mar.01/06 Instl. of ballast mounting plate to tailcone
SB-80-0059 Mar.01/06 Air Ambulance Configuration
SB-80-0061 Mar.01/06 Hydraulic System Pressurizzation- relief Valve -
29
Cleaning/Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ATA
SB No. DATE TITLE
CHAPTER
52 SB-80-0067 Mar.01/06 Emergency Exit Door Mechanism-Modification
SB-80-0069 Rudder Stop - Modification
SB-80-0071 Mar.01/06 Forward Wing Leading Edge _ Inspection/Repair
Thermal Switches
Mar.01/06 Bleeed air ducts - Check and modification if
21
required.
SB-80-0076 Mar.01/06 Rudder Torque Tube Flange - Inspection /
27
Modification
SB-80-0077 Mar.01/06 Freon Air Conditioning System - Operating Fluid
21
Change
61 SB-80-0080 Mar.01/06 Propeller low pitch stop switch support
SB-80-0085 FWD Wing - Installation of a metallic leading edge
28 SB-80-0086 Mar.01/06 Fuel system - New feul filter installation.
34 SB-80-0087 Mar.01/06 HF Communication System Installation
27 SB-80-0091 Mar.01/06 MLG Rear Door Mechanism - Modification
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ATA
SB No. DATE TITLE
CHAPTER
SB-80-0102 Mar.01/06 Single or Dual V7Uhf System - Improved Coaxial
Lines Performance Against Electro-Magnetic
Phenomena
SB-80-0104 Mar.01/06 Replacement of Bendix King with theUNS-1D
34
(incorporade GPS).
57 SB-80-0106 Mar.01/06 Replacement FW Composite/Metallic
23 SB-80-0115 Mar.01/06 VHF Comm Radio Capable of 8.33 KHZ.
34 SB-80-0118 Mar.01/06 KNS-660 to Universal UNS-1K System
SB-80-0119 Mar.01/06 Gravel protection kit installation for
32
operation on unpaved runways
28 SB-80-0128 Mar.01/06 Wing/Fuel Coll. Tank Flexible Connection
21 SB-80-0129 Mar.01/06 Leakage Test
28 SB-80-0134 Mar.01/06 "Parker" Fuel Pumps
78 SB-80-0145 Mar.01/06 Exaust Duct - New Removal / Installation
34 SB-80-0163 Mar.01/06 Air Data Computer ADC 85 - ADC 85A
29 SB-80-0166 Mar.01/06 Hydraulic Package - Remote control circuit breaker
ASB-80- Mar.01/06 Clearance between the Oil cooler Inlet Duct and the
79
0175 Oil-To-Fuel-Heater
ASB-80- Mar.01/06 Flap Rotating Rod /Bleed Air Duct Clearance
21-27
0182
53 SB-80-0184 Mar.01/06 Radome/Nosecone Gutter
32 SB-80-0189 Mar.01/06 Steering Actuator Resistence Test
79 SB-80-0194 Mar.01/06 Magnetic Chip Detector
27 SB-80-0207 Mar.01/06 New Flap Drive Unit
57 SB-80-0210 Mar.01/06 Flap Track Forward Support - Inspection
20 SB-80-0211 Dec. 22/06 Flap Track/Wing - Electrical Bonding
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ATA
SB No. DATE TITLE
CHAPTER
30 SB-80-0213 June 16/08 Inertial Separation System
12 SB-80-0215 Dec. 22/06 Inflation Tires
12-51-53 SB-80-0220 Dec. 22/06 Fuselage Drain
52 SB-80-0224 June 16/08 Baggage Compartment Door Mechanism
55-33-25 SB-80-0235 June 16/08 Forward Fairing Top Fin
32 SB-80-0236 June 16/08 Steering Manifold
27 SB-80-0247 June 16/08 Flaps - ECU P/N
25 SB-80-0255 Oct. 30/09 ELT Artex
27 SB-80-0264 Oct. 30/09 Horizontal Stabilizer Inspection
24 SB-80-0271 Oct. 30/09 Generator Power Cable - Repositioning
28 SB-80-0278 Oct. 30/09 Fuel Pump Leakage - Inspection
12 SB-80-0287 Oct. 30/09 Engine Oil Level - Check
26 SB-80-0308 June 30/11 Portable Fire Extinguisher 2nd. Location
57 SB-80-0318 Mar.19/12 Covering Cage on the Flap Screwjack Actuat.
21 SB-80-0322 June 30/10 Freon Evaporator Draining
26 SB-80-0329 June 30/11 Portable Fire Exting. LH FW Partit. Drawer
53 SB-80-0330 Mar.19/12 Fuselage Drain Hole
32 SB-80-0353 June 07/13 Landing Gear Switches - Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
01-00-00
Page Block
001-00-00
- INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
0
1. Scope of the Manual

Scope
A. ofThis
the Manual
Maintenance Manual has been prepared by the Technical Publications
1004 - 1104
Department of Piaggio Aero Industries S.p.A. and is designated Report No. 180-MAN-
0200-01105 within the company.
The manual is compiled with reference to Specification 100 of the Air Transport
Association (ATA) of America. The specification is commonly referred to as ATA100.
B. The manual provides:

– descriptive text of sufficient depth to familiarize qualified maintenance persons
with the airplane
– sufficient information to enable these persons to do all the “on-airplane”
maintenance work required to keep the airplane in an airworthy condition.
C. Information beyond the scope of the Maintenance Manual may be found in these
manuals:
– Wiring Manual (WM)
– Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC)
– Tool and Equipment Manual (TEM)
These manuals are all dispatched to operators by Piaggio Aero Industries S.p.A.
Full support services are available for all publications issued by Piaggio.
In addition, Pratt & Whitney Canada (P&WC) publish the following manuals for engine
maintenance:
– Engine Maintenance Manual (Engine MM)
– Engine Illustrated Parts Catalog (Engine IPC)
To make sure of full support services for the Engine MM, Engine IPC, Engine Service
Bulletins, Letters etc. published by P&WC, it is essential that the operator completes
the form which accompanies these engine manuals and send the completed form to
P&WC.
In addition, Hartzell Propeller Inc. publish the following manual for engine
maintenance:
– Propeller Owner's Manual and Log Book
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Manual Chapterization
Manual
A. Chapterization
The Maintenance Manual is divided into groups and chapters as follows:
1004 - 1104
Group A - Aircraft General, which comprises these chapters:

Chapter Title
4 Airworthiness Limitations
5 Time Limits/Maintenance Checks
6 Dimensions and Areas
7 Lifting and Shoring
8 Leveling and Weighing
9 Towing and Taxiing
10 Parking, Mooring, Storage and Return to Service
11 Placards and Markings
12 Servicing
20 Standard Practices - Airframe
NOTE: Chapters 4 and 5 are issued as a separate publication (designated Piaggio

Ch4 Report 180-MAN-0200-02336 and Ch5 Report 180-MAN-0200-03832) so
that they may be revised independently of the rest of the Maintenance Manual
(Piaggio Report No. 9066). These two chapters have their own Record of
Revisions pages which apply only to those chapters. This method of issue is
intended for the convenience of the operator (manual user). Insert hard copy
of Reports 180-MAN-0200-02336 and 180-MAN-0200-03832 into the
appropriate place in Report No. 9066.
Group B - Airframe Systems, which comprises these chapters:

Chapter Title
21 Air Conditioning
22 Auto Flight
23 Communications
24 Electrical Power
25 Equipment/Furnishings
26 Fire Protection
27 Flight Controls
28 Fuel
29 Hydraulic Power
30 Ice and Rain Protection
31 Indicating/Recording Systems
32 Landing Gear
33 Lights
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter Title
34 Navigation
35 Oxygen
36 Pneumatic
45 Central Maintenance System
46 Information System
Group C - Structures, which comprises these chapters:
Chapter Title
51 Standard Practices and Structures - General
52 Doors
53 Fuselage
54 Nacelles
55 Stabilizers
56 Windows
57 Wings
Group D - Propellers, which comprises this chapter:

Chapter Title
61 Propellers
Group E - Power Plant, which comprises these chapters:

Chapter Title
70 Standard Practices - Engine
71 Power Plant
72 Engine
73 Engine Fuel and Control
74 Ignition
75 Air
76 Engine Controls
77 Engine Indicating
78 Exhaust
79 Oil
80 Starting
Group F - Charts, which comprises these chapters:
Chapter Title
91 Charts
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Chapter Breakdown
Chapter
A. Breakdown
The chapter numbering system is a conventional dash-number breakdown consisting
1004 - 1104
of three two-digit elements separated by dashes. The elements are explained in the
following examples:
XX - XX - XX
Chapter Subject
(System) (Unit)
Section
(Sub-system)
32 - 00 - 00
General
Landing Gear (Applicable to all
of the chapter)
General
(Applicable to all
of the chapter)
32 - 40 - 00
Landing Gear General

Wheels and Brakes
32 - 41 - 00

Wheels
NOTE: Because The P180 Avanti systems are compact and uncomplicated, and to
simplify the breakdown, the third element will be 00 in most of the chapters.
B. The page numbering system is designed to divide the chapter into page-block topics,
as follows:
– Page Block 1 (pages 1 thru 99) - Description and Operation
– Page Block 100 (pages 101 thru 199) - Troubleshooting
– Page Block 200 (pages 201 thru 299) - Maintenance Practices
If the maintenance practices are too extensive to be covered effectively within a single
page block they may be broken down into the following separate topics:
– Page Block 300 (pages 301 thru 399) - Servicing
– Page Block 400 (pages 401 thru 499) - Removal/Installation
– Page Block 500 (pages 501 thru 599) - Adjustment/Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Page Block 600 (pages 601 thru 699) - Inspection/Check

– Page Block 700 (pages 701 thru 799) - Cleaning/Painting
– Page Block 800 (pages 801 thru 899) - Repairs
Any page block which is not required in a particular chapter element is omitted.
Typical page identification:
Wheels
32 - 41 - 00
Page 202
Dec. 7/90
Second page of Date of issue

Maintenance Practices of page 202
C. The numbering of illustrations (figures) within a page block follows the same sequence
as the page numbers. For example the second illustration in a Maintenance Practices
page block will be Fig. 202. Figures are located in the page block as close as
practicable to the text to which they apply.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. Revisions
Revisions
A. Regular Revisions
1004 - 1104
From time to time it may be necessary for the manufacturer to amend, add or delete
information and instructions within the manual to improve the safe and efficient
operation of the airplane. The manual is therefore revised whenever considered
necessary. A Record of Revisions (ROR) is provided at the front of this manual and the
operator (manual user) is advised to make sure that the record is kept up-to-date.
Publications are assigned a revision code which appears on the title page and consists
for the basic publication of the letter “A” and the number “0”; subsequent revisions are
identified by the change of the code from “A0” to “A1” for the first revision to the basic
publication, “A2” for the second one, etc.
If it is necessary to provide a new issue of a publication owing to the extent of content
and format changes, the code will change to the next successive letter of the alphabet
at each new issue (for example, B for the first reissue, C for the second reissue, etc.).
B. Temporary Revisions
Information and instructions necessary for inclusion in the manual between regular
revisions will be issued through a Temporary Revision (TR) Service. TR's are printed
on yellow paper and are numbered consecutively for example -001, -002 etc.
Normally, the information contained in a TR is incorporated into the manual at the next
regular revision, thereby becoming a permanent part of the manual.
A Record of Temporary Revisions (ROTR) is provided at the front of the manual, and
gives information regarding the TR number, its location in the manual, the date of issue
and, where applicable, the date and number of the regular revision or new TR which
instructs its removal. The Record of Temporary Revisions is updated with a regular
revision when appropriate. The operator (manual user) is advised to keep the record
up-to-date between revisions.
C. Filing of Revisions
(1) Regular Revisions
Each copy of a regular revision to the manual will be accompanied by an attached
Letter of Transmittal advising the manual holder of the method for incorporating
the revision into the manual. The Letter of Transmittal will include revision highlight
pages which will give a summary of the reasons for revision/ addition/deletion of
text or illustrations.
If a regular revision contains the information/instructions given in a Temporary
Revision, the Letter of Transmittal will contain an instruction to remove the
Temporary Revision concerned.
(2) Temporary Revisions
Filing instructions for a TR are given on the title page of the TR.
A TR should be removed from the manual only when an Instruction to do so is
given by the Letter of Transmittal of a regular revision or on the title page of a
superseding TR.
D. Revision Symbols
Additions, deletions and revisions to existing text will be identified by a revision bar
(black line) in the left-hand margin of the page, adjacent to the change.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When technical changes cause expansion or deletion of text which results in

unchanged text appearing on a different page, a revision bar will be placed in the left-
hand margin adjacent to the page number of all affected pages providing no other
revision bar appears on the page.
These pages will be updated to the current regular revision date.
When extensive technical changes are made to existing text, resulting in complete
retype of copy, a single revision bar will appear the full length of the text.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. List of Effective Pages

List of
A Effective
List of Effective
Pages Pages (LOEP) is provided at the beginning of each chapter. All pages in
1004 - 1104
the chapter are listed in sequence, together with the latest date of issue/revision of each
page.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6. Table of Contents
Table
Each
of Contents
chapter is provided with a page entitled TABLE OF CONTENTS (TOC), which lists the
1004 - 1104
contents of the chapter, enabling the manual user to locate information quickly. The page is
updated and reissued with regular revisions when appropriate.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
7. Effectivity
Effectivity
When the information on a particular page applies to a specific airplane or airplanes, the
1004 - 1104
manufacturer's serial number of the airplane(s) is given in the effectivity space at the lower
left hand corner of the page.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
8. Consumable Materials
Consumable
ConsumableMaterials
materials and, where applicable, their specifications/part numbers are listed in
1004 - 1104
Chapter 91-00-00. The listed materials within the Maintenance Practices page blocks of
other chapters are given reference numbers which correspond to the reference item
numbers permanently assigned to the consumable materials in Chapter 91-00-00.
Equivalent materials are listed under the same reference number in Chapter 91-00-00.
Alternatives are listed with their applicable reference numbers in the Materials list of the
topic to which they apply.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
9. Abbreviations
Abbreviations
The following is a list of the abbreviations used throughout this manual.
1004 - 1104
A/COLL = Anticollision
A/I = Anti Ice
A/P = Autopilot
ADV = Advisory
ALTM = Altimeter
ANN = Annunciator
AOA = Angle of Attack
AR = As Required
AU/FTR = Autofeather
AVCS = Avionics
BAG = Baggage
BETW = Between
BST = Boost(er)
C/B = Circuit Breaker
C/F = Crossfeed
CAB = Cabin
CMND = Command
COM = Communication
COOL = Cooling
CPLT = Copilot
CTCTR = Contactor
CTRL = Control
CW = Control Wheel
DN = Down
ECS = Environmental Control System
EMER = Emergency
ENG = Engine
FLT COMP = Flight Compartment
FS = Fuselage Station
FWD = Forward
GEN = Generator
GND = Ground
GS = Glide Slope
HDG = Heading
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HI = High
HTR = Heater
HYD = Hydraulic
IGN = Ignition
INB = Inboard
INSP = Inspection
ITT = Inter Turbine Temperature
L(H) = Left (hand)
LDG = Landing
LO = Low
LONG = Longitudinal
LT = Light
LTS = Lights
LVR = Lever
LWR = Lower
MAN = Manual
MKR = Marker
MLG = Main Landing Gear
NG = Gas Generator Speed
NAV = Navigation
NP = Number Propeller Speed
NLG = Nose Landing Gear
OAT = Outside Air Temperature
OPR = Operator
OPT = Option
OUTB = Outboard
OVSP = Overspeed
OVV = Overvoltage
OXY = Oxygen
P/O = Part of
P/UP = Pickup
PAXS = Passengers
PCL = Power Control Lever
PLT = Pilot
PNL = Panel
POS = Position
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PRESS = Pressure
PRI = Primary
PROP = Propeller
PSU =Passengers Service Unit
PWR = Power
QTY = Quantity
R(H) = Right (hand)
RAD = Radio
RCCB = Remote Control Circuit Breaker
RCDR = Recorder
RCV = Receiver
REC = Recognition
RDR = Radar
S/O = Shut off
SEC = Secondary
SEL = Selector
SPC = Software Programmable Controller
STAB = Stabilizer
STBY = Standby
STL = Stall
STR = Steering
SYNCPH = Synchrophaser
SYST = System
TEMP = Temperature
TQ = Torque
UPR = Upper
VERT = Vertical
WRN = Warning
WS = Wing Station
WSHLD = Windshield
WT = Weight
XMTR = Transmitter
XPNDR = Transponder
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
INTRODUCTION
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
Chapter 04 Airworthiness Limitations
Report No. 180-MAN-0200-02336
Issue No.: A0 Revision No.:A1

Issue Date: Aug 07/09 Revision Date: Mar. 21/12

VIA CIBRARIO, 4
16154 GENOA
ITALY
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336
PIAGGIO P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
04
04
-AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS-
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 04 - AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS

CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
04-LOEP 1 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12

2 Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
04-TOC 1 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12

04-INTRO 1 Issue A0 Aug. 07/09

04-LOR 1 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12

04-TR-LIST 1 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12

04-00-00 1 Issue A0 Aug. 07/09

3 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
5 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
6 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 1

04-LOEP Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 2

04-LOEP Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 04 - AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
57
CHAPTER
SECTION
Airworthiness Limitations 04-00-00 1

1. General 1
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 1

04-TOC Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 2

04-TOC Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS
1. General
A. This manual includes Chapter 4 of the P180 Avanti Maintenance Manual (ATA
100 Specification) - Report 9066.
B. Chapter 4 lists the Airworthiness Limitations of the airplane and is approved by

the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA ) and, for U.S. registered airplanes,
by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
C. This Manual forms an entity and the operations described in one of the sections
take into account the correct accomplishment of all the operations described in the
other sections.
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 1

04-INTRO Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 2

04-INTRO Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LOG OF REVISIONS 04/05-LOR
Rev. Rev. Approval

Description of Revision
N. Pages Document and Date
A0 - Chapter 4 Original Issue Approval EASA. 10028866
Approval Date:16/02/2010
A1 Cover Change position of Report Number Approval EASA 10040011
Approval Date: 08/06/2012
LOEP Updated List of Effective Page
LOR Updated LOR
04-00-00 Update Components P/N’s

Page 3
and
Page 5
Page 6 Page Updated
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 1

04-LOR Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 2

04-LOR Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TEMPORARY REVISION LIST 04/05-TR LIST
The following list identifies the Temporary Revisions affecting the Report 180-MAN-0200-
02336.
NOTE: All succeding Temporary Revisions, to those listed, must be retained in your
printed manual until directed otherwise by subsequent revision activity
TR N. Approval Page Reference TR Status

055 3 04-00-00 Incorporated
105 04-00-00 Incorporated
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 1

04-TR LIST Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 2

04-TR LIST Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS 04-00-00
The Airworthiness Limitations - Chapter 4, is approved and set mandatory by the

European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) under Appendix G, Section G23.4 of EASA
CS23. Variation must also be approved.
For US registered airplanes, the Airworthiness Limitations - Chapter 4, is FAA
approved, under the provisions of 14 CFR Part 21, Section 21.29. Variation must also
be approved.
The Airworthiness Limitations - Chapter 4 specifies maintenance required under
43.16 and 91.403 of the Federal Aviation Regulations unless an alternative program
has been FAA approved..
1. General
A. This Chapter sets forth mandatory replacement time, life limited structural items
and the inspection intervals and procedures necessary to maintain the
airworthiness conditions required for Type Certification.
Items in the chapter are subject to airworthiness approval.
B. The items requiring inspection / retiring are presented by Air Transport Authority
(ATA) numerical sequence, description of inspection or item to be overhauled / retired,
what action is required and the frequency of such action.
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 1

04-00-00 Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Placards & Markings (Chapter 11)
Ref. Item Requirement Limit

11-00-00 Composite part No paints other than those listed on item -
exterior paint 05-006 (Chap. 91-00-00, Chart 201) can
be used.
11-10-00 Logo color, paint and No more than 20% of the external -
dimension allowable surface of each composite component can
limits for composites be covered with paints other than those
parts listed on item 05-006 (Chap. 91-00-00,
Chart 201) or decals.
Application of paints other than those
listed on item 05-006 (Chap. 91-00-00,
Chart 201) or decals to more than 20% of
a composite surface area could result in
excessive absorption of radiation, with
subsequent damage to the component.
The composite areas are shown in Chap.
51-00-00.
Fire Protection (Chapter 26)

26-20-00 Portable Fire Extinguisher Hydrostatic test (ref. to 5 Years from
Amerex Corp.-352T vendor documentation). Assy Date.
(if installed)
26-20-00 Engine Fire Extinguisher Overhaul and hydrostatic 5 Years from
Container test. Assy Date or
P/N 30104100 last test.
(if installed)
Landing Gear (Chapter 32)
Ref. Item Requirement Limit (a)

32-10-00 Main Landing Gear Life limit 30000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N’s 201459001 / 002, 201416003 / 004 and
201459003 / 004, 201416005 / 006 Components
Exceptions:
Component P/N
Lever Hinge Fitting (LH) 201034320 Life limit 8250 Ldgs
Lever Hinge Fitting (RH) 201034321 Life limit 8250 Ldgs
Wheel Lever (LH) 201034312 Life limit 10900 Ldgs
Wheel Lever (RH) 201034313 Life limit 10900 Ldgs
Axle 201034641 Life limit 7350 Ldgs
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 2

04-00-00 Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ref. Item Requirement Limit (a)

Hinge Pin 201034637 Life limit 13150 Ldgs
Pintle Pin 201034635 Life limit 22500 Ldgs
Pin (Shock Absorber 201034604 Life limit 25150 Ldgs
Upper Attachment)
32-10-00 Main Landing Gear Shock Absorbers Life limit 22200 Ldgs
Dowty
- P/N 201417002 (with P/N 201459001/ 002 and
201416003 / 004)
- P/N 201417003 (with P/N 201459003 / 004 and
201416005 / 006)
- P/N 201417004 (with P/N 201459003 / 004 and
201416005 / 006)
and components
Exceptions:
Component P/N
Cylinder 201068600 Life limit 13100 Ldgs
Piston 201068601 Life limit 10100 Ldgs
201068621 Life limit 10100 Ldgs
201068622 Life limit 10100 Ldgs
32-10-00 Main Landing Gear Drag Braces Life limit 30000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N’s 201460001 / 002,
201418001 / 002 and 201418003 / 004 Components
Exceptions:
Component P/N
Upper Link 201035303 Life limit 14050 Ldgs
Or
Upper Link (with P/N 201035311 Life limit 14050 Ldgs
201418003)
Upper Link (with P/N 201035312 Life limit 14050 Ldgs
201418004)
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 3

04-00-00 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Landing Gear (Chapter 32) - (cont.)
Ref. Item Requirement Limit ()

Exceptions - (Cont.):
Component P/N
Lower Link 201035308 Life limit 18500 Ldgs
Center Pin 201035652 Life limit 6700 Ldgs
Upper Pin (with P/N’s 201035651 Life limit 9700 Ldgs
201460001 / 002)
Upper Pin - LH (with P/ 201035676 Life limit 7200 Ldgs
N’s 201418001 / 003))
Upper Pin - RH (with P/ 201035677 Life limit 7200 Ldgs
N’s 201418002 / 004)
32-10-00 Main Landing Gear Actuators
Dowty - P/N’s 114346001 / 002 Life limit 10250 Ldgs
and
114346003 / 004 Components
32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear Life limit 30000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N 201033002 Components
Exceptions:
Component P/N
Main Fitting 201033300 Life limit 6850 Ldgs
Pin (Drag Brace to Main 201033649 Life limit 24750 Ldgs
Fitting)
32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear Drag Brace Life limit 30000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N’s 201050001 and 201050002
Components
Exceptions:
Component P/N
(with P/N 201050001)
(with P/N 201050002)
Clevis - Lower Link 201050608 Life limit 18600 Ldgs
32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear Actuator Life limit 26500 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N 114067003 and 114067004
Components
NOTE: Except otherwise stated, odd P/N’s refer to LH components, even P/N’s to
RH components.
NOTE: When operating on unpaved runways, each landing is equivalent to four (4)
cycles.
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 4

04-00-00 Issue A0 Aug. 07/09
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oxygen (Chapter 35)

35-20-00 Oxygen Cylinder Assembly Overhaul and hydrostatic 5 Years from
Scott Aviation - P/N 89511040 test (ref. to CTC/DOT- Assy Date or
E8162-1850 Procedure). from last
Overhaul and
hydrostatic
test*.
35-20-00 Portable Oxygen Cylinder and Overhaul and hydrostatic 5 Years from
Pressure Regulator Assy: test. Assy Date or
Scott Aviation- P/N 900019-01 from last
(if installed) Overhaul and
hydrostatic test.
35-20-00 Oxygen Cylinder Replacement (ref. to CTC/ 15 Years from
Scott Aviation - P/N 89511040 DOT-E8162-1850 Assy Date.
procedure).
* 3 years for cylinders offered for tranport in or to Canada, with the mark
TC-SU4237 (all units) or with the mark TC-SU9209 (manufactured before
Feb.05/2007)
Structures (Chapter 51)

51-00-00 Airplanes S/N 1004 thru 1033 after Life limit 15000 FH (a),
embodiment of SB-80-0057, SB-80-0081, (b), (c), (d), (e)
SB-80-0082, SB-80-0094.
51-00-00 Airplanes S/N 1034 thru 1104. Life limit 15000 FH (a)
NOTE: (a) Total FH to be accounted since original certification date, recorded in the
airplane logbook.
(b) SB-80-0031 must be embodied within 1500 FH since original certification
date, recorded in the airplane logbook.
(c) SB-80-0057 must be embodied within 4500 FH since original certification
date, recorded in the Airplane Logbook.
(d) SB-80-0081 and SB-80-0082 must be embodied within 6000 FH since
original certification date, recorded in the Airplane Logbook.
(e) SB-80-0094 must be embodied within 3000 FH since original certification
date, recorded in the Airplane Logbook.
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 5

04-00-00 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Propellers (Chapter 61)

61-10-00 Propellers Service Life 1500 h (a),
Hartzell - P/N HC-E5N-3 3000 h (b),
(A) (L) / (H, L) E8218 9000 h (c)
from installation.
NOTE: (a) Hub and Blades of HC-E5N-3 ( ) ( ) Propeller, are life limited at 1500
hours and must be retired from service if they have ever been installed
on an airplane with Rear Nacelle Panels P/N 80-336005-801 (LH) and
80-336006-801 (RH) and Exhaust Stacks P/N 80-336013-801 (airplanes
S/N 1001, 1002 and 1004 prior to embodiment of SB-80-0022).
(b) Hub and Blades of HC-E5N-3 ( ) ( ) Propeller, are life limited at 3000
hours and must be retired from service if they have ever been installed
on an airplane with Rear Nacelle Panels P/N 80-336213-801 (LH) and
80-336214-801 (RH) and Exhaust Stacks P/N 80-336013-801 (airplanes
S/N 1006 thru 1017 prior to embodiment of SB-80-0022).
(c) Propeller Hub is not life limited while Blades are life limited at 9000
hours and must be retired from service if they have been installed since
new on:
- airplanes 1001, 1002 and 1004 after embodiment of SB-80-0022 to
update the Rear Nacelle Panels P/N 80-336005-801 (LH) and 80-
336006-801 (RH) and to install the Exhaust Stacks P/N 80-336013-
803.
- airplanes S/N 1006 thru 1017 after embodiment of SB-80-0022 to
update the Rear Nacelle Panels P/N 80-336213-801 (LH) and 80-
336214-801 (RH) and to install the Exhaust Stacks P/N 80-336013-
803.
- airplanes S/N 1018 and subsequents which already incorporate the
Rear Nacelle Panels P/N 80-336213-803 (LH) and 80-336214-803 (RH)
and the Exhaust Stacks P/N 80-336013-803.
Power Plant (Chapter 71)

71-00-00 Engine Turbine / Turboprop Service Life Ref. to P&WC SB
Rotor Components 14002 latest issue.
REPORT: 180-MAN-0200-02336 Page 6

04-00-00 Rev.A1: Mar. 21/12
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
P.180 AVANTI
Chapter 05 - Time Limits and Scheduled
Maintenance
Report No. 180-MAN-0200-03832
Issue No.: Jun.07/13 Revision No.: C2

Issue Date: C0 Revision Date: Jul.08/16

VIA GENERALE DISEGNA, 1
17038, Villanova di Albenga (SV)
ITALY
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
TIME LIMITS AND SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE
05 - TIME LIMITS AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 05 - TIME LIMITS AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

05 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
05 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
05 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
05-INTRO 1-2 Jun.07/13
05-LOR 1 - 42 Jun.07/13
05-TRL 1-2 Aug.04/14
05-00-00 1-6 Jul.08/16
05-10-00 1 - 28 Jul.08/16
05-20-00 1 - 80 Jul.08/16
05-50-00 1-6 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY: 05-LOEP
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 05 - TIME LIMITS AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

05 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
INTRODUCTION 05-INTRO 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
LOG OF REVISIONS 05-LOR 1

1. Log of Revisions 1 1004 - 1104
TEMPORARY REVISION LIST 05-TRL 1

1. Temporary Revision List 1 1004 - 1104
TIME LIMITS AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 05-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
COMPONENT TIME LIMITS 05-10-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
INSPECTION PROGRAM 05-20-00 1

1. Foreword 1 1004 - 1104
2. General 2 1004 - 1104
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 05-50-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY: 05-TOC
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY: 05-TOC
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-INTRO
Page Block- INTRODUCTION
005-INTRO
INTRODUCTION
0
1. General
General
A. This manual includes Chapter 5 of the P180 Avanti Maintenance Manual (ATA 100
1004 - 1104
Specification) - Report 9066.
B. This Manual forms an entity and the operations described in one of the sections take
into account the correct accomplishment of all the operations described in the other
sections.
EFFECTIVITY: 05-INTRODUCTION
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY: 05-INTRODUCTION
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-LOR
Page Block
005-LOR
- LOG OF REVISIONS LOG OF REVISIONS
0
1. Log of Revisions
Log of Revisions
1004 - 1104
Rev. Rev. Description of Revision Approval

A0 - Chapter 5 Original Issue. Approval under the Authority of
DOA N° EASA.21J.220
A1 - Add. Chapter 5 First Cover
LOEP Updated List of Effective Page - Chapter 5
LOR Update LOR Pages
TR LIST Update Temporary Revision List.
05-10-00
Page 5 Add. ELT Dorne & Margolin Battery Pack
P/N
Add. ELT Techtest Battery P/N
Page 6 Add. ELT Techtest "g" Switch Battery P/N
Update Underwater Acoustic Beacon Item
and Requirements
Page 7 Update Aileron and Rudder Trim Actuators
Requirements and Limits
Page 8 Update Purolator Fuel Filter Element Limit
Page 9 Update RCCB N° K31 Limit
Add. Hydraulic Power Package Electric
Motor P/N
Page 11 Add. MLG Shock Absorber P/N
Page 12 Add. MLG Shock Absorber P/N
Page 13 Update Steering Manifold Requirements
Page 15 Update Vertical Gyro Reference
Page 16 Add. ADAS and DTU Times Limits (45
Section)
Page 17 Add. Engine Vibration Isolators Time Limit
(71 Section)
Update Engine FCU Air Filter Reference,
Item and Requirement
Update Engine Fuel Pump Filters
Reference
05-20-00
EFFECTIVITY: 05-LOG OF REVISIONS

1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 7 Update Environmental Control Unit (Air
Cicle Machine Hamilton) Requirements
and Inspection Times
Update Environmental Control Unit (Enviro
System) Item, Requirements and
Inspection Times
Page 8 Update Cabin Barometric Pressure Switch
Requirement and move the rule on the
page 9
Page 9 Update Pressurization Control Ejector
Requirement
Update Pressurization Control System
page block reference.
Update Manual Rate Controller
Requirement
Page 14 Update AMM reference for Battery
capacity test and deep cycle
Update Battery Temperature Indication
Operational Test (MFDI) Inspection Times
Page 15 Update Ambulance Configuration
Electrical Supply System Item
Page 16 Update Cabin and Flight Compartment
Inspection Item
Update Flight Compartment Seat Rails
ATA Chapter
Update Flight Compartment Seats and
Seats Belt ATA Chapter
Page 17 Update Underwater Acoustic Beacon
Ducane DK100 Item
Page 27 Add. Fwd Wing Anti-ice Protection System
Inspection Times
Update Fwd Wing Leading Edges
Requirement
Page 30 Update Main Landing Gear Strut(s)
Inspection Times
Page 36 Update Wiring Inspection Times
Update Pitot/Static System Requirement
Update Pitot Tubes, Static Ports and Lines
Requirements

1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 41 Update Bottom Fuselage skin, and
structural members requirements
Page 47 Update Vertical Stabilizer Requirement
Page 50 Update Wing Engine Mount Fittings
Inspection Times
Page 54 Update Propellers Inspection Times
Page 56 Update Anti Vibration isolator attachment
threaded holes Inspection times
Update Engine Mounts Inspection Times
Update Rear Titanium Frame Inspection
Times
Page 62 Update Start Switch Requirement and
Inspection Times
05-50-00
Page 2 Removed Wheel/Tire replacement
Unscheduled Maintenance
Page 3 Update Radome nose/cone replacement
requirement
Add. Engine Detailed Visual Inspection
Add. Engine Vibration Isolators Inspection
Add. Engine Vibration Isolator Attachment
Threaded Holes Inspection
Add. Visual Inspection of Mounts and Rear
Titanium Frame
Page 5 Update (Bird Strike) Propellers
Requirement
Page 6 Update "Check pitot/static port for
obstruction" reference
B0 Add. Chapter 5 First Cover DT/AW-018/12CC
05-50-00

1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 6 This section consists of individual
inspections that are to be performed at 200,
600, 1500 and 3000 hour intervals, and of
Special Scheduled Inspections.
Was 150, is 200

05-10-00
Page 1 The listed TBO and maintenance
recommendation may need to be modified
to take into account field experience of
each single operator, non standard
operations (such as, but not limited to,
extensive training operations or prolonged
engine runs), or operations in aggressive
environments (such as, but not limited to,
sandy or dusty environments or in smog or
salt-laden atmospheres). Requirements
exceeding those listed in this section may
need local authority approval.
Added
Page 3 Freon Air Conditioning System Condenser
/ Compressor Electrical
Motor P/N ES61100-1, installed on:
Specified electrical motor P/N used on

Keith System
Page 4 Starter / Generators: Overhaul - 1000 FH
(2)
Overhaul required at 1000 FH instead of

1050.
Larger tolerance admitted

1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Starter / Generators: brush holders and
springs - inspect for general condition;
brushes, inspect for wear.
1st check: 400 FH TSN / TSO
Subsequent check - to be defined in
accordance with AMM Chapter 12
Moved from section 05-20 (aircraft related)

to section 05-10 (component related).
Initial inspection extended. Subsequent

inspections to be defined based on actual
wear
Page 5 Air ambulance stretcher kit - A phase
inspection - 200 FH / 1Y (WOF)
Was 150 FH
Is 200 FH
Oxygen regulator Medidave 300 - Check -
1 year; Overhaul - 3 years; Replace - 10
years
Added
Page 7 Flap control system drive unit -
Microtecnica P/N C155720-2 - Overhaul
4500 FH
Overhaul extended from 3000 to 4500 FH

Page 10 Engine Ice Vane Actuator
Vickers/Electromech - P/N EM4032-2
Replace 5000 FH (2)
Precilec - P/N 702544-00 Replace 30000
FH (2)
60 FH tolerance admitted to coincide with

aircraft inspection

1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 14 Steering filter - Facet enterprise - P/N
37913-05 - Replace filter element - 1000
FH (2)
Filter Element:
P/N 037913-05
or
P/N 037913-05-45
or
P/N 1730791-04
Was 1050 FH
Is 1000 FH
Larger tolerance admitted
Specified filter element P/N's

Page 15 Vertical Gyro: J.E.T. - P/N 501-1204-01 -
Overhaul - 2000 FH (2)
60 FH tolerance admitted to coincide with

aircraft inspection
Page 16 Propeller Hartzell - P/N HC-E5N-3 (A) (L)/
(H,L) E8218 - Overhaul - 6 years or 3000
FH (WOF) from installation (new or
overhauled)
NOTE (a) …..Start date for calendar limit is

when the propeller is first installed and run
on an engine. Calendar limit is not
interrupted by subsequent removal and/or
storage. Start date for calendar limit
should not be confused with overhaul
date.
Added in AMM Ch 05. Added note

Propeller Hartzell - P/N HC-E5N-3 (A) (L)/
(H,L) E8218 - Blade inspection…. - refer to
Hartzell Service Bulletin HC-SB-61-181A
This requirement is listed in section 05-20-

00.

1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 17 Fuel flow transmitters - replace
bearings….- 5000 FH (2)
Added tolerance up to 60 FH
P3 filter - Clean or replace - 1000 FH (2)
Overhaul required at 1000 FH instead of

1050
Added tolerance up to 60 FH
05-20-00
Page 1 When the mandatory or non-mandatory
documentation, issued before 19/03/2012
reports a reference to "A", "B", "C" or "D"
check (i.e. AD's, PA's, Consignes de
Navigabilité, Service Bulletins, Service
Letters, Manuals etc.) the compliance shall
be interpreted as, respectively, "150 FH",
"600 FH", " 1500 FH" and "3000 FH".
When the mandatory or non-mandatory
documentation, issued after 19/03/2012
reports a reference to "A", "B", "C" or "D"
check (i.e. AD's, PA's, Consignes de
Navigabilité, Service Bulletins, Service
Letters, Manuals etc.) the compliance shall
be interpreted as, respectively, "200 FH",
"600 FH", " 1500 FH" and "3000 FH".
Added clarification
This inspection program consist of
individual maintenance tasks, performed
at 200, 600, 1500 and 3000 FH….
200 FH - Every 200 FH …..
(other references to A inspection - 200
FH)
200 FH checks is scheduled every 200

FH, instead of A inspection - 150 FH

1004 - 1104
Page 7
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 2 The 200 FH tasks due at 1400 FH may be
accomplished between 1300 and 1400
FH. The 200 FH tasks due at 1600 FH
may be accomplished between 1600 and
1700 FH
Added
Page 3 NOTE 2: … engine minor checks shall be
performed in conjunction with "150" FH
interval inspectionNOTE 2: … engine
minor checks shall be performed in
conjunction with 200 FH nacelle light
inspection and other aircraft inspections,
as required
Reference to 200 FH interval inspection,

instead of 150 FH
The inspection program is based on the
assumptions of average flight duration of 1
hour and 200 FH or more per year. When
actual flight operations significantly differ
from these assumptions, tailored
inspection program may need to be
defined.
Tailored inspection programs may also
need to be defined to take into account for
non standard aircraft operation (such as,
but not limited to, extensive training
operation, low level flights etc) and when
the aircraft is operated in aggressive
environments (such as, but not limited to,
sandy or dusty environments or in smog or
salt-laden atmospheres). Refer also to
Engine and propeller maintenance manual
for relevant information.
Added
Page 5 Aircraft 200 hour light inspection and
servicing
Added, - 200 FH

1004 - 1104
Page 8
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Engine and Nacelle 200 hour light
inspection and servicing
Added, - 200 FH
Page 6 Bleed Air Ducts Leakage Monitoring
System - Functional Check of electrical
circuitry and thermal switches (Ref. to
AMM Chapter 21-10-00 Page Block 200)
Added, - 1Y
Page 7 Environmental Control Unit (Air Cycle
Machine Hamilton Sundstrand) (When
installed) Inspect for general condition and
security of installation (Ref. to AMM
Chapter 21-60-00 Page Block 200), Check
the oil level (Ref. to AMM Chapter 12-10-
05)
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Cockpit and Cabin Temperature Controller
(Enviro System) Inspect for general
condition and security of installation (Ref.
to AMM Chapter 21-60-00 Page Block
200).
Was - 2A, B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Page 9 Manual rate controller, operational check
Was - B, D
Is - B
Pressurization control system - operational
test
Was - B
Is removed

1004 - 1104
Page 9
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 10 Refrigeration Pack Oil (MIL-PRF-23699)
(ACM Hamilton Sundstrand) (if installed)
Drain and refill (Ref. to AMM Chapter 12-
10-05).
Was - 3A (450 FH)

Is - 400 FH
Page 12 Autopilot Computer Controller and
Sensors - inspect for general condition
and security of installation
Was - 2A (300FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Page 14 Battery - Inspect for spewage
Was 1M
Is 6 month
Battery - Capacity test and deep cycle - if
required
Capacity test and deep cycle (if required):

Was - A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is removed
Deep cycle - B, D
Battery installation - Inspect grounding
connection ….
Was - A,(150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Battery installation - temperature
indication operational test (MFDI)
Was - 2A/1Y, (300FH), B, C, D

Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Starter generator air cooling ducts
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y

1004 - 1104
Page 10
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Starter/Generator - Inspect for general
condition, including grounding connections
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Brush holders and spring - inspect for
general condition
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is removed
Page 16 Passenger compartment seats and seat
belts - inspect for general condition….
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Flight compartment seats and seat belts -
inspect for general condition….
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Page 17 ELT (AF) C406-N Artex
Operational test (Ref. to AMM Chapter 25-
60-00).
Was 1M
Is 6M
Page 18 Portable fire extinguisher
Was 1M
Is B, C, D, 1Y
Page 19 Aileron trim tab - perform visual inspection
and manual check for play
Was - 2A (300FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Trim system - perform full strokes and
check instrument indication
Was - A, B
Is - B

1004 - 1104
Page 11
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Aileron control system - Check for general
condition, sectors for security of
installation. Check the surface stop
effectiveness.
Was - A , B
Is - B
Page 20 Aileron Trim Tab Actuator Ratier Figeac -
P/N FE187-001
Electrical Insulation
Added - C, D
Page 21 Rudder assembly fitting attachments -
visual inspection …
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Rudder control system - Check for general
condition…
Was - A, B
Is - B, C, D
Rudder Trim Tab Actuator Ratier Figeac -
P/N FE182-000
Electrical Insulation
Added - C, D
Page 22 Elevator control system - check smooth
travel with stabilizer at …
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Page 24 Inboard flap screwjack - lubricate
Was - 3A (450 FH)

Is - 400 FH
Flap System - operational test (functional
test if flap removed)
Was - B, D, 1Y
Is - B, 1Y

1004 - 1104
Page 12
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Flap System - functional test
Added - D
Page 25 Wing Tank/Collector Tank/Auxiliary Tank
Area and Components - Inspect for
General Condition and Check for leaks
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Wing Tank/Collector Tank connection -
Inspect for General Condition and Check
for leaks
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Fuel distribution system - operational test
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Nacelle fuel lines, hoses and accessories -
Inspect for deterioration, evidence of
damage, leakages and security of
installation
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Page 26 Hydraulic system - operational test
Was - 2A (300 FH), B, C, D

Is - B, C, D
Hydraulic pressurization lines - Inspect
fittings… remove and clean relief valve
and orifices
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Pressurization cap line - inspect for
security of installation
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D

1004 - 1104
Page 13
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 27 Main Wing Anti-Ice System Visual
inspection and Operational test (Ref. to
AMM Chapter 30-11-00 Page Block 200).
Was - 2A (300 FH), B, C, D

Is - B, C, D
Page 28 Inertial separator system - Visual
inspection and operational test
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Pitot Static Ports and AoA Transmitter Anti
Ice Systems
Operational Check (Ref. to AMM Chapter
30-30-00 Page Block 200
Was - 2A (300 FH), B, C, D

Is - B, C, D
Ice detector - operational test
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Page 30 Landing gear - Check the wiring
connected to the microswitches for
general condition and security of
installation. Check electrical bonding for
installation
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Landing gear - lubricate
Was - A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D, 1Y, 180 Ldgs
Page 30/ Main / Nose Landing Gear Strut(s) - Check
31 Nitrogen Pressure (Ref. to AMM Chapter
12-10-03 Page Block 300).
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y

1004 - 1104
Page 14
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Main/Nose Landing Gear - inspect for
installation
Was A (150FH), B, C, D
Is - B, C, D
Main/Nose Landing Gear door mechanism
- inspect for general condition and security
of installation
Is - B, C, D
Page 32 Brakes - inspect for security of installation
Is - B, C, D
Page 33 Tires - inspect for wear …
Is - B, C, D
Steering system . inspect for general
condition…
Is - B, C, D
Page 37 Magnetic Compass Inspect for general
condition. Adjustment / Test (ref. to AMM
Chapter 31-22-00 Page Block 200)
Was "operational test"

Is "Adjustment/test - ref to AMM"
Standby Gyro Horizon Emergency Power
Unit, Castleberry Inst.
P/N 0900-1840-22
or
P/N 0900-1840-22T
Capacity test at a load of 0.4 A and for 30
minutes (Ref. to EPU 28-24 RM
Added reference to P/N 0900-1840-22T

Page 38 Smoke google - Inspect
Added - 6 M

1004 - 1104
Page 15
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 39 Door seal pressurization system - drain
Is - B, C, D
Page 40 Door seal - Inspect for general condition
and security of installation.
Is - B, C, D
Upper and lower cabin door - Visual
inspection…
Is - B, C, D
Baggage Door, Seal, Handle, Keylock, and
Hinges - Inspect for general condition and
security of installation.
Is - B, C, D
Page 41 Glareshield - Inspect for general
conditions and integrity
Added - B, D
Fuselage Belly - Drain
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1M
Is - B, C, D, 6M
Fuselage External Skin, Baggage
Compartment and MLG FWD Bay -
Inspect for general condition and
leakages.
Is - B, C, D
Radome - Visual inspection. Check for
static discharge pitting. Inspect electrical
bonding straps for general condition.
Is - B, C, D

1004 - 1104
Page 16
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 42 Ventral fins - inspect for general conditions
Is - B, C, D
Page 44 Nacelle panels - Visual inspections
Is - B, C, D
Page 45 Horizontal Stabilizer Assembly - Visual
inspection of upper and lower skins and
leading edges for nicks, dents check
electrical bonding connection for general
condition.
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Page 46 Elevator - visual inspection for general
condition
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Page 48 Rudder Assembly and trim tab assemblies
Aircraft:
[1004-1019];
[1021-1033]
Visual inspection for root / tip rib
attachments and balance horn
attachments, for nicks, dents and general
condition and trim tab attachments and
manual check for play
Is - B, C, D, 1Y, 200 FH
Page 49 Windshields - Inspect for scratches, cracks
and delaminations (Ref. to AMM Chapter
56-10-00 Page Block 200). Inspect the
windshield weather seal for erosion or
degradation (cracks).
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y

1004 - 1104
Page 17
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Cabin Windows - Inspect for scratches
and cracks (Ref. to AMM Chapter 56-20-
00 Page Block 200).
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Cabin windows - perform "water tightness
check - interior removed" - ref AMM 56-20-
00, page block 200
Added
Page 50 Wing - inspect for general condition
Is - B, C, D
Page 51 Fwd Wing assy - visual inspection for
general condition
Is - B, C, D
Page 52 Fwd Wing Flaps - Visual Inspection. Check
grounding connections for general
condition
Is - B, C, D
Wing Inboard & Outboard Flap Tracks -
Visual inspection. Check the grounding
tracks for wear.
Is - B, C, D
Wing Inboard Flaps - Visual inspection.
Check the grounding springs for general
condition and the bonding spring strips for
wear and cuts.
Is - B, C, D

1004 - 1104
Page 18
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Wing Inboard Flaps - Inspect the ball
bearing rollers for general condition and
integrity
Is - B, C, D
Wing Outboard Flaps - Visual inspection.
Check the grounding springs for general
condition and wear
Is - B, C, D
Page 54 Propellers - inspect for general conditions
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 150 FH, 1Y
Propellers - Lubricate
Is - B, C, D, 150 FH, 1Y
6 month, if propeller annual operation is

significantly less than 400 hours, or if the
aircraft is operated or stored under
adverse atmospheric conditions, e.g., high
humidity, salt air etc.
Page 55 Inspect for general condition and security
of installation of:
"Autofeather System;
"High & Low Torque Pressure Switches
"Propeller Governor
"Propeller Overspeed Governor
"Propeller Speed Transmitters
"Synchrophaser System
Is - B, C, D
Autofeather System Operational Test (Ref
AMM 61-21-00 Page Block 200) Calibrate
if Required
Added - B, D

1004 - 1104
Page 19
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Autofeather System Cam Switches -
operational test
Is - B, C, D
Page 56 Engine inlet screen - when the airplane is
……
Was 2A (300 FH), B, C, D

Is - B, C, D
Engine Mount Electrical Bonding
Connections - Inspect for general
condition and security of installation.
Is - B, C, D
Engine Mounts and Vibration Isolators -
Inspect for general condition and security
of installation (Ref. to AMM Chapter 71-
20-00 Page Block 200).
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Firewalls - Inspect for general condition
Is - B, C, D
Electrical Harness and Equipment -
Inspect wiring, associated equipment and
accessories for general condition and
proper installation (Ref. to AMM Chapter
71-50-00 Page Block 1).
Is - B, C, D
Engine Drains - Inspect for general
condition (Ref. to AMM Chapter 71-70-00
Page Block 1 Step D.).
Is - B, C, D

1004 - 1104
Page 20
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 57 Fuel Purge Systems - Check plumbing
and visually inspect the accumulator for
cracks and security of installation (Ref. to
AMM Chapter 73-10-00 page Block 200).
Is - B, C, D
Page 59 Engine Controls, levers, cables and power
lever switches - Inspect for freedom of
movement and proper operation (Ref. to
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
Engine Controls, levers and power lever
switches - Inspect for general condition
and proper installation (Ref. to AMM
Chapter 76-00-00 Page Block 200).
Was A (150FH), B, C, D, 1Y
Is removed
Power Control Cam Switches - Check for
proper operation (Ref. to AMM Chapter
76-11-00 Page Block 205).
Is - B, C, D
Page 60 Engine gas generator transmitters -
inspect for general condition and security
of installation
Is - B, C, D
Torque pressure transducer - inspect for
installation
Is - B, C, D

1004 - 1104
Page 21
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Exhaust stacks- inspect for general
condition and security of installation
Is - B, C, D
Page 61 Oil coolers - Check coolers, hoses and the
fuel heater surfaces for general condition,
proper installation and absence of damage
and wear. For A/C installing flexible hose
P/N 80-337276-001 refer also to Piaggio
Aero Ind. SB-80-0175 latest revision.
Is - B, C, D
Engine Oil System - Inspect for general
condition and security of installation the
following items: #1 Oil Pressure
Transducers, #2 Oil Pressure Switches, #3
Oil Temperature Bulbs .
Is - B, C, D
Engine Oil Level - Visual Check(Ref. to
Is - B, C, D
Magnetic Chip Detector (A/C not
embodying SB-80-0467 or SB-80-0194)
#1 Airplanes incorporating the SB-80-
0027 - Remove the nacelle panels and
check for non-continuity (Ref. to P&WC
PT6A-66 CMM Chapter 72-00-00). Check
the wiring to the external poles for
continuity. #2 Airplanes not incorporating
the SB-80-0027 - Remove the rear nacelle
panels and check for non-continuity (Ref.
to P&WC PT6A-66 EMM Chapter 72-00-
00).
Added "A/C not embodying SB-80-0467 or

SB-80-0194"

1004 - 1104
Page 22
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Magnetic Chip Detector Monitoring
System (Airplanes with Modification 80-
0467 or SB-80-0194) - Chip detection
monitoring circuitry check (Ref. to AMM
Chapter 79-30-00 Page Block 200).
Is - B, C, D, 1Y
C0 Add. Chapter 5 First Cover DT/AW-013/13
05-00-00
Page 6 Inspection Program - Update inspection
intervals.
05-10-00
Page 3 Addition Bleed Temperature Switch
Hamilton Sudstrand P/N 750659-3 - Test
Bench
Keith - P/N JBS5004-1 (for A/C’s
equipped with ENVIRO Heating System
components) - Update Requirement from
"Replace Brushes and Bearings" to
"Inspect Brushes" and Time limit.
Page 4 Keith - P/N JBS5006-1 (for A/C’s
equipped with ENVIRO Heating System
components) - Update requirement
sentence and time limit
Underwater Acoustic Beacon-Dukane
DK120 - Update item description.
Page 6 Aircraft Underwater Acoustic Beacon:
Dukane DK100 (if installed) - Update Item
sentence.
Page 8 Fuel Filter Element:
Purolator - P/N 1743645-02 - Update time
limit
Page 10 Vickers/Electromech - P/N EM4032-2 -
Update replacing from 5000 FH to 30000
FH and addition Overhaul at 5000 FH.

1004 - 1104
Page 23
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 11 Main Landing Gear:Dowty P/N -
201034005/006 - Update Time Limit from
6000 Ldgs or 10 Years WOF to 6000 Ldgs
or 12 Years WOF.
- MLG Shock Absorber Dowty P/N
201068002 - Update Time Limit from 6000
Ldgs or 10 Years WOF to 6000 Ldgs or 12
Years WOF.
Main Landing Gear:Dowty P/N -
or 12 Years WOF.
Years WOF.
or 12 Years WOF.
Years WOF.
or 12 Years WOF.
Years WOF.
or 12 Years WOF.
201417003 or 201417004 - Update Time
Limit from 6000 Ldgs or 10 Years WOF to
6000 Ldgs or 12 Years WOF.

1004 - 1104
Page 24
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

or 12 Years WOF.
Years WOF.
Page 12 Main Landing Gear:Dowty P/N -
or 12 Years WOF.
–MLG Shock Absorber Dowty P/N
201417003 or 201417004 - Update Time
MLG Actuators:
- Dowty - P/N 114146013/014 - Update

Time Limit from 6000 Ldgs or 10 Years
WOF to 6000 Ldgs or 12 Years WOF.
- Dowty - P/N 114346001/002 - Update

Dowty - P/N 114346003/004 - Update

MLG Drag Braces:Dowty - P/N
or 12 Years WOF.
MLG Drag Braces: Dowty - P/N
or 12 Years WOF.
or 12 Years WOF.

1004 - 1104
Page 25
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

or 12 Years WOF.
Page 13 Nose Landing Gear: Dowty - P/N
Years WOF.
Steering Manifold:
- Dowty - P/N 114180002 - Update Time


Steering Actuator:


NLG Actuator:



NLG Drag Brace:Dowty - P/N 201050001 -
Update Time Limit from 6000 Ldgs or 10
Years WOF to 6000 Ldgs or 12 Years
WOF.

1004 - 1104
Page 26
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NLG Drag Brace:Dowty - P/N 201050002 -
WOF.
NLG Wheels: BF Goodrich - P/N 3-1460 -
WOF.
MLG Wheels: BF Goodrich - P/N 3-1461-1
- Update Time Limit from 6000 Ldgs or 10
WOF.
Page 14 Steering Actuator: Dowty - P/N 114068002
- Update Requirement sentence.
Steering Actuator: Dowty - P/N 114068003
Page 15 Oxygen System Filler Valve: Pacific
Precision - P/N P21010 - Update
Requirement sentence.
Page 17 Propellers:Hartzell - P/N HC-E5N-3(A) (L)/
(H,L) E8218 - Update time limit from 6
years or 3000 h WOF from installation or
last overhaul (a) to 6 years or 3600 h WOF
from installation or lastoverhaul (a) (c).
Addition Propellers:Hartzell - P/N HC-
E5N-3(A) (L)/ (H,L) E8218 - "Blade
inspection and corrosion removal if
necessary" and related Time Limit.
Addition NOTE (c).
Page 18 Engine Vibration Isolators Barry Controls
Aerospace:
P/N 95007-17
P/N 95007-18
Update requirement sentence
05-20-00
Page 1, 2, Update INSPECTION PROGRAM
3 "Foreword" and "General"
Page 4 Update Graph. 5-20
Page 6 Bleed air ducts, Couplings,Fitting
Assemblies and Check Valves - Addition
"C" inspection.

1004 - 1104
Page 27
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve -
Addition "C" inspection.
Page 7 Air Distribution Blower(s) - Addition "C"
inspection.
Delete Bleed Temperature Switch
Hamilton Sudstrand P/N 750659-3 -
Functional Check (Ref. to CMM 21-61-29).
Page 9 Pressurization Control Ejector - Addition
"C" inspection.
Manual Rate Controller - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 10 Cabin & Flight Compartment Duct Check
Valves (Enviro System) - Update
Refrigeration Pack Oil (MIL-PRF-23699)
(ACM Hamilton Sundstrand) (if installed) -
Update Requirement sentence.
Heat Exchanger (ACM Hamilton
Sundstrand) (if installed) - Update
Requirements from Inspect and clean
(Ref. to Hamilton Sundstrand OHM 21-51-
17) to Send to component workshop for
inspection and cleaning.
Water Separator and Filter Assy (ACM
Hamilton Sundstrand) (if installed) -
Update Requirements from Replace
coalescer element (Ref. to Hamilton
Sundstrand OHM 21-51-20) inspect for
general condition and securiry of
installation to Inspect for general condition
Update inspection time from 1200FH to

2B.

1004 - 1104
Page 28
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 11 Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton
Sudstrand) P/N 792778-1 - Update
Requirements from Cleaning and
functional check (Ref. to Hamilton
Sundstrand OHM 21-61-59) to Send to
component workshop for cleaning and
functional check.
Update inspection time from 3D to

9000FH.
Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton
Sundstrand) P/N 750665-1 - Update
Requirements from - Functional check
(Ref. to Hamilton Sundstrand CMM 21-61-
29) to Send to component workshop for
functional check.

9000FH.
Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton
Sundstrand) Operational test - Addition
"C" inspection.
Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton
Sundstrand) P/N 754691-1 - Update
Requirements from Cleaning and
functional check (Ref. to Hamilton
Sundstrand CMM 21-61-24) to Send to
component workshop for cleaning and
functional check.

9000FH.
Duct Temperature Sensor(s) (Enviro) -
Environmental Control System - Update

Water Separator - Update Requirement
sentence.
Page 12 Aileron Primary Servo and Servo Mount -

1004 - 1104
Page 29
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Autopilot System (Inspect servo actuators)
Autopilot System (Check cable tension) -
Update Requirement sentence.

Autopilot System (Inspect for general
condition) - Update Requirement sentence
Autopilot System Rockwell Collins APS 65
Servo Mounts - Update inspection time
from 3D to 9000FH.
Elevator Primary Servo and Servo Mount -
Rudder Primary Servo and Servo Mount -
Page 13 Antennas - Addition "C" inspection.
Static dischargers - Addition "C"
inspection.
CVR - Underwater Acoustic Beacon
Dukane DK120 - Update Item and
Requirement sentences.
Page 14 Generator control units; inverters and AC
control unit - Addition "C" inspection.
AC Generation - Addition "C" inspection.
Battery (Deep Cycle) - Addition "C"
inspection.
DC Generation and Distribution - Update
Item and Requirement sentence and
Page 15 Cable Harness - Addition "C" inspection.
External Power Receptacle - Addition "C"
inspection.
Auxiliary Configuration Electrical Supply
System (if applicable) - Addition "C"
inspection.
Main Junction Box - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 18 Fire Extinguishing Electrical Circuit (if
installed) - Addition "C" inspection.

1004 - 1104
Page 30
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Fire Overheat Detector and Sensor Lines -
Engine Fire Extinguishing Bottles (if
installed) - Update Requirement sentence.
Fire Extinguisher Bottles and Deployment
Tubes (if installed) - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 19 Flight Controls - Update Requirement
sentence.
Aileron Control System - Check Aileron
Cable Tension - Addition "C" inspection.
Addition Aileron Control System - Check
and record play.
Page 20 Addition - Aileron Control System (Inspect
the attachment of the cables to the cockpit
sectors. Inspect the cables passages
through the rear pressurized bulkhead
sections).
Aileron Control System Lever at Wing
Stations 5155 - Update Requirement
sentence.
Page 21 Rudder - Update inspection time from 2D
to 6000FH.
Addition Rudder Control System (Inspect
the attachment of the cables to the cockpit
sectors. Inspect the cables passages
through the rear pressurized bulkhead
sectionAntennas - Addition "C"
inspection.).
Rudder Control System - Update
Rudder Control System and Autopilot
Cables - Addition "C" inspection.
Rudder Pedals - Addition "C" inspection.
Page 22 Elevator Control System (Check the cable
tension) - Addition "C" inspection.
Addition Elevator Control System (Inspect
the cables at their passages and the pulley
under cabin floor and baggage
compartment).

1004 - 1104
Page 31
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Elevator Control System - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 23 Aft Elevator Bellcranks, Brackets, Bolts,
Support and Assy - Update inspection time
from 2D to 6000FH.
Page 24 Flap Screwjacks - Update inspection time
from 2D to 6000FH.
Flap System ECU and MID Interlock
Circuit - Addition "C" inspection.
Flap transmission Shafts - Update
inspection time from 2D to 6000FH.
Flap Transmission Shafts, Supports -
Fwd Wing Flap Actuators and Fittings -
Fwd Wing Flaps and Support Fittings -
Outboard & Inboard Wing Flap Fittings
and Tracks - Addition "C" inspection.
Page 25 Flame Arresters - Addition "C" inspection
and Update Requirement sentence.
Nacelle Fuel Lines, Hoses and
Accessories - Update Chapter ATA
reference and Requirement sentence.
Fuel Crossfeed and Shut-Off Valve -
Fuel Filter Impending By-pass Flight
Compartment Indication - Addition "C"
inspection.
Impending By-pass - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 26 Hydraulic Package - Addition "C"
inspection.
Hand Pump - Addition "C" inspection.
Page 27 Wing Mixing Ejector and RAM-Air Ducts,
S/O Valve and Duct Switches - Addition
"C" inspection.
Wing Overheat Warning Circuit - Addition
"C" inspection.

1004 - 1104
Page 32
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Wing Temperature Regulator Box -
Page 28 Nacelle Air Intake Vanes - Addition "C"
inspection.
Oil Cooler Air Intake (Operational Test) -
Anti Ice Protection System - Update
Requirement sentence and Addition "C"
inspection.
Engine Air Intake Lip the Icing System -
Pitot Static Ports and AoA Transmitter Anti
Ice systems - Update Requirement
sentence.
Page 29 Aural Warning Box - Addition "C"
inspection.
Circuit Breaker Panels - Addition "C"
inspection.
Control Pedestal - Addition "C" inspection.
Instrument Panel - Addition "C" inspection.
System test Selector - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 30 Landing Gear (Perform hand pump gear
extension) - Update requirement sentence
and Addition "C" inspection.
Landing Gear Door Adjustable Linkages -
Update requirement sentence
Page 31 Emergency Extension System - Addition
"C" inspection.
Service Selector Valve - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 32 Brake System Rods - Update sentence
and Addition "C" inspection.
Main Gear Wheels - Addition "C"
inspection.
Normal and Emergency Brake Valve -
Normal and Emergency Parking Lines -

1004 - 1104
Page 33
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 33 Nose Gear Wheels - Addition "C"
inspection.
Steering Filter - Addition "C" inspection.
Steering System - Addition "C" inspection
and update requirement sentence.
Page 34 Annunciator Bright/Dimmed Lights -
Dimmer Light Control Panel - Addition "C"
inspection.
Dual Map Lights - Addition "C" inspection.
Electroluminescent Panels - Addition "C"
inspection.
Floodlights & Domelights - Addition "C"
inspection.
Instrument Lighting, Internal - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 35 Passenger Compartment Lighting System
- Addition "C" inspection.
Baggage Compartment Light - Addition
"C" inspection - Addition "C" inspection.
Anti-collision Strobe Lights and Power
Supplies - Addition "C" inspection.
Ground Beacon Light and Flasher Unit -
Landing and Taxi Lights Door and Actuator
- Addition "C" inspection.
Position Lights - Addition "C" inspection.
Recognition Light - Addition "C"
inspection.
Wing Inspection Light - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 36 Navigation System Antennas - Addition
"C" inspection.
Pilot & Copilot Altimeter and Air Data
System - Update requirement sentence.
Navigation Apparatus - Addition "C"
inspection.
Pitot Tubes, Static Ports and Lines -
Update inspection time.

1004 - 1104
Page 34
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RVSM Air Data System (RVSM
operations) - Update requirement
sentence.Update requirement sentence.
Delete PRI SEC Vertical gyro -
Operational check
Page 37 Addition Vertical and Directional Gyros
(Operational test).
Page 38 Cabin Altitude Switch - Addition "C"
inspection.
Oxygen Pressure Gage - Addition "C"
inspection.
Oxygen System - Update requirement
sentence and addition "C" inspection.
Oxygen System: Supply Pressure Regulator
& S/O Valve, Capillary and filling Lines,
Filling Valve, Safety Valve - Update
requirement sentence
Crew Masks & Hoses - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 39 Bleed Air Ducts, Couplings, Fitting
Assemblies and Check Valves - Addition
"C" inspection.
Door Seal Pressure Regulator and S/O
Valves, Pressure Switches and Check
Valves - Addition "C" inspection.
Page 40 Cabin Upper Entry Door Structure and Pin
Guides - Update Requirement sentence

9000FH.
Upper & Lower Cabin Door - Addition "C"
inspection.
Emergency Exit Door - Addition "C"
inspection.
Door Warning System - Addition "C"
inspection.
Nose Landing Gear Doors - Addition "C"
inspection and Update Requirement
sentence.

1004 - 1104
Page 35
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Main Landing Gear Doors - Addition "C"
inspection and Update Requirement
sentence.
Page 41 Glareshield - Addition "C" inspection.
Flight Compartment Upper Stringers and
Frames - Update inspection time from 3D
to 9000FH.
Bottom fuselage skin, and structural
members - Addition "D" inspection.
Addition Fuselage Belly - Internal belly-
central bays - drain holes check and
cleaning.
Stringers and Frames Cabin and Baggage
Compartments - Update inspection time.
Page 42 Fwd Pressurized Bulkhead (Eddy current
inspection) - Update inspection time from
3D to 9000FH.
NLG Bay(Inspect NLG attach fittings) -
Radome - Addition "C" inspection.
Windshield Upper & Lower Beams and
Upper Beam Cross - Update inspection
time from 3D to 9000FH.
Cabin Entry Door Cut Out - Update
inspection time from 3D to 9000FH.
Main Landing Gear Bay - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 43 Tailcone Skin (composite tail equipped
airplanes only) visual inspection - Addition
"C" inspection.
Tailcone Skins (metallic tail equipped
airplanes only) - Addition "C" inspection.
Tailcone-to-Fuselage Joint - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 45 Horizontal Stabilizer Assembly - Remove
and perform ultrasonic check by Pulse
Echo of upper skin/lower skin/torque box
bond. - Update requirement sentence.

1004 - 1104
Page 36
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Addition Horizontal Stabilizer Assembly -
Electrical continuity check of grounding
connections.
Addition Horizontal Stabilizer/Elevator
Hinge Fitting Supports & Lugs -
Boroscopic inspection
Page 46 Elevator (Coin tapping) - Addition "C"
inspection.
Elevator (Inspect electrical bonding
connections) - Addition "C" inspection.
Elevator Linkages - Update requirement
sentence and addition "B" inspection.
ElevatorAircraft S/N:[1004-1019];[1021-
1033] - Update requirement sentence and
addition "C" inspection.
Page 47 Vertical Stabilizer - Addition "C" inspection.
Addition Vertical Stabilizer / Attach Fittings
of horizontal stabilizer - Visual inspection
of actuator support and boroscopic
inspection of lugs.
Page 48 RudderAicraft S/N:[1004-1019];[1021-
1033] - Addition "C" inspection.
Rudder Assembly (Inspect electrical
bonding connections) - Addition "C"
inspection.
Rudder Assembly and trim tab assemblies
Aircraft: [1020-1020];[1034-1104] -
Rudder Surface - Addition "C" inspection.
Page 50 Wing / Fuselage upper / lower L-shaped
profiles - Update inspection time from 2D
to 6000FH.
Wing Fwd Spar - Update inspection time
from 4D to 12000FH.
Addition Wing Aft Spar to Bulkhead FS 6710
- Endoscope inspection for cracks through
the fuselage tank
Page 51 Fwd Wing Assy (Inspect grounding
connections.) - Addition "C" inspection.

1004 - 1104
Page 37
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Fwd Wing Assy (Visual inspection) -
Addition Fwd Wing Flaps - Visual inspection
of the grounding connections for general
condition
Addition Fwd Wing Flaps - Visual
inspection for general condition
Addition Fwd Wing Flaps - Coin tapping
test on lower and upper skins.
Addition Fwd Wing Flaps - Ultrasonic
inspection through transmission; Fokker
Bond Test or coin tapping on skins
boundaries (Ref. to NDTM)
Delete Wing Aft Spar to Bulkhead FS 6710
Pag 52 Delete Fwd Wing Flaps - Visual
Inspection. Check grounding connections
for general condition
Wing Aileron Attachments and Fittings -
Wing Outboard Flap Tracks Forward
Support - Update Requirement sentence.
Addition Wing Inboard Flaps - Visual
inspection for general condition .
Addition Wing Inboard Flaps - Coin tapping
test on lower and upper skins.
Addition Wing Inboard Flaps - Ultrasonic
inspection.
Page 53 Aileron Hinge Fitting Supports & Lugs -
6000FH.
Ailerons (Visual inspection for general
condition) - Addition "C" inspection.
Addition Ailerons - Visual Inspection
Ailerons (Coin tapping test on lower and
upper skins)- Update requirement
sentence.
Addition "D" inspection.

Page 54 Added Note (b)

1004 - 1104
Page 38
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Propellers - Inspect for general condition -
Inserted note reference.
Propellers - Lubricate - Inserted note
reference
Page 55 Autofeather System (Operational Test (Ref
AMM 61-21-00 Page Block 200) Calibrate
if Required) - Addition "C" inspection.
Page 56 Engine Inlet Screens (Remove the screen
and inspect the first stage of the
compressor for F.O.D.) - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 57 Fuel Purge System Filters - Addition "C"
inspection.
Fuel Flow Transmitters - Addition "C"
inspection.
Page 62 Start Switch (Inspect (Ref. to AMM
Chapter 80-10-00 Page Block 200) -
05-50-00
Page 2 Main Gear Wheel / Tire replacement -
Update requirement.
Page 3 Addition Engine installation - Perform
Power Control Cam Switch Test
(Ref. to AMM 76-11-00 Page Block 200).
Addition FCU Replacement - Perform
Power Control Cam Switch Test
C1 Add. Chapter 5 First Cover DT/AW-016-14
05-00-00
Page 3 Removed definition term "Engine
Operating Cycle"
05-10-00
Page 3 Update of Freon Air Conditioning System
Condenser / Compressor Drive Motor
Requirement - Added PN JBS5006-1

1004 - 1104
Page 39
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Page 4 Removed Keith - PN JBS5006-1
Requirement
Page 4 Added battery requirement
Page 6 Added Engine Fire Extinguisher
Cartridges P/N
Page 7 Addition Precilec Aileron and Rudder Trim
Actuators P/N’s
Page 9 Added Hydraulic Power Package Electric
Motor requirement
Page 15 Added oxygen mask requirement
05-20-00
Page 5 Update references
Page 12 Update Autopilot System general condition
inspection
Page 12 Update Autopilot System (RVSM
Operations)
Page 13 Updated CVR requirement inter.
Page 14 Removed battery requirement
Page 19 Aileron control system ispection inter.
update
Page 25 Added Fuselage Tank/Cabin Insulation
Bulkhead requirement
Page 30 Add Main and Nose Landing Gear Limit
Switch - Electrical Check and Cleaning
Page 38 Removed oxygen mask requirement
Page 40 Addition Baggage compartment Door
lockpin lubrication and inspection.
Addition Baggage Door Lockpin wear
check.
Page 42 Added Nose Landing Gear and Main
Landing Gear requirements
Pages 63, Update The Special Scheduled
64, 65, Inspections for Category II Operations
66, 67, 68
05-50-00
Page 30 Removed Nose Landing Gear and Main
Landing Gear requirements
All Pages Update References Pages

1004 - 1104
Page 40
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

C2 DT/AW-003/16
05-00-00
Page 5 Update descriptive Unsch. Maint. Section 180-MM-1268
05-10-00
Page 16 Update P/N 180-MM-1063
Page 2 Update P/N 180-MM-1214
Page 10 Update Requirement and update with New 180-MM-1128
and Page P/N
22
Page 2 Added New P/N 180-MM-1074
05-20-00
Page 57 Added new requirement 180-MM-1198
Page 42 Update requirement 180-MM-1064
Page 41 Update requirement 180-MM-1317
05-50-00
Page 4 Added new requirement 180-MM-1223

1004 - 1104
Page 41
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

1004 - 1104
Page 42
Jun.07/13
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-TRL
Page Block
005-TRL
- TEMPORARY REVISION
TEMPORARY
LIST REVISION LIST
0
1. Temporary Revision List

Temporary
The following
Revision
listList
identifies the Temporary Revisions affecting the Report 180-MAN-0200-
1004 - 1104
03832 issue A0 and subsequent revisions/reissues.
NOTE: All succeding Temporary Revisions, to those listed, must be retained in your
printed manual until directed otherwise by subsequent revision activity.
TR N. Approval Page Reference TR Status

56 DT AW-076/10 R1-CC 11, 12 05-10-00 Inserted
61 DT AW-008-11CC 17 05-10-00 Inserted
62 DT AW-008-11CC 50 05-20-00 Inserted
63 DT AW-008-11CC 56 05-20-00 Inserted
64 DT AW-008-11CC 3 05-50-00 Inserted
92 DT AW-087-11CC 56 05-20-00 Inserted
100 DT AW-016-12CC 16 05-20-00 Inserted
103 DT AW-030-12CC 10 05-10-00 Inserted
106 DT AW-048-12CC 16 05-10-00 Inserted
116 DT AW-049-12CC 53 05-20-00 Inserted
124 DT AW-012-13CC 11, 05-10-00 Inserted
12, 13
142 180-MM-1008 12 05-20-00 Inserted
145 180-MM-1014 40 05-20-00 Inserted
151 180-MM-1018 7 05-10-00 Inserted
156 180-MM-1128 16 05-10-00 Inserted
162 180-MM-1128 22 05-10-00 Inserted
178 180-MM-1198 57 05-20-00 Inserted
182 180-MM-1214 2 05-10-00 Inserted
183 180-MM-1214 20 05-10-00 Inserted
191 180-MM-1268 5 05-00-00 Inserted
207 180-MM-1317 41 05-20-00 Inserted
EFFECTIVITY: 05-TEMPORARY REVISION LIST

1004 - 1104
Page 1
Aug.04/14
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY: 05-TEMPORARY REVISION LIST

1004 - 1104
Page 2
Aug.04/14
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-00-00
DESCRIPTION
TIME -LIMITS
005-00-00
TIMEAND
0 LIMITS
ANDOPERATION
SCHEDULED
AND SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
- DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
The Time Limits and Maintenance Schedule - Chapter 5, are prepared according to
requirements of section 23.1529 of EASA Certification Specification CS23.
1. General
General
A. Definition of Terms
1004 - 1104
(1) The term “Inspect for General Condition” means:

to make a visual survey of a component or system in order to locate any of the
following conditions:
– external damage
– cracks, fractures, distortion
– corrosion
– contamination, deterioration, discoloration due to overheating
– loose, sheared or missing rivets and fasteners
– wear, chafing, fraying scoring
– insecurity or wear of attachment or attaching parts
– insecurity of attached parts (clips, pipes, bonding straps, etc.)
– leaks (oil, grease, fuel, hydraulic fluid, refrigerant, etc.)
– fault or broken locking devices
– cuts, isolation damage, burning, of electrical wires
– insecurity of installation and burning of electrical connectors.
(2) The term “Functional Test” means:
the procedure required to ascertain that a system or unit is functioning in all
aspects in accordance with minimum acceptable system or unit design
specifications. These tests may require ground support equipment and are more
detailed than an operational test.
(3) The term “Operational Test” means:
the procedure required to ascertain whether an item of the equipment is
operational. This test requires no material or equipment other than that of the
airplane.
(4) The term “Visual Inspection/Check” means:
the procedure required to determine the condition of a system, an item of
equipment or a structure in relation to the design standard.
(5) The term “On Condition” means:
the type of component maintenance which subjects the component to scheduled
operations or continuous monitoring, if applicable, to ascertain its work condition,
only being undergone if condition is found to be unsatisfactory.
Criteria used to determine whether the component may be maintained according
to its condition are the following:
– possibility of evaluating the condition degradation as a rule (without removal
or disassembly), through visual inspections, measurement of significant
parameters, tests, etc.
– definition, in the maintenance document, of the limiting values of significant
parameters or tolerances established in respect to quality performance, wear
EFFECTIVITY: 05-00-00
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
or increase in fault susceptibility, requiring additional work on the inspected

component.
When this mode of maintenance is selected for a specific item of equipment, it is
mandatory that the task required for checking the condition and the periodicity of
the task is mentioned in this Maintenance Manual.
(6) The term “Condition Monitoring” means:
the concept that qualifies the type of component maintenance for which only the
symptom of defect provides justification for remedial treatment.
This type of maintenance is applicable only to items whose failure has no effect on
airworthiness or to components whose operation is directly under crew
supervision.
Maintenance with condition monitoring requires the use of appropriate monitoring
equipment in order to reveal components with unsatisfactory operational safety
level. This implies consideration of the actual incidents occurring during utilization,
in order to discover the origin, the consequences and the frequency of the fault.
Consideration of the incidents provides means of updating the maintenance policy.
NOTE: The “Condition Monitoring” components are not listed in this chapter, since
condition monitoring is not performed by maintenance persons.
(7) The term “Scheduled Maintenance” means:

the maintenance performed at defined intervals to retain an item in a serviceable
condition by systematic inspection, detection, replacement of wearout items,
adjustment, calibration, cleaning, etc.
(8) The term “Unscheduled Maintenance” means:
the maintenance performed to restore an item to a satisfactory condition by
providing correction of a known or suspected malfunction and/or defect.
(9) The term “Special Maintenance” means:
those maintenance operations, to be normally performed, not to be included in the
“Inspection Program” for their particular time limits.
(10) The term “Inspection/Check” means:
the action required to determine the condition of a system, an item of equipment or
a structure in relation to the design standard.
(11) The term “Bench Check/Test” means:
a functional check of an item in the shop to determine whether or not the item may
be returned to service, or whether it requires adjustment, repair or overhaul.
(12) The term “Airplane Operating Cycle” means:
a completed take-off and landing sequence.
Touch and go landings are counted as Airplane Operating Cycles.
(13) The term “Whichever Occurs First” (WOF) refers to:
a maintenance requirement to be performed at the expiring of either a flight hours
limit or a calendar time limit whichever of the two prescribed limits occurs first.
B. Dictionary of More Common Defect Definitions

Abrasion Wearing away of small amounts of material as a result of a
friction between parts.
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Blister The raised portion of surface caused by separation of layers

of material.
Buckling Large-scale deformation from original shape of a part
usually caused by pressure or impact of a foreign object,
unusual structural stresses, excessive localized heating or
any combination of these.
Burning Loss of metal from excessive heat.
Burr A sharp projection of rough edge.
Chafing Wear due to two surfaces, rubbing together with limited
motion.
Corrosion A surface chemical action resulting in surface discoloration,
a layer of oxide or, in advanced stages, the removal of
surface metal.
Crack Fissure or break in material.
Defect Any confirmed abnormal condition of an item whether or not
this could eventually result in a failure.
Dent A smooth, round-bottomed depression.
Distortion Change from the original shape.
Failure The inability of an item to perform within previously specified
limits.
Failure Rate The performance figure calculated by dividing the number of
failures by the total unit flying hours (airborne) or cycles
accumulated during the same period. It is usually expressed
as failures per 1000 unit hours or cycles.
NOTE: “Failure rate” is the reciprocal of “Mean Time

Between Failure”.
Flaking Loose particles of metal on a surface or evidence of removal
of surface covering.
Frosting An initial stage of scoring caused by irregularities or high
points of metal welding together with minute particles of
metal transferring to the mating surface, giving a frosted
appearance.
Galling Chafing caused by friction between two surfaces under high
contact pressure.
Gouging Removal of surface metal, typified by rough and deep
depression.
Grooving Smooth, rounded indentation caused by concentrated wear.
Inclusion Foreign matter enclosed in metal.
Malfunction The occurrence of a condition whereby the operation of an
item is outside specified limits.
Metalisation Coating by the spraying on of molten metal particles.
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Nick A sharp-bottomed depression with rough outer edges.

Peening Flattening or displacing of metal by repeated blows. A
surface may be peened by continuous impact of foreign
objects or loose parts.
Pitting A surface condition characterized by minute holes or
cavities which occur on overstressed areas. The pits may
occur in such profusion as to resemble spalling.
Scoring A form of wear characterized by a scratched, scuffed or
jagged appearance.
Scratches Narrow, shallow marks or lines resulting from the movement
of a metallic particle or sharp-pointed object across a
surface.
Scuffing A dull or moderate wear of a surface resulting from a slight
amount of rubbing.
Seizure A welding or binding of two adjacent surfaces, preventing
further movement.
Spalling A surface or subsurface defect characterized by chips of
metal that spall or flake out of material, leaving cavities of
varying sizes and depths.
Stress Failure Metal failure due to compression forces, tension, shear,
torsion or shock.
Tear Parent metal torn by excessive vibration or other stresses.
Trouble Any actual or suspected malfunction and /or defect.
Unbalance A condition created in a rotating body (rotors, control
surfaces and so on) by an unequal distribution of weight
about its axis. Usually it results in vibration.
Wear A condition resulting from a relatively slow removal of parent
material. Frequently it is not visible to the unaided eye.
Wearout The process of deterioration that results in an increase of
the failure rate with increasing age.
Weaviness See “Distortion”.
Wrinkle A raised fold of fibers in one or more plies. Its presence
results in thicker sections. Usually on bag side of laminate.
C. 05-10-00 Component Time Limits

This section lists the Time Between Overhauls (TBO) of components that must be
replaced or overhauled within specific time limits.
Also included in this section are the (non-mandatory) recommendations for improving
component life.
Component / accessory calendar times initially begin from airplane original certification
date recorded in airplane logbook, then from last overhaul (unless otherwise stated in
airplane documents).
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Never the less some components / accessories could make exception to this rule. In
these cases, the specific calendar requirement is mentioned in the description of the
limit.
D. 05-20-00 Inspection Program

This section consists of individual inspections that are to be performed at, 200, 600,
1800 and 3600 hour intervals, and of Special Scheduled Inspections.
E. 05-50-00 Unscheduled Maintenance

This section includes those inspections to be performed when particular conditions
apply and after any consequence due to unscheduled flight conditions such as hard or
overweight landing, severe turbulence andIor maneuvers, rejected take-off, bird strike,
turbulent air, lightning strike, slush ingestion, etc. Based on Operator convenience,
such inspections are possible also during related scheduled maintenance (Sect. 05-20-
00).
CAUTION: APPLY "STORAGE PROCEDURES", TO PROTECT THE AIRPLANE

AND ITS ENGINES WHEN IT IS NOT IN USE (REFER,
RESPECTIVELY, TO AMM CHAP. 10-12-00, PAGE BLOCK 201 AND
TO P&WC EMM, CHAP. 72-00-00). REFER TO "SPECIAL SCHEDULED
INSPECTIONS" SECTION 05-20-00 TO COMPLY WITH CALENDAR
CHECKS IF REQUIRED.
CAUTION: APPLY "RETURN TO SERVICE PROCEDURES", TO PREPARE THE

AIRPLANE AND ITS ENGINES TO SERVICE AFTER A STORAGE
PERIOD (REFER, RESPECTIVELY, TO AMM CHAP. 10-30-00 PAGE
BLOCK 201 AND TO P&WC EMM, CHAP. 72-00-00). REFER TO
"SPECIAL SCHEDULED INSPECTIONS" SECTION 05-20-00 TO
COMPLY WITH CALENDAR CHECKS IF REQUIRED.
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-10-00
Page Block
005-10-00
- COMPONENT TIME LIMITS
COMPONENT TIME LIMITS
0
1. General
General
This section lists the Time Between Overhauls (TBO) of components that must be replaced
1004 - 1104
or overhauled within specific time limits.

Also included in this section are the (non-mandatory) recommendations for improving
component life.
Component / accessory calendar times initially begin from airplane original certification date
recorded in airplane logbook, then from last overhaul (unless otherwise stated in airplane
documents).
Never the less some components / accessories could make exception to this rule. In these
cases, the specific calendar requirement is mentioned in the description of the limit.
NOTE: (1) The overhaul / replace limit may be exceeded up to 15 FH to make overhaul /
replacement coincide with an airplane inspection, when "(1)" is written in the
"Limit" column.
NOTE: (2) The overhaul / replace limit may be exceeded up to 60 FH to make overhaul /
replacement coincide with an airplane inspection, when "(2)" is written in the
"Limit" column.
The listed TBO and maintenance recommendation may need to be modified to take into
account field experience of each single operator, non standard operations (such us, but not
limited to, extensive training operations or prolonged engine runs), or operations in
aggressive environments (such us, but not limited to, sandy or dusty environments or in
smog or salt-laden atmospheres). Requirements exceeding those listed in this section may
need local authority approval.
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Air Conditioning (Chapter 21)

21-20-00 Cabin Blower: (including brushes) Overhaul 2000 FH (2)
Electromech - P/N EM675-1
21-20-00 Bleed Temperature Switch Test Bench 9000FH
Hamilton Sudstrand P/N 750659-
3
21-20-00 Door Pressure Regulating and Replace 10 Years
Heating Systems Hoses:
P/N 80-197619-001
or
P/N NP 622002-8-200
21-30-00 Pressurization System Primary Replace 600 FH (2)
Outflow Valve Filter Element:
Allied Signal - P/N 147240-1
or
P/N P-1115-1
21-40-00 Heating System Ground Blower: Replace 3000 FH (2)
Enviro - P/N 1250435 - Brushes
21-40-00 Heating System Ground Blower: Overhaul 9000 FH (2)
Enviro - P/N 1250435
21-50-00 Refrigeration Pack: Overhaul 4000 FH (2)
Hamilton Standard - P/N 790421-
1
21-51-00 Freon Air Conditioning System
Condenser / Compressor:
Progres - P/N 2087.0106 Overhaul 4500 FH (2)
(if installed as optional equipment)
(for A/C’s equipped with ENVIRO
Heating System components)
Condenser / Compressor Drive
Motor P/N ES61100-1, installed
on:
Keith - P/N JBS5001-1 Replace Brushes and Bearings 3000 FH (2)
Keith - P/N JBS5004-1 or Replace Brushes and Bearings 3000 FH (2)
P/N JBS5006-1
(if installed as optional equipment)
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Keith - P/N JBS5004-1 or Inspect Brushes 600 FH (2) FH
P/N JBS5006-1 TSN/TSO (1st
(for A/C’s equipped with check)
ENVIRO Heating System subsequent
components) check ref. to
21-51-00
21-51-00 Freon Air Conditioning System Replace Brushes 600 H
Condenser / Compressor of system
Electrical Motor: Progres - P/N operation (2)
2087.0106
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Flight Compartment Blower:
(if installed as optional
equipment)
Cabin Compartment Blower:
(if installed as optional
equipment)
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Communications (Chapter 23)

23-70-00 Cockpit Voice Recorder - Replace Battery Refer to the
Underwater Acoustic Beacon- replacement
Dukane DK120 (if installed) date label on
the UAB
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Electrical Power (Chapter 24)

24-30-00 Starter/Generators: Overhaul 1000 FH (2)

Lear Siegler - P/N 23080-019
Brushes, Brushes holders 400 FH TSN/
and Springs - Inspect for TSO (1st
general conditions check)
(Ref. to AMM 24-30-00 Page subsequent
Block 200) check ref to
Brushes - Inspect for wear 12-22-01
(ref. to 24-30-00)
24-31-00 Battery P/Ns: Battery Capacity Test and 600 FH (2)
Marathon - P/N 31055-001 Deep Cycle.
Saft - P/N D412764 (Ref. to AMM 24-31-00 Page
Block 500).
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Equipment and Furnishing (Chapter 25)

25-20-00 Air Ambulance Stretcher Kit A phase inspection (ref. 200 FH
Lifeport (if installed), composed Lifeport Doc.No.EGR-109) or 1Y (WOF) (1)
by:
600 FH
. 6’ PLUS Patient Handling B phase inspection (ref. or 1 Year (WOF)
System (P/N 366-4300-CF2- Lifeport Doc.No.EGR-109) (2)
02);
5 Years
- Stretcher (P/N 100-4065-CF2- C phase inspection (ref.
02), Lifeport Doc.No.EGR-109)
- 2’ PLUS cabinet unit (P/N 100-

4568-CF2-002),
- Load ramp (P/N 100-4472);

- Wire boundle assy (P/N WI2-
044),
- Handles (P/N 0812-0100-02-

01)
- Mounting plate (P/N 80-

929031-801)
- Plungers (P/N CL-5-HRP)

25-20-00 Oxygen regulator Medidave Check of pressure and flow 1 Year
300
Overhaul 5 Years
Replace 10 Years
25-60-00 Air Ambulance Stretcher Oxygen Leak test 6M
Cylinder (Stretcher Lifeport Kit
80KI00017)
25-60-00 Air Ambulance Stretcher Oxygen Hydrostatic Test 5Y
Cylinder (Stretcher Lifeport Kit
80KI00017)
25-60-00 ELT System Battery Pack: Replace if accumulated test time Refer to pack
Dorne & Margolin - exceeds one hour or if the unit replacement
P/N DMU158-1 has been inadvertently activated date.
or for an undetermined time period
P/N BS2173 or upon expiration date.
1004 - 1104
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Equipment and Furnishing (Chapter 25)

25-60-00 ELT (AF) Type 503-Transmitter: Replace Battery 5 Years (of
Techtest - P/N 503-1 unused life and
Battery: P/N A0673-1 with no more
than one test
per day) from
battery
manufacturing
date
25-60-00 ELT (AF) Type 503-"g" Switch: Replace Battery 2,5 Years from
Techtest - P/N 503-7 battery
Battery: P/N A0701 manufacturing
date
25-60-00 Aircraft Underwater Acoustic Remove and return to factory for Refer to
Beacon: battery change replacement
Dukane DK100 (if installed) date of label on
the UAB
25-60-00 ELT (AF) C406-N Transmitter Replace Battery Pack 5 Years (of
Battery Pack Artex P/N 452-0133 unused life or 7
Part of P/N 453-5060 flashes on the
"ON" led
following the
ELT operational
test
25-60-00 Life vest and raft (if installed) Refer to the applicable CMM’s
1004 - 1104
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fire Protection (Chapter 26)

26-20-00 Engine Fire Extinguisher Replace S (*)
Cartridges P/N 13083-5
(*) If t = Storage Time and S = Service Time, for:
t < 2 years S = 4 years;
t  2 years  S = (6 - t) Years Max.
1004 - 1104
Page 9
Jul.08/16
3$9$17,
0$,17(1$1&(0$18$/
)OLJKW&RQWUROV&KDSWHU
5HI ,WHP 5HTXLUHPHQW /LPLW
$LOHURQ7ULP$FWXDWRU
5DWLHU)LJHDF31)( 5HSODFH )+
3UHFLOHF31 2YHUKDXO )+
3UHFLOHF31$57 RU\HDUV
3UHFLOHF31 5HSODFH )+
3UHFLOHF31$57
5XGGHU7ULP$FWXDWRU
5DWLHU)LJHDF31)( 5HSODFH )+
3UHFLOHF31 2YHUKDXO )+
RU\HDUV
3UHFLOHF31 5HSODFH )+
+RUL]RQWDO7DLO7ULP$FWXDWRU+77$ 2YHUKDXO )+
9LFNHUV(OHFWURPHFK31(0
+RUL]RQWDO7DLO7ULP$FWXDWRU+77$ 5HSODFH )+
9LFNHUV(OHFWURPHFK31(0
+RUL]RQWDO7DLO7ULP$FWXDWRU+77$ 2YHUKDXO )+
3UHFLOHF31
+RUL]RQWDO7DLO7ULP$FWXDWRU+77$ 5HSODFH )+
3UHFLOHF31
)ODS&RQWURO6\VWHP'ULYH8QLW 2YHUKDXO )+
0LFURWHFQLFD31&
)ODS&RQWURO6\VWHP'ULYH8QLW
0LFURWHFQLFD
31&DQG31& 2YHUKDXO )+
31& 2YHUKDXO )+

):':LQJ)ODS$FWXDWRUV 2YHUKDXO )+
0LFURWHFQLFD31&/+DQG
&5+
):':LQJ)ODS$FWXDWRUV
0LFURWHFQLFD31&/+DQG 5HSODFHPHQWRI0RWRU )+
&5+ %UXVKHV
5HSODFHPHQWRI )+
0LFURVZLWFKHV
())(&7,9,7<
TR-208
Page 2 of 2
Sep.13/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Flight Controls (Chapter 27)

27-10-00 Aileron Trim Actuator:
Ratier Figeac - P/N FE187-001 Replace 15000 FH (2)
Precilec - P/N 702543-01 Overhaul 6000 FH
or 8 years (2)
Precilec - P/N 702543-01 Replace 30000 FH
27-20-00 Rudder Trim Actuator:
Ratier Figeac - P/N FE182-000 Replace 15000 FH (2)
Precilec - P/N 702542-01 Overhaul 6000 FH
or 8 years (2)
Precilec - P/N 702542-01 Replace 30000 FH
27-40-00 Horizontal Tail Trim Actuator (HTTA): Overhaul 2000 FH (2)
Vickers/Electromech - P/N EM4011-( )
27-40-00 Horizontal Tail Trim Actuator (HTTA): Replace 30000 FH
Vickers/Electromech - P/N EM4011-( )
27-40-00 Horizontal Tail Trim Actuator (HTTA): Overhaul 2000 FH (2)
Precilec - P/N 702201-00
27-40-00 Horizontal Tail Trim Actuator (HTTA): Replace 30000 FH
Precilec - P/N 702201-00
27-50-00 Flap Control System Drive Unit: Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
Microtecnica - P/N C136066-4
27-50-00 Flap Control System Drive Unit:
Microtecnica -
P/N C136066-45 and P/N C152550-1 Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
P/N C155720-2 Overhaul 4500 FH (2)

27-50-00 FWD Wing Flap Actuators: Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
Microtecnica - P/N C132275-31 (LH) and
C132275-41 (RH)
27-50-00 FWD Wing Flap Actuators:
Microtecnica - P/N C132275-5 (LH) and Replacement of Motor 6000 FH (2)
C132275-6 (RH) Brushes
Replacement of 15000 FH (2)
Microswitches
1004 - 1104
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fuel (Chapter 28)

28-11-00 Fuel Wing Tank / Collector Tank Replace 12 Years
Rubber couplings: or in presence
of leakage
P/N 80-207236-401 (LH) / -403
(RH)
P/N 80-207253-401 (LH) / -403
(RH)
P/N 80-207253-405 (LH) / -407
(RH)
28-14-00 Collector Tank Interconnecting Replace 10000 FH
Valve:
Secondo Mona - P/N SM2646-1
28-20-00 Fuel Booster Pumps:
Lear Siegler - P/N RR54520C Overhaul 2500 FH (2)
Lear Siegler - P/N RR54520D Overhaul 2500 FH (2)
Lear Siegler - P/N RR54520C Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
(only for pumps installed as new
or overhauled in STAND-BY
position)
Lear Siegler - P/N RR54520D Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
(only for pumps installed as new
or overhauled in STAND-BY
position)
Parker - P/N 1C12-43 Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
28-20-00 Fuel Filter Cartridge Pall: Replace 500 FH
P/N QA04008 or at light
indication
28-20-00 Fuel Filter Element: Replace 1500 FH
Purolator - P/N 1743645-02 or at light
indication (2)
1004 - 1104
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Hydraulic Power (Chapter 29)

29-10-00 RCCB N° K31:
P/N SM600BA100N1 Replace (a) 3000 FH (2)
P/N SM600BA100A1 Replace 3000 FH (2)
29-10-00 Hydraulic Filter Element: Replace At light
Vickers - P/N 453846 indication
29-10-00 Hydraulic Power Package Overhaul 1500 Ldgs
Electric Motor:
Vickers - P/N 520811 Check brushes for 600 FH (2)
or wear (Ref. to AMM
P/N 29-1-3 Chap. 29-10-00
Page Block 600).
29-10-00 Hydraulic Power Package Assy: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
Vickers - P/N 520814
NOTE:
(a) Replace with P/N SM600BA100A1 [S/N ³ 80000] (ref. to Service Bulletin N. 80-0166 latest
revision).
1004 - 1104
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ice and Rain Protection (Chapter 30)

30-10-00 Wing A/I Protection Valves: Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
Barber Colman - P/N
BYLB51824
30-20-00 Engine A/I Vane Actuator:
Vickers/Electromech - P/N Overhaul 5000 FH (2)
EM4032-2
Replace 30000 FH (2)
Precilec - P/N 702544-00 Replace 30000 FH (2)
1004 - 1104
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

32-10-00 Main Landing Gear: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
Dowty P/N - 201034005/006 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
- MLG Shock Absorber Dowty Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
P/N 201068002 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty P/N - 201034007/008 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
P/N 201068002 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty P/N - 201416001/002 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
P/N 201417001 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty P/N - 201416003/004 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
P/N 201417002 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty P/N - 201416005/006 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
P/N 201417003 or 201417004 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty P/N - 201459001/002 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
1004 - 1104
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P/N 201417002 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty P/N - 201459003/004 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
MLG Shock Absorber Dowty Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
P/N 201417003 or 201417004 or 12 Years
WOF
32-10-00 MLG Actuators: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N 114146013/014 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty - P/N 114346001/002 Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty - P/N 114346003/004 Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
or 12 Years
WOF
32-10-00 MLG Drag Braces: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N 201035003/004 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty - P/N 201460001/002 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty - P/N 201418001/002 or 12 Years
WOF
Dowty - P/N 201418003/004 or 12 Years
WOF
32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
Dowty - P/N 201033002 or 12 Years
WOF
which includes:
32-50-00 Steering Manifold:
Dowty - P/N 114180002 Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
or 12 Years
WOF
or
1004 - 1104
Page 15
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

or 12 Years
WOF
32-50-00 Steering Actuator:
or 12 Years
WOF
or
or 12 Years
WOF
32-20-00 NLG Actuator: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
WOF
or 12 Years
WOF
or 12 Years
WOF
32-20-00 NLG Drag Brace: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
WOF
32-20-00 NLG Drag Brace: Overhaul 6000 Ldgs
WOF
32-40-00 NLG Wheels: Overhaul 1500 Ldgs
BF Goodrich - P/N 3-1460
32-40-00 MLG Wheels: Overhaul 1500 Ldgs
BF Goodrich - P/N 3-1461-1
32-40-00 Wheel Brakes: Overhaul When the wear
BF Goodrich - P/N 2-1504-1 pin indicates
or that the brake is
BF Goodrich - P/N 2-1504-4 100% worn
BF Goodrich - P/N 2-1504-5
1004 - 1104
Page 16
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

32-50-00 Steering Filter: Replace filter element 1000 FH (2)
Facet Enterprise - P/N 038180-
01
Filter Element:
P/N 037913-05
or
P/N 037913-05-45
or
P/N 1730791-04
32-50-00 Steering Actuator: Insulation resistance test 150 FH (1)
Dowty - P/N 114068002 (Ref.to AMM 32-50-00 Page
Block 500)
32-50-00 Steering Actuator: Insulation resistance test 600 FH (2)
Dowty - P/N 114068003 (Ref.to AMM 32-50-00 Page
Block 500)
1004 - 1104
Page 17
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Navigation (Chapter 34)

34-00-00 Vertical Gyro: Overhaul 2000 FH (2)
J.E.T. - P/N 501-1204-01
1004 - 1104
Page 18
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oxygen (Chapter 35)

35-20-00 Oxygen System Filler Valve: Check 5 Years from
Pacific Precision - P/N P21010 (Ref.to AMM 35-00-00 Page installation or
Block 200) from last test
Note: The Valve Overhaul, when or Overhaul 10 Years from
selected, does not require to installation or
perform the Functional Test from last
Overhaul
35-20-00 Oxygen System Three Position Overhaul 5 Years from
Valve: Pacific Precision - P/N Assy Date or
P21021 from last
Overhaul
35-20-00 Oxygen System Crew Masks Operational Test. 1Y
Eros - P/N MC10-15-13 (from Assy
Date or
from last
over-haul)
35-20-00 Oxygen System Crew Masks: Overhaul 72 Months from
Eros - P/N MC10-15-13 Assy Date or
from last
Overhaul
35-30-00 Protective Breathing Equipment - Replace 10 Years from
Emergency Escape Hood: Assy Date
Eros - P/N 15-40F (if installed)
1004 - 1104
Page 19
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pneumatic (Chapter 36)

36-10-00 Cabin Door Seal Pressurization Line, Hose: Replace 10 Years from
P/N 80-197605-001 (PRE SB-80-0237) Assy date
36-10-00 Cabin Door Seal Pressurization Line, Hose: Replace 10 Years from
P/N 80-197605-003 (PRE SB-80-0237) Assy date
36-10-00 Cabin Door Seal Pressurization Replace 10 Years from
Line Hose: Assy date
P/N 80-197056-027 Or P/N 80-197056-043
with SB-80-0237 embodied.
1004 - 1104
Page 20
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Central Maintenance System (Chapter 45)

45-70-00 ADAS Processor P/N ADAS-K- Replace Battery 10 Years
017-6
45-70-00 DTU Processor P/N DTU-K-089- Replace Battery 10 Years
8
1004 - 1104
Page 21
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Propellers (Chapter 61)

61-10-00 Propellers: Overhaul (ref. 6 years or 3600
Hartzell - P/N HC-E5N-3 to Hartzell FH (WOF) from
(A) (L)/ (H,L) E8218 Applicable installation (new
Documents or overhauled)
61-10-00 Propellers: Blade inspection and corrosion Ref. to Hartzell
Hartzell - P/N HC-E5N-3 removal if necessary Service Bulletin
(A) (L)/ (H,L) E8218 HC-SB-61-
181A, latest
revision
61-20-00 Propeller Governor: Overhaul Ref. to P&WC
Woodward - P/N 8210-411 SB 14603 latest
revision
61-20-00 Over-speed Governor: Overhaul 6500 FH(b)
Woodward - P/N 210962
61-40-00 Propeller RPM Transducer:
Electromech - P/N EM8028-1( ) Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
Farem - P/N 15TG02TYP1542 Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
NOTE:
(a) The Overhaul calendar limit for propellers manifactured or overhauled since October 1991
is 6 years, while for propellers manifactured or overhauled prior to October 1991 remains 5
years (ref. to Hartzell Service Letter HC-SL- 61-61Y last revision). Start date for calendar
limit is when the propeller is first installed and run on an engine. Calendar limit is not
interrupted by subsequent removal and/or storage. Start date for calendar limits should not
be confused with overhaul date.
(b) This TBO is based on the assumption of continuous opearation minimum of 10 hours per
month. The recommended calendar time limit is 6 years for units not in continuous service
with a minimum of 120 hours per year. For units in continuous service with a minimum pf
120 hours per year, the unit can be operated to the recommended TBO in hours provided
there has been no 6 month period when the unit was not operated for a minimum of 10
hours.
Overhaul is required at any time the unit is subjected to: sudden stoppage, contaminated
oil or LIGHTINING STRIKE.
(c) Propellers are often assembled using components with differing individual TSN. Because
of this, maintaining separate TSN and TSO histories for a replacement hub, blade or life-
limited component is required in order to establish propeller assembly TSN, and should be
tracked in the propeller logbook.
1004 - 1104
Page 22
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine (Chapter 71)

71-00-00 Engine Vibration Isolators Replace Within 4800 FH
Barry Controls Aerospace: (Ref.to AMM 71-00-00 (Suggested at
P/N 95007-17 Page Block 400) engine overhaul
P/N 95007-18
1004 - 1104
Page 23
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine (Chapter 72)

72-00-00 Engine Overhaul Ref. to P&WC
SB 14603 latest
issue
72-00-00 Engine Hot Section Inspection Ref. to P&WC
(as prescribed in the P&WC SB 14603 latest
EMM) issue
1004 - 1104
Page 24
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine Fuel & Control (Chapter 73)

73-10-00 Fuel Flow Transmitters: Replace bearings and shaft 5000 FH (2)
P/N 1-2-1-81-302 Calibration
73-00-00 P3 Filter Clean or Replace (Refer to 1000 (2) hours
P&WC EMM for cleaning) of engine
operation
73-10-00 P3 Filter Refer to P&WC EMM for other
maintenance
73-10-00 Engine Fuel Pump Filters Refer to P&WC EMM
1004 - 1104
Page 25
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Engine Indicating (Chapter 77)

77-10-00 Engine RPM Transducer:
Electromech - P/N EM8028-1( ) Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
Farem - P/N 15TG02TYP1542 Overhaul 3000 FH (2)
1004 - 1104
Page 26
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Oil (Chapter 79)

79-20-00 Engine Oil Filter Refer to P&WC EMM
1004 - 1104
Page 27
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Page 28
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-20-00 - INSPECTION
DESCRIPTION
005-20-00
AND
INSPECTION
0 OPERATION
PROGRAM
PROGRAM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. Foreword
Foreword
Unless otherwise stated, the following apply:
1004 - 1104
– When the mandatory or non-mandatory documentation issued before 19 March 2012

reports a reference to “A”, “B”, “C” or “D” check (i.e. AD’s, PA’s, Consignes de
Navigabilité, Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Manuals etc.) the compliance shall be
interpreted as, respectively, “150 FH”, “600 FH”, “1500 FH” and “3000 FH”.
– When the mandatory or non mandatory documentation, issued after 19 March 2012
and before 07 June 2013 reports a reference to "A", "B", "C" or "D" check (i.e. AD’s,
PA’s, Consignes de Navigabilité, Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Manuals etc.) the
compliance shall be interpreted as, respectively, “200 FH”, “600 FH”, “1500 FH” and
“3000 FH”.
– When the mandatory or non mandatory documentation, issued after 07 June 2013
reports a reference to "A", "B", "C" or "D" check (i.e. AD’s, PA’s, Consignes de
Navigabilité, Service Bulletins, Service Letters, Manuals etc.) the compliance shall be
interpreted as, respectively, “200 FH”, “600 FH”, “1800 FH” and “3600 FH”.
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. General
General
A. This inspection program consists of individual maintenance checks, performed at 200,
1004 - 1104
600, 1800, 3600 flight hour intervals, and of other flight hour and calendar scheduled
inspections:
200FH Every 200 Flight Hours except when B, C, D inspections occur
B Every 600 Flight Hours except when C, D inspection occurs
C Every 1800 Flight Hours except when D inspection occurs
D Every 3600 Flight Hours
Tasks required every 200 FH may be grouped for convenience into a single 200 FH
inspection.
All the tasks are grouped in function of ATA-100 code. There are four columns:
– Column B: if a “X” is indicated in this column, the task must be performed at each
“B” inspection
– Column C: if a “X” is indicated in this column, the task must be performed at each
“C” inspection
– Column D: if a “X” is indicated in this column, the task must be performed at each
“D” inspection
(if there are more crossed boxes it means that the task has to be accomplished at
different inspections)
– Column -Interval-: it provides some indications. Some examples follow:
– 1M/3M/6M mean that the task has to be accomplished every 1/3/6 months
– 1Y/2Y/3Y/5Y mean that the task has to be accomplished every 1/2/3/5 years
– * means that the interval is set mandatory by the Airworthiness Authority of
the country in which the airplane is registered.
If a task is prescribed at both flight hour and calendar limits, it must be complied
with when one of these two limits occurs first.
B. Calendar times begin for each airplane on the original certification date (if not
otherwise specified), recorded in the airplane logbook.
C. Owners and operators must adhere as closely as possible to all inspection intervals.
To facilitate scheduling inspections, an inspection interval tolerance of +/- 10FH for
200FH and 400FH checks may be used. For example the first 200FH check, that is due
at 200FH, may be accomplished between 190FH and 210FH. Next inspection will still
be due at 400FH (+/- 10FH).
Next inspection will still be due at 400FH (+/- 10FH).
For B, C, D inspections the tolerance is +/- 30FH.
For tasks required at 1200FH, 6000FH, 9000FH and 12000FH the tolerance is +/-
30FH.
Tolerance for calendar inspections is +/- 10% or +/- 30 days whichever the less.
If an inspection is completed earlier than applicable tolerance, next inspection must be
scheduled in accordance with the following formula:
next inspection due Time/Date = Time/Date of inspection + standard inspection
interval.
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
If for example the initial 200FH inspection is completed at 100FH, next 200FH
inspection must be scheduled between 290 and 310 FH (300 +/- 10 FH). All
subsequent inspections must be readjusted accordingly.
If an inspection is completed later than applicable tolerance next inspection must be
scheduled at the regular subsequent inspection interval.
If for example the initial 200FH check is overflown to 220FH the next 200FH check
must be scheduled between 390 and 410 FH (400 +/- 10 FH).
NOTE: (1) The Maintenance Schedule is shown in the following Graph 5-20.
NOTE: (2) For Engine maintenance checks refer to P&WC EMM Chapter 72-00-00.
Engine routine checks shall be performed during the airplane preflight check
and minor checks shall be performed in conjunction with “200 FH” Interval
Inspection.
The checks must be complied within the limits specified by P&WC if not
otherwise specified by Piaggio Maintenance Schedule.
NOTE: (3) For improved hot section durability P&WC recommends a functional test of
the fuel adapter and nozzles (refer to P&WC EMM 72-00-00, Periodic
Inspection)
NOTE: (4) NDT’s and Acceptance Criteria are detailed in Piaggio’s Report N° 180-
MAN-0300-01107 Non Destructive Test Manual. The detected acceptable
defects must be recorded and maintained in a map.
NOTE: (5) For airplanes flown under Category II Operations Rules refer to the
additional inspection requirements listed in the applicable "Special Scheduled
Inspections for Category II Operations" Table at the end of this Section.
NOTE: (*) Some engine tasks are required initially at intervals not aligned with A/C
scheduled maintenance inspections, and can be extended based on
inspection results. It is suggested to analyze engine maintenance schedule,
anticipating initial engine inspections during A/C scheduled maintenance
tasks.
The inspection program is based on the assumptions of average flight duration of 1

hour and 200 FH or more per year. When actual flight operations significantly differ
from these assumptions, tailored inspection programs may need to be defined.
Tailored inspection programs may also need to be defined to take into account for non
standard aircraft operation (such as, but not limited to, training operation, low level
flights, etc) and when the aicraft is operated in aggressive environments (such as, but
not limited to, sandy or dusty environment or in smog or salt-laden atmosphere).
Refer also to Engine and Propeller maintenance manual for relevant information.
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - P180 Avanti I Maintenance Schedule
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Scheduled Inspections
Table 1 - Scheduled Inspections
ATA Ch. ITEM REQUIREMENT B C D INTER.
Chapter 11-00-00 Placards & Markings
11-20-00 Airplane ID Plate Inspect for security of installation 1Y
and legibility.
11-20-00 Exterior Placards, Inspect for security of installation 1Y
Decals and Markings and legibility.
11-20-00 Interior Placards and Inspect for security of installation 1Y
Decals and legibility.
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 12-00-00 Servicing
12-20-00 Aircraft Perform "200 FH aircraft 200FH
light inspection and
servicing"
(Ref. to AMM12-20-00
Page Block 200)
12-21-00 LH Nacelle Perform "200 FH nacelle 200FH
servicing"
Page Block 200)
12-21-00 RH Nacelle Perform "200 FH nacelle 200FH
servicing"
Page Block 200)
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 21-00-00 Air Conditioning
21-10-00 Bleed air ducts, Inspect for security of installation, X X X
Couplings,Fitting corrosion and evidence of bleed air
Assemblies and Check leaks.
Valves
21-10-00 Duct Fail Switch Operational Test X
21-10-00 Overtemperature Inspect for general condition and X X
Switches & Duct Fail security of installation
Switches (Ref. to AMM 21-10-00 Page Block
600)
21-10-00 Pressure Regulating/ Inspect for signs of bleed air leaks, X X X
Flow Control Valve general condition and security of
installation
(Ref. to AMM 21-10-00 Page Block
600)
21-10-00 Bleed Air Ducts Functional Check of electrical 1Y
Leakage Monitoring circuitry
System and thermal switches
500)
1004 - 1104
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21-20-00 Air Distribution Inspect for general condition and X X X
Blower(s) security of installation of the
electrical components
21-20-00 Avionics Cooling Inspect for security of installation X X
Blowers and condition of electrical
components. Check for proper
operation
(Ref. to AMM21-20-00 Page Block
600). Instrument Panel Cooling
Blower - Inspect for security of
installation and condition of
electrical connection.
21-20-00 Baggage Compartment Inspect for general condition and X X
Heating Line evidence of damage
600).
21-20-00 Cabin Overhead and Inspect for general condition X X
Floor Diffusers and (Ref. to AMM21-20-00 Page Block
Valves 600).
21-20-00 Environmental Control Inspect for general condition and X X X
Unit (Air Cycle Machine security of installation
Hamilton Sundstrand) (Ref. to AMM21-20-00 Page Block
(When installed) 600), Check the oil level
300)
21-20-00 Cockpit and Cabin Inspect for general condition and X X X
Temperature Controller security of installation
(Enviro System) (Ref. to AMM21-60-00 Page Block
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21-20-00 Flight Compartment Inspect for general condition X X
Outlets and Floor (Ref. to AMM21-20-00 Page Block
Diffusers and Valves 600).
21-20-00 Nose Avionics Check for proper operation X X
Compartment Mixing (Ref. to AMM 21-20-00 Page Block
Blower 500).
21-20-00 RAM Air Check Endoscope inspection for security 1Y
Valve (If of installation
HAMILTON (Ref. to AMM 21-50-00 Page Block
Environmental 600).
Control System is
installed)
21-20-00 Refrigeration Package Inspect RAM air inlet, duct and X X
Air Ducts conditioned air outlet ducts for
cracks, obstruction and security of
installation
600). RAM Air Check Valve -
Inspect with endoscope for general
condition and security of
installation.
21-20-00 Windshield Defog Inspect for security of installation, X X
Manifold and Underfloor evidence of air leaks and general
Ducts condition
600).
21-20-00 Air Distribution Hoses Inspect for general condition and X X
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21-30-00 Cabin Barometric Send to component workshop for 2Y
pressure switch test bench.
21-30-00 Emergency Inspect for signs of air leaks, X X
Pressurization Valve security of installation and evidence
of damage, condition of electrical
components. Check for proper
operation
600).
21-30-00 Manual Rate Controller Operational Check. X
21-30-00 Pressurization System Drain line. X X
21-30-00 Pressurization Control Inspect X X X
Ejector (Ref. to AMM 21-30-00 Page Block
600).
21-30-00 Pressurization Control Inspect for security of installation X X
Ejector Filter and damages. Clean filter element
600).
21-30-00 Pressurization Control Functional Test X
System (Ref. to AMM 21-30-00 Page Block
500).
21-30-00 Pressurization Controller Inspect for security of installation, X X
evidence of damage and check
pneumatic and electrical
connections.
21-30-00 Pressurization Outflow Inspect for security of installation, X X
Valve evidence of damage and check
pneumatic and electrical
connections for proper installation.
21-30-00 Vacuum Regulating Inspect for security of installation X X
Valve (Ref. to AMM 21-30-00 Page Block
600).
21-30-00 Manual Rate Controller Inspection X X X
600)
1004 - 1104
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21-40-00 Cabin & Flight Inspect for proper operation X X
Compartment Duct (Ref. to AMM 21-40-00 Page Block
Check Valves (Enviro 600).
System)
21-50-00 Refrigeration Pack Oil Drain and refill 400FH
(MIL-PRF-23699) (ACM (Ref. to AMM 12-10-05 Page Block
Hamilton Sundstrand) 300).
(if installed)
21-50-00 Heat Exchanger (ACM Send to component workshop for X X
Hamilton Sundstrand) inspection and cleaning.
(if installed)
21-50-00 Water Separator and Replace coalescer element 1200FH
Filter Assy (ACM (Ref. to AMM 12-10-05 Page Block
Hamilton Sundstrand) 300).
(if installed)
21-51-00 Freon Refrigeration Inspect for general condition and X X
Package (if installed) security of installation
1004 - 1104
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

21-60-00 Bleed S/O Valves Inspect for security of installation, X X
signs of bleed air leaks and
condition of electrical components
600).
21-60-00 Cabin Temperature Send to component workshop for 9000FH
Sensor (Hamilton cleaning and functional check.
Sudstrand) P/N 792778-
1
21-60-00 Duct Temperature Send to component workshop for 9000FH
Limiter (Hamilton functional check.
Sundstrand) P/N
750665-1
21-60-00 Duct Temperature Inspect for general condition and X X
Sensor (Hamilton security of installation
Sundstrand) (Ref. to AMM 21-60-00 Page Block
600).
21-60-00 Duct Temperature Operational Test. X X X
Sensor (Hamilton
Sundstrand)
21-60-00 Duct Temperature Send to component workshop for 9000FH
Sensor (Hamilton cleaning and functional check.
Sundstrand) P/N
754691-1
21-60-00 Duct Temperature Inspect for general condition and X X X
Sensor(s) (Enviro) security of installation
600).
21-60-00 Environmental Control Operational Test X X X
500).
21-70-00 Water Separator Inspect drain port and line for X X
obstruction.
Inspect coalescer for general
condition. Check relief valve for
proper operation.
Clean and lubricate
300).
600)
1004 - 1104
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 22-00-00 Auto Flight
22-10-00 Autopilot Operational Test X 1Y
500).
22-10-00 Autopilot Functional Test X X
500).
22-10-00 Autopilot Computer Inspect for general condition and X X X
Controller and Sensors security of installation.
600).
22-10-00 Autopilot System Inspect servo actuators and cables X X X
for proper installation
(Ref. to AMM 22-11-00 page block
600)
600)
600)
22-10-00 Autopilot System Check cable tension X X X
200)
200)
500)
22-10-00 Autopilot System Inspect for general condition and X X X 2Y
600)
600)
600)
600)
22-10-00 Autopilot System Performance Test (Altitude Hold) 2Y
(RVSM operations) (Ref. to AMM 34-12-01 Page Block
200).
22-10-00 Autopilot System Test 9000FH
Rockwell Collins APS 65 (Ref. to Rockwell Collins Instruction
Servo Mounts Book P/N 523-0771862-00511A).
1004 - 1104
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 22-00-00 Auto Flight
22-10-00 Aileron Primary Servo Inspection X X X
and Servo Mount (Ref. to AMM 22-13-00 Page Block
600).
22-10-00 Elevator Primary Servo Inspection X X X
600).
22-10-00 Rudder Primary Servo Inspection X X X
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 23-00-00 Communications
23-00-00 Antennas Inspect for general condition and X X X 1Y
(Ref. also to AMM 20-20-02 Page
Block 200)
23-00-00 Wiring Inspect for proper routing, chafing X X
and evidence of damage
200).
23-10-00 Communication System Ramp Test *
Rockwell Collins VHF-
22
23-10-00 Flight Compartment Inspect for general condition and X X X
Communication, Control security of installation
Units and Audio
Equipment (including
audio panels and cockpit
speakers)
23-10-00 Transceivers Inspect for general condition and X X X
600)
23-60-00 Static dischargers Inspect for general condition and X X X
600)
23-70-00 CVR - Underwater Clean and perform battery check 2Y
Acoustic Beacon Perform operational Test.
Dukane DK120 (Ref. to AMM 23-60-00 Page Block
(if installed) 500).
1004 - 1104
Page 15
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 24-00-00 Electrical Power
24-20-00 Generator control units; Inspect for general condition and X X X
inverters and AC control security of installation including
unit grounding connections
200 and 24-30-00 Page Block 600).
24-20-00 AC Generation Operational Test X X X
200).
24-30-00 Battery Inspect for spewage. 6M
24-31-00 Battery Installation Inspect grounding connection. X X X 1Y
Inspect plate and bay for corrosion.
Inspect temperature system
connector. Inspect for spewage.
Temperature Indication Operational X X X 1Y
Test (MFDI).
24-30-00 Starter/Generator Air Inspect for general condition and X X X 1Y
Cooling Ducts presence of obstructions.
24-30-00 Starter/Generators Inspect for general condition X X X
including grounding connections.
24-30-00 DC Generation and Functional Tests X X X
24-60- Distribution (Ref. to AMM 24-30-00 Page Block
00 500) (Ref. to AMM 24-60-00 Page
Block 500).
1004 - 1104
Page 16
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 24-00-00 Electrical Power
24-40-00 Cable Harness Inspect harness between battery/ X X X
main junction box and external
receptacle for damage.
24-40-00 External Power Inspect for absence of damage, X X X
Receptacle corrosion and arching.
24-60-00 Auxiliary Configuration Check for proper voltage. X X X
Electrical Supply
System (if applicable)
24-60-00 Main Junction Box Inspect for general condition and X X X
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 17
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 25-00-00 Equipment and Furnishing
25-00-00 Cabin and flight Inspect the passenger cabin and 1Y
compartment inspection the flight compartment for objects
which might foul the airplane control
25-00-00 Flight, Cabin and Inspect for general condition. 1Y
Baggage Compartments Inspect seats and safety belts for
proper attachment. Inspect flight
compartment for absence of loose
equipment that might foul the
controls.
25-10-00 Passengers Inspect for general condition and X X X
compartments Seats security of installation.
and Seats Belts
25-10-00 Passengers Inspect for security of installation X X
compartments Seat and absence of abnormal wear.
Rails
25-20-00 Flight compartment Seat Inspect for security of installation X X
Rails and absence of abnormal wear.
25-20-00 Flight compartment Inspect for general condition and X X X
Seats and Seats Belts security of installation.
1004 - 1104
Page 18
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 25-00-00 Equipment and Furnishing
25-60-00 ELT (AF) Type 503 - Operational Test 3M
Techtest (Ref. to AMM 25-60-00 Page Block
500).
25-60-00 ELT (AF) Type 503 - Functional Test 6M
Techtest (Ref. to AMM 25-60-00 Page Block
500).
25-60-00 ELT System Dorne & Operational Test 3M (or 100
Margolin (Ref. to AMM 25-60-00 Page Block FH,
P/N 261D1380-005 500). whichever
occurs first)
25-60-00 ELT System, Dorne & Visual inspection for battery 3M
Margolin P/N spewage (if installed).
261D1380-005
25-60-00 ELT (AF) C406-N Artex Operational Test 6M
500).
25-60-00 ELT (AF) C406-N Artex Functional Test 1Y
500).
25-60-00 Aircraft Underwater Clean and perform battery check 6M
Acoustic Beacon Perform operational Test.
Dukane DK100 (if (Ref. to AMM 25-60-00 Page Block
installed) 600)
25-60-00 First Aid Kit Visual Inspection 6M
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 19
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 26-00-00 Fire Protection
26-00-00 Fire Extinguishing Check for continuity. X X X 1Y
Electrical Circuit (if
installed)
26-10-00 Fire Overheat Detector Inspect for general condition and X X X
and Sensor Lines security of installation
600).
26-20-00 Engine Fire Visual inspection and weight check. 1Y
Extinguishing Bottles (if (Ref. to AMM 26-20-00 Page Block
installed) 600).
26-20-00 Fire Extinguisher Bottles Inspect for general condition and X X X
and Deployment Tubes security of installation
(if installed) (Ref. to AMM 26-20-00 Page Block
600).
26-20-00 Portable Fire Visual inspection. Check nozzle for X X X 1Y
Extinguisher (if installed) obstruction. Check pressure gage
proper range. Check lockpin and
wireseal for proper installation.
Extinguisher gross weight is 4 lb. 14
oz +/- 4 oz (including the nozzle).
Refill if the extinguisher loses more
than 2 oz.
1004 - 1104
Page 20
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 27-00-00 Flight Controls
27-00-00 Control surfaces hinges Inspect for corrosion 5Y
27-00-00 Flight Controls Check for smooth travel. Check 1Y
surfaces electrical bonding.
200).
27-00-00 Trim Systems Perform full strokes and check X
instrument indication
27-10-00 Aileron Trim Tab Perform visual inspection and X X X
manual check for play
27-10-00 Aileron Levers Check for secure locking, wear, and X X
proper play
27-10-00 Aileron Control Rod Verify the drain holes for X
Adjustable Linkages cleanliness and proper condition.
200)
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Check aileron cable tension X X X
200).
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Check for general condition, sectors X X X
for security of installation. Check
the surface stop effectiveness.
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Perform friction Test.Check a X X
complete stroke. Check the ailerons
for clearance and adjust as
necessary.
500)
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Check and record play. 1200FH
500)
1004 - 1104
Page 21
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

27-10-00 Aileron Control System Release cable tension and inspect X
all components and their supports
(cables, pulleys, cable guards,
seals, quadrants, levers, rods, and
bellcranks) for general condition,
security of installation and evidence
of damage. Check turnbuckle
locking for security of installation
(including the control wheel ones).
Check the cable winding inside the
control wheels.
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Inspect the attachment of the X X
cables to the rear extremity sectors.
Inspect the cables at their
passages.
Inspect the pulleys under the
cockpit and cabin floor
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Inspect the attachment of the 1200FH
cables to the cockpit sectors.
Inspect the cables passages
through the rear pressurized
bulkhead sections.
27-10-00 Aileron Control System Eddy Current inspection for cracks. X
Lever at Wing Stations (Ref. to NDTM)
5155
27-10-00 Aileron Trim System Functional Test X X
500).
27-10-00 Aileron Control Wheel Check and record complete stroke, X
friction, play and control system
elasticity
27-10-00 Aileron Trim System Inspect for general condition and X X
security of installation. Check play
500).
27-10-00 Aileron Trim Tab Electrical Insulation X X
Actuator
Ratier Figeac -
P/N FE187-001
1004 - 1104
Page 22
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

27-20-00 Rudder Dye penetrant inspection of the 6000FH
radius between the bearing shaft
and the flat four bolt flange if SB-80-
0076 is not incorporated
27-20-00 Rudder Assembly Fitting Visual inspection of torque tube X X X
Attachments attachment to rudder assembly
27-20-00 Rudder Control System Check for general condition, X X X
security of installation, free and
smooth travel. Check surface stop
effectiveness.
27-20-00 Rudder Control System Check and record play, check X X
friction. Check complete stroke.
Check the rudder for clearance and
adjust as necessary
27-20-00 Rudder Control System Release cable tension and inspect X
seals, levers, sectors and
27-20-00 Rudder Control System Inspect the attachment of the X X
cables to the rear extremity sectors.
Inspect the cables at their
passages. Inspect the pulleys under
the cockpit and cabin floor.
27-20-00 Rudder Control System Inspect the attachment of the 1200FH
cables to the cockpit sectors.
Inspect the cables passages
bulkhead sections.
27-20-00 Rudder Control System Check the cable tension X X X
and Autopilot Cables (Ref. to AMM 27-00-00 Page Block
200).
27-20-00 Rudder Pedals Check play. X X X
27-20-00 Rudder Trim System Inspect for general condition and X X
security of installation. Check and
record play
500).
1004 - 1104
Page 23
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

27-20-00 Rudder Trim Tab Electrical Insulation X X
Actuator
Ratier Figeac -
P/N FE182-000
1004 - 1104
Page 24
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

27-30-00 Angle of Attack Inspect for slot cleanliness and 1Y
Transmitter freedom of movement.
27-30-00 Control Columns Check a complete stroke, friction X X
and play, with stabilizer at the
positions FULL UP - FULL DOWN -
NEUTRAL (+2; -8; 0 degrees).
27-30-00 Elevator Control System Check smooth travel with stabilizer X X X
at -4.5 deg (spring at neutral
condition) and verify spring proper
effectiveness with stabilizer at full
UP and full DOWN.
27-30-00 Elevator Control System Check the cable tension X X X
200).
27-30-00 Elevator Control System Release cable tension and inspect X
seals, levers, sectors and
27-30-00 Elevator Control System Inspect the cables at their passages X X
and the pulley under cabin floor and
baggage compartment.
27-30-00 Elevator Control System Inspect the attachments of the X X X
cables to the extremity sectors.
Inspect the cables at the passage
bulkhead.
27-30-00 Elevator Control System Rod Adjustable Linkages - Verify X
the drain holes for cleanliness and
general condition.
1004 - 1104
Page 25
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

27-40-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Friction Test X X
500).
27-40-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Operational Check X 1Y
Trim System
27-40-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Functional Test X
Trim System (Ref. to AMM 27-40-00 Page Block
500).
27-40-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Inspect for general condition and X X
Trim System security of installation
27-40-00 Aft Elevator Bellcranks, Remove and perform an accurate 6000FH
Brackets, Bolts, Support visual inspection of all the separate
and Assy elements. Check bushings for out-
of-round condition and perform dye
penetrant inspection / magnetic
inspection of pins for cracks.
1004 - 1104
Page 26
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

27-50-00 Inboard Flap Screwjacks Lubricate 400FH
27-50-00 Flap Drive Unit and Inspect for general condition and X X
Motors security of installation.
27-50-00 Flap Screwjacks Inspect for general condition, 6000FH
security of installation and clean
27-50-00 Flap System Operational Test. X 1Y
(Functional Test if flaps removed).
27-50-00 Flap System ECU and Operational Test. X X X
MID Interlock Circuit
27-50-00 Flap System Functional Test X
27-50-00 Flap transmission Shafts Supplier in-house. 6000FH
Inspection and replacement of
gimbals if required.
27-50-00 Flap Transmission Inspect for general condition and X X
Shafts, Supports security of installation. Inspect
bevel gearboxes for lubricant
leakage. Check screwjacks for
corrosion.
27-50-00 Fwd Wing Flap Visual inspection for general X X X 1Y
Actuators and Fittings condition.
27-50-00 Fwd Wing Flap Fittings Inspect for corrosion. 1Y
27-50-00 Fwd Wing Flaps and Visual inspection for general X X X 1Y
Support Fittings condition.
27-50-00 Outboard & Inboard Inspect for general condition, X X X
Wing Flap Fittings and security of installation and condition
Tracks of rollers. Inspect the bonding
tracks for general condition.
1004 - 1104
Page 27
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 28-00-00 Fuel System
28-00-00 Flame Arresters - Check for obstruction X X X
600).
28-00-00 Wing Tank/Collector Inspect for General Condition and X X X
Tank/Auxiliary Tank Area Check for leaks
and Components (Ref. to AMM 28-00-00 Page Block
600).
28-00-00 Nacelle Fuel Lines, Inspect for deterioration, evidence X X X
Hoses and Accessories of damage, leakages and security
of installation
600).
28-00-00 Fuselage Tank/Cabin Leakage Check (Ref. to AMM X 5Y
Insulation Bulkhead Chapter
28-00-00 Page Block 600)
28-11-00 Wing Tank / Collector Inspect for general condition and X X X
Tank connection security of installation, check for
leaks (Ref. to AMM 28-00-00 Page
Block 600)
28-11-00 Fuel Collector & Inspect for corrosion and evidence X 5Y
Auxiliary Tanks of damage.
28-12-00
28-11-00 Pressure Refueling Pilot Inspect for general condition and X
valve security of installation.
28-11-00 Interconnecting Valve Inspect for leaks, general condition X X
28-15-00 Fuel Filter Drain Valves Drain lines: remove the valves and X X
check that the top washers are
correctly flat. Replace the valve(s) if
necessary
600).
28-20-00 Fuel Crossfeed and Inspect for leaks, general condition X X X
Shut-Off Valve - and security of installation.
28-20-00 Fuel Distribution System Operational Test X X X
500).
28-20-00 Fuel Filter Impending Operational check. X X X
By-pass Flight
Compartment Indication
1004 - 1104
Page 28
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 28-00-00 Fuel System
28-20-00 Impending By-pass Inspect for leaks, general condition X X X
28-40-00 Fuel Quantity Indication Check for proper indication X X
500).
1004 - 1104
Page 29
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 29-00-00 Hydraulic Power
29-00-00 Hydraulic system Check for leakage X X
29-00-00 Hydraulic System Oil contamination analysis X X
29-00-00 Hydraulic System Operational Test X X X
500).
29-10-00 Hydraulic Package Inspect the ground connecting strap X X X
for condition and oxydation and the
motor positive pole for damage,
Inspect for leaks, security of
installation, cleanliness and hose
conditions. Inspect the electrical low
level fluid transmitter for damage
and the filling cap for security of
installation. Inspect control unit for
installation.
29-10-00 Hydraulic Pressurization Inspect fittings for security of X X X 1Y
Lines installation. Remove and clean
relief valve, check valve and orifices
600).
29-10-00 Pressurization Filters Remove, clean and install the filter X X
element
700).
29-10-00 Pressurization Line Cap Inspect for security of installation. X X X
29-20-00 Hand Pump Inspect for leaks and security of X X X
installation and proper operation
600)
1004 - 1104
Page 30
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 30-00-00 Ice & Rain Protection
30-10-00 Fwd Wing Anti-Ice Operational Test X
Protection System (Ref. to AMM 30-12-00 Page Block
500).
30-10-00 Fwd Wing Anti-Ice Functional Test X X
500).
30-10-00 Fwd Wing Anti-Ice Functional Test X X
Relays & RCCB's 500).
30-10-00 Fwd wing leading edges Visual Inspection X X
600)
30-10-00 Main Wing Anti-Ice Visual inspection and Operational X X X
System Test (Ref. to AMM 30-11-00 Page
Block 600).
30-10-00 Wing Anti-Ice Ducts Inspect for general condition. X
30-10-00 Wing Mixing Ejector and Inspect for general condition and X X X
RAM-Air Ducts, S/O security of installation
Valve and Duct Switches (Ref. to AMM 30-11-00 Page Block
600).
30-10-00 Forward Wing Check for electrical continuity X X X
Temperature (Ref. to AMM 30-11-00 Page Block
Switches 500).
30-10-00 Wing Temperature Inspect for security of installation X X X
Regulator Box (Ref. to AMM 30-11-00 Page Block
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 31
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 30-00-00 Ice & Rain Protection
30-20-00 Inertial Separator Visual Inspection (Ref. to AMM 30- X X X
System 22-00 Page Block 600).
and operational Test (Ref. to AMM
30-22-00 Page Block 500).
30-20-00 Nacelle Air Intake Vanes Visual inspection of all honeycomb X X X 1Y
based structures/panels.
30-20-00 Oil Cooler Air Intake Lip Operational Test X X X
Anti Ice Protection (Ref. to AMM 30-23-00 Page Block
System 500)
30-20-00 Engine Air Intake Lip Visual inspection and operational X X X
De-Icing System Test (Ref. to AMM 30-21-00 Page
Block 600).
30-30-00 Pitot Static Ports and Operational Check. X X X
AoA Transmitter Anti Ice (Ref. to AMM 30-30-00 Page Block
systems 500)
30-40-00 Windshield Anti-Ice Operational Test X X
Overheat Warning 500).
Circuit
30-40-00 Windshield Heating Check for continuity/resistance X X
500).
30-40-00 Windshield Anti-Ice Functional Test X X
Relays and RCCB's 500).
30-80-00 Ice Detector Operational Test X X X
500).
1004 - 1104
Page 32
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 31-00-00 Indicating & Recording Systems
31-10-00 Aural Warning Box Inspect for general condition and X X X
31-10-00 Circuit Breaker Panels Inspect pilot and copilot CB panels X X X
for general condition and security of
installation.
31-10-00 Control Pedestal Inspect the individual instruments, X X X
instrument & switch panels for
installation.
31-10-00 Instrument Panel Inspect the individual instruments, X X X
instrument & switch panels for
installation.
31-10-00 System Test Selector Inspect for general condition and X X X
1004 - 1104
Page 33
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 32-00-00 Landing Gear
32-00-00 Landing Gear Operational Test 1Y
32-00-00 Landing Gear Hand Pump Operation. X X X 1Y
500).
32-00-00 Landing Gear Functional Test X X
500).
32-00-00 Landing Gear Check the wiring connected to the X X X
microswitches for general condition
and security of installation. Check
electrical bonding for general
installation.
32-10-00 Main and Nose Landing Electrical Check and Cleaning (Ref. X X X
Gear Limit Switch to AMM Chapter 32-00-00 Page
Block 500).
32-10-00 Landing Gear Lubricate X X X 180 LDGS
(Ref. to AMM 12-21-01 Page Block or 1Y
300).
32-10-00 Landing Gear Door Check the adjustable ends and rods X
Adjustable Linkages for wear and corrosion.
Nose:
200.) Main:
200)
32-10-00 Main Landing Gear Check Nitrogen Pressure X X X 1Y
Strut(s) (Ref. to AMM 12-10-03 Page Block
300).
32-11-00 Main Landing Gear Inspect for general condition and X X X
32-11-00 Main Landing Gear Door Inspect for general condition and X X X
Mechanism security of installation
500)
1004 - 1104
Page 34
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear Inspect for general condition and X X X
32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear Inspect for general condition and X X X
Door Mechanism security of installation
600).
32-20-00 Nose Landing Gear Check Nitrogen Pressure X X X 1Y
Strut (Ref. to AMM 12-10-02 Page Block
300).
32-30-00 Emergency Extension Inspect selector handle and valve X X X
System for general condition and security of
installation.
32-30-00 Service Selector Valve Inspect for general condition and X X X
1004 - 1104
Page 35
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

32-40-00 Brake Pumps Inspect for general condition and X X
32-40-00 Brake System Rods Inspect for general condition X X X
600).
32-40-00 Brakes Inspect for security of installation X X X
600).
32-40-00 Main Gear Wheels Inspect for general condition and X X X
600).
32-40-00 Normal and Emergency Inspect for general condition and X X X
Brake Valve security of installation.
32-40-00 Normal and Emergency Inspect for general condition and X X X
Parking Lines security of installation.
1004 - 1104
Page 36
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

32-40-00 Nose Gear Wheels Inspect for general condition and X X X
600).
32-40-00 Parking Brake Inspect control knob and cable for X X
32-40-00 Parking Valve and Inspect for general condition and X X
Three-Way Valve security of installation.
32-40-00 Tires Inspect for wear, cuts, inflation, X X X 1Y
cleanliness and evidence of
damage
200).
32-50-00 Steering Filter Inspect for general condition and X X X
32-50-00 Steering System Operational Test X X X
500).
32-50-00 Steering System Inspect for general condition and X X X
1004 - 1104
Page 37
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 33-00-00 Lights
33-00-00 External lights Operational check 1Y
33-10-00 Annunciator Bright/ Check for proper operation. X X X
Dimmed Lights
33-10-00 Dimmer Light Control Inspect for security of installation. X X X
Panel
33-10-00 Dual Map Lights Inspect for security of installation X X X
and check for proper operation.
33-10-00 Electroluminescent Check for legibility and for proper X X X
Panels operation.
33-10-00 Floodlights & Inspect for security of installation X X X
Domelights and check for proper operation
33-10-00 Instrument Lighting, Check for proper operation. X X X
Internal
1004 - 1104
Page 38
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

33-20-00 Passenger Inspect for security of installation X X X
Compartment Lighting and check for proper operation.
System
33-30-00 Baggage Compartment Inspect for security of installation X X X
Light and check for proper operation (if
installed).
33-40-00 Anti-collision Strobe Inspect for general condition, X X X
Lights and Power security of installation and check for
Supplies proper operation.
33-40-00 Ground Beacon Light Inspect for general condition, X X X
and Flasher Unit security of installation and check for
proper operation.
33-40-00 Landing and Taxi Lights Inspect for general condition, X X X
Door and Actuator security of installation and check for
proper operation.
33-40-00 Position Lights Inspect wing tip light assemblies for X X X
general condition, security of
installation and check for proper
operation.
33-40-00 Recognition Light Inspect for general condition, and X X X
33-40-00 Wing Inspection Light Inspect for general condition and X X X
check for proper operation.
1004 - 1104
Page 39
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 34-00-00 Navigation/Pitot & Static
33-40-00 Navigation System Ramp Test *
33-40-00 Navigation System Inspect for general condition and X X X 1Y
Antennas security of installation
(Ref. also to AMM 20-20-02 Page
Block 200).
200).
1004 - 1104
Page 40
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

34-10-00 Pilot & Copilot Altimeter Inspect for Security of Installation 2Y
and Air Data System and General Condition.
Test as per FAR 91.411, to
accomplish Part 43 Appendix E
34-10-00 Navigation Apparatus Inspect for general condition and X X X
security of installation of the
following units wherever located
(including the mounts when
installed): Weather Radar
apparatus and Antenna/
Transceiver; Glide Slope apparatus
and Antenna; DME; PRI/SEC
Vertical Gyros; PRI/SEC Directional
Gyros; EFIS MPU/DPU; PRI/SEC
VHF NAV; PRI/SEC Transponders;
HPU; ADF; ADC; Radio Altimeter (if
installed); Bias Box; Control
Adapter (of transponders); Remote
Compensation Panels; MSI
Computer, stall warning computer,
primary flight director.
34-10-00 Pitot / Static System Pitot Static Leak Test 1Y
500).
34-10-00 Pitot Tubes, Static Ports Inspect for general condition and X X X 1Y
and Lines security of installation; Perform Line
Check and Clean and pilot and
copilot drain hole cleaning.
700)
34-10-00 RVSM Air Data System Ground Test 1Y
500).
34-10-00 RVSM Critical Region Visual inspection 1Y
600).
34-10-00 Pitot & Static Lines Drain 1Y
34-10-00 Static Ports (RVSM Outer Plate and Inner Port step 2Y
operations) height measurement
600).
34-10-00 Weather Radar Operational Test. 1Y
1004 - 1104
Page 41
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

34-20-00 Magnetic Compass Inspect for general condition. 2Y
Adjustment / Test
200)
34-20-00 Vertical and Directional Operational Test X X X
Gyros (Ref. to AMM 34-20-01 Page Block
500)
34-25-00 Standby Gyro Horizon Capacity Test at a load of 0.4 A and 6M
Emergency Power Unit, for 30 minutes (Ref. to EPU 28-24
Castleberry Inst. RM Operator/Installation Manual).
P/N 0900-1840-22
or
P/N 0900-1840-22T
34-25-00 Standby Gyro Horizon Operational Test. 6M
34-40-00 TCAS I System System Test (Autotest) 1Y
(if installed) (Ref. to AMM 34-43-00 Page Block
500).
34-54-00 ATC Transponder Test as per FAR 91.413, to 2Y
System accomplish FAR 43 App.F.
1004 - 1104
Page 42
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 35-00-00 Oxygen
35-00-00 Cabin Altitude Switch Inspect for general condition and X X X
35-00-00 Oxygen Pressure Gage Inspect for general condition. X X X
35-00-00 Oxygen System Operational Test. Inspect masks X X X
and disposing units for general
condition. Check for proper
installation after repack.
500). Drop Test.
35-00-00 Oxygen System: Supply Inspect X X
Pressure Regulator & S/ (Ref.to AMM 35-00-00 Page Block
O Valve, Capillary and 500).
filling Lines, Filling
Valve, Safety Valve
35-00-00 Smoke Goggle Inspect for AMM Chapter 35-00-00 6M
Page Block 200
35-10-00 Crew Masks & Hoses Inspect for general condition and X X X
35-20-00 Oxygen Barometric Operational Check 2Y
Pressure Switch
1004 - 1104
Page 43
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 36-00-00 Pneumatic
36-10-00 Bleed Air Ducts, Inspect for security of installation, X X X
Couplings, Fitting corrosion and evidence of bleed air
Assemblies and Check leaks (Ref. to AMM 36-10-00 Page
Valves Block 600).
36-10-00 Door Seal Inspect for general condition and X X
Pressurization Lines security of installation
600).
36-10-00 Emergency Line Bleed Leak check X X
Air Ducts (protected by (Ref. to AMM 36-10-00 Page Block
the sheats) 600).
36-10-00 Door Seal Pressure Remove and dry. Vent lines with X X X
Regulator and S/O items removed
Valves, Pressure (Ref. to AMM 36-11-00 Page Block
Switches and Check 200).
Valves
36-10-00 Door Seal Drain X X X 1Y
Pressurization System (Ref. to AMM 36-11-00 Page Block
200).
Note: the door seal inspection is

mentioned in Chapter 52-00-00.
1004 - 1104
Page 44
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 52-00-00 Doors
52-12-00 Cabin Upper Entry Door Detailed visual inspection. 9000FH
Structure and Pin Perform eddy current inspection
Guides (Ref.to NDTM 51-00-04) if damage
is found or suspected.
Repeat the inspection after
3000FH.
52-12-00 Upper & Lower Cabin Visual inspection X X X
Door (Ref. to AMM 52-11-00 Page Block
52-11-00 600) and check lockpin extension
and mechanism overcenter.
52-12-00 Upper & Lower Cabin Measure and record lockpin X X X
Door extension and mechanism
52-11-00 overcenter
52-30-00 Door Seal Inspect for general condition and X X X
52-30-00 Emergency Exit Door Visual inspection and operational X X X
Test (external / internal removal of
the door and subsequent internal
installation).
52-30-00 BaggageCompartment Inspection, Clean and Lubricate X X X
Door Lockpin Guide (Ref. to AMM 52-30-
00 Page Block 600).
52-30-00 Baggage Door Lockpin Wear Check (Ref. to AMM 52-30-00 X X X
Page Block 600).
52-70-00 Door Warning System Inspect the switches of the cabin X X X
and the baggage door for general
installation. Check for proper
operation.
52-81-00 Nose Landing Gear Perform inspection X X X
Doors (Ref. to AMM 52-81-00 Page Block
600).
52-82-00 Main Landing Gear Perform inspection X X X
Doors (Ref. to AMM 52-82-00 Page Block
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 45
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 53-00-00 Fuselage
53-00-00 Flight Compartment Inspect for corrosion. 9000FH
Upper Stringers and
Frames
53-00-00 Bottom fuselage skin, Inspect beams and fuselage X 5Y
and structural members internal skin, under central and
lateral floor for corrosion and
damage
53-00-00 Floor Panels Inspect for structural damage and X X
security of installation. Metallic
panel (if installed) inspect for
corrosion.
53-00-00 Fuselage Belly Drain X X X 6M
53-00-00 Fuselage Belly Moisture Inspect pressurized and X X
Drain Holes unpressurized areas and drain
holes for obstruction and evidence
of corrosion.
53-00-00 Fuselage Belly Internal belly- central bays - drain X X X 1Y
holes check and cleaning
(Ref. to. AMM 53-00-00 Page Block
200)
53-00-00 Fuselage External Skin, Inspect for general condition and X X X
Baggage Compartment leakages.
and MLG FWD Bay
53-00-00 Seat Rail Attachments Inspect for security of installation, X X
proper alignment and absence of
wear and corrosion.
53-00-00 Stringers and Frames Inspect for damage and corrosion. X 5Y
Cabin and Baggage
Compartments
1004 - 1104
Page 46
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

53-10-00 Forward Pressurized Inspect for cracks, corrosion and X 5Y
Bulkhead evidence of structural damage.
53-10-00 Fwd Pressurized Eddy current inspection for cracks 9000FH
Bulkhead in nose avionics compartment; then
repeat the inspection after 3000 FH.
53-10-00 NLG Bay Inspect for corrosion. 1Y
53-10-00 NLG Bay Inspect NLG attach fittings, X X X
supporting structure and
surrounding areas for general
condition.
53-10-00 Radome Visual inspection. Check for static X X X
discharge pitting. Inspect electrical
bonding straps for general
condition.
53-10-00 Windshield Upper & Internal visual inspection for cracks. 9000FH
Lower Beams and Then repeat the inspection after
Upper Beam Cross 3000 FH
(Ref. to 53-10-00)
53-10-00 Fuselage-to-Fwd Wing Eddy current inspection of fitting X
Supports lugs, rods and attachments.
53-10-00 Nose Landing Gear – Inspect NLG Mounts bushings for At NLG
general condition and play removal for
tolerances (Ref. to 32-00-00 page OH, or 6000
block 500). Landing,
– Eddy current inspection around WOF
bushings.
53-30-00 Cabin Entry Door Cut Eddy current inspection; then 9000FH
Out repeat the inspection every 3B
53-40-00 Rear Pressurized Inspect for cracks, corrosion and X 5Y
Bulkhead evidence of structural damage.
53-60-00 Fuselage Integral Tank Inspect for general condition and X 5Y
corrosion through the access
panels.
53-60-00 Main Landing Gear Bay Inspect MLG attachments, X X X
supporting structure and
surrounding areas for general
condition.
1004 - 1104
Page 47
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

53-60-00 Main Landing Gear – Inspect bushings for general At MLG
Condition and play tolerances (Ref. removal for
to 32-00-00 page block 500). OH, or 6000
– Eddy current inspection around Landing,
MLG Mounts bushings and at the WOF
radii.
– Eddy current inspection at the
radii of the MLG Mount Guides
53-60-00 MLG Bay Inspect for corrosion. Inspect drains 1Y
for presence of water / slush.
1004 - 1104
Page 48
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

53-80-00 Metallic Tail Cone (incl. Visual inspection of outer skin for 1Y
Stabilizer) (if applicable) cracks and corrosion.
53-80-00 Tailcone (composite tail Radiographic inspection of the X
equipped airplanes) - FS tailcone-to-fuselage belt.
8154
53-80-00 Tailcone Skin Visual inspection of stringer /skin X X X
(composite tail equipped joints for peeling, of rudder support
airplanes only) shelf to tail . Visual inspection of
tail-cone / fuselage attachments for
working and looseness. Visual
inspection of bulkhead fairleads for
wear.
53-80-00 Tailcone Skins Ultrasonic inspection of skin-to- X
(composite tail equipped bulkhead bonds.
airplanes only)
53-80-00 Tailcone Skins (metallic Visual inspection of stringer/skin X X X
tail equipped airplanes joints. Visual inspection of bulkhead
only) fairleads for proper condition.
53-80-00 Tailcone-to-Fuselage Visual inspection of fasteners for X X X
Joint working and looseness.
53-80-00 Ventral Fins Coin tapping inspection X
53-80-00 Ventral Fins Inspect for general condition and X X X
53-80-00 Ventral Fins Radiographic inspection of flanges. X
Attachments
53-80-00 Vertical Stabilizer/ Ultrasonic inspection. (only X
Tailcone aluminum L- composit tail cone)
Shaped Profiles
53-80-00 Tailcone skins Check for electrical continuity X
(composite tail equipped
airplanes only)
1004 - 1104
Page 49
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 54-00-00 Nacelles
54-10-00 Nacelle Panels Visual Inspection X X X
600).
54-10-00 Nacelle Outer Panel Coin tapping Test X X
Skins (including rear (Ref. to NDTM).
panels if in composite)
54-10-00 Nacelle Panels Coin tapping Test of oil cooler duct X
bond (Ref. to NDTM).
1004 - 1104
Page 50
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 55-00-00 Stabilizers
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Visual inspection of upper and X X X 1Y
Assembly lower skins and leading edges for
nicks, dents check electrical
bonding connection for general
condition.
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer/ Accurate visual inspection of hinge X
Elevator Hinge Fitting fitting lugs and attachments.
Supports & Lugs
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer/ Boroscopic inspection of hinge X
Elevator Hinge Fitting fittings, lugs and attachments.
Supports & Lugs
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer/ Dye penetrant inspection for cracks. X
Elevator Titanium
Support
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Remove and perform ultrasonic X
Assembly check by Pulse Echo of upper skin/
lower skin/torque box bond.
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Electrical continuity check of X
Assembly grounding connections.
55-10-00 Horizontal Stabilizer Perform coin tapping Test of upper X
Torque Box Assembly skin to torque box.
1004 - 1104
Page 51
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

55-20-00 Elevator Coin tapping Test on lower and X X X
upper skins
55-20-00 Elevator Inspect electrical bonding X X X
connections for general condition
55-20-00 Elevator Visual inspection for general X X X 1Y
condition.
55-20-00 Elevator Ultrasonic inspection through X
transmission. Fokker bond Test or
coin tapping on skins boundaries.
(Ref. to NDTM)
55-20-00 Elevator Linkages Inspect for corrosion, cracks and X X X
evidence of damage
600).
55-20-00 Elevator Bonding check X X X
Aircraft S/N: (Ref. to AMM 20-20-02 Page Block
[1004-1019]; 200)
[1021-1033]
1004 - 1104
Page 52
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer Accurate visual inspection for X X X
general condition.
55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer - Visual Inspection for wear and X
Elevator Pulley Support deterioration. Check for play.
Bracket
55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer - Dimensional Check Bushings for X
Rudder Attach Fittings out-of-round . Visual inspection of
lugs for cracks. Electrical continuity
check of metal fittings to box.
55-30-00 Composite Vertical Ultrasonic inspection by Pulse Echo X
Stabilizer Structure (if of vertical spar caps to skin bonds
non-metallic assy is and spar webs to tailcone
installed) bulkheads/bonds (2nd and 3d
spars).
55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer / Visual inspection of actuator X
Attach Fittings of support and boroscopic inspection
horizontal stabilizer of lugs.
55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer / Dimensional check of bushings for X
Attach Fittings of out-of-round. Visual inspection of
horizontal stabilizer lugs for cracks. Electrical continuity
check of metal fittings to box. Dye
penetrant inspection of titanium
support. Accurate visual inspection
of actuator support and lugs.
55-30-00 Vertical Stabilizer - Endoscope inspection for corrosion X X
Rudder attach fittings and cracks.
and ribs
Aircraft S/N:
[1004-1019];
[1021-1033]
1004 - 1104
Page 53
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

55-40-00 Rudder Bonding Check X X X
Aicraft S/N: (Ref to AMM 20-20-02 Page Block
[1004-1019]; 200 - SB-80-0116)
[1021-1033]
55-40-00 Rudder Assembly Inspect electrical bonding X X X
55-40-00 Rudder Assembly Remove and perform an accurate X
visual inspection. Perform NDT if
required. Perform a visual
inspection of vertical stabilizer
rudder attachments
55-40-00 Rudder Assembly and Visual inspection for root / tip rib X X X 1Y
trim tab assemblies attachments and balance horn or
attachments, for nicks, dents and 200FH
Aircraft: general condition and trim tab
[1004-1019]; attachments and manual check for
[1021-1033] play
55-40-00 Rudder Assembly and Visual inspection for root / tip rib X X X
trim tab assemblies attachments and balance horn
attachments, for nicks, dents and
Aircraft: general condition and trim tab
[1020-1020]; attachments and manual check for
[1034-1104] play
55-40-00 Rudder Surface Inspect electrical bonding X X X
55-40-00 Composite Rudder Assy Coin tapping Test of skin-to-foam X X
bond.
55-40-00 Composite Rudder Assy Ultrasonic inspection by Pulse Echo X
of rudder torque tube attachments
to composite rudder structure.
55-40-00 Composite Rudder Assy Ultrasonic inspection of root/tip rib X
attachments to spars and coin
tapping Test of horn attachments.
Inspect rudder balance mass
attachments.
1004 - 1104
Page 54
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 56-00-00 Windows
56-10-00 Windshields Inspect for scratches, cracks and X X X 1Y
delaminations
600). Inspect the windshield
weather seal for erosion or
degradation (cracks).
56-20-00 Cabin Windows Inspect for scratches and cracks X X X 1Y
600).
56-20-00 Cabin Windows Water Tightness Check - Interior X 5Y
Removed
1004 - 1104
Page 55
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 57-00-00 Wings
57-00-00 Wing / Fuselage upper / Perform NDT (eddy currents). If no 6000FH
lower L-shaped profiles fractures are detected, the test
must be repeated after 3000 FH. If
one or more cracks are detected,
perform NDT (dye penetrants). If
the cracks, externally detected,
have a length of 0.5", the profile(s)
must be replaced. Following the
replacement, repeat the procedure
after 6000 FH.
57-00-00 Wing Fwd Spar Inspection of wing-to-fuselage 12000FH
attachments (fasteners holes)
between spar and FR6000, through
doors N° 511DB (LH) and 611DB
(RH).
57-10-00 Wing Inspect for general condition X X X
600).
57-10-00 Wing Box Leading & Inspect lugs for corrosion, when X
Trailing Edge leading and trailing edges are
Attachments removed.
57-10-00 Wing internal structure Inspect for corrosion 5Y
57-10-00 Wing Internal Structure Endoscope inspection for corrosion. X
57-10-00 Wing Leading Edge Endoscope inspection for cracks. X
Internal Ducts
57-10-00 Wing Engine Mount Dye penetrant inspection (Engine 4800
Fittings removal required) FH
(Suggested
at Engine
OH)
57-10-00 Wing Aft Spar to Endoscope inspection for cracks 9000FH
Bulkhead FS 6710 through the fuselage tank; then
repeat the inspection after 3000 FH.
1004 - 1104
Page 56
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

57-20-00 Composite Fwd Wing Coin tapping of upper/lower skin to X
Box Assembly core bond. Relevant NDT if
required. Perform electrical
continuity check of tip caps and
upper skin.
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Assy Accurate visual inspection of box X
lugs for cracks and fractures.
Relevant NDT if required.
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Assy Inspect grounding connections. X X X
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Assy Visual inspection for general X X X
condition. (Ref. to AMM 57-20-00
Page Block 600).
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Flaps Visual inspection of the grounding X X X
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Flaps Visual inspection for general X X X
condition.
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Flaps Coin tapping test on lower and X X
upper skins.
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Flaps Ultrasonic inspection through X
transmission; Fokker Bond Test or
coin tapping on skins boundaries
(Ref. to NDTM).
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Flap Hinge Accurate visual inspection. X X
Fitting Supports & Lugs
57-20-00 Fwd Wing Hinge Fitting Accurate visual inspection for X
Supports & Lugs corrosion. Eddy Current check of
flap hinge holes. Accurate visual
inspection of flap actuator
attachment lugs.
57-40-00 Wing Leading Edges Inspect A/I ducts and manifold for X
cracks and repair if necessary when
removed.
57-40-00 Wing Leading Edges Visual external inspection surface X
(Polished) for corrosion/oxidation and general
condition
1004 - 1104
Page 57
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

57-40-00 Wing Leading Edges Repolishing of the leading edge 2Y or less if
(Polished) surface the aircraft
operate in
salt or
corrosive
environmen
t
1004 - 1104
Page 58
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

57-50-00 Wing Aileron Inspect for general condition and X X X
Attachments and Fittings security of installation
57-50-00 Wing Composite Trailing Perform accurate visual inspection X
Edge of attachments to wing box.
57-50-00 Wing Inboard & Visual inspection. Check the X X X
Outboard Flap Tracks grounding tracks for wear.
57-50-00 Wing Inboard & Accurate visual inspection when the X
Outboard Flap Tracks flaps are removed.
57-50-00 Wing Outboard Flap Inspect for corrosion X X
Tracks Forward Support (Ref. to AMM 57-50-00 Page Block
600).
See also SB-80-0210 and relevant
AD.
57-50-00 Wing Inboard Flaps Visual inspection of the grounding X X X
springs for general condition and
the bonding spring strips for wear
and cuts.
57-50-00 Wing Inboard Flaps Visual inspection for general X X X
condition.
57-50-00 Wing Inboard Flaps Inspect the Ball bearing rollers for X X X
general condition and integrity
57-50-00 Wing Inboard Flaps Coin tapping test on lower and X X
upper skins.
57-50-00 Wing Inboard Flaps Ultrasonic inspection through X
(Ref. to NDTM).
57-50-00 Wing Outboard Flaps Visual inspection. Check the X X X
grounding springs for general
condition and wear
57-50-00 Wing Trailing Edge Visual inspection and coin tapping X
Attachment test when removed.
1004 - 1104
Page 59
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

57-60-00 Aileron Hinge Fitting Accurate visual inspection of X
Support and Lugs aileron hinge fitting lugs and
attachment. Relevant NDT if
required.
57-60-00 Aileron Hinge Fitting Eddy current inspection of aileron 6000FH
Supports & Lugs hinge fitting lugs and attachments.
Then repeat the inspection every
3000 FH.
57-60-00 Ailerons Inspect bonding connections for X X X
installation.
57-60-00 Ailerons Visual inspection for general X X X 1Y
condition.
57-60-00 Ailerons Coin tapping test on lower and X X
upper skins.
57-60-00 Ailerons Ultrasonic inspection through X
(Ref. to NDTM).
1004 - 1104
Page 60
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 61-00-00 Propellers
61-10-00 Propeller Assembly Inspect for proper lockwire. X X X
Bolts
61-10-00 Propellers Inspect for general condition X X X 1Y
(Ref. to AMM 61-10-00 Page Block 150FH
600). (b)
61-10-00 Propellers Lubricate X X X 1Y
(Ref. to AMM 61-10-00 Page Block 150FH
200). (a) (b)
61-10-00 Propellers Blade Blade Cleaning, Blade Inspection, (*)
Paint Inspection and Corrosion
Removal if necessary.
(*) refer to Hartzell Service Bulletin
HC-SB-61-181A, latest revision
1004 - 1104
Page 61
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 61-00-00 Propellers
61-20-00 Autofeather System Operational Check X X X
Cam Switches (Ref. to AMM 76-11-00 Page Block
500).
61-20-00 High & Low Torque Inspect for general condition and X X X
Pressure Switches security of installation.
61-20-00 Propeller Governor Inspect for general condition and X X X
61-20-00 Propeller Overspeed Inspect for general condition and X X X
Governor security of installation.
61-20-00 Propeller Speed Inspect for general condition and X X X
Transmitters security of installation.
61-20-00 Synchrophaser System Inspect for general condition and X X X
(if installed) security of installation.
61-20-00 Autofeather High & Low Bench calibration or Perform 1Y
Torque Pressure Functional Test
Switches (Ref. to AMM 61-21-00 Page Block
500)
61-20-00 Autofeather System Inspect for general condition and X X X
61-20-00 Autofeather System Operational Test X X X
500) Calibrate if Required
(a) lubricate every 6 months if annual operation is significantly less than 400 hours or if the
aircraft is operated or stored under adverse atmospheric conditions.
(b) for scheduling purposes, the inspection interval has a maximum 10% additional non-
cumulative flight hour tolerance. For example, if the initial 150 hour inspection is overflown
to 160 hours, the next inspection must be accomplished 140
flight hours from previous inspection
1004 - 1104
Page 62
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 71-00-00 Power Plant
71-00-00 Engine Maintenance Ref. to Para 05-20-00 Page 3 Note
Tasks 2 and (*).
71-00-00 Engine Inlet Screens Remove the screen and inspect the X X X
first stage of the compressor for
F.O.D.
71-00-00 Engines Check Engine Performances X X
71-00-00 Engines Inspect for proper installation. 1Y
Inspect for fuel and oil leaks.
Inspect hoses, tubing, clamps,
electrical connectors and engine
accessories for proper installation.
71-00-00 Engine inlet screens When the airplane is operated on X X X
unpaved runways remove the
engine inlet screen and inspect the
first stage of the compressor for
F.O.D.
71-20-00 Engine Mount Electrical Inspect for general condition and X X X
Bonding Connections security of installation.
71-20-00 Engine Mounts and Inspect for general condition and X X X 1Y
Vibration Isolators security of installation
600).
71-20-00 Anti-vibration isolator Perform an endoscope inspection. 4800FH
attachment threaded (Engine removal required) (Suggested
holes at Engine
OH)
71-20-00 Engine mounts Perform dye penetrant inspection. 4800FH
(Engine removal required) (Suggested
at Engine
OH)
71-20-00 Engine Mount Inspect for general condition and x x x
Electrical Bonding security of installation.
Connections
71-20-00 Rear titanium frame Perform dye penetrant inspection. 4800FH
(Engine removal required) (Suggested
at Engine
OH)
71-30-00 Firewalls Inspect for general condition and X X X
1004 - 1104
Page 63
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 71-00-00 Power Plant
71-50-00 Electrical Harness and Inspect wiring, associated X X X
Equipment equipment and accessories for
general condition and proper
installation
200).
71-70-00 Engine Drains Inspect for general condition. X X X
Check for absence of obstructions.
1004 - 1104
Page 64
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 73-00-00 Engine Fuel & Control
73-00-00 Engine Related Ref. to Para 05-20-00 Page 3 Note
Maintenance Tasks 2 and (*).
(Fuel and Control)
73-10-00 Fuel Purge System Clean X X X
Filters (Ref. to AMM 73-10-00 Page Block
700).
73-10-00 Fuel Purge Systems Check plumbing and visually X X X
inspect the accumulator for cracks
200).
73-30-00 Fuel Flow Transmitters Inspect for security of installation X X X
and fuel leaks
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 65
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 74-00-00 Ignition
74-00-00 Engine Related Refer to Para 05-20-00 Page 3
Maintenance Tasks Note 2 and (*).
(Ignition)
1004 - 1104
Page 66
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 76-00-00 Engines Controls
76-00-00 Engine Related Refer to Para Page 3 Note 2 and
Maintenance Tasks (*).
(Engine Controls)
76-10-00 Engine Controls, levers, Inspect for freedom of movement X X X 1Y
cables and power lever and proper operation
switches (Ref. to AMM 76-10-00 Page Block
600).
76-10-00 Engine controls cables Inspect for general condition and X
proper installation
600).
76-11-00 Power Control Test X X X
Cam Switches (Ref. to AMM 76-11-00 Page Block
500).
1004 - 1104
Page 67
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 77-00-00 Engine Indicating
(Engine Indicating)
77-10-00 Engine Gas Generator Inspect for general condition and X X X
Transmitters security of installation.
77-10-00 Torque Pressure Inspect for general condition and X X X
Transducers security of installation.
1004 - 1104
Page 68
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 78-00-00 Exhaust
(Engine Exhaust)
78-10-00 Exhaust Stacks Inspect for general condition and X X X
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 69
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 79-00-00 Oil
(Engine Oil)
79-20-00 Oil Coolers Check coolers, hoses and the fuel X X X
heater surfarces for general
condition, proper installation and
absence of damage and wear.
For A/C installing flexible hose P/N
80-337276-001 refer also to
Piaggioaero Ind. SB-80-0175 latest
revision.
79-30-00 Engine Oil System Inspect for general condition and X X X
security of installation the following
items: #1 Oil Pressure
Transducers, #2 Oil Pressure
Switches, #3 Oil Temperature Bulbs
.
79-30-00 Engine Oil level Visual check X X X
(Refer to AMM 12-10-08 Page
Block 300)
79-30-00 Magnetic Chip Detector #1 Airplanes incorporating the SB- 100
(A/C not embodying SB- 80-0027 - Remove the nacelle FH
80-0467 panels and check for non-continuity
or (Ref. to P&WC PT6A-66 CMM
SB-80-0194) Chapter 72-00-00). Check the
wiring to the external poles for
continuity. #2 Airplanes not
incorporating the SB-80-0027 -
Remove the rear nacelle panels
and check for non-continuity (Ref.
to P&WC PT6A-66 EMM Chapter
72-00-00).
79-30-00 Magnetic Chip Detector Chip detection monitoring circuitry X X X 1Y
Monitoring System check
(Airplanes with (Ref. to AMM 79-30-00 Page Block
Modification 80-0467 or 600).
SB-80-0194
1004 - 1104
Page 70
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Chapter 80-00-00 Starting
(Engine Starting)
80-10-00 Start Switch Inspect X X X
600).
1004 - 1104
Page 71
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Special Scheduled Inspections for Category II Operations
NOTE: The following listed additional special inspections for Category II operating
airplanes, equipped with the applicable required optional kit, are certification
requirements and are to be assumed as “minimum required additional
inspection schedule”: test and periodicity shall be in accordance with the
regulations in force in the country in which the airplane is registered.
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
ITEM FLIGHT BENCH CALIBRATION SPECS.
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
22-00-00 Autopilot Computer 6M 6M O/C (1) Autopilot Operational
Collins - APC-65A (1) Test
and
Autopilot Functional Test
(Ref. to AMM 22-10-00
Page Block 500)
Autopilot Control 6M 6M O/C (1) Autopilot Operational
Panel J.E.T. - (1) Test
AC180A and
Autopilot Functional Test
(Ref. to AMM 22-10-00
Page Block 500)
Autopilot Servos/ 6M 6M Inspection (2) Aileron Servo Mount
Servo Mounts: (2) D - Inspection/Check
Collins - SVO-65 / (3) (Ref.to AMM 22-11-00
SMT-65 Page Block 200)
and
Elevator Servo and
Servo Mount -
Inspection/Check
(Ref.to AMM 22-12-00
Page Block 200)
and
Rudder Servo and Servo
Mount - Inspection/
Check
Page Block 200)
(3) Send to component

workshop for
performance/functional
test
1004 - 1104
Page 72
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
23-00-00 VHF 6M 6M O/C (4) VHF system -
Communication (4) Category II Inspection
Transceiver: and Ground Test
Collins - VHF-22( ) (Ref.to AMM 23-10-00
Page Block 200)
27-00-00 Flight 6M 6M O/C (5) Temperature-Load
Controls (5) (Ref.to AMM 27-00-00
Page Block 200)
and
Aileron Control
Operational Test
Page Block 500)
and
Aileron Control System
Friction Test
Page Block 500)
and
Rudder Control
Operational Test
Page Block 500)
and
Rudder Control System
Friction Test
Page Block 500)
and
Elevator Control
Operational Test
Page Block 500)
and
Elevator Spring Force
and System Friction Test
Page Block 500)
1004 - 1104
Page 73
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
31-00-00 MFD Display 6M 6M 5000 FH (6)Multifunction Display -
Collins (6) (7) Operational Test
MFD-85B (Ref.to AMM 31-50-00
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
34-00-00 VOR/ILS Marker 6M 6M O/C (8) VIR-32 Marker
Receiver: (8) Beacon Receiver -
Collins - VIR-32 Inspection and Ground
Check
Page Block 200)
Air Data Computer: 6M 6M 24M (9) FAR 43 APPENDIX E
Collins - ADC-85( ) (9) (10) (10) Send to component
workshop for
test
Pilot’s Altimeter: 6M 6M 24M (11) FAR 43 APPENDIX
Collins - ALI-80A (11) (12) E
workshop for
test
Copilot's Altimeters 6M 6M 24M (32) Altimeter - Ramp
P/Ns (if installed): (32) (33) Test (Ref.to AMM 34-27-
3A63.42.50F.05.1. 00 Page Block 200)
MT or
23932-011 (33) Send to component
workshop for
test
1004 - 1104
Page 74
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
34-00-00 Pilot’s Mach 6M 6M 24M (13) Pilot Mach-Speed
(Cont.) Airspeed Indicator (13) (14) Indicator - Adjustment/
Collins -MSI-80F Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Copilot's Mach/AS 6M 6M 24M (34) Pitot-Static Leak
Indicator (34) (38) Test (Ref.to AMM 34-11-
P/Ns: 00 Page Block 200)
5C15.42.35K.05.1.
BA (38) Send to component
or workshop for
24030-C2125 or performance/functional
24030C2025 test
Air Data Display 6M 6M 24M (35) FAR 43 APPENDIX
Unit - ADDU (if (35) (39) E
installed)
(IS & S) (39) Send to component
workshop for
test
Pilot’s Vertical 6M 6M 24M (15) Pilot Vertical Speed
Speed Indicator: (15) (16) Indicator - Adjustment/
Collins - VSI-80A Test
Page Block 200)
(16)Send to component
workshop for
test
Copilot's VS 6M 6M 24M (36)(34) Pitot-Static Leak
Indicator (36) (40) Test (Ref.to AMM 34-11-
P/Ns: 00 Page Block 200)
4A16.42.60F.05.1.C
B (40) Send to component
or workshop for
SLZ9157-3 performance/functional
test
1004 - 1104
Page 75
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
34-00-00 Preselector Alerter 6M 6M 24M (17) Preselector/Alerter -
(Cont.) Collins - PRE-80C (17) (18) Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Radio Altimeter 6M 6M 24M (19) Radio Altimeter -
Collins - ALT-55B (19) (20) Inspection and Ground
Check
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Attitude Director 6M 6M O/C (21) Attitude Director
Indicator Collins - (21) Indicator ADI-84 -
ADI-84 Inspection/Ground
Check
Page Block 200)
1004 - 1104
Page 76
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
34-00-00 Directional Gyro 6M 6M O/C (22) Vertical and
(Cont.) Collins - DGS-65 (22) Directional Gyro -
Operational Test
Page Block 500)
Vertical Gyro J.E.T. 6M 6M O/C (22) Vertical and
- VG-206D (22) Directional Gyro -
Operational Test
Page Block 500)
Display Selector 6M 6M O/C (28) Display Selector
Panel (28) Panel (DSP) -
Collins - DSP-85B Operational Test
Page Block 200)
Static Pressure 6M 6M O/C (29) FAR 43 APPENDIX
Sensing System (29) E
Pitot & Pitot Heating 6M 6M O/C (30) Pitot-Static, AOA
System (30) Anti-Ice System -
Operational Test
Page Block 200)
Interlock 6M 6M O/C (31) Category II Interlock
Transceiver (31) Transceiver - Inspection
and Ground Check
Page Block 200)
Flux Detector 6M 6M O/C (23) Flux Detection Unit,
Collins - FDU-70 (23) Remote Compensator
Compensator Panel 6M 6M O/C Unit - Inspection/Ground
Collins - RPC-65 (23) Check
Page Block 200)
1004 - 1104
Page 77
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
34-00-00 Electronic Flight 6M 6M 5000 FH (24) EFD-74 display,
(Cont.) Display Collins - (24) (25) EHSI Control Panel
EFD-74 (HCP-74), HPU-74A
Processor Unit -
Operational Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Display Control 6M 6M O/C 24) EFD-74 display,
Panel Collins - (24) EHSI Control Panel
HCP-74 (HCP-74), HPU-74A
Processor Unit -
Operational Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Display Processor 6M 6M O/C 24) EFD-74 display,
Unit Collins - HPU- (24) EHSI Control Panel
74A (HCP-74), HPU-74A
Processor Unit -
Operational Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
EADI Display 6M 6M 5000 FH (26) EFIS - Operational
Collins - EFD-85 (26) (27) Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
1004 - 1104
Page 78
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REQUIREMENT
ATA INSPECTIO
Ch. N GROUND
CHECK CHECK
CHECK
EHSI Display 6M 6M 5000 FH 26) EFIS - Operational
Collins - EFD-85 (26) (27) Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Display Processor 6M 6M 5000 FH 26) EFIS - Operational
Unit Collins - DPU- (26) (27) Test
85N (Ref.to AMM 34-23-00
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
Processor Unit 6M 6M 5000 FH 26) EFIS - Operational
Collins - MPU-85N (26) (27) Test
Page Block 200)
workshop for
test
1004 - 1104
Page 79
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Page 80
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
05-50-00
Page Block
005-50-00
- UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
0
1. General
General
A. Flight test
1004 - 1104
Generally, only the “D” check requires a flight test after its completion. This doesn’t
exclude that particular not scheduled Maintenance tasks might require a flight test. A
flight test is anyway suggested when the following conditions apply:
(a) both engines replacement,
(b) both propellers replacement,
(c) both fuel control replacement,
(d) airframe major repair or replacement of primary components (Ref. to Ch. 51-00-
00) (i.e. Wing FWD Wing, Tail, Empennages).
B. Unscheduled maintenance
The unscheduled Maintenance must be performed when the following conditions
apply:
Ref. Condition Requirement
00-00-00 Operations on unpaved After each landing or landing
runways following a take off from
unpaved runway, the following
inspections are required:
Walk around check (Ref. to Fig
4-1 Section 4 of the P.O.H.)
with particular attention for
absence of damage of:
Propeller blades
Forward wing
Main wing
Empennage
Control surface/
Antennas
External lights/
Landing gears
Tires
Gravel protection kit.
21-50-00 Freon air conditioning system A leak check is required.
line or hose replacement
24-30-00 Starter Generator Cable Perform “generator power
repositioning cable routing inspection” after
any maintenance activity that
may require power cable
repositioning
29-10-00 Hydraulic Package Motor Inspect the anti vibration
bearing replacement isolators
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

29-10-00 Hydraulic Package dry running Inspect for general condition
and painting discoloration, the
unit must be checked, before
any further operation. (Ref. to
Vickers Component
Maintenance Manual).
32-40-00 Main Gear Wheel / Tire Inspect wheel bearings for
replacement corrosion, evidence of
damage. Clean and repack.
(Ref. to AMM 32-42-00 Page
Block 600).
Inspect the brakes and brake
rotors for damage
and cracks; inspect the brakes
for leakage /
overheat. Check the brake free
play.
32-40-00 Nose Gear Wheel / Tire Inspect wheel bearings for
replacement corrosion, evidence of
damage. Clean and repack
Block 600).
32-40-00 Abnormal Braking reported by Brake System Rods - inspect
flight crew for general condition (Ref. to
AMM 32-41-00 Page Block
600).
53-10-00 Radome nose/cone Perform the Radome nose/

replacement cone - Leak Check
Block 600).
53-10-00 NLG Actuator and Drag Brace Eddy current inspection of
for overhaul attachments
57-10-00 Engine Removal Detailed visual inspection of
wing engine mount fittings
71-00-00 Replacement of Starter/ Inspect the engine gear shaft
Generator(s) splines for wear
71-00-00 Engine Removal Inspect engine vibration
isolators in accordance with
CMM
(Ref. to CMM Barry Control
chapter 71-20-03)
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

71-00-00 Engine Installation Perform Power Control Cam
Switch Test
Block 500).
71-20-00 Engine Removal Perform detailed visual
inspection of the antivibration
isolator attachment threaded
holes
71-20-00 Engine Removal Perform detailed visual
inspection of the mounts and
rear titanium frame
73-20-00 FCU Replacement Perform Power Control Cam
Switch Test
Block 500).
73-20-00 Engine Oil contamination Oil filter must be replaced
(Ref. to P&WC EMM Chapter
79-20-00).
C. Hard / Overweight Landing

Ref. Requirement
27-00-00 Inspect flight controls for freedom of movement
28-11-00 Inspect the connections among the Wing Tank and Collector
Tanks. Check for leaks and security of installation.
28-11-00 Inspect Collector Tank Joint for leaks and security of
installation.
32-10-00 Inspect Main Landing Gear and perform operational test.
32-20-00 Inspect Nose Landing Gear and perform operational test.
53-00-00 Inspect Fuselage for damage.
55-00-00 Inspect Stabilizers for damage.
57-00-00 Inspect Wing and Fwd Wing for damage.
61-00-00 Inspect propellers (Ref. To Hartzell CMM)
71-00-00 Inspect engines (Ref. to P&WC EMM)
D. Severe Turbulence or Violent Flight Maneuvers

Ref. Requirement
27-00-00 Inspect flight controls for freedom of movement.
53-00-00 Inspect Fuselage for damage. Check Battery electrolyte level.
Check Battery compartment area for spilled electrolyte.
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ref. Requirement
55-00-00 Inspect Stabilizers for general condition and security of
installation.
61-00-00 Inspect propellers (Ref. To Hartzell CMM)
E. Bird Strike
Ref. Requirement
53-00-00 Inspect Nacelles for damage.
55-00-00 Inspect Stabilizers for damage.
56-10-00 Inspect Windshields for damage.
56-20-00 Inspect Cabin Windows for damage.
61-00-00 Inspect Propellers (Ref. to Hartzell Manual N° 158A)
F. Lightning Strike
Ref. Requirement
00-00-00 Inspect the exterior of the aircraft. Evidence of strike usually
appears as a burned hole or a series of burned holes in metallic
surfaces. For composite part surfaces, refer to Chapter 51-11-
00 of the current issue of the Airplane Maintenance Manual.
00-00-00 Inspect the Bonding Straps, connection of flight control
surfaces, flaps, engines, radome for damage.
23-60-00 Inspect the Static Discharge Wicks for damage, replace if
required.
24-00-00 Replace all Lightning Protection Varistors
61-20-00 Inspect Propellers(Ref. to Hartzell Manual N° 158A)
61-20-00 Overspeed Governor Woodward P/N 210962 (Refer to AMM
chapter 05-10-00)
72-00-00 Inspect Engines (Ref. to P&WC EMM Chapter 72-00-00)
G. Engine Fire Extinguisher Percussion

Ref. Requirement
72-00-00 Inspect Engines (Ref. to P&WC EMM, Chapter 72-00-00.)
H. Extended Operation in Dust Air

Ref. Requirement
12-20-00 Wash the airplane after the flight. (Ref. to AMM Chapter 12-20-
00)
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Ref. Requirement
34-11-00 Check pitot/static ports for obstruction.
71-00-00 Perform engine check (Ref. to P&WC EMM)
71-30-00 Perform Engine Compressor wash. Water rinse if not otherwise
necessary (Ref. to P&WC EMM)
I. Extended Operation in Salt Air

Ref. Requirement
12-20-00 Wash the airplane after the last flight of the day (water rinse).
(Ref. to AMM Chapter 12-20-00)
72-00-00 Perform engine compressor wash (Ref. to P&WC EMM)
J. Extended Operation in Rain

Ref. Requirement
56-10-00 Apply Rain Repellant (Refer to AMM Chapter 91), every 25 FH
or 10 days, whichever occurs first.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REPELLENT IS

APPLIED AS PER THE PROPER SUPPLIER
INSTRUCTIONS. DAMAGES MAY OCCUR IF
THE LIQUID REACHES THE WINDSHIELD
RUBBER SEAL
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

06 - DIMENSIONS AND AREAS
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 06 - DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

06 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
06 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
06 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
06-00-00 1 - 42 Jul.08/16
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 06 - DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

06 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
DIMENSION AND AREAS 06-00-00 1

1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
2. Airplane Major Dimensions and Areas 2 1004 - 1104
3. Stations (Reference Points) 5 1004 - 1104
4. Major Structural Members 6 1004 - 1104
5. Zoning 7 1004 - 1104
6. Access and Inspection Locations 10 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY: 06-TOC
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY: 06-TOC
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
06-00-00 - DIMENSION
DESCRIPTION
006-00-00
D
AND
0 IMENSION
OPERATION
AND AND
AREAS
AREAS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. Description
Description
A. This chapter gives the airplane major dimensions and areas, and the dimensions and
1004 - 1104
reference details necessary to enable easy location of components and parts

throughout the airplane.
1004 - 1104
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Airplane Major Dimensions and Areas

Airplane
A. Major
The following
Dimensions
charts
andand
Areas
figures give the major dimensions of the airplane and the
1004 - 1104
areas of the control surfaces. Dimensions and areas are given in feet (to two decimal
places) and millimeters. These dimensions are for reference only and are not for
inspection purposes.
B. Dimensions
Span (overall) 46.04 ft. (14033 mm)
Length (overall) 47.27 ft. (14408 mm)
Height (overall) 13.05 ft. (3980 mm)
Forward Wing
Span (excluding tip fairings) 11.01 ft. (3356 mm)
Root Chord (FWS 0) 2.58 ft. (786 mm)
Tip Chord (FWS 1647) 1.80 ft. (550 mm)
Dihedral -5°
Geometric Twist from FWS 0 to FWS 1647 0°±5'
Forward Wing Reference Plane Incidence 3°±5'
Sweep Angle (50% chord line) 0°
Main Wing
Inboard Wing Root Chord (WS 0) 5.99 ft. (1826 mm)
Inboard Wing Tip Chord (WS 1825) 5.03 ft. (1533 mm)
Outboard Wing Root Chord (WS 1825) 4.34 ft. (1322 mm)
Outboard Wing Tip Chord (WS 6925) 2.03 ft. (618 mm)
Geometric Twist (From WS 0 to WS 6925) -1°51±5’
WS 0 Chord Plane Incidence -0°12±5’
Dihedral +2°00'
Leading Edge Sweep Angle 1°11’24"
Outboard Sweep Angle (15% chord line) 0°
Outboard Wing Flaps (Each)
Type 130% Fowler
Root Chord (WS 2560) 1.20 ft. (366 mm)
Tip Chord (WS 5120) 0.85 ft. (260 mm)
Span 8.39 ft. (2558 mm)
Inboard Wing Flaps (Each)

Type (WS 880) 27% Single Slotted
Type (WS 1570) 23.3% Single Slotted
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Root Chord (WS 880) 1.49 ft. (454 mm)

Tip Chord (WS 1570) 1.20 ft. (367 mm)
Span 2.26 ft. (690 mm)
Forward Wing Flap (Each)
Type 45% Single Slotted
Chord (WS 603.5) 1.03 ft. (315 mm)
Chord (WS 1647) 0.81 ft. (248 mm)
Semispan 3.41 ft. (1040 mm)
Aileron (Each)
Span from WS 5125 to 6925 5.90 ft. (1797 mm)
Chord Rear Hinge Line at WS 5125 0.71 ft. (216 mm)
Chord Rear Hinge Line at WS 6925 0.51 ft. (154 mm)
Balance Horn Chord (Fwd hinge line, WS 6830) 0.45 ft. (136 mm)
Balance Horn Chord (Fwd hinge line, WS 6925) 0.44 ft. (133 mm)
Horn Span from WS 6830 to 6925 0.31 ft. (95 mm)
Trim Tab Span (RH aileron) from WS 5125 to 1.95 ft. (595 mm)
5720
Horizontal Tail
Span (excluding tip fairings) 13.97 ft. (4259 mm)
Root Chord (BL 0) 3.76 ft. (1145 mm)
Tip Chord (BL 2100) 2.25 ft. (687 mm)
Dihedral -5°
Sweep Angle(25% chord line) +29.8°
Elevator (Each)
Span from BL 125 to 2100 6.45 ft. (1967 mm)
Chord Rear Hinge Line at BL 125 1.28 ft. (391 mm)
Chord Rear Hinge Line at BL 2100 0.79 ft. (240 mm)
Balance Horn Chord (Fwd hinge line, BL 2007) 0.74 ft. (225 mm)
Balance Horn Chord (Fwd hinge line, BL 2100) 0.72 ft. (220 mm)
Horn Span from BL 2007 to 2100 0.31 ft. (93 mm)
Vertical Tail
Span 7.70 ft. ( 2346 mm)
Root Chord (FS 814) 8.22 ft. (2507 mm)
Tip Chord (FS 3160) 5.01 ft. (1526 mm)
1004 - 1104
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Sweep Angle (25% chord line) 40°

Rudder
Span from WS 930 to 2830 6.23 ft. (1900 mm)
Chord at WL 930 (Rear hinge line) 2.22 ft. (677 mm)
Chord at WL 2830 (Rear hinge line) 1.50 ft. (458 mm)
Balance Horn Chord (Fwd hinge line, WL 2490) 0.74 ft. (214 mm)
Balance Horn Chord (Fwd hinge line, WL 2714) 0.74 ft. (226 mm)
Horn Span from WL 2490 to 2714 0.73 ft. (224 mm)
Trim Tab Span from WL 1300 to 2075 2.54 ft. (775 mm)
Areas
Wing (Total) 172.212 sq.ft (16.000 sq.m)
Outboard Wing Flap (Each) 8.62 sq.ft (0.800 sq.m)
Inboard Wing Flap (Each) 3.07 sq.ft (0.285 sq.m)
Aileron (Each, Rear Hinge Line) 3.55 sq.ft (0.330 sq.m)
Right Aileron Trim (Rear Hinge Line) 0.42 sq.ft (0.039 sq.m)
Horizontal Tail (Total) 41.27 sq.ft (3.834 sq.m)
Elevetor (Rear Hinge Line) 6.68 sq.ft (0.621 sq.m)
Vertical Tail (Total) 50.92 sq.ft (4.731 sq.m)
Rudder (Rear Hinge Line) 11.30 sq.ft (1.050 sq.m)
Rudder Trim (Rear Hinge Line) 1.43 sq.ft (0.133 sq.m)
Forward Wing (Exposed) 13.99 sq.ft (1.300 sq.m)
Forward Wing Flap (Each) 3.15 sq.ft (0.292 sq.m)
1004 - 1104
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Stations (Reference Points)

Stations
A. (Reference
The airplanePoints)
is divided into reference points along three axes. The reference points are
1004 - 1104
measured in millimeters. These reference points provide a means of quickly identifying

the location of a bulkhead, component, etc.
B. All reference points may be converted to inches by multiplying the reference point
(millimeters) by 0.03937.
C. The following terms are used for reference points:

FS Fuselage station is a horizontal reference designation. FS 0 is located at
the intersection of the forward pressure bulkhead with the cockpit floor.
The FS numbers with a minus prefix are forward of FS 0.
WL Water line is a vertical reference designation measured parallel to the
ground. WL 0 is located at the airplane floor. All WL numbers with a
minus prefix are below the floor.
BL Buttock line is a horizontal reference designation at the airplane
centerline.
WS Wing station is a horizontal reference designation. WS 0 is at the wing
centerline and wing stations are measured perpendicular along wing
datum.
FWS Forward Wing station is a horizontal reference designation. FWS 0 is at
the forward wing centerline and forward wing stations are measured
perpendicular along forward wing datum.
NAC S Nacelle stations is a horizontal reference designation. NAC S 0 is
located at the theoretical axis of the propeller. All NAC S numbers are
forward of NAC S 0 and therefore have a minus prefix.
1004 - 1104
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. Major Structural Members

Major
A.Structural
The location
Members
of major structural members are shown in figure 10.
1004 - 1104
1004 - 1104
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. Zoning (Ref. to Fig. 10, 11, 12, 13)

Zoning
A. (Ref.
To facilitate
to Fig. 10,
maintenance,
11, 12, 13) planning, preparation of job instructions, location for areas
1004 - 1104
and components, and a common basis for various maintenance tasks, the airplane is
given various zone numbers. Refer to figures 11 thru 14 for zoning details.
– Zone Breakdown of Radome Fuselage Below the Floor
100 ZONES
INCLUDES RADOME AND THE AREA BELOW THE FLOOR, FS 0 TO FS 7410
ZONE 110: RADOME, FORWARD OF FS 0
120: FS 0 TO FS 1550
130: FS 1150 TO FS 2496
140: FS 2496 TO FS 3526
150: FS 3526 TO FS 4762
160: FS 4762 TO FS 6000
170: FS 6000 TO FS 7410
– Zone Breakdown of Wheel Wells

700 ZONES
GEAR DOORS AND WHEEL WELLS
ZONE 710: NOSE LANDING GEAR
720: RIGHT MAIN LANDING GEAR
730: LEFT MAIN LANDING GEAR
– Zone Breakdown of Flight Compartment

200 ZONES
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT (ABOVE THE FLOOR) BETWEEN FRONT PRESSURE
BULKHEAD AND FS 1551
ZONE 211: LEFT CABIN WALL, LOWER
212: RIGHT CABIN WALL, LOWER
213: CONTROL PEDESTAL
214: SWITCH PANEL
215: PILOT CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
216: COPILOT CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
217: NOT USED
218: NOT USED
219: NOT USED
220: NOT USED
221: LEFT CABIN WALL, UPPER
222: RIGHT CABIN WALL, UPPER
1004 - 1104
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
200 ZONES
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT (ABOVE THE FLOOR) BETWEEN FRONT PRESSURE
BULKHEAD AND FS 1551
223: FRONT PRESSURE BULKHEAD TO THE LEFT INSTRUMENT
PANEL
224: FRONT PRESSURE BULKHEAD TO THE RIGHT INSTRUMENT
PANEL
225: FRONT PRESSURE BULKHEAD TO THE CENTRAL INSTRUMENT
PANEL
226: GLARESHIELD
227: PILOT CONTROL COLUMN
228: COPILOT CONTROL COLUMN
– Zone Breakdown of Wings
500 AND 600 ZONES
WINGS
ZONE 500: LEFT WING
600: RIGHT WING
510 (610): CENTERLINE TO FUSELAGE
520 (620): FUSELAGE TO WS 2646
530 (630): WS 2646 TO WS 4896
540 (640): WS 4896 TO WS 6504
550 (650): WING TIP (OUTBOARD OF WS 6504)
560 (660): FORWARD WING AND FLAP
– Zone Breakdown of Nacelles

400 ZONES
NACELLES
ZONE 410: LEFT FORWARD COWLING
420: RIGHT FORWARD COWLING
430: LEFT REAR COWLING
440: RIGHT REAR COWLING
1004 - 1104
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Zone Breakdown of Doors

800 ZONES
DOORS
ZONE 810: CABIN ENTRY UPPER DOOR
820: CABIN ENTRY LOWER DOOR
830: EMERGENCY EXIT
840: BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR
– Zone Breakdown of the Fuselage Above Floor

200 ZONES
ABOVE FLOOR FS 0 TO END FRAME INCLUSIVE
ZONE 210, 220: SEE FIGURE 11
230: FS 1550 TO 6000 (BELOW THE WINDOWS AND THE W.L. 820)
240: FS 1550 TO 6000 (ABOVE THE WINDOWS AND THE W.L. 820)
250: FS 6000 TO 6710 (BELOW THE WING)
260: FS 6000 TO 6710 (ABOVE THE WING)
270: FS 6000 TO 7440 (BELOW BAGGAGE COMPT)
280: FS 6710 TO END FRAME (BAGGAGE COMPT)
290: FS 7440 TO END FRAME (BELOW BAG. COMPT)
– Zone Breakdown of Empennage

300 ZONES
EMPENNAGE
ZONE 310: TAIL CONE
320: VERTICAL FIN
330: RUDDER
340: FIN TIP FAIRING
350: STABILIZER (SEE FIGURE 12)
360: ELEVATOR (SEE FIGURE 12)
1004 - 1104
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
6. Access and Inspection Locations

Access
A. and
TheInspection
access andLocations
inspection locations for the airplane are shown in figure 15 thru 26.
1004 - 1104
An index number has been assigned to each opening for identifying the access. All
access plates and panels are secured by either metal fasteners or screws.
B. All maintenance access doors, service doors, fillets, fairings, removable radio rack
access panels, removable floor panels, and removable ceiling panels shall be identified
as follows:
(1) The identification shall be prefixed by the three-digit zone number that designates
the smallest zone in which the door is located.
(2) Normally, a two letter suffix shall be utilized consisting of a primary identifier and a
locator. A third suffix may be used to further identify, floor, wall and ceiling panels.
(3) The first suffix is the primary letter identifying the door in a logical sequence,
inboard to outboard or front to rear, starting with A within each zone.
(4) The second suffix, or locator fixes the door in its relation to the airplane, if required.
T - Top
B - Bottom
L - Left Hand
R - Right Hand
Z - Internal
(5) The third suffix consisting of six letters, may be added to further identify floor, wall
and ceiling panels as follows:
F - G Floor
W - X Wall (side) panels
C - D Ceiling panels
– Letters G, X, and D would only be used after F, W and C have been used up.
– Example of the code used for a left-hand floor panel in zone 231 using three
suffix letters:
231 A L F
Floor
Left
Primary access identification
Zone
1004 - 1104
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Further examples of access panel identification using two suffix letters:

Panel Number (Zone) (Suffix)
522 AT (Top of Wing)
522 CB (Bottom of Wing)
320 AR (Vertical Stabilizer - RH
side)
281 AZ (Interior Baggage
Compartment)
(6) Cabin entrance doors, and landing gear doors shall be identified by the zone
number only since each is a zone in itself.
C. Index of access doors, inspection panels and access panels.

110 A RADOME / NOSECONE
110 B TAXI AND LANDING LIGHTS
211 ALF FLOOR PANEL
211 BLF FLOOR PANEL
211 CLF FLOOR PANEL
211 DLF FLOOR PANEL
211 ELF FLOOR PANEL
211 FLF FLOOR PANEL
211 GLF FLOOR PANEL
212 ARF FLOOR PANEL
212 BRF FLOOR PANEL
212 CRF FLOOR PANEL
212 DRF FLOOR PANEL
231 ALF FLOOR PANEL
231 BLF FLOOR PANEL
231 CLF FLOOR PANEL
231 DLF FLOOR PANEL
231 ELF FLOOR PANEL
231 FLF FLOOR PANEL
231 GLF FLOOR PANEL
231 HLF FLOOR PANEL
231 MLF FLOOR PANEL
231 NLF FLOOR PANEL
231 PLF FLOOR PANEL
231 QLF FLOOR PANEL
1004 - 1104
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
231 RLF FLOOR PANEL

232 ARF FLOOR PANEL
232 BRF FLOOR PANEL
232 CRF FLOOR PANEL
232 DRF FLOOR PANEL
232 ERF FLOOR PANEL
232 FRF FLOOR PANEL
232 GLF FLOOR PANEL
232 HRF FLOOR PANEL
251 A INSPECTION PANEL
251 B INSPECTION PANEL
252 A INSPECTION PANEL
252 B PRESSURE REFUEL ACCESS DOOR
252 C INSPECTION PANEL
271 A GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE ACCESS DOOR
272 A GROUND TEST PANEL ACCESS DOOR
281 AZ FUSELAGE TANK ACCESS PANEL
281 BZ BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT FLOOR PANEL
282 AZ FUSELAGE TANK ACCESS PANEL
283 BZ BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT FLOOR PANEL
310 A TAILCONE ACCESS PANEL
320 AL INSPECTION PANEL
320 AR INSPECTION PANEL
330 AR RUDDER HINGE COVER (1004-1034)
330 BR RUDDER HINGE COVER
330 CR RUDDER HINGE COVER (1004-1034)
330 DR RUDDER HINGE COVER (1004-1034)
410 AT NACELLE PANEL
410 AB NACELLE PANEL
410 BT OIL FILLER ACCESS PANEL
410 CT ACCESS PANEL
420 AT NACELLE PANEL
420 AB NACELLE PANEL
420 BT OIL FILLER ACCESS PANEL
420 CT ACCESS PANEL
420 DT ACCESS PANEL
1004 - 1104
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
430 AR NACELLE PANEL

430 AL NACELLE PANEL
440 AL NACELLE PANEL
440 AR NACELLE PANEL
511 AB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
511 BB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
511 CB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
511 DB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
522 AB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL (Airplane from SN 1004 to SN
1016)
522 AT WING INSPECTION PANEL
522 BB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL (Airplane from SN 1004 to SN
1016)
522 BT WING INSPECTION PANEL
522 CB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL (Airplane from SN 1004 to SN
1016)
522 CT WING INSPECTION PANEL
522 EB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
532 FB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
532 GB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
550 A LEFT MAIN WING TIP ACCESS PANEL
561 A LEFT FORWARD WING TIP ACCESS PANEL
1004 - 1104
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

622 AB WING INSPECTION PANEL (Airplane from SN 1004 to SN
1016)
622 BB WING INSPECTION PANEL (Airplane from SN 1004 to SN
1016)
622 BT WING INSPECTION PANEL
622 CB WING INSPECTION PANEL (Airplane from SN 1004 to SN
1016)
622 CT WING INSPECTION PANEL
632 FB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
632 GB WING TANK ACCESS PANEL
650 A RIGHT MAIN WING TIP ACCESS PANEL
661 A RIGHT FORWARD WING TIP ACCESS PANEL
710 AL NOSE LANDING GEAR LEFT DOOR
710 AR NOSE LANDING GEAR RIGHT DOOR
710 B NOSE LANDING GEAR REAR DOOR
720 A LEFT MAIN LANDING GEAR FORWARD DOOR
720 B LEFT MAIN LANDING GEAR REAR DOOR
730 A RIGHT MAIN LANDING GEAR FORWARD DOOR
730 B RIGHT MAIN LANDING GEAR REAR DOOR
1004 - 1104
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Airplane Areas
1004 - 1104
Page 15
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Fuselage Stations Diagram
1004 - 1104
Page 16
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 3 - Major Water Line Locations
1004 - 1104
Page 17
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 4 - Wing, Aileron and Flap Stations Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
1004 - 1104
Page 18
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 4 - Wing, Aileron and Flap Stations Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
1004 - 1104
Page 19
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 5 - Forward Wing and Flaps Stations Diagram
1004 - 1104
Page 20
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 6 - Horizontal Stabilizer and Elevator Stations Diagram
1004 - 1104
Page 21
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 7 - Vertical Stabilizer and Rudder Stations Diagram
1004 - 1104
Page 22
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 8 - Nacelle Stations Diagram
1004 - 1104
Page 23
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 9 - Major Structural Member Locations
1004 - 1104
Page 24
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 10 - Airplane Zoning - Radome and Area Below Fuselage Floor
1004 - 1104
Page 25
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 11 - Airplane Zoning - Flight Compartment
1004 - 1104
Page 26
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 12 - Airplane Zoning - Wings and Nacelles
1004 - 1104
Page 27
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 13 - Airplane Zoning - Empennage and Area above Fuselage Floor
1004 - 1104
Page 28
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 14 - Left Fuselage Access and Inspection Locations
1004 - 1104
Page 29
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 15 - Right Fuselage Access and Inspection Locations
1004 - 1104
Page 30
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 16 - Left Nacelle Access and Inspection Locations (Bottom view)
1004 - 1104
Page 31
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 17 - Left Nacelle Access and Inspection Locations (Top View)
1004 - 1104
Page 32
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 18 - Right Nacelle Access and Inspection Locations (Top View)
1004 - 1104
Page 33
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 19 - Right Nacelle Access and Inspection Locations (Bottom View)
1004 - 1104
Page 34
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 20 - Right Wing Access and Inspection Locations - Airplane from SN 1004 to SN 1016
(Bottom View)
1004 - 1104
Page 35
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 21 - Left Wing Access and Inspection Locations - Airplane from SN 1004 to SN 1016
(Bottom View)
1004 - 1104
Page 36
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 22 - Right Wing Access and Inspection Locations - Airplane from SN 1017 and up
Fig. 22 - (Bottom View)
1004 - 1104
Page 37
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 23 - Right Wing Access and Inspection Locations (Top View)
1004 - 1104
Page 38
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 24 - Left Wing Access and Inspection Locations - Airplane from SN 1017 and up (Bottom
Fig. 24 - View)
1004 - 1104
Page 39
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 25 - Left Wing Access and Inspection Locations (Top View)
1004 - 1104
Page 40
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 26 - Floor Access and Inspection Locations
1004 - 1104
Page 41
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 27 - Baggage Compartment and Fuselage Tank Access and Inspection Locations
1004 - 1104
Page 42
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
LIFTING AND SHORING

07 - LIFTING AND SHORING
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 07 - LIFTING AND SHORING

07 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
07 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
07 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
07-00-00 1-6 Jul.08/16
07-10-00 201 - 204 Jul.08/16

205 - 208 Jul.08/16
209 - 214 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 07 - LIFTING AND SHORING

07 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
JACKING AND LIFTING 07-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
JACKING AND LIFTING 07-10-00 201

1. Jacking the Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
2. Removing Airplane from Jacks - Material and Aircraft Handling 205 1004 - 1104
3. Lifting Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling 209 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
07-00-00 - JACKING
DESCRIPTION
007-00-00
AND
JACKING
OPERATION
AND LIFTING
AND LIFTING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Jacking is accomplished by using conventional tripod jacks to raise the airplane at
1004 - 1104
three points. The nose or fuselage jackpoint is located just aft of the nose wheel well.
The wing jackpoints are located just outboard of the engine nacelles. Holes are
provided in the airplane structure at the jackpoints for installation of the jack pads. The
jack pads are secured to these points after existing screws are removed (Ref. to Fig.
1).
B. Lifting is accomplished by two hoisting slings and two lifting pads which are attached by
steel cables to a lifting beam assembly. The hoisting slings are nylon straps, with a
steel attachment ring at each end, which are positioned on either side of the airplane
entrance door to support the airplane nose during lifting. The lifting pads are eye-
brackets which attach to lifting points provided on the wing upper structure.(Ref. to Fig.
2 and 3).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Airplane Jacking Provisions (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Airplane Hoisting Slings Location
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 3 - Airplane Lifting Bracket Location
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-00-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 4 - Lifting Airplane
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-00-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
07-10-00 - JACKING
MAINTENANCE
20007-10-00
PRACTICES
JACKING
AND LIFTING
AND LIFTING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 07-10-00-500-801
1. Jacking the Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to fig. 201)
Jacking
Thethe
maintenance
Airplane - Material
procedureand
that
Aircraft
follows
Handling
is for the jacking of the aircraft. The entire airplane
1004 - 1104
may be lifted by wing and fuselage jack points to perform landing gear tests, removal and
installation of nose and main landing gear, leveling and for other major repairs. The airplane
should be on a level surface and protected from wind gusts, preferably in a hangar.
A. Tools and Equipments

DESIGNATION REFERENCE
Jack pad (fuselage) TEM-071000-005
Jack pads (Wings) TEM-071000-004
Jack wings lifting TEM-071000-001
Jack fuselage lifting TEM-071000-002
B. Materials
Not Applicable Not Specified
C. Referenced Information
Maintenance Manual TASK 12-00-00-860-801
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the aircraft is in the standard configuration for maintenance (TASK 12-
00-00-860-801)
E. Procedure
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE JACKING PAD SECURING SCREWS HAVE
THE CORRECT LENGTH. SERIOUS DAMAGES CAN OCCURE IF THE
SCREWS ARE TOO LONG.
NOTE: Do not raise the airplane more than required to perform maintenance.
(1) With ADAS installed, to avoid invalid data acquisition, pull out both these circuit
breakers:
Main Junction Box C.B. Panel Co-Pilot C.B. Panel
ADAS1 ADAS
(2) Attach electrical grounds to airplane.

(3) Remove the screws that cap the jack pad holes on the wing and on the fuselage.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Secure each jack pad to the wings and the fuselage with the four dedicated bolts
(Ref.to FIG.201).
NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER
Forward (Flight Direction) Wing Pads Bolts NAS 6604-11
Rear (Flight Direction) Wing Pads Bolts NAS 6604-9
Nose Pad Bolts NAS 6403A8
(5) Place jacks at jack pad locations.

(6) Simultaneously operate wing and fuselage jacks (to prevent side load loads on
structure and jacks) until wheels are clear of ground.
F. Close-out
(1) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Jacking the Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20107-10-00
JACKING AND LIFTING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 07-10-00-500-802
2. Removing Airplane from Jacks - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 202)
Removing
The maintenance
Airplane from
procedure
Jacks - Material
that follows
and is
Aircraft
for theHandling
removing of the Airplane from the Jacks.
1004 - 1104

Sliding Plate TEM-071000-007
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE STRUCTURAL PANELS 251A AND 252A ARE
INSTALLED CORRECTLY BEFORE YOU LOWER THE AIRPLANE AND
REMOVE THE JACKS.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft landing gear & doors are set to the normal configuration
(TASK 12-00-00-840-802)
(2) Place a TEM-071000-007 under both the MLG wheels.
E. Procedure
(1) Simultaneously lower wing and fuselage jacks until airplane rests on gear and
jacks can be removed.
(2) Remove jack pads from airplane.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE SCREWS HAVE THE CORRECT

LENGTH. SERIOUS DAMAGES CAN OCCURE IF THE SCREWS
ARE TOO LONG.
(3) Install the screws that cap the jack pad holes on the wing and on the fuselage.
(4) With ADAS installed, push in both these circuit breakers:
ADAS1 ADAS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(1) Remove all tools, equipments, and unwanted materials from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20207-10-00
JACKING AND LIFTING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 07-10-00-500-803
3. Lifting Airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 203, 204, 205)
Lifting
The
Airplane
maintenance
- Material
procedure
and Aircraft
that Handling
follows is for the lifting of the aircraft. The entire airplane
1004 - 1104
may be lifted by wing and fuselage lifting bracket.

Lifting Beam 80-909190-401
Hoisting Sling (Fuselage) 80-909190-401
Lifting Bracket TEM-071000-006
Hoisting Sling (Wings) 80-909190-401
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the aircraft is in the standard configuration for maintenance (TASK 12-
00-00-860-801)
(2) With ADAS installed, to avoid invalid data acquisition, pull out both these circuit
breakers:
ADAS1 ADAS
E. Procedure
WARNING: THE CRANE OR HOIST MUST BE ABLE TO LIFT A WEIGHT OF

22,050 LB. (10,000 KG.) SAFELY.
WARNING: THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE SLINGS MUST BE 11.81 IN. (0.3 M).
(1) Defuel airplane (TASK 12-10-07-600-803 or TASK 12-10-07-600-804).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Ensure that all luggage has been removed from the airplane and that all
passengers, crew members, and maintenance personnel have disembarked.
(3) Ensure that the entrance door, emergency exit door and all access doors are
secure.
(4) Remove screws from lifting pad locations and secure lifting brackets close to WS
1195 as illustrated in Fig.204.
(5) Attach the hoisting sling (wings) to the lifting brackets and to the lifting beam.
(6) Position the hoisting sling (fuselage) under the airplane and center the sling as
shown in Fig.203 and attach both ends to the forward part of the lifting beam.
(7) Adjust cable ends to align lifting beam parallel with the airplane WL.
CAUTION: AVOID IMPACT LOADING DURING LIFTING.
(8) As the airplane is lifted, watch center of balance. The cable adjuster may have to
be repositioned to keep the airplane from tipping.
(9) Stabilization ropes should be attached to each wing tip and either the nose or
tailcone for guidance.
(10) The airplane should be transported as smoothly as possible to prevent further
damage.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 203 - Airplane Hoisting Sling Location
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 204 - Airplane Lifting Bracket Location
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 205 - Lifting Airplane
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
07-10-00
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
LEVELING AND WEIGHING

08 - LEVELING AND WEIGHING
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 08 - LEVELING AND WEIGHING

08 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
08 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
08 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
08-10-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

201 - 204 Jul.08/16
08-20-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

201 - 204 Jul.08/16
205 - 208 Jul.08/16
209 - 212 Jul.08/16
213 - 216 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 08 - LEVELING AND WEIGHING

08 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
WEIGHING 08-10-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
WEIGHING 08-10-00 201

1. Aircraft Weighing (Electrical Platform
Scale) - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
LEVELING 08-20-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
LEVELING 08-20-00 201

1. Aircraft Leveling on Jacks - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
2. Aircraft Leveling on Wheels - Material and Aircraft Handling 205 1004 - 1104
3. Aircraft Leveling on Jacks (with digital
level) - Material and Aircraft Handling 209 1004 - 1104
4. Aircraft Leveling on Wheels (with digital
level) - Material and Aircraft Handling 213 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
08-10-00 - WEIGHING
DESCRIPTION
008-10-00
AND OPERATION
WEIGHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Check the airplane inventory for items which are not included in the basic empty weight
1004 - 1104
of the airplane as supplied by the manufacturer but which will have to be weighed with
the airplane; for example, any optional equipment or customer supplied fixed
equipment. Enter each item, its weight and its arm in Table 2 of the Airplane Weighing
Form (Ref. to Fig. 1); these items will be subtracted from the
"Airplane as Weighed" figures to achieve accurate basic empty weight figure.
B. Check the airplane inventory for items which are included in the basic empty weight of
the airplane but which will not be weighed with the airplane; for example, a component
which has been removed for repair, overhaul etc. Enter each item, its weight and its
arm in Table 2 of the Airplane Weighing Form (Ref. to Fig.1); these items will be added
to the Airplane as Weighed figures to achieve
accurate basic empty weight figures.
NOTE: Component weight and arm information can be found in the equipment list
in the Weight and Balance Section of the Airplane Flight Manual.
C. Remove all loose items which are not included in the basic empty weight figures
D. All weighing operations must be conducted in a closed hangar and care taken that no
air currents pass over the airplane during weighing, otherwise inaccurate
readings could result.
E. If necessary, wash the airplane to remove accumulations of mud, dirt, grease, etc.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-10-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Airplane Weighing Form
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-10-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20008-10-00
WEIGHING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 08-10-00-500-801
1. Aircraft Weighing (Electrical Platform Scale) - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig.
201, 202)
Aircraft
TheWeighing
procedure
(Electrical
that follows
Platform
gives
Scale)
instructions
- Materialnecessary
and AircrafttoHandling
weighing the aircraft with
1004 - 1104
platform scales.

Electrical Platform Scale TEM-081000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Replenish the following to normal operating capacity:
– engine oil tank (left and right engines) (TASK 12-10-08-600-802)
– hydraulic pump package (TASK 12-10-01-600-803)
– environment control system fluid (TASK 21-52-00-600-805 or TASK 21-51-00-
600-801)
– oxygen bottle (TASK 12-10-06-600-801)
(2) Defuel the airplane (TASK 12-10-07-600-803 or TASK 12-10-07-600-804) until
only unusable fuel remains.
(3) Inflate the tires to proper pressure (TASK 12-10-04-600-801 and TASK 12-10-04-
600-802)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-10-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: If the platform scales are not equipped with built-in wheel chocks, it will be
necessary to apply the parking brake after the airplane is placed on the
scales.
(4) Position the Aircraft over the electronic scales.

(5) Apply the airplane parking brake.
(6) Level the airplane as per the “on wheels” procedure (TASK 08-20-00-500-802, or
TASK 08-20-00-500-804).
(7) Close the cabin door.
E. Procedure
(1) Check the readings of the left main, right main and nose scale cells and record the
weights in the appropriate space under the heading SCALE READING on Table 1
of the Airplane Weighing Form (Ref. to Fig. 202).
(2) If there is a plus reading on the scales, divide it by two and enter it as a negative
number under Tare on Table 1 of the Airplane Weighing Form. If there is a negative
reading on the scales, enter it as a positive number under Tare on Table 1 of the
Airplane Weighing Form. If the tare is greater than ±5 pounds (±2.27 kg) for any
one scale, the scales need to be recalibrated and certified and the weighing
procedure repeated.
(3) Remove the aircraft from the platform scales.
(4) Add or subtract the tare of each scale to or from its respective scale reading. Enter
the result under Net Weight in Table 1 of the Airplane Weighing Form.
(5) Add the three net weight figures and enter the total at the bottom of the Net Weight
Column; this is the Airplane Total as Weighed (W).
(6) Using formula A in Table 1 of the Airplane Weighing Form, calculate the CG
location and enter the figure in the space provided.
(7) Transfer the Airplane Total as Weighed (W) figure and the CG figure to the spaces
provided on Table 2 of the Airplane Weighing Form.
(8) Multiply the W and CG figures, divide by 100, and enter the resultant moment
figure in the space provided.
(9) Add and/or subtract the missing/extra equipment figures and record the resultant
Basic Empty Weight, CG and Moment figures in the spaces provided.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-10-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Weighing with Platform Scales
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-10-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Airplane Weighing Form
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-10-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
08-20-00 - LEVELING
DESCRIPTION
008-20-00
AND OPERATION
LEVELING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. The airplane may be leveled on jacks or on wheels.
1004 - 1104
B. To level the airplane three reference marks are provided. One reference mark, located
on the left side of the fuselage at FS 8130, is a common mark used for both lateral and
longitudinal leveling. The other lateral leveling mark is located on the right side of the
fuselage at FS 8130, and the other longitudinal mark is located on the forward mast of
cabin door.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20008-20-00
LEVELING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 08-20-00-500-801
1. Aircraft Leveling on Jacks - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 201, 202)
Aircraft
TheLeveling
procedure on that
Jacksfollows
- Material
givesand
instructions
Aircraft Handling
necessary to level the aircraft on jacks with a
1004 - 1104
tube stiff and transparent.

Transparent and stiff tube Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the aircraft is in standard configuration for maintenance (TASK 12-00-
00-860-801)
(2) Jack the airplane (TASK 07-10-00-500-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Use a tube with stiff and transparent ends long enough to reach the reference
marks.
(2) Fill the tube with water and position the ends at the lateral reference marks.
(3) Level the airplane adjusting the jack under the wing of the lower side.
(4) The airplane is considered leveled when the water at both tube ends exactly
reaches the reference marks.
(5) Position the tube ends at the longitudinal reference marks.
(6) Level the airplane adjusting the nose jack.
reaches the reference marks
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Leveling Reference Marks
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Airplane Leveling
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20208-20-00
20
TASK 08-20-00-500-802
2. Aircraft Leveling on Wheels - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 203, 204)
Aircraft
TheLeveling
procedureon that
Wheels
follows
- Material
gives instructions
and Aircraft necessary
Handling to level the aircraft on wheels with
1004 - 1104
a tube stiff and transparent.

Transparent and stiff tube Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
NOTE: Leveling on wheels can be performed deflating the tires.
(1) Use a tube with stiff and transparent ends long enough to reach the reference
marks.
(2) Fill the tube with water and position the ends at the lateral reference marks.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DEFLATE THE TIRES. DO NOT

DEFLATE THEM TO A POINT WHERE DAMAGE TO THE TIRE
SIDEWALLS CAN OCCUR.
(3) Level the airplane as necessary deflating the tires (TASK 12-10-04-600-801)
(4) Put a Warning Notice at the airplane wheels to tell persons that the wheels have
been deflated.
(6) Position the tube ends at the longitudinal reference marks.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(7) Level the airplane as necessary deflating the airplane tires (TASK 12-10-04-600-
801)
been deflated
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 203 - Leveling Reference Marks
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 204 - Airplane Leveling
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20408-20-00
20
TASK 08-20-00-500-803
3. Aircraft Leveling on Jacks (with digital level) - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig.
205)
Aircraft
TheLeveling
procedure on that
Jacksfollows
(with digital
gives instructions
level) - Material
necessary
and Aircraft
to level
Handling
the aircraft on jacks with a
1004 - 1104
digital level.

Protractor, Digital level TEM-270000-001
Digital level support Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
(2) Jack the airplane (TASK 07-10-00-500-801)
E. Procedure
NOTE: THE MEASURE HAS TO BE PERFORMED TO ENSURE THE

LONGITUDINAL AND THE LATERAL PROPER LEVELING
NOTE: IN SOME AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION THE POSITION OF PROTRACTOR

COULD BE SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT, DEPENDING UPON INTERIOR
LAYOUT AND POSSIBILITY TO VACATE THE SEAT RAIL TO SUPPORT
THE PROTRACTOR ITSELF
(1) Using a flat and adjusted support, put the digital level in position for lateral leveling
as shown in fig 205, choosing the position in relation to the convenience of
execution.
(2) Level the airplane adjusting the jack under the wing of the lower side.
(3) Put the digital level on one of the seat rails, in parallel position for longitudinal
leveling.
(4) Level the airplane adjusting the nose jack.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 205 - Leveling on jacks with digital level
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20508-20-00
20
TASK 08-20-00-500-804
4. Aircraft Leveling on Wheels (with digital level) - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig.
206)
Aircraft
TheLeveling
procedureon that
Wheels
follows
(withgives
digital
instructions
level) - Material
necessary
and Aircraft
to levelHandling
the aircraft on wheels with
1004 - 1104
the digital level.

Digital level TEM-270000-001
Digital level support Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
NOTE: Leveling on wheels can be performed deflating the tires.
(1) Using a flat and adjusted support, put the digital level between the points indicated
in fig 206, choosing the position in relation to the convenience of execution.
NOTE: the flat support with the digital level should be put between the internal
seat rails or between the external seat rails; take care to not place
between one internal and one external seat rail.

(2) Level the airplane as necessary deflating the tires (TASK 12-10-04-600-801)
been deflated
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Put the digital level on one of the seat rails, in parallel position

(5) Level the airplane as necessary deflating the airplane tires (TASK 12-10-04-600-
801)
been deflated
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 206 - Leveling on wheels with digital level
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
08-20-00
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
TOWING AND TAXIING

09 - TOWING AND TAXIING
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 09 - TOWING AND TAXIING

09 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
09 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
09 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
09-00-00 1-4 Jul.08/16
09-10-00 201 - 204 Jul.08/16

205 - 210 Jul.08/16
211 - 216 Jul.08/16
401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
09-20-00 201 - 204 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 09 - TOWING AND TAXIING

09 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
TOWING AND TAXIING 09-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
TOWING 09-10-00 201

1. Nose Gear Towing With Vehicle - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
2. Main Gear Towing - Material and Aircraft Handling 205 1004 - 1104
3. Nose Gear Towing With Towbarless Tug
- Material and Aircraft Handling 211 1004 - 1104
TOWING 09-10-00 401

1. Steering Pin - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Steering Pin - Installation 403 1004 - 1104
TAXIING 09-20-00 201

1. Taxiing - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
09-00-00 - TOWING
DESCRIPTION
009-00-00
AND
TOWING
AND
OPERATION
TAXIING
AND TAXIING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Towing and taxiing procedures for the P.180 are basically the same as those used for
1004 - 1104
other airplanes equipped with a tricycle landing gear.
B. The airplane can be towed, or pushed backwards, using a tow bar attached to the nose
wheel. The turning angle of the nose wheel with tow bar is 90°, either side of center.
(Ref. to Fig. 1 for turning radii).
C. For taxi operations, directional control is accomplished by utilizing the nose wheel
steering system. The maximum turning angle for the nose wheel steering system is 53°
either side of center. (Ref. to Fig. 2 for turning radii).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Minimum Turning Radii with Tow Bar
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Minimum Turning Radii with Nose Wheel Steering
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
09-10-00 - TOWING
MAINTENANCE
20009-10-00
PRACTICES
TOWING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 09-10-00-500-801
1. Nose Gear Towing With Vehicle - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 201, 202)
NoseThe
Gear maintenance
Towing Withprocedure
Vehicle - Material
that follows
and isAircraft
for theHandling
towing of aircraft with the steering pin
1004 - 1104
disconnected. The towing is done by the trained towing crew, if the aircraft is to be moved to
a different location for maintenance.

Assy Towbar TEM-091000-001
Towbar Portable TEM-091000-002
Vehicle − Aircraft Towing Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: WHEN TOWING THE AIRPLANE WITH A TOWING VEHICLE,

PERFORM ALL BRAKING WITH THE TOWING VEHICLE. BRAKE
APPLICATION WHILE THE AIRPLANE IS BEING TOWED MAY CAUSE
DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure the parking brake are applied (TASK 10-11-00-910-801).
00-860-801)
(3) Obey all the electrical/electronic safety precautions (TASK 24-00-00-910-801)
(4) Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions.
(5) Make sure the BATTERY MASTER switch is in OFF position
(6) Attach the tow bar to the nose wheel axle.
(7) Remove the steering disconnecting pin (TASK 09-10-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Make sure that wheel chocks and the control gust lock are removed and that
mooring cables (if used) are disconnected.
(9) Connect the tow bar to the towing vehicle.
(10) In the flight compartment do the steps that follow:
– Make sure that the nose wheel steering system is off.
– Make sure that the landing gear selector−handle is in the DOWN position.
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure you have the towing crew that follows:
– One towing supervisor to control the towing operation.
– One person to operate the towing vehicle.
– One person to operate the aircraft brakes and navigation lights from the flight
compartment.
– One person on the left wing−tip and one person on the right wing−tip to
monitor sufficient clearance during the turns
– One person behind the tail to monitor sufficient clearance during the turns.
NOTE: The towing supervisor is in control of the towing operation and must have
visual or radio communication with all the members of the towing crew at
all times. Light wands can be used to give signals in low visibility.
(2) Make sure that the passenger door is closed.

(3) Make sure that all ground equipment is removed from areas adjacent to the
aircraft.
(4) Make sure that all external services are disconnected from the aircraft.
(5) Disconnect the grounding wire from the aircraft.
(6) Release the airplane parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-801).
(7) In congested areas, station wing walkers to check clearance between airplane
and adjacent equipment.
(8) Tow aircraft, making smooth starts and stops.
F. Close-out
(1) When towing operation is completed, turn nose wheel to center, engage parking
brake, install control gust locks, chock wheels and, if used, attach mooring cables.
(2) Connect the steering pin (TASK 09-10-00-400-801).
(3) Remove the tow bar from the airplane.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Tow Bar Details
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Steering Disconnecting Pin Location
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20209-10-00
20
TASK 09-10-00-500-802
2. Main Gear Towing - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 203, 204)
MainThe
Gear maintenance
Towing - Material
procedure
and Aircraft
that follows
Handling
is for the towing of aircraft with the steering pin
1004 - 1104
disconnected. The towing is done by the trained towing crew, if the aircraft is to be moved to
a different location for maintenance.

Assy Towbar TEM-091000-001
Towbar Portable TEM-091000-002
Large planks Not Specified
Large ropes or belt straps Not Specified
Towing chain or cables Not Specified
Towing vehicle Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: IF THE AIRPLANE IS OFF THE RUNWAY AND HAS BECOME STUCK
IN SOFT EARTH OR MUD, DO NOT ATTEMPT TO TOW THE
AIRPLANE BY THE NOSE WHEEL. THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE
SHOULD BE USED AS A GENERAL GUIDE.
(1) Obey all the electrical/electronic safety precautions (TASK 24-00-00-910-801)

(2) Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions.
(3) Make sure the BATTERY MASTER switch is in OFF position
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Inspect areas of airplane structure as outlined in Chapter 05-50-00.

(5) Reduce the weight of the airplane as much is possible. For example, defuel the
airplane (TASK 12-10-07-600-803 or TASK 12-10-07-600-804).
(6) If landing gear is sunk deeply into the mud, a sloping path should be made to the
main gear wheels.
(7) Place large planks in the path against the wheels to provide a makeshift ramp.
(8) Position large ropes or belt straps on the main gear strut as low as possible to the
wheel axles.
(9) Position the towing vehicle at least 50 to 100 feet from airplane.
(10) Connect towing chain or cables to the ropes or belts. The towing chains or cables
should be of sufficient length to allow the towing vehicle to be at least 50 to 100
feet from airplane.
(11) Remove the steering disconnecting pin (TASK 09-10-00-000-801)
(13) Connect the towing bar to the nose wheel.
(14) In the flight compartment do the steps that follow:
– Make sure that the nose wheel steering system is off
– Make sure that the landing gear selector−handle is in the DOWN position
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure you have the towing crew that follows:
– One towing supervisor to control the towing operation
– One person to operate the towing vehicle
– One person to operate the aircraft brakes and navigation lights from the flight
compartment
– One person on the left wing−tip and one person on the right wing−tip to help
push, lift and guide the airplane onto the planks.
– One person behind the tail to help push, lift and guide the airplane onto the
planks.
– One person at the towing bar to steer the airplane.
NOTE: The towing supervisor is in control of the towing operation and must have
visual or radio communication with all the members of the towing crew at
all times. Light wands can be used to give signals in low visibility.
(2) Make sure that the passenger door is closed.

(3) If applied, release the airplane parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-801)
(4) In congested areas, station wing walkers to check clearance between airplane
and adjacent equipment
CAUTION: DO NOT LIFT OR PUSH ON CONTROL SURFACES OR ON THE

PROPELLERS.
(5) Slowly increase tension on tow lines and with the aid of personnel, move the
airplane onto the planks.
(6) Slowly move the airplane to the runway.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(1) When towing operation is completed, turn nose wheel to center, engage parking
brake (TASK 10-11-00-400-801), install control gust locks, chock wheels and, if
used, attach mooring cables.
(2) Remove towing chain or cables from the ropes or belts.
(3) Remove large ropes or belt straps from the main gear strut.
(4) Insert the steering pin (TASK 09-10-00-400-801).
(5) Remove the tow bar from the airplane.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 203 - Tow Bar Details
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20409-10-00
20
TASK 09-10-00-500-803
3. Nose Gear Towing With Towbarless Tug - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref. to Fig. 205)
NoseThe
Gear
maintenance
Towing With
procedure
Towbarless
thatTug
follows
- Material
describes
and the
Aircraft
towing
Handling
with towbarless tug.
1004 - 1104

Electric Towbarless Tug Not Specified
Warning Notice Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: WHEN TOWING THE AIRPLANE WITH A TOWBARLESS TUG BRAKE

APPLICATION WHILE IT IS TOWED MAY CAUSE DAMAGE.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the steering disconnecting pin (Ref. to TASK 09-10-00-000-801).
(3) Release the airplane parking brake (Ref. to TASK 10-11-00-910-801)
(4) Put a warning notice to inform ground personell that brakes are off.
NOTE: DEPENDING ON TYPE OF USED TUG, SOME OF THE FOLLOWING

INSTRUCTIONS COULD ADHERE TO ITS SPECIFIC OPERATIONAL
MANUAL.
(5) Refer to tug operational manual to adjust the lift cradle(s) to the proper dimensions
of the P180 nose landing gear (double wheel system);
CAUTION: IF YOU RAISE THE CRADLE TO ROLL OVER THE TOP OF THE
BAR AND ONTO THE TUG CAUSING DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT AND POSSIBLE INJURY TO THE OPERATOR. TOO
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HIGH A SUDDEN STOP OR OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES COULD

CAUSE THE NOSE WHEEL OF THE AIRCRAFT TO BE
DAMAGED. TO AVOID THIS SITUATION USE THE SUITABLE
SAFETY STRAP. PAY ATTENTION AS YOU RAISE THE CRADLE
AND MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT RAISE IT TOO HIGH AND
ALLOW THE SIDE PLATES TO CONTACT THE BOTTOM OF THE
WHEEL PANT.
(6) Lift the cradle only high enough off the ground to clear obstacles while moving
the aircraft.
(7) Position the tug in front of the aircraft nose wheel and lower the lift cradle to the
ground. Winch the nose wheel onto the lift cradle, utilizing the strut strap or
appropriate attachment.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THERE IS A LITTLE SLACK IN THE WINCH STRAP

BEFORE LIFTING THE CRADLE AS IT WILL MOVE UP AND AWAY
FROM THE TUG AS IT IS RAISED. THIS WILL INCREASE THE
TENSION IN THE STRAP AND COULD DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL ASSEMBLY AS THE CRADLE IS BEING RAISED.
ONCE THE CRADLE IS RAISED TO THE DESIRED HEIGHT THEN
RETIGHTEN THE WINCH STRAP SO IT HAS ADEQUATE
TENSION IN IT TO KEEP THE AIRCRAFT SECURE IN THE
CRADLE.
CAUTION: BE VERY CAREFUL NOT TO POSITION THE STRAP WHERE IT

MIGHT DAMAGE SOME COMPONENT OF THE NOSE WHEEL
ASSEMBLY.
(8) Position the tug quite in contact with the airplane NLG wheels.
(9) Secure the aircraft nose wheel with the safety strap.
(10) Do not overtighten as it only needs to be snug enough to prevent the nose wheel
from possibly lifting upward out of the cradle.
(11) Make sure that the connection is properly safetied, refer to tug Operational Manual
and pull the aircraft on cradle.
(12) When the NLG is positioned and secured on cradle, move the aircraft by slowly
advancing the accelerator lever in the direction of travel.
CAUTION: FOR MOVING AIRCRAFT UP OR DOWN INCLINES/SLOPES, A

QUALIFIED OPERATOR SHOULD BE IN THE AIRCRAFT
COCKPIT TO UTILIZE THE AIRCRAFT'S BRAKES FOR SAFETY/
BACKUP.
(13) Tow aircraft, making smooth starts and stops.

(14) When towing operation is completed, lower lift cradle to a position 1/2" above
the ground.
(15) Remove the previously installed strap.
(16) Chock the airplane main wheels. Then slowly move back tug, away from the plane,
allowing the nose wheels to roll off lift cradle onto the ground.
(17) Insert parking brakes (Ref. to TASK 10-11-00-910-802).
(18) Remove the warning notice previously installed.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(19) Turn nose wheel to center, insert the steering pin and, if used, attach mooring
cables.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 205 - Towbar - Typical
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40009-10-00
TOWING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 09-10-00-000-801
1. Steering Pin - Removal (Ref to Fig.401)
Steering
The Pin
maintenance
- Removal procedure that follows is for steering pin disconnection, necessary to
1004 - 1104
disconnect the steering mechanism.

B. Materials
Maintenance Manual 32-40-00 - WHEELS AND
BRAKES
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the parking brake are applied (32-40-00 - WHEELS AND BRAKES).
E. Procedure
(1) Withdraw the Pip Pin (1), pushing on its head and pulling out its body.
(2) Let the steering pin (2) skid down and remove it from the steering link (4).
(3) Move the steering disconnect link subassembly (3), in order to disengage it from
the connection on the NLG.
(4) Install the steering pin (2) in the steering link (4)and secure it with the pip pin
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Steering Pin
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40109-10-00
TOWING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 09-10-00-400-801
2. Steering Pin - Installation (Ref to Fig.402)
Steering
The Pin
maintenance
- Installation
procedure that follows is for steering pin disconnection, necessary to
1004 - 1104
disconnect the steering mechanism.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the parking brake are applied (TASK 10-11-00-910-801).
E. Procedure
(1) Withdraw the Pip Pin (1), pushing on its head and pulling out its body.
(2) Let the steering pin (2) skid down and remove it from the steering link (4).
(3) Move the steering disconnect link subassembly (3), in order to engage it on the
connection on the NLG.
(4) Install the steering pin (2) in the steering link (4)and secure it with the pip pin
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Steering Pin
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
09-20-00 - TAXIING
MAINTENANCE
20009-20-00
PRACTICES
TAXIING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 09-20-00-500-801
1. Taxiing - Material and Aircraft Handling
Taxiing
The- maintenance
Material and Aircraft
procedureHandling
that follows is to move the aircraft on the ground with engine
1004 - 1104
thrust, nose wheel steering, and brakes.

Gust Lock TEM-277000-001
Wheel Chocks TEM-100000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: WHEN THERE ARE PEOPLE OR OBJECTS NEAR THE AIRCRAFT, DO

NOT START AN ENGINE OR MOVE THE AIRCRAFT.
HIGH PRESSURE AND HOT TEMPERATURES OCCUR DURING
ENGINE OPERATION AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/
OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: DO NOT USE MORE ENGINE THRUST THAN IS NECESSARY TO

KEEP THE SPEED CONSTANT. YOU CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Make sure the aircraft can be taxied in a safe condition.

(2) Make sure that both the wheel chocks are installed.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is clear of all persons and/or objects in the adjacent
areas and along the taxi path.
(4) Make sure that there are no persons and/or objects in the aircraft engine intake
and exhaust dangerous areas.
(5) Make sure that the ground power unit and the grounding wire are disconnected
from the aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-20-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Make sure that all the external doors are closed.
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the parking brake is on (TASK 10-11-00-910-802)
(2) Station two persons, one in flight compartment the other one on the ground
(3) Clear the area of personnel and the equipment.
(4) Disconnect mooring cables (if used), remove wheel chocks, engine air intake and
exhaust covers, and gust lock.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONNEL OR

MATERIALS NEAR THE PROPELLERS AND TAXI AREA.
(5) Make sure the steering pin is engaged (TASK 09-10-00-400-801)

(6) Start the engines.
NOTE: Give a signal to the marshaller that you are ready to taxi. Get a clearance
from the marshaller that the taxi path is clear.
(7) Release the parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-801)

(8) Apply sufficient engine power as necessary to move the aircraft, then decrease the
thrust to IDLE. Use more than IDLE thrust only when it is necessary to keep the
taxiing speed
WARNING: DO NOT USE THE BRAKES IF THE AIRCRAFT MOVES

REARWARD. STOP THE AIRCRAFT WITH FORWARD THRUST.
USE THE BRAKES ONLY WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS STOPPED
OR WHEN THE AIRCRAFT MOVES FORWARD
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE AT HIGH RPM WHEN RUNNING

OR TAXIING OVER GROUND CONTAINING LOOSE STONES,
GRAVEL OR ANY LOOSE MATERIAL THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PROPELLER BLADES.
NOTE: Idle thrust is sufficient to keep the taxiing speed in most conditions
(9) Taxi forward a few meters and apply brakes to determine their effectiveness
(10) During the taxiing procedure, obey the precautions that follow:
(a) Keep your toes at the bottom of the rudder pedals until the brakes are
necessary. You can accidentally apply pressure to the brakes and cause the
brakes to become too hot
(b) Use the brakes only if the aircraft goes too fast, to decrease speed for turns,
or to stop the aircraft. Do not use the brakes continuously to hold the same
speed
(c) Make sure the maximum turning angle is 53 degrees
NOTE: If the nose wheel steering failed, it is possible to taxi the aircraft using
rudder pedals and brakes to control movement
(d) Always use the largest turn radius possible when the aircraft is turned
(e) Make all turns at a slow speed
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-20-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Do not stop in the middle of a turn if it is not necessary

(g) Do not use brakes to help tighten a turn made with the nose wheel steering
(h) Do not park the aircraft while it is in a turn
(i) Move the aircraft approximately 3 feet in forward direction, to remove twisting
stresses from the landing gear, before it is parked
(j) Do not use engine thrust to move the aircraft rearward
F. Close-out
(1) When the taxiing operation is completed, do the steps that follow:
(a) Stop the aircraft in a straight line
NOTE: Obey all the signals of the marshaller to complete this step. Light
wands can be used to give signals in low visibility.
(b) Set the parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-400-801)

(c) Inform the ground control that the taxiing operation is completed
(d) Stop the engines
(2) Connect mooring cables (if used).
(3) Install gust lock.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-20-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
09-20-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND

RETURN TO SERVICE
10 - PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 10 - PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

10 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
10 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
10 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
10-11-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

201 - 204 Jul.08/16
205 - 206 Jul.08/16
207 - 208 Jul.08/16
209 - 210 Jul.08/16
211 - 212 Jul.08/16
401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
10-12-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

201 - 204 Jul.08/16
205 - 210 Jul.08/16
211 - 216 Jul.08/16
10-20-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

201 - 204 Jul.08/16
10-30-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

201 - 204 Jul.08/16
205 - 210 Jul.08/16
211 - 216 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 10 - PARKING, MOORING, STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

10 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
PARKING 10-11-00 1
1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
PARKING 10-11-00 201

1. Parking - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
2. Grounding the Aircraft (Cable Installation)
- Material and Aircraft Handling 205 1004 - 1104
3. Grounding the Aircraft (Cable Removal) - Material and Aircraft Handling 207 1004 - 1104
4. Parking Brake Release - Standard Practices 209 1004 - 1104
5. Parking Brake Set - Standard Practices 211 1004 - 1104
PARKING 10-11-00 401

1. Gust Lock Belt - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Gust Lock Belt - Installation 403 1004 - 1104
3. Tail Stand - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
STORAGE 10-12-00 1
1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
STORAGE 10-12-00 201

1. Flyable Storage - Storage/Return to Service 201 1004 - 1104
2. Prolonged - Storage/Return to Service 205 1004 - 1104
3. Indefinite Storage - Storage/Return to Service 211 1004 - 1104
MOORING 10-20-00 1
1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
MOORING 10-20-00 201

1. Mooring the airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling 201 1004 - 1104
STORAGE 10-30-00 1
1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
STORAGE 10-30-00 201

1. Preparation for service (7 to 30 days) - Prepare for ... 201 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
2. Preparation for service (31 days to 3

months) - Prepare for ... 205 1004 - 1104
3. Preparation for service (more than 3
months) - Prepare for ... 211 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10-11-00 - PARKING
DESCRIPTION
010-11-00
AND OPERATION
PARKING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. Description
Description
A. Airplane parking consists of chocking the wheels, installing control gust locks, setting
1004 - 1104
parking brake and tail stand. Under normal weather conditions, the airplane may be
parked and headed in a direction that will facilitate servicing without regard to prevailing
winds.
CAUTION: IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO MOOR THE AIRPLANE WHEN

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY:
- WIND MORE THAN 20 KNOTS IS EXPECTED
- AIRPLANE COMPLETELY REFUELED
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Parking Airplane (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Parking Airplane (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-11-00
PARKING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 10-11-00-500-801
1. Parking - Material and Aircraft Handling
Parking
The-maintenance
Material and Aircraft
procedure
Handling
that follows is to give the instructions for the protection of the
1004 - 1104
aircraft from damages against the weather conditions when the aircraft is parked for a short
time (seven days or less). To park the aircraft for a period of eight days or more, refer to the
aircraft storage tasks.

Pitot and sensors Covers TEM-100000-004
AOA Transducer Cover TEM-100000-009
Propeller Restrainers TEM-100000-012
Engine Intake Blanks TEM-100000-002
Engine Oil Cooler Inlet Scoop Blanks TEM-100000-003
Starter/Generator Inlet Scoop Blanks TEM-100000-003
Inertial Separator Outlet Blank TEM-100000-003
Exhaust Stack Covers TEM-100000-006,
TEM-100000-015
Control Gust Locks TEM-277000-001
Static Port and Alternate Covers TEM-100000-011,
TEM-341100-001
Mooring Pads (Fuselage and Wings) TEM-100000-010
Parking tool kit TEM-100000-013
Ground Cable (Electrical) TEM-121007-004
Nose Fan Outlet Blanks Not Specified
Tail Stand TEM-070000-001
Static Wick Covers TEM-100000-005
B. Materials
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in the standard configuration for Maintenance (TASK
12-00-00-840-801).
E. Procedure
(1) Tow the aircraft to the parking area (TASK 09-10-00-500-801)
(2) Position airplane on leveled surface
(3) Set Parking Brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-802)
(4) Chock main gear wheels.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE WHEEL CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION AT

THE MAIN WHEEL/TIRE ASSEMBLIES. MOVEMENT OF THE
AIRCRAFT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(5) Release the parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-801)

(6) Make sure that flaps are retracted.
(7) Ground airplane (TASK 10-11-00-500-802)
(8) Install the following covers and blanks: Pitot and sensors Covers, AOA Transducer
Cover, Engine Intake Blanks, Nacelle Inlet Blanks, Exhaust Stack Covers, Static
Port and Alternate Covers, ECS Inlet Scoop Blanks, Nose Fan Outlet Blanks, Tail
Stand.
(9) Install the static wick covers on the following surfaces: Forward wing flaps,
Ailerons and Rudder.
(10) Install Gust Lock (TASK 10-11-00-500-803)
(11) Close and lock cabin door.
(12) Close and lock the baggage door
(13) Install the propeller restrainer
(14) If the aircraft is parked in open area, do a regular check of the local weather
conditions and do the steps that follow:
(a) If the direction of the wind changes, move the aircraft to point in the direction
of the wind, as necessary.
CAUTION: WITH HIGH WIND, DO NOT PARK OR MOOR THE AIRCRAFT

IN AN OPEN AREA. PUT THE AIRCRAFT IN A CLOSED
HANGAR BECAUSE DAMAGE MAY OCCUR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) If high winds are possible, and a closed hangar is available, tow the aircraft
into the hangar. (TASK 09-10-00-500-801).
(c) If high winds are possible, and the aircraft is kept in an open area, then moor it
(TASK 10-20-00-500-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-11-00
20
TASK 10-11-00-500-802
2. Grounding the Aircraft (Cable Installation) - Material and Aircraft Handling
Grounding
The maintenance
the Aircraft (Cable
procedure
Installation)
that follows
- Material
provides
andmaintenance
Aircraft Handling
information for the aircraft
1004 - 1104
ground connection cable installation

Cable, grounding TEM-121007-004
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT, MAKE SURE THAT

YOU GROUND THE FUEL TENDER AND THE AIRCRAFT. A STATIC
ELECTRIC SPARK DURING THE PROCEDURE CAN CAUSE AN
EXPLOSION OR A FIRE.
WARNING: WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED FOR MAINTENANCE OR DURING

BAD WEATHER, MAKE SURE THAT IT IS GROUNDED. STATIC
ELECTRIC CHARGES IN THE AIRCRAFT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: GROUND THE AIRCRAFT BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE EXTERNAL

ELECTRICAL POWER. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS, YOU CAN CAUSE
INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

(TASK 24-00-00-910-801)
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SAFETY

PRECAUTIONS (TASK 24-00-00-910-801)
(1) Attach the grounding cable to a proper grounding point on the Aircraft.
(2) Attach the other end of the cable to a ground point in the parking area.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-11-00
20
TASK 10-11-00-500-803
3. Grounding the Aircraft (Cable Removal) - Material and Aircraft Handling
Grounding
The maintenance
the Aircraft (Cable
procedure
Removal)
that follows
- Material
provides
and Aircraft
maintenance
Handling
information for the aircraft
1004 - 1104
ground connection cable removal.

Cable, grounding TEM-121007-004
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

(TASK 24-00-00-910-801)

(1) Remove the end of the cable from the ground point of the parking area.
(2) Remove the grounding cable from the proper grounding point of the aircraft.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-11-00
20
TASK 10-11-00-910-801
4. Parking Brake Release - Standard Practices
Parking
TheBrake
maintenance
Releaseprocedure
- Standardthat
Practices
follows provides maintenance information for the parking
1004 - 1104
brake release.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT SET THE PARKING BRAKES AT LOW AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE, WHEN AN ACCUMULATION OF MOISTURE MAY
CAUSE THE BRAKES TO FREEZE, OR WHEN THEY BECOME HOT
FROM SEVERE USE.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE WHEEL CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION AT THE
NOSE AND MAIN WHEEL/TIRE ASSEMBLIES. MOVEMENT OF THE
AIRCRAFT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Push down and hold the pilot or copilot brake pedals.
(2) Turn the parking brake handle 90 degrees counterclockwise.
CAUTION: WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE HANDLE IS IN THE OUT AND

LOCKED POSITION, DO NOT TURN IT MORE THAN 90
DEGREES. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL
LOCKING DEVICE.
(3) Fully push the parking brake handle.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(1) Release the brake pedals.
(2) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-11-00
20
TASK 10-11-00-910-802
5. Parking Brake Set - Standard Practices
Parking
TheBrake
maintenance
Set - Standard
procedure
Practices
that follows provides maintenance information to set the
1004 - 1104
parking brake.

Chocks, wheel TEM-100000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Center the nose wheel to 0° position.
(2) Push down and hold the pilot or copilot brake pedals.
(3) Pull the parking brake handle and turn it 90 degrees clockwise to lock the handle.
NOTE: Do not attempt to lock a parking brake by applying force to the parking
brake handle. The handle controls have only a valve, and cannot apply
pressure to the brake system.
NOTE: Do not set the parking brakes at low ambient temperature, an

accumulation of moisture may cause the brakes to freeze.
NOTE: Do not set the parking brakes when they become hot from severe use.
CAUTION: WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE HANDLE IS IN THE OUT AND

LOCKED POSITION, DO NOT TURN IT MORE THAN 90
DEGREES. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL
LOCKING DEVICE
F. Close-out
(1) Make sure that the parking brake handle is locked.
(2) Release the brake pedals and make sure that the brakes stay applied.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Install the wheel chocks at the MLG and NLG wheels.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40010-11-00
PARKING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 10-11-00-000-801
1. Gust Lock Belt - Removal (Ref to Fig. 401)
GustThe
Lockmaintenance
Belt - Removal
procedure that follows provides maintenance information for the gust lock
1004 - 1104
belt removal. The gust lock belt consists of a belt provided of one adjustable eye terminal
end, one non adjustable eye terminal end, a lock lever assembly and a free side.

Gust Lock belt TEM-277000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the control surfaces are free to move
(2) Make sure there are no people near the control surfaces
E. Procedure
(1) Release the Gust Lock Belt lock lever Assembly (2) until the belt is loose.
(2) Remove the adjustable Gust Lock Belt Eye Terminal from the control wheel right
horn (6).
(3) Remove the non Adjustable Gust Lock Belt Eye Terminal (5) from the copilot left
Rudder Pedal (1) lower/Internal side.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Gust Lock Belt - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40110-11-00
40
TASK 10-11-00-400-801
2. Gust Lock Belt - Installation (Ref to Fig. 402)
GustThe
Lock
maintenance
Belt - Installation
procedure that follows is for the gust lock belt installation, that secure the
1004 - 1104
control surfaces in neutral position. The gust lock belt consists of a belt provided of one
adjustable eye terminal end, one non adjustable eye terminal end, a lock lever assembly
and a free side.

Gust Lock belt TEM-277000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure the control surfaces are free to move
(2) Make sure there are no people near the control surfaces
CAUTION: MOVE GENTLY THE FLIGHT CONTROLS TO REACH THEIR FULL

STOPS
NOTE: The Gust Lock Belt can be installed on both pilot or copilot side. The
procedure described installation on copilot side, but can be used also on
pilot side.
NOTE: Symmetric installation can be used (rudder surface fully left, control wheel
rotated counter-clockwise)
E. Procedure
(1) Move the copilot right rudder pedal (1) fully forward (rudder surface fully right)
(2) Insert the Non Adjustable Gust Lock Belt Eye Terminal (3) around the copilot left
Rudder Pedal Lower/Internal side.
(3) Move the Copilot Control Column (4) fully forward (elevator surface fully down),
and rotate the control wheel clockwise at the full-stop position.
(4) Insert the adjustable Gust Lock Belt Eye Terminal (5) around the control wheel
right horn (6).
(5) Pull the Gust Lock Belt free side (7) until the Belt is tighten.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Hold the Gust Lock Belt in position and lock with the suitable Belt Lock Lever
Assembly (2).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE BELT IS TIGHTEN IN ORDER TO AVOID

FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM DAMAGE
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Gust Lock Belt - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40210-11-00
40
TASK 10-11-00-400-802
3. Tail Stand - Installation (Ref to Fig. 403)
Tail Stand
This procedure
- Installation
describes the correct position for install the Tail stand under the aircraft.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Position airplane on leveled surface facing the prevailing wind.
(2) Center nose wheel and set parking brake by depress the pilots or copilots brake
pedals and pulling out the parking brake handle and turning through 90
degrees to lock the handle.
WARNING: TO PREVENT THE INJURY TO PEOPLE MAKE SURE THAT

THE ENGINES ARE OFF
(3) Place the Tail Stand in correspondence of the FS 8154 (refer to fuselage
schematic diagram AMM chapter 06-00-00) at a distance of approximately 2 cm /1
inch (clearance) between the trestle and the fuselage skin, by considering both
conditions of airplane empty or fully loaded. In any case the tail stand must be
always positioned in correspondence of one of the tail structural frames. No
reinforcements are needed since the tail stand must be equipped with an upper
dampening protection device. It is moreover suggested to place the tail stand after
having left the cabin and/or the flight compartment to allow the correct above
mentioned clearance.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Tail Stand - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-11-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10-12-00 - STORAGE
DESCRIPTION
010-12-00
AND OPERATION
STORAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. Description
Description
A. The storage procedures are intended to protect the airplane from deterioration while it
1004 - 1104
is not in use. The primary objectives of these measures are to prevent corrosion and
damage from exposure to the elements.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-12-00
STORAGE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 10-12-00-550-801
1. Flyable Storage - Storage/Return to Service
Flyable
TheStorage
maintenance
- Storage/Return
procedure that
to Service
follows provides maintenance information for the Flyable
1004 - 1104
Storage.

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
Freon Air Inlet Cover TEM-100000-014
Fuel Ref to chapter 12
Tow Bar TEM-091000-002
B. Materials
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Job Setup
NOTE: It is recommended to keep the aircraft indoors, away from all openings,
electrical sources and heat. If kept in an open area, keep the aircraft away
from snow and ice as much as possible.
CAUTION: THE AIRPLANE MUST BE IN AIRWORTHY CONDITION PRIOR TO

STORAGE.
(1) Make sure that the engines were operated in the last 48 hours. If not, start the
engines and operate at minimum power for a minimum of 10 minutes (TASK TBD).
(2) Park airplane in hangar, if possible. If airplane is parked outside, position on
leveled surface, facing prevailing wind.
(4) Center nose wheel. Set the parking brakes (TASK 10-11-00-400-801)
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC SAFETY


PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO

MAINTENANCE ON OR NEAR ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
EQUIPMENT. YOU CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: OBEY ALL HYDRAULIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO

WORK ON THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
COMPONENTS. YOU CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND
DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: OBEY ALL THE OXYGEN SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU

DO WORK ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEM AND OXYGEN SYSTEM
COMPONENTS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THE SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION
(TASK 35-00-00-610-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
(1) Exterior Fuselage:
(a) Install the following covers, blanks and pads:
– Pitot and sensors Covers
– Static Port and Alternate Covers
– Angle of Attack Transducer Cover
– Mooring Pads (Fuselage and Wings)
– ACM Inlet Scoop Blank
– Nose Fan Outlet Blanks
– Tail Stand.
(b) Install the static wick covers on the following surfaces:
– Forward wing flaps
– Ailerons
– Rudder
(c) Ensure that all access doors and panels are closed and secured
(d) Close and lock cabin door
(e) Secure the airplane to ground by mooring cable (TASK 10-20-00-500-801)
(2) Engines:
NOTE: Refer to P&WC Maintenance Manual, Part 72-00-00
(a) Install the blanks of: engine intake, engine oil cooler inlet scoop, engine
exhaust stacks, starter/generator inlet scoop and inertial separator outlet
(3) Fuel System
(a) Refuel airplane to capacity using approved fuel with anti-ice additive mixed in
normal proportions (Refer to TASK 12-10-07-600-801 or TASK 12-10-07-600-
802).
(b) Close fuel Shut-Off valves.
(4) Flight Control System
(a) Install control gust locks. (TASK 10-11-00-500-803)
(b) Ensure that flaps are retracted.
(5) Electrical System
(a) Electrically ground airplane by connecting ground cable (TASK 10-11-00-500-
802)
(b) Disconnect the battery
(6) Propellers
NOTE: Refer to Hartzell Maintenance Manual
(a) Remove dirt, oil and insects accumulation from propellers

(b) Restrain propellers to prevent them from windmilling with no oil pressure.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-12-00
20
TASK 10-12-00-550-802
2. Prolonged - Storage/Return to Service
Prolonged
The maintenance
- Storage/Return
procedure
to Service
that follows provides maintenance information for Prolonged
1004 - 1104
Storage

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
Jack pads (wings) TEM-071000-004
Interior Cleaning Products Ref to chapter 12
Exterior Cleaning Products Ref to chapter 12
Hydraulic Fluid Ref to chapter 12
Seat Protective Covers Not Specified
Toilet Maintenance Practices Ref to chapter 12
Windshield Protective Covers Not Specified
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Window Protective Covers Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup

STORAGE.
engines and operate at minimum power for a minimum of 10 minutes (TASK TBD).
(3) Center nose wheel. Do not set the parking brakes
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL


PRECAUTIONS.



(TASK 35-00-00-610-801).
E. Procedure
– Ailerons
– Rudder
(e) Attach red tag to cabin door handle with the following notation: AIRCRAFT
PREPARED FOR PROLONGED STORAGE (31 DAYS TO 3 MONTHS)
(2) Engines:
NOTE: Refer to P&WC Maintenance Manual
exhaust stacks, starter/generator inlet scoop and inertial separator outlet
(3) Fuel System
(a) Refuel airplane to capacity using approved fuel with anti-ice additive mixed in
normal proportions (Refer to TASK 12-10-07-600-801 or TASK 12-10-07-600-
802)
(b) Close fuel Shut-Off valves
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(a) Ensure that all control surfaces are in neutral position
(b) Install control gust locks. (TASK 10-11-00-400-801)
(c) Ensure that flaps are retracted.
(a) Remove the battery (TASK 24-31-00-000-801)
(6) Propellers

(b) Restrain propellers to prevent them from windmilling with no oil pressure (Ref.
to Chapter 12).
(7) Oxygen System
(a) Remove floor panel No 231 ELF and close the ON/OFF bottle lever in OFF
position
(8) Interior Fuselage
(a) Clean interiors (TASK 12-24-00-100-801).
(b) Install protective covers over all seats.
(9) Rear Lavatory
(a) Remove toilet tank assembly and empty.
(b) Back flush tank assembly filter and disinfect.
(c) Disinfect toilet.
(d) Install toilet tank assembly, do not precharge.
NOTE: The toilet and toilet tank assembly must be cleaned and disinfected
to preclude bacterial growth during storage.
(e) Empty wash bowl waste tank and water holding tank.
(f) Disinfect wash bowl and waste tank to preclude bacterial growth during
storage.
(g) Ensure that water tank is empty and hot water heater is disabled.
(10) Windshield and Windows
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CARE NOT TO SCRATCH OR GOUGE

WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS.
(a) Clean windshield and windows internally and externally. (Refer to TASK 56-
10-00-100-801).
(b) Place windshield and window protective covers.
(11) Avionic Equipment
(a) Clean and cover any equipment sensitive to dust or moisture and take any
additional precaution recommended by the manufacturer of such equipment.
(12) Exterior Surfaces
(a) Wash and wax airplane (TASK 12-24-02-100-801).
(13) Landing Gear
(a) Jack airplane (TASK 07-10-00-500-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Apply a light coating of hydraulic fluid to the exposed stens.
CAUTION: CHECK MAIN AND NOSE LANDING GEAR SHOCK STRUT

PRESSURE EVERY 30 DAYS (REFER TO TASK 12-10-02-610-
801 AND TASK 12-10-03-610-801).
(c) Replace serviceable tires with unserviceable tires (Refer to TASK 32-41-00-
000-802, TASK 32-41-00-000-804, TASK 32-41-00-400-802 and TASK 32-41-
00-400-804).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR ARE IN LOCK

POSITION
(d) Remove tha airplane from jacks.

(e) Electrically ground airplane by installing ground cable (TASK 10-11-00-500-
802)
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-12-00
20
TASK 10-12-00-550-803
3. Indefinite Storage - Storage/Return to Service
Indefinite
The maintenance
Storage - Storage/Return
procedure that
to Service
follows provides maintenance information for Indefinite
1004 - 1104
Storage.

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
Jack pads (wings) TEM-071000-004
Seat Protective Covers Not Specified
Toilet Maintenance Practices Ref to chapter 12
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Window Protective Covers Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup

STORAGE.
engines and operate at minimum power for a minimum of 10 minutes.
(3) Center nose wheel. Do not set the parking brakes
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL


PRECAUTIONS (TASK 24-00-00-910-801



(TASK 35-00-00-610-801).
E. Procedure
– Ailerons
– Rudder
(e) Attach red tag to cabin door handle with the following notation: AIRCRAFT
PREPARED FOR INDEFINITE STORAGE (MORE THAN 3 MONTHS)
(2) Engines:
exhaust stacks, starter/generator inlet scoop and inertial separator outlet.
(3) Fuel System
(a) Defuel completely the airplane (TASK 12-10-07-600-803)
(b) Drain completely the system and the tanks (TASK 12-10-07-600-805)
(c) Close fuel Shut-Off valves
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(a) Ensure that all control surfaces are in neutral position
(b) Install control gust locks. (TASK 10-11-00-500-803)
(c) Ensure that flaps are retracted.
(a) Remove the battery (TASK 24-31-00-000-801)
(6) Propellers

(b) Restrain propellers to prevent them from windmilling with no oil pressure.
(7) Oxygen System
(a) Remove floor panel No 231 ELF and close the ON/OFF bottle lever in OFF
position
(b) Clean pilot and copilot masks
(8) Hydraulic System
(a) Fill the hydraulic reservoir to operational level and inspect the system for
leaks.
(a) Clean interiors (TASK 12-24-00-100-801).
(b) Install protective covers over all seats.
(10) Rear Lavatory
(a) Remove toilet tank assembly and empty.
(b) Back flush tank assembly filter and disinfect.
(c) Disinfect toilet.
(d) Install toilet tank assembly, do not precharge.
NOTE: The toilet and toilet tank assembly must be cleaned and disinfected
to preclude bacterial growth during storage.
(e) Empty wash bowl waste tank and water holding tank.
(f) Disinfect wash bowl and waste tank to preclude bacterial growth during
storage.
(g) Ensure that water tank is empty and hot water heater is disabled.
(11) Loose Tools and Equipment
(a) Remove and store in a room of low humidity.
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CARE NOT TO SCRATCH OR GOUGE

WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS.
(a) Clean windshield and windows internally and externally. (Ref. to TASK 56-10-
00-100-801).
(b) Place windshield and window protective covers.
(13) Avionic Equipment
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Clean and cover any equipment sensitive to dust or moisture and take any
additional precaution recommended by the manufacturer of such equipment.
(14) Engine Fire Extinguisher System
(a) Remove the fire extinguisher bottle cartridges (TASK 26-20-00-960-801).
(15) Exterior Surfaces
(a) Wash and wax airplane (TASK 12-24-00-100-801).
(16) Landing Gear
(a) Jack airplane (TASK 07-10-00-500-801).
(b) Apply a light coating of hydraulic fluid to the exposed stens.
CAUTION: CHECK MAIN AND NOSE LANDING GEAR SHOCK STRUT

PRESSURE EVERY 30 DAYS (REFER TO TASK 12-10-02-610-
801 AND TASK 12-10-03-610-801).
(c) Replace serviceable tires with unserviceable tires (Refer to TASK 32-41-00-
000-802, TASK 32-41-00-000-804, TASK 32-41-00-400-802 and TASK 32-41-
00-400-804).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR ARE IN LOCK

POSITION
(d) Remove the airplane from jacks.

(e) Electrically ground airplane by installing ground cable (TASK 10-11-00-500-
802)
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-12-00
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10-20-00 - MOORING
DESCRIPTION
010-20-00
AND OPERATION
MOORING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. Description
Description
A. Airplane mooring consists of chocking the wheels, installing control gust locks, setting
1004 - 1104
parking brake, attaching mooring cables and propeller restrainers and tail stand. Under
normal weather conditions, the airplane may be parked and headed in a direction that
will facilitate servicing without regard to prevailing winds.
CAUTION: IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO MOOR THE AIRPLANE WHEN

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY:
- WIND MORE THAN 20 KNOTS IS EXPECTED
- AIRPLANE COMPLETELY REFUELED
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Parking Airplane
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-20-00
MOORING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 10-20-00-500-801
1. Mooring the airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling (Ref to Fig. 201)
Mooring
The the
maintenance
airplane - Material
procedureand
that
Aircraft
follows
Handling
provides maintenance information for the mooring
1004 - 1104
of the aircraft. Mooring points are installed at the nose and wing jack points and at the
bottom of the rear fuselage.

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
B. Materials
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-20-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO MORE THE AIRPLANE WHEN

THE FOLLOWING CONDITION APPLY:
– WIND MORE THAN 20 KNOTS IS EXPECTED.
– AIRPLANE COMPLETELY REFUELED.
(1) Park the aircraft on leveled surface facing the prevailing wind, above the tie−down
points and Make sure there are two ground mooring points below each aircraft
mooring point.
(2) Center nose wheel and set parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-801).
(4) Assure that flaps are retracted.
(5) Electrically ground airplane, by connecting ground cable (TASK 10-11-00-500-802)
(6) Install the gust lock belt (TASK 10-11-00-400-801)
(7) Install the following blanks and covers:
– Pitot Tube Covers
– Ice Detector Cover
– Static Port Covers
– TAT Sensor Cover
– Engine Intake Blanks
– Engine Oil Cooler Inlet Scoop Blanks
– Inertial Separator Outlet Blanks
– Starter/Generator Inlet Scoop Blanks
– Exhaust Stack Covers
– ACM Inlet Scoop Covers.
(8) Install the static wick covers on the following surfaces
– Ailerons
– Rudder
(9) Close and lock cabin door
(10) Close and lock the baggage door
(11) Install the propeller restrainers
(12) Install the tail stand
E. Procedure
CAUTION: SEVERE DAMAGE MAY OCCUR IF PADS ARE INSTALLED WITH NO

CORRECT LENGTH SCREWS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-20-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Avoid overtightening the forward line.
(1) Remove the screws that cap the jack pad holes on the wing and on the fuselage
(2) Three mooring pads, with eyes, are provided, one for each wing and one for the
fuselage
(3) Install the mooring pads and secure each pad to the wings and the fuselage with
the four dedicated bolts
(4) To moor the airplane tie down the airplane at all three points
(5) If extreme weather is anticipated, it is advisable to nose the airplane into the wind.
(6) Install the mooring cables.
(8) To remove the mooring kit, do as follows:
(a) Disconnect the mooring cables
(b) Loose the bolts that secure the mooring pads and remove them from the
Aircraft
(c) Reinstall the screws that cap the jack pad holes on the wing and on the
fuselage
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-20-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Mooring the airplane - Material and Aircraft Handling
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-20-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
10-30-00 - STORAGE
DESCRIPTION
010-30-00
AND OPERATION
STORAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. Description
Description
A. The storage procedures are intended to protect the airplane from deterioration while it
1004 - 1104
is not in use. The primary objectives of these measures are to prevent corrosion and
damage from exposure to the elements.
Three are the types of storage:
– Flyable Storage: 7 days to 30 days
– Prolonged Storage: 30 days to 3 months
– Indefinite Storage: More than 3 months
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-30-00
0
TASK 10-30-00-840-801
1. Preparation for service (7 to 30 days) - Prepare for ...
Preparation
The maintenance
for service (7
procedure
to 30 days)
that
- Prepare
follows for
provides
... maintenance information to set the
1004 - 1104
aircraft in operation after short−term storage (30 days maximum).

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
B. Materials
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Job Setup

DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. (TASK 24-00-00-910-801)

WARNING: OBEY ALL THE OXYGEN SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO

WORK ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEM AND OXYGEN SYSTEM
COMPONENTS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS,
YOU CAN CAUSE A FIRE OR AN EXPLOSION (TASK 35-00-00-610-
801).
E. Procedure
(1) If installed, remove the parking kit (TASK 10-20-00-500-801)
(2) Interior and Exterior:
(a) Clean airplane interior and exterior, as required (TASK 12-24-00-100-801 and
task TASK 12-24-02-100-801)
(b) Remove the following covers, blanks and pads:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Tail Stand.
(c) Remove the static wick covers from the following surfaces:
– Ailerons
– Rudder.
(d) Remove the chock from the main gear wheels
(3) Engines:
(a) Remove the blanks from: engine intake, engine oil cooler inlet scoop, engine
(4) Fuel System
(a) Drain off all water of the fuel system drain points (TASK 12-10-07-600-803)
(b) Check fuel anti-ice additive for proper concentration (TASK 12-10-07-750-
801)
CAUTION: IF THE ANTI-ICE ADDITIVE CONCENTRATION DOES NOT

MEET THE REQUIREMENTS, DEFUEL THE AIRPLANE AND
REFUEL WITH APPROVED FUEL HAVING ANTI-ICE
ADDITIVE IN THE REQUIRED PROPORTION.
(c) Open the fuel shut-off valves

(a) Remove the gust lock belt (TASK 10-11-00-000-801)
(a) Service and connect battery (TASK 12-22-00-600-801, or TASK 12-22-00-
600-802, or TASK 12-22-00-600-803)
(7) Propellers
(a) Remove restrainers

(8) Servicing
(a) Hydraulic package - Check oil level (TASK 12-10-01-600-803)
WARNING: USE A RESPIRATOR WHEN YOU ARE NEAR HYDRAULIC

FUMES AND/OR HYDRAULIC SPRAY. HYDRAULIC FLUID IN
THE LUNGS CAN CAUSE INJURY
(b) Tires - Check for proper pressure (TASK 12-10-04-600-801)

(c) Engine oil system - Check for oil level (TASK 12-10-08-600-801)
(9) Oxygen System
(a) Check the pressure of the oxygen bottle by means the pilot gauge
F. Close-out
(1) Make sure the parking brake is set (TASK 10-11-00-910-802)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-30-00
20
TASK 10-30-00-840-802
2. Preparation for service (31 days to 3 months) - Prepare for ...
Preparation
The maintenance
for service (31
procedure
days to 3
that
months)
follows
- Prepare
providesformaintenance
... information to set the
1004 - 1104
aircraft in operation after prolonged storage (3 month maximum).

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
B. Materials
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Job Setup


EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL


801).
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the Ground Connection (TASK 10-11-00-500-803)
(3) Landing Gear:
(a) Raise the Airplane (Ref. to TASK 07-10-00-500-801).
(b) Apply lubricating oil film on struts and actuators (Refer to TASK 12-21-01-640-
803 and TASK 12-21-01-640-806).
(c) Check landing gear shock strut pressure (TASK 12-10-02-610-801 and TASK
12-10-03-610-801).
(d) Remove unserviceable tires and install serviceable tires (TASK 12-10-04-600-
801).
(e) Check tire proper pressure (TASK 12-10-04-600-801).
(f) Lower the airplane (TASK 07-10-00-500-802)
(4) Exterior:
(a) Clean and wax airplane exterior, as required (TASK 12-24-02-100-801)
– Tail Stand.
– Ailerons
– Rudder.
(e) Ensure that red tags are removed and access doors and panels are closed
and secured.
(5) Engines:
NOTE: Refer to P&WC Maintenance Manual.
(6) Fuel System
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
801)


(d) Fuel the airplane as required (TASK 12-10-07-600-801 or TASK 12-10-07-
600-802)
(e) Check airplane for leaks (TASK 28-00-00-200-801). Repair leaks as
necessary
(a) Remove control gust lock (TASK 10-30-00-840-802)
600-802, or TASK 12-22-00-600-803)
(9) Propellers

(10) Servicing


(d) Perform daily inspection in accordance with the Airplane Pilot’s Operating-
Handbook
(11) Oxygen System
(a) Remove floor panel No 231 ELF and open the ON/OFF bottle lever in ON
position
(b) Check pressure on bottle pressure gage and refill if necessary (TASK 12-10-
06-600-801)
(c) Check line pressure (70 ±10 PSIG) (Refer to TASK 35-00-00-710-801)
(d) Perform passenger mask drop test (TASK 35-00-00-720-801)
(12) Environmental Control System/Pressurization System
(a) Refill the lubricating ECS oil if present
(a) Check hydraulic system for leaks (TASK 29-00-00-200-801)
(a) Remove seat protective covers
(b) clean interior as required (TASK 12-24-00-100-801)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(15) Rear Lavatory

(a) Disinfect toilet bowl assembly and toilet tank assembly.
(b) Precharge toilet tank assembly.
(c) Disinfect wash bowl and wash bowl waste tank.
(d) Fill wash bowl water holding tank with water.
(e) Ensure that hot water heater is operative.
CAUTION: DO NOT GOUGE OR SCRATCH WINDSHIELD OR WINDOWS
(a) Remove the protective cover from windshield and windows
F. Close-out
(1) Make sure the parking brake is set TASK 10-11-00-910-802)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20010-30-00
20
TASK 10-30-00-840-803
3. Preparation for service (more than 3 months) - Prepare for ...
Preparation
The maintenance
for service (more
procedure
than 3that
months)
follows
- Prepare
provides
formaintenance
... information to set the
1004 - 1104
aircraft in operation after indefinite storage.

TEM-100000-015
TEM-341100-001
B. Materials
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. Job Setup


EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL


801).
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the Ground Connection (TASK 10-11-00-500-803)
(3) Landing Gear:
(a) Raise the Airplane (Ref. to TASK 07-10-00-500-801).
(b) Apply lubricating oil film on struts and actuators (Refer to TASK 12-21-01-640-
803 and TASK 12-21-01-640-806).
(c) Check landing gear shock strut pressure (TASK 12-10-02-610-801 and TASK
12-10-03-610-801).
(d) Remove unserviceable tires and install serviceable tires (TASK 12-10-04-600-
801).
(e) Check tire proper pressure (TASK 12-10-04-600-801).
(f) Lower the airplane (TASK 07-10-00-500-802)
(4) Exterior:
(a) Clean and wax airplane exterior, as required (TASK 12-24-02-100-801)
– Tail Stand.
– Ailerons
– Rudder.
(e) Ensure that red tags are removed and access doors and panels are closed
and secured.
(5) Engines:
NOTE: Refer to P&WC Maintenance Manual, Part 72-00-00
(6) Fuel System
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
801)


(d) Fuel the airplane as required (TASK 12-10-07-600-801 or TASK 12-10-07-
600-802)
(e) Check airplane for leaks (TASK 28-00-00-200-801). Repair leaks as
necessary
(f) Perform a pump pressure check
(a) Remove control gust lock (TASK 10-30-00-840-803)
600-802, or TASK 12-22-00-600-803)
(9) Propellers

(10) Engine Fire Extinguisher System
(a) Install the fire extinguisher bottle cartridges (TASK 26-20-00-960-801)
(11) Servicing


(d) Perform daily inspection in accordance with the Airplane Pilot’s Operating-
Handbook
(12) Oxygen System
(a) Remove floor panel No 231 ELF and open the ON/OFF bottle lever in ON
position
(b) Check pressure on bottle pressure gage and refill if necessary (TASK 12-10-
06-600-801)
(c) Check line pressure (70 ±10 PSIG) (Refer to TASK 35-00-00-710-801)
(d) Perform passenger mask drop test (TASK 35-00-00-720-801)
(13) Environmental Control System/Pressurization System
(a) Refill the lubricating ECS oil if present
(b) Check free rotation of the ACM rotating the fan by a small blunt article
(Wooden pencil)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(a) Check hydraulic system for leaks (TASK 29-00-00-200-801)
(a) Remove seat protective covers
(b) clean interior as required (TASK 12-24-00-100-801)
(16) Rear Lavatory
(a) Disinfect toilet bowl assembly and toilet tank assembly.
(b) Precharge toilet tank assembly.
(c) Disinfect wash bowl and wash bowl waste tank.
(d) Fill wash bowl water holding tank with water.
(e) Ensure that hot water heater is operative.
CAUTION: DO NOT GOUGE OR SCRATCH WINDSHIELD OR WINDOWS
(a) Remove the protective cover from windshield and windows
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
10-30-00
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

11 - PLACARDS AND MARKINGS
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 11 - PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

11 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
11 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
11 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
11-00-00 1-4 Jul.08/16
11-10-00 1-2 Jul.08/16
11-20-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 414 Jul.08/16
11-30-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 412 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 11 - PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

11 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS 11-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
EXTERIOR COLOR 11-10-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
EXTERNAL PLACARDS 11-20-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
EXTERNAL PLACARDS 11-20-00 401

1. Placard - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Placard - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
INTERNAL PLACARDS 11-30-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
INTERNAL PLACARDS 11-30-00 401

1. Placard - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Placard - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
11-00-00 - PLACARDS
DESCRIPTION
011-00-00
PLACARDS
AND OPERATION
AND
AND
MARKINGS
0 MARKINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. The model designation placard is located at the rear of the fuselage on the left side of
1004 - 1104
FS 8590. The placard identifies the airplane by its identification mark, aircraft type,
manufacturer and serial number.
B. For information of the internal and external placards refer to the following Table:
EXTERNAL PLACARDS INTERNAL PLACARDS
NUMBER OF PART NUMBER NUMBER OF PART NUMBER
PLACARD PLACARD
1 80-899001-025 1 80-118997-001
2 80-899001-007 2 80K118789-001
3 80-899001-005 3 80-118787-001
3 - 1004 to 1015 80-118293-017
4 80-899001-009 4 80-118787-003
5 80-899001-011 5 80-899001-079
6 80-899001-021 6 80-118997-005
7 80-899001-043 7 80-118328-001
8 80-899001-039 8 80K899001-075
9 80-899001-037 9 not used
10 80-899001-041 10 80-198162
11 80-899001-013 11 80-909578
12 80-899001-017 12 80-909578
13 80-899001-015 13 80-909578
14 80-899001-019 14 80-909578
15 80-899001-067 15 80-909578
16 80-899001-023 16 80-909578
17 80-899001-045 17 80-909578
18 80-899001-065 18 80-909578
19 80-899001-001 19 80-909578
20 80-899001-003 20 80-909578
21 80-899001-053 21 80-909578
22 80-899001-035 22 80-909578
23 80-KS00009 23 80-909578
24 80-899001-083 24 80-909578
25 80-899001-029 25 80-909578
26 80-899001-081 26 80-909578
27 80-899001-031 27 80-909578
28 80-899001-027 28 80-909578
29 80-899001-033
30 80-899001-047
31 80-899001-049
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EXTERNAL PLACARDS INTERNAL PLACARDS

NUMBER OF PART NUMBER NUMBER OF PART NUMBER
PLACARD PLACARD
32 80-899001-051
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Model Designation Placard
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
11-10-00 - EXTERIOR
DESCRIPTION
011-10-00
ANDEXTERIOR
OPERATION
COLOR COLOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. The exterior color scheme is a customer option in accordance with Design Authority
1004 - 1104
Approval.
B. Composite components classified as primary structures in Chapter 51-01-00 are

subject to the following limitations for application of exterior paints:
– Color listed in table WARNING: are approved for application without limitation.
– Other colors or decals may be applied provided no more than 20% of the external
surface is affected. The limit of 20% must be considered as distributed over the
entire surface, not as a concentrated area.
– For application of other colors over the entire surface contact the airplane
Manufacturer for evaluation of paint optical properties.
These paints are also listed in Chapter 91-00-00, Chart 201 Item 05-006. The
composite material areas and structural classification are shown in Chapter 51-00-00.
WARNING: APPLICATION OF COLORS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED IN TABLE

WARNING: MAY CAUSE EXCESSIVE TEMPERATURES AND
CONSEQUENT DEGRADATION OF STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF
COMPOSITE COMPONENTS.
Table 1 - Exterior Color

VENDOR COLOR P/N
ALUMIGRIP Ethereal Blue G8036
ALUMIGRIP Beyond Blue H5002
ALUMIGRIP Ice Blue H5004
ALUMIGRIP Snow White G8044
ALUMIGRIP Vestal White G8004
ALUMIGRIP Off White G8010
ALUMIGRIP Off White Revised G8009
ALUMIGRIP Oyster White H8010
ALUMIGRIP Egg Shell White H8015
ALUMIGRIP Matterhorn White G8003
ALUMIGRIP Blue Tone White G8029
ALUMIGRIP Cream H8002
ALUMIGRIP Moon Dust G6004
ALUMIGRIP Tender Yellow G9059
ALUMIGRIP San Mateo Wheat G9001
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-10-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-10-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
11-20-00 - EXTERNAL
DESCRIPTION
011-20-00
AND
EXTERNAL
0 OPERATION
PLACARDS
PLACARDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. This chapter gives the airplane major dimensions and areas, and the dimensions and
1004 - 1104
reference details necessary to enable easy location of components and parts

throughout the airplane.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40011-20-00
EXTERNAL PLACARDS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 11-20-00-000-803
1. Placard - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Placard
This- topic
Removal
provides the Removal Procedure for the Placard.
1004 - 1104

Lint-Free Cloth Not Specified
B. Materials
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) solvent TT-M-261
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MEK. OBEY THE HEALTH AND
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-801.
NOTE: When placards are located close to each other, it is advisable to replace the
adjacent placard(s) when replacing a specific placard.
(1) Detach the placard from the airplane using a hot air blower to soften the adhesive,
taking care not to damage any adjacent component or paint work.
(2) Clean the surface with the MEK solvent (TT-M-261) and a lint-free cloth.
F. Close-out
(1) Remove all tools, materials and equipment from the work area. Make sure the
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Placard - Removal (Sheet 1 of 5)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40111-20-00
EXTERNAL PLACARDS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 11-20-00-400-803
2. Placard - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Placard
This- topic
Installation
provides the Installation Procedure for the Placard.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) solvent TT-M-261
Isopropyl Alcohol 02-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The Scotchcal materials, being self-adhesive, can be applied to the most
smooth, flat, clean and non-porous surfaces.
(1) Clean the surface with a cloth, made moist with the MEK solvent (TT-M-261).
(2) Wipe carefully with a clean lint-free cloth.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL. OBEY

THE HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER
TASK 20-00-01-910-801.
(3) Remove the protective covering from the adhesive side of the placard.
(4) Position the placard and press firmly to the surface.
NOTE: In order to get the best results placards must be applied at a temperature
higher than 60 °F (16 °C). Whenever a placard must be applied at a lower
temperature, activate the adhesive with a small quantity of isopropyl
alcohol.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Placard - Installation (Sheet 1 of 5)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-20-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
11-30-00 - INTERNAL
DESCRIPTION
011-30-00
AND
INTERNAL
0 OPERATION
PLACARDS
PLACARDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. In this section are shown the internal placards and their locations on the airplane (Ref.
1004 - 1104
to Fig. 401).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40011-30-00
INTERNAL PLACARDS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 11-30-00-000-803
1. Placard - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Placard
This- topic
Removal
provides the Removal Procedure for the Placard.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is possible to remove the placards 12, 14 and 23 (Ref. to Fig. 201); all
other placards are stencilled.
(1) Detach the placard from the surface. Use a plastic tool, taking care not to damage
the surface.
(2) Clean the surface with an applicable solvent (Chapter 51-00-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40111-30-00
INTERNAL PLACARDS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 11-30-00-400-803
2. Placard - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Placard
This- topic
Installation
provides the Installation Procedure for the Placard.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the surface is clean.
(2) Attach the new placard on the related surface pressing firmly.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
11-30-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SERVICING
12 - SERVICING
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 12 - SERVICING
12 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
12 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
12 - TOC 1-4 Jul.08/16
12-00-00 201 - 202 Jul.08/16
12-10-00 1-2 Jul.08/16
12-10-01 301 - 302 Jul.08/16

303 - 304 Jul.08/16
305 - 308 Jul.08/16
309 - 312 Jul.08/16
12-10-02 301 - 302 Jul.08/16

303 - 304 Jul.08/16
12-10-03 301 - 302 Jul.08/16

303 - 304 Jul.08/16
12-10-04 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

305 - 308 Jul.08/16
12-10-06 301 - 304 Jul.08/16
12-10-07 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

305 - 308 Jul.08/16
309 - 312 Jul.08/16
313 - 316 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
12-10-08 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

305 - 308 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
12-10-09 301 - 304 Jul.08/16
12-20-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

601 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 610 Jul.08/16
611 - 612 Jul.08/16
613 - 614 Jul.08/16
12-21-00 601 - 604 Jul.08/16
12-21-01 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

305 - 308 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
309 - 312 Jul.08/16

313 - 316 Jul.08/16
317 - 320 Jul.08/16
321 - 324 Jul.08/16
12-21-02 301 - 304 Jul.08/16
12-22-00 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

305 - 306 Jul.08/16
307 - 312 Jul.08/16
12-22-01 301 - 302 Jul.08/16
12-23-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16
12-24-01 701 - 704 Jul.08/16
12-24-02 701 - 704 Jul.08/16

705 - 706 Jul.08/16
12-24-03 701 - 702 Jul.08/16
12-25-00 301 - 304 Jul.08/16
12-30-00 301 - 302 Jul.08/16
12-30-31 1-4 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 12 - SERVICING
12 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
SCHEDULED 12-00-00 201

1. Standard aircraft configuration for
maintenance - Aircraft System Configuration 201 1004 - 1104
AIRCRAFT SERVICING POINTS 12-10-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
HYDRAULIC PACKAGE 12-10-01 301

1. Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
2. De-Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 303 1004 - 1104
3. Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 305 1004 - 1104
4. Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 309 1004 - 1104
NOSE GEAR SHOCK STRUT 12-10-02 301

1. Nose Gear Shock Strut Filling - Servicing 301 1004 - 1104
2. NLG Shock Strut Charging - Servicing 303 1004 - 1104
MAIN GEAR SHOCK STRUT 12-10-03 301

1. Main Gear Shock Strut Filling - Servicing 301 1004 - 1104
2. MLG Shock Strut Charging - Servicing 303 1004 - 1104
TIRES 12-10-04 301

1. MLG Tires Servicing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
2. NLG Tires Servicing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 305 1004 - 1104
OXYGEN SYSTEM 12-10-06 301

1. Filling of the oxygen system - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
FUEL SYSTEM 12-10-07 301

1. Aircraft pressure refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
2. Aircraft gravity refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 305 1004 - 1104
3. Aircraft Fuel System and Vent Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
309 1004 - 1104
4. Aircraft gravity de-fueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 313 1004 - 1104
FUEL SYSTEM 12-10-07 501
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
1. Fuel anti-icing additive concentration

check - Special Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Water contamination check - Special Test 503 1004 - 1104
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM 12-10-08 301

1. Level checking - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
2. Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 305 1004 - 1104
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM 12-10-08 601

1. Engine Oil System Chip Detection - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
ENGINE AIR COMPRESSOR 12-10-09 301

1. Engine Air Compressor - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
1. General 1 1004 - 1104

1. 200 FH aircraft light inspection and
servicing - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Internal Zonal Inspection - General Visual Inspection 609 1004 - 1104
3. External Zonal Inspection - General Visual Inspection 611 1004 - 1104
4. Flight compartment Inspection - General Visual Inspection 613 1004 - 1104
200 FH AIRPLANE INSP / 200 FH AIRPLANE

INSPECTION 12-21-00 601
1. 200 Flight Hours Engine - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
LANDING GEAR LUBRICATION 12-21-01 301

1. Nose Landing Gear - Lubricating 301 1004 - 1104
2. Nose Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating 305 1004 - 1104
3. Nose Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating 309 1004 - 1104
4. Main Landing Gear - Lubricating 313 1004 - 1104
5. Main Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating 317 1004 - 1104
6. Main Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating 321 1004 - 1104
MAIN WING INBOARD FLAP LUBRICATION 12-21-02 301

1. Flap Screwjack - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
BATTERY 12-22-00 301

1. Aircraft main battery (Marathon) - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
2. Concorde Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 305 1004 - 1104
3. SAFT Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 307 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
STARTER / GENERATOR 12-22-01 301

1. Brush Holders and Spring - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
ELT SERVICING 12-23-00 401

1. ELT Battery pack - Replace 401 1004 - 1104
INTERIOR CLEANING 12-24-01 701

1. Interior - Cleaning 701 1004 - 1104
EXTERIOR CLEANING 12-24-02 701

1. Exterior - Cleaning 701 1004 - 1104
2. Main Wing Leading Edges (Polished) - Cleaning 705 1004 - 1104
PROPELLER 12-24-03 701

1. Blade Surface - Cleaning 701 1004 - 1104
WATER / WASTE 12-25-00 301

1. Water / Waste - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
AIRPLANE DE-ICING AND ANTI-ICING 12-30-00 301

1. De-icing/Anti-Icing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
AIRPLANE COLD WEATHER OPERATIONS 12-30-31 1

1. Preflight 1 1004 - 1104
2. Engine Run Up 2 1004 - 1104
3. After shut-down 3 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-00-00 - SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
20012-00-00
PRACTICES
SCHEDULED - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 12-00-00-860-801
1. Standard aircraft configuration for maintenance - Aircraft System Configuration
Standard
The procedure
aircraft configuration
that followsforgives
maintenance
the base -line
Aircraft
configuration
necessary to make sure the
1004 - 1104
aircraft is in a safe condition before you do maintenance.

Inertial Separator Outlet Blank TEM-100000-003,
TEM-100000-006
Exhaust Stack Covers TEM-100000-015
Ground Cable (Electrical) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BEFORE YOU DO MAINTENANCE, MAKE SURE THAT YOU TELL ALL
PERSONS ON THE AIRCRAFT AND PUT A WARNING NOTICE IN THE
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT TO ADVISE THAT A MAINTENANCE
OPERATION IS IN PROGRESS. WHEN YOU DO SOME
MAINTENANCE TASKS YOU CAN PUT THE AIRCRAFT IN A
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-00-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANGEROUS CONDITION FOR OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS. THIS

CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Obey the general safety precautions given for each maintenance task.
WARNING: BEFORE YOU DO MAINTENANCE, MAKE SURE THAT THE

AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR. YOU CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Make sure the aircraft is in the configuration as follows:

(a) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(b) Make sure that the propellers do not turn.
NOTE: If the propellers turn install the restrainers to prevent movement

during maintenance.
(c) Make sure that the propellers cover are installed.

(d) Make sure that the pitot and other sensor cover are installed
(e) Make sure that the parking brake (TASK 10-11-00-910-802) and at least a
wheel chock are set.
(f) Ground the aircraft (TASK 10-11-00-500-802).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-00-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-00 - AIRCRAFT
DESCRIPTION
012-10-00
AIRCRAFT
0AND OPERATION
SERVICING
SERVICINGPOINTS
POINTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. This part consists of the procedures necessary to carry out servicing that may be
1004 - 1104
scheduled. It includes instructions such as those for periodic lubrication of

components, internal and external airplane cleaning etc. It doesn't include lubrication
procedures required for the accomplishment of maintenance practices. The Section
12-10-00 includes the following procedures:
(1) 12-21-01 Landing Gear Lubrication - Servicing
(2) 12-22-00 Battery - Servicing
(3) 12-23-00 ELT - Servicing
(4) 12-24-00 Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(5) 12-24-01 Interior Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(6) 12-24-02 Exterior Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(7) 12-24-03 Propeller Blades Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(8) 12-25-00 Water/Waste - Servicing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-01 - HYDRAULIC PACKAGE

SERVICING
30012-10-01
HYDRAULIC PACKAGE - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-01-600-801
1. Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Pressurization
The procedure
- Servicing,
that follows
Preserving,
gives the
Lubrication
instruction to pressurize the hydraulic package.
1004 - 1104

Hydraulic package ground service pressurization TEM-290000-002
Air pressure regulator Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage door (zone 840).
(2) Open the hydraulic package filling/pressurizing vane door unscrewing the dzus
fastener (zone 840L)
(3) Refer to Fig. 301 and unscrew the ground pressurization fitting cap.
(4) Connect the pressurizing tubing to the hydraulic package ground service pressure
fitting (TEM-290000-002)
(5) Connect to the hydraulic package ground service fitting an air pressure regulator
and supply air at a pressure of 30 to 40 PSIG (207 to 276 KPa).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30112-10-01
30
TASK 12-10-01-600-802
2. De-Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 302)
De-Pressurization
The procedure- Servicing,
that followsPreserving,
gives the instruction
Lubricationto restore the normal configuration of the
1004 - 1104
aircraft removing the hydraulic package ground service pressurization fitting.

Hydraulic Package ground service press. TEM-290000-002
Air pressure regulator Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
(2) Access to the hydraulic package filling/pressurizing vane (Zone 840L). Refer to
Fig. 302 and disconnect the hydraulic package ground service fitting (TEM-
290000-002) from the pressuring tube.
(3) Install and tighten the fitting cap on the hydraulic package pressurizing tube.
(4) Install the hydraulic package service door securing the Dzus fastener.
F. Close-out
(2) Close the baggage door (Zone 840)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - De-Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30212-10-01
30
TASK 12-10-01-600-803
3. Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 303, 304)
Filling
The
- Servicing,
procedure Preserving,
that follows
Lubrication
gives the instruction to fill with hydraulic fluid the hydraulic
1004 - 1104
package.

Funnel Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
(2) Obey to the precaution for the consumable material (TASK 20-00-01-910-801)
E. Procedure
(2) Open the hydraulic package filling/pressurizing vane door unscrewing the dzus
fastener (zone 840L)
(3) Refer to Fig. 303 unscrew and remove the plug of the hydraulic filling line.
(4) Refer to Fig 304 locate the overfilling valve in the Lh forward M.L.G. vane (zone
251B) and open it by pushing and rotating clockwise the plunger to the lock
position.
(5) Slowly pour the hydraulic fluid in the hydraulic line cup until the fluid come out from
the overfilling valve.
(6) When the hydraulic fluid does not drop any more from the overfilling valve, close
the valve by pushing and rotating counterclockwise the plunger. An internal spring
must force the valve to the close position.
(7) Install and secure the plug in the hydraulic filling line.
(8) Close the hydraulic package filling/pressurizing vane door screwing the dzus
fastener (zone 840L).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(2) Close the baggage door.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 303 - Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 304 - Pressurization - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30412-10-01
30
TASK 12-10-01-600-804
4. Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 305)
Draining
The -procedure
Servicing, Preserving,
that followsLubrication
gives the instruction to drain the hydraulic fluid from the
1004 - 1104
hydraulic package.

Container Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Lift the aircraft on jack (TASK 07-10-00-500-803).
(2) Set the aircraft landing gear and doors in configuration for maintenance (TASK 12-
00-00-840-802).
NOTE: Disconnect and tie to stay open the LH rearward M.L.G. door only
(3) Refer to Fig. 305 and set a suitable container under the hydraulic package suction
line tube in order to collect the fluid to be drain.
(4) Refer to Fig. 305 cut the safety wire and disconnect the hydraulic package suction
line tube.
(5) When the fluid is completely drained remove the suitable container and re-connect
and tightened the hydraulic package suction line.
(6) Secured the hydraulic package suction line tube with safety wire.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 309
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(2) Set the aircraft landing gear and door to normal configuration (TASK 12-00-00-
840-802).
(3) Lowering the aircraft (TASK 07-10-00-500-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 310
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 305 - Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 311
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-01
Page 312
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-02 - NOSE GEAR SHOCK

SERVICING
30012-10-02
NOSE GEAR
STRUT
SHOCK STRUT - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-02-610-801
1. Nose Gear Shock Strut Filling - Servicing
NoseThis
Geartopic
Shock
provides
Strut Filling
the Filling
- Servicing
Procedure for the Nose Gear Shock Strut.
1004 - 1104

Jack, Wing Lifting TEM-071000-001
Jack, Fuselage Lifting TEM-071000-002
Jack Pads, Wing TEM-071000-004
Jack Pad, Fuselage TEM-071000-005
Coupling, Shock Absorber TEM-200000-008
Oil Hand Pump Not Specified
Oil Pressure Gauge Not Specified
Connection Hose Not Specified
B. Materials
Hydraulic Fluid DEF STAN 91-48, MIL-H-5606
(Latest Revision)
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Jack the airplane (Refer to Chapter 07-10-00).
(2) Connect the airplane to external power.
(3) Set to ON position the Battery Switch, located in the cabin Switch Panel.
(4) Set to OFF position the HYD SWITCH.
(5) Pull the Emergency Valve.
(6) Pull the Service Selector Valve.
(7) Position UP the Landing Gear Control Knob.
(8) Act on Hand Pump until the landing gear is unlocked from Down Position and the
doors 710AL and 710BL are OPEN.
(9) Verify that Nose Locked Down green light comes OFF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-02
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: PROTECT EYES, SKIN AND RESPIRATORY TRACT FROM

HYDRAULIC FLUID. AVOID REPEATED OR PROLONGED
CONTACT. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. HYDRAULIC
FLUID IS TOXIC.
CAUTION: THE AIRPLANE AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE SAFE AND IN THE

CORRECT CONDITION BEFORE THE START OF THESE
PROCEDURES.
(10) Position a suitable container to collect any spillage of hydraulic fluid.

(11) Remove the Dust Cap from the Inflation Valve.
(12) Connect the Coupling, Shock Absorber TEM-200000-008 with a Connection Hose
to the Inflation Valve.
(13) Put the Connection Hose end in the container.
(14) Open the Inflation Valve. Carefully release the pressure from the Shock Strut
through the Inflation Valve.
(15) Fully compress the sliding tube sub-assembly.
(16) Connect the Oil Hand Pump, the Oil pressure Gauge to the Connection Hose.
(17) Pump in hydraulic fluid, until the sliding tube sub-assembly is fully extended and
the pressure rises to 1034 kPa (150 lb/in2).
(18) Release the hydraulic pressure.
(19) Disconnect the Connection Hose End from the Oil Hand Pump, and Oil pressure
Gauge.
(20) Put the Connection Hose End in the container.
(21) Repeat steps from (16 to 20) until hydraulic fluid expelled is clean.
(22) Connect the Coupling, Shock Absorber TEM-200000-008 with a Connection Hose
to the Inflation Valve.
(23) Pump in hydraulic fluid, until the sliding tube sub-assembly is fully extended and
the pressure rises to 1034 kPa (150 lb/in2).
(24) Close the Inflation Valve.
(25) Charge the shock strut (TASK 12-10-02-610-802).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-02
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30012-10-02
NOSE GEAR SHOCK STRUT - SERVICING
30
TASK 12-10-02-610-802
2. NLG Shock Strut Charging - Servicing
NLGThis
Shock
topic
Strut
provides
Charging
the -Charging
ServicingProcedure for the Nose Gear Shock Strut.
1004 - 1104

Inflation Kit TEM-200000-004
Nitrogen, Unit With Booster TEM-120000-002
B. Materials
Nitrogen
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Connect the airplane to external power.
(3) Set to ON position the Battery Switch, located in the cabin Switch Panel.
(4) Set to OFF position the HYD SWITCH.
(8) Act on Hand Pump until the landing gear is unlocked from Down Position and the
doors 710AL and 710BL are OPEN.
(9) Verify that Nose Locked Down green light comes OFF.

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-02
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FLUID IS TOXIC.

PROCEDURES.
(10) Remove the cap from the inflation valve, connect the Inflation Kit TEM-200000-
004 and the Nitrogen, Unit With Booster TEM-120000-002.
(11) Adjust the Outlet Nitrogen Unit With Booster TEM-120000-002 to the 120 ± 10
PSIG
(12) Open the inflation valve.
(13) Wait 5 minutes to stabilize the nitrogen pressure to 120 ± 10 PSIG.
(14) Make sure that the sliding tube sub-assembly has fully extended. The distance
between the centers of the pintle pin and the axle must be between 682.90 mm
and 683.92 mm (26.886 and 26.926 in).
(15) Close the inflation valve and torque tighten the center nut to between 5.65 and
7.91 Nm (50 and 70 lb in).
(16) Disconnect the Nitrogen supply and remove the Inflation Kit TEM-200000-004.
(17) Install the cap on the inflation valve.
(18) Reposition the airplane on ground 07-10-00.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-02
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-03 - MAIN GEAR SHOCK

SERVICING
30012-10-03
MAIN GEAR
STRUT
SHOCK STRUT - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-03-610-801
1. Main Gear Shock Strut Filling - Servicing
MainThis
Geartopic
Shock
provides
Strut Filling
the Filling
- Servicing
Procedure for the Main Gear Shock Strut.
1004 - 1104

Oil Hand Pump Not Specified
Oil Pressure Gauge Not Specified
B. Materials
Hydraulic Fluid DEF STAN 91-48, (MIL-H-5606
Latest Revision)
Dowty CMM 32-10-69
Dowty CMM 32-10-71
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Position DOWN the landing gear (Refer to Chapter 32)
(3) Perform the strut Oil and Nitrogen charge (Refer to Dowty Component
Maintenance Manual).

FLUID IS TOXIC.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-03
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PROCEDURES.
NOTE: The shock strut must be removed from the installed position to carry out
the filling procedure.
(4) Remove the shock strut from the main landing gear (Refer to Chapter 32-11-00).
(5) Fill the shock strut (Refer to Dowty CMM 32-10-71).
(6) Reinstall the shock strut (Refer to Chapter 32-11-00).
(7) Reposition the airplane on ground (Refer to 07-10-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-03
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30012-10-03
MAIN GEAR SHOCK STRUT - SERVICING
30
TASK 12-10-03-610-802
2. MLG Shock Strut Charging - Servicing
MLGThis
Shock
topic
Strut
provides
Charging
the -Charging
ServicingProcedure for the Main Landing Gear Shock Strut.
1004 - 1104

Inflation Kit TEM-200000-004
Nitrogen, Unit With Booster TEM-120000-002
Eyes End Alignment Tool (Dowty) TEM-120000-011
B. Materials
Nitrogen Not Specified
Dowty CMM 32-10-69
Dowty CMM 32-10-71
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

FLUID IS TOXIC.

PROCEDURES.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-03
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Check that the shock absorber eye ends are aligned. If are not aligned discharge
completely the shock absorber, align the eye ends with the Eye Ends Alignment
Tool P/N DRT68755 (or Equ.) and charge the shock absorber.
(3) Remove the dust cap from the Charging Valve. Connect the Inflation Kit TEM-
200000-004 and the Nitrogen, Unit With Booster TEM-120000-002 to the Charging
Valve.
(4) Adjust the Outlet Nitrogen Unit With Booster TEM-120000-002 to the 1075 ± 20
PSI.
(5) Open the inflation valve.
(6) Wait 5 minutes to stabilize the nitrogen pressure to 1075 ± 20 PSI.
(7) Open the Charging Valve turning the nut counter clockwise two and one quarter
turns. Slowly increase the Nitrogen pressure to fully extend the sliding member
sub-assembly. Increase the pressure at the values of Table 301.
(8) Make sure that the sliding member sub-assembly has fully extended.
(9) Close the charging valve nut and torque tighten to between 5.6 and 7.9 Nm (50
and 70 lb in), disconnect the Inflation Kit TEM-200000-004 and the Nitrogen, Unit
With Booster TEM-120000-002 and refit the dust cap on the charging valve.
(10) Reposition the airplane on ground (Refer to 07-10-00).
Table 301 - Shock Absorber - Charge Pressure
MLG TIRE NLG TIRE
SHOCK SHOCK
ABSORBER ABSORBER
1075 ± 20 PSI 118 ± 2 PSI 120 ± 10 PSI 64 ± 2 PSI
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-03
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-04 - TIRES
SERVICING
30012-10-04
TIRES - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-04-600-801
1. MLG Tires Servicing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
MLGThe
Tires
maintenance
Servicing - Servicing,
procedure Preserving,
that follows Lubrication
is MLG tires servicing; it contains the tasks related
1004 - 1104
to:
– Pressure check
– Inflate Tires
– Deflate Tires

Nitrogen Bottle, Adapter and Pressure Regulating Not Specified
valve
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE WHEEL CHOCKS AT THE MAIN
WHEELS. THE AIRCRAFT CAN MOVE AND CAUSE INJURY TO
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TIRES ARE COOL WHEN YOU DO THE
SERVICING. HEAT MAKES THE TIRE PRESSURE HIGHER AND CAN
CAUSE AN INCORRECT PRESSURE INDICATION OR AN
EXPLOSION. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: USE A REGULATED PRESSURE SOURCE TO INFLATE EACH TIRE.

AN UNREGULATED PRESSURE SOURCE CAN CAUSE AN
EXPLOSION.
WARNING: IF A TIRE IS INFLATED, DO NOT TOUCH CUTS OR REMOVE

OBJECTS FROM THE TREAD. YOU CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
NOTE: The servicing of tires may be performed on wheels or on jacks.

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1) Make sure the aircraft is in standard configuration for maintenance (task TASK 12-
00-00-860-801)
(2) If required, put the Aircraft on Jacks (TASK 07-10-00-500-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Unscrew the tire cap.
(2) Connect the adapter to the Nitrogen filling bottle.
(3) Fit the adapter to the tire fitting.
(4) Use a pressure regulator to make sure that the wheel does not receive the full
pressure of the nitrogen source.
(5) Verify the MLG tire pressure: if is under of the limits of 118 ± 2 PSIG, consult the
Table 1; otherwise perform the Job close-out section.
Table 1 - MLG tire pressure
TIRE PRESSURE RECOMMENDED ACTION
100% to 105% of service pressure None − usual cold tire range of
operation
100% to 95% of service pressure Reinflate to specified service
pressure.
90% to 95% of the service pressure Inspect tire/wheel assembly for cause
of pressure loss. Reinflate and record
in log book. Remove tire/wheel
assembly if pressure loss is greater
than 5% and reoccurs within 24 hours.
80% to 90% of service pressure Remove tire/wheel from aircraft
80% or less Remove tire/wheel assembly and
adjacent tire/wheel assembly from
aircraft.
Blown fuse plug Scrap tire.
Any tire removed due to a pressure loss condition should be returned to an
authorized repair facility. With this you should give a description of the
removal reason, to verify that the casing has not sustained internal
degradation and is acceptable for continued service.
(6) If needed, inflate the MLG tires as follow:

(a) Open the bottle valve, and increase the pressure until reaches the value of
118 ± 2 PSIG.
(b) Close the bottle valve.
(7) If needed, deflate the MLG as follow:
(a) Press and release the lever on the charging and adapter kit until the correct
pressure is read on the gauge.
F. Close-out
(1) Disconnect the adapter from the tire fitting.
(2) Disconnect the adapter from the Nitrogen filling bottle.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Screw the tire cap.

(4) If Jacking of the aircraft was performed, lowering the aircraft TASK 07-10-00-500-
802)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30012-10-04
TIRES - SERVICING
301
TASK 12-10-04-600-802
2. NLG Tires Servicing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
NLGThe
Tires
maintenance
Servicing - Servicing,
procedurePreserving,
that follows Lubrication
is NLG tires servicing; it contains the tasks related
1004 - 1104
to:
– Pressure check
– Inflate Tires
– Deflate Tires

Nitrogen Bottle, Adapter and Pressure Regulating Not Specified
valve
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE WHEEL CHOCKS AT THE MAIN
WHEELS. THE AIRCRAFT CAN MOVE AND CAUSE INJURY TO
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TIRES ARE COOL WHEN YOU DO THE
SERVICING. HEAT MAKES THE TIRE PRESSURE HIGHER AND CAN
CAUSE AN INCORRECT PRESSURE INDICATION OR AN
EXPLOSION. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: USE A REGULATED PRESSURE SOURCE TO INFLATE EACH TIRE.

AN UNREGULATED PRESSURE SOURCE CAN CAUSE AN
EXPLOSION.
WARNING: IF A TIRE IS INFLATED, DO NOT TOUCH CUTS OR REMOVE

OBJECTS FROM THE TREAD. YOU CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
NOTE: The servicing of tires may be performed on wheels or on jacks.

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
00-860-801)
(2) If required, put the Aircraft on Jacks (TASK 07-10-00-500-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Check the tires pressure as follow:
(a) Unscrew the tire cap.
(b) Connect the adapter to the Nitrogen filling bottle.
(c) Fit the adapter to the tire fitting.
(d) Use a pressure regulator to make sure that the wheel does not receive the full
pressure of the nitrogen source.
(e) Verify the NLG tire pressure: if is under of the limits of 64 ± 2 PSIG, consult the
Table 302; otherwise perform the Job close-out section.
Table 302 - NLG tire pressure
TIRE PRESSURE RECOMMENDED ACTION
100% to 105% of service pressure None − usual cold tire range of
operation
100% to 95% of service pressure Reinflate to specified service
pressure.
90% to 95% of the service pressure Inspect tire/wheel assembly for cause
of pressure loss. Reinflate and record
in log book. Remove tire/wheel
assembly if pressure loss is greater
than 5% and reoccurs within 24 hours.
80% to 90% of service pressure Remove tire/wheel from aircraft
80% or less Remove tire/wheel assembly and
adjacent tire/wheel assembly from
aircraft.
Blown fuse plug Scrap tire.
Note 1: Any tire removed due to a pressure loss condition should be returned
to an authorized repair facility. With this you should give a description of the
removal reason, to verify that the casing has not sustained internal
degradation and is acceptable for continued service.
(2) If needed, inflate the NLG tires as follow:

(a) Open the bottle valve, and increase the pressure until reaches the value of 64
± 2 PSIG.
(b) Close the bottle valve.
(3) If needed, deflate the NLG as follow:
(a) Press and release the lever on the charging and adapter kit until the correct
pressure is read on the gauge.
F. Close-out
(1) Disconnect the adapter from the tire fitting.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Disconnect the adapter from the Nitrogen filling bottle.

(3) Screw the tire cap.
(4) If Jacking of the aircraft was performed, lowering the aircraft (TASK 07-10-00-500-
802)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-04
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-06 - OXYGEN SYSTEMOXYGEN SYSTEM - SERVICING

SERVICING
30012-10-06
0
TASK 12-10-06-600-801
1. Filling of the oxygen system - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301, 302)
Filling
The
of procedure
the oxygenthat
system
follows
- Servicing,
gives thePreserving,
instruction to
Lubrication
fill with oxygen the aircraft cylinder.
1004 - 1104

Oxygen pressure regulator TEM-200000-007
Oxygen cylinder supplier Not Specified
Adapter TEM-200000-009
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
WARNING: AVOID MAKING SPARKS AND KEEP ALL BURNING CIGARETTES OR

FIRE AWAY FROM THE VICINITY OF THE AIRPLANE. INSPECT THE
FILLER CONNECTION FOR CLEANLINESS BEFORE ATTACHING IT
TO THE FILLER VALVE. MAKE SURE HANDS, TOOLS AND
CLOTHING ARE CLEAN OF GREASE OR OIL; THESE
CONTAMINANTS WILLIGNITE UPON CONTACT WITH PURE
OXYGEN UNDER PRESSURE. AS A FURTHER PRECAUTION
AGAINST FIRE OPEN AND CLOSE ALL OXYGEN VALVES SLOWLY.
CAUTION: ALWAYS GROUND THE SYSTEM TO BE SERVICED AND THE

SERVICING EQUIPMENT BEFORE CONNECTING THE FILLER
ADAPTER.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ALL AIRPLANE ELECTRICAL POWER IS OFF. DO

NOT OPERATE ELECTRICAL SWITCHES OR CONNECT OR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-06
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DISCONNECT GROUND POWER GENERATORS DURING THE

OXYGEN CHARGING OPERATION.
CAUTION: DO NOT SERVICE THE OXYGEN SYSTEM IF FUELING OR OTHER

FLAMMABLE FLUID SERVICING IS IN PROCESS.
CAUTION: DO NOT CHARGE THE SYSTEM TOO FAST. RAPID CHARGING CAN
CREATE A DANGEROUS OVERHEATING CONDITION.
(1) On the left bottom side of the aircraft fuselage locate the oxygen overpressure
indicator and check the green disk for effective presence. If not install a new green
disk. (Refer to Fig. 301)
NOTE: If the green disk is missing a potential overpressure of the oxygen system
has occurred, investigate to understand the cause.
(2) Open the aircraft passengers cabin door.

(3) Remove carpet cover on end of the cabin floor step; the carpet is attached with
Velcro strips. (Refer to Fig. 302)
(4) Remove the cap from the wheel filling valve.(Refer to Fig. 302)
(5) Connect the filling adapter and the fitting to the aircraft filling valve
(6) On the oxygen cylinder supplier set the pressure regulator in a way that no oxygen
is supplied.
(7) Open the charging valve of the oxygen cylinder supplier.
(8) Slowly adjust the oxygen cylinder supplier pressure regulator and supply oxygen
to the aircraft system.
(9) Keep on filling oxygen until the maximum pressure read on the pilot manometer
indicates 1850 Psig at 70 °F or 21 °C.
(10) Close the charging valve of the oxygen cylinder supplier.
(11) Disconnect the filling adapter and the fitting from the aircraft filling valve.
(12) Install the cap to the aircraft filling valve.
(13) Check the overpressure indicator and be sure that the green disk is still present.
F. Close-out
(2) Close the passengers cabin door.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-06
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Oxygen System Filling Diagram
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-06
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - Filling of the oxygen system - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-06
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-07 - FUEL SYSTEM

SERVICING
30012-10-07
FUEL SYSTEM - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-07-600-801
1. Aircraft pressure refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Aircraft
Thepressure
procedure
refueling
that follows
- Servicing,
gives the
Preserving,
instructionLubrication
to refuel the aircraft with a pressure source.
1004 - 1104

Fuel draining tool TEM-121007-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
(3) Ground the aircraft (TASK 10-11-00-500-802)
E. Procedure
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ONLY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL IS IN THE

AREA AND NO FIRES OR OTHER DANGEROUS SOURCES (I.E.
CIGARETTES) ARE LIGHTED.
CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM FUEL REFUELING PRESSURE IS 60 PSIG. THE

MINIMUM FUEL REFUELING PRESSURE IS 20 PSIG.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT FUEL AND ADDITIVES ARE PERMITTED BY

ENGINE MANUFACTURER AND ARE IN THE CORRECT
PROPORTION. (REF. TO P&WC APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS).
NOTE: The total fuel capacity with optional additional fuel tank is 1816 liters (479,7
US Gals) and the maximum usable fuel is 1802 liters (476,0 US Gals).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The total fuel capacity in standard configuration is 1597 liters (421,9 US Gals)
and the maximum usable fuel is 1583 liters (418,2 US Gals).
(1) Statically ground the aircraft to the servicing unit. Perform the fuel system and vent
draining (TASK 12-10-07-600-805).
NOTE: Draining of the vent system prevent wrong fuel quantity indication when
the aircraft is refueled to full.
(2) Open the pressure refueling door (Zone 252B)

(3) Remove the refueling adapter cap and connect the refueling nozzle to the
refueling adapter.
(4) Open the refuel/ground test panel door (Zone 272A).
(5) Set the "LAMP-SYST" switch to lamp position. Verify TANK INTCON and TK
INTCON INT caution lights are ON. Release "LAMP-SYST" switch.
(6) Move the "REFUEL XFEED" switch to the "OPEN" position.
(7) Verify that the "TK XFEED INT" caution light is momentarily on and that the "FUEL
TKXFEED" caution light is steady on.
(8) Begin the refueling operation, applying pressure to the servicing unit.
(9) On the refuel/ground test panel set the "LAMP SYST" switch to SYST position and
verify a fuel flow stop. Release the "LAMP-SYST" switch: normal refuel flow is
restored and it continues to flow till the fuel tanks are full.
(10) Complete the refueling operation.
(11) Disconnect the servicing unit and the ground connection from the airplane.
(12) Move the REFUEL XFEED SWITCH to the “CLOSED POSITION”
(13) Install the refueling adapter cap and close the door (Zone 252B).
(14) Set the "REFUEL XFEED" switch to CLOSED position. Be sure that TK INTCON
INT and TANK INTCON caution light are off.
(15) Close the refuel/ground test panel (Zone 272A).
(16) Clean up any fuel spilled.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Aircraft pressure refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30112-10-07
30
TASK 12-10-07-600-802
2. Aircraft gravity refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 302)
Aircraft
Thegravity
procedure
refueling
that follows
- Servicing,
givesPreserving,
the instruction
Lubrication
to refuel the aircraft by gravity.
1004 - 1104

Ladder Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
WARNING: TAKE CARE THAT NO FOREIGN OBJECTS ARE INADVERTENTLY

INTRODUCED INTO THE GRAVITY FILLING PORT. NO PROTECTING
GRID IS INSTALLED TO AVOID THE FALL OF FOD INTO THE TANK.
CAUTION: DO NOT STEP ON WING.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT FUEL AND ADDITIVES ARE PERMITTED BY

ENGINE MANUFACTURER AND ARE IN THE CORRECT
PROPORTION. (REF. TO P&WC APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The total fuel capacity with optional additional fuel tank is 1816 liters (479,7
US Gals) and the maximum usable fuel is 1802 liters (476,0 US Gals).
NOTE: The total fuel capacity in standard configuration is 1597 liters (421,9 US Gals)
and the maximum usable fuel is 1583 liters (418,2 US Gals).
(1) Statically ground the aircraft to the servicing unit. Perform the fuel system and vent
draining (TASK 12-10-07-600-805).
(2) Gain access on the Rh main wing inboard segment.

(3) Open the gravity refueling cap (Zone 611).
(4) Open the refuel/ground test panel door (Zone 272A).
(5) Set the “LAMP-SYST” switch to lamp position. Verify TANK INTCON and TK
INTCON INT caution lights are ON. Release “LAMP-SYST” switch.
(6) Move the “REFUEL XFEED” switch to the “OPEN” position.
(7) Verify that the “TK XFEED INT” caution light is momentarily on and that the “FUEL
TKXFEED” caution light is steady on.
(8) Begin the refueling operation, applying pressure to the servicing unit.
(9) Complete the refueling operation.
(10) Install the gravity refueling cap.
(11) Disconnect the ground connection from the airplane.
(12) Move the REFUEL XFEED SWITCH to the “CLOSED POSITION”
(13) Install the refueling adapter cap and close the door (Zone 252B).
(14) Set the “REFUEL XFEED” switch to CLOSED position. Be sure that TK INTCON
INT and TANK INTCON caution light are off.
(15) Close the refuel/ground test panel (Zone 272A).
(16) Clean up any fuel spilled.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - Aircraft gravity refueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30212-10-07
30
TASK 12-10-07-600-803
3. Aircraft Fuel System and Vent Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig.
303)
Aircraft
TheFuel
procedure
Systemthat
andfollows
Vent Draining
gives the
- Servicing,
instructionPreserving,
to drain the
Lubrication
aircraft fuel and vent system.
1004 - 1104
This operation are suggested before an aircraft refueling or to collect fuel for a
contamination analysis.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure

(1) Refer to Fig. 303 and drain the Lh and Rh collector tank using the tool TEM-
121007-003. Insert the stick of the tool in the collector tank draining hole and push
the inner draining valve in order to collect some fuel in the tool container.
(2) Refer to Fig. 303 and drain the Lh and Rh wing fuel vent using the tool TEM-
121007-003 and a suitable rounded rod with a maximum diameter of 6mm (0,23
In) and a length of 250 mm (9,84 In).
(3) Insert the stick of the draining tool in the collector tank draining hole and with the
suitable rounded rod push the vent valve through the vent hole until the vent line is
drained.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 309
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Vent lines must be drained when the residual fuel in the related tank is
less than 500 pounds.
(4) Refer to Fig. 303 and drain the Lh and Rh engine fuel filter using the tool TEM-
121007-003. Insert the stick of the draining tool in the lower nacelle draining hole
and push the fuel filter draining valve to collect fuel in the draining tool container.
NOTE: Activation of the aircraft booster pump to assist the draining operation
from the engine fuel filter is allowed.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 310
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 303 - Aircraft Fuel System and Vent Draining - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 311
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 312
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30312-10-07
30
TASK 12-10-07-600-804
4. Aircraft gravity de-fueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 304)
Aircraft
Thegravity
procedure
de-fueling
that follows
- Servicing,
givesPreserving,
the instruction
Lubrication
to de-fuel the aircraft by gravity. Two de-
1004 - 1104
fueling valves are locate in the bottom side of the Lh and Rh fuel collector tank. De-fuel
valves can be operates accessing from the forward M.L.G. vanes.

Hose, quick de-fueling TEM-121007-005
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure

NOTE: Make sure that the fuel discharged is collected, for each side of the airplane,
in an appropriate volume not contaminated tank.
NOTE: The collector de-fueling valves can be used at the same time; if you de-fuel
the aircraft from a single valve you can decide to use the Lh or the Rh
indifferently.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 313
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1) Refer to Fig. 304 and cut the safety wire that lock the de-fueling valve cap.
(2) Unscrew and remove the de-fueling valve cap.
(3) If you de-fuel the aircraft from a single valve, connect the main battery.
(4) Open the refuel/ground test panel door (Zone 272A) and move the "REFUEL
XFEED" switch to the "OPEN" position.
TKXFEED" caution light is steady on.
NOTE: Step (2), (3) and (4) are not necessary if you de-fuel the aircraft using
both Lh and Rh de-fueling valves.
(6) Put the de-fueling hose end in a suitable tank previously organize to collect the
fuel discharged from the aircraft.
(7) Install the de-fueling hose (TEM-121007-005) screwing the adapter to the aircraft
de-fueling valve.
(8) If you want to drain the aircraft completely; refer to the TASK 12-10-07-600-805
and drain both the collector tanks and the vent lines.
(9) If previously operated; close the interconnecting tanks valve moving the "REFUEL
XFEED" switch to “CLOSED” POSITION”.
TKXFEED" caution light turns off.
(11) Close the refuel/ground test panel door (Zone 272A).
(12) Remove the de-fueling hose (TEM-121007-005) unscrewing the adapter from the
aircraft de-fueling valve.
(13) Install the de-fueling valve cap screwing it.
(14) Secure the de-fueling valve cap with safety wire.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 314
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 304 - Aircraft gravity de-fueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (LH) (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 315
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 304 - Aircraft gravity de-fueling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (LH) (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 316
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50012-10-07
FUEL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 12-10-07-750-801
1. Fuel anti-icing additive concentration check - Special Test
Fuel The
anti-icing
procedure
additive
that
concentration
follows gives
check
the- Special
instruction
Testto perform the fuel anti-ice additive
1004 - 1104
contamination check.

Anti-Icing Additive Test Kit TEM-121007-001
B. Materials
Fuel JP4, JP8, JET A, JET A-1 JET B,
RP-3 and PT (or RT) and TC-1
(or TS-1) (as per
GOST 10227) fuels conforming to
the latest revision of Pratt &
Whitney Service
Bulletin n° 14004
Fuel Additives Conforming to the latest revision
of Pratt & Whitney Service
Bulletin n° 14004
P&WC S.B.14004
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
CAUTION: CHECK THAT THE TEST EQUIPMENT IS CLEAN AND NOT

CONTAMINATED BY ANY LIQUID.
NOTE: Refer to A. (Fixtures, Test, Materials and Support Equipment) for test kit.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The test kit provides the necessary equipment for determining the percent
volume (%V) of anti-icing additive (AIA), also known as Fuel System Icing
Inhibitor (FSII), in turbine engine fuels. The method and instrument can
determine the %V of a fuel whose AIA is either Ethylene Glycol Monomethyl
Ether (EGMME) or Diethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether (DiEGMME). On the
right hand of the instrument sight, you'll read the EGMME %V. On the left
hand of the instrument sight, you'll read the DiEGMME %V.
(1) In a clean and dry container take approximately a pint (0.5 liters) sample of the fuel
to be tested.
(2) Fill one half full a supplied aluminum dish with clean water.
(3) Fill the graduated cylinder with exactly 160 ml of fuel.
(4) Make sure that the drain plug of the separator funnel is closed.
(5) From the graduated cylinder transfer the 160 ml of fuel to the separator funnel.
(Some kits may have, instead of the graduated cylinder, a separator funnel with a
line marking the 160 ml capacity. Fill to that line if the kit is so equipped).
(6) With one of the syringes, take water from the aluminum dish and add exactly 2 ml
of water to the separator funnel.
(7) Cap the funnel and shake it vigorously for 3 minutes.
(8) Place the funnel in the ring stand.
(9) Remove the plastic rod from the base of the refractometer; use the rod in the
following steps, to transfer drops of water onto the window.
(10) Open the cover of the refractometer window, make certain it is cleaned and apply
several drops taken from the aluminum dish supply into it.
(11) Close the refractometer window and, through the sight, observe the location of the
shadow line in the viewer.
(12) Check that the shadow line intersects the zero line of the scale; if it does not,
adjust the set screw (in the base) so that the shadow line intersects the zero line of
the scale.
(13) Clean the cover and window of the remaining drops of water.
(14) Take, from the test kit case, another clean aluminum dish.
(15) Carefully open the separator funnel drain plug so that a trickle of fluid can be taken
in the clean aluminum dish. Three or four drops of fluid will be sufficient.
(16) Open the cover of the refractometer window and transfer two drops of fluid from
the aluminum dish to the refractometer window, then close the cover.
(17) Observe the position of the shadow line showing the value of %V (on the left of the
sight the DiEGMME %V is shown and, on the right side of it, the EGMME %V).
(18) Record the results of the above test as the volume percent of anti-ice additive
(%V) to the nearest 0.01 percent.
(19) If concentration is not between 0.06 and 0.15 percent, defuel the airplane and
refuel it with properly mixed fuel.
(20) Properly empty the funnel and clean the equipment with water and mild soap.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50012-10-07
FUEL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 12-10-07-750-802
2. Water contamination check - Special Test
Water
Thecontamination
maintenancecheck
procedure
- Special
that Test
follows is for the water contamination check of the aircraft
1004 - 1104
fuel tanks and the engines fuel filters. The water contamination check is done through the
fuel drain valves installed on the lower skin of the fuselage below the main landing gear
forward vane and on the forward side of the engine lower nacelle.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Refer to the TASK 12-10-07-600-801
(2) Do the water contamination check as follows:
(a) Make sure there’s no movement of the fuel in the aircraft fuel tanks
(b) Make sure your draining tool TEM-121007-003 is dry and clean
(c) Organize four dry and clean bottles with a transparent casing.
(3) Drain the Rh collector tank (TASK 12-10-07-600-801).
(4) Fill the first bottle with the fuel drained and collect in the draining tool container.
(5) Do a visual inspection of the fuel collected in the bottle.
NOTE: If you have water in your fuel drain bottle, you will see a separation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
between the fuel and the water. The fuel is on top of the water.
(6) Clean the draining tool.

(7) Drain the Lh collector tank (TASK 12-10-07-600-801).
(8) Fill the second bottle with the fuel drained and collect in the draining tool container.
(10) Clean the draining tool.
(11) Drain the Lh engine fuel filter (TASK 12-10-07-600-801)
(12) Fill the third bottle with the fuel drained and collect in the draining tool container.
(14) Drain the Rh engine fuel filter (TASK 12-10-07-600-801)
(15) Fill the fourth bottle with the fuel drained and collect in the draining tool container.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-07
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-08 - ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

SERVICING
30012-10-08
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-08-600-801
1. Level checking - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
LevelThe
checking
procedure
- Servicing,
that follows
Preserving,
givesLubrication
the instruction to check the engines oil level. The
1004 - 1104
procedure is identical for both Lh and Rh engine unless for the different location.

Servicing unit Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
CAUTION: THE OIL LEVEL MUST BE CHECKED WITHIN 15 TO 20 MINUTES

FROM THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
(1) Engine oil checking from the Refuel/Ground test panel.

(a) Open refuel/ground test panel 272A.
(b) Check if one or both the oil level warning lights are on.
(c) If one or both warning lights are on, re-fill the oil tank (TASK 12-10-08-600-
802)
(d) If both warning lights are off, check that the monitoring system are serviceable
by pressing the System Test Switch.
(e) Verify that both the warning lights are on until you release the test switch.
(f) Close refuel/ground test panel 272A.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Engine oil checking by means of dipstick

(a) Access to the main wing.
(b) Open the LH/RH oil filler access panel 410BT/420BT.
(c) On the engine: disconnect the electrical connector, unlock the filler cap/
dipstick from the filler neck at the 11 o'clock position on the accessory gearbox
and remove the filler cap.
(d) Wipe dipstick with clean lint free cloth.
CAUTION: WHEN FILLER CAP ASSEMBLY IS INSTALLED AND

LOCKED, NO MOVEMENT IS ALLOWED.
(e) Install the filler cap/dipstick.

(f) Remove the filler cap/dipstick
(g) Check oil level against marking on dipstick and service as required. Normal oil
level is between MAX HOT and one US quart (0.83 Imp. quart, 0.95 liters)
below MAX HOT, with engine in horizontal attitude.
(h) If the oil level is low re-fill the engine (TASK 12-10-08-600-802)
NOTE: Filling the oil to the maximum level may result in high consumption
rate, with the oil exiting through the AGB breather. On some engines,
this may also occur with the oil level at one or two US quarts below
the maximum level. In such cases, operators are advised to service
the oil to the level that results in acceptable consumption, down to 3
quarts below the maximum, if necessary. For engines with an oil
sight gauge, keep the level within the green band. This practice is
acceptable, due to the large usable oil quantity, and providing the oil
level is monitored using the E.M.M. P.W.C. N°3036122, making sure
the consumption allowance and operation are within the
recommended oil temperature and pressure.
(i) Close the LH/RH oil filler access panel 410BT/420BT.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Level checking - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30112-10-08
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM - SERVICING
30
TASK 12-10-08-600-802
2. Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 302)
Filling
The
- Servicing,
procedurePreserving,
that followsLubrication
gives the instruction to fill the engines with oil. The procedure is
1004 - 1104
identical for both Lh and Rh engine unless for the different location.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
NOTE: Fill engine with oil spec MIL-PRF-23699 only.
E. Procedure

NOTE: The oil tank capacity (each engine) is 3.35 US Gals (12.7 l) and the usable oil
is 1.5 US Gal (5.7 l).
(1) Access to the main wing.

(2) Open the LH/RH oil filler access panel 410BT/420BT.
(3) Do the oil level checking (TASK 12-10-08-600-802)
(4) With the filler cap/dispstick removed, use a funnel to prevent oil spillage and re-fill
the engine.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) A normal engine oil level is between MAX HOT and one US quart (0.83 Imp. quart,
0.95 liters) below MAX HOT, with engine in horizontal attitude.
NOTE: Filling the oil to the maximum level may result in high consumption rate,
with the oil exiting through the AGB breather. On some engines, this may
also occur with the oil level at one or two US quarts below the maximum
level. In such cases, operators are advised to service the oil to the level
that results in acceptable consumption, down to 3 quarts below the
maximum, if necessary. For engines with an oil sight gauge, keep the
level within the green band. This practice is acceptable, due to the large
usable oil quantity, and providing the oil level is monitored using the
E.M.M. P.W.C. N°3036122, making sure the consumption allowance and
operation are within the recommended oil temperature and pressure.
(6) Close the dipstick cap.
CAUTION: INSERT CAREFULLY THE DIPSTICK TO AVOID DAMAGES OF

THE SEAL. SEVERE OIL SPEWAGE MAY OCCUR IF SEAL IS
BROKEN.
(7) Clean up any spilled oil.

(8) Connect the electrical connector.
(9) Close the LH/RH oil filler access panel 410BT/420BT.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECKENGINE OIL SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK

60012-10-08
0
TASK 12-10-08-200-801
1. Engine Oil System Chip Detection - Inspection / Check
Engine
TheOilprocedure
System Chip
that Detection
follows gives
- Inspection
the instruction
/ Check to inspection / check for the engine oil
1004 - 1104
system chip detection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure

(1) Open refuel/ground test panel 272A.

(2) Set and hold the momentary GROUND TEST switch to the LAMP position
checking the following:
(a) All the four red and the two amber annunciator lights will come on: burnt bulbs
shall be replaced and re-tested before flight.
(b) On the Ground test / refuel panel, the L and R ENG OIL annunciator lights
should flash with a rate of 3 Hz. (60% on and 40% off) showing the proper
operation of the panel chip detection monitoring circuitry: a simulated chip
detection condition is generated allowing the warning system test.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Set and hold the momentary GROUND TEST switch to the SYS position checking
the following:
(a) The L and R ENG OIL, HYD FILTER and after a few seconds HYD LEVEL red
lights should illuminate and then extinguish releasing the switch.
WARNING: ON THE GROUND TEST/REFUEL PANEL, IF THE L OR R

ENG OIL ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT IS FLASHING WHILE THE
GROUND TEST SWITCH IS HELD IN THE SYS POSITION, A
REAL CHIP DETECTION CONDITION OCCURS IN THE
RELATED ENGINE OIL. HAVE AN IMMEDIATE ENGINE
MAINTENANCE CHECK AS PER THE APPLICABLE ENGINE
MANUAL. FOR MORE INFORMATION REFR TO CHAPTER
79-30-00.
NOTE: While a “Low Engine Oil Level Condition” is automatically displayed

by the steady illumination of the related L/R ENG OIL light, a “Chip
Detection Condition”, if any, is control displayed by flashing of the
related L/R ENG OIL light only after moving and holding the
GROUND TEST switch to the SYS position.
(4) If the Low Engine Oil Level Condition is detected follow the procedure of refill
(TASK 12-10-08-600-802)
(5) Close the refuel/ground test panel 272A.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-08
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-10-09 - ENGINE AIR COMPRESSOR

SERVICING
30012-10-09
ENGINE AIR COMPRESSOR - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-10-09-600-801
1. Engine Air Compressor - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Engine
TheAir
procedure
Compressor
that -follows
Servicing,
givesPreserving,
the instruction
Lubrication
to wash the engine air compressor
1004 - 1104

Washcart PWC32677-100 or
PWC32677-300 or equivalent
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power
(2) Put the warning notice in the flight compartment to tell people do not apply the
electrical power.
NOTE: The following procedure can be used both for preparation of the
compressor desalination wash and for preparation of compressor
performance recovery wash.
CAUTION: THE FLUID MUST BE INTRODUCED GRADUALLY TO THE

SYSTEM TO AVOID EXCESSIVE STRESS ON THE GENERATOR.
E. Procedure
(1) Position and secure some plastic bags, previously drilled, on Washing Exhausts
Pipe (3) to prevent dispersal of the washing liquid in the area close to the aircraft.
(2) Open the top nacelle access panel operating the latches.
(3) Remove the plug cap (1) on the washing inlet pipe (2), placed on the top bulkhead.
(4) Connect the washcart supply hose to the inlet pipe.
(5) Perform the compressor wash in accordance with Pratt & Whitney Canada
Maintenance Manual, Chapter 71-00-00, Power Plant - Cleaning)
(6) Disconnect washcart hose from the washing inlet pipe.
(7) Reinstall the plug cap on the washing inlet pipe.
(8) Close the top nacelle access door, operating the latches.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-09
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-09
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Engine Air Compressor - Washing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-09
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-10-09
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-20-00 - SCHEDULED
DESCRIPTION
012-20-00
AND OPERATION
SCHEDULED - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. This part consists of the procedures necessary to carry out servicing that may be
1004 - 1104
scheduled. It includes instructions such as those for periodic lubrication of

components, internal and external airplane cleaning etc. It doesn't include lubrication
procedures required for the accomplishment of maintenance practices. The Section
12-20-00 includes the following procedures:
(1) 12-20-00 200 FH aircraft light inspection and servicing - Inspection / Check
(2) 12-20-00 Internal Zonal Inspection - General Visual
(3) 12-20-00 External Zonal Inspection - General Visual
(4) 12-20-00 Flight compartment Inspection - General Visual
(5) 12-21-00 200 Flight Hours Engine - Inspection / Check
(6) 12-21-01 Landing Gear Lubrication - Servicing
(7) 12-22-00 Battery - Servicing
(8) 12-23-00 ELT - Servicing
(9) 12-24-00 Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(10) 12-24-01 Interior Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(11) 12-24-02 Exterior Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(12) 12-24-03 Propeller Blades Cleaning - Maintenance Practices
(13) 12-25-00 Water/Waste - Servicing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60012-20-00
SCHEDULED - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 12-20-00-200-802
1. 200 FH aircraft light inspection and servicing - Inspection / Check
200 FH
Thisaircraft
topic provides
light inspection
the inspection
and servicing
and servicing
- Inspection
for the
/ Check
200 FH aircraft light.
1004 - 1104

Lint-free Cloth 04-013
Cam Switch Test Set TEM-761000-002
B. Materials
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone 02-009
Solvent 0-T-620
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. OBEY THE HEALTH AND
SAFETY INFORMATION GIVEN IN CHAPTER 20-00-00.
CAUTION: IN ORDER NOT TO DAMAGE OR DIRTY THEM, PROTECT THE

INTERIORS OF THE AIRPLANE.
(1) If the ADAS system is embodied, pull out the two breakers, on the Main Junction
Box (MJB) and on the copilot CB panel.
(2) Connect external electrical power as per AMM chapter 24-40-00.
(3) Extract the flaps to the DOWN position.
(4) Perform a DCU Aural Warning Check in accordance with AMM Chapter 22-10-00.
(5) Perform an Aileron Trim Tab Functional Test in accordance with AMM chapter 27-
10-00. During the excursion, verify there is no interference between aileron and
trim tab and between the aileron and flap. Visually inspect the aileron trim tab for
signs of interference with other surfaces.
(6) Perform a Rudder Trim Tab Functional Test in accordance with AMM chapter 27-
20-00. During the excursion, verify there is no interference between rudder and
trim tab. Visually inspect the rudder trim tab for signs of interference with other
surfaces.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Perform a Horizontal Stabilizer Trim operational test in accordance with AMM
chapter 27-40-00.
(8) Perform a Stall Warning System Operational Test as per AMM chapter 27-31-00.
(9) Perform a Pitot & Static ports and AOA and TAT operational check as per AMM
chapter 30-00-00.
(10) Clean and inspect the flight compartment windshields (and lateral windows on
MSN 1002) in accordance with the AMM chapter 56-10-00.
(11) Perform a visual inspection of the portable fire extinguisher. Check nozzle for
obstruction. Check pressure gage. Check lockpin and wireseal for proper
installation. Check fullness by hefting.
(12) If test set TEM-761000-002 is available, perform the “Power Control Cam
Switches - Cleaning” procedure in accordance with the AMM chapter 76-11-00.
(13) Drain the cabin door seal inflating system as follows:
(a) Remove the accumulator drain line cap and allow the air to come out of the
system.
(b) Run the right engine as per AMM chapter 71-00-00.
(c) Allow the air to come out of the system. At least 3 minutes are required for the
condensed water to flow out.
(d) Cap the accumulator drain line.
(14) Perform a Main Wing Anti-ice system operational check as per AMM chapter 30-
11-00
(15) Run the left engine as per AMM chapter 71-00-00.
(16) Perform the "Steering Operational Test" as per AMM chapter 32-50-00.
(17) Only for airplanes up to MSN 1199 and not modified in accordance with the SB 80-
0315, perform the "Power Control Cam Switches - Test" procedure in accordance
with the AMM chapter 76-11-00.
(18) If not already done, shut down both engines and perform the oil level check as per
AMM 12-10-08.
(19) Inspect each passenger seat and related belts as follows:
(a) Verify, forcing the backrest, that it remains fixed in the up (Take-off and
Landing) position.
(b) Inspect the seat installation hardware (fixing the seat on the fuselage rails) for
security of installation. Verify the absence of any play.
(c) Check the seat belts for condition and security of installation. No scratches or
damages are allowed.
(20) Clean and inspect the cabin windows in accordance with AMM chapter 56-20-00.
(21) Check the fuselage external drain points as per AMM chapter 53-00-00 and drain
the belly.
(22) Inspect the forward wing assy and forward wing flaps in accordance with AMM
chapter 57-20-00. The removal of the nose cone is not required to comply with this
instruction.
(23) Jack the airplane in accordance with AMM chapter 07-10-00.
(24) Disengage the Nose and Main Landing Gear Doors as per AMM chapters 52-81-
00 and 52-82-00 (Refer to doors inspection paragraphs).
(25) Perform a complete fuselage external inspection in accordance with AMM 53-00-
00.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The following instructions may be done during the accomplishment of the
external fuselage inspection.
(26) In the Nose Landing Gear area, perform the following tasks:
(a) Inspect the nose landing gear doors as per AMM chapter 52-81-00. Leave the
door disengaged after the accomplishment of this task.
(b) Inspect the nose landing gear and related door mechanism in accordance
with AMM chapter 32-20-00. Verify the wiring and the electrical bonding are
properly installed and without signs of damage.
(c) Check Nose Landing Gear Shock Strut Nitrogen Pressure in accordance with
AMM chapter 12-10-02.
(d) Inspect the accessible parts of the steering system as per AMM chapter 32-
50-00.
(e) Inspect the Nose Landing Gear wheels and tires as described in the AMM
chapter 32-41-00.
(f) Lubricate the Nose Landing Gear and related hardware as per AMM chapter
12-10-01.
(27) Inspect the main entrance door seal with reference to AMM chapter 52-18-00.
(28) Perform an external inspection of the upper and lower cabin doors. Check the
lockpins extension. Refer to the applicable section of AMM chapters 52-11-00 and
52-12-00.
(29) In the left wing area, perform the following tasks:
(a) Inspect the external surfaces as per AMM chapter 57-10-00.
(b) Inspect the aileron external surfaces as per AMM chapter 57-10-00.
(c) Open the access panel 542AT and inspect the aileron stop for condition and
effectiveness. Close the access panel.
(d) On the outboard flap:
– Perform a visual inspection as per AMM chapter 57-10-00.
– Check the grounding tracks as per AMM chapter 57-50-00.
– Check the grounding springs for wear.
– Check the bonding spring strips for wear and cuts. Refer to AMM chapter
57-50-00.
– Inspect the roller bearing for general condition and integrity.
(e) On the inboard flap:
– Perform a visual inspection as per AMM 57-10-00.
57-50-00.
(f) Only the aircraft with SB 80-0415 embodied, perform the Main Wing Leading
Edges (Polished) procedure (Refer to TASK 12-24-02-100-802).
(30) In the Left Main Landing Gear area, do what follows:
(a) Inspect the main landing gear doors as per AMM chapter 52-82-00. Leave the
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Through the hole on the roof of the wheel bay, inspect the aileron sectors.
Verify the absence of any crack or corrosion; check the visible section of the
cables for condition.
(c) Check the area for any sign of fuel leakage.
(d) Regarding the hydraulic system Relief Valve, do what follows:
– Remove the relief valve in accordance with the AMM chapter 29-11-00.
– Clean the relief valve in accordance with the AMM chapter 29-11-00.
– Install the relief valve in accordance with the AMM chapter 29-11-00.
(e) Regarding the hydraulic system 4-way connector and the orifice inside, do
what follows:
– Locate the 4-way connector through the hole in the roof of the left main
landing gear wheel bay; mark its position.
– Disconnect the 4 tubes and remove the filter.
– Clean the 4-way connector and the filter by dipping them in the MEK.
– Blow the 4-way connector and the filter with pressurized air (30 psi
maximum).
– Dry the 4-way connector and the filter; wipe off any trace of MEK with a
soft and clean mop.
– Re-install the 4-way connector and connect the 4 tubes.
(f) Inspect the main landing gear and related door mechanism as follows (for a
better access to the involved area, partial retraction of the landing gear may
be required - AMM chapter 32-00-00):
– Clean the landing gear and door control assembly with solvent (0-T-620)
and a lint-free cloth.
– Dry the assembly with a stream of clean, dry compressed air.
– Visually examine the assembly for signs of damage, corrosion and
security of attachment.
– Examine the main gear and the associated components for hydraulic
leakage.
– Visually examine the paint finish for cracks, flaking or damage. If
necessary, restore the finish as per AMM chapter 51-23-00.
– Verify the wiring and the electrical bonding are properly installed and
without signs of damage and corrosion.
(g) Check Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Nitrogen Pressure in accordance with
(h) Inspect the Main Landing Gear wheel and tire as described in the AMM
chapter 32-41-00.
(i) Inspect the brake as follows (wheel removal is not required):
– Check the flange for condition, damages and cracks.
– Check the installing bolts for security of installation. No loosen bolts are
allowed.
– Check the wear indicator. If the brake wear indicator protrudes by < 2.5
mm, refer to Brake Inspection / Check procedure AMM Chapter 32-42-00
Page Block 200.
– Check the body of the brake for damage and leakage.
– Check the hydraulic lines, the adapter and the shuttle valve for damage
and leakage.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j) Lubricate the Main Landing Gear and related hardware as per AMM chapter
12-21-01.
(31) Open the baggage compartment door and do what follows:
(a) Inspect the baggage compartment door as per AMM chapter 52-30-00.
(b) Remove the battery as per AMM chapter 24-31-00 and perform the following
actions:
– Inspect the plate and bay for corrosion.
– Inspect the electrical connectors (grounding, the temp. system and
battery quick disconnect), for condition and corrosion.
– Only for A/C equipped with Marathon Battery:
Perform a capacity test in accordance with AMM chapter 24-31-00.
If necessary basing on the capacity test results, perform a deep cycle in
accordance with the AMM chapter 24-31-00.
(c) Inspect the synchrophaser control box verifying it is correctly fixed on the
shock absorber and the electrical connections are properly installed.
(d) Regarding the Hydraulic System check valve, do what follows:
– Locate the valve through the hole under the battery.
– Disconnect the tube and remove the filter.
– Remove the check valve from the manifold.
– Submerge the check valve into a pot with a sufficient amount of MEK.
– Actuate several times the valve mechanism with the nylon rod.
– Leave the valve in the MEK for approximately 5 minutes.
– Blow compressed air through the valve in direction of the operating air
flow at a pressure within 30 to 50 PSI.
– Dry the valve and wipe off any trace of MEK with the soft and clean mop.
– Clean the filter by dipping it in the MEK.
– Blow the filter with pressurized air (30 psi maximum).
– Dry the filter; wipe off any trace of MEK with a soft and clean mop.
– Re-install valve on the manifold using a new seal, install the filter and
connect the tube.
(e) Check the Hydraulic Pressurization Line cap for security of installation.
(f) Re-install the battery as per AMM chapter 24-31-00.
(32) Inspect the rudder in accordance with the AMM chapter 55-40-00.
(33) Check the rudder trim tab for excessive play.
(34) Verify the rotation of the surfaces is free and smooth.
(35) Open the access panel 320AL and 320AR and inspect:
(a) The torque tube attachment to the rudder assembly for condition, corrosion
(b) The rudder stops for condition and effectiveness.
(36) Only for airplanes not modified in accordance with the Piaggio Aero Ind. SB 80-
0262:
(a) Inspect the horizontal stabilizer as per AMM chapter 55-10-00.
Inspect the electrical bonding for condition and corrosion.
(b) Inspect the elevator as per AMM chapter 55-20-00.
(37) In the right wing area, perform the following tasks:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Inspect the external surfaces as per AMM chapter 57-10-00.

(b) Inspect the aileron external surfaces as per AMM chapter 57-10-00.
(c) Inspect the trim tab for cracks, nicks dents and FOD.
(d) Open the access panel 642AT and inspect the aileron stop for condition and
effectiveness.
(e) Check the aileron trim tab for excessive play.
(f) Close the access panel 642AT.
(g) On the outboard flap:
– Perform a visual inspection as per AMM chapter 57-10-00.
57-50-00.
(h) On the inboard flap:
– Perform a visual inspection as per AMM 57-10-00.
57-50-00.
(i) Only the aircraft with SB 80-0415 embodied, perform the Main Wing Leading
Edges (Polished) procedure (Refer to TASK 12-24-02-100-802).
(38) In the Right Main Landing Gear area, do what follows:
(a) Inspect the main landing gear doors as per AMM chapter 52-82-00. Leave the
(b) Through the hole on the roof of the wheel bay, inspect the aileron sectors.
Verify the absence of any crack or corrosion; check the visible section of the
cables for condition.
(c) Check the area for any sign of fuel leakage.
(d) Inspect the main landing gear and related door mechanism as follows (for a
better access to the involved area, partial retraction of the landing gear may
be required - AMM 32-00-00):
– Clean the landing gear and door control assembly with solvent (0-T-620)
and a lint-free cloth.
– Dry the assembly with a stream of clean, dry compressed air.
– Visually examine the assembly for signs of damage, corrosion and
security of attachment.
– Examine the main gear and the associated components for hydraulic
leakage.
– Visually examine the paint finish for cracks, flaking or damage. If
necessary, restore the finish as per AMM chapter 51-23-00.
– Verify the wiring and the electrical bonding are properly installed and
without signs of damage and corrosion.
(e) Check Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Nitrogen Pressure in accordance with
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Inspect the Main Landing Gear wheel and tire as described in the AMM
chapter 32-41-00.
(g) Inspect the brake as follows (wheel removal is not required):
– Check the flange for condition, damages and cracks.
– Check the installing bolts for security of installation. No loosen bolts are
allowed.
– Check the wear indicator. If the brake wear indicator protrudes by < 2.5
mm, refer to Brake Inspection / Check procedure AMM Chapter 32-42-00
Page Block 200.
– Check the body of the brake for damage and leakage.
– Check the hydraulic lines, the adapter and the shuttle valve for damage
and leakage.
(h) Lubricate the Main Landing Gear and related hardware as per AMM chapter
12-21-01.
(39) Remove external electrical power as per AMM chapter 24-40-00.
(40) Engage the nose and main landing gear doors AMM chapters 52-81-00 and 52-
82-00 (refer to doors inspection paragraphs).
(41) Make sure the landing gear is down and locked before lowering the aiplane.
(42) Lower the airplane in accordance with AMM chapter 07-10-00.
(43) If the ADAS system is embodied, push in the two related circuit breaker on the
MJB and on the co-pilot CB panel.
(44) Remove the protective covers from the interiors (if installed).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60012-20-00
60
TASK 12-20-00-210-801
2. Internal Zonal Inspection - General Visual Inspection
Internal
TheZonal
maintenance
Inspection
procedure
- General
that
Visual
follows
Inspection
identifies the intent for a general visual inspection
1004 - 1104
(GVI) as part of an internal zonal inspection. The applicable task card will identify the steps
and/or specifics that are required for each scheduled inspection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Where applicable, access to a specified zone or component is given on the task
card.
(2) Where applicable, refer to the task card to remove or open access panels, fairings,
or doors.
E. Procedure
(1) Do an internal zonal inspection of the zone that is specified on the task card as
follows:
(a) Examine the area for cleanliness.
(b) If the surfaces of the components have a protective coating, examine the
protective coating condition for signs of corrosion, damage, cracks, and
deterioration.
(c) Examine the condition and the effectiveness of all related fasteners, screws,
bolts and retainers holding avionics devices secured to the racks. Examine
them for signs of corrosion or failure.
(d) Examine for loose or damaged brackets, wear, chafing or dents
(e) Examine the wiring harnesses for integrity, wear, chafing, isolation damages
and evidence of overheating.
(f) Examine the components that follow for safety of installation:
– Pulleys
– Electrical bonding
– Electrical connectors
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Electrical/Avionic equipments
– Wiring
– Tubing
– Hydraulic/pneumatic equipments
– Control cables
– Mechanisms
(g) Examine all of the hydraulic, oil, and fuel lines, and the pneumatic lines
and ducts for signs of leakage, condition, and safety of installation.
(h) Examine the operation of the drain ports and cleanliness of drain holes.
(i) Examine all access panels, fairings, and doors used for access.
(j) Make sure that there are no unwanted objects in the work area.
F. Close-out
(2) Where applicable, install or close the access panel, fairings or doors.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60012-20-00
60
TASK 12-20-00-210-802
3. External Zonal Inspection - General Visual Inspection
External
The Zonal
maintenance
Inspection
procedure
- General
thatVisual
follows
Inspection
identifies the intent for a general visual inspection
1004 - 1104
(GVI) as part of an external zonal inspection. The applicable task card will identify the steps
and/or specifics that are required for each scheduled inspection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
card.
(2) Where applicable, refer to the task card to remove or open access panels, fairings,
or doors.
E. Procedure
follows:
protective coating condition for signs of corrosion, damage, cracks, and
deterioration.
bolts for signs of corrosion or failure.
(d) Examine for loose or damaged brackets, wear, chafing or dents
(e) Examine the components that follow for safety of installation:
– Antennas
– Electrical bonding
– Cabin windows
– Access panels
(f) Examine all of the hydraulic, oil and fuel lines for signs of leakage, condition,
and safety of installation.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g) Examine the operation of the drain ports and cleanliness of drain holes.
(h) Examine all access panels, fairings, and doors used for access.
(i) Make sure that there are no unwanted objects in the work area.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60012-20-00
60
TASK 12-20-00-210-803
4. Flight compartment Inspection - General Visual Inspection
FlightThe
compartment
maintenanceInspection
procedure - General
that follows
Visual
identifies
Inspection
the intent for a general visual inspection
1004 - 1104
(GVI) as part of the flight compartment inspection. The applicable task card will identify the
steps and/or specifics that are required for each scheduled inspection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
card.
(2) Where applicable, refer to the task card to remove or open access panels:
E. Procedure
follows:
protective coating for signs of corrosion, damage, cracks, and deterioration.
bolts and retainers holding components, instruments or avionic equipments
secured to the racks. Examine them for signs of corrosion or failure.
(d) Examine the condition of the instruments screen and the instrument panels for
damage, cracks and deterioration.
(e) Examine the pilot and co-pilot lighted panel for damage, cracks, legibility.
(f) Examine the components that follow for safety of installation:
– Crew seats
– Crew oxygen masks
– Glareshield
– Sunshields
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Instruments
– Switches panels
– Breakers panels
(g) Make sure that there are no unwanted objects in the work area.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-20-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-21-00
INSPECTION
200 FH
- 200
60012-21-00
AIRPLANE
/ FH
0 CHECK
AIRPLANE
INSP /INSP
200 FH
/ 200
AIRPLANE
FH AIRPLANE
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
- INSPECTION / CHECK
TASK 12-21-00-200-801
1. 200 Flight Hours Engine - Inspection / Check
200 Flight
This topic
Hours
provides
Enginethe
- Inspection
inspection/check
/ Check of the 200 Flight Hours Engine.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the upper nacelle panel 410AT (420AT) and the rear nacelle panels
430AL/430AR (440AL/440AR). Refer to AMM TASK 54-10-00-000-801 and TASK
54-10-00-000-803.
(2) Inspect all the engine nacelle panels in accordance with the applicable procedure
of AMM TASK 54-10-00-200-801 and TASK 54-10-00-200-802.
(3) If the tool p/n TEM-540000-001 is available, inspect the Inertial Separator System
as follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Inspect the Inertial Separator System as per the applicable procedure of the
(b) Install the tool in order to link the removed nacelle panel and the airplane.
(c) Open the ice vane inspection panel.
(d) Perform an operational test in accordance with the AMM TASK 30-22-00-710-
801. Check the proper working of the system by inspecting the movement of
the vanes.
(4) Inspect the following components for leakage, evidence of damage, deterioration
and security of installation. Refer to IPC chapter 28-21-00 for component location.
– Fuel shut/off valve;
– Fuel cross-feed valve (only on the left side);
– Fuel low pressure filter;
– Fuel flow meter;
– The following fuel lines: fuel delivery line to the shut/off valve, fuel cross-
feeding line (only on the left side), fuel delivery line from the shut/off valve to
the low pressure filter, fuel pressure reference line from the filter to the fuel
pressure switch and to the draining point, fuel delivery line from the filter to the
fuel heater.
(5) Check the accessory area draining tube for obstruction. Refer to IPC chapter 28-
21-00 for component location.
(6) Inspect the starter generator as follows:
(a) Perform a visual inspection of the starter generator air cooling duct:
– verify the absence of any damage;
– verify the absence of any kink;
– verify the absence of any obstruction;
– verify correct installation (Refer to AMM TASK 24-30-00-400-801).
(b) Perform a general cable routing inspection as per AMM TASK 24-30-00-200-
803.
(7) Inspect the following items, verifying their proper installation and the absence of
any leakage:
– Oil pressure transducer
– Oil pressure switch
– Oil temperature bulb
(8) Inspect the sliding cam and the FCU linkages as follows:
(a) Use a clean cloth, softly dampened with some engine oil, to clean all the
linkages; no grease is allowed;
(b) Inspect the power and condition control cables for security of installation;
check proper installation of the cable seal;
(c) In the flight cabin, move the levers and check the linkages move accordingly
and freely.
Allowed strokes: Power Levers ' from IDLE to MAX PWR and viceversa;
Condition Levers ' from CUT OFF to MAX RPM and viceversa
(9) Inspect the engine mounts cradle and the vibration isolators in accordance with
the AMM chapter 71-20-00.
(10) Inspect the engine mount electrical bonding for damage, security of installation
and absence of corrosion.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Inspect the engine firewalls for damage, security of installation and proper sealing.
(12) If the airplane has been operated on unpaved/dirty runways, remove the engine air
inlet screen and check the compressor for FOD.
(13) Check the engine drains for obstruction. Refer to IPC chapter 71-70-00 for drain
tubes location and do what follows:
(a) Using a suitable probe, verify that the drain point of the starter/generator and
fuel pump drain tubes is free.
(b) Check the combustion chamber drain tube as follows:
– Remove the lockwire
– Untighten the nut and remove the tube
– Blow the tube to verify it is free and check for general conditions.
– Install the tube and lockwire.
(c) Check the propeller seal drain tube as follows:
– Disconnect the propeller seal drain tube end from the propeller shaft.
– Rotate and blow it to verify it is free.
– Put the tube in the right position and connect it.
(14) Remove the exhaust duct drain cap on the engine exhaust case; check the
draining fitting for obstruction.
(15) Inspect the engine electrical harness as follows:
– Verify the proper installation referring to the IPC 71-50-00.
– Check the condition of the wiring (absence of any chafing and/or damage).
– Check the electrical connections for absence of corrosion and traces of
humidity; if installed, check the condition of the thermal shrink sleeves.
(16) Check the fuel purge system for cracks.
(17) Inspect the exhaust stacks for corrosion and damages. Check for cracks the area
around the mounting bolts.
(18) Inspect the following components for security of installation and oil leakage:
– Torque transducer
– Autofeather high pressure switch
– Autofeather low pressure switch
– Manifold and related oil and air reference lines
(19) Inspect the RGB accessories (Propeller Governor, Overspeed Governor and
Propeller Speed Transmitter) as follows:
– Verify the correct installation and tightening
– Inspect the mating surface for absence of oil traces
(20) Check the propeller synchrophaser target and pick-up for security installation and
proper adjustment. Refer to AMM TASK 61-22-00-400-801 and TASK 61-22-00-
400-802.
(21) Re-install the upper nacelle panel 410AT (420AT) and the rear nacelle panels
430AL/430AR (440AL/440AR). Refer to AMM TASK 54-10-00-400-801 and TASK
54-10-00-400-803.
(22) In case the tool p/n TM-540000-001 is not available, inspect the Inertial Separator
System as per the applicable procedure of the AMM TASK 30-22-00-200-801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-21-01 - LANDING GEAR

SERVICING
30012-21-01
LANDING
LUBRICATION
GEAR LUBRICATION - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-21-01-640-801
1. Nose Landing Gear - Lubricating (Ref. to Fig. 301)
NoseThis
Landing
section
Gear
describes
- Lubricating
the servicing procedure for the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
1004 - 1104

Grease Gun TEM-275000-002
Grease Air Gun TEM-275000-007
B. Materials
Grease 03-006
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-000-801 and TASK 24-00-
00-000-802).
(2) Put the Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell people do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Jacking the airplane (Refer to TASK 07-10-00-500-801).
(2) Refer to relevant data for lubrication periods.
(3) Charge each lubrication fitting with grease, until grease exudes from the
associated bearings.
(4) Remove the surplus grease.
(5) Lower the airplane to the ground and remove the jacks (Refer to TASK 07-10-00-
500-802).
F. Close-out
(2) Restore the electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Remove the Warning Notice from the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Nose Landing Gear - Lubricating
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30112-21-01
LANDING GEAR LUBRICATION - SERVICING
30
TASK 12-21-01-640-802
2. Nose Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating (Ref. to Fig. 302)
NoseThis
Landing
section
Gear
describes
Drag Brace
the lubricating
- Lubricating
procedure for the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Grease 03-006
D. Job Setup

PROCEDURES.
00-000-802).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
500-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - Nose Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30212-21-01
30
TASK 12-21-01-640-803
3. Nose Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating (Ref. to Fig. 303)
NoseThis
Landing
section
Gear
describes
Actuatorthe
- Lubricating
servicing procedure for the Nose Landing Gear Actuator (NLG).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Grease 03-006
D. Job Setup

PROCEDURES.
00-000-802).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) Charge each lubrication fitting with grease until grease exudes from the
500-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 309
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 310
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 303 - Nose Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 311
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 312
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30312-21-01
30
TASK 12-21-01-640-804
4. Main Landing Gear - Lubricating (Ref. to Fig. 304)
MainThis
Landing
section
Gear
describes
- Lubricating
the servicing procedure for the Main Landing Gear (MLG).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Grease 03-006
D. Job Setup

PROCEDURES.
00-000-802).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
500-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 313
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 314
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 304 - Main Landing Gear - Lubricating
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 315
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 316
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30412-21-01
30
TASK 12-21-01-640-805
5. Main Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating (Ref. to Fig. 305)
MainThis
Landing
section
Geardescribes
Drag Brace
the- servicing
Lubricatingprocedure for the Main Landing Gear drag brace
1004 - 1104
(MLG).

B. Materials
Grease 03-006
D. Job Setup

PROCEDURES.
00-000-802).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 317
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 318
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 305 - Main Landing Gear Drag Brace - Lubricating
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 319
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 320
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30512-21-01
30
TASK 12-21-01-640-806
6. Main Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating (Ref. to Fig. 306)
MainThis
Landing
section
Gear
describes
Actuatorthe
- Lubricating
servicing procedure for the Main Landing Gear Actuator (MLG).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Grease 03-006
D. Job Setup

PROCEDURES.
00-000-802).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
500-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 321
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 322
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 306 - Main Landing Gear Actuator - Lubricating
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 323
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-01
Page 324
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-21-02 - MAIN WING

SERVICING
30012-21-02
MAIN WING
INBOARD
INBOARD
0FLAP LUBRICATION
FLAP LUBRICATION - SERVICING
TASK 12-21-02-600-801
1. Flap Screwjack - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Flap The
Screwjack
procedure
- Servicing,
that follows
Preserving,
gives the
Lubrication
instruction to lubricate the Main Wing Inboard Flap
1004 - 1104
Screwjack.

Mini grease gun TEM-275000-002
Lubrication kit TEM-275000-003
B. Materials
Grease 03-008
D. Job Setup
00-840-801).
NOTE: Lubricate the Main wing flap inboard screwjack with grease type Kluber
Isoflex - Topas NB5051 only.
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure the aircraft main battery is connected and an external G.P.U. is
available.
(2) In the flight compartment set the main battery switch to on.
CAUTION: BEFORE MOVING THE AIRCRAFT FLAPS MAKE AN

INSPECTION TO VERIFY THAT THE FLAP TRAVELLING AREA IS
CLEAN.
(3) In the flight compartment set the flap handle to down.

(4) When the MWIF is completely extended, open, tag and secure this circuit breaker:
Co-Pilot C.B. Panel
FLAP PWR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-02
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Ref. to Fig. 301 locate the High Pressure Lubrication Fitting and lubricate the
screwjack using the suitable needle part of TEM-275000-003.
(6) Pump grease until all dirty grease comes out between the Female Thread and the
Screw of the Screwjack.
(7) Clean off any excess of grease.
(8) Remove the clip, the tag and close this circuit breaker.
Co-Pilot C.B. Panel
FLAP PWR
(9) Perform the flap extension and retraction three times then check if any excess of
grease occurs clean it up
(10) In the flight compartment set the flap handle to UP.
(11) When the flap are retracted set the main battery switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-02
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Main Wing Inboard Flap Screwjack lubrication - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-02
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-21-02
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-22-00 - BATTERY
SERVICING
30012-22-00
BATTERY - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-22-00-600-801
1. Aircraft main battery (Marathon) - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Aircraft
Thismain
topicbattery
gives the
(Marathon)
instruction
- Servicing,
to performPreserving,
servicing on
Lubrication
Marathon battery.
1004 - 1104

Electrolyte Level Checker TEM-122200-001
(Polystyrene tube 6 inches (152 mm) long 1/8 inch
(3mm) inside diameter)
Syringe TEM-122200-001
Wrench (Nylon) TEM-122200-001
Rubber gloves Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: THE ELECTROLYTE USED IN NICKEL-CADMIUM BATTERIES IS A

CAUSTIC SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE. SERIOUS
BURNS WILL RESULT IF IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH ANY PART OF
THE HUMAN BODY. IF ELECTROLYTE GETS ON THE SKIN, WASH
THE AFFECTED AREAS WITH LARGE QUANTITIES OF WATER,
NEUTRALIZE WITH THREE PERCENT ACETIC ACID, VINEGAR OR
LEMON JUICE. IF ELECTROLYTE GETS INTO THE EYES, FLUSH
WITH WATER AND GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
CAUTION: THE USE OF RUBBER SURGICAL GLOVES IS SUGGESTED FOR

THE OPERATION OF BATTERY SERVICING.
CAUTION: MAKE ELECTROLYTE ADJUSTMENT WITH DISTILLED, DEIONIZED

OR DEMINERALIZED WATER ONLY.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERFILL.
CAUTION: DO NOT ADD WATER WHEN BATTERY IS IN A DISCHARGED STATE

UNLESS AN ABNORMALLY HIGH CELL VOLTAGE READING
(GREATER THAN 1.5 VOLTS) IS ENCOUNTERED IMMEDIATELY
AFTER REPLACING THE BATTERY ON CHARGE
CAUTION: DO NOT ADD ELECTROLYTE
CAUTION: DO NOT USE ACID OR TOOLS WHICH HAVE ACID ON

THEM.PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE MAY
RESULT.
(1) Remove the battery from the airplane (TASK 24-31-00-000-801).

(2) Remove the battery cover.
NOTE: Cap should be removed using nylon filler cap plug wrench.
(3) Remove the cell cap.

(4) Liquid level may be determined by looking down into the vent well after cap is
removed.
(5) If it is not possible to determine the liquid level in above manner, use a clear
polystyrene tube which is open at both ends, about six inches (152 mm) long with
approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) inside diameter.
(6) Insert into the filler opening deeply enough to touch the top of the plates or plastic
insert.
(7) Hold the tube between the thumb and the fingers of the hand; place the index
finger over the top end of the tube and remove the tube from the filler well.
(8) The electrolyte level should be 1/8 inch (3 mm) above the visible insert after
allowing the battery to stand 2 to 4 hours following a charge. If time does not
permit the 2 to 4 hour waiting period, an approximate level would be about 1/4 inch
(6 mm) above the visible insert immediately after charge.
(9) If no liquid is withdrawn, add distilled or demineralized water until the proper level
is reached in the polystyrene tube.
NOTE: Use a syringe to add liquid.
(10) Reinstall filler cap using nylon wrench.

(11) Repeat the steps (c) through (j) for all the battery cells.
(12) Install the battery cover.
(13) Install the battery into the airplane (TASK 24-31-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
(1) Check for any foreign object in the working area.
(2) Remove all tools, materials, equipments and put them back in their original
position. Assure that all zones under inspection are clean to foreign objects.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - MARATHON Battery Servicing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30112-22-00
BATTERY - SERVICING
30
TASK 12-22-00-600-802
2. Concorde Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Concorde
This topic
Battery
provide
- Servicing,
the servicing
Preserving,
forLubrication
the concorde battery, is located in the baggage
1004 - 1104
compartment.

Battery Capacity Test RG380E/40L
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Battery as described in this section and send to component work
shop for capacity test.
NOTE: Make sure to receive the capacity test result. This information is required
to define when the subsequent capacity test shall be performed.
(2) Schedule next capacity test in accordance with following instructions:

(a) As long as the capacity is above 90%, subsequent capacity checks is required
after 6 months (± 1 month) or 600FH (± 100 FH) in service.
(b) If the capacity is between 85 and 90%, subsequent check is required every 3
months (± 1 month) or 200FH (± 50 FH) in service.
(c) If the capacity is less than 85%, remove battery from service.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30112-22-00
BATTERY - SERVICING
30
TASK 12-22-00-600-803
3. SAFT Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 302)
SAFT
This
Battery
topic-gives
Servicing,
the instruction
Preserving,
to perform
Lubrication
servicing on Saft battery
1004 - 1104

Plastic Syringe with Plastic Nozzle. Please refer to Not Specified
figure 302
Saft Tool Kit TEM-122200-003
B. Materials
Electrolyte Potassium Hydroxide Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Battery Electrolyte Level Saft Battery - Check (Ref. to Fig. 302)
WARNING: THE ELECTROLYTE USED IN NICKEL-CADMIUM BATTERIES IS

A CAUSTIC SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE. SERIOUS
BURNS WILL RESULT IF IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH ANY
PART OF THE HUMAN BODY. IF ELECTROLYTE GETS ON THE
SKIN, WASH THE AFFECTED AREAS WITH LARGE QUANTITIES
OF WATER, NEUTRALIZE WITH THREE PERCENT ACETIC ACID,
VINEGAR OR LEMON JUICE. IF ELECTROLYTE GETS INTO THE
EYES, FLUSH WITH WATER AND GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL
ATTENTION.
CAUTION: THE USE OF RUBBER SURGICAL GLOVES IS SUGGESTED FOR

THE OPERATION OF BATTERY SERVICING.
(a) Remove the battery from the airplane (TASK 24-31-00-000-801).

(b) Remove the battery cover.
(c) Cap should be removed using the Saft plastic wrench (included in the Saft
Tool Kit)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Remove the cell cap.
NOTE: Make sure that the Plastic Nozzle Shoulder lean against the Cell
Vent Valve.
(e) To check the liquid level of the cell, insert the syringe with Plastic Nozzle into
the cell opening until the shoulder of the nozzle rests on the valve seat.
(f) Withdraw the plunger and check for any liquid in the syringe.
(g) If the level is too low, the syringe will remain empty, indicating that the end of
the syringe nozzle did not reach the liquid in the cell. Any excess of liquid in
the cell will be drawn into the syringe until the level of the electrolyte
corresponds to the end of the nozzle. This is the correct level for the
electrolyte. The correct electrolyte level is reached when any excess of liquid
is drawn into the syringe; in this case, the level of the electrolyte corresponds
to the end of the nozzle. If the level is too low, refer to the filling procedure of
Para E.
(h) Reinstall filler cap using nylon wrench.
(i) Repeat the steps (d) thru (h) for all the battery cells.
(j) Install the battery cover.
(k) Install the battery into the airplane (TASK 24-31-00-400-801).
(2) Adjust the electrolyte level:
WARNING: DO NOT USE ACID OR ACIDULATED WATER TO ADJUST THE

ELECTROLYTE LEVELS IN NICKEL-CADMIUM CELLS. A VERY
SMALL QUANTITY OF ACID IS SUFFICIENT TO CAUSE
PERMANENT DAMAGE.
NOTE: Make sure that the Plastic Nozzle Shoulder lean against the Cell Vent
Valve.
(a) To adjust the level, keep the shoulder of the syringe nozzle against the seat of
the vent valve and pull the plunger up.
NOTE: For this operation, use plastic syringe with a plastic nozzle. The
length of the nozzle is 20 mm (0.79 in). This is the distance
necessary between the seat of the vent valve and the electrolyte.
(b) If the level is not sufficient, the syringe tube stays empty when you pull the
plunger. Add distilled water to these cells. (The syringe is small, it can be
necessary to do this step more than one time for each cell).
(c) If there is too much liquid, this liquid is removed by the syringe until the level
aligns with the end of the nozzle. The level is correct when only a small
quantity of liquid goes into the syringe when you pull the plunger.
(d) Write down the quantity of distilled water added to each cell.
NOTE: Typical variation water consumption individual cell does not exceed ±
30% of the average consumption for all cell. The maximum limit is 60
cm3 /cell (3.66 in3).
NOTE: If the average quantity of water added to all cells is close to 60 cm3 /
cell (3.66 in3), do the electrolyte level check more frequently.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) Do a full Overhaul if the quantity of water necessary for one or more cell(s) is
much higher or smaller than the other cells
(f) Do a full Overhaul if the quantity of water necessary for one or more cell(s)
exceed 60 cm3 /cell (3.66 in3).
F. Close-out
(1) Check for any foreign object in the working area
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 309
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - SAFT Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 310
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - SAFT Battery - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 311
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-00
Page 312
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-22-01 - STARTER / GENERATOR

SERVICING
30012-22-01
STARTER / GENERATOR - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-22-01-600-801
1. Brush Holders and Spring - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
Brush
This
Holders
topic provides
and Spring
the- Evaluation
Servicing, Preserving,
of ExpectedLubrication
Remaining Life.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) To evaluate the expected brushes remaining life, apply the following formula:
TRES= TOP (100-Wear) *0,8
Wear
Where:
– Tres: Expected Brushes Life remaining (in Flight Hours)
– Top: Brushes accrued flight hours since installation
– Wear: Percentage of brushes already used (use higher value in the set)
After first check, subsequent check are requested within Tres / 400 FH (whichever
occurs first).
NOTE: When the check is performed during a 200 FH nacelle light inspection
and servicing, or during an aircraft B/C/D check, and Tres is less than 400
FH, it is suggested to perform subsequent check at the next 200 FH
nacelle light inspection and servicing, or aircraft B/C/D check.
(2) If Tres is less than 250 FH, replace the brushes.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-01
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-22-01
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-23-00 - ELT
REMOVAL
40012-23-00
/ INSTALLATION
SERVICING
ELT SERVICING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 12-23-00-960-801
1. ELT Battery pack - Replace
ELT This
Battery
topic
pack
provides
- Replace
the procedure of the Battery Pack Replacement.
1004 - 1104

Battery Pack (Dorne & Margolin) U158-1
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS DURING THE

BATTERY REPLACEMENT.
(1) Remove the vertical stabilizer fairings (Ref. to TASK 55-30-00-000-801).

(2) Place the AUTO-OFF-ON switch located on the transmitter in the OFF position.
(3) Remove the screws which hold the cover on the transmitter and remove the cover.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the old battery.
(5) Connect a new battery and install it in the compartment.
(6) Reinstall the transmitter cover with the screws.
(7) Set the AUTO-OFF-ON switch, located on the transmitter, in the AUTO position.
(8) A new replacement date must be marked on the outside of the transmitter. This
date is 50% of the useful life of the battery as defined by the battery manufacturer.
(9) is 50% of the useful life of the battery as defined by the battery manufacturer.
Perform an operational test as described in Chapter 25-60-00.
(10) Install the vertical stabilizer fairings (Ref. to TASK 55-30-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-23-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-23-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-24-01 - INTERIOR
CLEANING
70012-24-01
/ PAINTING
CLEANING
INTERIOR CLEANING - CLEANING / PAINTING
0
TASK 12-24-01-100-801
1. Interior - Cleaning
Interior
This- Cleaning
topic gives the instruction to perform the Interior Cleaning of the aircraft.
1004 - 1104

Chamois Cloth and Sponge Not Specified
Vacuum cleaner Not Specified
Watchcraft Lens Tissue CPN 056-0004-000
B. Materials
Yosemite Y999
Glisten Not Specified
Text Not Specified
Aliphatic Naphtha TT-N-95 TYPE II
Host Dry Cleaning Compound Not Specified
Wet rug shampoo Not Specified
Perchloro-Ethylene Not Specified
Stoddard Solvent Not Specified
Mild soap detergent Not Specified
Hot water sprayer solution Not Specified
Optical Glass Cleaner CPN 001-0012-000
D. Job Setup
(1) Ground the airplane to prevent static electricity.
(2) Mask or otherwise cover all equipment or components that can be damaged by the
cleaning moisture. use barrier material and masking tape.
E. Procedure
(1) Interior Decorative Material Cleaning Procedure, Water Soluble Compounds.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-01
Page 701
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: CLEANING OPERATIONS USING SOLVENTS SHOULD BE

PERFORMED IN A WELL VENTILATED ATMOSPHERE.
EXERCISE NORMAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING USE.
(a) Spray or wipe the compound on over the solid surface.

(b) Wipe off with a chamois clean cloth dampened in water.
(2) Interior Decorative Material Cleaning Procedure, Aliphatic Naphta.
(a) Wipe with a clean cloth dampened with naphta and wipe dry with a clean
cloth.
NOTE: When removing tar, asphalt or chewing gum, remove as much as

possible (carefully) with a knife.
Apply naphta to the residue and then wipe dry with a clean cloth; this
has a buffing effect that eliminates the possibility of stain from the
solution.
(3) Interior Rug, Drape, Curtain and Upholstery Cleaning Procedure, Dry clean
commercially.
(a) Self explanatory.
(4) Interior Rug, Drape, Curtain and Upholstery Cleaning Procedure, Host dry
cleaning compound.
(a) Sprinkle the compound liberally on the soiled area.
(b) Rub the compound into the solid area.
(c) Remove the compound with a vacuum cleaner.
(5) Interior Rug, Drape, Curtain and Upholstery Cleaning Procedure, Wet Shampoo
(a) Remove carpet or upholstery from the airplane. If at all possible use the spot-
cleaning method.
(b) Vacuum the carpet and upholstery, removing as much dirt and dust as
possible.
(c) Place a tablespoon of shampoo in a pot and direct a jet of water into the
shampoo to produce abundant foam.
(d) Apply the foam uniformly over the surface to be cleaned.
(e) Remove the suds by wiping with a brush or clean cotton cloth, since there is
very little moisture in the foam, wetting of the fabric or retention of moisture
will not occur.
CAUTION: USE OF A MECHANICAL SHAMPOONER MAY DISTORT THE

CARPET.
(f) If tar, asphalt or chewing gum is present, remove as much as possible by

mechanical means: then perform steps from (a) to (d).
(6) Spot Cleaning Procedure
(a) Spot-clean tufted carpet in the airplane, if at all possible, rather than
completely removing the carpet for shampooing.
(b) Saturate a clean white or colorless cloth with Perchloroethylene solution.
CAUTION: DO NOT POUR PERCHLOROETHYLENE SOLUTION ON THE

CARPET.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-01
Page 702
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Hand-rub the Perchloroethylene-saturated cloth in a circular motion on the

solid spot.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A MECHANICAL SHAMPOONER; IT WILL

DISTORT THE CARPET.
(d) An upholstery hand shampooner may be utilized on difficult-to-clean areas.

(7) Glass Windshield Internal Cleaning Procedure
(a) Refer to Chapter TASK 56-10-00-100-801.
(8) Acrylic Window Internal Cleaning Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS ON ACRYLIC

PLASTICS: GASOLINE, ALCOHOL, BENZENE, HEXANE,
XYLENE, ACETONE, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, FIRE
EXTINGUISHING AGENTS, DE-ICING FLUIDS, LACQUER
THINNERS OR WINDOW CLEANING SPRAYS, AS THEY SOFTEN
THE PLASTIC/OR CAUSE CRAZING.
CAUTION: RUBBING THE PLASTIC SURFACE WITH A DRY CLOTH WILL

CAUSE SCRATCHES AND BUILD UP AN ELECTROSTATIC
CHARGE WHICH ATTRACTS DUST PARTICLES. ALL RUBBING
OPERATIONS AN ACRYLIC PLASTICS SHALL BE DONE WITH
AS LIGHT A PRESSURE AS POSSIBLE.
(a) Remove loosely adhering dirt and grit from the window by flushing with water
filtered free of dirt and abrasive materials.
(b) Wash with non-abrasive soap and water. A soft, thoroughly clean cloth,
sponge or chamois may be used in washing, but only as a means of carrying
the soapy water to the plastic. Go over the surface only with the bare hand so
that any abrasive can be quickly detected and removed before it scratches the
plastic surface.
(c) Dry the window with a clean, damp chamois. A clean, soft cloth or tissue may
be used if care is taken not to rub the plastic after it is dry.
(d) Remove oil and grease by rubbing lightly with a cloth wetted with aliphatic
naphta.
(9) LCD Cleaning
(a) The EFIS contains several panel-mounted units which have glass LCD
displays.These displays should be routinely cleaned. Use the cleaning
materials (or equivalent substitutes) as follows:
– Gliss’n optical glass cleaner (CPN 001-0012-000).
– Watchcraft Lens tissue (CPN 056-0004-000) or a soft, low-lint cloth.
CAUTION: DO NO USED SOLVENT TO CLEAN THE OPTIC FILTER

(FACE) OF THE LCD. THE GLASS IS COATED WITH AN
ANTIREFLECTIVE COATING THAT MAY BE DAMAGED
USING SOLVENTS.
CAUTION: USE CARE AT ALL TIME WHEN CLEANING THE LCD TO

PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ANTIREFLECTIVE COATING.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEANING TISSUE IS FLAT AND
NOT CREASED WHEN USED. DOING THIS REDUCES
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-01
Page 703
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PRESSURE POINTS THAT COULD CAUSE STREAKING OR

DAMAGE TO THE LCD FILTER COATING.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEANING CLOTH (IF USED) IS
SOFT AND PRATICALLY LINT FREE. SOME CLOTH
MATERIALS COULD DAMAGE THE LCD FILTER COATING.
(b) Clean dust and light fingerprints from the LCD face as follows. Wipe the LCD
with a nonabrasive, lint-free lens tissue that is available in most photography
stores.
(c) Remove oily fingerprints or any residue from the LCD face as follows. Apply
gass cleaner to the lens tissue (or to the soft cloth); do not apply the liquid
directly to the LCD. This prevents the liquid from running between the filter
and bezel. Use several layers of the tissue as necessary for strength. Rub the
wet tissue around the display face to remove any residue of fingerprints. After
the display face is clean, use a clean, dry tissue to remove excess liquid and
any streaks.
(10) Glareshield Cleaning
CAUTION: AVOID ENTRY OF SOLUTIONS AND FLOODING OF SOAP OR

WATER INTO THE RH/LH DEFOGGING HOLES AND INTO THE
RH/LH AIR RECIRCULATION HOLES.
(a) Remove lightly adhering dirt and grit from the glareshield upper skin by a wet
clean cloth. During the job, take care not to close the Defogging Holes and
avoid that drops fall into the Recirculation Holes.
(b) Wash with non-abrasive soap and water. A soft, thoroughly clean cloth may
be used in washing. During the job, take care not to close the Defogging
Holes and that no drops fall into the Recirculation Holes.
(c) Dry the Glareshield with a clean
(d) If during the cleaning procedure a Defogging Holes closure occur, free the
holes with a plastic or wooden pin in such a way that the dirt fall in to the
Defogging Air Diffuser, then, remove the Glareshield and suck the dirt out
from the Defogging Air Diffuser. Install the Glareshield previously removed
(e) If during the cleaning procedure some drops fall into the Recirculation Holes,
remove the Glareshield and dry thecomponents located under the
Recirculated Holes. Install the Glareshield previously removed
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-01
Page 704
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-24-02 - EXTERIOR
CLEANING
70012-24-02
/ PAINTING
ECLEANING
XTERIOR CLEANING - CLEANING / PAINTING
0
TASK 12-24-02-100-801
1. Exterior - Cleaning (Ref. to Fig. 701)
Exterior
This- topic
Cleaning
gives the instruction to perform the Exterior Cleaning of the aircraft.
1004 - 1104

Low Pressure Sprayer (garden sprayer) for the Not Specified
Exterior spraying
Mild Soap Shampoo for cleaning Not Specified
Chamois Cloth and Sponge For Hand cleaning Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Ground the airplane to prevent static electricity.
(2) Mask or otherwise cover all equipment or components that can be damaged by the
cleaning moisture. Use barrier material and masking tape.
(3) Airplane Exterior Cleaning Procedure (Ref. to Fig. 701)
(a) All airplane exterior cleaning operations are performed with detergent
cleaning.
(b) Prepare a solution of soap in water and apply it with a circular motion on the
airplane exterior surfaces. Spray the solution with a low pressure sprayer
(garden type) may be used. Airplane must be cleaned starting at the lower
surfaces and worked upward and out. Heavily soiled or difficult to clean are as
well cleaned repeatedly.
CAUTION: DO NOT BRUSH WINDSHIELDS AND WINDOWS. THIS IS TO

AVOID ANY DAMAGE TO THEIR SURFACES. THIS COULD
BE VERY DANGEROUS FOR THEIR RESISTANCE TO
STRESS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-02
Page 701
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE WATER ON BEARINGS,

ELECTRICAL OR ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT.
NOTE: Do not apply cleaner to excessively large areas which cannot be

adequately brushed and thoroughly rinsed before the cleaner dries
on the surface.
(c) Allow cleaner to soak for 5 to 10 minutes.
CAUTION: CHECK THAT THE FUSELAGE DRAIN HOLES ARE FREE

FROM VARIOUS OBSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION: MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ARE REMINDED TO PROTECT

AIRPLANE WHEELS AND BRAKES FROM DIRECT WASHING
SPRAY AND INFORM THE FLIGHT CREW IF THE AIRPLANE
OR LANDING GEAR HAS BEEN WASHED RECENTLY.
NOTE: Do not allow cleaner to dry on the surface before rinsing, as staining
can result.
(d) Reapply the solution with a brush and scrub where necessary.
(e) Pressure wash all surfaces contacted by the cleaner thoroughly with fresh
water, preferably warm (120 °F to 140 °F, or 50 °C to 60 °C).
(4) Stained Area Cleaning Procedure
(a) Apply cleaner with a mop or no atomizing spray.
(b) Allow cleaner to soak for 5 to 10 minutes.
(c) Flush thoroughly with a pressure water rinse.
(5) Glass Windshield External Cleaning Procedure
(a) Refer to Chapter TASK 56-10-00-100-801.
(6) Acrylic Window External Cleaning Procedure
F. Close-out
(a) Remove all tools, materials, equipments and put them back in their original
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-02
Page 702
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 701 - Exterior - Cleaning (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-02
Page 703
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 701 - Exterior - Cleaning (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-02
Page 704
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
70112-24-02
EXTERIOR CLEANING - CLEANING / PAINTING
70
TASK 12-24-02-100-802
2. Main Wing Leading Edges (Polished) - Cleaning
MainThis
Wingtopic
Leading
givesEdges
the instruction
(Polished)
to -perform
Cleaning
the wing polished leading edge cleaning.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lint Free Cloth Not Specified
Soft Lint Not Specified
Polish type TDS AVD TI PO PLASTICS Not Specified
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power.
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the following polished leading edge

sections (541-531-631-641 Ref. to 06-00-00).
E. Procedure
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LINTS ARE CLEAN TO PREVENT DAMAGE
TO THE LEADING EDGE SURFACES.
(1) Moisturize with clean water the lint free cloth.

(2) Clean the leading edge surfaces with the lint free cloth.
(3) Wait for leading edge surfaces completely dry.
(4) Using the Soft lint, apply a layer of polish on the leading edge surfaces.
(5) Wait for polish layer completely dry.
(6) With a new clean soft lint, remove the polish layer from the surfaces.
(7) If necessary repeat the steps from 4 to 6 until the surface is clean.
F. Close-out
(1) If necessary restore the electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-02
Page 705
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-02
Page 706
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-24-03 - PROPELLER
CLEANING
70012-24-03
/ PAINTING PROPELLER - CLEANING / PAINTING
0
TASK 12-24-03-100-801
1. Blade Surface - Cleaning
Blade
This
Surface
topic gives
- Cleaning
the instruction to perform the Blade Surface Cleaning.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Kerosene 04-025
Acetone 04-001
Lint-free Cloth 04-013
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Open, tag and safety these circuit breakers:
Pilot CB Panel
L ENG START
R ENG START
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. OBEY THE HEALTH

AND SAFETY INFORMATION GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-801.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEANER DOES NOT RUN BACK INTO
THE PROPELLER HUB.
(2) Apply the solvent (Kerosene or MEK or Acetone) to a clean, white lint-free cloth
until the cloth is well saturated but not dripping.
(3) Wipe the blade surface with the saturated cloth as required to dissolve or loosen
the contamination.
(4) Dry the surface with a clean, white lint-free cloth while the surface is still wet.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-03
Page 701
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Remove the safety tags and close these circuit breakers:
Pilot CB Panel
L ENG START
R ENG START
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-24-03
Page 702
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-25-00 - WATER / WASTE

SERVICING
30012-25-00
WATER / WASTE - SERVICING
0
TASK 12-25-00-600-801
1. Water / Waste - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Water
This
/ Waste
topic gives
- Servicing,
the instruction
Preserving,
to perform
Lubrication
the Water/Waste servicing
1004 - 1104

Warm Air Fan Not Specified
B. Materials
Germicidal DG-19
Thrichloroethylene 02-14
Chemical Deodorant, Toilet Not Specified
Disinfectant Not Specified
Mild Soap Not Specified
Water Hose Not Specified
Cleaning Cloth Not Specified
Cleaning Brush Not Specified
Rubber Gloves Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: FOR SANITARY REASONS, ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES

(ELBOW LENGTH) WHILE SERVICING OR WHEN HANDLING PARTS
WHICH HAVE BEEN IN CONTACT WITH THE FLUSHING FLUID.
NOTE: To avoid spillage, do not remove tank when fluid level is above the knife valve.
(1) Remove the toilet seat from the cabin.

(2) Remove the toilet from the seat.
(3) Hold a small paper of plastic cup against the bowl interior (preferably at the bowl
flush ring outlet).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-25-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Depress the "Push to Flush" button to circulate flushing fluid.

(5) Pour the flushing fluid into a bucket until the fluid level is below the knife valve.
(6) Install the toilet seat in the cabin.
(7) Initial Precharge (Ref. to Fig. 301)
NOTE: The removable tank is to be precharged with a mixture of 2 quarts (1.89 l)

of water and 1 dissolvable package of germicidal deodorant, Monogram’s
ChemKare.
(8) Toilet Cleaning Before-Disassembly Procedure (Ref. to Fig. 301)

(a) The following methods should be used for cleaning the toilet before
disassembly and also for cleaning the disassembled components.
WARNING: WHEN USING TRICHLOROETHYLENE, WEAR SUITABLE

PROTECTIVE GLOVES. TRICHLOROETHYLENE ABSORBS
MOISTURE READILY AND CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS
WHEN IN PROLONGED CONTACT WITH THE SKIN.
(i) Remove the toilet seat from the cabin.

(ii) Open front access to the toilet.
(iii) Remove the toilet from the seat.
(iv) Back flush the toilet tank to clean the strainer inside the tank by
connecting a water hose to the quick disconnect coupling on the tank top.
(v) The toilet should be cleaned manually using a strong solution of hot
soapy water and disinfectant. Rinse thoroughly with clean water and dry
completely with a cloth and warm dry air.
(vi) Wash all mechanical parts in a strong solution of hot soapy water and
disinfectant.
(vii) Clean electrical parts manually, using cloth moistened sparingly with
trichloroethylene.
(viii) Clean the tank and bowl manually, using a strong solution of disinfectant,
hot soapy water and bristle brush. Scrub the flush channel in the upper
rim of the bowl to remove buildup of deposits. Rinse thoroughly with clean
hot water and dry completely.
(ix) Install the toilet in the seat.
(x) Install the toilet seat in the cabin.
(9) Toilet Servicing (Ref. to Fig. 301)
(a) Tank Removal Procedure
(i) Remove the toilet seat from the cabin.
(ii) Open front access to the toilet to remove the toilet tank.
(iii) Depress the lock ring of the flush hose quick disconnect coupling located
on the right side at the front of the tank top.
(iv) Drain any residue of flush fluid in the hose by partially disengaging the
plug from the quick disconnect and manipulating the hose to assist
drainage.
(v) Remove the flush hose from the quick disconnect and place hose in the
etaining clip located on the underside of the toilet mounting plate
(vi) Install the plug attached top the quick disconnect to seal the coupling.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-25-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(vii) Close the knife valve at the bottom of the toilet bowl by pushing the
actuator handle until the valve is fully closed.
(viii) Press the two Pres-Loc fasteners on each side of the knife valve actuator
to unlock the tank.
(ix) Remove the tank by pulling the recessed carrying handle on the tank top.
(b) Tank Cleaning Procedure
(i) Remove cap from the pour spout to dispose of tank contents in a sewer
or toilet.
(ii) Rinse the tank by filling one-half full with water. Close the knife valve and
shake vigorously. Drain tank as in previous step (a).
(iii) Rinse and drain the tank several times to ensure that the tank is
thoroughly clean.
(iv) Wipe the exterior surfaces of the tank using a cloth moistened with clear
water and disinfectant.
(c) Tank Precharge
CAUTION: COMMERCIAL DETERGENTS AND DISINFECTANTS CAN BE

INCLUDED IN THE RINSE WATER IF DESIRED. HOWEVER,
DO NOT INCLUDE THESE MATERIALS IN THE TANK
PRECHARGE.
NOTE: To assure toilet recirculation system operation during freezing

weather, an ethylene glycol base anti-freeze containing anti-foam
agent may be added to the flush fluid.
(i) Charge the tank with a mixture of 2 quarts (1.89 l) of water and 1
dissolvable package of Monogram’s ChemKare Chemical.
(d) Tank Installation
(i) Re-install the tank by inserting the slides located on each side of the knife
valve into the slide plate assembly on the bottom of the toilet bowl and
slide tank into place.
(ii) Press the two Pres-Loc fasteners to the first detent to secure the tank.
(iii) Remove the plug in the flush hose quick disconnect, lock the disconnect
lock ring.
(iv) Pull the knife valve actuator to fully open the valve.
(v) Lift the toilet seat and shroud assy from the top of the toilet and wipe with
cloth moistened with clear water and disinfectant. Wipe the bowl and
surrounding area.
(vi) Check flushing operation of the toilet and check for leaks.
(vii) Close access to the toilet.
(viii) Re-install the toilet in the seat and the toilet seat in the cabin.
F. Close-out
(a) Remove all tools, materials, equipments and put them back in their original
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-25-00
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Water / Waste - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-25-00
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-30-00 - AIRPLANE
SERVICING
30012-30-00
AIRPLANE
DE-ICINGDE-ICING
AND ANTI-ICING
0 AND ANTI-ICING - SERVICING
TASK 12-30-00-600-801
1. De-icing/Anti-Icing - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication
De-icing/Anti-Icing
This topic gives- Servicing,
the instruction
Preserving,
to perform
Lubrication
the De-icing/Anti-Icing to the aircraft
1004 - 1104

De-icing fluid application equipment Not Specified
Soft brush for snow removal Not Specified
Mop squeeze for snow removal Not Specified
Soft cloths for frost removal Not Specified
B. Materials
De-icing fluid 04-024
Anti-icing fluid 04-026
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE DE-ICING FLUID. OBEY THE HEALTH
AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER TASK 20-00-01-
910-801.
(1) Remove any loose snow from the airplane.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU BRUSH SNOW FROM THE AIRPLANE.

CARELESS BRUSHING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
WINDSHIELDS, WINDOWS, SENSORS, ANTENNAS, PITOT
TUBES, STATIC WICKS AND OTHER FRAGILE COMPONENTS.
(a) Use the brush, mop, or squeegee to brush snow from the airplane. Do not
chip or break frozen snow.
(2) Remove any heavy frost from the airplane by wiping with a gloved hand or soft
cloth. Leave any frost that can not be removed easily.
(3) Apply de-icing fluid to the airplane.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-30-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE ICE DEPOSITS OR BREAK AN

ICE BOND BY FORCE. DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
NOTE: If spray equipment is not available the de-icing fluid can be applied using
a paint brush. The following procedure is for spray application.
(a) Prepare the de-icing fluid in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
(b) Use spray equipment operated at approximately 60-80 psi.
(c) Adjust the spray nozzle to give a fan shaped pattern.
(d) Adjust the flow. The flow should be as fine as possible but sufficient to float
away pieces of ice.
CAUTION: DO NOT DIRECT THE SPRAY TOWARDS THE FOLLOWING

AREAS:
CAUTION:
– GAPS AROUND DOORS
– BEARINGS
– INLET AND OUTLET AIR DUCTS
– WINDSHIELDS AND WINDOWS.
DAMAGE OR THE INGRESS OF TOXIC FUMES INTO
THE AIRPLANE CAN RESULT.
(e) Apply the de-icing fluid working from high points to low. If possible, stay
upwind of the spray.
(f) Continue to apply the fluid until all frozen snow, frost and ice is removed.
(4) Airplane anti-icing (if necessary)
NOTE: If the airplane is to be left standing after de-icing it is recommended that a

coat of undiluted de-icing fluid is applied to prevent re-freezing.
(a) Apply a coat of de-icing fluid using a paint brush or spray equipment.
(5) Examine the following areas of the airplane for residual snow, ice or damage
caused by de-icing:
– control surface gaps and hinges
– pitot tubes, make sure the tubes are clear
– antennas, static wicks, AOA transducer and ice detector
– landing gear actuators, struts and microswitches
– wheel wells and landing gear doors.
(6) Make sure the windshields are clean.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-30-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12-30-31
DESCRIPTION
AIRPLANE
012-30-31
- AIRPLANE
0AND
COLD
OPERATION
COLD
WEATHER
WEATHER
OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
NOTE: Operation of the airplane has been demonstrated after prolonged exposure to a ground
ambient temperature of -22 °F (-30 °C) (with take-off at -11 °F (-24 °C)): this was the
minimum value achieved during cold weather testing and it is not considered limiting.
1. Preflight
Preflight
Check the brakes and tires to the ground contact for freeze lock-up. No anti-ice solution
1004 - 1104
which contains a lubricant, such as oil, should be used on the brakes. it will decrease the
effectiveness of the brake friction areas. In addition to the normal preflight exterior
inspection, special attention should be given to all vents, openings, control surfaces, hinge
points and wing, tail, and fuselage surfaces for accumulation of ice or snow. Removal of
these accumulations is necessary prior to take-off.
Snow and ice accretions on the airplane will seriously affect its performance. The wing
contour may be sufficiently altered by the ice and snow, so that its lift qualities are seriously
affected. Snow may be removed with a soft brush or mop. Chipping or mechanical removal
of frozen deposits is not recommended. The use of glycol based de-icing fluids is
recommended (refer to Section 12-30-30). Inspect the propeller blades and hubs for ice
and snow: the propellers should be turned by hand, in the direction of normal rotation, to be
sure that they are free to rotate prior to starting the engines. The force required to rotate the
propeller may increase at low temperature. Operation of some equipment installed in the
flight compartment (as, for example, the digital data instruments, the stall warning
computer, etc.) may be sluggish at very low temperature (typically after a cold soak). For
this reason, it is recommended to perform the various preflight tests and checks, and to
take-off after approximately fifteen minutes from the environmental control system
actuation.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-30-31
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Engine Run Up
Engine
NOTE:
Run Up
Even if the battery installed on the airplane (nickel- cadmium, sintered plate type)
1004 - 1104
gives excellent performance over a wide temperature range, in order to prevent a

heavy discharge and to increase the battery life time, it is recommended to use a
ground power unit, to start the engines, if the ambient temperature is lower than 5
°F (-15 °C).
To facilitate the engine start, at 13% NG advance the condition lever to the flight idle
position, as long as necessary, monitoring the ITT during the engine run up.
NOTE: During the engine start, the oil pressure may increase at a rate slower than
normal.
After the engine start, exercise the propellers through low and high pitch, beta range,
ground fine range and into reverse range to flush any congealed oil through the system.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-30-31
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. After shut-down
AfterIfshut-down
the airplane is expected to be soaked at temperature below freezing, remove water and
1004 - 1104
other freezable fluids from the airplane.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-30-31
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
12-30-31
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
STANDARD PRACTICES
AIRFRAME
20 - STANDARD PRACTICESAIRFRAME
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 20 - STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME

20 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
20 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
20 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
20-00-00 601 - 602 Jul.08/16
20-00-01 201 - 210 Jul.08/16
20-10-01 201 - 202 Jul.08/16

203 - 208 Jul.08/16
20-10-02 201 - 208 Jul.08/16

209 - 212 Jul.08/16
213 - 216 Jul.08/16
20-10-03 201 - 202 Jul.08/16

203 - 206 Jul.08/16
207 - 208 Jul.08/16
20-10-05 201 - 204 Jul.08/16

205 - 210 Jul.08/16
211 - 220 Jul.08/16
221 - 242 Jul.08/16
243 - 248 Jul.08/16
20-10-06 201 - 202 Jul.08/16

203 - 204 Jul.08/16
205 - 206 Jul.08/16
207 - 210 Jul.08/16
211 - 212 Jul.08/16
20-10-08 201 - 206 Jul.08/16
20-20-01 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

801 - 804 Jul.08/16
805 - 808 Jul.08/16
20-20-02 201 - 204 Jul.08/16

205 - 216 Jul.08/16
217 - 218 Jul.08/16
401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
601 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 612 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 20 - STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME

20 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
STANDARD PRACTICES 20-00-00 601

1. General Inspection - General Visual Inspection 601 1004 - 1104
HEALT AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 20-00-01 201

1. Precaution for Consumable Materials and
for Miscellaneous Materials - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
TORQUE DATA 20-10-01 201

1. Torque Data - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
2. Standard Torque Values - Standard Practices 203 1004 - 1104
SAFETY LOCKING 20-10-02 201

1. Removal/Installation Of Lockwire - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
2. Removal/Installation Of Cotter Pins - Standard Practices 209 1004 - 1104
3. Removal/Installation of Safety Spring in
Turnbuckles - Standard Practices 213 1004 - 1104
PACKING AND BACK UP RINGS 20-10-03 201

1. Installation precaution of Packings - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
2. Installation of Back-up ring - Standard Practices 203 1004 - 1104
3. Storage of Packing - Standard Practices 207 1004 - 1104
TUBING 20-10-05 201

1. Permaswage standard tools - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
2. Tool Preparation and Operation
Instruction - Standard Practices 205 1004 - 1104
3. Tubing Preparation, Insertion Marking
and Limitations, and Inspection of Waged
Joints - Standard Practices 211 1004 - 1104
4. Tubing Repair Techniques - Standard Practices 221 1004 - 1104
5. Cut-off location at tube bends, Tube
Cutting, Cutter Wheel Replacement and
Deburring - Standard Practices 243 1004 - 1104
FLEXIBLE HOSES AND FLUID FITTINGS 20-10-06 201

1. Standard maintenance procedures for
flexible hose and fluid fittings - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
2. Removal of a flexible hose - Standard Practices 203 1004 - 1104

3. Installation of a flexible hose - Standard Practices 205 1004 - 1104
4. Installation of fluid line fitting - Standard Practices 207 1004 - 1104
5. Crimping - TNT8 machine - Standard Practices 211 1004 - 1104
BEARINGS 20-10-08 201

1. Removal/Installation of Bearings - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
WIRE BUNDLES 20-20-01 401

1. Wires - Replace 401 1004 - 1104
WIRE BUNDLES 20-20-01 801

1. Wire - Correction, Repair 801 1004 - 1104
2. Binding of Wire Groups, Sleeves and
Tape - Correction, Repair 805 1004 - 1104
ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-20-02 201

1. Electrical bonding (Requirements and
general precautions) - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104
2. Typical Bonding Method - Standard Practices 205 1004 - 1104
3. Bonding Surface Preparation and Finish - Standard Practices 217 1004 - 1104

1. Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Installation 405 1004 - 1104

1. Electrical Bonding Between Control
Surfaces and Main Structure - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Engine mounts (Electrical continuity) - Inspection / Check 609 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-00-00 - STANDARD
INSPECTION
60020-00-00
/ CHECK
STANDARD
PRACTICES
PRACTICES - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 20-00-00-210-801
1. General Inspection - General Visual Inspection
General
The Inspection
maintenance - General
procedure
Visual
thatInspection
follows identifies the intent for a general visual inspection
1004 - 1104
for mechanical and electrical systems or components.

This procedure is aimed at determine the condition of a system, an item of equipment or a
structure in relation to the design standard, performing a general visual inspection and/or
simple tasks.
The relevant system installation task will identify location, installation, procedure steps and/
or specifics that are required for each system or component.
Refer to the relevant system removal task to get access to a specified zone or component
and to remove or open: access panels, fairings or doors.
This procedure is suggested as a general course of action to inspect a system or
component, but is not a substitute for sound judgment and common sense.
Engineer performing the inspection should be familiar with the item/area to be inspected,
and should refer to wiring diagrams and description section of the AMM to accomplish
satisfactorily this task.
Depending on the inspected item, some of the tasks may not be required.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Get access to the area/component to be inspected
(2) Clean the area if necessary
(3) Examine the area for contamination
E. Procedure
(1) If a general visual inspection and security of installation inspection are required,
examine the system or component as follows:
(a) If any protective coating or device is used on components or surfaces,
examine its condition for signs of: corrosion, damage, cracks or deterioration
(b) Examine all related fasteners for signs of corrosion, incorrect installation or
failure. Make sure no fastener is missing.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Verify the inspected item for correct installation (refer to relevant system or
component installation task and to standard torque values TASK 20-10-01-
999-899)
(d) Examine, if applicable, the component installation for excessive play (refer to
relevant installation task)
(e) Examine for loose or damaged brackets, wear, chafing, dents and lockwire.
(f) Examine the area for cracks, corrosion, fractures, signs of overheating,
damages.
(g) If applicable, examine electrical wires for safe routing, cuts, insulation
damage, burning, damages.
(h) If applicable, examine electrical connectors for proper installation and
damages.
(i) If applicable, examine bonding strips for proper installation.
(2) Examine the components that follow for safety of installation:
(a) Pulleys
(b) Electrical bonding
(c) Electrical connectors
(d) Electrical/Avionic equipments
(e) Wiring
(f) Tubing
(g) Hydraulic/pneumatic equipments
(h) Control cables
(i) Mechanisms
(3) Examine the drain ports and cleanliness of drain holes.
(4) Examine all access panels, fairings, and doors used for access.
(5) Examine all lines and ducts for signs of leakage, condition, and safety of
installation.
(6) If a wiring harnesses visual inspection is required, examine them for:
(a) integrity,
(b) wear,
(c) chafing,
(d) isolation damages,
(e) evidence of overheating,
(f) connectors oxidation state.
(7) Examine all of the hydraulic, oil, and fuel lines, and the pneumatic lines and ducts
for signs of leakage, condition, and safety of installation.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
(2) When applicable, install or close the access panel, fairings or doors
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-00-01 - HEALT
MAINTENANCE
20020-00-01
HEALT
PRACTICES
AND
ANDSAFETY
SAFETYPRECAUTIONS
0 PRECAUTIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 20-00-01-910-801
1. Precaution for Consumable Materials and for Miscellaneous Materials - Standard Practices
Precaution
This topic
for Consumable
gives information
Materials
about
and for
theMiscellaneous
Precaution for
Materials
Consumable
- Standard
Materials
Practices
and for
1004 - 1104
Miscellaneous Material.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: CERTAIN CONSUMABLE MATERIALS, IF USED INCORRECTLY, CAN

BE DANGEROUS. WHEN CONSUMABLE MATERIALS ARE USED
ALWAYS OBEY TO ALL THE MANUFACTURER'S SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN THE SAFETY CARD EITHER SUPPLIED BY
THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER OR WRITTEN ON THE
CONTAINER. THE INFORMATION GIVEN BELOW LISTS GROUPS OF
MATERIALS WITH THE APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN THE
FORM OF A WARNING. THE WARNINGS LISTED IN THIS CHAPTER
ARE ONLY PART OF THE INFORMATION YOU CAN FIND IN THE
MATERIAL SAFETY CARD AND THEY DO NOT SUPERSEDE THE
WARNINGS GIVEN BY THE MANUFACTURER.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
(1) Precautions for Consumable Materials
Material Instructions/safety precautions
HYDRAULIC FLUID BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
MATERIAL:
– PUT ON SAFETY GOGGLES AND
PAINT PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. IF YOU
GET THE MATERIAL IN YOUR
EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN.
SYNTHETICLUBRICATION OIL – FLUSH YOUR EYES WITH WATER
FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES.
– CLEAN YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP
AMMONIUM BIFLUORIDE AND WATER.
– GET MEDICAL HELP.
THE MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
DE-ICING FLUID IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
YOUR EYES AND SKIN.

METHYL ALCOHOL BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
MATERIAL:
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
– DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS
– DO THE WORK IN AN AREA
WHICH HAS A GOOD FLOW OF
AIR.
IF YOU GET THE MATERIAL ON YOUR
SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES:
METHYL-ETHYLKETONE (MEK)
– FLUSH YOUR EYES OR SKIN
WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST 15
MINUTES.
IF YOU ACCIDENTLY DRINK THE
MATERIAL:
– DRINK WATER.
THE MATERIAL IS POISONOUS AND
HIGHLY FLAMMABLE.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ACETONE BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
MATERIAL:
SOLVENT - ETHYL ACETATE – DO THE WORK IN AN AREA
AIR.
SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES:
ISOPROPYL ALCHOHOL
MINUTES.
TOLUENE IF YOU GET ACCIDENTALLY DRINK
THE MATERIAL:
– FLUSH YOUR MOUTH WITH
WATER
WHITE SPIRIT THE MATERIAL IS POISONOUS AND
HIGHLY FLAMMABLE.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

NITRIC ACID BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
NITRIC ACID:
AIR.
IF YOU GET NITRIC ACID IN YOUR
EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN:
MINUTES.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY DRINK OR
EAT NITRIC ACID:
WATER
– DRINK WATER.
– PUT YOURSELF IN A HALF
SITTING POSITION.
IF YOU GET NITRIC ACID ON YOUR
CLOTHES DISCARD THEM.
THE NITRIC ACID IS POISONOUS
AND CAN CAUSE CORROSION, KEEP
IT AWAY FROM SOLVENTS OR
OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. A
FIRE BY CHEMICAL REACTION CAN
OCCUR.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HYDROFLUORIC ACID BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
MATERIAL:
– DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS OR
DUST.
IRIDITE POWDER AIR.
IF YOU GET THE MATERIAL IN YOU
MINUTES.
ALODINE 1200 IF YOU ACCIDENTLY DRINK OR EAT
THE MATERIAL:
WATER
– DRINK WATER.
SITTING POSITION.
ALODINE
CLOTHES DISCARD THEM. THE
MATERIAL IS POISONOUS AND CAN
CAUSE CORROSION. KEEP IT AWAY
FROM OTHER FLAMMABLE
MATERIALS. A FIRE BY CHEMICAL
REACTION CAN OCCUR.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HYDROGEN PEROXIDE BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
MATERIAL:
– DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS OR
DUST.
AIR.
CHROMIC ACID
IF YOU GET THE MATERIAL IN YOU
MINUTES.
IF YOU ACCIDENTLY DRINK OR EAT
THE MATERIAL:
AMMONIUM NITRATE – FLUSH YOUR MOUTH WITH
WATER
– DRINK WATER.
SITTING POSITION.
THE MATERIAL IS POISONOUS. KEEP
IT AWAY FROM OTHER FLAMMABLE
MATERIALS. A FIRE BY CHEMICAL
REACTION CAN OCCUR.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TRICHLOROETHANE BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE
TRICLOROETHANE:
AIR.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY BREATHE
THE GAS KEEP AWAKE.
IF YOU GET TRICHLOROETHANE IN
YOUR EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN:
MINUTES.
– CLEAN YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP
AND WATER.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY DRINK OR
EAT TRICHLOROETHANE:
WATER
– DRINK WATER.
THE TRICHLOROETHANE IS
POISONOUS, IT GIVES OFF A
POISONOUS GAS WHEN IT
BECOMES HOT.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BATTERY DO NOT GET BATTERY
ELECTROLYTE ON YOUR SKIN OR IN
YOUR EYES.
– MAKE SAFE ANY SPILLED
ELECTROLYTE WITH A 3 PER
CENT SOLUTION OF ACETIC
ACID OR A 10 PER CENT
ELECTROLYTE SOLUTION OF BORIC ACID.
– CLEAN THE AREA WITH WATER.
– GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOU GET
ELECTROLYTE DEPOSITES IN
YOUR EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN.
– BATTERY ELECTROLYTE CAN
CAUSE CORROSION. INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(2) Precautions for Miscellaneous Materials
TITANIUM CAUTION: DO NOT USE CADMIUM
PLATED TOOLS ON
TITANIUM PARTS. IF
PARTS ARE INSTALLED
WHERE THE
TEMPERATURE IS MORE
THAN 260 DEGREES
FAH. SMALL CADMIUM
DEPOSITS WILL REACT
WITH THE TITANIUM
AND CAUSE
BRITTLENESS AND
CRACKING.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE CADMIUM

PLATED FASTENERS ON
TITANIUM PARTS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MERCURY CAUTION: DO NOT USE
THERMOMETERS OR
OTHER TEST
EQUIPMENT WHICH
CONTAINS MERCURY
ON THE AIRPLANE.
(1) Mercury, by the amalgamation

process can penetrate any break in
the surface finish of a metal
structural element. The mercury will
cause embrittlement of the metallic
structure and can cause rapid
failure of structural members under
load. Once started there is no
known method of stopping the
process.
(2) If a mercury spillage occurs the area
must be cleaned thoroughly by
suction and all material must be
removed. If necessary all equipment
and structure around the spillage
must be removed to make sure that
all material is removed.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-00-01
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-10-01 - TORQUE
MAINTENANCE
20020-10-01
PRACTICES
DATA
TORQUE DATA - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 20-10-01-910-801
1. Torque Data - Standard Practices
Torque
ThisData
section
- Standard
gives the
Practices
standard practices for torque loading nut and bolt combinations.
1004 - 1104
Specific data for torque locating is given in individual maintenance tasks. Where not
specified, the torque values have to be extracted from a standard torque table.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-840-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Safety precaution for torque procedures.
(a) Obey the safety precautions for the torque procedures that follow:
(i) Do not put lubricant or anti−seize compounds on the threaded fasteners
unless it is specified.
(ii) Do not remove the lubricant or corrosion-preventive compound that is
applied by the manufacturer.
(iii) Remove unwanted materials such as contamination, paint or corrosion
from the threads before you tighten the fastener.
(iv) When it is possible, turn the nut when you tighten the fastener
assemblies.
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT OR SCREW TO MORE

THAN THE MAXIMUM RANGE FOR THE SPECIFIED
TORQUE VALUE. TOO MUCH TORQUE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE FASTENER.
(v) When it is not possible to turn the nut, first measure the torque required to
turn the bolt inside its fitting. This value must be added to the specified
torque value. Then turn the bolt or screw to tighten the fastener assembly
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Before final assembly make a check of the effectiveness of locking devices of
self locking nuts in this way:
(i) Screw the nut onto the bolt until a minimum of three bolt threads are clear
of the locking mechanism of the nut.
(ii) Use a torque wrench to measure the torque necessary to unscrew the
nut.
(iii) If the torque value is less than the value given in Table 201, replace the
nut.
(c) When it is necessary to align a locking hole for installation of a locking device
tighten the nut to the minimum value and increase the torque until the holes
align. If the holes will not align before the maximum torque limit it will be
necessary to add washers. Do not loosen the nut to align the slot with the
hole.
(2) Use of Torque Wrenches
(a) Always set the required torque value on a calibration tool before use. If a
calibration tool is not available use only certified equipment. Turn the torque
wrench with a slow and stable movement when you do the torque procedure.
(b) Always give a smooth, even pull on the wrench. When the correct torque
value is set it should be possible to continue to tighten the nut. If the nut stops
suddenly it can be because it has reached the end of the available thread on
the bolt.
(c) When it is necessary to use an adapter on the drive end of the wrench use the
data shown in the standard torque table to extrapolate the required wrench
setting. or shims as necessary to obtain the correct value.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20020-10-01
TORQUE DATA - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 20-10-01-910-802
2. Standard Torque Values - Standard Practices
Standard
This section
Torque gives
Valuesthe
- Standard
standardPractices
torque values and limits. Where not specified, the torque
1004 - 1104
values have to be extracted from a standard torque table.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Minimum Breakaway Torque Value
(a) Minimum breakaway torque values for nut and bolt combination are given in
Table 201:
Table 201 - MINIMUM BREAKAWAY TORQUE VALUE
Bolt size minimum breakaway Torque value
8 Ref. to NOTE (1)
10 Ref. to NOTE (1)
1/4 Ref. to NOTE (1)
5/16 24 6.5 Inch
3/8 24 9.5 Inch
7/16 20 14.0 Inch
1/2 20 18.0 Inch
9/16 18 24.0 Inch
5/8 18 32.0 Inch
3/4 16 50.0 Inch
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 201 - MINIMUM BREAKAWAY TORQUE VALUE

Bolt size minimum breakaway Torque value
7/8 14 70.0 Inch
1 14 92.0 Inch
NOTE: (1) Test nut for minimum breakaway torque by attempting to insert a
matching bolt by hand. Do not use nuts that can be tightened down
with fingers after the locking action engages bolt or stud.
NOTE: (2) Replace nuts which fall below values shown for unscrewing nut
from bolts.
(2) Recommended Torque Limits for Nut-Bolt Combinations (Lbf. in. and Nm)
(a) Standard torque values for nut and bolt combination are given in the Table 202
and Table 203, if not otherwise specified in the Maintenance Manual
procedures.
(i) The following table recommended the Torque Limits in unit Lbf. in:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 202 - Recommended Torque Limits for Nut-Bolt Combinations (Lbf. in.)
STEEL TENSION BOLTS
AN3 thru AN20 MS20004 thru MS20024
AN42 thru AN49 NAS144 thru NAS158
AN509/NK9 NAS624 thru NAS644
MS20033 thru MS20046 NAS172STEEL
MS20073 AND MS20074 NAS174SHEAR BOLT
MS24694 NAS517NAS464
MS27039
NUTS NUTS
STEEL TENSION STEEL SHEAR STEEL TENSION STEEL SHEAR
AN310 AN320 AN310 AN320
AN315 AN364 AN315 AN364
AN363 MS17026 AN363 MS17026
AN365 MS20364 AN365 MS20364
MS17825 NAS1022 MS17825 NAS1022
MS20365 MS20365
MS20500 MS21045
MS21045 NAS679
NAS679 NAS1021
NAS1021 NAS1291
THREAD SIZES FINE THREAD SERIES
mm UNIFIED MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
EQUIV.
4.0 3-36 12 15 7 9
4.8 10-32 20 25 12 15 25 30 15 20
6.4 1/4-28 50 70 30 40 80 100 50 60
7.9 5/16-24 100 140 60 85 120 154 70 90
9.5 8/8-24 160 190 95 110 200 250 120 150
11.1 7/16-20 450 500 270 300 520 630 300 400
12.7 1/2-20 480 690 290 410 770 950 450 550
14.3 9/16-18 800 1.000 480 600 1.100 1.300 650 800
15.9 5/8-18 1.100 1.300 660 780 1.250 1.550 750 950
19.0 3/4-16 2.300 2.500 1.300 1,500 2.650 3.200 1.600 1.900
22.2 7/8-14 2.500 3.00 1.500 1.800 3.550 4.360 2.100 2.600
25.4 1-14 3.700 4.500 2.200 3.300 4.500 5.500 2.700 3.300
28.6 11/8-12 5.000 7.000 3.000 4.200 6.000 7.300 3.600 4.400
32.8 11/4-12 9.000 11.000 5.400 6.600 11.000 13.000 6.000 8.000
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 202 - Recommended Torque Limits for Nut-Bolt Combinations (Lbf. in.)
THREAD SIZES COARSE THREAD SERIES
mm UNIFIED MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
EQUIV.
4.0 8-32 12 15 7 15
4.8 10-24 20 25 12 30
6.4 1/4-20 40 50 25 55
7.9 5/16-18 80 90 48 110
9.5 3/8-16 160 185 95 155
11.1 7/16-14 235 255 140 290
12.7 1/2-13 400 480 240 420
14.3 9/16-12 500 700 300 540
15.9 5/8-11 700 900 420 950
19.0 3/4-10 1.150 1.600 700 1.800
22.2 7/8-9 2.200 3.000 1.300 3.000
25.4 1-8 3.700 5.000 2.200 4.000
28.6 11/8-8 5.500 6.500 3.300 5.000
32.8 11/4-8 6.500 8.000 4.000
NOTE: This table gives torque limits in pounds force inches (lbf. in.). For
convertion to Newton meters refer to Table 203. Run nut down to
near contact with washer or bearing surface and check torque
required to turn nut. Add rundown torque to applicable torque
limits.
The torque limits specified on this table are applicable only to
unlubricated bolt-nut contaminations. Reduce the torque limits
by 10% if threads are cadmium plated or if threads are
additionally lubricated with conventional oi l (without graphite or
molyb denum disulphide), and by 20% if threads are lubricated
with graphite or molibdenum disulphide
(ii) The following table recommended the Torque Limits in unit Nm:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 203 - Recommended Torque Limits for Nut-Bolt Combinations (Nm)

STEEL TENSION BOLTS
AN3 thru AN20 MS20004 thru MS20024
MS20033 thru MS20046 NAS172STEEL
MS20073 AND MS20074 NAS174SHEAR BOLT
MS24694 NAS517NAS464
MS27039
NUTS NUTS
STEEL TENSION STEEL SHEAR STEEL TENSION STEEL SHEAR
AN310 AN320 AN310 AN320
AN315 AN364 AN315 AN364
AN363 MS17026 AN363 MS17026
AN365 MS20364 AN365 MS20364
MS17825 NAS1022 MS17825 NAS1022
MS20365 MS20365
MS20500 MS21045
MS21045 NAS679
NAS679 NAS1021
NAS1021 NAS1291
THREAD SIZES FINE THREAD SERIES
mm UNIFIED MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
EQUIV.
4.0 3-36 1.4 1.7 0.8 1.0
4.8 10-32 2.3 2.8 1.4 1.7 2.8 3.4 1.7 2.3
6.4 1/4-28 5.6 7.9 3.4 4.5 9.0 11.3 5.6 6.8
7.9 5/16-24 11.3 15.8 6.8 9.6 13.6 16.4 7.9 10.2
9.5 8/8-24 18.1 21.5 10.7 12.4 22.6 28.2 13.6 16.9
11.1 7/16-20 50.8 56.5 30.5 33.9 58.8 71.2 33.9 45.2
12.7 1/2-20 54.2 78.0 32.8 46.3 87.0 107.3 50.8 62.1
14.3 9/16-18 90.4 113.0 54.2 67.8 124.3 146.9 73.4 90.4
15.9 5/8-18 124.3 146.9 74.6 88.1 141.2 175.1 84.7 107.3
19.0 3/4-16 259.9 282.5 146.9 169.5 299.4 361.6 180.8 214.7
22.2 7/8-14 282.5 339.0 169.5 203.4 401.1 491.5 237.3 239.8
25.4 1-14 418.0 508.4 288.6 372.9 508.4 621.4 305.1 372.9
28.6 11/8-12 564.9 700.9 339.0 474.5 677.9 824.8 406.7 497.1
32.8 11/4-12 1016.9 1242.8 610.1 745.7 1242.8 1514.0 745.7 903.9
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 203 - Recommended Torque Limits for Nut-Bolt Combinations (Nm)

THREAD SIZES COARSE THREAD SERIES
mm UNIFIED MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
EQUIV.
4.0 8-32 1.4 1.7 0.8 1.0
4.8 10-24 2.3 2.8 1.4 1.7
6.4 1/4-20 4.5 5.6 2.8 3.4
7.9 5/16-18 9.0 10.2 5.4 6.2
9.5 3/8-16 18.1 20.9 10.7 12.4
11.1 7/16-14 26.6 28.8 15.8 17.5
12.7 1/2-13 45.2 54.2 27.1 32.8
14.3 9/16-12 56.5 79.1 33.9 47.5
15.9 5/8-11 79.1 101.7 47.5 61.0
19.0 3/4-10 129.9 180.8 79.1 107.3
22.2 7/8-9 248.6 339.0 146.9 203.4
25.4 1-8 418.0 564.9 248.6 339.0
28.6 11/8-8 621.4 734.4 372.9 451.9
32.8 11/4-8 734.4 903.9 451.9 564.9
NOTE: This table gives torque limits in Newton meters (Nm) and is a
direct convertion from Table 202 which gives torque limits in
pounds force inches (lbf. in.). Run nut down to near contact with
washer or bearing surface and check torque required to turn nut.
Add rundown torque to applicable torque limits. The torque limits
specified on this table are applicable only to unlubricated bolt-
nut contaminations. Reduce the torque limits by 10% if threads
are cadmium plated or if threads are additionally lubricated with
conventional oil (without graphite or molyb denum disulphide),
and by 20% if threads are lubricated with graphite or
molibdenum disulphide.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-01
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-10-02 - SAFETY
MAINTENANCE
20020-10-02
PRACTICES
LOCKING
SAFETY LOCKING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 20-10-02-910-801
1. Removal/Installation Of Lockwire - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 201)
Removal/Installation
The maintenanceOfprocedure
Lockwire that
- Standard
followsPractices
is for the removal/installation of Lockwire.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
WARNING: WHEN YOU CUT THE LOCKWIRE, USE EYE PROTECTION.

PIECES THAT BREAK OFF CAN CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE LOCKWIRE, DO NOT USE IT AGAIN. THE

LOCKWIRE CAN BREAK AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
E. Procedure
(1) Removal of lockwire
(a) To remove the lockwire, do the steps that follow:
(i) Loosen the pigtail ends of the lockwire to get easier access.
(ii) Cut the lockwire.
(iii) Carefully remove and discard the cut lockwire from the part.
(2) Installation of Lockwire
NOTE: If this procedure does not agree with the specified maintenance
procedure, use the specified maintenance procedure.
(a) Obey the safety precautions for lockwire removal/installation as follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i) Always use the correct type and dimension of lockwire for the applicable
use.
(ii) Lockwire that is not of the correct type and dimension can break when
more than the specified tension limits (for that type and dimension of
lockwire) occur.
(iii) Cut the lockwire to the necessary length.
(iv) Make sure that the lockwire is of sufficient length to make a pigtail at the
ends to safety the lockwire in position.
(v) Keep the lockwire tight, but not too tight. Do not put too much force on the
lockwire, or it can break.
(vi) Do not bend the lockwire in too small of a radius. This can put too much
force on the lockwire, and it can break.
(vii) Do not accidentally cut or cause damage to the lockwire that is installed.
When force is applied to a damaged piece of lockwire, it can break.
(viii) Make sure that you put lockwire on parts that can become loose.
(ix) If the lockwire is not tightened correctly, unwanted forces can cause the
parts to become loose.
(x) Make sure to twist the ends of the lockwire with a minimum of three twists
and a maximum of six twists to make a pigtail.
(xi) Cut off the unwanted parts of the lockwire.
(xii) Always bend (in the direction of the force or tension) the pigtail end
against or below the part that is safetied with lockwire.
(xiii) If you do not do this, the parts (or other equipment) can catch on the ends
of the lockwire, and cause damage.
WARNING: WHEN YOU CUT THE LOCKWIRE, USE EYE

PROTECTION. PIECES THAT BREAK OFF CAN CAUSE
INJURY.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE THE CORRECT TYPE AND
DIMENSION OF LOCKWIRE. THE LOCKWIRE MUST FILL
A MINIMUM OF 75 PERCENT OF THE HOLE. LOCKWIRE
THAT IS TOO SMALL CAN BREAK AND CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO WORK IN A HIGH TEMPERATURE

AREA, USE ONLY LOCKWIRE WITH A HIGH
TEMPERATURE RANGE. OTHER LOCKWIRE CAN
BREAK AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE LOCKWIRE, DO NOT USE IT

AGAIN. THE LOCKWIRE CAN BREAK AND CAUSE
(b) The most commonly used type of wire is as follows:

– 0.32 in. diameter incone safety wire for general locking
– 0.020 in. diameter soft copper wire for indication or safety equipment
locking
– 0.062 in. diameter corrosion resistant steel wire for high strength locking
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) When you remove a component always remember the size and type of wire
used and the method of locking used for assembly. Safety wire is not used in
fuel tanks because of the possibility of static electrical discharge.
(d) Two methods of safetying are in general use:
(i) Single strand lockwire:
– For use with indication wire on safety equipment or controls/switches
– Where a series of screws or bolts will be safetied in a geometric
pattern (e.g. a square or triangle)
– Where access makes double strand locking impractical.
(ii) Double strand lockwire for most applications where the number of items
to be safetied is three or less. Special pliers can be used to tighten the
two strands of wire evenly.
(e) General procedures for the use of lockwire are as follows:
– Remove all pieces of the old lockwire from the component
– Use only new lockwire, never use lockwire more than once
– Do not use damaged lockwire
– Do not hold the wire too tightly or twist the wire excessively
– Do not pull the wire around sharp corners
– Make sure that the direction of installation of the wire tightens the bolt
(nut, screw)
– Do not loosen or overtighten parts to improve safety wire hole location
– Do not drill additional safety wire holes
– When you cut the end of the safety wire leave approximately 6 twists of
wire
– Bend the end of the wire to stop injury to persons or interference with
other parts
– Never use more than 24 inches of lockwire for a multiple group of parts
(f) To install the lockwire on nuts, bolts and screws, do the steps that follow:
CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BOLT OR SCREW TO MORE THAN

THE MAXIMUM RANGE FOR THE SPECIFIED TORQUE
VALUE. FOR FASTENERS WITH A DIAMETER OF MORE
THAN THREE-SIXTEENTHS OF AN INCH, DO NOT TIGHTEN
TO MORE THAN 10 PERCENT ABOVE THE SPECIFIED
TORQUE VALUE.
TOO MUCH TORQUE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
FASTENER.
(i) When you install lockwire on nuts and bolts, tighten to the low values of
the torque range.
(ii) If necessary, continue to tighten until the slot aligns with the safety hole.
(iii) Do not torque to more than the maximum specified torque value.
(iv) Install the lockwire in the configuration shown in Fig. 201.
(v) Cut the lockwire to the necessary length.
NOTE: The lockwire is of sufficient length when you can twist a pigtail of
0.25 to 0.50 in. (6.35 to 12.70 mm) in length at the ends. If the
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
lockwire pigtail is too long, it can catch on adjacent parts that

move and cause damage.
(vi) Twist the lockwire until the loop around the bolt head or nut is below the
wire that goes into the hole.
(vii) Start to twist the lockwire not more than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) away from
the lockwire hole.
NOTE: Make sure that the lockwire does not go above the head.
(viii) Use the procedure for a single wire or for double twist, as applicable. If
possible and for safety of installation, the procedure for double twist is
usually recommended.
(ix) For larger dimension nuts, bolts, and screws, you must twist the lockwire
a minimum of two times.
(x) For smaller dimension screws that are installed “near together” (in a
geometric configuration), use the procedure for a single wire when you
install the lockwire.
(xi) Make sure to use the largest dimension wire for the given hole dimension.
NOTE: “Near together” is the equivalent of a distance of not more than

2.00 in (5.08 cm) between the centers of the screws.
(xii) For groups of hardware that are not installed too near together, use the
procedures that follow to install the lockwire:
– Make sure that the fasteners are from 4.00 in. (10.16 cm) to not more
than 6.00 in. (15.24 cm) apart.
– You cannot safety more than three fasteners together in one group.
– Install the lockwire in the configuration shown in Method 1 in the
illustration.
– Obey the safety precautions for lockwire removal/installation.
– Put one end of the lockwire (1) through the lockwire holes in the head
of each fastener (2).
– Make a loop with the other end of the lockwire around the head to the
other lockwire holes in the same fastener.
– Put that end of the lockwire through this set of lockwire holes.
– Twist the lockwire until the twisted part becomes too short to get to
the nearest lockwire hole of the subsequent fastener.
– Make sure that the twisted part of the lockwire is not more than 0.125
in. (3.17 mm) away from the lockwire holes.
– Do not use the configuration shown in Method 1 in the illustration if
the fasteners are more than 6.00 in. (15.24 cm) apart.
– You can use this configuration only if you can use attachment points
found on parts adjacent to the fasteners.
– Use those attachment points to decrease the span of the lockwire to
less than 6.00 in. (15.24 cm).
(xiii) For groups of hardware that are installed near each other, use the
procedure that follows to install the lockwire:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– The maximum number of fasteners that you can safety together is

the number that you can attach with one length of lockwire (lockwire
length not more than 24.00 in. (60.96 cm)).
(xiv)For blind tapped hole installations that use the fasteners and related
hardware and the safety devices that follow, safety in sets of two (use the
procedure for double twist):
– Bolts
– Castellated nuts on studs
– Drilled head bolts or fillister head screws that are not safetied with a
lockwasher, lock nut or threaded insert that locks.
NOTE: When you find a set that does not have a pair number, safety
one set of three.
(xv) When you install stop−bolts with lock nuts, safety the stop−bolt, lock nut,
and structure together with lockwire.
(xvi)Install the lockwire in the configuration shown in Fig. 201.
(g) To install the lockwire on electrical connectors, do the steps that follow:
(i) Obey all the electrical/electronic safety precautions (TASK 24-00-00-910-
801).
(ii) Do not install the lockwire between two connectors unless necessary.
(iii) Use the same procedures given in the installation of the lockwire on nuts,
bolts, and screws (as applicable).

INJURY.

(h) To install the lockwire on the Wiggins rigid−tube connectors, do the steps that
follow:
(i) Install the lockwire in the configuration shown in Fig. 201.
(ii) Use the specified diameter of lockwire given by the manufacturer for the
dimension and type of Wiggins connector.
(iii) Put the lockwire (1) through the hole in the coupling nut (2).
(iv) Cut the lockwire (1) to the necessary length
(v) Twist the lockwire a sufficient number of turns.
(vi) Put one end of the lockwire (1) through the hole in the boss (3).
(vii) Attach the ends of the lockwire (1) together at the front of the connector
(5).
(viii) Twist the lockwire ends together tightly for four full turns.
(ix) Bend the pigtail (4) in the direction of and along the edge of the connector
(5).

PROTECTION. PIECES
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THAT BREAK OFF CAN CAUSE INJURY.

AGAIN. THE
LOCKWIRE CAN BREAK AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
(i) To install the lockwire on the flexible tube connectors, do the steps that follow:
(i) Install the lockwire in the configuration shown in Fig 201.
(ii) Use the specified diameter of lockwire given by the manufacturer for the
dimension and type of flexible connector.
(iii) Put the lockwire (6) through the hole in the female part (7) of the coupling.
(iv) Cut the lockwire (6) to the necessary length.
(v) Twist the lockwire (6) a sufficient number of turns.
(vi) Put one end of the lockwire (6) through the hole in the coupling nut (8).
(vii) Attach the ends of the lockwire together at the front of the connector.
(viii) Twist the lockwire ends together tightly for four full turns.
(ix) Bend the pigtail (9) in the direction of and along the edge of the
connector.

INJURY.

F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Safety Wiring (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Safety Wiring (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20120-10-02
20
TASK 20-10-02-910-802
2. Removal/Installation Of Cotter Pins - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 202)
The maintenanceOfprocedures
Cotter Pinsthat
- Standard
follows isPractices
for the removal/installation of the cotter pins.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801).
WARNING: WHEN YOU CUT THE COTTER PIN, USE EYE PROTECTION.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE A COTTER PIN, DO NOT USE IT AGAIN.

THE COTTER PIN CAN BREAK AND CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE THE CORRECT TYPE AND
DIMENSION OF COTTER PIN. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE EQUIPMENT.
(2) Obey the safety precautions for cotter pin removal/installation that follow:
(a) Do not accidentally cut or cause damage to the cotter pin that is installed.
When force is put on a damaged cotter pin, it can break.
(b) Make sure that you bend one end of the cotter pin on the top of the nut. Do
this unless you think that it can cause injuries to persons, damage to clothing,
or to equipment. If you cannot do this, bend the two ends of the cotter pin
around the flats of the nut (or the diameter of the flat head pin).
(c) Make sure that the ends of the cotter pin do not catch on the adjacent parts, or
damage can occur.
E. Procedure
(1) Removal of Cotter Pins
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) To remove the cotter pin, do the steps that follow:

(i) Bend each of the two ends of the cotter pin until they are straight and
touch each other.
(ii) Remove the cotter pin from the fastener or pin.
(iii) Discard the cotter pin.
(2) Installation of Cotter Pins
(a) General procedures for the installation of cotter pins are as follows:
– Always use new cotter pins. Never use a cotter pin more than once
– Always use accepted torque tightening techniques for the alignment of
cotter pin holes.
– Safety castellated nuts in one of the two ways shown in Fig. 202.
– Always use the largest diameter cotter pin possible for the hole size. The
minimum acceptable sizes are given in Fig. 202.
– Do not use cadmium plated pins in locations where they can contact fuel,
hydraulic oil or synthetic oil
(b) To install the cotter pins in castellated nuts, do the steps that follow:
(i) Use the applicable type and dimension of cotter pin for the dimension and
type of castellated nut.
(ii) Make sure that the center of the hole in the fastener does not extend
farther than the end of the nut.
(iii) When more than 50% of the hole diameter is above the castellated nut,
use one of the solutions that follow:
– Put one or two washers, but not more than two, below the nut
– Use a shorter fastener.
(iv) Put the two ends of the cotter pin through the hole in the fastener, with the
head parallel to the slot in the nut.
(v) Bend one end of the cotter pin on the top of the nut and bend the other
end in the opposite direction.
(vi) If you cannot do this, bend each of the two ends of the cotter pin in
opposite directions around the castellated nut.
(c) To install the cotter pins in nuts that are not castellated, do the steps that
follow:
type of nut.
(ii) Put the two ends of the cotter pin through the hole in the nut.
(iii) Bend each of the two ends of the cotter pin in opposite directions around
the back of the bolt at approximately 90 degrees.
(d) To install the cotter pins in clevis pins, do the steps that follow:
type of clevis pin.
(ii) Put the two ends of the cotter pin through the hole on the pin.
(iii) Bend each of the two ends of the cotter pin in opposite directions around
the diameter of the clevis pin.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Installation Of Cotter Pins
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20220-10-02
20
TASK 20-10-02-910-803
3. Removal/Installation of Safety Spring in Turnbuckles - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 203)
The procedure thatof Safety
follows
Spring
is forinthe
Turnbuckles
removal/installation
- Standard of
Practices
Safety Spring in Turnbuckle
1004 - 1104
Assembly.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Removal of Safety Spring
(a) Remove the locking clips (1) as follows:
WARNING: WHEN YOU CUT THE LOCKWIRE, USE EYE PROTECTION.

(b) If installed, remove the lockwire from the turnbuckle assembly (TASK 20-10-
02-910-801).
(c) Safety the ends of the two cable terminals opposite to the turnbuckle to
prevent unwanted movement of the cable.
(d) Twist the locking clip and push the hook out of the hole in the center of the
turnbuckle barrel.
(e) Move the locking clips out from the turnbuckle slot.
(f) If the locking clips are not easy to remove, cut them.
(g) Remove and discard the locking clips.
(h) Turn the turnbuckles until they are free of the cable terminals.
(2) Installation of Safety Spring
(a) General procedures for the installation of locking clips in turnbuckles are as
follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i) Screw the cable ends evenly into the turnbuckle body until the adjustment
is correct and the ends are in safety.
(ii) Always use a new safety spring.
(iii) Align the locking channel in the cable end with the channel in the body
and push the straight end of the clip into the body of the turnbuckle.
NOTE: You can put the locking clips in the same side or in the opposite
side of the turnbuckle holes, as applicable.
(iv) Push the hook clip into the center of the turnbuckle body.
(v) Pull the hook shoulder by hand to make sure that the clip is engaged fully.
(vi) To make sure that the two locking clips are correctly installed, lightly turn
the turnbuckle.
(vii) Examine the locking clips and make sure that the hook ends stay
engaged in the turnbuckle.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 203 - Installation of Safety Spring
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-02
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-10-03 - PACKING
MAINTENANCE
20020-10-03
PACKING
PRACTICES
AND
AND
BACK
0BACK
UP UP
RINGS
RINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 20-10-03-910-801
1. Installation precaution of Packings - Standard Practices
Installation
This topic
precaution
gives the
ofmaintenance
Packings - Standard
practice Practices
precautions for the Packings installation.
1004 - 1104

Wrench − Torque Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU HANDLE PACKINGS AND:

– AVOID CONTAMINATION BY FOREIGN MATTER, MATERIALS OR
CHEMICALS.
– KEEP THE WORK AREA CLEAN.
– WASH DUST AND DIRT FROM PARTS WITH STODDARD
SOLVENT BEFORE YOU INSTALL PACKINGS.
– CLEAN HANDS AND TOOLS THOROUGHLY.
– PUT PACKINGS ON CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH OR PAPER
BEFORE ASSEMBLY.
– AVOID CONTAMINATION OF FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS WHEN
HANDLING PACKINGS, LEAKAGE AND SYSTEM FAILURE CAN
OCCUR.
NOTE: Packing grooves are in areas with a high standard of surface finish. Damage
to the surface finish can cause faulty sealing and result in functional failure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1) Do not use hardened steel, pointed or sharp edge tools. Use tools made from soft
metals e.g. brass or aluminium, when you work with packings.
(2) Examine tools often. Tool surfaces must be well rounded, polished and free from
burrs.
(3) When you open fluid lines always use a container to catch the fluid. If you spill fluid
clean the surface with a suitable solvent and a lint free cloth.
NOTE: For installation of packings and back-up rings on fluid fittings refer to the
TASK 20-10-06-910-801.
(4) Use correct torque tightening techniques on assembly (TASK 20-10-01-910-801)

(5) Make sure that the packing material is correct for the system fluid.
(6) Examine each packing before use. Packings must be free from distortion,
blemishes, abrasions, mold flash, cuts or punctures.
(7) Examine the packing grooves for defects.
(8) Install the packing into the groove with no distortion. Where necessary lubricate
the packing and the threads of the fitting to reduce distortion.
F. Close-out
(1) At the end of all activities, remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials
from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20020-10-03
PACKING AND BACK UP RINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 20-10-03-910-802
2. Installation of Back-up ring - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 201)
Installation
This topic
of Back-up
gives thering
maintenance
- Standard practice
Practicesfor the Back-up rings installation.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
(1) For these operations, obey the general safety requirements and guidelines that
follow:
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU HANDLE BACK-UP RINGS:

– AVOID CONTAMINATION BY FOREIGN MATTER, MATERIALS
OR CHEMICALS.
– WASH DUST AND DIRT FROM PARTS WITH STODDARD
SOLVENT BEFORE YOU INSTALL PACKINGS.
– CLEAN HANDS AND TOOLS THOROUGHLY.
– PUT BACK-UP RING ON CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH OR
PAPER BEFORE ASSEMBLY
– AVOID CONTAMINATION OF FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
WHEN HANDLING PACKINGS, LEAKAGE AND SYSTEM
FAILURE CAN OCCUR.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Packing grooves are in areas with a high standard of surface finish.
Damage to the surface finish can cause faulty sealing and result in
functional failure.
metals e.g. brass or aluminum, when you work with packings.
(3) Examine tools often. Tool surfaces must be well rounded, polished and free from
burrs.
NOTE: For installation of back-up rings on fluid fittings refer to the TASK 20-10-
06-910-801.
(5) Use correct torque tightening techniques on assembly (TASK 20-10-01-910-801)
NOTE: In some installations back-up rings are used to support packings. They
stop deformation on the packing and decrease bypass leakage. Do the
steps that follow each time you install a back-up ring:
(6) Before installation examine the back-up ring to make sure there is no damage or
distortion.
(7) Lubricate the rings with system fluid.
(8) Install the back-up rings by hand if possible. Do not use sharp tools.
(9) Make sure that the scarfed ends are installed at different positions around the
circumference of the seal groove.
from the work area.
F. Close-out
from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Packing and Back-up Ring - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20120-10-03
PACKING AND BACK UP RINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 20-10-03-910-803
3. Storage of Packing - Standard Practices
Storage
Thisoftopic
Packing
gives- the
Standard
maintenance
Practices
practice for the Packings Storage.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU HANDLE THE PACKINGS AND:

– AVOID CONTAMINATION BY FOREIGN MATTER, MATERIALS OR
CHEMICALS.
– CLEAN HANDS.
– PUT PACKINGS ON CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH OR PAPER
BEFORE THE STORAGE.
metals e.g. brass or aluminum, when you work with packings.
(3) Examine each packing before use. Packings must be free from distortion,
blemishes, abrasions, mold flash, cuts or punctures.
(4) Install the packing into the groove with no distortion. Where necessary lubricate
the packing and the threads of the fitting to reduce distortion.
(5) Store packings in heat sealed packages in a cool place until ready for use. The
packages must be marked with the identification and cure date of the packings.
(6) Avoid the following problems during the storage and handling of packings:
– Incorrect stacking of parts which cause distortion of the packing.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Compression and flattening caused by storage below heavy parts.

– Holes caused by staples used to attach identification tags.
– Deformation caused by storage on nails or pegs.
– Contamination from adhesive tape used directly in contact with the packings.
F. Close-out
from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-03
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-10-05 - TUBING
MAINTENANCE
20020-10-05
PRACTICES
TUBING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 20-10-05-910-801
1. Permaswage standard tools - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 201)
Permaswage
This topicstandard
give the tools
permaswage
- Standard
toolPractices
descriptions
1004 - 1104
For further information refer to latest revision of Permaswage Operations Manual.

Permaswage standard tools Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The Table 1 list the swage fitting and tubing material combinations and may be
used as a guide in swage applications.
Table 1 - Recommended Fitting and Tubing Material Combination
BASIC FITTING MATERIAL BASIC TUBING MATERIALS
21-6-9 CRES 21-6-9 CRES
Per AMS 5561
Per AM35656 304 1/8 HD CRES
Per MI L-T-6845
3AL-2.5V CWSR TI Alloy
Per AMS 4944
6061-T6 AL Alloy
Per MIL-T-7081
304L or 316L CRES 304 1/8 HDCRES
Per MI L-T-6845
Per QQ-S-763 321 1/8 HDCRES
Per Ml L-T-8808
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 1 - Recommended Fitting and Tubing Material Combination

BASIC FITTING MATERIAL BASIC TUBING MATERIALS
Commercial Pure Titanium 3AL-2.5V CWSR TI Alloy
Per AMS4921 Per AMS4944
6061-T6 AL Alloy 6061-T6 AL Alloy
Per QQ-A-225/8 Per MIL-T-7081
NOTE:
– Min. CRES tube yeld 75,000 psi required.
– Min. Titanium Alloy yeld 95,000 psi required.
– Min. Aluminum Alloy yeld 35,000 psi required.
(2) The following Tables 2 list recommended standard tube wall thickness.
This table may be used as a guide in swage applications.
Table 2 - Recommended Standard Tube Walls
TUBE MIX TUBE SIZE
MATERIAL RATED 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
PRESSURE
(Psi)
21-6-9 3000 .016 .016 .020 .020 .026 .032 .039 .052 .063 -
21-69 2000 - - - - - - - - - .054
304 1/8 HD 3000 .016 .020 .020 .028 .035 .042 .058 .065 - -
304 1/8 HD 1500 - - - - - - - - .049 .065
321 1/8 HD 3000 - 0.28 .028 .035 .042 .058 .065 .083 - -
3 AL-2.5V 3000 .016 .016 .016 .019 .026 .032 .039 .051 .063 -
CWSR
3 AL-2.5V 2000 - - - - - - - - - .054
CWSR
6061-T6 1500 - .035 .035 .035 .035 - - - - -
6061-T6 1000 .020 .020 .028 .028 .035 .035 .035 .049 - -
6061-T6 500 - - - - - - - - .035 .035
(3) Tool Component Description
WARNING: THE TOOLING DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECTED TO

EXTREME HIGH FORCES DURING SWAGING OPERATION.
IMPROPER USE MAY RESULT IN TOOL FAILURE AND/OR
PERSONAL INJURY.
(a) Body Assembly (Power Unit and Strut)

– The power unit (6) is a hydraulic actuator that converts hydraulic pressure
of 5,500 ± 250 psi to a linear travel and force sufficient to swage the
fittings. Spring return action opens the dies and returns the piston when
the hydraulic pressure is released.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– When advanced upward against the yoke assembly (1), the knurled nut
(4), on the body assembly (2 and 6) aligns and restricts spreading of the
yoke assembly (1), during the swaging cycle.
(b) Quick Disconnect
– The quick disconnect (5), located at the bottom of the power unit (6), is
used to connect the hydraulic hose coming from the pump.
(c) Head Assembly
– The swage head assembly consists of a lower die holder assembly (3)
which houses the lower die half and the yoke assembly (1), which houses
the upper die half of the swage die set.
(d) Yoke Assembly
– The upper die half is mounted in the yoke assembly (1). When the piston
rod drives the lower die holder assembly (3), into contact with the upper
die half, the linear force of the piston rod is converted to radial swaging
force as the upper and lower dies are closed over the fitting.
(e) Die Holder Assembly
– The die holder assembly (3), is used to mount the lower die half. Action of
the piston rod on the die holder assembly moves it vertically within the
yoke assembly (1). As the die holder moves, the lower die half mates with
the upper die half mounted in the yoke assembly (1). As the piston rod
continues its travel, the die halves are forced to close, or swage, the
enclosed fitting. Vertical movement of the die holder (3), is guided by the
yoke assembly (1), and retained by the die holder ball detents riding in
slots in the yoke assembly (1).
(f) Die Set
– The two die halves make a die set. The dies have longitudinal alternating
slots which allow.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Swage Tool Assembly
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20120-10-05
20
TASK 20-10-05-910-802
2. Tool Preparation and Operation Instruction - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 202)
ToolThis
Preparation
topic give
and
theOperation
maintenance
Instruction
practice
- Standard
for permaswage
Practices
tools preparation and operation.
1004 - 1104
For further information refer to latest revision of Permaswage Operations Manual.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
NOTE: Refer to TASK 20-10-03-910-801 for the descriptions of all Permaswage

Tool Component.
E. Procedure
(1) Swaging Tool Preparation for Operation
STEP OPERATION PRECAUTION POTENTIAL PROBLEM
Check if die is properly The tapered end of dies Improperly installed dies
installed in yoke and die must be on the side of the will produce an
holder assembly (Figure yoke and die holder which unsatisfactory swage,
202). is black. requiring fitting to be cut
off the tube.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Insert die holder into yoke The die holder must be If the die holder is installed
assembly (Figure 202). inserted so that the black backward it will produce
face and silver face are and unsatisfactory swage,
matched with those on the requiring the fitting
yoke. Remember silver to replacement.
silver, black to black.
Slide strut portion of power Make sure the nut is snug Failure to completely snug
unit into yoke assembly finger tight against the the knurled nut could
and snug up knurled nut yoke. After snugging up cause the yoke assembly
(Figure 202) the knurled nut make sure to fail and result in injury
that the clearance during.the swage cycle.
between the lower angle of
the yoke and strut has
been taken up.
If there is some clearance
lift up on the yoke to
remove clearance and
retighten the knurled nut.
THIS IS CRITICAL.
CHECK TWICE.
Connect the pressure Yoke assembly must be Operating tod without
source to the disconnect at attached to strut per steps head assembly securely in
the base of tool (Figure () thru () before place will damage the
202) pressurizing the swaging spring return located within
tod. the power unit.
AIR BLEED PROCEDURE: (Required prior to putting into service, hose
replacement, erratic operation of toding and/or
overhaul).
Set swaging tool at a lower Make sure swage tod is Setting swage tod above
elevation than the lower than the hydraulic the hydraulic supply will
hydraulic power supply. power supply. prevent air from bleeding
from tod.
Actuate swaging tod. Apply at least 1000 psi.
Exhaust or release
pressure to zero after each
actuation
Perform steps () and () at Perform at least several Air will not bleed from
least three times. cycles. cylinder if tod is not cycled.
Back off knurled nut and
remove swage head
assembly
Remove die holder
assembly from yoke.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Swaging Tool Operating Instructions

Select the desired size of Match swage tool to fitting Too small a tool will not fit
swaging tool. Connect the size. over fitting. Too large a tool
pressure line from the will cause improper
hydraulic supply to the swaging.
disconnect half at the base
of tool (Figure 202).
Square, deburr, and mark (TASK 20-10-05-910-803)
tube ends.
Slide yoke over the fitting Silver side of yoke must If silver side of yoke is not
to be swaged with silver mate with the end of fitting mated with end of fitting to
side of yoke assembly to be swaged. be swaged, it will produce
closed to the end of the an unsatisfactory swage,
fitting to be swaged resulting in rejection of the
(Figure 202) joint.
Insert die holder into yoke Silver side of yoke and die If silver side and die holder
assembly so that silver holder must mate with end do not mate, an
face of die holder of fitting to be swaged. unsatisfactory swage will
assembly corresponds Remember silver to silver, be produced, resulting in
with silver side of yoke black to black. rejection.
(Figure 202)
Install strut portion of Make sure the nut is snug Failure to completely snug
power unit in swage head (finger tight) against the the knurled nut could
assembly. Snug up yoke. After snugging up cause the yoke assembly
knurled nut hand tight the knurled nut, make sure to fail and result in injury
(Figure 202). that the clearance be- during swage cycle.
tween the lower angle of
the yoke and the strut has
taken up. If there is some
clearance, lift up on the
yoke to remove clearance
and retighten the knurled
nut. THIS IS CRITICAL.
CHECK TWICE.
Position the fitting over the The tube must be Insufficient or too much
tube insertion mark so that positioned properly into tube insertion in the fitting
some portion of the mark fitting. will result in rejection of the
is visible. joint.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Move the tod along the Visually re-verify that If the end stops are not
tubing towards the center some portion of the near the end of the fitting,
of the fitting until the end insertion mark is visible it may result in insufficient
stops make light contact with some portion of the swage length, resulting in
with the end of the fitting. mark covered by the fitting. a defective swage joint.
Then back off the tool Also verify there is a small
slightly until the end stops gap between the end stops
are approximately .030 and fitting and being
inches from the fitting end. swaged.
Maintain tool in this CAUTION: Do not Overpressurization will put
position while applying overpressurize. Do not undue stresses on the
hydraulic pressure of underpressurize. swaging tool.
5,500 ± 250 psi. WARNING: Normal Underpressurization may
precautions should be result in wily partial closure
taken by the swage tool of the dies, and hence,
operator to avoid direct inadequate reduction of
body alignment with the the fitting diameter.
swage head's direction of
driving force and the
immediate rear of the
power unit.
Release pressure. If pressure is not released
the dies remain closed
making it impossible to
remove the tool from the
fitting.
Loosen the knurled nut
and remove power unit
from head assembly.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Swage Tool and Fitting
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20220-10-05
20
TASK 20-10-05-910-803
3. Tubing Preparation, Insertion Marking and Limitations, and Inspection of Waged Joints -
Standard Practices
Standard
Tubing
ThisPreparation,
topic
Practices
give theInsertion
maintenance
Marking
practices
and Limitations,
for tubing and
and
contains
Inspection
the following:
of Waged Joints -
1004 - 1104
– Tube End Preparation

– Tube Insertion Marking
– Alternate Marking Method
– Tube/Fitting Installation (Straights)
– Tube/Fitting Installation (Shapes and Separables)
– Inspection of Swaged Joint

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801).
NOTE: Refer to task (TASK 20-10-05-910-801) for the descriptions of all

Permaswage Tool Component and task (TASK 20-10-05-910-802) for all
the information that regard the permaswage preparation and operation
instruction.
E. Procedure
(1) Tube End Preparation (Refer to Fig. 203)
(a) Square and deburr tube ends to be within 1/2° of square to the tube
centerline. Chamfering of inner nad outeer cut edges of the cut is required to
avoid damaging the silicone seal.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Inspect tubing to assure that there are no longitudinal scratches in

the fitting swage area.
(2) Tube Insertion Marking

(a) Tube insertion length is assured by using the proper marking tool (Figure 203)
with a .300 inch marking band width. When using the tool, position the lip stop,
as indicated in the sketch (below), over the end of the tube to be swaged. With
a felt tip pen, ink, or any other suitable marking media, mark the tube, using
the slot as a guide, in two places 180° apart. Make sure the total width of the
mark is made on the tube.
NOTE: Marking pens containing CHLORIDE cannot be used on titanium

tubing.
(3) Alternate Marking Method

(a) If the appropriate marking tool is not available, use Table 203 below to
determine the location and width of the marking band. See Figure 204 for
example.
Table 203 - Tube Insertion Marking
TUBE FITTING MINIMUM TUBE MAXIMUM TUBE
SIZE SIZE INSERTION INSERTION
3/16" (-03) .472 .772
1/4" (-04) .615 .915
5/16" (-05) .655 .955
3/8" (-06) .690 .990
1/2" (-08) 1.193 1.493
5/8" (-10) 1.233 1.533
3/4" (-12) 1.303 1.603
1" (-16) 1.448 1.748
1-1/4" (-20) 1.550 1.850
1-1/2" (-24) 1.675 1.975
(4) Tube/Fitting Installation (Straights) (Ref. to Fig. 205, 206)

(a) Utilizing .300" tube end gap tolerance with union fittings.
(b) Acceptable Limits of Tube Insertion into Union.
(5) Tube/Fitting Installation (Shapes and Separables) (Ref. to Fig. 207, 208)
(a) Utilizing .300" tube end gap tolerance on Permanent Shapes and Permanent/
Separable Combination Fittings.
(b) The following installation instruction is applicable to shapes in the form of
elbows, tees and crosses, including shaped reducers:
(c) Utilizing .150" tube end gap tolerance on separable sleeve and union fittings.
(d) The following tube installation instruction is applicable to MS and AN
separable fittings, male and female:
(6) Inspection of Swaged Joint (Ref. to Fig. 209)
(a) Inspect the fitting using the appropriate size inspection gage to ensure an
adequately swaged outside diameter of the fitting and a sufficient length of the
swaged portion of the fitting. In the absence of a proper gage, the swaged
fitting shall meet the dimensional requirements of Table 204.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The die segment produces longitudinal ridges on the swaged fitting.
Dimensional checks of the fitting's outside diameter must be
performed in the area between these ridges.
Table 204 - Tube Insertion Marking

Tube Dia. (In.) Min. Swaged Lgth. Max. Swaged Dia.
“B” Dim. (In.) “A” Dim. (In.)
3/16” (-03) .340 .247
1/4” (-04) .460 .315
5/16” (-05) .500 .381
3/8” (-06) .530 .447
1/2” (-08) 1.020 .606
5/8” (-10) 1.020 .735
3/4” (-12) 1.020 .863
1" (-16) 1.160 1.144
1-1/4” (-20) 1.406 1.390
1-1/2” (-24) 1.420 1.680
F. Close-out
Fig. 203 - Tube Insertion Marking
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 204 - Alternate Marking Method
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 205 - Tube End Gap Tolerance
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 206 - Acceptable Limits of Tube Insertion into Union.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 207 - Permanent Shapes and Permanent/Separable Combination Fittings
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 217
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 208 - MS and AN separable fittings
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 218
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 209 - Swage Dimensions (In.)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 219
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 220
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20920-10-05
204
TASK 20-10-05-910-804
4. Tubing Repair Techniques - Standard Practices
Tubing
This
Repair
topic Techniques
gives the maintenance
- Standard Practices
practices for the recommended tubing repair methods
1004 - 1104
referring to the following types of damages:

– Pin hole or circumferential Crack in Tubing
– Longitudinal crack in tubing in excess of .30 inch
– Leaking tee or elbow
– Leaking fitting end, flared
– Leaking end fitting-flareless
– Damaged Lipseal Fitting or Fitting Attachment (four types)
Six basic types of tube assembly failures lend themselves to permanent repair using swage
techniques.

Chipless tube cutter Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801).
NOTE: Refer to task (TASK 20-10-05-910-801) for the descriptions of all

Permaswage Tool Component and task (TASK 20-10-05-910-802) for all
the information that regard the permaswage preparation and operation
instruction.
NOTE: The repairs must also conform to the task (TASK 20-10-05-910-805) for
bend location distances.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 221
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
(1) Type 1: Pin hole or circumferential Crack in Tubing. (Ref. to Fig. 210, 211)
(a) Make one or two cuts as necessary to enable removal of damaged section. If
two cuts are required, the distance between them shall not exceed 0.30 inch.
If this measurement is exceeded, go to repair method (2).
(2) Type 2: Longitudinal crack in tubing in excess of .30 inch (Ref. to Fig. 212, 213)
(a) Make two (2) cuts to enable removal of damaged section. The cuts should be
made only after a fit-check has been made to assure swaging tool
accessibility in the area to be swaged.
(b) Remove damaged section and duplicate or follow procedure on next page for
determining tube installation length.
(c) Swage replacement section into tubing under repair, using two (2) tube-totube
unions.
(3) Type 3: Leaking tee or elbow (Ref. to Fig. 214, 215)
(a) Cut out defective tee or elbow. The cuts should only be made after a fitcheck
has been made to assure swaging tool accessibility in the area to be swaged.
(b) Duplicated tubing sections for each branch.
(c) Swage spliced sections to tee or elbow.
(d) Connect each splice section to tubing under repair, using tube-to-tube union.
(4) Type 4: Leaking fitting end, flared (Ref. to Fig. 216, 217)
(a) Refer to the Table 205 to determine cut-off lengths for flared separable end
replacements.
(b) Measure and cut off the length shown in Figure 205.
(c) The use of these cut-off values permits the salvage of the line without the
need for splicing new tubing into the line.
(d) The bottoming of a flared sleeve onto the cut tube end then duplicates the
original overall length of the assembly.
Table 205 - Cut-Off Lengths - Flare Fittings
SIZE “L” = ± .010
03 .282
04 .275
05 .275
06 .226
08 .243
10 .204
12 .234
16 1.647
20 1.035
24 1.045
(5) Type 5: Leaking end fitting-flareless (Ref. to Fig. 218, 219)

(a) Refer to the Table 206 to determine cut-off lengths for flareness separable end
replacements.
(b) Measure and cut off as shown in Figure 206.
(c) The use of these cut-off values permits the salvage on the line without the
need for splicing new tubing into the line.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 222
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) The bottoming of a flareless sleeve onto the cut tube end then duplicates the
original overall length of the assembly.
Table 206 - Cut Off Lengths - Flareless Fittings
SIZE “L” = ± .010
03 .532
04 .541
05 .557
06 .508
08 .588
10 .600
12 .628
16 2.110
20 1.506
24 1.576
(6) Type 6A: Damaged Lipseal Fitting or Fitting Attachment (Ref. to Fig. 220)
(a) Replacement of butt-welded and internally swaged female lipseal assemblies
in sizes -3 thru -16.
Table 207 -
SIZE “L” = ± .010
-3 .940
-4 .970
-5 .995
-8 1.075588
-10 1.120
-12 1.120
-16 1.120
(b) Cut off damaged fitting at a distance “L” from the sealing surface as shown.
(c) Select proper size of lipseal assembly.
(d) Slide tube end into the lipseal assembly unit it butts against the internal
shoulder.
(7) Type 6B: Damaged Lipseal Fitting or Fitting Attachment (Ref. to Fig. 221, 222)
(a) Replacement of internally swaged and butt-welded female assemblies in
sizes 20 and 24 also, applicable to replacement of externally swaged female
assemblies in all sizes.
(b) Cut off damaged end fitting at a point convenient of swage tool access.
(c) Make repair using tubing splice with a permanent union and a replacement.
(8) Type 6C: Damaged Lipseal Fitting or Fitting Attachment (Ref. to Fig. 223, 224)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 223
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Replacement of butt-welded reducer female assemblies.

Table 208 -
End 1 End 2 “L” (in.) = ± 10
04 03 .850
05 04 .857
06 04 .857
08 04 .857
08 06 .872
10 06 .887
10 08 .943
12 06 1.007
12 10 1.008
16 08 1.073
16 10 1.103
16 12 1.033
(b) Cut off damaged fitting at a distance “L” from the sealing surface as shown.
(c) Select proper size of lipseal assembly.
(9) Type 6D: Damaged Lipseal Fitting or Fitting Attachment (Ref. to Fig. 225, 226)
(a) Replacement of internally swaged, butt-welded or externally swaged male
threaded lipseal connectors.
(b) Make repair using tubing splice with permanent union and replacement lipseal
adapter.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 224
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 210 - Type 1: Damage
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 225
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 211 - Type1: Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 226
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 227
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 213 - Type 2: Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 228
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 229
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 230
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 231
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 232
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 233
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 234
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 220 - Type 6A: Damage - Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 235
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 221 - Type 6B: Damage
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 236
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 222 - Type 6B: Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 237
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 223 - Type 6C: Damage
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 238
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 224 - Type 6C: Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 239
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 225 - Type 6D: Damage
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 240
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 226 - Type 6D: Repair
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 241
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 242
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
22620-10-05
208
TASK 20-10-05-910-805
5. Cut-off location at tube bends, Tube Cutting, Cutter Wheel Replacement and Deburring -
Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 227, 228, 229)
Standard
Cut-off
Thislocation
Practices
topic gives
at tube
thebends,
maintenance
Tube Cutting,
practices
Cutter
and Wheel
limitations
Replacement
for the tube
and Deburring
cutting and-
1004 - 1104
deburring.
The following procedures are recommended to assure a proper connection.

Chipless tube cutter Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801).
NOTE: The repair section must also conform to the following requirements for
bend location distances.
E. Procedure
(1) Cut-off location at tube bends
(a) Use the following illustration (Fig. 227) and table (Table 209) in order to
determine the minimum straight tube length to a bend.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 243
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) It is not advisable to perform the swaging process if the straight tube length
available is less than the prescribed minimum.
Table 209 -
SIZE * “L” (In)
3/16 .600
1/4 .740
5/16 .780
3/8 .816
1/2 1.318
5/8 1.358
3/4 1.428
1 1.573
1-1/4 1.675
1-1/2 1.800
(2) Cutting
(a) Mark tube for cutting.
(b) Select the appropriate chipless cutter for the respective tube size (see product
catalog).
(c) Inspect cutter, ratchet should operate freely.
(d) Open cutter wheel clear by turning drive screw until it clears the tube (Fig.
229).
(e) Close cutter head to accept tubing and locate in cutting position (Fig. 229).
(f) Tighten drive screw until light contact is made by cutter wheel on tube. Then
torque 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERTORQUE. IN SOFT TUBING A LARGE BURR

WILL RESULT. IN HARD TUBING, THE CUTTER WHEEL WILL
EXPERIENCE EXCESSIVE WEAR OR BREAKAGE.
(g) Rotate ratchet handle through the arc of clearance is a noticeable ease of
rotation.
(h) Torque drive screw 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
(i) Repeat step (f) and (g) until cut has been completed.
NOTE: Lubricate ratchet, rollers, and cutter wheel regularly with light
machine oil to ensure ease of operation.
(3) Cutter Wheel Replacement (if required)

(a) Disassembly
The following steps apply in disassembling the chipless cutter tool:
(i) Tighten drive screw (Fig. 229) until cutter pivot pin becomes accessible.
(ii) Remove cutter pivot pin and cutter wheel will easily slide out.
(b) Reassembly
The following steps apply in reassembling the chipless tube cutter tool:
(i) Slide new cutter wheel into place and secure with pivot pin.
(ii) Lubricate with light machine oil.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 244
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Deburring Tube End After Cut-off

The following procedure consists of deburring the cut-off on the tube end:
(a) Select the appropriate deburring tool and stem subassembly.
(b) Lubricate the stem with common lubricants.
(c) Insert the stem subassembly into the cutter of the tool. With the plunger
depressed, screw the stem into the plunger until it is bottomed, finger tight.
(d) Check for proper operation.
(e) Hold tube with one hand, depress plunger of deburring tool, and insert elastic
plug into tube end. Release plunger to allow elastic plug to expand and seal
the tube.
(f) While holding the tube with one hand, rotate the knurled body in a clockwise
direction while applying slight pressure on the cutter. Continue to rotate until
the tube end is deburred.
CAUTION: EXCESSIVE DEBURRING WILL CAUSE TOO DEEP A

CHAMFER ON THE TUBE ID AND IS TO BE AVOIDED.
(g) Without depressing plunger, ease the tool from the tube until the first ridge of
the plug is exposes. Wipe off the end of the tube and plug.
(h) If the tube has not been properly deburred, push the tool back into the tubing.
Repeat step (g), (c), (f).
(i) If the tube has been properly deburred, pull the tool completely free of the
tubing.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 245
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 227 - Cut-Off to Bend Lengths
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 246
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 228 - Chipless Cutter
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 247
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 229 - Chipless Cutter Cutting Tube
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-05
Page 248
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-10-06 -FFLEXIBLE
MAINTENANCE
20020-10-06
LEXIBLE
PRACTICES
HOSES
HOSESAND
0 ANDFLUID
FLUIDFITTINGS
FITTINGS- MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 20-10-06-910-801
1. Standard maintenance procedures for flexible hose and fluid fittings - Standard Practices
Standard
The maintenance
maintenanceprocedure
procedures thatforfollows
flexibleishose
for: and fluid fittings - Standard Practices
1004 - 1104
– Flexible hoses: those hoses are used on the airplane mainly in areas of high vibration,
for connection between moving and stationary parts or for connection of parts which
require frequent connection and disconnection.
– Fluid line fittings: those fittings are used on the airplane can be with jamnuts or without
and can have a combination of packing methods. The main methods are described
below.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
NOTE: When it is necessary to disconnect a hose or fitting obey the safety

precautions given in the maintenance practices for the appropriate system.
(1) Put blanking caps on all line ends and fluid fittings when they are disconnected to
prevent system contamination.
(2) Before you connect a hose make sure it is clean. If a hose does not have a
protective cover clean it before use.
(3) Do not install hoses in tension. Adjust the position of the hose, end fitting or
component to give the correct installation.
(4) Only use the correct hose. Never install a hose with a different part number to the
one removed.
(5) Make sure that installed hoses are not twisted. Some hoses have an installation
line to show that they are correctly installed.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Make sure that installed hoses are clear of the surrounding structure or other
components and no wear can occur in all positions of operation.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20020-10-06
FLEXIBLE HOSES AND FLUID FITTINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 20-10-06-910-802
2. Removal of a flexible hose - Standard Practices
Removal
The maintenance
of a flexible hose
procedure
- Standard
that follows
Practices
is for flexible hoses removal; those hoses are used
1004 - 1104
on the airplane mainly in areas of high vibration, for connection between moving and
stationary parts or for connection of parts which require frequent connection and
disconnection.
When it is necessary to disconnect a hose or fitting obey the safety precautions given in the
maintenance practices for the appropriate system.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
(2) Obey all the standard procedures for flexible hoses and fittings (TASK 20-10-06-
910-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Depressurize the appropriate system and drain it if necessary.
(2) Disconnect the line ends of the hose and cap the line ends and fittings.
(3) Remove any clamps from the hose.
(4) Remove the hose from the location in the airplane.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20020-10-06
20
TASK 20-10-06-910-803
3. Installation of a flexible hose - Standard Practices
Installation
The maintenance
of a flexibleprocedure
hose - Standard
that follows
Practices
is for flexible hoses installation; those hoses are
1004 - 1104
used on the airplane mainly in areas of high vibration, for connection between moving and
stationary parts or for connection of parts which require frequent connection and
disconnection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
910-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from the line ends and fittings.
(2) Install the hose and connect the line ends.
(3) Make sure that the hose is installed correctly.
(4) Tighten the line ends in accordance with the torque values given in Table 201:
Table 201 - Torque Values for Hoses
TORQUE LIMITS (lbf. in.)
HOSE TUBING MIN MAX
SIZE OD
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 201 - Torque Values for Hoses

TORQUE LIMITS (lbf. in.)
-3 3/16 20 100
-4 1/4 70 120
-5 5/16 85 180
-6 3/8 100 250
-8 1/2 210 420
-10 5/8 300 480
-12 3/4 500 850
-16 1 700 1150
-20 1-1/4 - -
-24 1-1/2 - -
(5) Do a leak check of the hose.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20020-10-06
201
TASK 20-10-06-910-804
4. Installation of fluid line fitting - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 201)
Installation
The maintenance
of fluid line fitting
procedure
- Standard
that follows
Practices
is for fluid line fittings; they are used on the
1004 - 1104
airplane can be with jamnuts or without and can have a combination of packing methods.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801).
910-801).
E. Procedure
(1) Install fluid fitting with nut and packing
(a) Screw the nut onto the fitting until the nut is clear of the thread relief (packing
groove).
(b) Lubricate the packing with system fluid.
(c) Install the packing into the thread relief.
(d) Screw the fitting into the port of the applicable component until the packing
causes a slight resistance to movement.
(e) Loosen the fitting by not more than one turn to align the fitting.
(f) Tighten the nut to the specified torque loading.
(2) Install fluid fitting with nut, back-up ring and packing
(a) Screw the nut onto the fitting until the nut is clear of the thread relief.
(b) Install the back-up ring into the thread relief (if the ring is leather install it so
that the smooth side is next to the packing).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Lubricate the packing with system fluid and install it in the thread relief next to
the back-up ring.
(d) Turn the nut onto the back-up ring until the back-up ring is in the recess of the
nut and the packing is against the first thread of the lower part of the fitting.
(e) Screw the fitting into the port of the applicable component until the packing is
in contact with the component face and align the fitting.
(f) Tighten the nut to the applicable torque loading.
NOTE: Slight extrusion of the back-up ring is acceptable.
(3) Install standard type fitting

(a) Lubricate the packing and install it in the packing groove of the fitting.
(b) Install the fitting into the component and tighten it to the applicable torque
loading.
F. Close-out
(1) Slight extrusion of the back-up ring is acceptable.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Installation of fluid line fitting - Standard Practices
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20120-10-06
201
TASK 20-10-06-910-805
5. Crimping - TNT8 machine - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 202)
Crimping
The maintenance
- TNT8 machine
procedure
- Standard
that Practices
follows is for crimping two pipes with TNT8 Machine.
1004 - 1104

Crimping Machine Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
910-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Cut the pipe and deburr the cut section.
(2) After cutting the pipe, insert the fitting making sure that the pipe is completely
inserted. This can be checked through the check hole, located on the fitting body.
(3) Using the suitable tool diameter caliper insert the fitting / pipe assembly into the
TNT8 Machine and apply pressure according to table listed values (attached to
TNT8 machine documents).
CAUTION: FOR CORRECT OPERATION FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS

GIVEN INTO TNT8 CRIMPING MACHINE.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Crimping – TNT8 machine - Standard Practices
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-06
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-10-08 - BEARINGS
MAINTENANCE
20020-10-08
PRACTICES
BEARINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 20-10-08-910-801
1. Removal/Installation of Bearings - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 201, 202, 203)
This topic gives the
of Bearings
maintenance
- Standard
practices
Practices
for the Bearings.
1004 - 1104

Pressing Tools Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801).
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the bearing complete with its support bracket or housing from the
airframe (if it is necessary to remove rivets refer to the SRM).
(2) Push the worn bearing from the housing with a suitable pressing tools (Ref. to Fig.
201).
NOTE: There are many different pushing and pulling tools, an example is given
in Fig. 201.
(3) Examine the housing for damage and distortion, in particular examine the
condition of the internal surface of the bearing hole. Repair or replace as
necessary.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL.

OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-
910-801.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET CLEANER GO INTO THE BEARING. LACK OF

LUBRICATION WILL CAUSE BEARING FAILURE.
(4) Clean the outer surface of the bearing and the inner surface of the hole in the
housing with cleaner (TT-M-261) and a lint free cloth.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-08
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT LET LOCTITE GO INTO THE BEARING. DAMAGE TO

AND EVENTUAL FAILURE OF THE BEARING CAN OCCUR.
(5) Apply a thin coat of Loctite to the inside of the hole and the interfaying surface of
the bearing (Refer to 20-10-04).
(6) Using suitable pushing tools to push the bearing into position (Ref. to Fig. 201).
(7) Stake the bearing in position with a tool similar to the one shown in Fig. 202. If the
original housing is used make sure the new stakes are between the original marks.
NOTE: If there is not a bearing retaining flange on the other side of the housing
the bearing must be staked on both sides (Ref. to Fig. 203).
(8) Install the bearing housing or bracket on the airplane.
NOTE: If a new bracket or housing is installed it can be necessary to require

alignment checks (Refer to the SRM).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-08
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Bearing Pushing Tools (Typical)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-08
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Staking Tool - Typical
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-08
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 203 - Bearing Support - For Staking
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-08
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-10-08
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-20-01 - WIRE
REMOVAL
40020-20-01
/ INSTALLATION
BUNDLES
WIRE BUNDLES - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 20-20-01-960-801
1. Wires - Replace
Wires
This
- Replace
topic provides the procedure for the replacement of the Wires.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) General procedures for the installation of wires in a bundle are as follows:
(a) Replace wires with the same wire specification given in the wiring manual.
(b) When you replace a wire or when an existing wire is allocated to a different
function the wire must be given a new identification label.
(c) Make sure you install the wire with no crossovers, twists or kinks.
(d) Do not attach wiring to tubes which contain flammable fluids or oxygen.
Support the wires above and away from tubing with approved clamps.
(e) Protect wires from contamination by fluids in areas where fluid can be
trapped.
(f) Keep wires away from high temperature areas or protect them from the effects
of heat.
(g) Install grommets or pressure seals where wires go through cutouts or holes in
the airplane structure before you install the wires.
(h) If you remove a wire from a pressure seal and do not replace it install nylon
filler rods to stop leaks.
(i) Lubricate the wires with a small amount of petrolatum water before you push
them through pressure seals.
(j) Make sure that the wire is long enough for the following:
– To install terminal fittings.
– To give free movement to equipment which is installed on shock mounts.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– To stop strain on wiring and wire supports.

– To give enough movement in the wire to make drip and service loops.
CAUTION: DO NOT CHANGE THE LENGTH OF CO-AXIAL CABLE

ASSEMBLIES FOR EASE OF INSTALLATION. COAXIAL
CABLES MUST BE A FIXED LENGTH FOR CORRECT
OPERATION OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT.
(k) Make drip loops so that fluid which falls from the loop will not fall onto
equipment. When moisture resistant connectors are installed drip loops are
not necessary.
(l) Keep the minimum bend radius for wires to 10 times the outside diameter of
the wire.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPAIRS
80020-20-01
WIRE BUNDLES - REPAIRS
0
TASK 20-20-01-300-801
1. Wire - Correction, Repair (Ref. to Fig. 801, 802)
WireThis
- Correction,
topic provides
Repairthe Repair Procedure for the Wire.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Braided nylon insulated wire
(a) Clean the damaged area with aliphatic naphta (Material N° 02-001).
(b) Lay damaged and loose nylon braiding as evenly as possible over the
damaged area.
(c) Put vinyl tape around the wire making sure that the layers of tape overlap by
1/2 the tape width. The layer of tape must cover the damage and extend a
further 1/2 inch each side of the damaged area.
(d) Tie both ends of the tape with nylon cord and apply a thin layer of clear laquer
to the knots.
(e) For small gage wires it is only necessary to use the vinyl tape.
(2) Chromel - Alumel Thermocouple Wire (Ref. to Fig. 801)
(a) Clean the damaged area with aliphatic naphta (Material N° 02-001).
(b) Lay damaged fiberglass covering as evenly as possible over the damaged
area.
(c) Put a double layer of glass fabric tape (Permacel EE - 3343) around the
damaged area making sure that the tape overlaps by 1/2 the tape width. The
layer of tape must extend at least one inch each side of the damaged area.
The maximum repair area must be no more than 3 ½ inches.
(d) Use a heat gun or lamp to cure the tape for 30 minutes at a temperature of
320 degrees Fah (160 degrees Cel). Use a sheet of flame resistant tissue to
stop overheating of adjacent wires.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 801
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) The ends of the outer insulation which have been cut for installation must be
tied with cord as shown in figure 801.
(3) Splicing electrical wires (Ref. to Fig. 802)
NOTE: Spliced wire connections must only be used in extreme cases. Use only
approved splice barrels and crimping equipment.
(a) Remove the insulation from the wire so that the uninsulated wire fits exactly
into the splice barrel.
(b) If the splice does not have an integral insulation sleeve put an insulating
sleeve over the wire end.
(c) Install the splice barrel onto the wire end and use approved crimping
equipment to crimp the splice.
(d) Put the insulating sleeve over the splice and attach it to the splice.
NOTE: If a loose sleeve is used tie the ends. If a heat shrink sleeve is used
apply heat to the sleeve to shrink it onto the splice.
(4) Installation of terminal connectors (Ref. to Fig. 802)

(a) Remove the insulation from the wire so that the uninsulated wire fits exactly
into the terminal barrel.
NOTE: Make sure the wire does not come out of the barrel far enough to
touch the terminal post or bolts, nuts and washers used for
installation.
(b) If the terminal does not have integral insulation put an insulating sleeve over
the wire.
(c) Use crimping equipment supplied by the terminal manufacturer to attach the
terminal to the wire.
(d) Tie or heat shrink the insulating sleeve to the terminal.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 802
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 801 - Thermocouple Leads - Maintenance Practices
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 803
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 802 - Electrical Wire - Splice Joint
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 804
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
80220-20-01
WIRE BUNDLES - REPAIRS
80
TASK 20-20-01-300-802
2. Binding of Wire Groups, Sleeves and Tape - Correction, Repair (Ref. to Fig. 803, 804)
Binding
Thisoftopic
Wireprovides
Groups, the
Sleeves
Correction
and Tape
and-Repair
Correction,
Procedure
Repairfor the Binding Of Wire Groups,
1004 - 1104
Sleeves and Tape.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Tie wire groups or bundles at intervals of not more than 12 inches. Insulation
sleeves and identification sleeves must be tied at each end approximately 1/4 inch
from the end of the sleeve. Ties must not be made so that the cord will cut the
sleeve or the wire insulation. Never use the cord to attach a wire bundle to a
support.
NOTE: If heat shrink insulation tubing is used it is not necessary to tie the ends.
(2) In areas where the operating temperature is 200 degrees Fah (93.3 degrees Cel)
or less ties can be made with waxed twine. In areas with a temperature of more
than 200 degrees Fah (93.3 Cel) make the ties with fiberglass cord. Make ties with
a clove hitch tied with a square knot as shown in figure 803. Apply clear laquer to
seal the knots.
(3) In certain applications plastic tie wraps can be used in place of twine ties.
(4) Attach wire bundles to structural members or support brackets with suitable cable
clamps figure 804 shows a typical application.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 805
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 803 - Binding Ties - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 806
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 804 - Cable Clamps - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 807
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-01
Page 808
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20-20-02 - ELECTRICAL
MAINTENANCE
20020-20-02
PRACTICES
ELECTRICAL
BONDING
BONDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 20-20-02-910-801
1. Electrical bonding (Requirements and general precautions) - Standard Practices
Electrical
The bonding
maintenance
(Requirements
procedureandthat
general
follows
precautions)
contains- Standard
the general
Practices
requirements and
1004 - 1104
precautions for the current path return bonding.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Current Path return bond
(Ref. to Table 1)
NOTE: The following Electrical Bonding Checks must be performed using a

Milliohmeter (RCP2-JE) or equivalent.
(a) Current path return bonding completes the ground return path to the battery
and the airplane generator source for all electrical and avionic equipment. The
bond is made with standard airplane wire. The band must be made to primary
structure only. When equipment is case grounded current return can be done
by direct bonding of mating surfaces and through the mounting hardware.
NOTE: Refer to 51-80-00 for structural bonding requirements.
(b) Resistance values for different component groups are given in Table 1. These
values do not supersede values given in individual page blocks. If any
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
installation does not agree with the maximum values given by direct surface
bonding a bonding jumper must be installed.
Table 1 - Current Path Return Bonds
Equipment to be Bonded Resistance Value Resistance Value
(Ohms) in service
(Ohms)
Starter-Generator to Engine Frame 0.0025 0.0025
All Electrical and Electronic 0.0025 0.0025
Equipment Ground
Battery Box to Primary Structure 0.0025 0.0025
Engine to Nacelle Structure 0.0025 0.0030 - 0.0040
Radio Racks and Shelves to Primary 0.0025 0.0025
Structure
Wing to Fuselage Primary Structure 0.0025 0.0025
Rivet Skin Joints and Breaks 0.0030 Across 0.0030 Across
Joint Joint
Structural Joints or Breaks 0.0030 Across 0.0030 Across
Joint Joint
RF1 Noise Filter 0.0025 Across 0.0025 Across
Joint Joint
(2) RF and Static Bonds

(Ref. to Table 2)
(a) All electrical and electronic equipment and/or components must be installed
with a continuous low resistance path from the equipment mounting structure
to the airplane primary structure.
(b) All metallic pipes, tubes and hoses in fluid systems must be bonded to the
basic structure.
(c) Resistance values for typical equipment and areas for RF static bonding are
given in Table 2.
(d) All control surfaces and flaps must have a bonding jumper across each hinge.
A piano type hinge does not require additional bonding if the bond across the
hinge is inside the limit.
Table 2 - RF and Static Bonds
(Ohms) in service
(Ohms)
Antenna Base 0.010
Baggage Compartment Door 0.005
Control Surface - Aileron 0.005 0.010
Rudder 0.0025 0.060
Elevator 0.005 0.060
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 2 - RF and Static Bonds

(Ohms) in service
(Ohms)
TrimTabs 0.005
Flaps 0.005 0.010
Removable cowls (Fastener Mounting 0.005 0.035 - 0.050
Access and Inspection Panels 0.005 0.070
Nacelle 0.0025 0.080
Static Wicks 0.0005 0.100
Honeycomb Panel Assemblies 0.005
(3) Shock Hazard and Lightning Protection Bonds
(Ref. to Table 3)
(a) If the bond resistance is less than the limits in A. and B. above part of the
requirement for shock hazard and lightning bond has been done.
(b) Additional requirements for shock hazard and lightning protective bonds are
given in Table 3.
Table 3 - Shock Hazard and Lightning Protection Bonds
(Ohms) in service
(Ohms)
Hydraulic Cylinders 0.01
Instruments 0.01
Oxygen Cylinders 0.01
Metallic tubing 0.10
Metallic Ducting 0.005
Fuel Filler 0.005
Fuel Vents 0.005
Wing Tie Down and Grounding 0.003
Point
Electronic Equipment Below Radio 0.01
Frequency
Control Cables and Rods to Movable 0.01
Surface oEquipmentr
(4) General precautions for bonding

(a) Bonded connections must be in a protected area close to access panels or
doors for ease of installation.
(b) Do not bond components to the structure through other parts. Always bond
direct to the structure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Make sure the leads are as short as possible.

(d) Make sure the leads do not stop correct operation of moving parts.
(e) When you install electrical bonding jumpers, make sure that the conditions
that follow do not break or loosen the bond:
– Vibration
– Expansion or contraction
– All movement that occurs during usual operation.
(f) Make sure that if an electrical bond is through attachment holes, the holes are
treated with a protective/conductive surface
(g) Clean all bonding surfaces before installation of the joint.
(h) Use only self locking nuts in bonded joints.
(i) Do not make RF current returns through magnesium alloy parts.
(j) Do not use soldered joints on parts that move or vibrate.
(k) Bonding attachments must not affect the integrity of the airframe structure.
(l) Non-metallic or dry film lubricated nutplates must not be used for bonding
applications e.g. antenna installation.
(m) AC and DC electrical ground returns must be connected separately.
(n) Where possible multiple bonding or dual system grounds to the same point on
the structure are not possible.
(5) General health safety precautions for bonding
(a) Many of the solvents and adhesives used in these procedures are poisonous
and/or flammable. Use approved body protection such as respirators, rubber
gloves, safety glasses and rubber aprons.
(b) Carefully read the instructions that manufacturer supplies for data on
applicable body protection.
(c) Keep the work area clean.
(d) Have a good flow of clean air.
(e) Make sure there are no sparks or open flames near the work area.
(6) Protection of the environment
(a) Many of the solvents and other materials that are used in these procedures
are dangerous. When you use and discard these materials, you must follow
the control that applies locally.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20020-20-02
ELECTRICAL BONDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
203
TASK 20-20-02-910-802
2. Typical Bonding Method - Standard Practices
Typical
TheBonding
maintenance
Methodprocedure
- Standardthat
Practices
follows contains the typical bonding method used in
1004 - 1104
maintenance. The bonding methods that follow will in most applications make a bonding
joint which will agree with the limits in the Tables contained in Electrical bonding precaution
and requirements (TASK 20-20-02-910-801)

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
(2) Obey the electrical bonding requirements and general precaution (TASK 20-20-02-
910-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Bolted bond jumper installation:
(a) Make bolted installations as shown in Fig. 201 and 202. Make the connections
with the types of screw shown unless specifically told otherwise in a
maintenance procedure.
(2) Riveted or bolted skin bond:
(a) Normally a riveted or bolted skin joint will be inside the limits given above. (b)
If the normal joint bond is not in the limit the procedure given in Fig. 203 and
204 will give a satisfactory bond.
(3) Riveted or bolted angle bond
(a) Normally a riveted or bolted angle joint will be inside the limits given below:
– Normal resistance value across the joint less than 0.005 ohms
– Resistance for a current return path of less than 0.0025 ohms
(b) If the resistance value is not in the limit the procedure given in Fig. 205 will
give a satisfactory bond.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) An alternative method to (b) above is to install bonding jumpers between each
secondary structure and the primary structure.
(4) Bonding of tubes
(a) Normally a correctly installed tube with correct clamping arrangements will be
inside the limit above.
(b) If the resistance value is above the limit given use one or more of the methods
given in Fig. 206 and 207 to give a satisfactory bond.
(5) Bonding of access panels
(a) Normally a correctly installed panel will be inside the limit given in contained in
electrical bonding precaution and requirements (TASK 20-20-02-910-801)
(b) If the resistance value is more than the limit use one of the two methods given
in Fig. 208 and 209 to give a satisfactory bond.
(6) Bonding of antenna installations
(a) Normally a correctly installed antenna will be inside the limit given in TASK 20-
20-02-910-801.
(b) If the resistance value is more than the limit use one of the methods that
follow to give a satisfactory bond:
– Make sure that all mating surfaces of the antenna mounting are clean and
free from paint and insulating material.
– Use the methods given in Fig. 201 and 202 and 210 to give a satisfactory
bond.
F. Close-out
(1) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Bonding Jumper Installation - Aluminium and Magnesium Alloys
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 207
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 202 - Bonding Jumper Installation - Steel and Titanium Alloys
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 208
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 203 - Bonding Repair for Riveted Sheet Metal Construction
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 209
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 204 - Bonding Repair for Screwed Sheet Metal Construction
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 210
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 205 - Bonding Repair for Bracket or Angle Construction
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 211
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 206 - Bonding of Tubes to Structure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 212
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 207 - Bonding of Tubes for Continuity
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 213
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 208 - Access/Inspection Panel - Bonding
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 214
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 209 - Access Panels with Gasket - Bonding
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 215
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 210 - Antenna Bonding - Typical
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 216
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21020-20-02
ELECTRICAL BONDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
203
TASK 20-20-02-910-803
3. Bonding Surface Preparation and Finish - Standard Practices
Bonding
Use Surface
the maintenance
Preparationprocedure
and Finishthat
- Standard
follows Practices
to prepare the surfaces to be electrically
1004 - 1104
bonded.

400 - 600 grade emery cloth or equivalent sand Not Specified
paper
Steel Wool Not Specified
Steel or Monel Wire Brush Not Specified
Aluminium Wool Not Specified
Dry Cleaning 02-006
Compound, Stoddard
Abrasive Pads (Plastic) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
910-801)
E. Procedure
(1) Bonding Surfaces Preparation
NOTE: Do not remove the conductive surface finishes.
(a) Make sure that all mating surfaces which affect the electrical bonding are
clean and free from corrosion.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 217
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) If necessary, clean the surfaces that have a conductive coating with a clean
cloth made moist with methyl ethyl ketone (MEK).
(c) For other parts, clean the faying surfaces to remove all paint and
nonconductive materials. Clean the surfaces immediately before you
assemble the parts.
NOTE: Make sure that you can see a bare area around the bond after you
assembled the parts.
(d) Clean steel and aluminum surfaces as follows:

– Remove heavy to mild deposits with 400 - 600 grade emery cloth or
equivalent sand paper
– Remove mild or medium deposits with abrasive pads
– For mild deposits on steel surfaces use sand paper or cloth, steel wool or
a steel or monel wire brush
– Use aluminum wool on aluminum surfaces only
– Clean with solvent (PD 680) and a lint free cloth.
(e) Clean magnesium surfaces as follows:
– Remove deposits with abrasive pads (Plastic)
– Remove heavy deposits with a stainless steel or monel wire brush
– Remove medium to mild deposits with 400 - 600 grade emery cloth or an
equivalent fine sandpaper and/or aluminium oxide paper or cloth.
– Clean the areas with solvent (PD 680) and a lint free cloth.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE STEEL WOOL, STAINLESS STEEL WOOL OR

ALUMINIUM WOOL TO CLEAN MAGNESIUM ALLOYS.
PARTICLES OF THESE PRODUCTS CAN CAUSE
CORROSION OF THE ALLOYS.
(2) Surface Finish

(a) Restore all surface finish in accordance with the instructions given in Chapter
51-00-00.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 218
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40020-20-02
ELECTRICAL BONDING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 20-20-02-000-801
1. Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Flap The
Track
maintenance
/ Wing Bonding
procedure
Jumpers
that- follows
Removal is for removal of flap track / wing bonding jumper.
1004 - 1104

Warning Notices Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The flap track / wing bonding jumpers are installed on each outboard flap
track. The removal procedure is identical for all flap tracks / wing bonding
jumpers.
00-840-801)
(2) Obey the Precaution For Consumable Materials And For Miscellaneous Materials
(TASK 20-00-01-910-801)
(3) Set the flaps to DN position.
(4) Remove the electrical power from the airplane. Open, tag and safety the FLAPS
PWR circuit breaker located on the copilot Circuit breaker panel.
(5) De-fuel the airplane to a minimum of 100 Lbs, reading on the Multi Function
Display (MFD) (TASK 12-10-07-600-804 or TASK 12-10-07-600-805)
(6) Place a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not apply
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Flap Track Fairing.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Remove the following wing access panels:

632GB for gain the access to the RH outboard flap trach / wing
bonding jumper inside wing attachment
632GB for gain the access to the RH inboard flap trach / wing
532GB for gain the access to the LH outboard flap trach / wing
532GB for gain the access to the LH inboard flap trach / wing
(3) Ventilate the wing fuel tank with a warm air blower in order to remove fuel vapor.
(4) Remove the bolt (1), nut (3) and washer (2) that connect a bonding jumper
terminal end to the flap track (8).
(5) Remove the bolt (5), nut (7) and washer (6) that connect the other bonding jumper
terminal end to the wing.
(6) Remove the flap track / wing bonding jumper (4).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40120-20-02
ELECTRICAL BONDING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 20-20-02-400-801
2. Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Flap The
Track
maintenance
/ Wing Bonding
procedure
Jumpersthat
- Installation
follows is for installation of flap track / wing bonding
1004 - 1104
jumper.

Lint free cloth Not Specified
Protection Coat MIL-L-6806
B. Materials
Conductive adhesive 01-007
Sealant PR 1440A2
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) 02-009
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The flap track / wing bonding jumpers are installed on each outboard flap
track. The Installation procedure is identical for all flap tracks / wing bonding
jumpers.
00-840-801)
(2) Obey the Precaution For Consumable Materials And For Miscellaneous Materials
(TASK 20-00-01-910-801).
E. Procedure
(1) Remove any residual material and clean the wing internal and external surface
around the hole.
(2) Check if the protection coat of wing hole inner surface is undamaged, otherwise
apply an ALODINE 1200 protection coat.
(3) Remove any residual material and clean the flap track surface around the hole.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Check if the protection coat of flap track hole inner surface is undamaged,
otherwise apply an ALODINE 1200 protection coat.
(5) Prepare the bonding contact at both flap track holes ends: a cleaned surface of
13.5 millimeters diameter around the contact hole is required.Clean the mating
surfaces with methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK), allow to dry, then apply a conductive
adhesive KS4008 or equivalent.
(6) Prepare the bonding contact surfaces on the wing lower skin: a cleaned surface of
13.5 millimeters diameter around the contact hole is required. Clean the mating
surfaces with methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK), allow to dry, then apply a conductive
adhesive KS4008 or equivalent.
(7) Connect a flap track / wing bonding jumper terminal end to the wing with bolt (5),
washer (6) and nut (7).
(8) Connect the other flap track / wing bonding jumper terminal end to the flap track
with bolt (1), washer (2) and nut (3).
(9) Check the installed bonding connection jumper for resistance (task 20-20-02-910-
801).
(10) Apply a MIL-L-6806 protection coat on the bonding jumper terminal connections
and cleaned surrounding areas.
(11) At the inside wing fuel tank, clean the area surronding the installed nut (7) with
methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK).
(12) Apply a coat of PR1440A2 sealant on and around the installed nut (7) then allow
the required curing time.
(13) Check that no foreign object has been left inside the wing tank.
(14) Install the wing access panel removed during flap track / wing bonding jumpers.
632GB for gain the access to the RH outboard flap trach / wing
632GB for gain the access to the RH inboard flap trach / wing
532GB for gain the access to the LH outboard flap trach / wing
532GB for gain the access to the LH inboard flap trach / wing
(15) Install the Flap Track Fairing.

(16) Remove a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not apply
electrical power.
(17) Restore the electrical power from the airplane. Remove the safety tag and close
the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker on the copilot Circuit breaker panel.
(18) Retract the flaps to UP position.
(19) Refuel the airplane (TASK 12-10-07-600-801 or TASK 12-10-07-600-802) and
check for absence of any leakage at the wing skin installed bonding connection.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Flap Track / Wing Bonding Jumpers - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60020-20-02
ELECTRICAL BONDING - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 20-20-02-200-801
1. Electrical Bonding Between Control Surfaces and Main Structure - Inspection / Check (Ref.
to Fig. 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606)
Electrical
This Bonding
topic provides
BetweentheControl
Inspection
Surfaces
Check
and for
Main
the
Structure
Electrical
- Inspection
Bonding /Between
Check Control
1004 - 1104
Surfaces and Main Structure.

Millihometer TEM-531000-001
Probe / Cable TEM-531000-003/ -004
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The following Electrical Bonding Checks must be performed using a

Milliohmeter (TEM-531000-001) or equivalent.
NOTE: This topic give the information about the procedure to be applied for the check
of the electrical bonding measure between the control surfaces and the
aircraft structure (battery ground).
NOTE: The tables reported above is indicative only for assembly of parts and shall
not be assumed as limit value for bonding check during aircraft inspection.
(1) The procedure contains the following inspection checks:

– Check electrical bonding between the horn of the L.H. elevator and battery
ground.
– Check electrical bonding between the horn of the L.H. elevator and battery
ground
– Check electrical bonding between the static wick mounting plate installed on
the traling edge of the rudder horn and the battery ground.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Check electrical bonding between the balancing mass in the rudder horn and
the battery ground.
– Visual Inspection of bonding jumper between the horizontal stabilizer and the
vertical stabilizer.
– Visual Inspection of bonding jumper between the elevator and horizontal
stabilizer.
(2) Check bonding between PIN G106 (battery ground) and Tail-cone / Vertical
Stabilizer (Ref. to Fig. 602).
(a) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment.
(b) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(c) Put the access platform in position on the left side of the rear fuselage to
access to the baggage compartment.
(d) Disconnect the battery quick - disconnect from receptacle.
(e) Put the access platform in position on the right side of the vertical stabilizer.
(f) Connect the milliohmeter between the pin G106 (battery ground) (Ref. to Fig.
601) and the metallic plate (1) that is installed between the tail cone
and the vertical stabilizer.
(g) Measure and record the resistence value. The measured value shall be less
than 1,5 milliohm.
(3) Perform a visual inspection of bonbing jumper between the elevator and the
horizontal stabilizer, for general condition and safety of installation; if necessary
use an endoscope (Ref. to Fig. 603 left elevator hinges are shown the right ones
are identical).
(4) Perform a visual inspection of bonbing jumper between the vertical stabilizer and
the rudder for general condition and safety of installation; if necessary use an
endoscope (Ref. to Fig. 604).
(5) Check bonding between PIN G106 (battery ground) and rudder (Ref. to Fig. 606).
(a) Connect he milliohmeter between the pin G106 (battery ground) (Ref. to Fig.
601) and the static wick mounting plate installed on the trailing edge of the
rudder.
(b) Measure and record the resistence value.
(c) Connect the milliohmeter between the pin G106 (battery ground)(Refer to Fig.
601) and the balancing mass in the rudder horn.
(d) Measure and record the resistence value. The measured value shall be less
than 100 milliohm.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Pin G106 (Battery Ground)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Pin G106 Battery - Tail-cone / Vertical Stabilizer Bonding Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 603 - Elevator / Horizontal Stabilizer Bonding Jumper Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 604 - Vertical Stabilizer / Rudder Bonding Jumper Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 605 - Pin G106 Battery - Left / Right Elevators Bonding Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 606 - PIN G106 Battery - Rudder Bonding Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60620-20-02
ELECTRICAL BONDING - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 20-20-02-200-802
2. Engine mounts (Electrical continuity) - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 607)
Engine
Themounts
maintenance
(Electrical
procedure
continuity)
that -follows
Inspection
contains
/ Check
the following inspection checks:
1004 - 1104
– Check electrical continuity between the Engine Mount and PIN G106 (battery ground).
– Check electrical continuity between the Engine Mount and Forward Firewall.
– Check electrical continuity between the Engine Mount and Rear Firewall.

Milliohmeter RCP2-JE or equivalent TEM-531000-001
Probe / Cable TEM-531000-003 / 004
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
00-860-801)
910-801)
(3) Obey the Electrical/Electronic Safety Precautions (TASK 24-00-00-910-801)
(4) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment.
(5) Set the battery switch to OFF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Put the access platform in position on the LH/RH wing to access to engine nacelle
panels.
(7) Remove all engine nacelle panels (TASK 54-10-00-000-801 and TASK 54-10-00-
000-802 and TASK 54-10-00-000-803).
(8) Disconnect the battery quick - disconnect from receptacle.
E. Procedure
(1) Connect the milliohmeter between the pin G106 (battery ground) and the Engine
Mount (1) as shown in figure.
(2) Measure and record the resistence value. The measured value shall be maximun
2,5 milliohm.
(3) Connect the milliohmeter between the Engine Mount (1) and the Forward Firewall
(2) as shown in figure.
5 milliohm.
(5) Connect the milliohmeter between the Engine Mount (1) and the Rear Firewall (3)
as shown in figure.
5 milliohm.
F. Close-out
(1) Connect the battery quick - connect to receptacle.
(2) Remove a Warning Notice in the flight compartment.
(3) Install all engine nacelle panels (TASK 54-10-00-400-801 and TASK 54-10-00-
400-802 and TASK 54-10-00-400-803).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 607 - Engine Mount - Electrical Continuity Checks
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
20-20-02
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
AIR CONDITIONING
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 21 - AIR CONDITIONING

21 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
21 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
21 - TOC 1-6 Jul.08/16
21-00-00 1-8 Jul.08/16
21-10-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 444 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 612 Jul.08/16
613 - 616 Jul.08/16
617 - 620 Jul.08/16
21-20-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 444 Jul.08/16
445 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 448 Jul.08/16
449 - 450 Jul.08/16
451 - 452 Jul.08/16
453 - 454 Jul.08/16
455 - 456 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
503 - 504 Jul.08/16

601 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 610 Jul.08/16
611 - 614 Jul.08/16
615 - 616 Jul.08/16
617 - 618 Jul.08/16
619 - 622 Jul.08/16
623 - 624 Jul.08/16
625 - 626 Jul.08/16
801 - 804 Jul.08/16
21-30-00 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 434 Jul.08/16
435 - 438 Jul.08/16
439 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 448 Jul.08/16
449 - 450 Jul.08/16
451 - 454 Jul.08/16
455 - 456 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 516 Jul.08/16
517 - 520 Jul.08/16
521 - 522 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 610 Jul.08/16
611 - 612 Jul.08/16
613 - 616 Jul.08/16
617 - 620 Jul.08/16
621 - 622 Jul.08/16
701 - 704 Jul.08/16
21-40-00 1 - 12 Jul.08/16
401 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 438 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
439 - 442 Jul.08/16

443 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 450 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 606 Jul.08/16
21-50-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 604 Jul.08/16
21-51-00 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

305 - 308 Jul.08/16
401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 444 Jul.08/16
445 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 448 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
21-60-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 438 Jul.08/16
439 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 444 Jul.08/16
445 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 448 Jul.08/16
449 - 450 Jul.08/16
451 - 452 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 508 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 604 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-LOEP
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
605 - 606 Jul.08/16

607 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 610 Jul.08/16
611 - 612 Jul.08/16
613 - 616 Jul.08/16
617 - 620 Jul.08/16
21-70-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 406 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-LOEP
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 21 - AIR CONDITIONING

21 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
AIR CONDITIONING 21-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Normal Operation 3 1004 - 1104
4. Emergency Operation 4 1004 - 1104
5. Control and Indication 5 1004 - 1104
COMPRESSION 21-10-00 401

1. Overtemperature Switch - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Duct Fail Switch (Inboard) - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Duct Fail Switch (Outboard) - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Check Valves - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
5. Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve
(Third Evaporated not installed) - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
6. Bleed Air Ducts - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
7. Overtemperature Switch - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
8. Duct Fail Switch (Inboard) - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
9. Duct Fail Switch (Outboard) - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
10. Check Valves - Installation 429 1004 - 1104
11. Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve
(Third Evaporated not installed) - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
12. Bleed Air Ducts - Installation 437 1004 - 1104

1. Duct Fail Switches - Functional Test 501 1004 - 1104

1. Bleed Air Ducts - General Visual Inspection 601 1004 - 1104
2. Check Valves - General Visual Inspection 605 1004 - 1104
3. Overtemperature Switches - General Visual Inspection 609 1004 - 1104
4. Duct Fail Switches - General Visual Inspection 613 1004 - 1104
5. Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve - General Visual Inspection 617 1004 - 1104
DISTRIBUTION 21-20-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104

1. Air Distribution Blower - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
2. Flight Compartment Diffuser - Removal 403 1004 - 1104

3. Avionics Cooling Blower - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
5. Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
6. Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution
Hose - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
7. Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
8. Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
9. LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal 421 1004 - 1104
10. RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
11. Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Removal 425 1004 - 1104
12. Air Distribution Blower - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
13. Flight Compartment Diffuser - Installation 431 1004 - 1104
14. Avionics Cooling Blower - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
15. Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
16. Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct - Installation 441 1004 - 1104
17. Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution
Hose - Installation 445 1004 - 1104
18. Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
19. Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Installation 449 1004 - 1104
20. LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation 451 1004 - 1104
21. RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation 453 1004 - 1104
22. Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Installation 455 1004 - 1104

1. Air Distribution Blower - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Avionics Cooling Blowers - Functional Test 503 1004 - 1104

1. Passenger Compartment Overhead
Diffusers - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Air Distribution Blower - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
3. Flight Compartment Diffusers Outlets and
Ducts - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
4. Avionics Cooling Blowers - Inspection / Check 611 1004 - 1104
5. Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Inspection / Check 615 1004 - 1104
6. Refrigeration-Pack Inlet and Outlet Duct - Inspection / Check 617 1004 - 1104
7. Passenger-Compartment Air Distribution
Hoses and Valves - Inspection / Check 619 1004 - 1104
8. Ram Air Check Valve (valve Installed) - Inspection / Check 623 1004 - 1104
9. Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Inspection / Check 625 1004 - 1104

1. Refrigeration Package Inlet/Outlet Ducts
- Correction, Repair 801 1004 - 1104
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL 21-30-00 301
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
1. Pressurization Control System - Drain Fluid 301 1004 - 1104

1. Pressurization Control Ejector - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Vacuum Regulating Valve - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Automatic Pressurization Controller - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
5. Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
6. Outflow Valves - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
7. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
8. Cabin Barometric Switch - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
9. Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
10. Pressurization Control Ejector - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
11. Vacuum Regulating Valve - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
12. Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Installation 431 1004 - 1104
13. Automatic Pressurization Controller - Installation 435 1004 - 1104
14. Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Installation 439 1004 - 1104
15. Outflow Valves - Installation 443 1004 - 1104
16. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
17. Cabin Barometric Switch - Installation 449 1004 - 1104
18. Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Installation 451 1004 - 1104
19. Primary Outflow Valve Filter - Replace 455 1004 - 1104

1. Cabin Barometric Pressure Switch - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Pressurization Control System - Operational Test 503 1004 - 1104
3. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Operational Test 505 1004 - 1104
4. Pressurization Control System - Functional Test 507 1004 - 1104
5. Pressurization Leakage (External
Supply) - Pressure Test 517 1004 - 1104
6. Pressurization (Engine Running) - Leak Test 521 1004 - 1104

1. Pressurization Control Ejector - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Vacuum Regulating Valve - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
3. Manual Rate Controller - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
4. Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
5. Automatic Pressurization Controller - Inspection / Check 609 1004 - 1104
6. Pressurization Controls and Indicators - Inspection / Check 611 1004 - 1104
7. Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Inspection / Check 613 1004 - 1104
8. Outflow Valves - Inspection / Check 617 1004 - 1104
9. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Inspection / Check 621 1004 - 1104

1. Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Cleaning 701 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
HEATING 21-40-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. ENVIRO Heating System - Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. ENVIRO Heating System - Description 5 1004 - 1104
4. ENVIRO Heating System - Emergency Operation 6 1004 - 1104
5. ENVIRO Heating System - Control and Indication 7 1004 - 1104
HEATING 21-40-00 401

1. Enviro Heating Package - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Third Evaporator (Optional) - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
3. Enviro Gate Valve - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
4. Temperature Modulating Valve - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
5. Enviro Ground Blower - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
6. Flight Compartment Heater - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
7. Enviro Heating Package - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
8. Third Evaporator (Optional) - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
9. Enviro Gate Valve - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
10. Temperature Modulating Valve - Installation 439 1004 - 1104
11. Enviro Ground Blower - Installation 443 1004 - 1104
12. Flight Compartment Heater - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
HEATING 21-40-00 601

1. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Check Valve - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Shut-Off and Pressure Regulating Valve - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
COOLING 21-50-00 401

1. Refrigeration Pack - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Refrigeration Pack - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
4. Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
COOLING 21-50-00 601

1. Refrigeration Pack - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
FREON AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM 21-51-00 301

1. Freon Conditioner System - Servicing 301 1004 - 1104
2. Freon Air Conditioning System - Servicing 305 1004 - 1104

1. Flight Compartment Evaporator - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Compressor/Condenser - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Flight Compartment Blower - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Passenger Compartment Blower - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
5. Passenger Compartment Evaporator - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
6. Freon Control Unit - Removal 421 1004 - 1104

7. Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
8. Flight Compartment Evaporator - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
9. Compressor/Condenser - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
10. Flight Compartment Blower - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
11. Passenger Compartment Blower - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
12. Passenger Compartment Evaporator - Installation 441 1004 - 1104
13. Freon Control Unit - Installation 445 1004 - 1104
14. Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor - Installation 447 1004 - 1104

1. Freon Conditioner System - Functional Test 501 1004 - 1104

1. Motor Brushes - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
TEMPERATURE CONTROL 21-60-00 401

1. Shutoff Valve - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Precooler - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature
Sensor - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Cabin/Cockpit Over Temperature Switch
- Removal 411 1004 - 1104
5. Cockpit Temperature Controller - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
6. Cabin Temperature Controller - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
7. Cabin Temperature Sensor - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
8. Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
9. Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal 421 1004 - 1104
10. Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
11. Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal 425 1004 - 1104
12. Shutoff Valve - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
13. Precooler - Installation 429 1004 - 1104
Sensor - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
15. Cabin Temperature Switch - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
16. Cockpit Temperature Controller - Installation 439 1004 - 1104
17. Cabin Temperature Controller - Installation 441 1004 - 1104
18. Cabin Temperature Sensor - Installation 443 1004 - 1104
19. Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Installation 445 1004 - 1104
20. Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
21. Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Installation 449 1004 - 1104
22. Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation 451 1004 - 1104

1. Duct Overtemperature Sensor - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Environmental Control System - Operational Test 505 1004 - 1104
3. Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Operational Test 507 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-TOC
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION

1. Shutoff Valves - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Precooler - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
3. Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
4. Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
5. Environmental-Control Switch-Panel
(Hamilton) - Inspection / Check 609 1004 - 1104
6. Environmental-Control Switch-Panel
(Hamilton) - Inspection / Check 611 1004 - 1104
Sensors (Enviro) - Inspection / Check 613 1004 - 1104
Switch (Enviro) - Inspection / Check 617 1004 - 1104
MOISTURE/AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL 21-70-00 401

1. Water Separator - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Water Separator - Installation 403 1004 - 1104
MOISTURE/AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL 21-70-00 601

1. Water Separator - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-TOC
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-00-00 - AIR CONDITIONING

DESCRIPTION
021-00-00
AND
AIROPERATION
CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Air Conditioning is provided by an Environmental Control System (ECS) which supplies
1004 - 1104
air at a volume and temperature to enable the crew to operate efficiently in a

comfortable flight compartment and for a better comfort of the passenger in the cabin.
B. In order to improve the flight compartment and cabin air cooling (in particular hot
climate) an optional Freon Air Conditioner System can be installed in addition to the
basic Environmental Control System (Ref. to 21-51-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Description
Description
A. The air conditioning system comprises:
1004 - 1104
– Precoolers
– A refrigeration pack, supplied with both engine bleed air and ram air
– A water separator
– A control panel
– Various valves and ducts
– An emergency pressurization system
– A flight compartment heater.
B. The precoolers reduce the temperature of the bleed air from the engines to the lower
temperature required by the refrigeration pack.
C. The refrigeration pack is a self-contained unit which reduces the temperature of the air
ducted into the flight and passenger compartments.
D. The water separator removes approximately 70 percent of the moisture from the
refrigeration pack outlet air. The water is sprayed into the heat exchanger of the
refrigeration pack to improve efficiency.
E. The control panel provides automatic or manual temperature control. Switches located
on the panel provide control of the cockpit blower and floor air valve (if installed).
F. The valves include check valves to prevent return air flow and subsequent pressure
loss if a failure should occur, shut off valves and pressure regulating valves.
G. Ducts include both flexible and non-flexible and are used to carry and distribute the
conditioned air.
H. The emergency pressurization system maintains cabin pressure in the event of a

failure of the refrigeration pack or the refrigeration pack bleed air supply. The
emergency pressurization system is supplied with pressurized air from the bleed air
system.
I. The electrical flight compartment heater, installed into the conditioned air duct to the
crew outlet ports, is located below the right side of the cabin door. The 500 Watt heater
provides an improved heating delivery to the pilot compartment any time it is desired by
the crew during the operations with engines running.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Normal Operation (Ref. to Fig. 1)

Normal
A. Operation
When the(Ref.
system
to Fig.
shut-off
1) valves open, pressurized engine air flows from the precooler,
1004 - 1104
via metal ducts and check valves to a T-piece in the airplane center section. The T-
piece incorporates pressure and flow regulating valves and a flow limiting venturi. The
pressure regulating valve is normally open (regulating), but it closes if any of the
following conditions apply:
– Airplane on ground with Ng above 85 percent
– Wing anti-ice selected ON
– The refrigeration pack inlet temperature rises above 435°F plus or minus 15°F.
B. From the T-piece the air, at a pressure of between 30.5 to 32.5 psi, is ducted into the
refrigeration pack. Inside the refrigeration pack, hot and cold air is mixed to give the
temperature selected at the control panel. A temperature sensor and controller located
in the flight compartment sense the cabin temperature and give signals to a bypass
valve to adjust the mix of hot and cold air to achieve the correct cabin temperature. The
controller limits the temperature of the air entering the cabin to 175°F.
C. The outlet air from the refrigeration pack passes through the water separator. The
water separator removes approximately 70 percent of the moisture from the air. A duct
from the refrigeration pack ram air inlet connects into the outlet duct of the water
separator. The duct contains a check valve and in the event of a loss of engine bleed
air, the check valve opens to allow ram air to ventilate the cabin.
D. From the water separator, the air is ducted to the cabin inlet check valve mounted on
the rear pressure bulkhead.
E. From the cabin inlet check valve the air passes into the passenger compartment
distribution system which comprises flexible ducting connected to overhead and floor
diffusers. The ducting to the floor diffusers incorporates shut-off valves controlled by
the FLOOR AIR switch on the control panel. A duct also supplies the flight
compartment foot warmers, side diffusers and air outlets. To have a continuous floor
airflow, it is possible not to install the Floor Air Shut Off Valve, with related control
switch.
F. A blower fan in the flight compartment provides extra air to the air outlets if required.
The fan is controlled by the CKPT BLOWER switch on the control panel.
G. The electrical heater operation is controlled through the COCKPIT HEATER/OFF

switch located in the ENVIR subpanel on the right side of the instrument panel close to
the cabin rate of climb/descent gauge. The COCKPIT HEATER/OFF switch is
connected in series with the BLEED AIR L/OFF switch, which controls the left engine
bleed air valve: this valve must be open (switch to L position) to allow the heater
operation. Moving to the OFF position the BLEED AIR L/OFF switch the heater will be
de-energized. Whenever a left engine shutdown occurs, the heater will be de-
energized after the Engine Securing Procedure has been completed: the COCKPIT
HEATER/OFF switch should be turned to OFF if previously engaged. Two thermal
switches, which are integral part of the heater, sense the hot air temperature and
protect the system against overheating. A relay, controlled by the two thermal switches,
interrupts the power supply to the heater in the event of excessive air temperature. The
electrical power to the heater is supplied by the left generator bus through a 25 Amp
circuit breaker located on the main junction box and labeled COCKPIT HEATER. The
electrical cockpit heater must be switched off before engine shutdown.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. Emergency Operation (Ref. to Fig. 2)

Emergency
A. In the
Operation
event of(Ref.
an air
to conditioning
Fig. 2) system failure, an emergency cabin pressure valve,
1004 - 1104
connected to the bleed air system manifold, can be opened by selecting EMER at the
BLEED AIR control panel.
B. When the valve opens, air from the manifold flows to a check valve mounted on the
rear pressure bulkhead and into the passenger compartment. The inflow of air is
sufficient to maintain cabin pressure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. Control and Indication (Ref. to Fig. 3)

Control
A. and
TheIndication
system is(Ref.
controlled
to Fig.at
3)the environmental control panel located on the instrument
1004 - 1104
panel directly above the center pedestal. The control panel incorporates a controller,
temperature sensor, control switches and a temperature selector knob.
B. With the AUTO/MAN switch set to AUTO:

The controller compares sensed cabin temperature and duct temperatures with
selected temperature to produce an electrical signal equivalent to the temperature
difference. The signal is sent to a bypass valve connected to the refrigeration pack
which moves to allow the appropriate amount of hot engine bleed air to mix with the
cold air from the refrigeration pack.
C. With the AUTO/MAN switch set to MAN:

The bypass valve is controlled by the MAN HEAT/COOL switch. If the switch is set to
HEAT the valve opens to allow maximum hot air to flow. If the switch is set to COOL the
valve closes and stops the flow of hot air. The bypass valve can be stopped at any
desired position by returning the switch to the center position.
D. Indication comprises the following red warning captions located on the annunciator
panel:
L BLEED TEMP comes on if the LH duct temperature between the bleed-air shut-
off valve and the T-piece rises above 550°F plus or minus 10°F.
R BLEED TEMP comes on if the RH duct temperature between the bleed-air shut-
off valve and the T-piece rises above 550°F plus or minus 10°F.
DUCT TEMP comes on if the temperature of the air in the cabin air supply duct
rises above 175°F.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Air Conditioning System - Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Air Conditioning System - Distribution
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 3 - Air Conditioning System - Control and Indication
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-00-00
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-10-00 - COMPRESSION
REMOVAL
40021-10-00
/ INSTALLATION
COMPRESSION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 21-10-00-000-802
1. Overtemperature Switch - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Overtemperature
This topic gives
Switch
the maintenance
- Removal practices for the overtemperature switch.
1004 - 1104
The overtemperature switches are in zones 271 and 272, between FS 6710.5
and FS 6965.

Blanking caps Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH installation. Data for the RH installation
is given between parentheses.
(1) Open, tag and safety this circuit breaker:

Pilot CB panel: (Copilot CB panel:
L BLEED AIR R BLEED AIR
(2) Disconnect the LH (RH) MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the switch (3).
(4) Remove the switch (3) from the duct (1).
(5) Put blanking caps on the duct and electrical connector.
(6) Remove and discard the O-ring (2) from the switch (3).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Overtemperature Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-000-803
2. Duct Fail Switch (Inboard) - Removal (Ref. Fig. 402)
DuctThis
Fail topic
Switchgives
(Inboard)
the maintenance
- Removal practices for the duct fail switch.
1004 - 1104
The duct fail switches are in zones 271, 272, 522 and 622, adjacent to WS 440
and WS 1510.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

L BLEED AIR R BLEED AIR)
(2) Disconnect the LH (RH) MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).
(3) Remove the nut (3) from the switch (5).
(4) Remove the switch (5) from the bracket (4). Do not strain the wires (1, 2).
(5) Cut the wires (1, 2) as close as possible to the lugs on the switch (4).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Duct Fail Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-000-804
3. Duct Fail Switch (Outboard) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
DuctThis
Fail topic
Switchgives
(Outboard)
the maintenance
- Removalpractices for the duct fail switch.
1004 - 1104
and WS 1510.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(2) Remove the wing inspection panel 522BT (622BT).

(3) Cut the wires (1, 2) as close as possible to the lugs on the switch (4).
(4) Remove the nut (3).
(5) Remove the switch (5).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Duct Fail Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-000-805
4. Check Valves - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Check
This
Valves
topic -gives
Removal
the maintenance practices for the check valves.
1004 - 1104
The check valves are zone 271, in the inlet joints of the branch assembly.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel: Copilot CB panel:
L ENG START COOL PWR
R ENG START CABIN PRESS
(2) Disconnect the RH MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).

(3) Remove the nut (37) and bolt (38) attaching the branched duct (36) to the
structure.
(4) Remove the clamps (15, 33, 41).
(5) Remove the branched duct (36) and the check valves (34, 40).
(6) Collect the gaskets (16, 32, 42).
(7) Remove the check valves (34, 40) from the branched duct (36).
(8) Collect the gaskets (35, 39).
(9) Put blanking caps on all line ends.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Check Valves - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Check Valves - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40521-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-000-808
5. Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve (Third Evaporated not installed) - Removal (Ref. to
Fig. 406)
Pressure
This topic
Regulating/Flow
gives the removal
Controlpractices
Valve (Third
for the
Evaporated
pressure regulating
not installed)
and-flow
Removal
control valve, are
1004 - 1104
located under the baggage compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
L ENG START HEATER
(2) Remove the access panel 281BZ from the baggage compartment floor.
(3) Remove the clamps (1, 3).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the valve (4).
(5) Remove the two bolts (2) attaching the valve (4) to the support (6).
(6) Remove the valve (4).
(7) Put blanking caps on all line ends and to the electrical connector (5).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-000-811
6. Bleed Air Ducts - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Bleed
This
Air topic
Ductsgives
- Removal
the maintenance practices for the bleed air ducts.
1004 - 1104
The bleed air ducts connect the engines with the pressure regulating/flow control valve, and
are in zones 271, 272, 410, 420, 522 and 622.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure gives a separate removal sub-procedure for each of the air-
conditioning system bleed-air ducts. To remove a duct, refer to Fig. 401 to
identify the duct and follow the appropriate sub-procedure. The procedure
given is for the LH installation. Data for the RH installation is given between
parentheses.

L ENG START COOL PWR
(2) Remove the ducts

(a) Remove the precooler outlet duct (3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i) Remove the nacelle panel 410AB (420AB) (Refer to TASK 54-10-00-000-
801 and TASK 54-10-00-000-802 and TASK 54-10-00-000-803).
(ii) Remove the clamp (1) from the precooler outlet duct (3).
(iii) Move the shutoff valve (4) and precooler outlet duct (3) carefully to allow
removal of the duct.
NOTE: The duct (5) has flexible sections which allow limited movement.
(iv) Collect the gasket (2).

(v) Hold the shutoff valve (4) with a suitable wrench and unscrew the
connector nut attaching the precooler outlet duct (3) to the valve.
(vi) Remove the precooler outlet duct (3).
(vii) Put blanking caps on the shutoff valve (4) and the outlet of the precooler.
(b) Remove the flexible duct (5)
801 and TASK 54-10-00-000-802 and TASK 54-10-00-000-803).
(ii) Cut and remove the lockwire from the connector nut between the flexible
duct (5) and the duct (7) and unscrew the connector nut.
(iii) Hold the shutoff valve (4) with a suitable wrench and unscrew the
connector nut on the flexible duct (5).
(iv) Remove the flexible duct (5) and collect the ring (6).
(v) Put blanking caps on all line ends.
(c) Remove the duct (7)
801 and TASK 54-10-00-000-802 and TASK 54-10-00-000-803).
(ii) Cut and remove the lockwire, and unscrew the connector nuts between
the duct (7) and the adjoining ducts (5, 27).
(iii) Remove the duct (7) and collect the rings (6, 24).
(iv) Put blanking caps on all line ends.
(d) Duct (27) - Removal (RH Side)
(i) Remove the nacelle panels 420AB, 420AT, 440AR and 440AL (Refer to
TASK 54-10-00-000-801 and TASK 54-10-00-000-802 and TASK 54-10-
00-000-803).
(ii) Remove the wing access panels 622AT, 622BT, 622CT.
(iii) Remove the duct (7) (Refer to step (c)).
(iv) Remove the bolt (20, 22) from the clamp (26).
(v) Remove the nut (25), bolt (21) and clamp (23) from the clamp (26).
(vi) Remove the clamp (wire mesh caution) from the duct (27).
(vii) Remove the stop collar of the rubber thickness.
(viii) Remove the rubber thickness.
(ix) Cut and remove the lockwire and unscrew the connector nut between the
duct (27) and the duct (29).
(x) Remove the overtemperature switch (31) (Refer to Para. 5).
(xi) Remove the bolts (19), nuts (17) and washers (18) from the bracket on
the duct (29).
(xii) Remove the clamp (33).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(xiii) Remove the duct (29) and collect the check valve (34) and the gaskets
(32, 35).
(xiv)Remove the duct (27) from the right side of the main landing gear well.
Collect the ring (28).
(xv) Put blanking cap on all line ends.
(e) Duct (27) - Removal (LH Side)
(i) Remove the nacelle panels 410AB, 410AT, 430AR and 430AL (Refer to
00-000-803).
(ii) Remove the wing access panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT.
(iii) Remove the duct (7) (Refer to step (c)).
(iv) Remove the bolt (20, 22) from the clamp (26).
(v) Remove the nut (25), bolt (21) and clamp (23) from the clamp (26).
(vi) Remove the clamp (wire mesh caution) from the duct (27).
(vii) Remove the stop collar of the rubber thickness.
(viii) Remove the rubber thickness.
(ix) Cut and remove the lockwire and unscrew the connection nut between
the duct (27) and the duct (29).
(x) Remove the firewall blanket located on the lower right side of the nacelle.
(xi) Remove the oil cooler air ducts.
(xii) Remove the oil cooler (Refer to 79-20-00).
(xiii) Remove the fuel heater (Refer to Engine Maintenance Manual).
(xiv)Slide the duct (27) towards the left engine.
(xv) Put blanking cap on all line ends.
(f) Remove the duct (29)
(i) Disconnect the LH (RH) MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-
802).
(ii) Remove the termal insulation.
(iii) Remove the overtemperature switch (Refer to Para. 5).
(iv) Remove the two bolts (19), nuts (17) and washer (18) from the bracket on
the duct (29).
(v) Cut and remove the lockwire, and unscrew the connector nut between
the duct (29) and the duct (27).
(vi) Remove the clamp (33).
(vii) Remove the duct (29) and collect the check valve (34), the gaskets (32,
35) and the ring (28).
(viii) Put blanking caps on all line ends and electrical connectors.
(g) Remove the branched duct (36)
(i) Disconnect the RH MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).
(ii) Remove the termal insulation.
(iii) Remove the nut (37) and bolt (38) attaching the branched duct (36) to the
structure.
(iv) Remove the clamp (15, 33, 41).
(v) Remove the branched duct (36) and collect the check valves (34, 40) and
the gaskets (16, 32, 35, 39, 42).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(vi) Put blanking caps on all line ends.

(h) Remove the duct (14)
(i) Remove the access panel 281BZ from the baggage compartment floor.
(ii) Disconnect the RH MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).
(iii) Remove the clamps (13, 15).
(iv) Remove the duct (14) and collect the gasket (16).
(v) Put blanking caps on all line ends.
(i) Remove the duct (9)
(i) Remove the access panel 281BZ from the baggage compartment floor.
(ii) Remove the clamps (8, 10).
(iii) Remove the duct (9).
(iv) Put blanking caps on all line ends.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Bleed Air Ducts - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Bleed Air Ducts (Third Evaporator Installed) - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40721-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-400-802
7. Overtemperature Switch - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Overtemperature
This topic gives
Switch
the maintenance
- Installation practices for the overtemperature switch.
1004 - 1104
and FS 6965.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the duct and electrical connector.
(2) Install the new O-ring (2) onto the switch (3).
(3) Install the switch (3) into the duct (1).
(4) Connect the electrical connector (4).
(5) Connect the LH (RH) MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
(6) Remove the safety clip and tag and close this circuit breaker:
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Overtemperature Switch - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40821-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-400-803
8. Duct Fail Switch (Inboard) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
DuctThis
Fail topic
Switchgives
(Inboard)
the maintenance
- Installationpractices for the duct fail switch.
1004 - 1104
and WS 1510.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the workshop, solder a piece of wire of the original size and type to each lug of
the switch (5).
(2) Make sure, as necessary that:
– The applicable circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied
– The system is safe
– Access is available
(Refer to the TASK 21-10-00-000-803).
(3) Connect the wires (1, 2) to the wires on the switch using in-line connectors (Refer
to 20-00-00).
(4) Remove the safety clip and tag, and close this circuit breaker:
(5) Do a Functional Test of the duct fail switch (Refer to Para. 12).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the switch (5) onto the bracket (4) using the nut (3).
(7) Connect the LH (RH) MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Duct Fail Switch - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40921-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-400-804
9. Duct Fail Switch (Outboard) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
DuctThis
Fail topic
Switchgives
(Outboard)
the maintenance
- Installation
practices for the duct fail switch.
1004 - 1104
and WS 1510.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the workshop, solder a piece of wire of the original size and type to each lug of
the switch (5).
(Refer to the TASK 21-10-00-000-804).
(3) Connect the wires (1, 2) to the wires on the switch using in-line connectors (Refer
to 20-00-00).
(4) Remove the safety clip and tag, and close this circuit breaker:
(5) Do a Functional Test of the duct fail switch (Refer to Para. 12).
(6) Install the switch (5) onto the bracket (4) using the nut (3).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Connect the wing inspection panel 522BT (622BT).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Duct Fail Switch - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41021-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-400-805
10. Check Valves - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Check
This
Valves
topic -gives
Installation
the maintenance practices for the check valves.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and safetied
(2) Examine the gaskets (16, 32, 35, 39, 42) for damage, crushing and signs of
burning and contamination. If necessary, replace the gaskets.
(3) Install the gaskets (35, 39) onto the outflow sides of the check valves (34, 40).
Make sure the locating dowel on each check valve is through the hole in the
gasket.
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.
(5) Install the check valves (34, 40) into the branched duct (36). Make sure the
locating dowel on each check valve is correctly located in the hole in each duct
flange.
(6) Put the branched duct (36) in the installed position and install the gaskets (16).
(7) Install the clamps (8, 33, 41).
(8) Install the bolt (38) and nut (37) to attach the branched duct (36) to the structure.
(9) Connect the RH MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L ENG START AIR COND
R ENG START CABIN PRESS.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Check Valves - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Check Valves - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41221-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-400-808
11. Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve (Third Evaporated not installed) - Installation (Ref.
to Fig. 413)
Pressure
This topic
Regulating/Flow
gives the installation
Control Valve
practices
(ThirdforEvaporated
the pressure
notregulating
installed) -and
Installation
flow control valve,
1004 - 1104
are located under the baggage compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
L ENG START HEATER
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends and electrical connector (5).
(3) Put the valve (4) in the installed position.
(4) Install the clamps (1, 3) but do not fully tighten.
(5) Install the two bolts (2) to attach the valve (4) to the support (6).
(6) Fully tighten the clamps (1, 3).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the valve (4).
(8) Install the access panel 281BZ.
L ENG START HEATER
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41321-10-00
40
TASK 21-10-00-400-811
12. Bleed Air Ducts - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Bleed
This
Air topic
Ductsgives
- Installation
the maintenance practices for the bleed air ducts.
1004 - 1104
are in zones 271, 272, 410, 420, 522 and 622.

B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure gives a separate installation sub-procedure for each of the air-
conditioning system bleed-air ducts. To install a duct, refer to Fig. 408 to
identify the duct and follow the appropriate sub-procedure. The procedure
given is for the LH installation. Data for the RH installation is given between
parentheses.
(1) Make sure as necessary that:

(Refer to TASK 21-10-00-000-810).
(2) Install the ducts
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Install the precooler outlet duct (3)

(i) Examine the gasket (2) for damage. If necessary, replace the gasket.
(ii) Remove the blanking caps from the shutoff valve and precooler.
(iii) Put the duct (3) in the installed position with the gasket (2) between the
precooler outlet and the duct.
(iv) Tighten, by hand, the connector nut on the duct (3) to attach the duct to
the shutoff valve (4).
(v) Install the clamp (1).
(vi) Use a suitable wrench to hold the shutoff valve (4) and fully tighten the
connector nut.
(vii) Install the nacelle panel 410AB (420AB) (Refer to TASK 54-10-00-400-
801 and TASK 54-10-00-400-802 and TASK 54-10-00-400-803). Install
the flexible duct (5).
(viii) Examine the ring (6) for damage and corrosion. If necessary, replace the
ring.
(ix) Install the ring (6) and put the flexible duct (5) in the installed position.
(x) Tighten the duct connector nuts by hand.
(xi) Hold the shutoff valve (4) with a suitable wrench and fully tighten the
connector nut on the flexible duct (5).
(xii) Fully tighten the connector nut between the flexible duct (5) and the duct
(7) and safety with lockwire.
(xiii) Install the nacelle panel 410AB (420AB) (Refer to TASK 54-10-00-400-
801 and TASK 54-10-00-400-802 and TASK 54-10-00-400-803).
(b) Install the duct (7) (Ref. Fig. 408)
(i) Examine the rings (6, 24) for damage and corrosion. If necessary, replace
the rings.
(ii) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.
(iii) Install the rings (6, 24) and put the duct (7) in the installed position.
(iv) Match the required gap Y not less than 1.0 mm. and X not less than 10
mm. by rotating the tube (7).
(v) Tighten the connector nuts and safety with lockwire.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT NO INTERFERENCE BETWEEN THE

TUBES 27 AND THE FLAP DRIVING RODS OCCURS.
(vi) Refer to Fig. 408 and verify that no interference occurs between the tubes
7, 27 and the flap driving rods. Inspect the areas through the doors
522BT and 622BT.
(vii) Install the nacelle panel 410AB (420AB) and the access door 522BT
(622BT) (Refer to Refer to TASK 54-10-00-400-801 and TASK 54-10-00-
400-802 and TASK 54-10-00-400-803).
NOTE: It is not required to apply a silicon fillet around the tube along its
passage through the wing panel hole.
(c) Duct (27) - Installation (RH Side)

(i) Examine the rings (28, 24) for damage and corrosion. If necessary
replace the ring.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(ii) Examine the gaskets (32, 35) and the check valve (34) for damage and
serviceability (Refer to para. 16). If necessary replace any defective part.
(iii) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.
(iv) Install the check valve (34) and gasket (35) into the branched duct (36).
(v) Install the rings (28) and gasket (32) and put the ducts (29, 27) in the
installed position.
(vi) Tighten the connector nut by hand to connect the duct (29) to the duct
(27).
(vii) Install, but do not fully tighten the clamp (33).
(viii) Turn the duct (29) until the bolts (19) can be installed through the support
bracket and install the washers (18) and the nuts (17).
(ix) Fully tighten the clamp (33).
(x) Install the ring (24) to the duct (27).
(xi) Put in position the duct (7).
(xii) Connect the duct (27) to the duct (7) and tighten the connector nut
between the ducts (27) and (29).
CAUTION: CHECK THAT THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE N°2

SHAFT AND THE BLEED LINE DUCT IS NOT LESS THAN
6 MILLIMETERS.
(xiii) Install the rubber thickness to the duct (27).

(xiv)Install the stop collar of the rubber thickness.
(xv) Install the clamp (wire mesh caution).
(xvi)Install the clamp (23) to the clamp base (26) using the nut (25) and the
bolts (20, 21, 22).
(xvii)Safety the duct connector nuts with lockwires.
(xviii)Complete the installation of the duct (7) (Refer to step (b)).
(xix)Install the overtemperature switch (31) (Refer to para. 6).
(xx) Inspect the areas through the doors 622AT, 622BT and 622CT.
(xxi)Install the wing access panels 622AT, 622BT and 622CT.
(xxii)Install the nacelle panels 420AB, 420AT, 440AR and 440AL (Refer to
00-400-803).
(d) Duct (27) - Installation (LH Side)
(i) Put in position the duct (27) and the duct (7).
(ii) Install the firwall blanket.
(iv) Install the rings (24, 28) to the duct (27).
(v) Connect the duct (27) to the ducts (7) and (29) by connection nuts.
(vi) Complete the installation of the duct (7) (Refer to step (b)).
CAUTION: CHECK THAT THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE N°2

SHAFT AND THE BLEED LINE DUCT IS NOT LESS THAN
6 MILLIMETERS.
(vii) Install the rubber thickness to the duct (27).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(viii) Install the stop collar of the rubber thickness.

(ix) Install the clamp (wire mesh caution).
(x) Install the clamp (23) to the clamp base (26) using the nuts (25) and the
bolts (20, 21, 22).
(xi) Safety the duct connector nuts with lockwires.
(xii) Install the fuel heater (Refer to Engine Maintenance Manual).
(xiii) Install the oil cooler (Refer to TASK 79-20-00-400-802).
(xiv)Install the oil cooler air ducts.
(xv) Install the nacelle panel 410AB (Refer to TASK 54-10-00-400-801 and
TASK 54-10-00-400-802 and TASK 54-10-00-400-803).
(xvi)Inspect the area through the doors 522AT, 522BT and 522CT.
(xvii)Install the wing access panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT.
(xviii)Install the nacelle panel 410AT, 430AR and 430AL (Refer to TASK 54-
10-00-400-801 and TASK 54-10-00-400-802 and TASK 54-10-00-400-
803).
(e) Install the duct (29)
(i) Examine the ring (28) for damage and corrosion. If necessary, replace the
ring.
(ii) Examine the gaskets (32, 35) and the check valve (34) for damage and
serviceability (Refer to Para. 16). If necessary, replace any defective
parts.
(iv) Install the check valve (34) and gasket (35) into the branched duct (36).
(v) Install the ring (28) and gasket (32) and put the duct (29) in the installed
position.
(vi) Tighten the connector nut by hand to connect the duct (29) to the duct
(27).
(vii) Install, but do not fully tighten, the clamp (33).
(viii) Turn the duct (29) until the bolts (19) can be installed through the support
bracket and install the washers (18) and nuts (17).
(ix) Fully tighten the clamp (33).
(x) Fully tighten the connector nut and safety with lockwire.
(xi) Install the overtemperature switch (Refer to Para. 6).
(xii) Install the termal insulation.
(xiii) Connect the MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
(f) Install the branched duct (36)
(i) Examine the check valves (34, 40) for serviceability (Refer to Para. 16).
(ii) Examine the gaskets (16, 32, 35, 39, 42) for damage and serviceability. If
necessary, replace the gaskets.
(iii) Remove blanking caps frome the line ends.
(iv) Install the gaskets (32, 42) and the check valves (34, 40) into the
adjoining ducts.
(v) Install the gaskets (16, 35, 39) and put the branched duct (36) in the
installed position.
(vi) Install the clamps (15, 33, 41).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(vii) Install the bolt (38) and nut (37) to attach the branched duct (36) to the
structure.
(viii) Install the termal insulation.
(ix) Connect the RH MLG rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
(g) Install the duct (14)
(i) Examine the gasket (16) for damage. If necessary, replace the gasket.
(ii) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.
(iii) Install the gasket (16) and put the duct (14) in the installed position.
(iv) Install the clamps (13, 15).
(v) Install the access panel 281BZ.
(h) Install the duct (9)
(i) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.
(ii) Put the duct (9) in the installed position.
(iii) Install the clamps (8, 10).
(iv) Install the access panel 281BZ.
(3) Remove the safety clips and tags and close these circuit breakers:
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Bleed Air Ducts - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Bleed Air Ducts - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50021-10-00
COMPRESSION - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 21-10-00-720-802
1. Duct Fail Switches - Functional Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
DuctThis
Fail topic
Switches
gives- Functional
the Adjustment
Test / Test for the duct fail switch.
1004 - 1104
The duct fail switches are in zones 271, 272, 522 and 622, adjacent to WS 440 and WS
1510.

Heat Insulation Blanket Not Specified
Heat-Shrink Gun TEM-211000-002
Digital Thermometer (400F/200C) TEM-211000-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure the electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
(2) Disconnect the MLG rear doors (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).
(3) Remove the wing access panels 522BT and 622BT.
(4) Remove each switch from its bracket by removing the securing nut (Refer to Fig.
501). Do not strain the electrical wires.
(5) Position a person in the flight compartment to monitor the annunciator panel.
(6) Do the test of each switch as follows:
Action Result
For the wing temperature switches perform the steps (a) to step (d)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Use the heat insulation blanket to

hold the switch. Make sure the
surrounding structure, equipment
and the electrical wires are
shielded.
(b) Hold the probe of the digital At a temperature of 210 °F ± 5 °F (98,9
thermometer against the switch and °C ± 2,8 °C) the master warning caption
use the heat shrink gun to apply flashes and the warning caption L
heat to the base of the switch. BLEED TEMP (R BLEED TEMP) comes
on.
(c) Turn off and remove the heat shrink At a temperature of 185 °F ± 5 °F (85 °C
gun to allow the temperature of the ± 2,8 °C) the master warning caption
switch to decrease. flashes and the warning caption L
BLEED TEMP (R BLEED TEMP) goes
off.
(d) Push to cancel the master warning The master warning caption goes off.
caption
For the fuselage temperature switches perform the steps (e) to step (h)
(e) Use the heat insulation blanket to
hold the switch. Make sure the
surrounding structure, equipment
and the electrical wires are
shielded.
(f) Hold the probe of the digital At a temperature of 180 °F ± 5 °F (82,2
thermometer against the switch and °C ± 2,8 °C) the master warning caption
use the heat shrink gun to apply flashes and the warning caption L
heat to the base of the switch. BLEED TEMP (R BLEED TEMP) comes
on.
(g) Turn off and remove the heat shrink (73,8 °C ± 5,6 °C) the master warning
gun to allow the temperature of the caption flashes and the warning caption
switch to decrease. L BLEED TEMP (R BLEED TEMP) goes
off.
(h) Push to cancel the master warning The master warning caption goes off.
caption
(7) Install each switch onto its bracket using the securing nut.
(8) Remove all tools and equipment from the area of work. Make sure the area is
clean.
(9) Connect the MLG rear doors (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
(10) Install the wing access panels 522BT and 622BT.
(11) Remove the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801 and TASK 24-00-
00-000-802).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Duct Fail Switches - Functional Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60021-10-00
COMPRESSION - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-10-00-210-801
1. Bleed Air Ducts - General Visual Inspection (Ref. Fig. 601)
Bleed
This
Air topic
Ductsgives
- General
the inspection
Visual Inspection
/ check for the bleed air ducts.
1004 - 1104
are in zones 271, 272, 410, 420, 522 and 622.

Flameproof Light Source Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not to start the
engines.
(3) Remove the access panels 281BZ, 410AB, 410AT, 420AB, 420AT, 522AT, 522BT,
622AT and 622BT.
(4) Use the light source and examine the bleed air duct as follows:
(a) Make sure the installation bolts are tight.
(b) Make sure the installation clamps are in a serviceable condition.
(c) Examine the connections of the ducts for security of installation and signs of
leaks.
(d) Examine the connection clamps for security of installation and cracks.
(e) Tighten or replace the defective parts as necessary.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Examine the flexible sections and the areas around the welds for cracks and
signs of leaks.
(5) Install the access panels 281BZ, 410AB, 410AT, 420AB, 420AT, 522AT, 522BT,
622AT and 622BT.
area is clean.
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Bleed Air Ducts - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-10-00
60
TASK 21-10-00-210-802
2. Check Valves - General Visual Inspection (Ref.to Fig. 602)
Check
This
Valves
topic -gives
General
the inspection
Visual Inspection
/ check for the check valves.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the two check valves (Refer to TASK 21-10-00-000-805

(3) Examine the check valves as follows:
(a) Make sure the shut-off flaps move smoothly from the fully open to the fully
closed position and the spring is in a serviceable condition.
(b) Make sure the shut-off flaps make a satisfactory seal with the valve body.
(c) Make sure the valve body and the locating dowel have no distortion.
(d) Make sure the locating dowel is not loose.
(e) Examine the check valve for excessive dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
(f) Replace any defective parts.
(4) Install the two check valves (Refer to TASK 21-10-00-400-805.
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Check Valves - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60221-10-00
60
TASK 21-10-00-210-803
3. Overtemperature Switches - General Visual Inspection (Ref. Fig. 603)
Overtemperature
This topic gives
Switches
the inspection/
- Generalcheck
Visual
forInspection
the overtemperature switch.
1004 - 1104
and FS 6965.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
engines.
(3) In zones 271 and 272 use the light source and examine the overtemperature
switches as follows:
(a) Make sure the electrical connectors are installed correctly.
(b) Examine the joints between the overtemperature switches and the ducts for
signs of leaks.
(c) Examine the bodies of the overtemperature switches for excessive dents,
damage and cracks.
(d) Tighten or replace the defective parts as necessary.
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(6) Remove the safety clips and tag and close these circuit breakers:
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 603 - Overtemperature Switches - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60321-10-00
60
TASK 21-10-00-210-804
4. Duct Fail Switches - General Visual Inspection (Ref. to Fig. 604)
DuctThis
Fail topic
Switches
gives- General
the inspection/
Visual check
Inspection
for the Duct Fail Switches.
1004 - 1104
and WS 1510.

Inspection Mirror Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS.
(2) Disconnect the MLG rear doors (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-802).

(3) Remove the access panels 522BT and 622BT.
(4) Use the light source and the mirror to examine the duct fail switches as follows:
(a) Make sure the ground and electrical connections are attached correctly.
(b) Examine the bodies of the switches for excessive dents, damage and cracks.
Make sure you examine the area around the electrical lugs thoroughly.
(c) Examine the installation nuts and brackets.
(d) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(5) Install the access panels 522BT and 622BT.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
area is clean.
(7) Connect the MLG rear doors (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-802).
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 604 - Duct Fail Switches - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 615
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 616
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60421-10-00
60
TASK 21-10-00-210-806
5. Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve - General Visual Inspection (Ref. to Fig. 605)
Pressure
This topic
Regulating/Flow
gives the inspection
Control Valve
practices
- General
for the
Visual
pressure
Inspection
regulating and flow control valve,
1004 - 1104
are located under the baggage compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
L ENG START HEATER
(3) Use the light source to examine the pressure-regulating/flow control valve as
follows:
– Make sure the electrical connector is installed correctly.
– Examine the connections of the ducts and the tubes for security of
installation and signs of leaks.
– Examine the duct connection clamps for security of installation and
cracks.
– the valve for signs of leaks.
– Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 617
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L ENG START HEATER
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 618
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 605 - Pressure Regulating/Flow Control Valve - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 619
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-10-00
Page 620
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-20-00 - DISTRIBUTION
DESCRIPTION
021-20-00
AND D
OPERATION
ISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. HAMILTON (ECS) Environmental Control System Installed (Ref. to Fig. 1)
1004 - 1104
With the Hamilton (ECS) System both cabin and cockpit temperatures are monitored
and controlled together. From the water separator, the air is ducted to the cabin inlet
check valve mounted on the rear pressure bulkhead. From the cabin inlet check valve
the air passes into the passenger and the flight compartments distribution system
which comprise flexible ducting connected to the overhead and floor diffusers. The
ducting to the floor diffusers incorporates shut-off valves controlled by FLOOR AIR
switch on the control panel. To have a continuous floor airflow, it is possible not to
install the Floor Air Shut Off Valve, with related control switch. A duct also supplies the
flight compartment foot warmers, side diffusers and air outlets.
A blower fan in the flight compartment provides extra air if required. The fan is
controlled by the CKPT BLOWER switch on the control panel.
B. ENVIRO Heating System Installed (Ref. to Fig. 2)

With the Enviro Heating System the cabin and cockpit temperature are monitored and
controlled separately.
Two independent air flow lines are provided for the cabin and the cockpit. Each line
comprise a Temperature Modulating Valve, a Muffler and a Check valve that prevent
the cabin air from flowing back from cabin in case of any ECS duct failure. The check
valves are mounted on the rear pressure bulkhead (Pressurized zone).
From the cabin check valve one line feeds into the passenger compartment distribution
system, which comprise flexible ducting connected to the overhead and floor diffusers.
The ducting to the floor diffusers incorporates shut-off valves controlled by FLOOR AIR
switch on the control panel. To have a continuous floor airflow, it is possible not to
install the Floor Air Shut Off Valve, with related control switch. From the cockpit check
valve an other line feeds the flight compartment foot warmers, side diffusers and air
outlets. A blower fan in the flight compartment provides extra air to the air outlet if
required. The fan is controlled by the CKPT BLOWER switch on the control panel.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Distribution Ducts (HAMILTON Installed)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Distribution Ducts (ENVIRO Installed)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40021-20-00
DISTRIBUTION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 21-20-00-000-802
1. Air Distribution Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Air Distribution
This topic provides
Blower - the
Removal
Removal of the Air Distribution Blower.
1004 - 1104

Blanking Caps Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Put a Warning Notice at the airplane door to tell persons that floor panels have
been removed.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CKPT BLOWER
(2) Remove the floor access panel 211 GLF (Refer to 06-00-00).
(3) Remove the air distribution blower (the blower) (1)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connections (5).
(b) Remove the bolts (8) and the washers (7) which attach the blower to the valve
assembly (6).
(c) Remove the nuts (2) and the bolts (4) which attach the blower to the support
bracket (3).
(d) Remove the blower from the valve assembly (6).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Air Distribution Blower - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-803
2. Flight Compartment Diffuser - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic provides
Diffuser
the Removal
- Removal
of the Flight Compartment Diffuser.
1004 - 1104

Equipment for removing rivets Not Specified
Polythene sheet Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is typical for the four flight compartment diffusers located
below the instrument panel. The windshield demist diffuser is integral with the
instrument panel coaming (Refer to 25-10-00).

Copilot CB panel:
COOL CONTROL
CABIN PRESS
(2) If you are removing the side diffuser: remove the side trim panels to get access to
the diffuser (Refer to 25-10-00).
(3) Remove the clamp (2).
(4) Pull the hose (1) off the stub pipe on the diffuser (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the line ends.
(6) Put polythene sheets below the diffuser (3) to catch swarf and debris.
(7) Drill out the rivets attaching the diffuser (3) to the structure.
(8) Remove the diffuser (3).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Remove all swarf and debris from the area of work. Make sure the area is clean.
F. Close-out
Fig. 402 - Flight Compartment Diffuser - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-804
3. Avionics Cooling Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Avionics
This Cooling
topic provides
Blowerthe
- Removal
Removal of the Avionics cooling Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Put up a warning notice, in the flight compartment, to tell persons: “Do not retract
the landing gear”.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH (vertically mounted) blowers.

The center (horizontally mounted) blower and the mixing blower are similar.
The first three blowers can be removed from the nose landing-gear
compartment, while the mixing blower can be removed from the nose
compartment.
(1) Disconnect the nose landing-gear doors (Refer to TASK 52-81-00-000-801 and
TASK 52-81-00-000-802).
Copilot CB panel:
AVIO FAN NOSE
(3) Remove the four bolts (4).

(4) Remove and support the blower assembly (3). Do not put strain on the electrical
connections.
(5) Attach temporary identification tags to the wires (1).
(6) Pull the cover off the terminal block (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Disconnect the wires (1) from the terminal block (2) and remove the blower
assembly (3).
NOTE: If a new LH or RH blower is to be installed, remove the three bolts and

clamps to remove the blower from the mounting plate.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Avionics Cooling Blower - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-808
4. Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Refrigeration-Pack
The following Inlet-Duct
procedure -isRemoval
applicable for the refrigeration inlet duct, is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Ref.to TASK 24-00-00-000-801)
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L BLEED AIR
Co-Pilot CB panel:
R BLEED AIR
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS.
(3) Loosen the clamp (5) and remove the drain tube (8) from the stub pipe (4).
(5) Remove the bolts (12) and washer (13) attaching the flexible joint of the duct
(11) to the inlet duct (1).
(6) Remove the nuts (2) and washers (3) attaching the inlet duct (1) to the
refrigeration pack (7).
(7) Remove the duct (1) and collect the O-ring (6).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Make sure the check valve is retained in the duct (10).
(9) Put blanking caps on all line ends and the inlet of the refrigeration pack.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct- Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40421-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-809
5. Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Refrigeration-Pack
The following Outlet-Duct
procedure is- Removal
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the nuts, bolts and washers attaching the outlet duct (9) to the
refrigeration pack (6) (Refer to 21-50-00).
(3) Remove the surface finish from the airplane skin around the outlet duct to
locate the positions of the fasteners (8) (Refer to 51-25-00).
(4) Support the outlet duct (9) and drill out the fasteners (8) (Refer to 51-43-00).
(5) Remove the bolt (2) attaching the outlet duct (9) to the structure.
(6) Remove the outlet duct (9).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct- Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40521-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-810
6. Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution Hose - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Passenger-Compartment
The following procedure
Air-Distribution
is applicableHose
for the
- Removal
removal of the Passenger compartment Air
1004 - 1104
Distribution Hoses.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the passenger seats/refreshment cabinet as required to get access to the
floor panels (Refer to 25-20-00).
(3) Remove the applicable floor panels to get access to the hose (Refer to 53-00-00).
(4) Cut and remove the clamps (1) attaching the hose (2) to the adjoining hose/duct
assemblies. Discard the clamps (1).
(5) Remove the nuts (6), bolts (4) and washers (5) attaching the clips to the structure.
(6) Remove the hose (2) complete with clips (3).
(7) Slide the clips (3) off the hose (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution Hose - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-811
7. Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Floor-Diffuser
The following
Shutoff-Valve
procedure- Removal
is applicable for the removal of the Passenger compartment Air
1004 - 1104
Distribution Hoses.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH installation. The RH installation is

similar.

Pilot CB panel:
FLOOR DIFF VALVE
(2) Remove the furnishings and trim panel between frame 34 and FS 6000 to get
access to the valve (Refer to 25-20-00).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (14) from the valve (13).
(4) Put blanking caps on the electrical connectors.
(5) Loosen the clamps (2, 4, 8, 10) and remove the hoses (3, 9).
(6) Remove the nut (16), washer (15) and bolt (6) and remove the valve (13) complete
with the clip (5) and bonding jumper (7).
(7) If a new valve is to be installed, remove the bolt (12), bonding jumper (7) and the
clip (5) from the valve (13).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 407 - Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40721-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-812
8. Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Overhead-Diffuser
The following Bypass
procedure
Valve
is applicable
- Removal for the removal of the Overhead-Diffuser Bypass
1004 - 1104
Valve.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

similar.

Pilot CB panel:
FLOOR DIFF VALVE
(2) Remove the furnishings and trim panel between frame 35 and FS 6000 to get
access to the valve (Refer to 25-20-00).
(3) Carefully move the insulation blanket away from the valve.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (3).
(6) Remove the clamp (5) and disconnect the hose (4) from the valve (8).
(7) Remove the nut (6), washer (7) and bolt (1).
(8) Carefully bend the clamp (9) until the valve (8) can be removed and disconnect the
hose (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 408 - Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40821-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-813
9. LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 409)
LH Instrument-Panel
Cooling-Blower
is applicable
- Removal
for the removal of the LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-
1004 - 1104
Blower.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
(2) Remove the left switch panel (Refer to 31-10-00).
(3) Locate the blower at the rear of the left switch panel and disconnect the electrical
connector (5).
(5) Remove the four bolts (1) and washers (2).
(6) Remove the guard (3).
(7) Remove the blower (6). Do not put strain on the wires (4).
(9) Cut the wires (4) at a position which will allow reconnection using in-line
connectors during the installation procedure.
(10) If the blower is not to be installed immediately and electrical power is required on
the airplane: open, tag and safety this circuit breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
AVION FAN CKPT
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 409 - LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40921-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-814
10. RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 410)
RH Instrument-Panel
Cooling-Blower
is applicable
- Removal
for the removal of the LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-
1004 - 1104
Blower.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the multifunction display (Refer to 34-23-00).
(3) Locate the blower (7) attached to the multifunction display mounting tray (4) and
disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(6) Support the blower (7) and remove the four bolts (1) and washers (2).
(7) Remove the guard (3).
(8) Cut the wires (6) at a position which will allow reconnection using in-line
connectors during installation procedure.
(9) If the blower is not to be installed immediately and electrical power is required on
the airplane: open, tag and safety this circuit breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
AVION FAN CKPT
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41021-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-000-815
11. Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Baggage-Compartment
Heating-Line
is applicable
- Removal
for the removal of the Baggage-Compartment
1004 - 1104
Heating-Line.

Equipment for removing rivets Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage compartment door.
(2) Remove the RH sidewall panel from the baggage compartment (Refer to 25-20-
00).
(3) Disconnect the union (4) from the adapter (3).
(4) Remove the bolt (5) attaching the clamp (6) to the structure.
(5) Support the heating line (2) and drill out the four fasteners (1) (Refer to 51-43-00).
(6) Remove the heating line (2).
(7) Put blanking caps on the line ends.
(8) Remove all swarf and debris from the area of work. Make sure the area is clean.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41121-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-802
12. Air Distribution Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Air Distribution
This topic provides
Blower - the
Installation
Installation of the Air Distribution Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) solvent 02-009
Lint-free cloth 04-013
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The Warning Sign is in position
(Refer to the TASK 21-20-00-000-802).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from all line ends.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER TASK 20-00-01-
910-801.
(3) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK, to clean the replacement
parts and their interfaces. Wipe the components with a clean piece of lint-free cloth
before the MEK dries.
(4) Install the air distribution blower (the blower) (1)
(a) Put the blower on the valve assembly (6) in the correct position for installation.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Install the bolts (4) and the nuts (2) to attach the blower to the support bracket
(3).
(c) Install the bolts (8) and the washers (7) which attach the blower to the valve
assembly (6). Tighten the bolts (8).
(d) Tighten the nuts (2).
(e) Connect the electrical connections (Refer to 20-00-00).
(5) Install the floor access panel 211 GLF (Refer to 06-00-00).
(6) Do an Operational Test of the blower (1).
(7) Remove the safety tag and close this circuit breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
CKPT BLOWER
F. Close-out
(2) Remove the Warning Notice from the airplane door.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Air Distribution Blower - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41221-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-803
13. Flight Compartment Diffuser - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 413)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic provides
Diffuser
the Installation
- Installation
of the Flight Compartment Diffuser.
1004 - 1104

Equipment for the removal of rivets Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is typical for the four flight compartment diffusers located
below the instrument panel. The windshield demist diffuser is integral with the
instrument panel coaming (Refer to 25-10-00).

– the applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and safetied
– the system is safe
– access is available
(Refer to the TASK 21-20-00-000-803).
(2) Examine the diffuser and insulation for damage.
(3) Repair or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(4) Put the diffuser (3) in the correct position for installation.
(5) Attach the diffuser (3) to the structure with rivets (Refer to 51-41-00).
(6) Remove the blanking caps.
(7) Push the hose (1) on to the stub pipe of the diffuser (3) and secure with the clamp
(2).
(8) If you have installed the side diffuser: install the side trim panels (Refer to 25-10-
00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
COOL CONTROL
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
(1) Remove all swarf, debris, tools and equipment from the work area. Make sure the
area is clean.
Fig. 413 - Flight Compartment Diffuser - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41321-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-804
14. Avionics Cooling Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
Avionics
This Cooling
topic provides
Blowerthe
- Installation
Installation of the Avionics cooling Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Put up a warning notice, in the flight compartment, to tell persons: “Do not retract
the landing gear”.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH (vertically mounted) blowers.

The center (horizontally mounted) blower and the mixing blower are similar.
The first three blowers can be removed from the nose landing-gear
compartment, while the mixing blower can be removed from the nose
compartment.
(1) If a new blower is to be installed: attach the blower to the mounting plate using the
three clamps and bolts.
– the applicable circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied
– the warning notice is in position
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(Refer to TASK 21-20-00-000-804).

(3) Support the blower assembly (3) near the installed position and connect the wires
(1) to the terminal block (2).
(4) Remove the temporary identification tags from the wires (1).
(5) Push the cover onto the terminal block (2).
(6) Install the blower assembly (3) using the four bolts (4).
Copilot CB panel:
AVIO FAN NOSE
(9) Do a functional test of the avionics cooling blower (TASK 21-20-00-720-801).
(10) Connect the nose landing-gear doors (Refer to TASK 52-81-00-400-801 and TASK
52-81-00-400-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Avionics Cooling Blower - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41421-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-808
15. Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415)
Refrigeration-Pack
The following Inlet-Duct
procedure -isInstallation
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends and the refrigeration pack inlet.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE MEK. OBEY THE HEALTH
AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER 20-00-01.
(2) Use the MEK and lint-free cloth to clean the attaching parts and their
interfaces.
(3) Make sure the check valve is installed correctly in the duct (10).
(4) Install the O-ring (6) and put the inlet duct (1) in the installed position.
(5) Install the clamp (9).
(6) Install the nuts (2) and washer (3) to attach the inlet duct (1) to the
(7) Install the bolts (12) and washers (13) to attach the inlet duct (1) to the flexible
joint of the duct (11).
(8) Push the drain tube (8) onto the stub pipe (4) and secure with the clamp (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pilot CB panel Copilot CB panel
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Refrigeration-Pack Inlet-Duct - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41521-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-809
16. Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 416)
Refrigeration-Pack
The following Outlet-Duct
procedure is- Installation
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends and the refrigeration pack inlet.
(3) Use the MEK and lint-free cloth to clean the attaching parts and their interfaces.
(4) Make sure the check valve is installed correctly in the duct (10).
(5) Install the O-ring (6) and put the inlet duct (1) in the installed position.
(7) Install the nuts (2) and washer (3) to attach the inlet duct (1) to the refrigeration
pack (7).
(8) Install the bolts (12) and washers (13) to attach the inlet duct (1) to the flexible joint
of the duct (11).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Refrigeration-Pack Outlet-Duct- Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41621-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-810
17. Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution Hose - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 417)
Air-Distribution
is applicableHose
for the
- Installation
installation of the Passenger compartment Air
1004 - 1104
Distribution Hoses.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the Removal Procedure).
(3) Slide the clips (3) onto the hose (2).
(4) Put the hose (2) in the installed position and attach to the adjoining hose/duct
assemblies with the clamps (1).
(5) Install the clips (3) with the bolts (4), washers (5) and nuts (6).
(6) Install the floor panels (Refer to 53-00-00).
(7) Install the passenger seats/refreshment cabinet (Refer to 25-20-00).
(8) Remove the safety clips and tags, and close these circuit breakers:
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 417 - Passenger-Compartment Air-Distribution Hose - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41721-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-811
18. Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 418)
Floor-Diffuser
The following
Shutoff-Valve
procedure-isInstallation
applicable for the installation of the Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) solvent 02-009
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

similar.

(2) Use the MEK and lint-free cloth to clean the bonding jumper tags and attachment
points.
(4) If a new valve is to be installed, install the bonding jumper (7) using the bolt (12)
and push the clip (5) onto the body of the new valve (13).
(5) Install the bolt (6), bonding jumper (7), washer (15) and nut (16) to attach the clip
(5) to the structure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the hose (3) using the clamps (2, 4).
(7) Install the hose (9) using the clamps (8, 10).
(8) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
Pilot CB panel:
FLOOR DIFF VALVE.
(11) Make sure the electrical power is available (Refer to 24-00-00).

(12) On the ENVIRONMENTAL control panel set the FLOOR AIR/OFF switch to
FLOOR AIR then OFF several times. Make sure you can hear the valve (13) move
from the open to closed position.
(13) Set the FLOOR AIR/OFF switch to OFF.
(15) Install the trim panel and furnishings between frame 34 and FS 6000 (Refer to 25-
20-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 418 - Floor-Diffuser Shutoff-Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41821-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-812
19. Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 419)
Overhead-Diffuser
Bypass Valve
is applicable
- Installation
for the installation of the Overhead-Diffuser Bypass
1004 - 1104
Valve.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

similar.

(2) Remove the blanking caps from the valve (8) and hoses (2, 4).
(3) Push the hose (2) on to the valve (8). Make sure the valve is positioned with the
direction of flow arrow pointing up.
(4) Put the valve (8) in the installed position and carefully bend the clamp (9) around
the valve and hose (2).
(5) Install the bolt (1), washer (7) and nut (6) to secure the valve (8).
(6) Push the hose (4) on to the valve (8) and attach using the clamp (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pilot CB panel:
FLOOR DIFF VALVE.
(11) On the ENVIRONMENTAL control panel set the FLOOR AIR/OFF switch from
FLOOR AIR to OFF several times. Make sure you can hear the valve (8) move
from the open to closed position.
(12) Set the FLOOR AIR/OFF switch to OFF.
(14) Install the insulation blanket, trim panel and furnishings between frame 35 and FS
6000 (Refer to 25-20-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 419 - Overhead-Diffuser Bypass Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41921-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-813
20. LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 420)
LH Instrument-Panel
Cooling-Blower
is applicable
- Installation
for the installation of the LH Instrument-Panel
1004 - 1104
Cooling-Blower.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure there is no electrical power on the airplane (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-
000-801).
(2) Put the blower (6) part way into the mounting frame (7).
(3) Connect the wires (4) using in-line connectors (Refer to 20-00-00).
(4) Install the blower (6) and guard (3) using the four washers (2) and bolts (1).
(5) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (5).
(6) Install the left switch panel (Refer to 31-10-00). Make sure this circuit breaker is
closed, and safety tag is removed:
Copilot CB panel:
AVION FAN CKPT
(8) Make sure the blower is operating.
NOTE: The blower operates automatically when electrical power is on.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 420 - LH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42021-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-814
21. RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 421)
RH Instrument-Panel
Cooling-Blower
is applicable
- Installation
for the installation of the RH Instrument-Panel
1004 - 1104
Cooling-Blower.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure there is no electrical power on the airplane (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-
000-801).
(2) Support the blower (7) close to the installed position.
(3) Connect the wires (6) using in-line connectors (Refer to 20-00-00).
(4) Put the guard (3) in the installed position.
(5) Install the guard (3) and blower (7) using the washers (2) and bolts (1).
(6) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (5).
(7) Install the multifunction display (Refer to 34-23-00).
(8) Make sure this circuit breaker is closed, and safety tag is removed:
Copilot CB panel:
AVION FAN CKPT
(10) Make sure the blower is operating.
NOTE: The blower operates automatically when electrical power is on.

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 421 - RH Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42121-20-00
40
TASK 21-20-00-400-815
22. Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 422)
Baggage-Compartment
Heating-Line
is applicable
- Installation
for the installation of the Baggage-Compartment
1004 - 1104
Heating-Line.

Equipment for installing rivets Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Put the heating line (2) in the installed position and attach to the structure with four
fasteners (1). (Refer to 51-41-00).
(3) Connect the union (4) to the adapter (3).
(4) Attach the clamp (6) to the structure using the bolt (5).
(5) Remove all tools, equipment and debris from the work area. Make sure the area is
clean.
(6) Install the RH sidewall panel (Refer to 25-20-00).
(7) Close the baggage compartment door.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 422 - Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50021-20-00
DISTRIBUTION - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 21-20-00-710-803
1. Air Distribution Blower - Operational Test (Ref to Fig. 501)
Air Distribution
The following
Blower
procedure
- Operational
is applicable
Test for the Operational Test of the Air Distribution Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Do an Operational Test of the air distribution blower.
Action Result
(a) In the flight compartment on the In zone 122 the air distribution blower
ENVIRONMENTAL switch panel, set starts to operate.
the CKPT BLOWER switch to the on
position.
(b) In the flight compartment, on the In zone 122 the air distribution blower
ENVIRONMENTAL switch panel set stops.
the CKPT BLOWER switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Air Distribution Blower - Operational Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50121-20-00
50
TASK 21-20-00-720-801
2. Avionics Cooling Blowers - Functional Test
Avionics
This Cooling
topic provides
Blowersthe- Functional
Functional Test
Test for the Avionics Cooling Blowers.
1004 - 1104

Digital Thermometer TEM-211000-003
Hot Air Source Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Start this test when the equipment in the avionics compartment is cool. Heat
from the equipment could cause the temperature switches to operate and
invalidate the test.
(1) Remove the radome/nosecone (Refer to TASK 53-10-00-000-801).
NOTE: The two temperature switches are located in the Avionics Compartment
left and right side (upper position) at FS-395. The switch S167 (left side)
detects 20°C (68°F), while the switch S168 (right side) detects 30°C.
(2) Attach the probe of the digital thermometer to the structure adjacent to one of the
switches.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Do the test:

Action Result
(a) Make sure the electrical power is The center cooling blower operates.
available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-
400-801).
(b) Apply hot air to the temperature At a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F) the LH
switch (S167). and RH cooling blowers start to operate.
(c) Remove the hot air supply. The temperature decreases under 20°C
(68°F) the LH and RH cooling blowers
stop.
(d) Detach the probe of the digital
thermometer and attach to the
structure adjacent to the other
temperature switch.
(e) Apply hot air to the temperature At a temperature of 30°C (°F) the LH
switch (S168). and RH cooling blowers start to operate
and the “AVIONICS FAN FAIL” light
comes on.
(f) Remove the hot air supply. The temperature decreases under 30°C
(°F) the LH and RH cooling blowers stop
and the “AVIONICS FAN FAIL” light
comes off.
(g) Remove the electrical power (Refer The center cooling blower stops.
to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
(4) If the result of the test is incorrect, repair or replace any defective parts as
necessary.
(5) Remove the digital thermometer and probe.
(6) Install the radome/nosecone (Refer to TASK 53-10-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60021-20-00
DISTRIBUTION - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-20-00-200-802
1. Passenger Compartment Overhead Diffusers - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment
provides the
Overhead
Inspection
Diffusers
of the Passenger
- Inspection
Compartment
/ Check Overhead Diffusers.
1004 - 1104

Strong Light Source Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-000-801)
been removed.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the louver panels (Refer to 25-00-00).

(3) Use the light source and examine the passenger compartment overhead diffusers
as follows:
(a) Make sure the installation screws are tight.
(b) Make sure the air outlet port is free of movements.
(c) Examine the air outlet port for security of installation and signs of leaks.
(d) Check the slot located on the overhead diffusers lower side for damage,
cracks and cleanliness.
(e) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(4) Install the louver panels (Refer to 25-00-00)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
COOL PWR
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Passenger Compartment Overhead Diffusers - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-803
2. Air Distribution Blower - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig.602)
Air Distribution
This topic provides
Blower - the
Inspection
Removal / Check
of the Air Distribution Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
been removed.
E. Procedure
(1) Open, tag and safety these circuit breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
CKPT BLOWER
(2) Remove the floor access panel 211 GLF (Refer to 06-00-00).
(3) Use the light source and examine the air distribution blower as follows:
(a) Make sure the installation nuts and bolts are tight.
(b) Make sure the electrical connections are installed correctly.
(c) Examine the air distribution blower for excessive dents, damage and cracks.
(d) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(4) Install the floor access panel 211 GLF (Refer to 06-00-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Air Distribution Blower - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60221-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-804
3. Flight Compartment Diffusers Outlets and Ducts - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 603)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic provides
Diffusers
the Inspection
Outlets and
Check
Ducts
of -the
Inspection
Flight Compartment
/ Check Diffusers Outlets and
1004 - 1104
Ducts.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
been removed.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CKPT BLOWER
CABIN PRESS
COOL CONT
COOL PWR
(2) Remove the instrument panel coaming and the flight compartment sidewalls
(Refer to 25-10-00).
(3) Remove the floor access panels 211 DLF, 211 ELF, 211 FLF, 211GLF, 212 CRF
and 212 DRF (Refer to 53-41-00).
(4) Use the light source and examine the flight compartment diffusers, outlets and
ducts as follows:
(a) Make sure the installation clips and bolts are tight and in a serviceable
condition.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Examine the connections of the ducts and the diffusers for security of
installation and signs of leaks. Make sure the clamps are tight and in a
serviceable condition.
(c) Make sure the distribution holes in the diffuser are clear.
(d) Examine the ducts and the diffusers for excessive dents, damage and cracks.
(e) Examine the air outlets for damage and cracks. Make sure they operate
satisfactorily.
(f) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(5) Install the floor access panels 211 DLF, 211 ELF; 211 FLF, 211GLF, 212 CRF and
212 DRF (Refer to 53-41-00).
Copilot CB panel:
CKPT BLOWER
CABIN PRESS
COOL CONT
COOL PWR
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 603 - Flight Compartment Diffusers, Outlets and Ducts - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60321-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-805
4. Avionics Cooling Blowers - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 604)
Avionics
This Cooling
topic provides
Blowersthe- Inspection
Inspection /Check
Checkof the Avionics Cooling Blowers.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801 and TASK 24-00-
00-000-802).
E. Procedure
(1) Disconnect the nose-landing-gear doors (Refer to TASK 52-81-00-000-801 and
TASK 52-81-00-000-802).
(2) Remove the radome/nosecone (Refer to TASK 53-10-00-000-801).
(3) Use the light source and the inspection mirror to examine the three avionics
cooling blowers as follows:
(b) Make sure the fans turn freely and that there is no excessive lateral
movement or end-float in the bearings.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Make sure that the blades of the fans, the stators, the fan housings and the
motor housings are not damaged.
(d) Examine the electrical connections and the cables for correct installation,
security of attachment and damage.
(e) Examine the cooling blowers for unwanted material. Make sure they are clear.
(f) Make sure the captive nuts are attached correctly and in a serviceable
condition.
(g) Remove the unwanted material and tighten or replace the defective parts as
necessary
(4) Install the radome/nosecone (Refer to TASK 53-10-00-400-801).
(5) Connect the nose-landing-gear doors (Refer to TASK 52-81-00-400-801 and
TASK 52-81-00-400-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 604 - Avionics Cooling Blowers - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60421-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-806
5. Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 605)
Baggage-Compartment
This topic provides the
Heating-Line
Inspection- Check
Inspection
of the
/ Check
Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the RH sidewall panel from the baggage compartment (Refer to 25-50-
00).
(3) Remove the access panel 281BZ.
(4) Use the light source and the inspection mirror to examine the baggage-
compartment heating-line as follows:
(a) Make sure the tube connection nuts are tight.
(b) Make sure the installation clips and bolts are tight and in a serviceable
condition.
(c) Examine the connections of the tubes for signs of leaks.
(d) Examine the tubes for excessive dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
(6) Install the RH sidewall panel to the baggage compartment (Refer to 25-50-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 615
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 605 - Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 616
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60521-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-809
6. Refrigeration-Pack Inlet and Outlet Duct - Inspection / Check (Ref to Fig. 606)
Refrigeration-Pack
Inlet and Outlet
is applicable
Duct - Inspection
for the Inspection
/ Check of the Refrigeration-Pack Inlet and
1004 - 1104
Outlet Duct.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
(2) Remove the access panels 281BZ and 283BZ from the baggage compartment
floor.
(3) Use the light source and the inspection mirror to examine the inlet and the outlet
ducts of the refrigeration pack as follows:
(a) Examine the ducts for unwanted material. Make sure they are clear.
(b) Examine the outlet grille for damaged louvers and correct installation.
(c) Examine the inlet for damage and correct installation.
(d) From the baggage compartment, examine the ducts for dents, cracks and
other damage. Make sure the ducts are attached to the airplane correctly.
(e) Remove the unwanted material or repair the damage as necessary (Refer to
20-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 617
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
area is clean. Install the access panels 281BZ and 283BZ.
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 606 - Refrigeration-Pack Inlet and Outlet Ducts - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 618
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60621-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-810
7. Passenger-Compartment Air Distribution Hoses and Valves - Inspection / Check (Ref to
Fig. 607)
Air is
Distribution
applicableHoses
for theand
Inspection
Valves of
- Inspection
the Passenger-Compartment
/ Check Air
1004 - 1104
Distribution Hoses and Valves.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the passenger service unit (PSU) trim panels and the LH and RH cabin
side-wall trim panels (Refer to 25-00-00).
(3) Remove the floor access panels 232 ARF, 232 CRF, 232 ERF and 232 GRF (Refer
to 06-00-00).
been removed.
(5) Use the light source and examine the air distribution hoses and valves as follows:
(a) Make sure the installation clips and bolts are tight and in a serviceable
condition.
(b) Examine the connections of the ducts and the valves for security of installation
and signs of leaks. Make sure the clamps are tight and in a serviceable
condition.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 619
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Examine the distribution hoses for excessive dents, damage and cracks.
(d) Examine the electrical connections and the electrical cables of the valves for
damage and correct installation (Refer to 20-00-00).
(e) Make sure the bonding jumpers on the valves are attached correctly and that
they have no damage.
(f) Examine the valves for excessive dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
(g) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(6) Install the floor access panels 232ARF, 232CRF, 232ERF and 232GRF (Refer to
06-00-00).
(7) Install the PSU trim panels and the LH and RH cabin side-wall trim panels (Refer
to 25-00-00).
area is clean.
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 620
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 607 - Passenger-Compartment Air Distribution Hoses and Valves - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 621
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 622
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60721-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-811
8. Ram Air Check Valve (valve Installed) - Inspection / Check (Ref to Fig. 608)
RamThe
Air Check
following
Valve
procedure
(valve Installed)
is applicable
- Inspection
for the Inspection
/ Check of the Ram Air Check Valve.
1004 - 1104

Boroscope TEM-210000-002
Tooling Tube TEM-210000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Insert the tooling tube into the ram air inlet duct.
(2) Insert the boroscope’s probe into the tooling tube untill to touch the ram air check
valve.
(3) Push the tooling tube against check valve.
(4) Verify with the boroscope that the check valve is freely to opening.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 623
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 608 - Ram Air Check Valve - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 624
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60821-20-00
60
TASK 21-20-00-200-812
9. Instrument-Panel Cooling-Blower - Inspection / Check (Ref to Fig. 405)
Instrument-Panel
The followingCooling-Blower
procedure is applicable
- Inspection
for /the
Check
Inspection of the Instrument-Panel Cooling-
1004 - 1104
Blower.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Use the light source and the inspection mirror to examine the two instrument-panel
cooling-blowers as follows:
(b) Make sure the fans turn freely and that there is no excessive lateral
movement or end-float in the bearings.
(c) Make sure the blades of the fans, the stators, the fan housings and the motor
housings are not damaged.
(d) Examine the electrical connections and the cables for correct installation,
security of attachment and damage.
(e) Examine the guards of the cooling blowers. Make sure they are attached
correctly.
(f) Examine the cooling blowers for unwanted material. Make sure they are not
blocked.
(g) Remove the unwanted material and tighten or replace the defective parts as
necessary.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 625
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
area is clean.
(5) Make sure the blowers are operating.
NOTE: The blowers operate automatically when electrical power is on.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 626
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPAIRS
80021-20-00
DISTRIBUTION - REPAIRS
0
TASK 21-20-00-300-801
1. Refrigeration Package Inlet/Outlet Ducts - Correction, Repair (Ref. to Fig. 801)
Refrigeration
The following
Package
procedure
Inlet/Outlet
is applicable
Ducts - Correction,
for the insulation
Repairof the Refrigeration Package Inlet/
1004 - 1104
Outlet Ducts.

Stiffening Plate Upper 80-347537-001 Piaggio
Stiffening Plate Lower 80-347537-003 Piaggio
Tape Heat Resistant KB 10 Jehier
Retaining Straps Not Specified
Mild Soap Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the inlet duct (7) (Refer to Para. 2).
(2) Clean the outlet duct (3) with mild soap and dry it with a suitable mop and a
portable fan.
(3) Remove the identification plate (1).
(4) Wrap the heat resistant tape (2) on the outlet duct (3).
(5) Install on the flat sides at the outlet duct (3) the upper stiffening plate (4) and the
lower one (5).
(6) Install the 5 (five) retaining straps (6) on the outlet duct, equally spaced, starting
from the outlet duct/refrigeration package attachment flange and finishing at the
outlet duct/fuselage attachment flange.
(7) Install the identification plate (1).
(8) Clean the inlet duct (7) with mild soap and dry it with a suitable mop and a portable
fan.
(9) Wrap the heat resistant tape (2) on the inlet duct (7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 801
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Install the inlet duct (Refer to Para. 3).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 802
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 801 - Baggage-Compartment Heating-Line - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 803
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-20-00
Page 804
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-30-00 - PRESSURIZATION
SERVICING
30021-30-00
PRESSURIZATION
CONTROL CONTROL - SERVICING
0
TASK 21-30-00-680-801
1. Pressurization Control System - Drain Fluid (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Pressurization
This topic provides
Control System
the Drain
- Drain
FluidFluid
of the Pressurization Control System.
1004 - 1104

Drain Tray Not Specified
B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
engines.
been removed.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the floor access panel 232 GRF (Refer to 53-40-00).
(a) Drain the pressurization control system
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the blanking nut.
(c) Put the drain tray below the drain point.
(d) Use an applicable wrench to remove the blanking nut. Let the liquid drain from
the tubes.
(e) When all the liquid has drained from the tubes, install the blanking nut. Tighten
the blanking nut.
(f) Remove the drain tray.
(3) Safety the blanking nut with lockwire (04-008) (Refer to TASK 20-10-02-910-801).
(4) Install the floor access panel 232 GRF (Refer to 53-40-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
(2) Remove the Warning Notices from the flight compartment and the airplane door.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Pressurization Control System - Draining
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40021-30-00
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 21-30-00-000-801
1. Pressurization Control Ejector - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Pressurization
This topic provides
Control Ejector
the Removal
- Removal
of the Pressurization Control Ejector.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(2) Disconnect the rear door of the left main-landing-gear (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-
000-802).
(3) Remove the pressurization control ejector (the ejector) (3).
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the connector nuts of the tubes (1) and (2).
(b) Hold the ejector (3) and disconnect the tubes (1) and (2).
(c) Remove the ejector (3).
(4) Put caps on all line ends.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Pressurization Control Ejector - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-802
2. Vacuum Regulating Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Vacuum
This Regulating
topic provides
Valve
the- Removal
Removal of the Vacuum Regulating Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Seals MS28778-6
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
(2) Remove the vacuum regulating valve (the valve) (13)

(a) Remove the nut (15), the washer (14) and the bolt (2) which attach the clip (3)
to the bracket (1).
(b) Hold the unions (5) and (11) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the
tube connection nuts (4) and (9).
(c) Hold the union (11) with an applicable wrench and loosen the nut (8).
(d) Hold the valve (13) and remove the nut (8) and the washer (10) from the union
(11). Remove valve (13) from the bracket (7).
(3) Remove the transferrable parts
(a) Make a note of the positions of the valve (13) and the union (11). They must
be installed in the same positions.
(b) Hold the valve (13) with an applicable wrench and loosen the unions (5) and
(11).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Remove the unions (5) and (11) and the seals (6) and (12). Discard the seals
(6) and (12).
F. Close-out
Fig. 402 - Vacuum Regulating Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-803
3. Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Cabin-Air-Pressure
This topic provides
Selector
the Removal
- Removal
of the Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
engines.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
DIM LTS 1
DIM LTS 2
(2) Remove the cabin-air-pressure selector (the selector) (4)

(a) Remove the two screws (3) which attach the selector to the instrument panel
(2).
(b) Carefully pull the selector out of the instrument panel (2).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(d) Remove the selector from the airplane.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-804
4. Automatic Pressurization Controller - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Automatic
This topic
Pressurization
provides the
Controller
Removal- of
Removal
the Automatic Pressurization Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
engines.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the instrument panel coaming (Refer to 25-00-00).

(4) Disconnect the tube connector nut (5).
(5) Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (6). Remove the controller (1) from the
airplane.
(6) Make a note of the position of the union (4). It must be installed in the same
position.
(7) Remove the union (4).
(8) Put caps on all line ends and electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Automatic Pressurization Controller - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40421-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-805
5. Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Pressurization
This topic provides
EmergencytheCheck
Removal
Valve
of the
- Removal
Pressurization Emergency Check Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
been removed.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure to remove the emergency pressurization
check-valve.

Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
(2) Remove the floor access panels 231 PLF and 232 GRF (Refer to 53-41-00).
(3) Remove the clamp (1) from the joint of the ducts (2) and (3).
(4) Remove the valve (4) from the ducts (2) and (3).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Pressurization Emergency Check Valves - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40521-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-806
6. Outflow Valves - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Outflow
ThisValves
topic provides
- Removal
the Removal of the Outflow Valves.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
engines.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure to remove the primary and the secondary
outflow valves. It is not necessary to remove both of the outflow valves if only
one is defective.

CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the cabin furnishings on the applicable side of the floor access panel 231
RLF (Refer to 25-00-00)
(3) Remove the primary outflow valve (the valve) (19)
(a) Make a note of the position of the valve. It must be put in the same position
during installation.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (30) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Disconnect the tube (12) from the union (13).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Hold the unions (22) and (23) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the
tubes (24) and (25).
(e) Hold the valve. Remove the clamp (17) from the flanges of the duct (16) and
the valve.
(f) Remove the valve and the seal (15) from the duct (16). Discard the seal (15).
(4) Remove the transferable parts
(a) Make a note of the position of the union (13). It must be put in the same
position during installation.
(b) Hold the union (13) and loosen the nut (14). Remove the union (13), the nut
(14) and the seal (15) from the valve (19). Discard the seal (15).
(c) Remove the union (28), complete with the filter (26) and the seals (27) and
(29), from the valve (19). Discard the seal (29).
(d) Remove the unions (22) and (23), complete with the seals (20) and (21), from
the valve (19). Discard the seals (20) and (21).
(6) Remove the secondary outflow valve (the valve) (4)
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (34).
(c) Disconnect the tubes (11) and (35) from the unions (10) and (36).
(d) Hold the unions (2) and (32) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the
tubes (1) and (31).
(e) Hold the valve. Remove the clamp (6) from the flanges of the duct (7) and the
valve.
(f) Remove the valve and the seal (5) from the duct (7). Discard the seal (5).
(7) Remove the transferable parts
(a) Make a note of the position of the unions (10) and (36). They must be put in
the same positions during installation.
(b) Hold the unions (10) and (36) and loosen the nuts (9) and (37). Remove the
unions (10) and (36), the nuts (9) and (37) and the seals (8) and (38). Discard
the seals (8) and (38).
(c) Remove the unions (2) and (32), complete with the seals (3) and (33), from
the valve (4). Discard the seals (3) and (33).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Outflow Valves - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-807
7. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Emergency
This topic
Pressurization
provides theValve
Removal
- Removal
of the Emergency Pressurization Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(2) Disconnect the door of the left main-landing-gear (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-000-
802).
(3) Remove the emergency pressurization valve (the valve) (4)
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Hold the valve with an applicable wrench and loosen the connector nuts of the
tubes (1) and (3).
(d) Hold the valve. Disconnect the tubes (1) and (3) and remove the valve.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
Fig. 407 - Emergency Pressurization Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40721-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-808
8. Cabin Barometric Switch - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Cabin
This
Barometric
topic provides
Switchthe
- Removal
Removal of the Cabin Barometric Switch.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Set the Battery switch to OFF position.
(2) To gain access to the cabin barometric switch, remove the Copilot Primary Flight
Display (PFD) and if necessary remove the Audio Control Panel (Refer to TASK
31-10-00-000-808).
(3) Remove the two screws (2) that secure the Cabin Barometric Switch (1) to the
airplane structure.
(4) Attach temporary identification tags to the electrical wires.
(5) Disconnect the Cabin Barometric Switch electrical wires.
(6) Remove the Cabin Barometric Switch (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Cabin Barometric Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40821-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-000-810
9. Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Pressurization-Control-Ejector
This topic provides the Removal
Filter -of
Removal
the pressurization control ejector filter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801)
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(3) Disconnect the rear door of the left main-landing-gear (Refer to 52-82-00).
(4) Remove the pressurization-control-ejector filter.
(5) Remove the bolt (7) that secure the clips (4) and (6) to the bracket (3).
(6) Disconnect the tube (8) from the ejector (5) and the union (2).
(7) Remove the tube (8) from the airplane.
(8) Remove the filter (1) from the tube (8).
(9) Put the caps to protect the tube line ends.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40921-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-801
10. Pressurization Control Ejector - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Pressurization
This topic provides
Control Ejector
the Installation
- Installation
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) 02-006
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– There is no electrical power on the airplane
– The Warning Notices are in position
– Access is available.
(2) Remove the caps from the line ends.
910-801.
(3) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK (02-006), to clean the
replacement parts on their interfaces. Wipe the components with a piece of clean
lint free-cloth before the fluid dries.
(4) Install the pressurization control ejector (the ejector) (3).
(a) Connect the ejector (3) to the tubes (1) and (2). Tighten the connector nuts.
(b) Safety the connector nuts with lockwire (04-008).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(6) Do an Operational Test of the pressurization control system (Refer toTASK 21-30-
00-400-801 ).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Pressurization Control Ejector - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41021-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-802
11. Vacuum Regulating Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Vacuum
This Regulating
topic provides
Valve
the- Installation
Installation of the Vacuum Regulating Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) Not Specified
Seals MS28778-6
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
910-801.
replacement parts and their interfaces. Wipe the components with a clean piece of
lint-free cloth before the fluid dries.
(4) Install the transferable parts
(a) Put new seals (6) and (12) on the unions (5) and (11) (Refer to 20-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Install the unions (5) and (11), complete with the seals (6) and (12) to the
vacuum regulating valve (the valve) (13), in the positions noted during
removal. Hold the valve (13) with an applicable wrench and tighten the unions
(5) and (11).
(5) Install the valve (13)
(a) Attach the valve (13) to the bracket (7) with the washer (10) and the nut (8).
Hold the valve (13) in the correct position for installation with an applicable
wrench on the union (11) and tighten the nut (8).
(b) Connect the tube connection nuts (4) and (9) to the valve (13). Hold the
unions (5) and (11) with an applicable wrench and tighten the tube connection
nuts (4) and (9).
(c) Attach the clip (3) to the bracket (1) with the bolt (2), the washer (14) and the
nut (15). Tighten the nut (15).
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
(7) Do an Operational Test of the pressurization control system (Refer to TASK 21-30-
00-720-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Vacuum Regulating Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41121-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-803
12. Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Cabin-Air-Pressure
This topic provides
Selector
the Installation
- Installation
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the caps from the electrical connectors.
910-801.
parts and their interfaces. Wipe the components with a clean piece of lint free cloth
before the fluid dries.
(4) Install the cabin-air-pressure selector (the selector) (2)
(a) Connect the electrical connector (3) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Carefully push the selector in to the instrument panel (4).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Install the two screws (1) to attach the selector to the instrument panel (4).
Tighten the two screws (1).
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
DIM LTS 1
DIM LTS 2
00-720-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41221-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-804
13. Automatic Pressurization Controller - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Automatic
This topic
Pressurization
provides the
Controller
Installation
- Installation
of the Automatic Pressurization Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-000-801)
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the caps from the line ends and the electrical connectors.
910-801.
lint free cloth before the fluid dries.
(4) Install the union (4) to the automatic pressure controller (1).
(5) Attach the controller (1) to the airplane structure with the bolts (2) and the washers
(6). Tighten the bolts (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Connect the tube connector nut (5) to the union (4). Tighten the tube connector nut
(5).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (3) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(8) Install the instrument panel coaming (Refer to 25-00-00).
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
(10) Do a Pitot - Static Leak Test (Refer to TASK 34-11-00-790-801)

00-720-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Automatic Pressurization Controller - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41321-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-805
14. Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
Pressurization
This topic provides
EmergencytheCheck
Installation
Valveof- the
Installation
Pressurization Emergency Check Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Seal 213000
Seal 213000
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure for the installation of the emergency
pressurization check-valve.

910-801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Hold the valve (4) on the end of the duct (3) in the correct position for installation.
(5) Make sure the locating dowel engages satisfactorily with the hole in the duct
flange.
(6) Hold the ducts (2) and (3) and valve (4) together and install the clamp (1). Tighten
the clamp nut.
(7) Install the floor access panels 231 PLF and 232 GRF (Refer to 53-40-00).
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
(9) Do an Operational Test of the pressurization system (Refer toTASK 21-30-00-720-

801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41421-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-806
15. Outflow Valves - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415)
Outflow
ThisValves
topic provides
- Installation
the Installation of the Outflow Valves.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Seal 213000 03
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure to remove the primary and the secondary
outflow valves. It is not necessary to remove both of the outflow valves if only
one is defective.

910-801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Install the transferable parts to the primary outflow valve (the valve) (19)
(a) Install the nut (14) fully on to the union (13).
(b) Put a new seal (15) on to the union (13) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Install the union (13), complete with the nut (14) and the seal (15), to the
valve.
(d) Hold the union (13) in the position noted during removal. Make sure the union
(13) is installed as far as possible. Tighten the nut (14).
(e) Put new seals (20) and (21) on to the unions (22) and (23) (Refer to 20-00-
00).
(f) Install the unions (22) and (23), complete with the seals (20) and (21), to the
valve. Tighten the unions (22) and (23) by hand.
(g) Put a new seal (29) on the union (28) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(h) Install the union (28), complete with the seal (29), to the valve. Tighten the
union (28) by hand.
(i) Put a new seal (27) on to the union (28) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(j) Install a new filter (26) to the union (28). Tighten the filter (28) by hand.
(5) Install the primary outflow valve (19)
(a) Hold the valve and a new seal (18) on the duct (16) in the position noted
during removal.
(b) Install the clamp (17) to the flanges of the duct (16) and the valve. Tighten the
clamp nut.
(c) Connect the tube (24) to the union (23).
(d) Connect the tube (25) to the union (22). Torque tighten the connector nut of
the tube (25) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in. (4.0 and 4.5 Nm).
(e) Tighten the connector nut of the tube (24).
(f) Connect the tube (12) to the union (13). Tighten the connector nut of the tube
(12).
(g) Connect the electrical connector (30) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(6) Install the transferable parts to the secondary outflow valve (the valve) (4)
(a) Install the nuts (9) and (37) fully on to the unions (10) and (36)
(b) Put new seals (8) and (38) on to the unions (10) and (36) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Install the unions (10) and (36), complete with the nuts (9) and (37) and the
seals (8) and (38), to the valve.
(d) Hold the unions (10) and (36) in the positions noted during removal. Make
sure the unions (10) and (36) are installed as far as possible. Tighten the nuts
(9) and (37).
(e) Put new seals (3) and (33) on to the unions (2) and (32) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(f) Install the unions (2) and (32), complete with the seals (3) and (33), to the
valve. Tighten the unions (2) and (32) by hand.
(7) Install the secondary outflow valve (4)
(a) Hold the valve and a new seal (5) on the duct (7), in the position noted during
removal.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Install the clamp (6) to the flanges of the duct (7) and the valve. Tighten the
clamp nut.
(c) Connect the tube (1) to the union (2).
(d) Connect the tube (31) to the union (32). Torque tighten the connector nut of
the tube (31) to between 36 and 40 lbf.in. (4.0 and 4.5 Nm).
(e) Tighten the connector nut of the tube (1).
(f) Connect the tube (11) to the union (10).
(g) Connect the tube (35) to the union (36).
(h) Tighten the connector nuts of the tubes (11) and (35).
(8) Connect the electrical connector (34) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(9) Do an Operational Test of the pressurization control system (Refer to Para. 25).
Install the cabin furnishings adjacent to the floor access panel 231 RLF (Refer to
25-00-00).
CABIN PRESS.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Outflow Valves - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41521-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-807
16. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 416)
Emergency
This topic
Pressurization
provides theValve
Installation
- Installation
of the Emergency Pressurization Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
910-801.
replacement parts and their interfaces. Wipe the component with a clean piece of
(4) Install the emergency pressurization valve (the valve) (4)
(a) Hold the valve on the tube (3) in the position noted during removal. Make sure
the direction-of-flow arrow points down.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Connect the tubes (1) and (3) to the valve.

(c) Hold the valve with an applicable wrench and tighten the connector nuts of the
tubes (1) and (3).
(d) Connect the electrical connector (2) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(5) Connect the rear door of the left main-landing-gear (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-400-
802).
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(7) Do an Operational Test of the emergency pressurization system.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 416 - Emergency Pressurization Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41621-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-808
17. Cabin Barometric Switch - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 417)
Cabin
This
Barometric
topic provides
Switchthe
- Installation
Installation of the Cabin Barometric Switch.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Place the Cabin Barometric Switch (1) in position and secure it to the airplane
structure with the screws (2).
(3) Connect the electrical wires to the Cabin Barometric Switch.
(4) Install the Copilot Primary Flight Display (PFD) and if previously removed, the
Audio Control Panel (Refer to TASK 31-10-00-400-808).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 417 - Cabin Barometric Switch - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41721-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-400-810
18. Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 418)
This topic provides the installation
Filter - Installation
of the pressurization control ejector filter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
NOTE: Before install the filter make sure that this is clean

Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(3) Remove the caps from the tube line ends installed during removal procedure.
(4) Place the filter (1) in the tube (8).
(5) Connect the tube (8) to the union (2) and the ejector (5).
(6) Secure the clips (4) and (6) to the bracket (3) with the bolt (7). Tighten the bolt
(7).
(7) Tighten the connector nuts of the tube (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Connect the rear door of the left main-landing-gear (Refer to 52-82-00).
area is clean.
(11) Do the Pressurization Control System Operational Test as described in this
section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 418 - Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41821-30-00
40
TASK 21-30-00-960-801
19. Primary Outflow Valve Filter - Replace (Ref. to Fig. 419)
Primary
ThisOutflow
topic provides
Valve Filter
the Replacement
- Replace Procedure for the Primary Outflow Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Seal 213000 03
Filter 213000 03250
D. Job Setup
engines.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the cabin furnishings on the left side of the floor access panel 231 RLF
(Refer to 25-00-00).
CAUTION: REMOVE AND INSTALL THE FILTER WITH YOUR HANDS.

TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FILTER.
(3) Replace the filter (4) on the primary outflow valve (1)
(a) Hold the union (2) with an applicable wrench and remove the filter. Discard the
filter.
(b) Remove and discard the seal (3).
(c) Install a new seal (3) to the union (2) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(d) Install a new filter to the primary outflow valve. Hold the union (2) with an
applicable wrench and tighten the filter with your hand.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Install the cabin furnishings on the left side of the floor access panel 231 RLF
(Refer to 25-00-00).
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 419 - Primary Outflow Valve - Filter Replacement
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50021-30-00
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 21-30-00-700-801
1. Cabin Barometric Pressure Switch - Testing, Checking
Cabin
This
Barometric
topic provides
Pressure
the Testing
Switch -/ Testing,
CheckingChecking
for the Cabin Barometric Pressure Switch.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Cabin Barometric Switch as described in this section.
(2) Connect the switch terminals with a suitable multimeter or tester for verifying
electrical continuity.
(3) Position the switch into a Vacuum Chamber with the multimeter.
(4) Verify that, at ambient pressure, the contact of barometric switch is OPEN.
CAUTION: SINCE THE COMPONENT TOLERANCE IS ± 500 FT, THE

REFERENCE ALTIMETER MUST HAVE A MAXIMUM ERROR OF
± 50 FT. FOR THIS REASON A DIGITAL INSTRUMENT IS
PREFERRED.
(5) Depressurize the vacuum chamber with a suitable Pitot-Static pressure monitoring
system or vacuum pump + calibrated reference altimeter for allowing the pressure
measure precision.
(6) Increase the vacuum chamber altitude with a 2000 ft/min rate.
(7) Verify and record the value of altitude at which the switch closes. The required
value is 9500 ft ± 500 ft.
(8) Decrease the altitude with a rate of 2000 ft/min. rate.
(9) Verify and record the value of altitude at which the switch open. The required value
is not lower than 8000 ft.
(10) Decrease the altitude up to ambient pressure and disconnect all links to switch.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Record on a sheet all the recorded values.

(12) Install the Cabin Barometric Switch as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50021-30-00
50
TASK 21-30-00-710-801
2. Pressurization Control System - Operational Test
Pressurization
This topic provides
Control System
the Operational
- Operational
Test Test
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Set the Bleed Air Switch to OFF position and make sure that the L BLEED AIR, R
BLEED AIR, AIR COND, FLOOR DIFF VALVE, CAB AIR circuit breakers are
closed.
(2) Stabilize the engine to GROUND IDLE and take care to hold the engine
parameters out of critical range.
(3) Set the RH and LH Bleed Air Switch to ON.
(4) Set the AUTO/MAN selector located on the pressurization control panel to MAN.
(5) Verify that the FAULT advisory light comes on and then goes off.
(6) Set the UP/DN selector to UP for 10 seconds (maximum) and check that the
indication on the cabin variometer arrow moves to UP.
(7) Set the UP/DN selector in central position.
(8) Set the UP/DN selector to DN and check that the indication on the cabin
variometer arrow moves to DN.
(9) Set the UP/DN selector in central position.
(10) Depressurize the cabin by means of the DUMP switch.
CAUTION: AT THE END OF EACH ACTIVITY REMOVE ALL TOOLS,

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE WORK AREA AND
PUT THEM IN THEIR OWN PLACE.
MAKE SURE THAT ALL INSPECTION AREAS ARE CLEAN AND
CLEAR OF FOREIGN MATTERS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50021-30-00
50
TASK 21-30-00-710-802
3. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Operational Test
Emergency
This topic
Pressurization
provides theValve
Operational
- Operational
Test forTest
the Emergency Pressurization Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Start one engine and set both levers to the idle position (Refer to 71-00-00).
(3) On the BLEED AIR panel, set the EMER/OFF switch to EMER position.
CAUTION: DO NOT HOLD THE “EMER/OFF” SWITCH IN “EMER” POSITION

FOR MORE THAN 10 SECONDS. DAMAGE TO THE OTHER
SYSTEMS CAN OCCUR.
(4) Check if the a flow of air comes out of the floor diffuser.
(5) See the EMER/OFF switch to OFF.
(6) Stop the engine (Refer to 71-00-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50021-30-00
50
TASK 21-30-00-720-801
4. Pressurization Control System - Functional Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Pressurization
This topic provides
Control System
the Functional
- Functional
Test Test
1004 - 1104

Cabin Pressurization Test Equipment Not Specified
Adapter K-2081
Shop Air Supply Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: THIS PROCEDURE MUST BE PERFORMED ONLY BY PHISICALLY

FIT PERSONNEL
E. Procedure
(2) Start the engines and set both power levers to the IDLE position (Refer to 71-00-
00).
(3) Make the following switch selections on the CABIN PRESS control panel:
Altitude selector (knob A) 1000 ft
Barometric correction (knob B) local barometric
Rate selector (knob R) “PIP” mark
MAN/AUTO switch MAN position
CAB SEL/AUTO SCHED switch AUTO SCHED position
DUMP switch normal (guard closed)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Make the following switch selections on the BLEED AIR panel:
L/OFF and R/OFF switches OFF position
EMER/OFF switch OFF position
(5) Open the cabin door.

(6) Make sure the cabin differential pressure gauge indicates zero.
(7) Do the self-test of the cabin pressurization controller:
Action Result
(a) On the BLEED AIR panel, set to
R/OFF switch to R and the L/OFF
switch to L.
(b) On the CABIN PRESS panel, set On the CABIN PRESS panel, the FAULT
the MAN/AUTO switch to AUTO. indicator light comes on for a maximum
of 3 seconds, and then goes off.
(8) Do the minimum differential pressure control test

Action Result
(a) Close the cabin door. The cabin begins to pressurize.
(b) Monitor the cabin differential The cabin altitude does not exceed
pressure gauge. minus 140 ft. Make a note of the
maximum reading.
(9) Do the pre-pressurization control test

Action Result
(a) Advance both engine power levers The cabin altitude reading decreases
to give a minimum of 85% power. and stabilizes at 50 to 250 ft below the
reading noted in (8) (b) above.
(10) Stop the engines (Refer to 71-00-00).

(11) Lift the airplane on jacks until the landing gear weight switches are in the “flight”
position (Refer to TASK 07-10-00-500-803).
(12) Connect a ground pressurization test unit to the ground pressurization point in the
RH MLG compartment.
(13) Connect a shop air supply to the pressurization control ejector in the LH MLG
compartment (Ref. to para. 2)
NOTE: The shop air supply is required to give a flow of air through the ejector.
The flow of air causes a vacuum which is necessary for correct operation
of the outflow valves.
(14) On the CABIN PRESS control panel, make sure the MAN/AUTO switch is set to
AUTO and the CAB SEL/AUTO SCHED switch is set to AUTO SCHED.
(15) Refer to the autoschedule control curve (Fig. 501). Determine aircraft altitude
(airfield altitude) and plot the maximum and minimum cabin altitudes on graph.
Make a note of the result.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(16) Close the cabin door.

(17) On the control pedestal, advance both power levers to the MAX PWR position.
(18) Do the cabin pressurization-control simulated-flight test
Action Result
(a) Start the shop air supply. A flow of air comes out of the
pressurization control ejector outlet.
(b) Start the ground pressurization test A flow of air comes into the cabin and
unit. the airplane begins to pressurize.
(c) Monitor the cabin altitude rate of The rate of descent is between 250 and
climb indicator. 350 ft per minute.
(d) Monitor the cabin altitude indicator. The cabin altitude descends and is
maintained at an altitude between the
minimum and maximum noted in step
(15).
(e) Make sure the altitude selector
CABIN PRESS control panel - knob
is set to minus 1000 ft.
(f) Set the CAB SEL/AUTO SCHED The cabin altitude begins to descend
switch to the CAB SEL position. smoothly.
(g) On the CABIN PRESS control panel The rate of descent decreases to
turn the rate selector (knob R) fully between 0 and 60 ft per minute
counter-clockwise.
(h) Turn the rate selector (knob R) fully The rate of descent increases to
clockwise. between 1350 and 1650 ft per minute.
The cabin altitude stabilizes at an
altitude between minus 1150 and minus
850 ft.
(i) On the CABIN PRESS control panel
turn the rate selector (knob R) fully
counter-clockwise.
(j) Set the altitude selector (knob A) to The cabin altitude increases at a rate of
the airfield altitude (determined in climb between 5 and 105 ft per minute.
step (15)).
(k) Turn the rate selector (knob R) fully The cabin altitude increases at a rate of
clockwise. climb between 2600 and 2900 ft per
minute.
(l) Turn the rate selector (knob R) to The cabin altitude increases at a rate of
the “PIP” mark position. climb between 500 and 600 ft per
minute. The cabin altitude stabilizes at
the selected airfield altitude.
(m) On the CABIN PRESS control panel The cabin altitude decreases smoothly
set the altitude selector (knob A) to and stabilizes at the pre-set altitude.
airfield altitude minus 700 ft.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(n) Close the landing gear weight
switches to simulate “weight-on-
wheels” (This can be done by
depressing the switches by hand or
lowering the airplane on the jacks).
(o) On the control pedestal, move both The cabin differential pressure falls
power levers to the IDLE position quickly to zero. Cabin altitude is not
and monitor the cabin differential more than 140 ft below the airfield
pressure gauge. altitude.
(p) Open the landing gear weight
switches to simulate flight (lift the
airplane on the jacks or release the
switches as necessary).
(q) On the control pedestal, advance
both power levers to the MAX PWR
position.
(r) On the CABIN PRESS control The cabin altitude decreases smoothly
panel, set the altitude selector (knob and stabilizes at the pre-set altitude.
A) to airfield altitude minus 400 ft.
(s) On the CABIN PRESS control The cabin rate of climb indicator shows
panel, lift the safety guard and set the maximum rate of descent. The cabin
the DUMP switch to the DUMP differential pressure decreases to zero.
position.
(t) Set the DUMP switch to the normal The cabin differential pressure increases
position and close the safety guard. and the cabin altitude decreases to the
altitude set in Action (r).
(19) Do the manual-control test
Action Result
(a) On the CABIN PRESS control
panel, set the altitude selector (knob
A) to airfield altitude minus 500 ft.
(b) Set the MAN/AUTO switch to MAN. The cabin rate of climb indicator shows a
Monitor the cabin altitude. five (5) seconds peak in down (by 4500
to 5500 FPM) and then it will stabilize at
0 FPM.
(c) Set the manual rate control knob
(INCR/DECR) to the center position.
(d) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin rate of climb indicator
switch to the DN position and turn indicates more than 2000 ft per minute
the manual rate control knob fully (down).
clockwise (INCR).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(e) With the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin rate of climb indicator
switch in the DN position, turn the indicates less than 2000 ft per minute
manual rate control knob fully (down).
counter-clockwise (DECR).
(f) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The system must keep stabilized, the
switch to the center position. actual ∆ P and cabin altitude
(g) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin rate of climb indicator
switch to the UP position and turn indicates more than 2000 ft per minute
the manual rate control knob fully (up).
clockwise (INCR).
(h) With the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin rate of climb indicator
switch to the UP position, turn the indicates less than 2000 ft per minute
manual rate control knob fully (up)
counter-clockwise (DECR).
(i) Turn the manual rate control knob to Check the cabin V/S indication and wait
the center position and use the for 0 indication
manual UP/DN toggle switch until
the cabin altitude indicator is at the
airfield altitude.
(j) Close the landing gear weight
switches to simulate “weight-on-
wheels” (this can be done by
(k) On the CABIN PRESS panel, set The cabin fully depressurizes.
the MAN/AUTO switch to the AUTO
position and move both power
levers to the IDLE position.
(20) Do the maximum positive-differential-pressure test (primary valve)
Action Result
(a) Open the landing gear weight switch
on the right landing gear leg to
simulate flight (lift the airplane on
the jacks or release the switches as
necessary).
(b) On the CABIN PRESS panel, set
the MAN/AUTO switch to the MAN
position.
CAUTION: DURING THE NEXT ACTION, DO NOT ALLOW THE CABIN
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TO GO ABOVE 9,5 PSI. IF THE
PRESSURE INCREASES TO 9,5 PSI, SET THE MANUAL UP/DN
TOGGLE SWITCH TO THE UP POSITION.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(c) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin altitude decreases and the
switch to the DN position. If cabin differential pressure increases to a
required, adjust the manual rate maximum of between 9,2 and 9,4 psi
control knob to get a comfortable and then stabilizes.
rate of descent.
NOTE: If the pressure increases to 9,4 psi the master warning light will flash and
the CAB PRESS caption on the annunciator panel will come on.
(d) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin differential pressure
switch to the UP position until the decreases.
cabin altitude indicator indicates If applicable: The CAB PRESS caption
airfield altitude. will go off (cancel the master warning
attention getter).
WARNING: BEFORE CARRYING OUT THE INSTRUCTIONS OF THE NEXT
STEP MAKE SURE THAT THE CABIN RATE INDICATOR IS AT 0
OR 0.5 DIFFERENTIAL.
(e) Close the landing gear weight
switch on the right gear leg to
simulate “weight-on-wheels” (this
can be done by depressing the
switches by hand or lowering the
airplane on the jacks).
(f) On the CAB PRESS control panel The cabin fully depressurizes.
set the MAN/AUTO switch to the
AUTO position. Move both power
(g) Verify that the cabin altitude rate of
climb and the cabin ∆ P indications
are 0.
(21) Do the maximum positive-differential-pressure test (secondary valve)
Action Result
(a) Get access to the primary outflow
valve and disconnect the
differential-pressure sensing tube
(Refer to Fig. 215, item 25). Put
blanks on the line ends.
(b) Open the landing gear weight
switches to simulate flight (lift the
airplane on the jacks or release the
switches as necessary).
(c) On the CABIN PRESS panel, set
the MAN/AUTO switch to the MAN
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(d) On the control pedestal advance
both power levers to MAX PWR.
CAUTION: DURING THE NEXT ACTION, DO NOT ALLOW THE CABIN
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TO GO ABOVE 9,8 PSI. IF THE
PRESSURE INCREASES TO 9,8 PSI, SET THE MANUAL UP/DN
TOGGLE SWITCH TO THE UP POSITION.
(e) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin altitude decreases and the
switch to the DN position. If cabin differential pressure increases to a
required, adjust the manual rate maximum of between 9,5 and 9,7 psi
control knob to get a comfortable and then stabilizes. At 9,4 psi the master
rate of descent. warning attention getter flashes and the
CAB PRESS caption on the annunciator
panel comes on.
(f) Set the manual UP/DN toggle The cabin differential pressure
switch to the UP position until the decreases and the CAB PRESS caption
cabin altitude indicator indicates goes off (cancel the master warning
airfield altitude. attention getter).
(g) Close the landing gear weight
switch to simulate “weight-on-
wheels” (this can be done by
(h) On the CAB PRESS control panel, The cabin fully depressurizes.
set the MAN/AUTO switch to the
AUTO position. Move both power
(i) Check the indication of the V/S and
∆ P in the cabin altitude in PSI is 0.
(j) Stop the ground pressurization test
unit.
(k) Stop the shop air supply.
(l) Remove the blanks and connect the
differential-pressure sensing tube to
the primary outflow valve. Install the
floor panel and furnishings.
(22) Disconnect the ground pressurization test unit and adapter.
(23) Disconnect the shop air supply from the pressurization control ejector.
(24) Connect the tube to the pressurization control ejector.
500-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Pressurization Control System - Functional Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50121-30-00
50
TASK 21-30-00-780-801
5. Pressurization Leakage (External Supply) - Pressure Test (Ref. to Fig. 502)
Pressurization
This topicLeakage
provides(External
the procedure
Supply) - Check
Pressure
forTest
the External Pressure Supply of the
1004 - 1104
Pressurization Leakage.

Manometer (Absolute - 25PSIA ± 5%) Not Specified
Chronometer Not Specified
Block Notes Not Specified
Pressurization Test Set Not Specified
Duct Coupling Adaptor (1,5 inches) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure can be performed with persons inside or outside the aircraft.
(1) Place the Manometer on the glare-shield in such a way is possible read the
internal pressure value.
(2) Connect the External Pressure Air line to the Duct Coupling located on the Air
Conditioning Duct.
(3) To Inflate the Door Seal, connect the External Pressure Air line to the Emergency
Line Port, located above the Emergency Pressurization Valve.
(5) Set the Battery switch to ON.
(6) On the Cabin Pressurization Control Panel, set the AUTO MAN Switch on the
MAN position and the UP - DN Switch on the DN position.
(7) Check that the Anti-Ice valves are closed.
(8) Close the Airplane door.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Inflate the door seal until the DOOR SEAL annunciator light comes off.
NOTE: If the procedure is performed with persons outside the aircraft, the DOOR
SEAL annunciator light can be checked through the windshields.
(10) Slowly inflate the air to the cabin until the reading pressure value on the
manometer reaches 5 PSID.
WARNING: DO NOT EXCEED 5 PSID THE OVER-PRESSURIZATION CAN

CAUSE INJURY TO PEOPLE.
(11) Step up to “10” can be performed with people outside the aircraft, until the reading
pressure reaches 9 PSID.
WARNING: DO NOT EXCEED 9 PSID: OVER-PRESSURIZATION MAY

DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(12) Each 30 seconds check that the reading pressure value noted in Table 501 must
be higher than corresponding minimum pressure values.
Table 501 -
SECONDS MINIMUM PRESSURE READING PRESSURE
(PSID) VALUES
0,0 5
30 4,35
60 3,7
90 3,1
120 2,6
150 2,1
180 1,6
210 1,2
240 0,8
270 0,6
300 0,3
330 0,15
360 0,1
CAUTION: BEFORE OPENING THE CABIN DOOR, WAIT UNTIL THE CABIN
PRESSURE IS 0 PSID. THE PRESENCE OF THE LITTLE
PRESSURE IN THE CABIN CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - Pressurization Leakage - Check (External Pressure Supply)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50221-30-00
501
TASK 21-30-00-790-801
6. Pressurization (Engine Running) - Leak Test
Pressurization
This topic provides
(Engine Running)
the Leakage
- Leak
Check
Testof the Pressurization (Engine Running).
1004 - 1104

Barometer (Absolute - 25PSIA ± 5%) Not Specified
Cronometer Not Specified
Block Notes Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the cabin differential pressure gauge and put the cap on the air inlet.
(2) Install the cap to the end of the differential pressure gauge pipe line.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE

PIPE LINE END IS CLOSED. IF THE PIPE LINE IS NOT
PERFECTLY CLOSED CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE OTHER
SYSTEMS.
(3) Put the barometer in the pilot compartment in such a way to allow an easy reading.
(5) Start the engines and set both power levers to the GROUND IDLE position (Refer
to 71-00-00)
(6) Set on the BLEED AIR panel the L/OFF and R/OFF switches to L and R position
respectively, and the EMER/OFF switch to OFF position.
(7) On the CABIN PRESS panel, set the MAN/AUTO switch to MAN position.
(8) Move the Manual Rate Control Valve toggle to DOWN and adjust pressurization
rate acting on the Rate Control Knob.
(9) Pressurize the airplane until the reading pressure value on the barometer reaches
5 PSIG above the ambient temperature.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: DO NOT EXCEED 5 PSID. THE OVER-PRESSURIZATION CAN

CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
(10) Set on the BLEED AIR panel the L/OFF and R/OFF switches to OFF.
(12) Each 30 seconds check that the reading pressure value noted in Table 502 must
be higher than corresponding minimum pressure values.
Table 502 -
SECONDS MINIMUM PRESSURE READING PRESSURE
(PSID) VALUES
0,0 5
30 4,35
60 3,7
90 3,1
120 2,6
150 2,1
180 1,6
210 1,2
240 0,8
270 0,6
300 0,3
330 0,15
360 0,1
WARNING: BEFORE OPENING THE CABIN DOOR, WAIT UNTIL THE CABIN
PRESSURE IS 0 PSID. THE PRESENCE OF THE LITTLE
PRESSURE IN THE CABIN CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 522
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60021-30-00
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-30-00-200-801
1. Pressurization Control Ejector - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Pressurization
This topic provides
Control Ejector
the Inspection
- Inspection
Check/ Check
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
000-802).
(3) In zone 272, use the light source and examine the pressurization control ejector as
follows:
(a) Make sure the tube connection nuts are tight.
(b) Make sure the outlet hole has no distortion or blockage.
(c) Examine the ejector for excessive dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 601 - Pressurization Control Ejector - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-802
2. Vacuum Regulating Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 602)
Vacuum
This Regulating
topic provides
Valve
the- Inspection
Inspection Check
/ Checkof the Vacuum Regulating Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the flight compartment, below the left side of the instrument panel, use the light
source and examine the vacuum regulating valve as follows:
(a) Make sure the tube connection nuts and the unions are tight.
(b) Make sure the support bracket is serviceable.
(c) Examine the vacuum regulating valve for excessive dents, damage, corrosion
and cracks.
(d) Examine the vacuum regulating valve for signs of leaks.
area is clean.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Vacuum Regulating Valve - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60221-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-803
3. Manual Rate Controller - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 603)
Manual
ThisRate
topicController
provides -the
Inspection
Inspection
/ Check
Check of the Manual Rate Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the flight compartment, in zone 214, use the light source and examine the
manual rate controller as follows:
(a) Make sure the tube connection nuts and the unions are tight.
(b) Make sure the manual rate controller is attached to the instrument panel
correctly.
(c) Make sure the increase/decrease selector and the up/down valve operate
satisfactorily.
(d) Examine the manual rate controller for excessive dents, damage, corrosion
and cracks.
area is clean.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 603 - Manual Rate Controller - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60321-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-804
4. Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 604)
Cabin-Air-Pressure
This topic provides
Selector
the Inspection
- Inspection
Check
/ Check
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the flight compartment, in zone 214, use the light source and the mirror and
examine the cabin-air-pressure selector as follows:
(a) Make sure the cabin-air-pressure selector is attached to the instrument panel
correctly.
(b) Make sure the A, B and R adjustment knobs operate satisfactorily.
(c) Examine the electrical cables for damage. No damage is permitted.
(d) Make sure the electrical connector is installed correctly.
(e) Examine the cabin-air-pressure selector for excessive damage, corrosion and
cracks.
(f) Make sure the electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-
801).
(g) Make sure the FAULT indicator lamp does not come on.
(h) Remove the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
(i) Tighten or replace the defective parts as necessary.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 604 - Cabin-Air-Pressure Selector - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60421-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-805
5. Automatic Pressurization Controller - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 605)
Automatic
This topic
Pressurization
provides the
Controller
Inspection
- Inspection
Check for/the
Check
Automatic Pressurization Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the flight compartment, below the left side of the instrument panel, use the light
source and the mirror to examine the automatic pressurization controller as
follows:
(a) Make sure the automatic pressurization controller is attached to the airplane
structure correctly.
(b) Make sure the tube connection nut and the union is tight.
(c) Make sure the electrical connector is installed correctly.
(d) Examine the automatic pressurization controller for excessive dents, damage,
corrosion and cracks.
(e) Make sure the cabin-pressure sensing-port is not blocked. Remove unwanted
material.
(f) Tighten or replace the defective parts as necessary.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 605 - Automatic Pressurization Controller - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60521-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-806
6. Pressurization Controls and Indicators - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 606)
Pressurization
This topic provides
Controls the
andInspection
Indicators Check
- Inspection
of the/ Pressurization
Check Controls and Indicators.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the flight compartment, in zone 214, use the light source and mirror to examine
the cabin-differential-pressure gage and the rate of climb indicator as follows:
– Make sure the tube connection nuts are tight.
– Make sure the two indicators are attached to the instrument panel correctly.
– Make sure the pointers on the two indicators show 0 (zero).
– Examine the two indicators for excessive dents, damage and cracks.
(2) Examine the CABIN PRESS control panel, on the flight compartment center switch
panel, as follows:
– Examine the guard over the DUMP switch for damage, distortion and correct
operation.
– Examine the knobs and switches for security of installation.
– Examine the LDG/CABIN ALT gauge for security of installation and make sure
the glass is not cracked or misted.
– Examine the switch legends for legibility.
(3) Replace any defective parts as necessary.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 606 - Pressurization Controls and Indicators - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60621-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-807
7. Pressurization Emergency Check Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 607)
Pressurization
This topic provides
EmergencytheCheck
Inspection
ValveCheck
- Inspection
for the /Pressurization
Check Emergency Check Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
been removed.
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
(2) Remove the floor access panels 231 NLF, 231 PLF, 232 GRF and 232 HRF (Refer
to 53-40-00).
(3) Remove the emergency pressurization check valve (Refer to TASK 21-30-00-000-
806).
(4) Examine the check valves as follows:
(a) Make sure the shut-off flaps move smoothly from the fully open to the fully
closed position and the spring is in a serviceable condition.
(b) Make sure the shut-off flaps make a satisfactory seal with the valve body.
(c) Make sure the valve bodies and the locating dowels have no distortion.
(d) Make sure the locating dowels are not loose.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) Examine the check valves for excessive dents, damage, corrosion and
cracks.
(f) Replace a defective component.
(5) Install the emergency pressurization check valve (Refer to TASK 21-30-00-400-
806).
(6) Install the floor access panels 231 NLF, 231 PLF, 232 GRF and 232 HRF (Refer to
53-40-00).
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 607 - Pressurization Emergency Check Valves - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 615
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 616
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60721-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-808
8. Outflow Valves - Inspection / Check
Outflow
ThisValves
topic provides
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check Check of the Outflow Valves.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
engines.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS.
(2) Remove the cabin furnishings on each side of the floor access panel 231 RLF
(Refer to 25-00-00).
(3) Examine the outflow valves as follows:
(a) Make sure the electrical connectors are installed correctly (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Examine the electrical cables for damage. No damage is permitted.
(c) Make sure the tube connection nuts and the unions are tight.
(d) Make sure the installation clamps are tight.
(e) Make sure the filter on the primary outflow valve is not blocked.
(f) Make sure the mesh on the outflow valves is not blocked.
(g) Examine the outflow valves and their related components for excessive dents,
damage, corrosion and cracks.
(h) Tighten or replace the defective parts as necessary.
(4) Install the cabin furnishings on each side of the floor access panel 231 RLF (Refer
to 25-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 617
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 618
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 608 - Outflow Valves - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 619
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 620
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60821-30-00
60
TASK 21-30-00-200-809
9. Emergency Pressurization Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 609)
Emergency
This topic
Pressurization
provides theValve
Inspection
- Inspection
Check /ofCheck
the Emergency Pressurization Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
000-802).
(3) Use the light source and the inspection mirror to examine the emergency
pressurization valve as follows:
(a) Make sure the electrical connector is installed correctly.
(b) Examine the connections of the valve and the ducts for signs of leaks. Make
sure the nuts are tight.
(c) Examine the lockwire on the screws and the nuts of the valve. Make sure it is
not loose or broken.
(d) Examine the valve for excessive dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 621
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

802).
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 609 - Emergency Pressurization Valve - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 622
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CLEANING / PAINTING
70021-30-00
PRESSURIZATION CONTROL - CLEANING / PAINTING
0
TASK 21-30-00-100-801
1. Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Cleaning (Ref. to Fig. 701)
This topic provides the Cleaning
Filter - of
Cleaning
the Pressurization Control Ejector Filter.
1004 - 1104

Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
000-802).
(3) Remove the pressurization-control-ejector filter.
(a) Remove the bolt (7) which attaches the clips (4) and (6) to the bracket (3).
(b) Disconnect the tube (8) from the ejector (5) and the union (2).
(c) Remove the tube (8) from the airplane.
(d) Remove the filter (1) from the tube (8).
(4) Clean the filter (1)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 701
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The air filter is manufactured from “Rigimesh”. For the cleaning procedure
refer to 20-10-04.
(5) Install the filter

(a) Put the filter (1) in the tube (8).
(b) Connect the tube (8) to the union (2) and the ejector (5).
(c) Attach the clips (4) and (6) to the bracket (3) with the bolt (7). Tighten the bolt
(7).
(d) Tighten the connector nuts of the tube (8).
802).
Pilot CB panel:
L ENG START
R ENG START
HYDR PRESS WRN
LDG GEAR CONT
(8) Do an Operational Test of the pressurization control system (TASK 21-30-00-710-

801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 702
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 701 - Pressurization-Control-Ejector Filter - Cleaning
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 703
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-30-00
Page 704
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-40-00 - HEATING
DESCRIPTION
021-40-00
AND OPERATION
HEATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Flight Compartment Heater
1004 - 1104
With HAMILTON (ECS) the electrical heater is installed for flight compartment. This is
located to the right of the passenger compartment between F.S. 3114 and F.S. 3320,
inside the air distribution duct, under the floor. The thermal switches are embodied in
the heater and protect the system against overtemperature.
B. ENVIRO Heating System

The Enviro Heating System provides two indipendent temperature control zones, one
for the cabin and one for the cockpit, The Temperature Control System (TCS)
maintains the pre-selected passenger cabin and cockpit temperatures supplying
engine bleed air at an appropriate temperature to the two zones.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. ENVIRO Heating System - Description (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2)

ENVIRO
A. The
Heating
Heating
System
air system
- Description
comprises:
(Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2)
1004 - 1104
– Venturi (engine mounted)

– Pre-coolers
– Bleed shut-off valve
– Check valve
– Pressure regulator/shut-off valve with flow regulator
– Enviro heating system - Enviro temp. control system
– Bleed air duct temperature switches (close to F.S. 6000)
– Optional Third Evaporator (Connected with the freon system)
– Enviro Gate Valve
B. At the high pressure port of the engine a venturi limits the amount of air bleed from the
engine in case of the rupture of a pipe.
C. A precooler is used to reduce the temperature to less than 450°F.
D. A bleed shut-off valve (one for engine) allows the pilot to stop the engine bleed air,
allowing the TCS to work with one engine operative.
E. A check valve avoid reverse bleed flow toward the inoperative engine.
F. The engine bleed air from the two engines passes through a pressure regulator and
shut-off valve. It works normally as a pressure regulator set at 35 psig. When excited
the valve closes allowing a lower amount of air to reach the TCS to maintain the cabin
pressurization and heating. The valve is excited when the anti-ice system or the freon
system are operative, when the engine throttles overcome the 85% of the maximum
power on ground.
When is not installed the optional Third Evaporator, the pressure regulator and the
shut-off valve is comprises in an unique body, with a Third Evaporator installed they are
two separate items. In both cases the operations are the same.
G. A temperature switch installed on each duct delivering the engine bleed air from the
nacelle to the fuselage provides a signal to the pilot when an overtemperature
condition is detected. Two more temperature switches not directly installed on the duct
sense the ambient temperature to detect any eventual hot air leakage from the pipe.
H. An optional Third Evaporator is provided to improve the performance of the ECS

(Environmental Control System) and Freon Air Conditioning System during cabin
cooling in warm climate condition.
I. The Enviro Gate Valve is provided to shut the air flow from the bleed line. The valve is
automatically excited when the pilots switch on the wing anti-ice or the freon systems.
J. The main components of the Temperature Control System (TCS) comprise:

– Heating Control Panel
– Acoustical Muffler (cabin and cockpit)
– Temperature Modulating Valve (cabin and cockpit)
– Zone Temperature Sensors (cabin and cockpit)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Temperature Controller (Cabin)

– Temperature Controller (Cockpit)
– Bleed Duct Temperature Sensor (cabin and cockpit)
– Temperature Switch (cabin and cockpit)
– Ground Blower
– Heat Exchanger Air to Air
– Check Valves
K. The system is controlled at the Heating panel, (located on the cockpit control panel
directly above the center pedestal) that provides a mean for the pilot to operate and
properly set the TCS.
L. The two acoustical mufflers are located under the floor of the baggage compartment.
The acoustical muffler receives the air from the temperature modulating valve, and
reduces the noise level.
M. The two cabin and cockpit temperature modulating valves are located behind the rear
pressure bulkhead, under the baggage compartment floor. The temperature
modulating valve incorporates two inlet, one for engine bleed air and one for the air
from the heat exchanger and a single outlet. The temperature modulating valve
contains a single electro mechanical rotary actuator, limit switches, two butterfly valves,
and actuation linkage. The valve body and the butterfly disc are made of alluminium
alloy. The rotary actuator drives the two butterfly valves that are connected by a
mechanical linkage and are out of phase by 90 degrees, so when a valve is completely
closed the other valve is in its full open position. The valve provides a full range of
valve settings to control cockpit and cabin temperature for all possible ambient
conditions.
N. The cabin and cockpit temperature-sensing device (one per zone) is used to feed its
Temperature Controller with the information on the corresponding zone. The cabin/
cockpit temperature sensor contain a solid state sensor, fan, electrical connector, P.C.
board and a lexan polycarbonate enclosure. The temperature sensor operates on a
5VDC Signal supplied by the temperature controller and sends to the controller a return
voltage signal proportional to the compartment temperature. The cockpit temperature
sensing is located on the internal side of the copilot furnishing panel. The cabin
temperature sensing is located on the cabin.
O. The cabin Temperature Controller receive inputs from the Cabin Temperature Sensor
and from its own Air Duct Temperature Sensor, and then consequently regulate the
relative Temperature Modulating Valve to adjust the air temperature selected by the
temperature control knob. The Temperature Controller consists of a solid-state P.C.
board, enclosure and assembly hardware. The enclosure is made in aluminized lexan
polycarbonate material to provide EMI/RFI shielding. The Cockpit Temperature
Controller receive inputs from the Cockpit Temperature Sensor and from its own Air
Duct Temperature Sensor, and then consequently regulate the relative Temperature
Modulating Valve to adjust the air temperature. The Temperature Controller consists of
a solid-state P.C. board, enclosure and assembly hardware. The enclosure is made of
aluminized lexan polycarbonate material aluminized to provide EMI/RFI shielding.
P. The Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensorsends to the Zone Temperature
Controller. The duct temperature sensor contains a solid state sensor, retaining
hardware, RTV silicone potting, electrical connector, and stainless steel housing. The
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
temperature sensor operates on a 5 VDC Signal supplied by the temperature controller

sending to the controller a voltage signal. The Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature
Sensors are located under the floor beside the after pressure bulkhead.
Q. The Over Temperature Switches are installed on the conditioned air ducts (one for the
cockpit and one for the cabin ducts) downstream of the check valves on the
pressurized bulkhead, near the Duct Temperature Sensors. They are normally open
and closes when the duct temperature reaches the 180±7°F. Illuminating the red
warning light “DUCT TEMP” on the cockpit warning panel and the pressure regulator
closes.
R. The ground blower assembly provides air flow across the heat exchanger during
ground operation. The blower is located in a non-pressurized zone under the baggage
compartment floor. It receives the outside air from a ram air scoop located on the right
side of the fuselage.
S. The Heat Exchanger cools down part of the bleed air to produce a colder flow (that is
further cooled if the optional Third Evaporator is installed) that is mixed by the
Temperature Modulating Valves with the bleed air by-passing the cooler. It receives the
cooling air from a ram air source during flight and a fan for ground operations. The
primary heat exchanger is aluminum plate and fin type.
T. Two Check Valves are installed in the system downstream the Mufflers, on the after
pressure bulkhead. Their aim is to prevent the cabin air from flowing back from the
cabin in case of any ECS duct failure. The check valve is of a swing flapper type.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. ENVIRO Heating System - Description (Ref. Fig. 1 and 2)

ENVIRO
The Enviro
HeatingHeating
SystemSystem
- Description
works in(Ref.
automatic
Fig. 1 and
and2)in manual mode.
1004 - 1104
A. In automatic mode two indipendent temperature controllers maintain the pre-selected

passenger cabin and cockpit temperatures supplying engine bleed air at an
appropriate temperature to the two zones.
After the pressure regulator the flow is divided and a part flows through an air-to-air
heat exchanger. It is then mixed to the air that by passes the heat exchanger in the
temperature modulating valve. The cooling air from the heat exchanger comes from an
air intake on the right side of the fuselage and it is exhausted from an outlet located on
the same side of aircraft. During on ground operation, when one of the two engine
bleed air shut-off valve is open, a ground blower forces the outside air to pass through
the heat exchanger to cool the engine bleed air. The temperature controllers receive all
the temperature inputs from the relevant sensor and the selected temperature from the
environmental control panel and change the position of the relevant temperature
modulating valves, when necessary, to obtain adequate downstream temperature.
The air temperature in the two aircraft zones (cabin and cockpit) is sensed using two
solid state temperature sensors which supply data to the temperature controller. Two
duct temperature sensors, located in the air supply ducts, provide the controllers with
additional temperature data. The pilot select the desired temperatures for cabin and
cockpit via two concentric knobs on the heating control panel, located on the
instrument panel. If the temperature downs from the mufflers exceeds 180 ± 7°F a pre-
selected value two temperature switches control on the red warning light “DUCT
TEMP” on the annunciator panel.
B. The pilot can switch to manual operation independently the cabin and the cockpit
temperature controller through the Auto/Manual Switch. A separate logic in the
controllers allows the Manual Temperature Control Momentary Rotary Switch to
operate the temperature modulating valves to the required position.
C. In the event that the conditioned air supply ceased, ram air from the air inlet on the right
side of the fuselage supplies fresh air both to the cabin and the cockpit. The ram air,
taken from the cooling air duct, before the heat exchanger, flows through two check
valves that are closed during normally operation by the engine bleed air pressure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
4. ENVIRO Heating System - Emergency Operation

ENVIRO
A. In
Heating
the event
System
of an- Emergency
air conditioning
Operation
system failure, an emergency cabin pressure valve,
1004 - 1104
connected to the bleed air system manifold, can be opened by selecting EMER at the
BLEED AIR control panel.
When the valve opens, air from the manifold flows to a check valve mounted on the
rear pressure bulkhead and into the passenger compartment. The inflow of air is
sufficient to maintain cabin pressure and cabin heating.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
5. ENVIRO Heating System - Control and Indication (Ref. to Fig. 1)

ENVIRO
A. The
Heating
system
System
is controlled
- Control by
andthe
Indication
Heating(Ref.
panel,
to Fig.
(located
1) on the cockpit control panel
1004 - 1104
directly above the center pedestal) that allows for the pilot to operate and properly set
the TCS. Three knobs are located on the panel: the Auto/Manual Rotary Switch, the
Auto Mode Temperature Control Rotary Switch and the Manual Temperature Control
Momentary Rotary Switch. They all are of concentric type: the external pot controls the
cockpit while the internal one controls the cabin.
B. The Auto/Manual Rotary Switch is a three poles type switch, used to select whether the
TCS is tuned off, set to manual control or to the automatic mode operation. The TCS
turn off does not act on the bleed air flow, it locks the actual mixing valve position.
The Temperature Control Knob (rotary potentiometer) controls the system in the
automatic mode. Potentiometer rotate from full LH position for the minimum
temperature, to full RH position for the maximum temperature.
Manual Temperature Control momentary switch allows selection of two (High/Low)
momentary positions, moving the mixing valves to high or low temperature.
With the AUTO/OFF/MAN Rotary Switch set to AUTO:
– The controller compares sensed cabin/cockpit temperature and related ducts
temperature with selected temperature to produce an electrical signal equivalent
to the temperature difference. The signal is sent to a cabin/cockpit Temperature
Modulating Valve that moves to allow the appropriate amount of hot engine bleed
air to mix with the cold air from the heater exchanger. The temperature in the
cabin/cockpit is selected with the temperature Control Rotary Switch
(potentiometer).
C. With the AUTO/OFF/MAN Rotary Switch set to MAN:

– The Temperature Modulating Valve is controlled by a MANUAL HI/LO momentary
switch. If the switch is hold to HI the valve moves allowing higher hot air flow. If the
switch is hold to LO the valve moves toward cold air to flow. The Temperature
Modulating Valve can be stopped at any position by returning the switch to the
center position.
D. With the AUTO/OFF/MAN Rotary Switch set to OFF:

– No signal is sent by the controller, both in Auto or Manual mode, to the
Temperature Modulating Valve.
– The existing valve setting is locked. Bleed air continues to flow into the cabin
without a temperature control.
E. Indication comprises the following red warning captions located on the annunciator
panel:
– L BLEED TEMP - comes on if the LH duct temperature between the bleed-air shut-
off valve and the T-piece rises above 550° ± 10°F
– R BLEED TEMP - comes on if the RH duct temperature between the bleed-air
shut-off valve and the T-piece rises above 550° ± 10°F
– DUCT TEMP - comes on if the temperature of the air in the cabin air supply duct
rises above 175°F.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Heating System - Schematic (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Heating System - Distribution (Sheet 2 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Heating System -Control Panel and Warning Lights locations (Sheet 3 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Heating System - Schematic (With Optional Third Evaporator Installed)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40021-40-00
HEATING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 21-40-00-000-803
1. Enviro Heating Package - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Enviro
This
Heating
topic gives
Package
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Enviro Heating Package.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector from the pressure regulating shut-off valve (9).
(4) Cut the blower (10) electrical cables.
(5) Disconnect the dain line (13).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connectors from each Temperature Modulating Valves (1,
14).
(7) Disconnect the bleed line (2) from the regulating shut-off valve (3).
(8) Disconnect the outlet (15) of each muffler (4) from the cabin /cockpit air ducts (5).
(9) Remove the eight bolts (6) that secure the inlet air duct (7) to the naca air inlet duct
(8).
(10) Remove the eight bolts (11) that secure the outlet duct (12) from the heating
package.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Remove the bolts (16) that secure the heating package to the floor baggage
structure.
(12) Remove the package from the airplane.
(13) Put the blanking caps to all previously disconnected ducts on the airplane.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Enviro Heating Package - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-000-804
2. Third Evaporator (Optional) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
ThirdThis
Evaporator
topic gives
(Optional)
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Third Evaporator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The Third Evaporator is installed under the baggage compartment floor, to the
left side.

HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(3) Disconnect the two freon lines from the Evaporator, disconnecting the two fittings
(1, 2).
(4) Disconnect the Enviro heat exchanger outflow line (3) from the Evaporator.
(5) Disconnect the two outflow pipes (4) that connect the Evaporator to the
Temperature Modulating Valves.
(6) Disconnect the drain line (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Third Evaporator (Optional) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-000-805
3. Enviro Gate Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Enviro
This
Gate
topic
Valve
gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the Enviro Gate Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The Enviro Gate Valve is installed under the baggage compartment floor.

HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(3) Remove the Enviro Gate Valve electrical connector (1).
(4) Remove the two coupling (2, 3) with seals, that connects the Valve to the bleed
line (4).
(5) Check the seals for wear and abrasion, if necessary replace.
(6) Remove the Enviro Gate Valve (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Enviro Gate Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-000-806
4. Temperature Modulating Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Temperature
This topicModulating
gives the Removal
Valve - Removal
Procedure of the Temperature Modulating Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The Enviro Gate Valve is installed under the baggage compartment floor.
NOTE: The removal procedure for the Upper and Lower Temperature Modulating
Valve is identical.

HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(3) Disconnect the Electrical Connector (5) from the Temperature Modulating Valve.
(4) Loosen the three Screws (10) and remove the Clamps (9), that secure the Joints
(6, 7, 8) to the Upper Inlet Duct (2), Lower Inlet Duct (3), Outlet Duct (4).
(5) Loosen the three Screws (10) and remove the Clamps (9), that secure the Joints
(6, 7, 8) to the Temperature Modulating Valve (1).
(6) Remove the Joints (6, 7, 8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Remove the Bolts (11) and the Washers (12) that fasten the Temperature
Modulating Valve (1) to the Enviro Heating Package Structure (13).
(8) Remove the Enviro Heating Package Structure (13).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Temperature Modulating Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40421-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-000-807
5. Enviro Ground Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Enviro
This
Ground
topic gives
Blowerthe- Removal
Removal Procedure of the Enviro Ground Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the electrical power (Refer to AMM 24-00-00 Page Block 300).
(3) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell person not to apply electrical
power.
(4) Open the baggage compartment.
(5) Remove the moquette.
(6) Remove the Inspection Floor Baggage Panel 211 BZ (Refer to AMM 06-00-00
Page Block 1).
(7) Remove the Shut-off and Pressure Regulator assy (Refer to AMM 21-10-00 Page
Block 200).
(8) If present, remove the Enviro Gate Valve (Refer to AMM 21-40-00 Page Block
200).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Remove the Naca Air Duct (Refer to AMM 21-40-00 Page Block 200).
(11) Loosen the clamp (1) from the hose (2) to gain better access to the blower.
(12) Loosen the clamp (3) that secure the Inlet Air Duct (4) to the Inlet Air Blower Port.
(13) Cut the wires as close as possible to the two splices.
(14) Remove the three bolts (5) that secure the Enviro Ground Blower Inlet Port to the
bracket (6).
(15) Remove the bolts (7) that secure to the Enviro Ground Blower Outlet Duct Flange
(8) to the Duct Flange.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU PULL OUT THE BLOWER TO AVOID

DAMAGE TO THE OTHER PACKAGE COMPONENTS
(16) Remove the blower.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Enviro Ground Blower - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Enviro Ground Blower - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40521-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-000-808
6. Flight Compartment Heater - Removal (Ref to Fig. 406)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic gives Heater
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure of the Flight Compartment Heater.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Main Junction Box:
COCKPIT HEATER.
NOTE: For the interior removal we take as example the standard configuration.
(2) Remove the one place divan (Refer to 25-20-00).

(3) Remove the refreshment cabinet (Refer to 25-30-00).
(4) Remove the aft facing seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
(5) Remove the following floor panels: 232ARF, 232BRF, 232CRF and 232DRF (Refer
to 06-00-00).
(7) Remove the ties (2) that secure the connector with cable to the duct (3).
(8) Remove the clamps (5, 6) that fasten the heater (7) between the ducts (3, 4).
(9) Remove the heater (7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Flight Compartment Heater - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-400-803
7. Enviro Heating Package - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Enviro
This
Heating
topic gives
Package
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Enviro Heating Package.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– Access is available (Refer to the TASK 21-40-00-000-803).
(2) Put the heating package in the correct position on the airplane
(3) Connect the heating package to the outlet duct (12) with the eight bolts (11).
(4) Connect the inlet air duct (7) to the naca air inlet (8) with the eight bolts (6).
(5) Connect each mufflers (4) to the cabin and cockpit air ducts (5).
(6) Connect the bleed line (2) to the regulating shut-off valve (3).
(7) Connect the drain line (13).
(8) Connect the electrical connectors to each Temperature Modulating Valves
(1, 14).
(9) Connect the electrical connector to the regulator shut-off valve.
(10) Connect the blower (10) electrical cables.
(11) Install the bolts (16) that secure the heating package to the floor baggage structure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Enviro Heating Package - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40721-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-400-804
8. Third Evaporator (Optional) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
ThirdThis
Evaporator
topic gives
(Optional)
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Third Evaporator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-40-00-000-804).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the ducts.
(3) Place the Evaporator in its own position.
(4) Connect the two freon lines to the Evaporator with the two fittings (1, 2).
(5) Connect the Enviro heat exchanger outflow line (3) to the Evaporator.
(6) Connect the two Evaporator outflow pipes (4) to the Temperature Modulating
Valves lines.
(7) Connect the drain line (5).
(8) Install the access panel 281BZ from the baggage compartment floor.
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Third Evaporator (Optional) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40821-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-400-805
9. Enviro Gate Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Enviro
This
Gate
topic
Valve
gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the Enviro Gate Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-40-00-400-805).
(3) Place the Enviro Gate Valve (5) to its own position.
(4) Connect the Valve to the bleed line by the couplings (2, 3).
(5) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the valve.
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Enviro Gate Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40921-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-400-806
10. Temperature Modulating Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Temperature
This topicModulating
gives the Installation
Valve - Installation
Procedure of the Temperature Modulating Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The installation procedure for the Upper and Lower Temperature Modulating
Valve is identical.

(Refer to the TASK 21-40-00-000-806).
(3) Place the Temperature Modulating Valve (1) to the Enviro Heating Package
Structure (13).
(4) Fasten the Temperature Modulating Valve (1) to the Enviro Heating Package
Structure (13) with the Washers (12) and Bolts (11).
(5) Examine the Joints (6, 7, 8) for damage. If necessary, replace the Joints.
(6) Insert one side of the Joints to the Upper Inlet Duct (2), Lower Inlet Duct (3), Outlet
Duct (4).
(7) Insert the other side of the Joints to the Temperature Modulating Valve Ducts.
(8) Secure the Joints (6, 7, 8) to the Upper Inlet Duct (2), Lower Inlet Duct (3), Outlet
Duct (4) and tho the Valve by the Clamps (9).
(9) Connect the Electrical Connector (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Temperature Modulating Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41021-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-400-807
11. Enviro Ground Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Enviro
This
Ground
topic gives
Blowerthe- Installation
Installation Procedure of the Enviro Ground Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and secured
– The Warning Notice are in position
(2) Place the blower in position on the Enviro package.
(3) Install the bolts (7) that secure the Enviro Ground Blower Outlet Port to the Duct
Flange (8).
(4) Install the three bolts (5), that secure the Enviro Ground Blower Inlet Port to the
bracket (6).
(5) Connect blower’s electrical wires by the Splicings (Refer to AMM 20-20-01 Page
Block 200).
(6) Connect the Inlet Air Duct (4) to the Inlet Blower port with clamp (3).
(7) Secure the duct (2) to the flange with clamp (1).
(8) Install the Naca Air Duct (Refer to AMM. 21-40-00 Page Block 200).
(9) Remove Blanking Caps from line ends.
(10) Check the Enviro Gate Valve and Shut-off and Pressure regulator assy Gasket for
wear or/and damage, and replace if necessary.
(11) Install the Enviro Gate Valve if applicable (Refer to AMM 21-40-00 Page Block
200).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Install the Shut-off and Pressure Regolator assy (Refer to AMM 21-10-00 Page
Block 200).
(13) Install the floor baggage panel 211 BZ (Refer to AMM 06-00-00 Page Block 1).
(14) Install the moquette.
(15) Restore the electrical power. (Refer to AMM.24-00-00 Page Block 300).
(16) Remove Warning Notice in the flight compartment.
(17) Perform follows steps to check the Enviro Ground Blower:
(a) Make sure that the weight on wheel switch are engaged.
(b) Make sure the electrical power is available.
(c) Set BAT switch to ON position.
(d) Remove the safety tags and close these circuit breakers:
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(e) Verify the Enviro Ground Blower works properly.
NOTE: If the Enviro Ground Blower does not work properly, verify the
electrical wires connection.
(f) If the Enviro Ground Blower does not work properly and the electrical wires
connection are verified, replace the Enviro Ground Blower.
(18) Do an Enviromental Control System Operational Test (Refer to AMM 21-60-00
Page Block 200).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Enviro Ground Blower - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Enviro Ground Blower - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41121-40-00
40
TASK 21-40-00-400-808
12. Flight Compartment Heater - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic gives Heater
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure of the Flight Compartment Heater.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and secured
– The Warning Notice are in position
(2) Place the heater (7) between the ducts (3, 4) and fasten it with clamps (5, 6).
(3) Connect the electrical connector (1) and secure it with the ties (2).
(4) Install the following floor panels: 232ARF, 232BRF, 232CRF and 232DRF (Refer to
06-00-00).
(5) Install the aft facing seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
(6) Install the refreshment cabinet (Refer to 25-30-00).
(7) Install the one place divan (Refer to 25-20-00).
Main Junction Box:
COCKPIT HEATER.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Flight Compartment Heater - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60021-40-00
HEATING - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-40-00-200-801
1. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Check Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Cabin
This
andtopic
Cockpit
gives
Duct
theCheck
Inspection/Check
Valve - Inspection
Procedure
/ Check
for the Cabin and Cockpit Duct Check
1004 - 1104
Valve.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Open, tag and safety this circuit breakers:
HEATER
CABIN PRESS
(2) Remove the rear vanity closet.

(3) Remove the floor panel under the cabinet vanity closet.
(4) Disconnect the cabin and cockpit over-temperature switches connectors (Refer to
21-60-00).
(5) Disconnect the cabin and cockpit duct temperature sensors (Refer to 21-60-00).
(6) Remove the cabin duct clamps (1, 2).
(7) Remove the cockpit duct clamp (3).
(8) Remove the ventral panel (4) located on the outside ventral skin close the F.S.
6000.
(9) Through the hole in the ventral skin, remove the eight bolts (5) that secure the
cabin/cockpit air duct flange (6) to the rear pressure bulkhead (7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Remove the duct assembly toward the vanity closet.

(11) Put the blanking caps in the other ducts.
(12) Test the mobility and spring functionality of the cabin (8) and cockpit (9) check
valves.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Cabin and Cockpit Duct Check Valves - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-40-00
HEATING - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 21-40-00-200-802
2. Shut-Off and Pressure Regulating Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 602)
Shut-Off
This and
topicPressure
gives theRegulating
Inspection/Check
Valve - Inspection
Procedure/ for
Check
the Shut-Off and Pressure Regulating
1004 - 1104
Valve.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the electrical power (Refer to 24-00-00).
(3) Use the light source to examine the pressure-regulating/flow control valve as
follows:
(a) Make sure the electrical connector is installed correctly.
(b) Examine the connections of the ducts and the tubes for security of installation
and signs of leaks.
(c) Examine the duct connection clamps for security of installation and cracks.
(d) Examine the valve for signs of leaks.
(e) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
area is clean.
(6) Restore the electrical power (Refer to 24-00-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Shut-Off and Pressure Regulating Valve - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-40-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-50-00 - COOLING
REMOVAL
40021-50-00
/ INSTALLATION
COOLING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 21-50-00-000-801
1. Refrigeration Pack - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Refrigeration
The following
Packprocedure
- Removalis applicable for the Removal Procedure of the Refrigeration Pack.
1004 - 1104

Waste Cloth Material Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(3) Remove the inlet duct (12) (Refer to 21-20-00).
(4) Remove the nuts (2), bolts (5) and washers (3) attaching the outlet duct (6) to the
(5) Remove the clamp (15) connecting the refrigeration pack (4) to the water
separator (13).
(6) Remove the clamp (17) connecting the duct (18) to the refrigeration pack (4).
(7) Remove the clamp (9) and disconnect the tube (10).
(8) Put waste cloth material below the refrigeration pack (4) to catch any spilled oil
from the sump.
(9) Disconnect the filler tube (8) and the drain tube (11) from the sump at the bottom of
the refrigeration pack (4).
(10) Put blanks on the sump and line ends.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(12) Attach temporary identification tags to the overtemperature switch wires (19).
(13) Cut the overtemperature switch wires (19) at a position that will allow the
reconnection of the wires using in-line crimps during the installation procedure.
(14) Remove the four bolts (1) which attach the refrigeration pack support channels to
the structure.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU MOVE THE REFRIGERATION PACK.

THIS COMPONENT WEIGHS 40 LBS (18 KG). INCORRECT
MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
CAUTION: DO NOT TILT THE REFRIGERATION PACK MORE THAN 45

DEGREES FROM VERTICAL OR INVERT THE REFRIGERATION
PACK BEFORE DRAINING THE OIL. OIL CAN ENTER THE
TURBINE AND CAUSE DAMAGE.
(15) Lift the refrigeration pack (4) out of the airplane and place in an upright position on
a clean, padded surface.
(16) Collect the O-ring (14) and the gasket (7).
(17) Put blanking caps on all line ends and electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Refrigeration Pack - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-50-00
40
TASK 21-50-00-000-802
2. Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Ram-Air
The Bypass
followingCheck-Valve
procedure is
- Removal
applicable for the Removal Procedure of the Ram-Air Bypass
1004 - 1104
Check-Valve.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
(3) Loosen the clamp (5) and remove the drain tube (8) from the stub pipe (4).
(5) Remove the bolts (14) and washers (15) attaching the flexible joint of the duct (13)
to the duct (1).
(6) Remove the nuts (2) and washers (3) attaching the duct (1) to the refrigeration
pack (7).
(7) Remove the duct (1), check valve (10) and O-rings (6, 12).
(8) Discard the O-rings (6, 12).
(9) Cap all line ends and the inlet of the refrigeration pack (7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-50-00
40
TASK 21-50-00-400-801
3. Refrigeration Pack - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Refrigeration
The following
Pack procedure
- Installationis applicable for the Installation Procedure of the Refrigeration
1004 - 1104
Pack.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Examine the gasket (7) for damage and deterioration. If necessary, replace the
gasket.
(4) Install the O-ring (14) and the gasket (7).
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU MOVE THE REFRIGERATION PACK.

THIS COMPONENT WEIGHS 40 LBS (18 KG). INCORRECT
MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
CAUTION: DO NOT TILT THE REFRIGERATION PACK MORE THAN 45

DEGREES FROM VERTICAL OR INVERT THE REFRIGERATION
PACK BEFORE DRAINING THE OIL. OIL CAN ENTER THE
TURBINE AND CAUSE DAMAGE.
(5) Put the refrigeration pack (4) in the installed position with the support channels
correctly located.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the four bolts (1).

(7) Make sure the gasket (7) is correctly located and install the bolts (5), washers (3)
and nuts (2) to attach the outlet duct (6) to the refrigeration pack (4).
(8) Make sure the O-ring (14) is correctly located and install the clamp (15).
(9) Connect the filler tube (8) and the drain tube (11) to the sump at the bottom of the
(10) Connect the tube (10) using the clamp (9).
(11) Connect the overtemperature switch wires using in-line crimps (Refer to 20-00-
00). Make sure you identify and connect the wires correctly.
(14) Install the clamp (17) to connect the duct (18) to the refrigeration pack (4).
(15) Install the inlet duct (12) (Refer to 21-20-00).
(16) Replenish the refrigeration pack with oil (Refer to 12-00-00).
(17) Remove the waste cloth material and any spilled oil from below the refrigeration
pack.
(18) Remove all tools and equipment from the work area. Make sure the area is clean.
(20) Remove the safety tags and clips, and close these circuit breakers:
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Refrigeration Pack - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-50-00
40
TASK 21-50-00-400-802
4. Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Ram-Air
The Bypass
followingCheck-Valve
procedure is- Installation
applicable for the Installation Procedure of the Ram-Air Bypass
1004 - 1104
Check-Valve.

B. Materials
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) solvent 02-009
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the caps from the line ends and the inlet of the refrigeration pack (7).
AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN 20-00-01.
(3) Use the MEK and lint-free cloth to clean the interface between the duct (1) and
(4) Put the duct (1) in the correct position for installation.
(5) Install the check valve (10) using two new O-rings (6, 12).
(7) Install the nuts (2) and washers (3) to attach the duct (1) to the refrigeration pack
(7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Install the bolts (14) and washers (15) to attach the duct (1) to the flexible joint of
the duct (13).
(10) Remove all tools and equipment from the work area. Make sure the area is clean.
(11) Install access panel 281BZ.
(12) Remove the safety tags and clips, and close these circuit breakers:
AIR COND
CABIN PRESS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60021-50-00
COOLING - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-50-00-200-801
1. Refrigeration Pack - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Refrigeration
The following
Packprocedure
- Inspection
is applicable
/ Check for the inspection of the Refrigeration Pack.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(3) Examine the oil level in the sump of the air cycle machine. If necessary, replenish
with oil (Refer to 12-00-00).
(4) Examine the plastic oil sump for damage, cracks and signs of leaks.
(5) Make sure the filler and drain tube connections on the oil sump are tight.
(6) Examine the oil filling point (baggage compartment) for damage, corrosion and
correct installation. Make sure the cap is tight.
(7) Examine the oil drain valve (below the refrigeration pack) for damage, corrosion
and correct installation.
(8) Examine the oil fill and drain tubes for damage, deformation and corrosion.
(9) Examine the connections of the ducts for security of installation and signs of air
leaks. Make sure the clamps are tight and in a serviceable condition.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Examine the refrigeration pack for dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
(11) Make sure the electrical wires are securely attached to the overtemperature
switch.
(12) Examine the electrical connector for damage and security of installation.
(13) Tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
clean.
(16) Remove the safety tags and clips and close these circuit breakers:
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 601 - Refrigeration Pack - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-50-00
COOLING - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 21-50-00-200-802
2. Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 602)
Ram-Air
The Bypass
following
Check-Valve
procedure -isInspection
applicable/ Check
for the inspection of the Ram-Air Bypass Check-
1004 - 1104
Valve, with the valve removed.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the ram-air bypass check-valve (Refer to Para. 5).
(2) Examine the check valve as follows:
(a) Make sure the shut-off flaps move smoothly from the fully closed to the fully
open position.
(b) Make sure the spring is in a serviceable condition.
(c) Make sure the shut-off flaps make a satisfactory seal with the valve body.
(d) Make sure the valve body has no distortion.
(e) Examine the O-ring for signs of wear, perishing, cuts and splits.
(f) Examine the check valve for dents, damage, corrosion and cracks.
(g) If necessary, repair or replace any defective parts.
(3) Install the ram-air bypass check-valve (Refer to Para. 6).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Ram-Air Bypass Check-Valve - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-50-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-51-00 - FREON AIR

SERVICING
30021-51-00
FREON
CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER
0 SYSTEM SYSTEM - SERVICING
TASK 21-51-00-610-801
1. Freon Conditioner System - Servicing (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Freon
This
Conditioner
topic gives
System
the Charge
- Servicing
Procedure of the Freon Conditioner System.
1004 - 1104

Freon Charge System TEM-215100-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: For compressor/condenser installed at position “B” the charge part are located
in the remote position as shown in Figure 301.
(1) Using a freon servicing gauge set, attach gauge hoses to fittings located on the
compressor or to the fittings remotely located depending on the compressor/
condenser position.
NOTE: Be sure that the low side of the gauge set is connected to the low (or
suction) side of the compressor, and high side is connected to high part of
the compressor (delivery).
(2) Connect a vacuum pump to the free line on the gauge set and start the pump.
(3) Open both valves on the gauge set. The low side gauge should begin to show a
vacuum in the system after a few minutes.
(4) Let the vacuum pump run for approximately 1 hour.
(5) Close the valves on the gauge set, shut off the vacuum pump and record the
vacuum pressure. Check vacuum after 15-20 minutes to verify that no change to
vacuum pressure value occurred.
(6) If pressure increased, check system for leakage as per following points 7 to 10, if
vacuum is held skip to point 11.
(7) Connect a freon bottle to the suction filling port of the freon servicing gauge and
allow freon vapors to outer the system.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Using electronic leak detector check the system fittings, tubes and components for
leakage.
(9) Eliminate leakage.
(10) Repeat steps from (2) to (6).
(11) Connect a freon bottle to the hose where the vacuum pump was connected.
(12) Open the valve on the freon bottle and mantain bottle in its upright position.
(13) Purge the line of air by loosening the fitting on the hose leading from the bottle at
the gauge set.
(14) Invert the freon bottle so that liquid freon is provided to the system.
(15) Open the high side valve to the system.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM AT THIS POINT.
(16) Allow the vacuum in the system and the pressure in the freon bottle to force the
liquid freon into the system.
(17) After the system ceases to accept freon, shut the high side valve at the gauge set,
return the freon bottle to its upright position.
(18) Turn the system on at this point.
(19) Open the LOW SIDE valve at the gauge set which will allow freon vapor to be suck
into the system low pressure side.
(20) Watch the sight glass located on top of the receiver/dryer (part of the compressor/
condenser unit) and continue to charge vapor to the low side until the bubbles in
the sight glass disappear. If the SB-80-0077 is incorporated charge 2.4 Lbs of
refrigerant fluid, HFC 134a (in this case the charge monitoring through sight glass
is not applicable).The system is now fully charged.
(21) Repeat the check for leaks using an electronic freon leak detector.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Freon Conditioning System - Servicing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30121-51-00
FREON AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM - SERVICING
30
TASK 21-51-00-610-802
2. Freon Air Conditioning System - Servicing
Freon
This
Airtopic
Conditioning
gives theSystem
Operating
- Servicing
Fluid Charge of the Freon Air Conditioning System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Refer to Chapter 24-00-00).
E. Procedure
WARNING: OBSERVE THE HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS STATED IN

CHAPTER 20-20-01 AND WEAR PROPER EYE AND HANDS
PROTECTIONS DURING THIS PROCEDURE. DUE TO THE
REFRIGERANT CHEMICAL NATURE, TAKE EVERY PRECAUTION TO
AVOID ANY ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURE TO THOSE FLUIDS.
(1) Open the access door located on the compressor/condenser cover.
CAUTION: THE HIGH PRESSURE HOSE MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE

PORT MARKED "D" AND THE LOW PRESSURE HOSE MUST BE
CONNECTED TO THE PORT MARKED “S”. AN IMPROPER
CONNECTION COULD RESULT IN A DAMAGE TO THE
MANIFOLD AND INCORRECT PRESSURE READINGS COULD
FOLLOW.
(2) Remove the service port caps and connect the service gauges and hoses set to
the compressor suction and discharge valve.
CAUTION: A CFC FLUID RECOVERY SYSTEM MUST BE USED, TO AVOID

ANY ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION.
(3) Vent the system to “zero” pressure, using the CFC fluid recovery system.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Remove the oil filling bolt located on the top of the compressor case, placed near
the refrigerant fluid suction and discharge valves.
(5) Connect to a syringe (having an internal volume of approximately 5 Oz) a nylon
tube, or equivalent, having a length of approximately 8" and an outside diameter of
1/8".
(6) Insert the nylon tube through the compressor oil refilling hole until the compressor
case bottom is reached. It could be necessary to turn the compressor shaft so that
the compressor workings would clear the passage. Concurrently move the nylon
tube to accomplish this operation.
(7) Drain away with the syringe the mineral oil which is contained in the compressor
(approximately 3 Oz should be contained in the compressor).
(8) Refill with 6 Oz of EMKARATE refrigeration lubricant and install the oil refilling bolt
previously removed at step 6.
(9) Refer to Freon Conditioner System - Charge procedure and perform the steps 1
thru 9. With reference to step 4 the vacuum must be applied for 15 ÷ 20 minutes.
(10) Put the refrigerant bottle of KLEA 134a on a precision balance before and during
the filling procedure.
CAUTION: THE REFRIGERANT BOTTLE MUST BE KEPT VERTICALLY ON

ITS BASE. NEVER INVERT IT DURING THE FILLING
PROCEDURE UNLESS SPECIFIED.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM DURING THE FILLING

PROCEDURE UNTIL THIS LAST ONE HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
(11) Open the high side valve to the system and allow the pressure to reach
approximately 2 bars.
(12) Vent the system to zero pressure.
CAUTION: THE VENTING PROCEDURE MUST BE PERFORMED SLOWLY,

TO AVOID EXCESSIVE LOSS OF REFRIGERANT OIL.
(13) Refer to TASK 21-51-00-610-801, and perform the steps (1) thru (12).
(14) Charge approximately 2.4 lbs of liquid refrigerant fluid.
(15) Activate the vapor cycle machine.
(16) In case of no system operation, switch off the vapor cycle machine and add
approximately 0.4 lbs of liquid refrigerant fluid. Repeat the step (17). Maintain the
system in operation.
(17) Shut the high side valve at the gage set and return the refrigerant fluid bottle to its
upright position.
(18) Open the low side valve at the gage set to allow the refrigerant fluid vapor to flow
into the system low side through the compressor suction valve.
(19) Allow the system to be filled up to a total refrigerant fluid quantity of 3.3 thru 3.6 lbs
(i.e. in case at steps (16) and (17) of this procedure a total quantity of liquid
refrigerant fluid of 2.4 lbs was filled into the system, a quantity of vapor or (3.3 ÷
3.6) - 2.4 = 0.9 ÷ 1.2 lbs will enter the system).
(20) Watch at the sight glass located on the top of the dryer/receiver. No bubble must
be present. A milky flow may be acceptable, due to the presence of refrigerant oil
which is mixed with the fluid.
(21) Check the system for leakage by using an electronic HFC leak detector.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(22) Perform the freon conditioner system functional test as described in this section.
(23) Close the access door located on the compressor/condenser cover.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REMOVAL / F
INSTALLATION
40021-51-00
REON AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 21-51-00-000-803
1. Flight Compartment Evaporator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic provides
Evaporator
the Removal
- Removal
of the Flight Compartment Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the copilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
(2) Wrap a lint-free cloth around the fitting (1) and hold.
(3) Loosen the fitting (1) until the pressure in the freon line (2) is completely
discharged.
(4) Disconnect the freon line (2) from the evaporator (5).
(5) Wrap a lint-free cloth around the fitting (3) and hold.
discharged.
(8) Disconnect the drain line (8) from the evaporator (5).
(10) Pull the hose (7) clear of the evaporator (5).
(11) Support the evaporator (5) and remove the screw (9), washer (10) and nut (11).
(12) Remove the evaporator (5) from the support (12).
(13) Remove the drainage cup (13) from the evaporator (5).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Flight Compartment Evaporator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-51-00
FREON AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 21-51-00-000-806
2. Compressor/Condenser - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Compressor/Condenser
This topic gives the Removal
- RemovalProcedure of the Compressor/Condenser.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The compressor/condenser can be installed in two different positions. The

position “A” in the forward RH section of the baggage compartment between
the F.S. 6965 and F.S. 7740 and “B” in the rear section of the baggage
compartment between the F.S. 7740 and F.S. 8154.
The compressor/condenser removal procedure is the same for the “A” an "B"
positions, the only difference consisting on a ducting, plumbing and wiring
different running and positioning.

Copilot CB panel: Main junction box:
COOL-PWR LH PWR INTLK
COOL-CONT RH PWR INTLK

(3) Remove the cover (12).
(4) Vent the system to “zero” pressure, using the CFC fluid recovery system.
(5) Disconnect the Refrigerant Line (2) from the Compressor/Condenser unit.
(6) Remove the clamps (3) securing the Condenser Air Outlet Duct (4) to the
Compressor/Condenser unit and remove the sleeve (5).
(7) Disconnect the electrical power cable (6).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Disconnect the electrical ground cable (7).

NOTE: To remove Compressor/Condenser unit when it is installed in position "A"

remove the bolts and washers located in the RH Main Landing Gear Rear
Bay.
To remove Compressor/Condenser unit when it is installed in position "B"
remove the bolts and washers located in the Baggage Compartment.
(10) Remove bolts (9) and washers (10) that secure the Compressor/Condenser unit to
the baggage floor.
(11) Remove the Compressor/Condenser unit.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Compressor/Condenser Position “A”- Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-000-807
3. Flight Compartment Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic gives Blower
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure of the Flight Compartment Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL-PWR
COOL-CONT
(2) Remove the copilot seat (Refer to Chapter 25-10-00).

(3) Cut the three blower electrical cables (1).
(4) Remove the clamps (2 and 3).
(5) Pull the hoses (4 and 5) clear of the blower (6).
(6) Support the blower (6) and remove the screw (7) and the washer (8).
(7) Remove the blower (6) from the support (9).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Flight Compartment Blower - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Flight Compartment Blower - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-000-808
4. Passenger Compartment Blower - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment
gives the Removal
Blower -Procedure
Removal of the Passenger Compartment Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
COOL-PWR
COOL-CONT
(2) If the toilet is installed, remove the left forward facing seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
(3) If the toilet is not installed or is installed not near to the rear pressure bulkhead,
remove the three place divan (Refer to 25-20-00).
(5) Cut the three electrical cables (9).
(6) Remove the clamps (10).
(7) Remove the sleeve (13).
(9) Pull the hose (1) clear of the blower (12).
(10) Support the blower (12) and remove the screws (6) and the washer (8).
(11) Remove the blower (12) from the support (19).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Passenger Compartment Blower and Evaporator - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40421-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-000-809
5. Passenger Compartment Evaporator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment
gives the Removal
Evaporator
Procedure
- Removal
of the Passenger Compartment Evaporator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) If the toilet is installed, remove the left forward facing seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
remove the three place divan (Refer to 25-20-00).
(4) Wrap the lint-free cloth around the fitting (2) and hold.
discharged.
(7) Wrap the lint-free cloth around the fitting (4) and hold.
discharged.
(10) Disconnect the drain line (7) from the evaporator (15).
(11) Remove the clamp (10) and the sleeve (13).
(12) Support the evaporator (15) and remove the screw (14), washer (17) and nut (18).
(13) Remove the evaporator (15) from the support (20).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40521-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-000-810
6. Freon Control Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Freon
This
Control
topic Unit
gives- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the Freon Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
COOL-PWR LH COOL INTLK
COOL-CONT RH COOL INTLK

(3) Support the freon control unit (1) and remove the screw (3).
(4) Remove the clamp (2) and the unit (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Freon Control Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-000-811
7. Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor - Removal
This topic gives the Removal
Drive Motor
Procedure
- Removal
of the Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Meggitt Component Maintenance Manual CR-180-10
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
AIR COND-PWR LH AIR COND CTRL
AIR COND-CONT RH AIR COND CTRL.
(2) Remove Compressor/Condenser Unit as described in this section.

(3) Remove the drive motor from Compressor/Condenser unit with reference to
Meggitt Component Manual CR-180-10 latest revision.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-803
8. Flight Compartment Evaporator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic provides
Evaporator
the Installation
- Installation
of the Flight Compartment Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Fix the drainage cup (13) on the evaporator (5).
(2) Place the evaporator (5) to the support (12).
(3) Secure the evaporator (5) to the support (12) with screw (9), washer (10) and nut
(11).
(4) Connect the hose (7) to the evaporator (5) with the clamp (6).
(5) Connect the freon line (2) to the evaporator (5) with the fitting (1).
(7) Connect the drain line (8) to the evaporator (5).
(8) Charge the freon system as described in this section.
(9) Do a functional test of the system as described in this section.
(10) Install the copilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Flight Compartment Evaporator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40721-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-806
9. Compressor/Condenser - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 1)
This topic gives the Installation
- InstallationProcedure of the Compressor/Condenser.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The compressor/condenser can be installed in two different positions. The

position "A" in the forward RH section of the baggage compartment between
the F.S. 6965 and F.S. 7740 and "B" in the rear section of the baggage
compartment between the F.S. 7740 and F.S. 8154.
The compressor/condenser installation procedure is the same for the "A" an
"B" positions, the only difference consisting on a ducting, plumbing and wiring
different running and positioning.

(Refer to the TASK 21-51-00-000-806).
(2) Place the Compressor/Condenser in its own position on the baggage compartment
floor.
NOTE: For install Compressor/Condenser unit when it is installed in position "A"

install the bolts and washers located in the RH Main Landing Gear Rear
Bay.
For install Compressor/Condenser unit when it is installed in position "B"
install the bolts and washers located in the Baggage compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Inside the RH MLG rear bay, secure the Compressor/Condenser unit to the
baggage floor with washers (10) and bolts (9).
(4) Connect the Refrigerant Line (2) to the Compressor/Condenser unit.
(5) Install the sleeve (5) and secure it to the condenser Air Outlet Duct (4) and to the
Compressor/Condenser unit with the clamps (3).
(6) Connect the electrical power cable (6).
(7) Connect the electrical ground cable (7).
(9) Charge the system as described in this section.
COOL-CONT RH COOL INTLK
(11) Perform a functional test of the system as described in this section.

(12) Install the cover (12).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Compressor/Condenser Position “A”- Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40821-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-807
10. Flight Compartment Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
FlightThis
Compartment
topic gives Blower
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure of the Flight Compartment Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-51-00-000-807).
(2) Place the blower (6) to its own support (9).
(3) Secure the blower (6) to the support (9) with washer (8) and screw (7).
(4) Connect the hoses (4 and 5) to the blower with the clamps (2 and 3).
(5) Connect the three electrical cables (1) with an in-line connector (Refer to 20-00-
00).
(6) Install the copilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
Copilot CB panel:
COOL-PWR
COOL-CONT.
(8) Set the BATTERY switch to BAT.

(9) Set the OFF-FAN-COOL switch to FAN position.
(10) Set the FAN CKPT swith to HIGH and check if the blower runs correctly.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Set the FAN CKPT switch to LOW position.

(12) Set the OFF-FAN-COOL switch to OFF position.
(13) Set the BATTERY switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Flight Compartment Blower - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Flight Compartment Blower - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40921-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-808
11. Passenger Compartment Blower - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 1)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment
Blower - Installation
Procedure of the Passenger Compartment Blower.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-51-00-000-809).
(2) Place the blower (12) to the support (19).
(3) Secure the blower to the support (19) with washer (8) and screws (6).
(4) Connect the hose (1) to the blower with the clamp (11).
(5) Install the sleeve (13) and secure it with clamps (10).
(6) Connect the electrical cables (9) with in-line connectors (Refer to 20-00-00).
(8) If the toilet is installed, install the left forward facing seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
install the three place divan (Refer to 25-20-00).
Copilot CB panel:
COOL-PWR
COOL-CONT
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Set the BATTERY switch to BAT.

(12) Set the OFF-FAN-COOL switch to FAN position.
(13) Set the FAN CABIN switch to HIGH and check if the blower runs correctly.
(14) Set the FAN CABIN switch to LOW position.
(15) Set the OFF-FAN-COOL switch to OFF position.
(16) Set the BATTERY switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Passenger Compartment Blower and Evaporator - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41021-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-809
12. Passenger Compartment Evaporator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 1)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment
EvaporatorProcedure
- Installation
of the Passenger Compartment Evaporator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Place the evaporator (15) to the support (19).
(2) Secure the evaporator to the support (19) with screw (14), washer (17) and nut
(18).
(3) Install the sleeve (13) between the blower (12) and the evaporator (15).
(4) Secure the sleeve (13) with the clamps (10).
(7) Connect the drain line (7) to the evaporator.
(9) Charge the freon system as described in this section.
(11) If the toilet is installed, install the left forward facing seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
install the three place divan (Refer to 25-20-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41121-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-810
13. Freon Control Unit - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Freon
This
Control
topic Unit
gives- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the Freon Control Unit
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-51-00-000-810).
(2) Place the freon control unit in its own position on the main junction box.
(3) Secure the unit to the main junction box with clamp (2) and screw (3).
COOL-CONT RH COOL INTLK.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Freon Control Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41221-51-00
40
TASK 21-51-00-400-811
14. Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor - Installation
This topic gives the Installation
Drive MotorProcedure
- Installation
of the Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Meggitt Component Maintenance Manual CR-180-10
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-51-00-000-811).
(2) Install the drive motor on Compressor/Condenser unit with reference to Meggitt
Component Manual CR-180-10 latest revision.
(3) Install Compressor/Condenser unit as described in this section.
(4) Restore electrical power (Refer to 24-00-00).
AIR COND-PWR LH AIR COND CTRL
AIR COND-CONT RH AIR COND CTRL.
F. Close-out
(1) Remove the Warning Notice in the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT /FTEST
50021-51-00
REON AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 21-51-00-720-802
1. Freon Conditioner System - Functional Test
Freon
This
Conditioner
topic gives
System
the Functional
- Functional
TestTest
Procedure of the Freon Conditioner System.
1004 - 1104

Digital Thermometer TEM-211000-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Check all the air conditioning circuit breakers are set and the bus switch is set to
NORM.
(2) Set the battery switch to BAT (external power not plugged in).
(3) Set the A/C CONTROL switch to FAN.
(4) Verify the cockpit and cabin blowers operate properly in both HIGH and LOW
speed as selected. The compressor/condensor shall be inoperative.
(5) Set the bus switch to BUS DIS.
(6) Verify the compressor/condensor are inoperative.
(7) Set the bus switch to EMER.
(8) Verify compressor/condensor and blowers are inoperative.
(9) Set the bus switch to NORM.
(10) Set the A/C CONTROL switch to COOL.
(11) Verify the cockpit and cabin blowers operate properly in both HIGH and LOW
speed as selected. The compressor/condensor shall be inoperative. Leave the fan
speed switches in HIGH position for the remainder of test.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(17) Set the battery switch and the A/C CONTROL switch to OFF.
(18) Connect the external power unit to the airplane DC system.
(19) Set the battery switch to BAT.
(20) Set the A/C CONTROL switch to FAN.
(21) Verify compressor/condensor is inoperative and blowers operate properly.
(27) Set the A/C CONTROL switch to COOL.
(28) Verify compressor/condensor and blowers operate properly.
(29) Wait for five minutes then, using a digital thermometer, check the air temperature
on the eye-ball cold air outlets in the flight compartment. The air temperature
should be approximately 5 ÷ 6°C. about 14°C lower than actual cabin
temperature).
(30) Check the air temperature on the cold air outlet in the passenger compartment.
The air temperature should be approximately 5 ÷ 6°C. (about 14°C lower than
actual cabin temperature).
(36) Set the battery switch and the A/C CONTROL switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / F
60021-51-00
CHECK
REON AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-51-00-200-801
1. Motor Brushes - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Motor
This
Brushes
topic gives
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ CheckCheck Procedure of the Motor Brushes.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: New or overhauled motor brushes should be initially checked before 600 flight
hours to check for wear pattern.
NOTE: Make sure to keep into account the factor of safety when determining the
remaining flight hours.
(1) Remove the Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor as described in this section.

(2) Remove the four screws that attach the aluminum end bell cover on the motor and
remove cover. Locate brush holder as shown in Fig. 207. A new brush will typically
protrude 0.1 inches above the top of the brush holder and a fully worn brush will be
recessed ~0.4 inches below the brush holder. move the Drive Motor as described
in this section.
(3) Grip the brush lead with a pair of forceps or long needle nose pliers. Slide brush in
and out of the brush holder to ensure that there is no binding. The brush should
move freely in the holder with only the resistance of the brush spring. If binding is
present it is recommended to return the motor for overhaul.
(4) Carefully remove each brush pair and measure the longest side length. Of the four
brush pairs, record the shortest. Reassemble each brush and ensure that brush
leads are laying flat above the brush and holder to prevent contact with outer case.
Re-assemble the unit in reverse order.
(5) This step will allow you to extrapolate the remaining brush life.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Determine the amount of time on motor by using unit hour since motor was
installed.
1.150 New/Overhaul Brush Length
_______ Actual Measured Brush Length
=_______ Calculated Brush Wear
Brush wear ¸ time in service = wear per flight hour

(b) The minimum measurable brush length allowed is 0.825 inches. If any brush
is at or below this, return motor for overhaul.
(6) The fully used brush length is 0.650 inches. Subtract the fully used brush length
from the shortest actual measured brush length to determine the remaining brush
that is useable.
(a) Divide remaining useable brush length by wear per flight hour, and apply the
factor of safety (0,75) to determine remaining operating hours (Tres).
(b) After first check, subsequent check are requested within Tres/660 FH
(whichever occurs first).
NOTE: When the check is performed during a 200 FH aircraft light

inspection and servicing, or during an aircraft B/C/D check, and Tres
is less than 400 FH, it is suggested to perform sub sequent check at
the next 200 FH nacelle light inspection and servicing, or aircraft B/C/
D check.
(c) If Tres is less than 250 FH, return motor for overhaul.
(EXAMPLE)
Assuming 577 flight hours since new/overhaul and 0.854 actual measured brush
length
– STEP 1
Determine the brush wear
1.150 New/Overhaul Brush Length

0.854 Actual Measured Brush Length
=0.296 Calculated Brush Wear
– STEP 2
Determine inch wear per flight hour:
0.296 ¸ 577 = 0.000513 in/FH
– STEP 3
Determine the remaining useable brush length:
0.296 ¸ 577 = 0.000513 in/FH
0.854 Actual Measured Brush Length

0.650 Fully Used Brush Length
=0.204 Calculated Remaining Usable Brush
Length
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– STEP 4
Determine remaining flight hours (Tres):
(0.204 ¸ 0.000513) x 0.75 = 298 FH
Notate in maintenance records of pending motor removal for overhaul.
(7) Install the Compressor/Condenser Drive Motor as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Motor Brushes - Inspection/Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-51-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-60-00 - TEMPERATURE
REMOVAL
40021-60-00
/ INSTALLATION
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
0CONTROL - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 21-60-00-000-801
1. Shutoff Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Shutoff
ThisValve
topic-provides
Removalthe Removal of the Shutoff Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

L ENG START CABIN PRESS
R ENG START R BLEED AIR
L BLEED AIR
(2) Remove the nacelle panel 410AB (420AB) (Refer to 54-00-00).

(4) Hold the valve (2) with a suitable wrench and unscrew the connector nuts on the
ducts (1, 3).
(5) Move the duct (3) carefully to allow removal of the valve (2).
NOTE: The duct (3) has flexible sections which allow limited movement.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 401 - Shutoff Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-60-00
TEMPERATURE CONTROL - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-802
2. Precooler - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Precooler
This topic
- Removal
provides the Removal of the Preccoler.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

L BLEED AIR
(2) Remove the nacelle panel 410AT (420AT) (Refer to 54-00-00).

(3) Remove the clamp (5) and discard the seal (6).
(4) Remove the clamp (9) and pull the inlet duct (8) off the stub pipe of the precooler
(4).
(5) Remove the clamp (12) and discard the seal (11).
(6) Remove the four bolts (3) attaching the precooler (4) to the rear firewall (1).
(7) Carefully move the outlet duct (7) as far as possible away from the precooler (4).
Take care not to strain the duct or the electrical wiring to the shutoff valve.
NOTE: The outlet duct has flexible sections which allow limited movement.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Remove the precooler (4) and discard the gasket (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Precooler - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40221-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-803
3. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Cabin
This
andtopic
Cockpit
provides
Duct the
Temperature
Removal of
Sensor
the Cabin
- Removal
and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The location of the Cabin Duct Temperature Sensor and the Cockpit Duct
Temperature Sensor are the same as in the related removal/installation
procedures.
Copilot CB panel:
CB HEATER
NOTE: The sensor is located under the vanity zone floor.
(2) Remove the cabinet vanity closet.

(5) Remove the two bolts (4) that fasten the sensor on the its own support (6).
(6) Slide out and remove the sensor.
(7) Protect adequately the sensor housing (7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Temperature Switch and Duct Temperature Sensor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40321-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-807
4. Cabin/Cockpit Over Temperature Switch - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Cabin/Cockpit
This topic Over
gives Temperature
the Removal Switch
Procedure
- Removal
of the Cabin/Cockpit Over Temperature Switch.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The location of the Cabin Over Temperature Switch and the Cockpit Over
Temperature Switch are the same as the removal/installation procedures.
(1) Remove the safety tag and close the circuit breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
NOTE: The sensor is located under the floor vanity zone.
(2) Remove the cabinet vanity closet.

(5) Slowly remove the sensor (2) from the sensor housing (8).
(6) Protect adequately the sensor housing (8).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Cabin/Cockpit Over Temperature Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40421-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-808
5. Cockpit Temperature Controller - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Cockpit
ThisTemperature
topic gives the
Controller
Removal - Removal
Procedure of the Cockpit Temperature Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The controller is installed on the forward pressure bulkhead behind the pilot
rudder pedals.
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
(2) Remove the pilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00)

(4) Remove the screws (2) and the washer (3) that secure the controller (4) to the
forward pressure bulkhead.
(5) Remove the controller (4).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Cockpit Temperature Controller - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40521-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-809
6. Cabin Temperature Controller - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic gives Controller
the Removal- Removal
Procedure of the Cabin Temperature Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
(2) Remove the angle of attach trim panel from the right side of the passenger
compartment in the area of FS 3425 (Refer to 25-20-00).
(3) Remove the insulation blanket.
(5) Remove the screws (2) and the washer (3) that secure the controller (4) to the
support.
(6) Remove the controller (4).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Cabin Temperature Controller
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40621-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-810
7. Cabin Temperature Sensor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic givesSensor
the Removal
- Removal
procedure of the Cabin Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
(2) Locate the cabin temperature sensor (behind RH overhead louver at FS 3825).
(3) Remove the overhead louver panel (Refer to 25-20-00)
(5) Remove the four screws (3) attaching the sensor (1) to the air duct.
(6) Remove the sensor from the duct. Do not strain the electrical wiring.
(7) Put caps on the electrical connectors and blank off the aperture in the air duct.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Cabin Temperature Sensor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40721-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-811
8. Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Cockpit
ThisTemperature
topic gives the
Sensor
Removal
- Removal
Procedure of the Cockpit Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
(2) Remove the copilot furnishing panel (Refer to 25-10-00)

(4) Remove the four screws (3) attaching the sensor (1) to the support.
(5) Remove the sensor (1) from the support. Do not strain the electrical wiring.
(6) Put cap on the electrical connector.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40821-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-812
9. Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal (Ref to Fig. 409)
DuctThis
Temperature
topic gives
Sensor
the Removal
(Hamilton)
Procedure
- Removal
of the Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
(2) Get access to the duct temperature sensor through the RH landing-gear forward-
door aperture and disconnect the electrical connector (1).
(3) Squeeze the clips on the clamp (10) together to release the clamp.
(5) Remove the sensor (2) complete with the cap (4) from the stub-pipe.
(6) Remove the sleeve (7).
(7) Put caps on the stub-pipe (9) and the electrical connectors.
(8) Use a suitable wrench to hold the sensor (2) and remove the nut (6).
(9) Remove the sensor (2) from the cap (4) and collect the seal (3).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40921-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-813
10. Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Removal (Ref to Fig. 410)
DuctThis
Temperature
topic gives
Limiter
the Removal
(Hamilton)
Procedure
- Removal
of the Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove floor panel 232ARF (Refer to 53-00-00).
Pilot CB panel:
WRN LTS

(4) Remove the temperature limiter (2) and collect the seal (3).
(5) Put caps on the stub-pipe (4) and the electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41021-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-000-814
11. Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal (Ref to Fig. 411)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic givesSensor
the Removal
(Hamilton)
Procedure
- Removal
of the Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
(2) Locate the cabin temperature sensor (behind RH overhead louver at FS 3825).
(3) Remove the overhead louver panel (Refer to 25-20-00).
(4) Remove the two screws (3) attaching the sensor (2) to the air duct.
(5) Remove the sensor (2) from the air duct. Do not strain the electrical wiring.
(7) Put caps on the electrical connectors and blank off the aperture in the air duct.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41121-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-801
12. Shutoff Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Shutoff
ThisValve
topic-provides
Installation
the Installation of the Shutoff Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(2) Remove the caps from all line ends.
(3) Put the valve (2) in the correct position for installation and hand tighten the
connector nuts on the ducts (1, 3).
(4) Hold the valve (2) with a suitable wrench and tighten the connector nuts.
(7) Install the nacelle panel 410AB (420AB) (Refer to 54-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

L BLEED AIR
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 412 - Shutoff Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41221-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-802
13. Precooler - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Precooler
This topic
- Installation
provides the Installation of the Preccoler.
1004 - 1104

Gasket 211000 1-110
Seal 211000 1-140
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(2) Remove the caps from all line ends.
(3) Make sure the interface between the precooler (4) and rear firewall (1) is clean.
(4) Install a new gasket (2) to the interface.
(5) Put the precooler (4) in the installed position.
(6) Install the four bolts (3) to attach the precooler (4) to the rear firewall (11). Make
sure the gasket (2) is correctly positioned.
(7) Install a new seal (11) between the bleed fitting (10) and the stub pipe of the
precooler (4).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Install a new seal (6) between the outlet duct (7) and the stub pipe of the precooler
(4).
(11) Push the inlet duct (8) onto the stub pipe of the precooler (4) and install the clamp
(9).
(12) Do a leak test of the precooler (TASK 21-60-00-200-802).
(13) Install the nacelle panel 410AT (420AT) (Refer to 54-00-00).
L BLEED AIR
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Precooler - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41321-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-803
14. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
Cabin
This
andtopic
Cockpit
provides
Duct the
Temperature
InstallationSensor
of the Cabin
- Installation
and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The location of the Cabin Duct Temperature Sensor and the Cockpit Duct
Temperature Sensor are the same as in the related removal/installation
procedures.
(1) Make sure that:

(2) Remove the protection from the sensor housing (7).
(3) Insert the sensor (5) to the support (6).
(4) Screw the sensor (5) to the support (6) with the two bolts (4).
(6) Install the floor panel and the cabinet vanity closet.
Copilot CB panel:
CB HEATER
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41421-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-807
15. Cabin Temperature Switch - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic givesSwitch
the - Installation
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the protection from the sensor housing (8).
(3) Install the sensor (2) to its housing (8).
(4) Tight slowly the sensor to housing.
(6) Install the floor panel and the cabinet vanity closet.
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Cockpit Temperature Controller - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41521-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-808
16. Cockpit Temperature Controller - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 416)
Cockpit
ThisTemperature
topic gives the
Controller
Installation
- Installation
Procedure of the Cockpit Temperature Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure as necessary that
(Refer to the Removal Procedure)
(2) Place the controller (4) on the support located on the forward pressure bulkhead.
(3) Secure the controller (4) with the washer (3) and the screws (2).
(5) Install the pilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Cockpit Temperature Controller - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41621-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-809
17. Cabin Temperature Controller - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 417)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic givesController
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure of the Cabin Temperature Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-60-00-000-809).
(2) Place the controller (4) on the its own support.
(3) Secure the controller (4) with screws (2) and washer (3) to the support.
(5) Install the insulation blanket.
(6) Install the trim panel (Refer to 25-20-00).
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 417 - Cabin Temperature Controller - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41721-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-810
18. Cabin Temperature Sensor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 418)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic givesSensor
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure of the Cabin Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-60-00-000-810).
(2) Remove the caps from the electrical connector and air duct.
(3) Put the sensor (1) in the installed position and secure using the four screws (3).
(5) Install the overhead louver panel (Refer to 25-20-00)
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
(7) Do an Operational Test (Refer to Para. 31).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 418 - Cabin Temperature Sensor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41821-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-811
19. Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 419)
Cockpit
ThisTemperature
topic gives the
Sensor
Installation
- Installation
Procedure of the Cockpit Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 21-60-00-000-811).
(2) Remove the caps from the electrical connector.
(3) Put the sensor in the installed position and secure using the four screws(3).
(5) Install the copilot furnishing lateral panel (Refer to 25-10-00)
Copilot CB panel:
HEATER
(7) Do an Operational Test (Refer to Para. 20).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 419 - Cockpit Temperature Sensor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41921-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-812
20. Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
DuctThis
Temperature
topic gives
Sensor
the Installation
(Hamilton) Procedure
- Installation
of the Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the caps from the stub-pipe and electrical connectors.
(3) Examine the seal (3) and the O-rings (5, 8) for splits, cuts, crushing and signs of
perishing and contamination. Replace any defective parts as necessary.
(4) Put the sensor (2) through the cap (4) and install the seal (3).
(5) Install the nut (6).
(6) Position the cap (4) on the stub-pipe (9) and slide the sleeve (7) over the O-rings
(5, 8).
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 420 - Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42021-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-813
21. Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
DuctThis
Temperature
topic gives
Limiter
the Installation
(Hamilton)Procedure
- Installation
of the Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Examine the seal (3) for splits, cuts, perishing and contamination. Replace the seal
if necessary.
(3) Remove the caps from the stub-pipe and electrical connectors.
(4) Put the seal (3) onto the temperature limiter (2).
(5) Install the temperature limiter (2) into the stub-pipe (4).
Pilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
(8) Install the floor panel 232ARF (Refer to 53-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 421 - Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42121-60-00
40
TASK 21-60-00-400-814
22. Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic givesSensor
the Installation
(Hamilton)
Procedure
- Installation
of the Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the caps from the electrical connectors and air duct.
(4) Put the sensor (2) in the installed position and secure using the two bolts (3).
(5) Install the overhead louver panel (Refer to 25-20-00).
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 422 - Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50021-60-00
TEMPERATURE CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 21-60-00-710-801
1. Duct Overtemperature Sensor - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
DuctThis
Overtemperature
topic gives theSensor
Operational
- Operational
Test Procedure
Test of the Duct Overtemperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: All the switches (AUTO-OFF-MAN rotary switch, AUTO rotary switch and LO-
MANUAL-HI momentary rotary switch) are of concentric type: The external
pot is used to control the temperature in the cockpit, while the internal one is
utilized to control the temperature in the passenger compartment.
(1) Make sure the electrical power is available (Refer to 24-00-00)

(2) Start the engines and set both power lever to the FLIGHT IDLE (F.I.) position
(Refer to 71-00-00)
(3) On the Heating panel set the internal and external pots of the AUTO-OFF-MAN
switch to MAN position.
(4) Set and hold the internal and external pots of the LO-MANUAL-HI switch to the LO
position for 30 seconds.
(5) On the Bleed Air panel set the L-OFF and R-OFF Shut Off Valve bleed switches to
the L and R position respectively.
(6) Move and hold the internal pot (Cabin) of the LO-MANUAL-HI switch in the HI
position for 15÷20 seconds and check the DUCT TEMP warning light on the
annunciator panel comes on.
(7) If the DUCT TEMP warning light is on, the Cabin Overtemperature sensor is tested
positively.
(8) Move and hold the internal pot (Cabin) of the LO-MANUAL-HI switch in the LO
position for 15÷20 seconds.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) In about three minutes the warning light comes off.

(10) If the DUCT TEMP warning light not comes on after three minutes contact the
maintenance service.
(11) Move and hold the external pot (Cockpit) of the LO-MANUAL-HI switch in the HI
position for 15÷20 seconds and check the DUCT TEMP warning light on the
annunciator panel comes on.
(12) If the DUCT TEMP warning light is on, the Cabin Overtemperature sensor is tested
positively.
(13) Move and hold the external pot (Cockpit) of the LO-MANUAL-HI switch in the LO
position for 15÷20 seconds.
(14) In about three minutes the warning light comes off.
(15) If the DUCT TEMP warning light not comes on after three minutes contact the
maintenance service.
(16) If both the result are positively stop the engines (Refer to 71-00-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Duct Overtemperature Switch - Operational Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50121-60-00
50
TASK 21-60-00-710-803
2. Environmental Control System - Operational Test
Environmental
This topic gives
Control
theSystem
Operational
- Operational
Test Procedure
Test of the Environmental Control System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Any time there is a change in the temperature adjustment wait for about 2 or 3
minutes before perceiving the temperature variation in the pilot compartment.
(1) Set the Bleed Air Switch to OFF and make sure that the L BLEED AIR, R BLEED
AIR, AIR COND,CAB AIR circuit breakers are closed.
(2) Stabilize the engine to GROUND IDLE and take care to hold the engine
parameters out of critical range.
(3) Set the CKPT BLOWER switch to OFF, set the AUTO/MAN switch to AUTO and
make sure that the temperature selector is in middle position.
(4) Verify that there is no air flow in the cabin.
(5) Set the RH bleed air switch to ON and check that there is air flow in cabin.
(6) Set the RH bleed air switch to OFF and check that the air flow in cabin stops.
(7) Set the LH bleed air switch to ON and check that there is air flow in cabin.
(8) Set the LH bleed air switch to OFF and check that the air flow in cabin stops.
(9) Set the RH and LH bleed air switches to ON and verify that the cabin temperature
increase or decrease by operating the temperature selector.
(10) Set the CKPT BLOWER switch to ON and check the air flow of the cockpit
diffusers increases.
(11) Set the CKPT BLOWER switch to OFF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Check the AIR switches located in the passenger compartment for proper
operation (if installed)
(13) .Set the AUTO/MAN switch to MAN.
(14) Verify that the temperature selector is not operative.
(15) Set the MAN LO/HI selector to HI position and verify that the temperature
increase. Release the switch and check that the temperature does not increase
anymore.
(16) Set the MAN LO/HI selector to LO position and verify that the temperature
decrease. Release the switch and check that the temperature does not decrease
anymore
(17) Set the MAN/AUTO selector to AUTO.
(18) Set the bleed air switches to OFF and check that the air flow in cabin stops.
(19) Set the bleed air switches to EMER; this operation cause an increase in the
internal noise and the cabin air inflow from below the floor.
(20) Check that the cabin air inflow does not come from the distribution system and
that the temperature adjustment is inoperative in both AUTO/MAN position.
(21) Set the EMER switch to OFF position.
CAUTION: AT THE END OF EACH ACTIVITY REMOVE ALL TOOLS,

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE WORK AREA AND
PUT THEM IN THEIR OWN PLACE.
MAKE SURE THAT ALL INSPECTION AREAS ARE CLEAN AND
CLEAR OF FOREIGN MATTERS.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50121-60-00
50
TASK 21-60-00-710-804
3. Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Operational Test (Ref to Fig. 502)
Cabin
This
Temperature
topic gives
Sensor
the Operational
(Hamilton) - Operational
Test Procedure
Test of the Cabin Temperature Sensor
1004 - 1104
(Hamilton).

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Operational check require two persons, one in the passenger compartment to
use the hair dryier and one in the baggage compartment to check the by-pass
valve operations.
(1) Make sure the electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801)
(2) Start the engines and set both power lever to the FLIGHT IDLE (F.I.) position
(Refer to 71-00-00)
(3) Set the COLD/HOT adjustment knob to the middle position between HOT and
COLD position.
(4) Set the AUTO-MAN switch to AUTO position.
(5) With the hair dryer worm the Temperature Sensor in the passenger compartment.
The sensor is located under the louver as shown in figure 206.
The distance between the hair dryer worm air outflow and the sensor must be no
more than 9 inch (20cm).
(6) Check that the by-pass valve located on the environmental unit, under the
baggage compartment floor begins to move.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - “Hamilton" by Pass Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60021-60-00
TEMPERATURE CONTROL - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-60-00-200-801
1. Shutoff Valves - Inspection / Check
Shutoff
ThisValves
topic provides
- Inspection
the /Inspection
Check Check of the Shutoff Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
L BLEED AIR
(2) Remove the nacelle panels 410AB and 420AB (Refer to 54-00-00).
(3) Use the light source and mirror and examine the shutoff valves as follows:
– Make sure the electrical connector is installed correctly.
– Make sure the duct connector nuts are tight.
– Examine the body of the valve for dents, damage, cracks and corrosion.
– Examine the valve for signs of leaks.
(5) Install the nacelle panels 410AB and 420AB (Refer to 54-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L BLEED AIR
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60021-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-802
2. Precooler - Inspection / Check
Precooler
This topic
- Inspection
provides/ Check
the Inspection Check of the Precooler.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
L BLEED AIR
(2) Remove the nacelle panels 410AT/430AR/420AT/440AL (Refer to 54-00-00).

(3) Use the light source and mirror to examine the precoolers as follows:
– Examine the body of the precooler for dents, damage, cracks and corrosion.
Pay particular attention to the stub-pipe welds.
– Make sure the clamps are tight.
– Examine the precooler and the surrounding structure for signs of air leaks.
– Examine the matrix for debris, insects and damage.
If necessary disconnect the ram-air inlet duct and blow the matrix clear using
an air line.
– Examine, as far as possible, the gasket between the precooler and the firewall
for splits and deterioration.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Install the nacelle panels 410AT/430AR/420AT/440AL (Refer to 54-00-00).

L BLEED AIR
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60021-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-803
3. Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 410)
DuctThis
Temperature
topic gives
Sensor
the Inspection
(Hamilton)
Procedure
- Inspection
of the
/ Check
Duct Temperature Sensor (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
(2) Examine the sensor as follows:

– Disconnect and examine the electrical connectors for bent, broken or loose
pins.
– Examine the body of the sensor for dents, damage and corrosion.
– Make sure the sensor is correctly installed in the stub-pipe and that the spring
clips on the clamp are locked shut.
(3) If any damage is found, replace the sensor.
Copilot CB panel:
AIR COND
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 601 - Cabin Temperature Sensor (Hamilton) - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-804
4. Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check
DuctThis
Temperature
topic gives
Limiter
the Inspection
(Hamilton)
Procedure
- Inspection
of the
/ Check
Duct Temperature Limiter (Hamilton).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove floor panel 232ARF (Refer to 53-00-00).
Pilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
(3) Use the mirror and light source to examine the temperature limiter as follows:
– Disconnect and examine the electrical connectors for bent, broken or loose
pins.
– Examine the body of the sensor for dents, damage and corrosion.
– Make sure the sensor is correctly installed in the stub-pipe and that the spring
clips on the clamp are locked shut.
– Examine the area around the temperature limiter for signs of air leaks.
Pilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Install the floor panel 232ARF (Refer to 53-00-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60121-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-805
5. Environmental-Control Switch-Panel (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Environmental-Control
Switch-Panel
Inspection(Hamilton)
Procedure- Inspection
of the Environmental-Control
/ Check Switch-Panel
1004 - 1104
(Hamilton).

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) In the flight compartment, in zone 214, examine the environmental-control switch-
panel as follows:
(a) Make sure the COLD/HOT adjustment knob and the switches operate
satisfactorily.
(b) Make sure the COLD/HOT adjustment knob and the switches are installed
correctly.
(c) Tighten or replace the defective parts as necessary.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Environmental-Control Switch-Panel (Hamilton) - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60221-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-806
6. Environmental-Control Switch-Panel (Hamilton) - Inspection / Check
Environmental-Control
Switch-Panel
Inspection(Hamilton)
Procedure- Inspection
of the Environmental-Control
/ Check Switch-Panel
1004 - 1104
(Hamilton).

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Locate the cabin temperature sensor (behind RH overhead louver panel at FS
3825).
(2) Remove the overhead louver panel (Refer to 25-20-00).
Examine the sensor as follows:
– Examine the visible parts of the sensor for dents, damage and corrosion.
– Examine the visible parts of the sensor for dents, damage and corrosion.
(3) Make sure the securing bolts are tight.
(4) Clean, tighten or replace any defective parts as necessary.
(5) Install the overhead louver panel (Refer to 25-20-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60221-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-807
7. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensors (Enviro) - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig.
603)
Cabin
This
and topic
Cockpit
gives
Ductthe
Temperature
Inspection/Check
Sensors (Enviro)
Procedure
- Inspection
for the / Cabin
Check and Cockpit Duct
1004 - 1104
Temperature Sensors (Enviro).

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The location of the Cabin and Cockpit Temperature Sensors is the same.
Copilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
NOTE: The sensors are located under the vanity zone floor.
(2) Remove the Cabinet Vanity Closet.

(3) Remove the Floor Panel located under the cabinet vanity closet.
(4) Remove the Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensors as described in this
section (Refer to 21-60-00 Page Block 201).
(5) Use the mirror and light source to examine the Duct Temperature Sensors as
follows:
– Examine Wires and Electrical Connectors for bent, broken or loose pins.
– Examine the body of the Temperature Sensors for dents, damage and
corrosion.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Examine the area around the Temperature Sensors for signs of air leaks.
– Examine the Sensors Support for integrity and oxidation.
(7) Install the Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Sensors as described in this
Copilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
(9) Install the Floor Panel located under the cabinet vanity closet.
(10) Install the Cabinet Vanity Closet. (Refer to 25-22-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 603 - Cabin/Cockpit Duct Temp. Sensors and Temp. Switches - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 615
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 616
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60321-60-00
60
TASK 21-60-00-200-808
8. Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Switch (Enviro) - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 604)
Cabin
This
and topic
Cockpit
gives
Ductthe
Temperature
Inspection/Check
Switch (Enviro)
Procedure
- Inspection
for the/ Check
Cabin and Cockpit Duct
1004 - 1104
Temperature Switch (Enviro).

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The location of the Cabin and Cockpit Temperature Switches is the same.
Copilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
NOTE: The Temperature Switches are located under the vanity zone floor.
(2) Remove the Cabinet Vanity Closet.

(3) Remove the Floor Panel located under the cabinet vanity closet.
(4) Remove the Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Switches as described in this
(5) Use the mirror and light source to examine the Duct Temperature Switches as
follows:
– Examine Wires and Electrical Connectors for bent, broken or loose pins.
– Examine the body of the Temperature Switches for dents, damage and
corrosion.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 617
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Examine the area around the Temperature Switches for signs of air leaks.
– Examine the Temperature Switches Housing for integrity and oxidation.
(7) Install the Cabin and Cockpit Duct Temperature Switches as described in this
Copilot CB panel:
WRN LTS
(9) Install the Floor Panel located under the cabinet vanity closet.
(10) Install the Cabinet Vanity Closet. (Refer to 25-22-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 618
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 604 - Cabin/Cockpit Duct Temp. Sensors and Temp. Switches - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 619
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-60-00
Page 620
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
21-70-00M-OISTURE/AIR
REMOVAL MOISTURE/AIR
40021-70-00
/ INSTALLATION
0 CONTAMINATION
CONTAMINATION
CONTROL
CONTROL
- REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 21-70-00-000-801
1. Water Separator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Water
This
Separator
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the Water Separator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
L ENG START R BLEED AIR
R ENG START AIR COND
L BLEED AIR CABIN PRESS

(3) Remove the clamp (2) connecting the water separator (4) to the duct (1).
(4) Remove the clamp (6) connecting the water separator (4) to the duct (7).
(5) Pull the tube (10) off the stub-pipe (9).
(6) Remove the two nuts (11) and bolts (8) attaching the water separator (4) to the
structure.
(7) Remove the water separator (4).
(8) Collect and discard the O-rings (3, 5).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Water Separator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40121-70-00
MOISTURE/AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 21-70-00-400-801
2. Water Separator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Water
This
Separator
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the Water Separator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(3) Put the water separator (4) in the installed position and attach to the structure
using the two bolts (8) and nuts (11).
(4) Install a new O-ring (5) and the clamp (6) to connect the water separator (4) to the
duct (7).
(5) Install a new O-ring (3) and the clamp (2) to connect the water separator (4) to the
duct (1).
(6) Push the tube (10) on to the stub-pipe (9).
clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Water Separator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION
MOISTURE/AIR
60021-70-00
/ CHECK CONTAMINATION CONTROL - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 21-70-00-200-801
1. Water Separator - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Water
This
Separator
topic gives
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check
Procedure of the Water Separator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(3) Use the mirror and light source to examine the water separator as follows:
– Examine the body of the water separator for excessive dents, damage,
corrosion and cracks.
– Remove the coalescer (Refer to 12-00-00).
Push and release the poppet relief valve and make sure it operates correctly.
Make sure the coalescer is in a serviceable condition. Install the coalescer
and access cover (Refer to 12-00-00).
– Examine the connections of the ducts for security of installation and signs of
leaks. Make sure the clamps are tight and in a serviceable condition.
– Examine the drain tube of the water separator. Make sure it is clean and not
blocked. Remove any debris from the tube.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Water Separator - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
21-70-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
AUTO FLIGHT
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 22 - AUTO FLIGHT

22 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
22 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
22 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
22-10-00 101 - 104 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 434 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 516 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 604 Jul.08/16
22-11-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 418 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
22-12-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 436 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
22-13-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 22 - AUTO FLIGHT

22 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
AUTOPILOT 22-10-00 101

1. Autopilot - Fault Isolation 101 1004 - 1104

1. Autopilot Computer - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Autopilot Controller - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Vertical Accelerometer - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Yaw Rate Sensor - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
5. Slip/Skid Sensor - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
6. Bias Box - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
7. Autopilot Computer - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
8. Autopilot Controller - Installation 415 1004 - 1104
9. Vertical Accelerometer - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
10. Yaw Rate Sensor - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
11. Slip/Skid Sensor - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
12. Bias Box - Installation 431 1004 - 1104

1. Autopilot - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Autopilot - Functional Test 503 1004 - 1104

1. Autopilot Computer and Mount - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Autopilot Controller - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
AILERON PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT 22-11-00 401

1. Aileron Primary Servo - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Aileron Servo Mount - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Aileron Primary Servo - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
4. Aileron Servo Mount - Installation 413 1004 - 1104

1. Aileron Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 501 1004 - 1104

1. Aileron Primary Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
ELEVATOR PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT 22-12-00 401

1. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Removal 401 1004 - 1033
2. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and
Subsequent) - Removal 405 1004 - 1033
3. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and
Subsequent) - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
5. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Installation 417 1004 - 1033
6. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and
Subsequent) - Installation 421 1004 - 1033
7. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
8. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and
Subsequent) - Installation 431 1004 - 1104

1. Elevator Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 501 1004 - 1104

1. Elevator Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
RUDDER PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT 22-13-00 401

1. Rudder Primary Servo - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Rudder Servo Mount - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Rudder Primary Servo - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
4. Rudder Servo Mount - Installation 413 1004 - 1104

1. Rudder Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 501 1004 - 1104

1. Rudder Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
22-10-00 - AUTOPILOT
TROUBLESHOOTING
10022-10-00
AUTOPILOT - TROUBLESHOOTING
0
TASK 22-10-00-810-801
1. Autopilot - Fault Isolation
Autopilot
This section
- Fault Isolation
describes the Fault Isolation procedures related to the Autopilot.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Self-test Fault Indications
ANNUNCIATOR FAULT DESCRIPTION PROBABLE CAUSE
GA Ground test enabled No fault.
TRIM Pre-engage fault. Indicates Servomotor.
that proper verification of (Note 1)
servo disengage was not
obtained for one or more of
the servos during the pre-
engage servo disengage
test. The AP and TRIM fail
annunciators will come on
during this test as the
autopilot and trim servos are
forced to fail. Failure of this
test prevents the autopilot
from engaging.
HDG LOSS of compass flag Compass system
NAV Loss of attitude flag Vertical gyro
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 101
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ARM/(NAV) Internal hardware Cosine monitor
miscompare of attitude (Note 1)
signals Loss of gyro excitation.
DR Air Data Computer ADC ALT/IAS fault.
(Notes 1 & 2)
APR Invalid air data Air Data Computer fault.
APR(ARM) Computer heartbeat monitor AP Computer fault.
has timed-out as a result of
microprocessor fault.
B/C Computer timer fault. AP Computer fault.
(Notes 1 & 2)
GS Computer control law or AP Computer fault.
PROM checksum fault. (Notes 1 & 2)
GS (ARM) Pitch/roll command wrap- AP Computer fault.
around fault detected in (Note 1)
Autopilot Computer D/A
output circuit.
ALT Computer internal power AP Computer fault.
supply fault. (Notes 1 & 2)
ALT(ARM) Computer serial bus wrap- AP Computer fault.
around fault. (Note 1)
VS NAC-80 has been put in NAC-80 fault.
STIM Mode but AP
computer has not received
the proper response.
IAS IAS reasonableness fault. ADC or nose wheel switch.
Measured IAS less than 60 (Note 1)
knots when nose wheel
switch open.
AP Indicates a fault in the pitch Pitch servo fault.
servo channel and the local (Note 1)
engage solenoid control
circuit has disengaged the
pitch servo.
AP(DIS) Indicates a fault in the roll Roll servo fault.
roll servo.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 102
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

YD Indicates a fault in the trim Yaw servo fault.
trim servo.
YD(DIS) Indicates a fault in the yaw Yaw servo fault.
yaw servo.
NOTE: Some fault descriptions have actions which may uncover a cause hidden
by having the same initial fault description.
NOTE: (1) Causes AP disengage.
NOTE: (2) Causes YD disengage.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 103
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 104
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40022-10-00
AUTOPILOT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 22-10-00-000-802
1. Autopilot Computer - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Autopilot
This section
Computer
describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Autopilot Computer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel: Pilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT PRI INV
SEC INV
AP SERVOS
(2) Remove the radome/nosecone (Refer to 53-10-00).

(3) Locate computer on avionics racks.
(4) Loosen holddown nuts and disengage from holddowns on autopilot computer.
(5) Raise handle and pull the computer forward to remove from aircraft.
(6) Protect connector from dust if replacement unit is not to be installed immediately.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Autopilot Computer - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40122-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-000-803
2. Autopilot Controller - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Autopilot
This section
Controller
describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Autopilot Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the INVERTERS switches are set to OFF.
(3) Open, safety and tag the following circuit breakers:
PRI INV AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
SEC INV
(4) Remove the two screws (1) securing the autopilot controller (3) to the glareshield.
(5) Withdraw the controller and disconnect the electrical connector (2).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Autopilot Controller - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40222-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-000-804
3. Vertical Accelerometer - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Vertical
ThisAccelerometer
section describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Vertical Accelerometer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS.

(3) Locate the vertical accelerometer on the LH upper shelf.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the vertical accelerometer (1).
(5) Remove the four securing screws (2) and remove the vertical accelerometer from
the shelf (3).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Vertical Accelerometer - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40322-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-000-805
4. Yaw Rate Sensor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Yaw This
Ratesection
Sensordescribes
- Removalthe Removal procedures related to the Yaw Rate Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
AUTOPILOT PRI INV
SEC INV
AP SERVOS

(3) Locate the yaw rate sensor on the upper shelf.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the yaw rate sensor (1).
(5) Remove the mounting screws (2) and remove the yaw rate sensor.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Yaw Rate Sensor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40422-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-000-806
5. Slip/Skid Sensor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Slip/Skid
This section
Sensor describes
- Removalthe Removal procedures related to the Slip/Skid Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
(3) Remove the LH pilot seat (Refer to 25-00-00).

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the slip/skid sensor (1).
(6) Remove the three screws (2) securing the slip/skid sensor to the shelf.
(7) Remove the slip/skid sensor.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Slip/Skid Sensor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40522-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-000-807
6. Bias Box - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Bias This
Box section
- Removal
describes the Removal procedures related to the Bias Box.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Disconnect the battery disconnect (Refer to 24-00-00).
(4) Remove the primary remote compensator (Refer to 34-00-00).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the bias box (1).
(7) Remove the four mounting screws (2) and remove the bias box.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Bias Box - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40622-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-400-802
7. Autopilot Computer - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Autopilot
This section
Computer
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Autopilot Computer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(3) Slide the computer onto rack making sure that the electrical connectors align
correctly.
(4) Engage holddown nuts and tighten.
AUTOPILOT PRI INV
SEC INV
AP SERVOS
(6) Do an operational test of the autopilot system.

(7) Install the radome/nosecone (Refer to 53-10-00).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Autopilot Computer - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40722-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-400-803
8. Autopilot Controller - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Autopilot
This section
Controller
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Autopilot Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and connect to the
autopilot controller (3).
(3) Insert the autopilot controller into the glareshield and secure with two securing
screws (1).
PRI INV AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
SEC INV
(5) Do a test:
(a) Set the battery switch to BAT.
(b) Set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and SEC.
(c) Set the AVIONICS switch to ON.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Make sure that the primary vertical gyro erects, attitude and computer flags go
out of view.
(e) Make sure that the heading flag on the electronic horizontal situation indicator
goes out of view.
(f) On the autopilot controller, press the TEST button. Make sure that the GA
annunciator comes on to indicate that the test is in progress.
(g) On the autopilot controller, press the TEST button and make sure that the GA
annunciator goes out.
(h) Push in turn, HDG, NAV, and APR buttons and make sure that each mode can
be selected and that the associated annunciator comes on.
(i) Tune the navigation receiver to a valid localizer frequency and select B/C.
Make sure that B/C annunciator comes on and goes out when the navigation
receiver is set to a non-localizer frequency.
(j) Attempt to select a vertical mode (ALT, IAS and VS) without selecting a lateral
mode. Make sure that a vertical mode can not be selected.
(k) Select HDG and make sure that ALT, SPD, VS, CLM, and DSC modes can be
selected.
(l) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(m) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
(n) Set the battery switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Autopilot Controller - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40822-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-400-804
9. Vertical Accelerometer - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Vertical
ThisAccelerometer
section describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Vertical Accelerometer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Position the vertical accelerometer (1) on the shelf, do not fasten with the four
attaching screws.
(3) Connect the electrical connector to the vertical accelerometer.
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS.
AUTOPILOT.
(5) Do a test:
(b) Set the AVIONICS switch to ON.
(c) Set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and SEC.
out of view.
(e) Make sure that the heading flag on the EHSI goes out-of-view.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) On the AUTOPILOT CONTROLLER, press the TEST button. Make sure that
the GA annunciator comes on to indicate that the test is in progress.
(g) Select HDG and ALT modes. Make sure that the HDG and ALT annunciators
come on.
(h) Tilt the vertical accelerometer to one side and make sure that the ADI
command bar indicates a pitch-up command.
(i) Move the vertical accelerometer to its normal level position and make sure
that the ADI command bars indicate zero roll and pitch command.
NOTE: If the command bars indicate other than zero pitch and roll
command, inspect the shelf for distortions that would affect the
installation of the vertical accelerometer in a level attitude with
respect to both pitch and roll.
(j) Push the HDG button. Make sure that the HDG and ALT annunciators go out.
(k) Push the TEST button to cancel the test.
(7) Install the vertical accelerometer (1) using the four screws (2) with the arrow on the
side of the unit pointing up.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Vertical Accelerometer - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40922-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-400-805
10. Yaw Rate Sensor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Yaw This
Ratesection
Sensordescribes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Yaw Rate Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Position the yaw rate sensor (1) on the shelf. Do not secure.
(3) Connect connector P655 to the yaw rate sensor.
AUTOPILOT PRI INV
SEC INV
AP SERVOS
(5) Do a test:
out of view.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) Make sure that the heading flag on the electronic horizontal indicator goes out
of view.
(g) Push YD engage button. Make sure that only YD engages.
(h) Slowly rotate the yaw rate sensor clockwise and make sure that the rudder
moves to the left (left pedal down).
(i) Slowly rotate the yaw rate sensor anticlockwise and make sure that the rudder
moves through center to the right.
(j) Push YD ENG to disengage the yaw damper.
(k) Push the TEST button to cancel the test.
(7) Install the yaw rate sensor using three washers (3) and three screws (2).
NOTE: Inspect the shelf for distortions that would affect the installation of the yaw
rate sensor in a level attitude with respect to both pitch and roll.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Yaw Rate Sensor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41022-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-400-806
11. Slip/Skid Sensor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Slip/Skid
This section
Sensor describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Slip/Skid Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– the warning notices are in position
(2) Position the slip/skid sensor (1) on the shelf. Do not secure.
(4) Connect the connector to the slip/skid sensor.
Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
(6) Do a test:
(d) Make sure that the primary attitude gyro erects, attitude and computer flags
go out-of-view.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) Make sure that the heading flag on the electronic horizontal indicator goes
out-of-view.
(g) Push YD engage button. Make sure that only YD engages.
(h) Slowly tilt the slip/skid sensor to simulate a right roll attitude and make sure
that the rudder moves to the right (right pedal down).
(i) Slowly tilt the slip/sensor to the left and make sure that the rudder moves to
the left.
(j) Position the slip/skid sensor on the shelf and make sure that the rudder
returns to the neutral position.
NOTE: If the rudder does not return to the neutral position when the slip/skid
sensor is in position, remedy the cause.

(8) Install the slip/skid sensor using the three screws (2).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Slip/Skid Sensor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41122-10-00
40
TASK 22-10-00-400-807
12. Bias Box - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Bias This
Box section
- Installation
describes the Installation procedures related to the Bias Box.
1004 - 1104

ILS signal generator Collins 622-1101-001
or equivalent.
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Position the bias box (1) on the shelf. Secure with the four screws (2).
(3) Remove the protective caps and reconnect the electrical connectors.
(4) Install the primary remote compensator (Refer to 34-00-00).
(5) Reconnect the battery disconnect (Refer to 24-00-00).
(6) Do a test:
go out-of-view.
(f) Set EHSI course arrow and heading bug under the lubber line.
(g) Set up ILS signal generator for a left-of-course LOC signal.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h) On the AUTOPILOT CONTROLLER, press the TEST button. Make sure that
(i) Press APR and B/C buttons. Adjust the signal generator until APR and B/C
annunciators only are on.
(j) Make sure that B/C is annunciated on the pilots ADI display and the command
bars on both ADIs indicate the same amount of left roll.
(k) On the SYS TEST panel, select EFIS and press to initiate the test sequence.
Make sure that a fault is not annunciated on the autopilot controller and that
pressing the system test selector has no effect on the ADI displays.
(l) Push APR button and make certain that the APR and B/C annunciators go
out.
(m) Press the TEST button to cancel the test.
(8) Switch off and remove the signal generator.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Bias Box - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50022-10-00
AUTOPILOT - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 22-10-00-710-802
1. Autopilot - Operational Test
Autopilot
This section
- Operational
describes
Testthe Operational Test procedures related to the Autopilot.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that all circuit breakers are set.
(3) Set the AVIONICS switch to ON.
(4) Set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and SEC.
(5) Make sure that the primary vertical gyro erects, attitude and computer flags go out
of view.
(6) Make sure that the heading flag on the EHSI goes out-of-view.
(7) Set the rotary switch on the SYS TEST panel to ANN LTS. Press to test
annunciator operation.
(8) On the AUTOPILOT CONTROLLER, press the test button. Make sure that:
– the GA annunciator lights for the duration of the test and then goes off without
a fail indication.
(9) Press AP ENG button (AP and YD will engage)
(10) Manually operate the flight controls in all three axes to confirm breakout of the
autopilot applied forces.
(11) Check the autopilot in the heading mode.
(a) Engage HDG mode.
(b) Make sure that the flight director bars appear.
(c) Position the heading bug 10° left of lubber line.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Make sure that the command bars indicate a left turn and that the control
wheel turns in the correct sense.
(e) Repeat (c) and (d) for 10° right.
(12) Check the autopilot in autotrim.
(a) Apply back pressure to the control column. Make sure that the white TRIM
annunciator comes on after a few seconds.
(b) Repeat (a) for forward pressure.
(13) Check the autopilot in the approach mode.
(a) Tune VOR 1 to an active frequency.
(b) Center the lateral deviation bar.
(c) Engage APPR mode. Make sure that the command bars turn in the direction
of the course and that the control wheel moves in the correct sense.
(14) Check the autopilot in the AP SYNCH mode.
(a) Depress the SYNCH switch on the pilot control wheel. Make sure that the
control wheel is free to move in pitch and roll without autopilot applied loading.
(b) Release the SYNCH switch and make sure that the control wheel can only be
moved in pitch and roll against autopilot applied loading.
(c) Repeat (a) and (b) for the copilot control wheel.
(15) Check the autopilot leveling action of the autopilot.
(a) Depress the autopilot disconnect button on the pilot and copilot handwheel.
(b) Check that AP is disengaged.
(c) Engage the AP.
(d) Activate manual trim.
(e) Check that the AP is disengaged.
(f) Engage the AP.
(16) Press the AP ENG button on the autopilot control panel (autopilot disengages-
yaw damper remains engaged).
(17) Engage the AP pressing AP ENG button (AP and yaw damper engaged).
(18) Press the APR button on the Autopilot Control Panel (APR will ARM).
(19) Select GO-AROUND (on the attitude direction indicator the “V” bars go up from
7,5° to 8° - yaw damper and AP remains engaged).
(20) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(21) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50022-10-00
AUTOPILOT - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 22-10-00-720-801
2. Autopilot - Functional Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Autopilot
This section
- Functional
describes
Test the Functional Test procedures related to the Autopilot.
1004 - 1104

Air data test ramp panel Intercontinental Dynamics Corp.
P/N VPT-10C-13888
or equivalent.
ILS signal generator Collins 622-1101-001
or equivalent.
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CB PANEL PILOT:
ICE DET
AOA HEAT
(2) Set the battery switch to BAT (Refer to 24-31-00).

(3) Set the MFDI selector to BUS VOLTS and make sure that the battery voltage is
23.5 volts (Refer to 24-31-00).
NOTE: Do not proceed with this procedure if busbar voltage is 23 volts or less.
Service or replace the battery (Refer to 12-00-00).
(4) Set the flaps to up (Refer to 27-00-00).

(5) Set all trims to neutral (Refer to 27-00-00).
(6) Check flying controls for full and free movement in all directions (Refer to 27-00-
00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Set the AVIONICS switch to ON.

(8) Set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and SEC.
(9) Make sure that the vertical gyro erects. Attitude and computer flags go out-of-view
in approx. three minutes.
(10) Make sure that the heading flag on the EHSI goes out-of-view.
(11) Perform the Annunciator Test as follows:
Action Result
(a) Select ANN LTS on the SYS TEST All annunciators come on.
selector and push control button.
(b) Release control button. All annunciators go out.
(12) Perform the Ground Test as follows:

Action Result
(a) Push TEST button. All annunciators come on momentarily and
then go off except for GA which remains
on.
If any annunciator other than GA remains
on, refer to Fig. 501 for diagnostic
message meaning.
(b) Push TEST button. GA annunciator goes off.
(c) Push and hold ALT button. Only GA annunciator comes on.
If any other annunciator comes on refer to
Fig. 501 for diagnostic message meaning.
(d) Push and hold HDG button. Only GA annunciator comes on.
(e) Push and hold SPD button. Only GA annunciator comes on.
(f) Push and hold VS button.
(13) Perform the Engage Tests as follows:

Action Result
(a) Push AP ENG button. Red AP, red TRIM, AP DIS and YD DIS
come on for 1 sec then go out leaving
green AP and green YD.
(b) Push AP ENG button. (AP) DIS comes on for 5 secs then AP DIS
goes out.
(c) Push YD ENG button. (YD) DIS comes on for 5 secs then YD DIS
goes out.
(d) Push AP ENG button. Control wheel resists movement in all
axes.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(e) Push and hold SYNCH button. (AP) DIS comes on. Control wheel
movement is free in all axes.
(f) Release SYNCH button. (AP) DIS goes out.
(g) Push YD ENG button. Red AP, red TRIM and YD DIS come on for
5 secs then go out leaving YD.
(14) Perform the Electric Trim Check as follows:
Action Result
(a) Push AP ENG. Autopilot engages.
(b) Push control wheel trim switch up. Servo moves trim up.
Red TRIM does not come on.
(c) Push control wheel trim switch down. Servo moves trim down.
Red TRIM does not come on.
(d) Centralize trim and release trim Servo and trim stops.
switch.
(15) Perform the Attitude Hold Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
(a) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(b) Remove the radome/nosecone (Refer
to 53-10-00).
WARNING: NOTE THE LOCATION OF ANY LEVELLING SHIMS WHEN
REMOVING THE VERTICAL GYRO. THESE SHIMS MUST BE
PROPERLY REPLACED WHEN THE GYRO IS INSTALLED.
(c) Remove the mounting screws
securing the gyro to the airframe. Note
the location of any shims used to level
the gyro (Refer to 34-00-00).
(d) Set the battery switch to BAT.
(e) Push AP ENG button with gyro level. Autopilot engages.
ADI attitude is level. Control wheel does
not move.
(f) Slowly tilt gyro to simulate nose up. ADI indicates nose up.
Control wheel moves forward.
(g) Slowly tilt gyro to simulate nose down. ADI indicates nose down.
Control wheel moves rearward.
(h) Level gyro then slowly tilt to simulate ADI indicates a right roll.
right roll. Control wheel moves to the left.
(i) Level gyro then slowly tilt gyro to ADI indicates a left roll.
simulate left roll. Control wheel moves to the right
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(j) Push AP ENG. Autopilot disengages.
(k) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(l) Install the gyro (Refer to 34-00-00).
Ensure that any shims are replaced
properly as noted in step (c).
(m) Install the radome/nosecone (Refer to
53-10-00).
(n) Set the battery switch to BAT.
NOTE: Do not perform this test unless a gyro fault is suspected.
(16) Perform the Heading Hold Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
(a) Verify that directional gyro is slaved
and position HSI heading bug under
the lubber line (Refer to 34-00-00).
(b) Push AP ENG button. Autopilot engages.
(c) Push HDG button. HDG annunciator comes on.
ADI command bars come into view.
(d) Set heading bug 10 deg right then 10 Control wheel follows demand.
deg left. Command bars command right then left
roll.
(e) Push HDG button. HDG annunciator goes out.
(f) Push AP ENG button. Autopilot disengages.
(17) Perform the Altitude Hold Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
(a) Connect the static and pitot sources
on the air data test set to the airplane
pitot and static system (Refer to 34-
00-00).
(b) Set for 10 000 ft altitude and 150 Kt
airspeed.
(c) Position the heading bug on the EHSI HDG and ALTS annunciators come on.
under lubber line (refer to 34-00-00) ADI command bars come into view with
and push HDG and ALT buttons. zero pitch and roll command
(d) Set air data test set for 9900 ft. Command bars indicate pitch up.
(e) Set air data test set for 10 100 ft. Command bars indicate pitch down.
(f) Push HDG button. HDG and ALT annunciators go out.
Command bars go out of view.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(18) Perform the Altitude Preselect Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY PITOT PRESSURE WITHOUT APPLYING STATIC
PRESSURE OTHERWISE DAMAGE TO AIR DATA EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
pitot and static system (refer to 34-00-
00).
airspeed.
(c) Select 5 000 ft on the altitude
preselector/alerter.
(d) Position the heading bug on the EHSI HDG and ALTS ARM annunciators come
under lubber line (refer to 34-00-00) on.
and push HDG and ALS buttons. ADI command bars come into view with
zero pitch and roll command.
(e) Slowly reduce altitude on test set to 5 ALTS ARM goes out at 5 000 ft.
000 ft. ALT comes on at 5 000 ft.
(f) Push HDG button. HDG and ALT annunciators go out.
ADI command bars go out of view.
(19) Perform the Indicated Airspeed Hold Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY PITOT PRESSURE WITHOUT APPLYING STATIC
PRESSURE OTHERWISE DAMAGE TO AIR DATA EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
pitot and static system (Refer to 34-
00-00).
airspeed.
(c) Position the heading bug on the EHSI HDG and IAS annunciators come on.
under lubber line (Refer to 34-00-00) ADI command bars come into view with
and push HDG and IAS buttons. zero pitch and roll command
(d) Set air data test set for 180 Kt Command bars indicate pitch up.
airspeed.
(e) Set air data test set for 120 Kt Command bars indicate pitch down
airspeed.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(f) Push HDG button. HDG and IAS annunciators go out.
(20) Perform the Navigation Mode Test as follows:
Action Result
(a) Set up and adjust ILS signal generator
for large left-of-course VOR signal.
(b) Set EHSI course arrow and heading
bug under the lubber line.
(c) Set navigation receiver to test set
frequency.
(d) Push NAV button. HDG and NAV ARM annunciators come
on.
ADI command bars come into view with
(e) Move heading bug to right then left of Command bars indicate a right and then a
lubber line. left roll command.
(f) Position heading bug under the lubber Command bars indicate zero roll
line. command.
(g) Slowly reduce VOR deviation signal Command bars indicate right roll
until ARM and HDG annunciators go command.
out.
(h) Set ILS generator for right-of-course Command bars indicate left roll command.
signal.
(i) Set ILS generator for on-course Command bars indicate zero roll
signal. command.
(j) Set course arrow first left then right of Command bars indicate right then left roll
the lubber line. command.
(k) Set course arrow under lubber line. Command bars indicate zero roll
command.
(l) Push NAV button. NAV annunciator goes out.
Command bars go out of view.
(21) Perform the Approach Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
for large right-of-course LOC signal.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
bug under the lubber line (Refer to 34-
00-00).
(c) Set navigation receiver to signal
generator ILS frequency.
(d) Push APR button. HDG and APR ARM annunciators come
on.
(e) Move heading bug to right then left of Command bars indicate a left then a roll
lubber line. right command.
(f) Set ILS signal generator for an on- Command bars indicate zero roll
course signal. command.
GS ARM annunciator comes on within 12
secs.
(g) Set ILS signal generator for an on- (GS) ARM annunciator goes out.
course glideslope signal.
(h) Set ILS signal generator for an above- Command bars indicate a pitch down
glideslope signal. command.
(i) Push APR button. APR and GS annunciators go out.
(22) Perform the Back-Course Approach Mode Test as follows:

Action Result
for a large left-of-course LOC signal.
bug under the lubber line.
(c) Push APR and B/C buttons. HDG, APR ARM and B/C annunciators
come on.
(d) Slowly reduce LOC deviation signal Command bars indicate left roll command
until ARM and HDG annunciators go when ARM and HDG annunciators go out.
out.
(e) Set ILS signal generator for an on-
course LOC signal.
(f) Set course arrow to right then left of Command bars indicate a left then a right
lubber line. roll command.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(g) Push APR button. APR and B/C annunciators go out.
(23) Push AP ENG. Make sure that all annunciators go out.
(24) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(25) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
(27) Set circuit breakers ICE DET and A.O.A. HEAT.
(28) Remove the signal generator.
(29) Remove the air data test ramp panel.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Diagnostic Messages Description (Sheet 1 of 5)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60022-10-00
AUTOPILOT - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 22-10-00-200-801
1. Autopilot Computer and Mount - Inspection / Check
Autopilot
This section
Computer
describes
and Mount
the Inspection
- Inspection/ Check
/ Checkprocedures related to the Autopilot Computer
1004 - 1104
and Mount.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
AUTOPILOT PRI INV
SEC INV
AP SERVOS

(3) Inspect the computer hold down nuts for tightness, condition of the threads.
(4) Check the computer and computer mount for security of installation.
AUTOPILOT PRI INV
SEC INV
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AP SERVOS
(7) Remove the two screws (1) securing the autopilot controller (3) to the glareshield.
(8) Withdraw the controller and disconnect the electrical connector (2).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60022-10-00
AUTOPILOT - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 22-10-00-200-802
2. Autopilot Controller - Inspection / Check
Autopilot
This section
Controller
describes
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check / Check procedures related to the Autopilot Controller.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Enter the flight compartment and inspect the autopilot controller for security of
installation.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-10-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
22-11-00
REMOVAL
AILERON
- AILERON
40022-11-00
/ INSTALLATION
0PRIMARY
PRIMARY
SERVO
SERVO
AND AND
SERVO
SERVO
MOUNT
MOUNT
TASK 22-11-00-000-803
1. Aileron Primary Servo - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Aileron
ThisPrimary
sectionServo
describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Aileron Primary Servo.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is possible to remove the servomotor without removing the servo mount.

Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
(3) Disconnect the LH main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(4) Install a rigging pin (1) in the RH aileron control sector (2) to lock system in the
neutral position (Refer to 27-10-00).
(5) Put a notice near the ailerons to tell persons that work is in progress.
(6) Attach identification tags and untie and remove the electrical cabling obstructing
the access to the servo.
(7) Disconnect the electrical connector from the servo (3).
(8) Fit blanking caps to the electrical connector.
(9) Remove the four nuts (4) and four washers (5) from the four studs (6).
(10) Remove the primary servo (7) from the servo mount (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: 0.75 inch clearance is required to remove the servo from the mount.
(11) Fit protective covers to the unit.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Aileron Primary Servo - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40122-11-00
AILERON PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 22-11-00-000-804
2. Aileron Servo Mount - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Aileron
ThisServo
section
Mount
describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Aileron Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

Flameproof light source Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Set the aileron trim to neutral (Refer to 27-10-00).
Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
(4) Put a warning notice near the ailerons to tell persons to keep clear of the ailerons.
(5) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not to move the flight
controls.
(7) Install a rigging pin (1) in the RH aileron control sector (2) to lock system in the
neutral position (Refer to 27-10-00).
(8) Attach identification tags and untie and remove the electrical cabling obstructing
the access to the aileron primary servo.
(9) Remove the aileron primary servo (Refer to Para. 2).
(10) Disconnect the cables from the sectors:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Turn the control wheel to full aileron deflection and clamp the ailerons to
prevent any movement when the control wheel is released.
(b) On the accessible sector, remove and discard the cotter pin (3).
(c) Remove and discard the lockwire from the threaded cable terminal end (4).
(d) Remove the drilled jamnut (5) and the flat jamnut (6) from cable terminal end
(12).
(e) Repeat (a) thru (d) to disconnect the other cable.
(11) Remove and discard the lockwire from both stopscrews (7) on the servo capstan.
(12) Remove the stopscrews (7) and lock washers.
(13) Remove the two cables (8).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Aileron Servo Mount - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40222-11-00
40
TASK 22-11-00-400-803
3. Aileron Primary Servo - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Aileron
ThisPrimary
sectionServo
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Aileron Primary Servo.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– access is available.
(2) Install the aileron primary servo mount if previously removed (Refer para. 5).
(3) Remove the protective covers and blanking caps from the servo (7).
(4) Make sure that the mating surfaces are clean.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE PRIMARY SERVO GEARS

WHEN SLIDING THE SERVO INTO THE SERVO MOUNT.
(5) Slide the primary servo onto the four studs (6) attached to the servo mount (8).
(6) Install the washers (5) and nuts (4) onto the studs and tighten.
(7) Connect the primary servo electrical connector (3).
(8) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the RH sector (2) (Refer to 27-00-00).
(9) Install the electrical cabling removed to get access to the servo, and make
necessary connections.
(10) Remove cable identification tags.
(11) Remove the warning notice.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
(13) Connect the LH main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Aileron Primary Servo - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40322-11-00
40
TASK 22-11-00-400-804
4. Aileron Servo Mount - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Aileron
ThisServo
section
Mount
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Aileron Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

Cable Tensiometer TEM-270000-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: THE CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE MUST BE DONE BEFORE

INSTALLATION OF THE SERVO MOUNT IN THE AIRPLANE. FAILURE
TO DO THIS ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE CAN RESULT IN
HAZARDOUS OPERATION OF THE AIRPLANE.
(1) Refer to para. 6 and do the clutch adjustment procedures.

(3) Position the servo mount (9) on the bracket (10).
(4) Install the primary servo (Refer to para. 3), do not remove the safety tags or close
the circuit breakers.
(5) Secure the servo mount in position using the four washers (10) and four locknuts
(11).
(6) Position the capstan so that the stopscrews are centered and at the top of the
capstan.
(7) Wrap the LH cable 1½ turns around the capstan so that the cable leaves the
capstan from the bottom.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Insert the LH cable ball end into the capstan and make safe with the stopscrews
(7).
(9) Use lockwire to safety the stopscrews.
(10) Repeat (7) thru (9) for the RH cable.
(11) With aileron control unlocked turn the control wheel left for full aileron deflection
and secure aileron to prevent any movement when the control wheel is released.
(12) Put a notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not to move the control wheel.
(13) Lead the rearward cable from the capstan around the aileron sector (2).
(14) Insert the threaded cable terminal end (12) to the sector (2).
(15) Install the flat faced jamnut (6) and loosely tighten.
(16) Install the jamnut (5) and loosely tighten.
(17) Hold the cable around the sector and install the new cotter pin (3).
(18) Turn the control wheel right for full aileron deflection and secure ailerons to
prevent any movement when the control wheel is released.
(19) Put a notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not to move the control wheel.
(20) Lead the capstan forward cable around the RH aileron sector (2).
(21) Insert the threaded cable terminal end (12) to the sector (2).
(22) Install the flat faced jamnut (6) and loosely tighten.
(23) Install the jamnut (5) and loosely tighten.
(24) Hold the cable around the sector and install the new cotter pin (3).
(25) Check the cables for run-in by operating the ailerons from limit to limit.
(26) Lock the aileron control system (Refer to 27-10-00).
NOTE: Before the servo cables can be rigged, the aileron control system cable
must have been rigged (Refer to 27-10-00).
(27) Tension the aileron servo cables (Refer to Fig. 203):

(a) Lock the aileron sectors in the rigging position (Refer to 27-10-00).
(b) Tighten the LH and RH flat jamnut on the LH and RH threaded cable terminal
ends to take up cable slack.
(c) Tension both cables equally (Refer to Fig. 203) while making sure the capstan
cable stopscrews remain centered.
NOTE: All cable rigging procedures should be performed in the temperature

stabilized condition of a hangar.
NOTE: Allow the temperature of the airplane structure to stabilize.
(28) Clamp the cable terminal ends with jamnut (5) and wirelock the drilled jamnut.
Copilot CB panel:
AUTOPILOT
AP SERVOS
(30) Unlock the aileron control system (Refer to 27-10-00).

(31) Do a test:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

go out of view.
(f) On the autopilot controller, press the TEST button. Make sure that the GA
(g) Engage HDG mode.
(h) Make sure that the flight director bars come into view.
(i) Position the heading bug 10° left of lubber line.
(j) Make sure that the command bars indicate a left turn and that the control
wheel turns in the correct sense.
(k) Repeat (i) and (j) for 10° right.
(l) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(m) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
(n) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(32) Install the electrical cable and tie in the original position.
(33) Connect the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Aileron Servo Mount - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Aileron Servo Cable Tension Graph
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT
AILERON
50022-11-00
/ TEST
PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 22-11-00-820-801
1. Aileron Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Aileron
ThisServo
topicMount
gives the
- Adjusting,
adjustmentAligning,
/ test for
Calibration,
the aileronRigging
servo
1004 - 1104

Rigging Pin TEM-271000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The clutch adjustment procedure must be performed prior to installing the
servo mount.
(1) Remove aileron servo mount (TASK 22-11-00-000-802).

(2) Do the rudder servo mount clutch adjustment (Refer to Rockwell Collins Instruction
Book “SVO65 Primary Servo and SMT65 Servo Mount” - doc.523-0771890-
00411A) and check that the clutch value is 49,5 (± 2,5) in-lbs.
(3) Install the aileron servo mount (TASK 22-11-00-820-801).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Aileron Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION
AILERON
60022-11-00
/ CHECK
PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 22-11-00-200-801
1. Aileron Primary Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check
Aileron
ThisPrimary
topic gives
Servothe
and
inspection
Servo Mount
/check
- Inspection
for the aileron
/ Check
servo
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Set the avionics master switch to OFF.
Copilot CB panelT:
AP SERVO AIL/RUD
(5) Inspect the servo actuator and servo mount:
(a) Check for loose or worn mounting hardware and make sure that the servo and
servo mount are securely mounted to the airframe.
(b) Visually inspect for capstan or cable wear, contamination, and proper cable
spool-off angle.
(c) Operate each control system through its entire range and make sure the servo
mount has not unusual noise, binding, backlash, or other mechanical
irregularities.
(d) Verify that the cable tension is within limits (± 5%).
(6) Connect the LH main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Remove the safety tags and close the following circuit breakers:
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVO AIL/RUD
(8) Set the avionics master switch to AVIONICS and the battery switch to BAT.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-11-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
22-12-00
REMOVAL
ELEVATOR
- ELEVATOR
40022-12-00
/ INSTALLATION
0 PRIMARY
PRIMARY
SERVO
SERVO
AND SERVO
AND SERVO
MOUNT
MOUNT
TASK 22-12-00-000-803
1. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Elevator
This Primary
section describes
Servo (A/Cthe
upRemoval
to 1033) procedures
- Removal related to the Elevator Primary Servo.
1004 - 1033

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is possible to remove the elevator primary servo without removing the servo
mount.

Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(3) Remove panels 320AL and 320AR (Refer to 53-00-00).

(4) Remove the rear fairing from the top of the vertical stabilizer (Refer to 55-30-00).
(5) Install rigging pin (1) in the control sector (2) to lock system in the neutral position.
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the primary servo.
(8) Remove the four locknuts (4) and four washers (5) from the four studs (6).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40122-12-00
ELEVATOR PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 22-12-00-000-804
2. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Elevator
This Primary
section describes
Servo (A/Cthe
1034
Removal
and Subsequent)
procedures -related
Removalto the Elevator Primary Servo.
1004 - 1033

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is possible to remove the elevator primary servo without removing the servo
mount.

Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the primary servo.
(7) Remove the four locknuts (4) and four washers (5) from the four studs (6).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40222-12-00
40
TASK 22-12-00-000-805
3. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Elevator
This Servo
sectionMount
describes
(A/C the
up to
Removal
1033) - procedures
Removal related to the Elevator Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

Access platform, height 12 feet Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(3) Remove the panels 320AL and 320AR (Refer to 53-00-00).

(6) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not to move the
rudder pedals.
(7) Set and hold the rudder in the fully left or right deflected position.
(8) Remove the safety clip from the turbuckle located forward of the rudder horn, and
loosen the servo cable turnbuckle.
(9) Remove the servo (Refer to para. 2 and 4).
(10) Attach identity tags to autopilot cables so that cables can be installed in the correct
positions.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Remove and discard the lockwire from the stopscrews (3, 9) on the servo capstan
(4).
(12) Remove the stopscrews (3, 9) and lock washers.
(13) Unwind the LH and RH cables from the capstan.
(14) Remove the four locknuts (5) and washers (6).
(15) Remove the servo mount (7) from the bracket (8).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40322-12-00
40
TASK 22-12-00-000-806
4. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Elevator
This Servo
sectionMount
describes
(A/C the
1034Removal
and Subsequent)
procedures- Removal
related to the Elevator Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

Access platform, height 12 feet Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(3) Remove the tip fin fairings (340) (Refer to 55-30-00).

rudder pedals.
(7) Set and hold the rudder in the fully left or right deflected position.
(8) Remove the safety clip from the turbuckle located forward of the rudder horn, and
loosen the servo cable turnbuckle.
(9) Remove the servo (Refer to para. 2 and 4).
(10) Attach identity tags to autopilot cables so that cables can be installed in the correct
positions.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Remove and discard the lockwire from the stopscrews (3, 9) on the servo capstan
(4).
(12) Remove the stopscrews (3, 9) and lock washers.
(13) Unwind the LH and RH cables from the capstan.
(14) Remove the four locknuts (5) and washers (6).
(15) Remove the servo mount (7) from the bracket (8).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40422-12-00
40
TASK 22-12-00-400-803
5. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Elevator
This Primary
section describes
Servo (A/Cthe
upInstallation
to 1033) - Installation
procedures related to the Elevator Primary Servo.
1004 - 1033

Cable Tensiometer TEM-270000-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Install the servo mount if previously removed (Refer to para.7).
(3) Remove protective cover from the servo.
CAUTION: USE CARE TO AVOID DAMAGING THE SERVO GEARS WHEN

SLIDING THE SERVO INTO THE SERVO MOUNT.
(5) Slide the servo into the servo mount and secure with four washers (5) and four
locknuts (4).
(6) Connect the electrical connector (3) to the servo.
(7) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the control sector (2).
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Make a check (Refer to para. 11).

(10) Install panels 320AL and 320AR (Refer to 53-00-00).
(11) Install the rear fairing on the top of the vertical stabilizer (Refer to 55-30-00).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Elevator Primary Servo (A/C up to 1033) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40522-12-00
40
TASK 22-12-00-400-804
6. Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Elevator
This Primary
section describes
Servo (A/Cthe
1034
Installation
and Subsequent)
procedures
- Installation
related to the Elevator Primary Servo.
1004 - 1033

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Install the servo mount if previously removed (Refer to para. 9).
(3) Remove protective cover from the servo.
CAUTION: USE CARE TO AVOID DAMAGING THE SERVO GEARS WHEN

SLIDING THE SERVO INTO THE SERVO MOUNT.
(5) Slide the servo into the servo mount and secure with four washers (5) and four
locknuts (4).
(6) Connect the electrical connector (3) to the servo.
(7) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the control sector (2).
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(10) Install the rear fairing on the top of the vertical stabilizer (Refer to 55-30-00).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Elevator Primary Servo (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
22-12-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40622-12-00
40
TASK 22-12-00-400-805
7. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407 and 408)
Elevator
This Servo
sectionMount
describes
(A/C the
up to
Installation
1033) - Installation
procedures related to the Elevator Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

Tensiometer TEM-270000-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

INSTALLATION OF THE SERVO MOUNT. FAILURE TO DO THIS
ADJUSTMENT WILL AFFECT THE AIRPLANE FLIGHT SAFETY.

(2) Set the horizontal stabilizer in the neutral position (0°).
(3) Install rigging pin (1) in the control sector (2) to lock the system in the neutral
position.
(5).
(6) Position the capstan so that the stopscrew holes are centered and at the top of the
capstan.
(7) Identify the RH cable and wind the cable 1½ turns around the capstan so that the
cable end finishes at the forward stopscrew hole.
(8) Insert the RH cable ball end into the capstan and make safe with the stopscrew
(3).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Use lockwire to safety the stopscrew.

(10) Identify the LH cable and wrap the cable 1½ turns around the capstan so that the
cable end finishes at the aft stopscrew hole.
(11) Insert the LH cable ball end into the capstan and make safe with the stopscrew (9).
(13) Remove rigging pin and check cables for run-in by operating the elevator from limit
to limit.
(14) Install rigging pin to lock the system in neutral.
NOTE: Before autopilot servo cables can be rigged, the primary flight control
cables must have been rigged (Refer to 27-20-00).
(15) Tension the elevator servo cables (Refer to Fig. 408):
NOTE: All cable rigging procedures should be done in the temperature stabilized
condition of a hangar.
(a) Set the horizontal stabilizer to 0°.

(b) Adjust the turnbuckle (10) to get the correct cable tension. Use a tensiometer
to make sure the cable tension is correct (Refer to Fig. 408).
(c) Safety the turnbuckle.
(d) Remove the rigging pin.
NOTE: The system should be operated and the cable tension rechecked to
make sure the cable tension is evened out.

(17) Install the servo motor (Refer to para. 3 and 5).
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(19) Do a test:
(b) Set the PITCH TRIM switch to PRI.
(d) Set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and SEC.
(e) Make sure that the primary vertical gyro erects; ATT and computer flags go
out-of-view.
(f) Make sure that the EHSI heading flag is out-of-view.
(g) Press AP ENG and YD ENG buttons on autopilot controller.
(h) Apply back pressure to the control column. Make sure that the white TRIM
(i) Repeat (h) with forward pressure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j) Press AP ENG to disengage the autopilot.

(k) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(l) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
(m) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(20) Remove the access platform.
(21) Install access panel 320AL and 320AR (Refer to 53-00-00).
F. Close-out
(1) Remove the warning notices.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Elevator Servo Mount (A/C up to 1033) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Elevator Servo Cable Tension Graph
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40822-12-00
40
TASK 22-12-00-400-806
8. Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409 and 410)
Elevator
This Servo
sectionMount
describes
(A/C the
1034Installation
and Subsequent)
procedures
- Installation
related to the Elevator Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

Tensiometer T5-2002-104-00
(Pacific Scientific) or equivalent
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure


(2) Set the horizontal stabilizer in the neutral position (0°).
(3) Install rigging pin (1) in the control sector (2) to lock the system in the neutral
position.
(5).
(6) Position the capstan so that the stopscrew holes are centered and at the top of the
capstan.
(7) Identify the RH cable and wind the cable 1½ turns around the capstan so that the
cable end finishes at the forward stopscrew hole.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Insert the RH cable ball end into the capstan and make safe with the stopscrew
(3).
(10) Identify the LH cable and wrap the cable 1½ turns around the capstan so that the
cable end finishes at the aft stopscrew hole.
(11) Insert the LH cable ball end into the capstan and make safe with the stopscrew (9).
(13) Remove rigging pin and check cables for run-in by operating the elevator from limit
to limit.
(14) Install rigging pin to lock the system in neutral.
NOTE: Before autopilot servo cables can be rigged, the primary flight control
cables must have been rigged (Refer to 27-20-00).
(15) Tension the elevator servo cables (Refer to Fig. 410):
condition of a hangar.
(a) Set the horizontal stabilizer to 0°.

(b) Adjust the turnbuckle (10) to get the correct cable tension. Use a tensiometer
to make sure the cable tension is correct (Refer to Fig. 410).
(c) Safety the turnbuckle.
(d) Remove the rigging pin.
NOTE: The system should be operated and the cable tension rechecked to
make sure the cable tension is evened out.

(17) Install the servo motor (Refer to para. 3 and 5).
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(19) Do a test:
(b) Set the PITCH TRIM switch to PRI.
(d) Set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and SEC.
(e) Make sure that the primary vertical gyro erects; ATT and computer flags go
out-of-view.
(f) Make sure that the EHSI heading flag is out-of-view.
(g) Press AP ENG and YD ENG buttons on autopilot controller.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h) Apply back pressure to the control column. Make sure that the white TRIM
(i) Repeat (h) with forward pressure.
(j) Press AP ENG to disengage the autopilot.
(k) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(l) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
(m) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(21) Install tip fin fairings (340) (Refer to 55-30-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Elevator Servo Mount (A/C 1034 and Subsequent) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT
ELEVATOR
50022-12-00
/ TEST
0
TASK 22-12-00-820-801
1. Elevator Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Elevator
This Servo
topic gives
Mountthe
- Adjusting,
Adjustment Aligning,
/ Test for
Calibration,
the elevator
Rigging
servo mount
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the elevator servo mount (TASK 22-12-00-000-802).
(2) Do the elevator servo mount clutch adjustment (Refer to Collins Repair Manual
523-0771890) and check that the clutch value is 88 in-lbf.
(3) Install the elevator servo mount (TASK 22-12-00-400-802).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Elevator Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION
ELEVATOR
60022-12-00
/ CHECK
0
TASK 22-12-00-200-801
1. Elevator Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Elevator
This Servo
topic gives
and Servo
the Inspection
Mount - Inspection
/ Check for/ Check
the elevator servo mount
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVO ELEV
(3) Remove the tip fairings (Refer to 55-30-00).

(4) Inspect the elevator servo and servo mount:
(a) Examine for loose or worn mounting hardware and make sure that the servo
and servo mount are securely mounted to the airframe.
(b) Examine the capstan for capstan or cable wear, contamination, and proper
spool-off angle.
(c) Operate the elevator primary control system through its entire range and
make sure that the servo mount has no backlash, binding or other mechanical
irregularities; check for any unusual noise.
(d) Use the tensiometer and check that the cable tension is within the limits
(Refer to Fig. 601).
(5) Install the tip fairings (Refer to 55-30-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVO ELEV
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-12-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
22-13-00
REMOVAL
RUDDER
- RUDDER
40022-13-00
/ INSTALLATION
0PRIMARY
PRIMARY
SERVO
SERVO
AND AND
SERVO
SERVO
MOUNT
MOUNT
TASK 22-13-00-000-803
1. Rudder Primary Servo - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Rudder
ThisPrimary
sectionServo
describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Rudder Primary Servo.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is possible to remove the servo without removing the servo mount.

Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
control wheel.
(4) Put a notice at the rudder to tell persons that work is in progress.
(5) Lock the rudder control circuit in the neutral position (Refer to 27-20-00).
(6) Remove the pilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
(7) Remove floor panel 211CLF.
(8) Untie electrical cables and move to one side.
(9) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the servo and put blanking caps on
the electrical connectors.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Remove the nuts (1) and washers (2) securing the servo (4) to the servo mount
(5).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Rudder Primary Servo - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40122-13-00
RUDDER PRIMARY SERVO AND SERVO MOUNT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 22-13-00-000-804
2. Rudder Servo Mount - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Rudder
ThisServo
section
Mount
describes
- Removal
the Removal procedures related to the Rudder Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is possible to remove the servo without removing the servo mount.

Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
control wheel.
(4) Put a notice at the rudder to tell persons that work is in progress.
(5) Lock the rudder control circuit in the neutral position (Refer to 27-20-00).
(6) Remove panels 211CLF and 211DLF.
(7) Untie electrical cables and move to one side.
(8) Remove the rudder primary servo (Refer to para. 3).
(9) Remove the clips from the turnbuckle (1) and release the tension on the sector
cables.
(10) Remove the support bracket (2) with the servo mount (3) attached.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Tag the cables and remove the stopscrews from the capstan.
(12) Remove the cables from the capstan.
(13) Remove the nuts (4) and washers (5) and remove the servo mount from the
bracket.
(14) Unlock the rudder control circuit (Refer to 27-20-00).
(15) Remove rudder autopilot control cables:
(a) Remove cotter pins (6) from rudder front sector (7).
(b) Remove LH (8) and RH (9) control cables.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Rudder Servo Mount - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40222-13-00
40
TASK 22-13-00-400-803
3. Rudder Primary Servo - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Rudder
ThisPrimary
sectionServo
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Rudder Primary Servo.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure


(2) Install the servo mount if previously removed (Refer to para. 5).
(3) Remove protective cover from servo.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN SLIDING THE SERVO INTO THE SERVO

MOUNT NOT TO DAMAGE THE SERVO GEARS.
(5) Install the servo onto the servo mount and secure with the nuts (1) and washers
(2).
(6) Connect the electrical connector (3) to the servo (4).
(7) Tie the electrical cables in position.
(8) Unlock the rudder control circuit (Refer to 27-20-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT

(11) Install panel 211 CLF.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Rudder Primary Servo - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40322-13-00
40
TASK 22-13-00-400-804
4. Rudder Servo Mount - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404 and 405)
Rudder
ThisServo
section
Mount
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedures related to the Rudder Servo Mount.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure


– the elevator control circuit is locked in the neutral position
– the rudder control system is free.
(2) Install the servo mount (3) on the support bracket (2) using the nuts (4) and
washers (5).
NOTE: Connect the LH and RH cables to the capstan before installing the servo
mount attached to the support bracket.
(3) Identify the RH cable (9) and wind the cable approximately 1½ turns around the
capstan and insert the cable ball end in the uppermost (when the servo mount is
installed) ball retaining hole.
(4) Insert the RH cable ball end stopscrew, and safety with lockwire.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Wind the LH cable (8) approximately 1½ turns around the capstan and insert the
cable ball end in the ball retaining hole.
(6) Insert the LH cable ball end stopscrew, and safety with lockwire.
(7) Do not tighten but take up any slack in the cables with the turnbuckle (1).
(8) Check the cable run-in by operating the rudder from limit to limit.
(9) Lock the rudder control system (Refer to 27-20-00).
NOTE: Before the servo cables can be rigged, the primary control cables must
have been rigged (Refer to 27-20-00).
(10) Adjust the turnbuckle to tension the cables (Refer to Fig. 405 for correct cable
tension).
conditions of a hangar.
NOTE: Allow the temperature of the airplane to stabilize.
(11) After completing the cable tensioning safety the turnbuckle with the clips.
(12) Remove the identity tags from the cables.
(13) Install the servo (Refer to para. 3).
(14) Tie the electric cables in position.
(15) Unlock the rudder control system (Refer to 27-20-00).
(16) Unlock the elevator control circuit (Refer to 27-30-00).
(17) Remove the safety tags and close these circuit breakers
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVOS
AUTOPILOT
(18) Do a test:
(d) Make sure that the primary vertical gyro erects; ATT and computer flags to
out-of-view.
(e) Make sure that the EHSI goes out-of-view.
(f) On the autopilot controller, press the TEST button and make sure that the GA
(g) During the test make sure that the rudder servo oscillates backwards and
forwards actuated by the test program in the autopilot computer.
(19) Install the floor panels 211CLF and 211DLF.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Rudder Servo Mount - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Rudder Servo Cable Tension Graph
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT
RUDDER
50022-13-00
/ TEST
0
TASK 22-13-00-820-801
1. Rudder Servo Mount - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Rudder
ThisServo
topic Mount
gives the
- Adjusting,
AdjustmentAligning,
/ Test for
Calibration,
the Rudder
Rigging
Servo Mount
1004 - 1104

Rigging Pin TEM-272000-100
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The clutch adjustment procedure should be performed before installing the
servo mount.
(1) Remove rudder servo mount (TASK 22-13-00-000-802).

(2) Do the rudder servo mount clutch adjustment (Refer to Collins Repair Manual 523-
0771890) and check that the clutch value is 78 in-lbf.
(3) Install the rudder servo mount (TASK 22-13-00-400-802).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION
RUDDER
60022-13-00
/ CHECK
0
TASK 22-13-00-200-801
1. Rudder Servo and Servo Mount - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Rudder
ThisServo
topic and
givesServo
the Inspection
Mount - Inspection
/ Check for
/ Check
the Rudder Servo Mount
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Set the avionics master switch to OFF.
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVO AIL/RUD
(4) Remove the pilot seat (Refer to 25-00-00).

(5) Remove panels 211CLF and 211DLF.
(6) Inspect the rudder servo and servo mount:
(a) Examine for loose and worn mounting hardware and make sure that the servo
and servo mount are securely mounted to the airframe.
(b) Examine the capstan for capstan or cable wear, contamination, and proper
spool-off angle.
(c) Operate the rudder primary control system through its entire range and make
sure the servo mount has not unusual noise, binding, backlash, or other
mechanical irregularities.
(d) Use the tensiometer and check that the cable tension is within the limits (±
5%) (Refer to Fig. 601).
(7) Install panels 211CLF and 211DLF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
AP SERVO AIL/RUD
(10) Set the avionics master switch to AVIONICS.

F. Close-out
Not Applicable
Fig. 601 - Rudder Servo Cable Tension Graph
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
22-13-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
COMMUNICATIONS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
23 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
23 - TOC 1-4 Jul.08/16
23-11-00 101 - 104 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
23-13-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
23-31-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

501 - 502 Jul.08/16
23-33-00 1 - 10 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
23-34-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
23-50-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 508 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
23-60-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
405 - 406 Jul.08/16

407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
23-70-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 23-11-00 101

1. VHF System - Fault Isolation 101 1004 - 1104

1. VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Installation 411 1004 - 1104
5. VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Installation 415 1004 - 1104
6. COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Installation 419 1004 - 1104

1. VHF System - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. VHF System - Operational Test 503 1004 - 1104

1. VHF System - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
HF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 23-13-00 401

1. Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992 - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. HF Control Unit - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. HF Coupler/Antenna - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992 - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
5. HF Control Unit - Installation 411 1004 - 1104
6. HF Coupler/Antenna - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 23-31-00 1

1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104
AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 23-31-00 501

1. Audio Entertainment System - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 23-33-00 1

1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 5 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 23-33-00 501

1. Video Entertainment System - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
FLITEFONE VI SYSTEM 23-34-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
FLITEFONE VI SYSTEM 23-34-00 401

1. Flitefone VI Transceiver - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset
- Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Flitefone Antenna - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Flitefone VI Transceiver - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
5. Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset
- Installation 409 1004 - 1104
6. Flitefone Antenna - Installation 411 1004 - 1104
AUDIO INTEGRATING 23-50-00 401

1. Audio Control Unit - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Cockpit Speaker - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Audio Control Unit - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
4. Cockpit Speaker - Installation 407 1004 - 1104

1. Audio System - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Audio System - Operational Test 505 1004 - 1104
3. Audio System - Functional Test 507 1004 - 1104

1. Audio System - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
STATIC DISCHARGING 23-60-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104

1. Static Discharger Wick - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Static Discharger Base - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Static Discharger Base Not Rivetted - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Static Discharger Wick - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
5. Static Discharger Base - Installation (with metallic surfaces) 409 1004 - 1104
6. Static Discharger Base - Installation (with composite surfaces) 413 1004 - 1104
7. Airplane Surface Reworked and Static
Discharger Base Rivetted - Installation 417 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
1. Static Discharger - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
AUDIO AND VIDEO MONITORING 23-70-00 401

1. CVR G-Switch - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. CVR Recorder Unit - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. CVR Control Panel - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. CVR G-Switch - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
5. CVR Recorder Unit - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
6. CVR Control Panel - Installation 411 1004 - 1104
AUDIO AND VIDEO MONITORING 23-70-00 501

1. CVR - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-11-00 - VHF COMMUNICATION

TROUBLESHOOTING
10023-11-00
VHF COMMUNICATION
0SYSTEM
SYSTEM - TROUBLESHOOTING
TASK 23-11-00-810-802
1. VHF System - Fault Isolation (Refer to Fig. 101)
VHFThis
System
topic- Fault
provides
Isolation
the Troubleshooting for the VHF System.
1004 - 1104

Multimeter No. 260 or equivalent
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: After troubleshooting the airplane and clearing the fault, both VHF systems
shall have a performance test (Refer 23-10-00).
NOTE: Use the following procedure in conjunction with the Wiring diagram for the
airplane.
(1) (Refer to Fig. 101)
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 101
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 101 - Troubleshooting (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 102
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 101 - Troubleshooting (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 103
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 104
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40023-11-00
VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 23-11-00-000-802
1. VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
VHF1
This
andtopic
VHF2gives
Antennas
the maintenance
- Removal practices for the VHF COM1 and VHF COM2 antennas
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
NOTE: Removal of VHF antennas is identical except for location.
(1) Set the battery switch to OFF

(2) Set the Avionics Master Switch to OFF.
– COMM1
– COMM2.
(4) Remove the six screws from the antenna base.
(5) Cut sealant and withdraw the antenna to access the co-axial cable connector.
(6) Disconnect the co-axial cable and remove the antenna.
F. Close-out
(1) Restore the electrical power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40123-11-00
40
TASK 23-11-00-000-806
2. VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
VHF1
This
andtopic
VHF2gives
Transceivers
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The VHF1 and VHF2 transceivers are installed in the nose avionics
compartment, while in some special configurations they can be installed in the
If the transceiver is installed in the nose avionics compartment the radome
must be removed to get access to the transceiver.
If the transceiver is installed in the baggage compartment the door must be
open and the rear bulkhead removed.
The transceiver removal and installation procedures are the same.

PANEL LABEL/SERVICE IDENT
E31 - CB PANEL PILOT AVIONICS MSW 114
E31 - CB PANEL COPILOT COMM1 643
(3) Remove the radome and the avionics compartment cover if the transceiver is
located in the nose avionics compartment (Refer to 53-10-00).
(4) Open the baggage door and remove the rear bulkhead if the transceiver is located
in the baggage compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Loosen holddown nuts, disengage holddowns from transceiver.

(6) Raise handle and carefully pull transceiver forward to remove from airplane.
(7) Protect electrical connector from dust if replacement unit is not to be installed
immediately.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40223-11-00
40
TASK 23-11-00-000-807
3. COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
COMThis
1 and
topic
COMgives
2 Control
the Removal
Units -Procedure
Removal for the COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units.
1004 - 1104

Protective caps Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Removal of COM 1 or COM 2 control unit is identical except for power supply
interrupt.

E31 - CB PANEL PILOT AVIONICS MSW 114
(3) Turn the three mounting screws (4) on the front face of the control unit (2) until
they release the pressure applied by the eccentric nuts (1).
(4) Withdraw the unit to access the electrical connector (3).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the control unit.
(6) Put protective cap on the electrical connector if a replacement unit is not to be
installed immediately.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40323-11-00
40
TASK 23-11-00-400-802
4. VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
VHF1
This
andtopic
VHF2gives
Antennas
the maintenance
- Installation
practices for the VHF COM1 and VHF COM2 antennas
1004 - 1104

0.5 in (12 mm) paint brush Not Specified
Lint-free cloth Not Specified
Non-metallic spatula Not Specified
Trueline Wattmeter TEM-231100-001
No. 4311 (or equivalent)
50 Watt VHF Plug-in element Not Specified
Connecting co-axial cable Not Specified
27 inches long (See Note)
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Metyl-Ethyl-Ketone 02-009
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The co-ax cable used to connect the wattmeter should be a multiple of one-
half wave length. For RG58 cable, one half-wave length is 31 inches from
which four inches are subtracted to allow for the addition of the wattmeter.
NOTE: Installation of VHF antennas is identical except for location.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER TASK 20-00-01-910-
801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces (Refer 20-00-00).
(2) Connect the co-axial cable to the antenna.
(3) Locate antenna and attach with six screws.
(4) Apply a fillet of sealant around antenna base (Refer 20-00-00).
(5) Remove excessive sealant (Refer 20-00-00).
(6) Remove the safety tags and close the previously opened circuit breakers (Refer to
Fig. 404):
– COMM 1
– COMM 2.
(7) Set the Avionics Master Switch to AVIONICS.
(8) Do a test:
(a) Connect the wattmeter to the antenna:
(i) For VHF1, remove ceiling panel (Refer 25-00-00)
(ii) For VHF2, remove lower antenna access panel (Refer 53-18-00).
(b) Set the battery switch to BAT.
(c) Measure the forward and reflected power from the transmitter at frequencies
118.3 MHz, 122.2 MHz, 126.55 MHz, 129.67 MHz, 131.72 MHz and 133.05
MHz.
(d) Calculate the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) using the instructions
provided with the wattmeter.
(e) The target values are given in the following table.
Table 401 - VSWR Values
Frequency VSWR
VHF1 VHF2
118.30 1.7 1.9
122.20 1.7 2.2
126.55 2.2 2.1
129.67 2.3 2.2
131.72 2.5 2.5
133.05 2.7 2.5
If the VSWR exceeds a value of 3.00:

(i) Make sure that all foreign metal objects not mounted on the airplane are
removed from the antenna by at least five feet
(ii) Move the airplane to a different location and repeat the test
(iii) Check antenna bonding to airplane skin
(iv) Replace the antenna.
(f) Set the battery switch to OFF.
(g) Disconnect the wattmeter and connecting cable.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(h) Connect the antenna co-axial cable.

(i) Install the access panel:
(i) For VHF1, install ceiling panel (Refer 25-00-00)
(ii) For VHF2, install the lower antenna access panel (Refer 53-00-00).
(j) Restore the surface finish (Refer 20-00-00)
F. Close-out
(1) Restore the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - VHF1 and VHF2 Antennas - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40423-11-00
401
TASK 23-11-00-400-806
5. VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405 and 406)
VHF1
This
andtopic
VHF2gives
Transceivers
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Installation of the VHF1 or VHF2 transceivers is identical except for location.
(1) Carefully slide transceiver onto rack.
NOTE: Make sure that the electrical connector properly aligns. Do not use force
to engage pins.
(2) Engage holddown nuts and tighten.

(3) Remove the safety tags and close circuit breakers AVIONICS MSTR, COMM1 and
COMM2.
(4) Do a test of the appropriate VHF system:
(a) Make sure that:
– circuit breakers ESNTL BUS, COMM 1 and AUDIO 1 are set for VHF1
– circuit breakers ESNTL BUS, COMM 2 and AUDIO 2 are set for VHF2.
(b) Set the battery switch to BAT.
(c) Depress VHF1 MICROPHONE and SPK buttons on the audio control unit.
Adjust the volume using the AUDIO control.
(d) Press and release the TEST button on the appropriate COM control unit.
NOTE: The intensity of the upper and lower displays modulates between
maximum and minimum to annunciate that the test is in progress.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Several audio tones will be heard from the audio system while the
test routine is being executed.
(e) At the end of the test routine, make certain that four dashes ("----") are
displayed in the upper window and 00 in the lower window to indicate a
satisfactory test.
NOTE: If "DIAG" is displayed in the upper window the transceiver has failed
the test. Note the diagnostic code in the lower window for recording
the unserviceability, then eliminate the fault by replacing units with
known serviceable units and repeating the test.
(f) Set the battery switch to OFF.

(5) Do a performance test of the appropriate VHF system (Refer Para. 8)
(6) Install the radome and avionics compartment cover if the transceiver is located in
the nose avionics compartment (Refer to 53-10-00).
(7) Install the rear bulkhead and shut the baggage door if the transceiver is located in
the baggage compartment.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - VHF1 and VHF2 Transceivers - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Table of Diagnostic Codes
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40623-11-00
401
TASK 23-11-00-400-807
6. COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
COMThis
1 and
topic
COMgives
2 Control
the Installation
Units - Installation
Procedure for the COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Installation of COM 1 or COM 2 control unit is identical except for power
supply.
(1) Remove protective cap, if fitted.

(2) Mate the electrical connector (3) to the control unit.
(3) Prior to installing the unit, make sure that the fastening screws are turned fully
clockwise until the stop nuts are contacted. This applies in particular to a new unit.
(4) Insert the control unit (2) into the panel cut-out until flush with the panel.
(5) Rotate the three mounting screws (4) until the unit is held firmly in place by the
eccentric nuts (1).
(6) Remove safety clips and tags and set circuit breakers AVIONIC MSW, COMM1
and COMM2.
(7) Do a test:
(b) Set the AVIONICS switch to COM 1 ONLY (ON for COM 2).
(c) Set the control switch to ON.
(d) Make sure that the control display is lit and that a frequency is displayed.
(e) On the LIGHTS DIMMING CONTROL panel, turn the INSTR lights dimmer
switch and check the backlighting up to full bright.
(f) Do a performance test of the appropriate VHF system (Refer Para.8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g) Set the battery switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50023-11-00
VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 23-11-00-700-801
1. VHF System - Testing, Checking
VHFThis
System
topic- Testing,
gives theChecking
Category II Inspection and Ground Test for the VHF System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Turn on the VHF1 and VHF2 communication system.
(2) Perfom the procedure from step 3 to step 5 both for COM1 and COM2.
(3) Call a local communication facility from the cockpit station and request a signal
strength check. A favorable response, such as "loud and clear" or "5 by 5" should
be received.
(4) Determine that there is no evidence within the system of corona discharge or
arcing (on relevant antenna) during tests without modulation and with level of
modulation for which transmitter was designed.
(5) Turn off communication system using applicable control.
(6) Remove the radome (Ref.to AMM 53-10-00 Page Block 200)
(7) Check the VHF tranceivers for security of installation and for proper antenna and
electrical connection.
(8) Install the radome (Ref.to AMM 53-10-00 Page Block 200)
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50023-11-00
VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 23-11-00-710-803
2. VHF System - Operational Test
VHFThis
System
topic- Operational
gives the Operational
Test Test for the VHF System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The following procedure tests the performance of critical functions only. These
include the transmit and receive functions of VHF, emergency mode and the
audio integrating system.
CAUTION: KEEP ALL NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATIONS AND RADAR

EQUIPMENT TURNED OFF WHEN CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL
POWER SOURCE.
(1) Connect external electrical power (Refer to 24-00-00).

(2) Tune VHF transceiver to local tower or ground station frequency.
(3) On the audio control panel, press SPK and VHF1 MICROPHONE buttons and
adjust the AUDIO volume control.
(4) Using hand microphone, transmit and check response over cockpit loudspeaker.
Transmit monitor lamp should come on while transmitting and signal should be
clear for both modes with clear sidetone while transmitting.
(5) Rotate the volume control. Make sure that the signal varies smoothly without
static. Deselect SPK button.
(6) Wear the head set and push EMERG select switch. Transmit and check for
response over the headphones. Deselect EMERG.
(7) Push MASK button. Transmit and check response using the oxygen mask.
Deselect MASK button.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Tune the transceiver to several frequencies throughout the band. Background
noise should be present on all frequencies.
(9) Check the automatic gain is operating and observe that little or no change in audio
output occurs.
NOTE: The audio output will change if the transmitting stations do not use the
same percent modulation level.
(10) Deselect VHF1 and VHF2.

(11) Repeat the test for VHF2.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60023-11-00
VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 23-11-00-200-801
1. VHF System - Inspection / Check
VHFThis
System
topic- Inspection
gives the Inspection
/ Check / Check for the VHF System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Inspect VHF Transceivers
(a) Visually inspect the transceiver.
(i) Remove the radome and avionics compartment cover (Refer 53-18-00).
(ii) Check the transceiver mount for security of installation.
(iii) Check the transceiver for any evidence of damage to the case.
(iv) Check the electrical components for damage (Refer 20-00-00).
(b) Do a performance test of the system (Refer Para. 8). This may be done
together with a VHF system test (Refer Para. 3) and an antenna test (Refer
Para. 7).
(c) Install the radome and avionics compartment cover (Refer 53-18-00).
(2) Inspect COM 1 and COM 2 Control Units
(a) Inspect the COM 1 and COM 2 control units for security of installation and
general condition.
(b) Do a test (Refer Para. 5).
(c) Do a performance test (Refer Para. 8).
(3) Inspect VHF Antennas
(a) Visually inspect the antenna.
(i) Inspect for evidence of corrosion.
(ii) Inspect for signs of lightning strike damage as evidenced by burning or
erosion. Do a test when damage is found (Refer Para. 7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Do a VHF system test (Refer Para. 3).

(c) Do a performance test (Refer Para. 8).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-11-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-13-00 - HF
REMOVAL
40023-13-00
/ INSTALLATION
COMMUNICATION
HF COMMUNICATION
0 SYSTEM
SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 23-13-00-000-805
1. Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992 - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Antenna
This and
topicAntenna
gives the
Coupler
Removal
KAC
Procedure
992 - Removal
of the Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992.
1004 - 1104

Circuit breaker safety clips and tags Not Specified
Blanking cap Not Specified
Wrench Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) Open, tag and safety the HF COMM CTRL circuit breaker on Copilot Circuit
Breakers Panel.
(4) Open the baggage compartment door, open, tag and safety the HF COMM XCVR
on the Main Junction Box circuit breaker panel.
(5) Remove the tail cone and access panels.
(6) Loosen the fixing screw that secure the antenna to the coupler.
(7) With a wrench keep the position of the coupler/antenna attachment and at the
same time unscrew the antenna.
(8) Remove the antenna.
(9) Disconnect the electrical connector and the RF strap from the coupler.
(10) Loosen the two clamps that secure the coupler to the airplane structure.
(11) Withdrawn the coupler out of the tail cone.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40123-13-00
HF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 23-13-00-000-810
2. HF Control Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
HF Control
This topic
Unitgives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the HF Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Open the baggage compartment door, pull, tag and safety the HF PWR and HF
CONT circuit breaker on the Main Junction Box CB Panel.
(3) Remove the two mounting screws (2) on front face of control unit (1) located on the
instrument panel.
(4) Withdraw the unit to get access to the electrical connector located on the rear side
of the instrument.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the control unit.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - HF Control Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40223-13-00
40
TASK 23-13-00-000-811
3. HF Coupler/Antenna - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
HF Coupler/Antenna
- Removal
Removal Procedure of the HF Coupler/Antenna.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Open the baggage compartment door, pull, tag and safety the HF PWR and HF
CONT circuit breaker on the Main Junction Box CB Panel.
NOTE: The unit is installed on the rack fastened to the ceiling of the baggage
compartment close to the F.S. 8140 (Refer to Chapter 06-00-00).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3,4,5).

(4) Loosen the hold-down nuts (1).
(5) Raise handle (2) and pull unit (6 ) from the rack (7).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - HF Coupler/Antenna - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40323-13-00
40
TASK 23-13-00-400-805
4. Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992 - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Antenna
This and
topicAntenna
gives the
Coupler
Installation
KAC Procedure
992 - Installation
of the Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the cap from electrical connector, if present.
(2) Carefully slide the coupler into clamps until reach its own position.
(4) Tighten the two clamps.
(5) Install the tail cone fairing and access panels.
(6) Connect antenna to the coupler and secure it with fixing screw.
(7) Open the baggage compartment door (if closed), remove the safety tag, close and
close the HF COMM XCVR on the Main Junction Box circuit breaker panel.
(9) Remove the safety tag and close the HF COMM CTRL circuit breaker on Copilot
Circuit Breakers Panel.
(11) Set the battery switch to BAT
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Antenna and Antenna Coupler KAC 992
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40423-13-00
40
TASK 23-13-00-400-810
5. HF Control Unit - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
HF Control
This topic
Unitgives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the HF Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The battery switch is set to OFF.
– The applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and safetied.
– The system is safe.
(3) Mate the electrical connector to the control unit (1).
(4) Insert the control unit (1) into the instrument control panel.
(5) Rotate the two mounting screws (2) until the unit is held firmly in place.
(6) Remove safety clips and tags, set the HF CONT and HF PWR circuit breakers
(Main Junction Box, baggage area).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - HF Control Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40523-13-00
40
TASK 23-13-00-400-811
6. HF Coupler/Antenna - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
HF Coupler/Antenna
- Installation
Installation Procedure of the HF Coupler/Antenna.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The battery switch is set to OFF.
– The applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and safetied.
(3) Carefully slide transceiver (6) onto rack (7).
(4) Engage hold-down nut (1) and tighten.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (3,4,5).
(6) Remove safety clips and tags and set the circuit breakers HF PWR and HF CONT.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - HF Coupler/Antenna - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-13-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-31-00 - A
DESCRIPTION
023-31-00
AUDIO
UDIO
AND
ENTERTAINMENT
ENTERTAINMENT
OPERATION
0 SYSTEM
SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. Description
Description
A. The Cabin Entertainment System can be configured according to two possible
1004 - 1104
customer’s options.
Differences between the two options are outlined below.
AM/FM/CASSETTE (Option # 1)
– AM/FM Receiver-Stereo Cassette Player
– Power Supply Unit
– AM/FM Antenna
– Audio Distribution Unit
– Audio Power Amplifier
CD PLAYER (Option # 2)
– Compact Disc Changer Control System
– Remote Compact Disc Changer
– Power Supply Unit
– Audio Distribution Unit
– Audio Power Amplifier
– Bose Headset Interface Units
Membrane switches and cabin speakers are included in the interior assembly;
headphones, whichever is their type, are provided separately.
B. The Cabin Entertainment System (whichever is the option installed) receives 28 VDC
from the Utility Bus through the CABIN AUDIO circuit breaker housed in the Coat
Closet CB Panel. The Utility Bus is fed by the LH Generator Bus through a 35A circuit
breaker located in the main junction box and provides power to the cabin systems
(toilet, refreshment, lights, etc.).
C. Additionally, if option # 2 is installed, the Utility Bus provides power supply to the BOSE
headsets interface modules through the BOSE circuit breaker (Coat Closet CB Panel).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Operation (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2)

Operation
A. The (Ref.
Cabin
to Fig.
Entertainment
1 and 2) System uses an audio distribution unit to take inputs from
1004 - 1104
AM/FM Receiver/Stereo Cassette Player (or Compact Disc Changer/Control unit),

cockpit audio panels (cabin page) and distributes them to speakers and headphones.
Additionally the unit takes inputs from the "NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT" switch
(housed in the pilot switch panel) to generate chime tones and distribute them to
speakers and headphones. The unit is powered at 28 VDC.
B. A power supply unit modulated DC to DC converter is used to provide regulated 14

VDC to the AM/FM Receiver-Stereo Cassette Player (or CD Player).
C. A 25W Audio Power Amplifier (2-channel), able to drive load impedances of 8 Ohms, is
installed to power speakers. The unit is powered at 28 VDC.
D. A speaker mute switch is installed next to the AM/FM Receiver-Stereo Cassette Player
(or CD Changer Control Unit) to enable/disable the four cabin speakers.
E. An AM/FM Receiver-Stereo Cassette Player, powered at 14 VDC, is used if option # 1

is installed. The "line output" (2-channel) is connected to the Audio Distribution Unit.
F. AM/FM Antenna An AM/FM Antenna, mounted on the top fuselage above the baggage
compartment, in non-pressurized area, is used for the AM/FM receiver (if option # 1 is
installed).
G. The Compact Disc Changer Control System (used if option # 2 is installed) consists of
two items: the CD Changer Control Unit (controller) and the CD Changer Audio Control
Unit). The CD Audio Control Unit, powered at 14 VDC by the Power Supply Unit,
interfaces with the controller (accessible to the user) and the Remote CD Changer (CD
SHUTTLE) providing a 2-channel output to the Audio Distribution Unit.
H. A remote Compact Disc Changer (CD SHUTTLE) is used if option # 2 is installed. This
unit is connected to the Compact Disc Changer Control System.
I. Six Bose Headset Inteface Modules are provided if option # 2 is installed. Each one
receives a 2-channel output from the audio distribution unit (in parallel to each standard
headset) and is able to drive a Bose headset performing the noise cancelling function.
Each module, powered at 28 VDC, accommodates on the front panel a mode switch
(for noise cancelling function ON/OFF), a volume control potentiometer and a special
connector for interfacing to BOSE headset.
J. Membrane switches are located on the armrest of the cabin seats and are connected to
the audio distribution unit to allow independent volume control for the cabin speakers
and each headphone (other than Bose type).
K. Four speakers are installed in the cabin air plenum (2 each side). They are driven by
the Audio Power Amplifier.
L. Six individual headphones can be provided as per customer’s request either for option
# 1 or option # 2. If option # 2 is installed, the Cabin Entertainment System can drive (in
addition to standard headsets) six Bose Noise Cancelling Headsets.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Cabin Entertainment System - Block Diagram
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Cabin Entertainment System - Component Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Cabin Entertainment System - Component Locations (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / A
50023-31-00
TEST
UDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 23-31-00-700-801
1. Audio Entertainment System - Testing, Checking
Audio
This
Entertainment
topic gives the
System
Testing
- Testing,
/ Checking
Checking
Procedure of the Audio Entertainment System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Connect ground power supply to airplane.
(2) Assure headset are available for each cabin seat.
(3) Assure a cassette tape is available for testing.
(4) Select aircraft power "ON".
(5) Select NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT switch to NO SMOKING position.
(6) Assure chime sounds in cabin.
(7) Select NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT switch to FASTEN SEAT BELT
position.
(9) Select pilot mic selection to "PAGE".
(10) Using the pilot mic address the cabin occupants.
(11) Assure that page is output to the cabin speakers.
(12) Select copilot mic selection to "PAGE".
(13) Using the copilot mic address the cabin occupants.
(14) Assure that page is output to the cabin speakers.
(15) If Alpine CD Player is installed turn it "ON" and select one of the CD to play, then
proceed to step no.17.
(16) If SONY AM/FM/CASSETTE is installed turn it on and select AM.
(17) Tune in a local station and assure reception is satisfactory.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(18) Select FM and tune in a local FM station and assure reception is satisfactory.
(19) Select cassette and insert test cassette tape.
(20) Adjust the volume to a normal level.
(21) Select balance control all the way one direction and then the other, assure all
speakers are functioning satisfactorily and audio quality is satisfactory.
(22) Press "SPKR MUTE" switch, assure that speakers are now muted.
(23) Using the copilot mic address the cabin occupants.
(24) Assure that page is still output to the cabin speakers.
(25) Select NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT switch to FASTEN SEAT BELT
position.
NOTE: Page and chime should still sound thru speakers, even though speakers
are muted.
(27) Using the headset, test each station (6 ea.) to assure that headphone volume can
be controlled and that audio quality is satisfactory. Assure that both left and right
channels are being received by each headphone. Assure that page and chime are
received in the headphones.
(28) Press "SPKR MUTE" switch again, assure that speakers are now functioning.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-31-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-33-00 - V
DESCRIPTION
023-33-00
VIDEO
IDEO
0AND
ENTERTAINMENT
OPERATION SYSTEM
1. Description
Description
A. The VES (Video Entertainment System) is divided into two main subsystems. The first
1004 - 1104
subsystem consists of the ASINC Airshow 200 System fed by 28 Vdc and is designed
to allow the display of geographic maps of the overflown area and information about
the flight in course thanks to an internal library and to the interface with the inboard
navigation system. The library assures a world generic covering and, on request, a
more detailed covering of delimited areas (for example West Europe, Middle East,
etc.). The second subsystem consists of a disk reader or, in alternative, of a tape
reader of Hunting Avionics fed by 115 Vac/400 Hz and is designed to allow the
reproduction of audio-visual devices (Laser Disks and audio/video compact or, in
alternative, standard VHS tapes) buyable in the common videotheques. In both cases
the images are reproduced on two colour liquid crystal monitors. Three versions of
VES are available thanks to the project modular nature:
(1) Version 1 or Basic Version (Ref. to Fig. 1) Display of the map of the overflown area
and of the information about the flight in course on two colour liquid crystal
monitors (LCD).
(2) Version 2 (Ref. to Fig. 2) Basic Version plus Disk Reproducer (Audio/Video
Compact and Laser - Optional).
(3) Version 3 (Ref. to Fig. 3) Basic Version plus Tape Reproducer (VHS Standard).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Video Entertainment System - Version 1 or Basic Version
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Video Entertainment System - Version 2
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 3 - Video Entertainment System - Version 3
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Operation (Ref. to Fig. 4)

Operation
A. The (Ref.
VES to which
Fig. 4)can be installed on P.180 airplanes consists of:
1004 - 1104
– an automatic circuit breaker installed on the utility CB panel located in the vanity
closet, passenger compartment;
– a fuse installed on the AC control unit located in the airplane nose compartment;
– the cabin video panel, the digital interface unit, the disk reproducer (Compact and
Laser) and the tape reproducer (VHS Standard) installed in the entertainment
cabinet (EC) located near the access door of the passenger compartment;
– the 10.4" colour monitors, LCD type, one of which is installed on the separation
wall of the passenger compartment from the vanity closet (right side) and the other
one is installed on the external wall of the EC (passenger side);
B. The IR remote controls which have not a fixed position as they are available to the
person who controls the LCDs.
The Airshow Subsystem is controlled by the control panel (Cabin Video Panel) and the
IR remote controls. Using the remote control it is possible to set the LCDs to the display
of images produced by the disk or tape reproducers, whose operation can be
controlled only through the respective control panels located on the front of them. The
VES is interfaced, in all versions, to the Flight Management System (FMS) through
ARINC 429 bus. In versions 2 and 3 it is also interfaced to the Audio Distribution
System; the reproduction audio is available on headset at each passenger seat and, in
general, from the loudspeakers in the passenger compartment; it is possible to exclude
it through the MUTE pushbutton and to adjust the volume through the VOLUME UP/
DOWN switch.
C. The items of the Video Entertainment Systems are the following:

(1) Automatic Circuit Breaker
It protects the 28 Vdc feeder line from the utility CB panel to the VES units,
opening the circuit in case of contact between 28 Vdc and ground or in case of
overload.
(2) Fuse
It protects the 115 VAC, 400 Hz feeder line from the AC control unit to the VES
reproducer, switching off the circuit in case of short-circuit or in case of overload.
(3) Cabin Video Panel
It is installed in the Entertainment Cabin in a position easily reachable by the
operator and it is functionally divided in two sections:
(a) The AIRSHOW section includes:
– POWER Switch
When set to OFF position it switches off the 28 VDC power circuit of VES,
while when set to ON position it makes the 28 VDC available to the DIU
unit which goes into operation and to the two LCDs which need a further
control to operate. The lock into ON position prevents the feed to the DIU
unit from being involuntarily switched off, thus assuring its full operation
especially during flight. The DC feeder line, downstream from the switch,
is located on the way of a relay controlled by the AVIONICS MASTER
circuit breaker (ON = closed circuit, OFF = open circuit) to protect the
AIRSHOW subsystem using the same procedures of the other avionics
devices, whose power is controlled by the AVIONICS MASTER.
– LCD Switch
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
When set to STBY position (circuit closed toward "ground") it inhibits the
feed to the two LCDs, when set to ON position (circuit open) it allows to
turn them on if the feed is set to ON position by the POWER switch.
– MODE SELECT Button
It allows the cyclic selection of the four modes of operation (AUTO-MAP-
INFO-LOGO) provided for the AIRSHOW. This function, together with all
the other control functions of the AIRSHOW, is performed also by the IR
remote control.
(b) The SPKR (Speaker) section includes:
– MUTE Pushbutton
It allows to turn the cabin loudspeakers off and to limit the listening of the
audio signal coming from the reproducer to the headset of each
passenger seat. The pushbutton is electrically and functionally part of the
Cabin Audio System already certified.
– VOLUME switch
When set to the UP or DN (Down) momentary positions it allows
respectively to raise or lower through the Audio Distribution Unit the audio
signal coming from the reproducer and directed to the cabin
loudspeakers.
(4) Digital Interface Unit
It is the electronic unit of the AIRSHOW system, installed on a stiff support in the
lower part of the Entertainment Cabinet, so as to be easily removable for
maintenance/inspection operations. It contains the memory of the maps and the
digitalized logo; it controls the ARINC 429 interface with the FMS of the airplane; it
produces the video composite images and the information lines to be transferred
to the two LCDs; it receives through an RS232 interface the control signals
produced by the remote control toward the LCD installed on the EC wall. The suffix
-XXX identifies the software version that changes according to the different
customer requirements (logo, detailed maps, etc.).
(5) Cabin Display Unit (10.4" colour LCD type)
It is the airborne version of an active matrix LCD (AMTFLCD) capable of
reproducing color images provided according to the following standards: Y/C and
NTSC/PAL/SECAM. The Y/C input is devoted to the video signal produced by the
AIRSHOW, while the NTSC/PAL/SECAM input is devoted to the video signal
produced by the reproducer present in versions 2 and 3. This circuit configuration
allows to display on one of the two LCDs the output video signal from the
AIRSHOW and on the other one the output video signal from the reproducer. For
all versions two LCDs must be used, and in particular:
– LCD (75 Ohm impedance) installed on the wall, cabin side, of the vanity-
closet;
– LCD (high impedance) installed on the external side of the EC wall
(passenger compartment side).
The two LCDs are identical except for the input impedance.
The LCD installed on the external side of the EC wall operates as a main station
through which it is possible to check, using a remote control, not only the screen
basic parameters (colour, contrast, etc.), but also the different AIRSHOW modes
of operation.
The other LCD operates as a repeater and it is possible to check only the basic
parameters using the remote control.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Infrared Remote Control

The VES is provided, in all versions, with two equal and interchangeable infrared
remote controls which are available to the operator and/or the passenger(s)
assigned to the VES control. The main functions are the parameter adjustment of
the two LCDs (colour, contrast, etc.). If the remote control is pointed at the LCD
installed on the EC wall, it also allows the check of the AIRSHOW modes of
operation. It is not capable of checking the reproducer modes of operation, but it
allows to set the LCD to the display of the video channel devoted to the
reproducer, inhibiting in the meantime the AIRSHOW image display.
(7) Disk Compact and Laser Reproducer (Optional)
In alternative to the VHS Tape Reproducer, this is an airborne device fed by 115
Vac, 400 Hz, installed on the internal side of the EC with the disk control/insertion/
extraction side turned toward the cabin aisle. The output video signal in its format
is sent to the multistandard input of the LCDs, while the stereophonic audio signal
is sent to the Audio Distribution Unit of the airplane using the same connection
procedures already accomplished and certified for the Cabin Audio Entertainment.
The audio reproduction can be directed to headsets and to cabin loudspeakers.
The reproducer operative controls are contained on the frontal panel of it.
(8) Standard VHS Tape Reproducer
In alternative to the Disk Reproducer, this is an airborne device fed by 115 Vac,
400 Hz, installed on the internal side of the EC with the cassette control/insertion/
extraction side turned toward the cabin aisle. The output video signal in its format
is sent to the multistandard input of the LCDs, while the monophonic audio signal
is sent to the Audio Distribution Unit of the airplane using the same connection
procedures already accomplished and certified for the Cabin Audio Entertainment.
The audio reproduction can be directed to headsets and to cabin loudspeakers.
The reproducer operative controls are contained on the frontal panel of it.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 4 - Video Entertainment System - Components Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 4 - Video Entertainment System - Version 1 or Basic Version (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / V
50023-33-00
TEST
IDEO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 23-33-00-700-801
1. Video Entertainment System - Testing, Checking
Video
This
Entertainment
topic gives the
System
Testing/Checking
- Testing, Checking
Procedure of the Video Entertainment System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the airplane electrical system is connected to an external power
control unit.
(2) Give power supply to the airplane and to the system to be tested pushing in the
circuit breakers CB 1608 and CB 669 in the Utility CB panel and the circuit
breakers Sec Inv and Avionics Master in the circuit breaker panel, pilot side.
(3) Switch on the loudspeakers and the headsets at the passenger seats and set to on
the FMS system (simulating the typical flight conditions).
(4) Set to ON the PWR and LCD switches on CABIN VIDEO panel located in the
entertainment cabinet.
(5) Verify that the images reproduced from the Airshow are displayed on LCDs.
(6) Verify the different adjustments of LCDs (contrast, color, etc.) using the IR remote
controls.
(7) Verify the different functions of Airshow using either the IR remote controls
(towards the LCT installed on the EC wall) or the MODE SELECT button on the
CABIN VIDEO panel.
(8) Set to on the reproducer using the POWER switch.
(9) Put the video-disc (or the video-cassette) in the reproducer.
(10) Start up the reproduction of the video-disc (or the video-cassette).
(11) Commute the LCDs on the external video input channel using the IR remote
control.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Verify that the image reproduced is displayed on the LCDs, that the video-disc (or
the video-cassette) is audible from the headsets and from the loudspeakers or
only from the passenger headsets (SPKR MUTE function), and that the volume
can be adjusted from the passenger seats (for the headsets) and from the
VOLUME UP/DN switch (for the loudspeakers).
(13) Verify the different functions of the reproducer.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-33-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-34-00 - FLITEFONE
DESCRIPTION
023-34-00
AND
FLITEFONE
OPERATION
VI SYSTEM
VI SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. The Piaggio P180 Flitefone VI System consists of the following components:
1004 - 1104
– Transceiver (located in the baggage compartment area)

– Handset (located in the RH armrest panel)
– Handset (located near the copilot furnishing panel)
– Blade Antenna (located on the fuselage belly).
B. The Flitefone VI System provides full duplex airborne telephone service. The unit may
operate from either the cockpit or cabin handsets. The system is completely compatible
with existing manual ground stations and the new Air/Ground Radiotelephone
Automated Service.
The Flitefone VI may receive calls from the ground when they are placed to the
AGRAS Credit Card Number or the QM number in the airborne unit. With two
handsets, intercom features will be available for the pilot to talk to the passengers and
viceversa.
The Flitefone VI is powered by the 28 VDC RH AVIONICS BUS through a 5 Amp circuit
breaker located PHONE and located on the COPILOT CB panel. The Flitefone VI,
being connected to the 28 VDC RH AVIONICS BUS, does not affect the emergency
power available unless the LH and RH DUAL FEED BUS are powered.
C. Testing:
Conduct Flitefone System Performance and Checkout per Flitefone VI Installation/
Operators Manual P/N 150-0119-000 Revision C.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Flitefone VI System - Block Diagram
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40023-34-00
FLITEFONE VI SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 23-34-00-000-801
1. Flitefone VI Transceiver - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Flitefone
This VI
topic
Transceiver
gives the Removal
- RemovalProcedure of the Flitefone VI Transceiver.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
PHONE
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4, 5).

(3) Support the transceiver (1).
(4) Loosen hold-down nut (3).
(5) Hold handle (2) and pull unit (1) from mounting.
(6) Put caps on the electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Flitefone VI Transceiver - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40123-34-00
40
TASK 23-34-00-000-802
2. Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Passenger/Flight
This topic gives
Compartment
the Removal
Handset
Procedure
- Removal
of the Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
PHONE
(2) Remove the screw that secure the handset base to the support.
(3) Move out slowly the handset from the support.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the handset base.
(5) Remove the handset.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40223-34-00
40
TASK 23-34-00-000-803
3. Flitefone Antenna - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Flitefone
This Antenna
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the Flitefone Antenna.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
PHONE
(2) Remove the four attaching screws (3) from the antenna base (2).
(3) Disconnect antenna cable from antenna and remove the antenna and gasket.
Make sure that the antenna cable does not retract into the fuselage.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Flitefone Antenna - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40323-34-00
40
TASK 23-34-00-400-801
4. Flitefone VI Transceiver - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Flitefone
This VI
topic
Transceiver
- InstallationProcedure of the Flitefone VI Transceiver.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure the correct circuit breaker is open.
(3) Slide the unit (1) onto its own mounting.
(4) Engage the hold-down nut (3) and tighten.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (4, 5).
(6) Remove the safety tag and close the appropriate circuit breaker.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Flitefone VI Transceiver - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40423-34-00
40
TASK 23-34-00-400-802
5. Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Passenger/Flight
This topic gives
Compartment
the Installation
Handset
Procedure
- Installation
of the Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker PHONE is open, safetied and tagged.
(2) Connect the electrical connector to the handset base.
(3) Secure the handset base to the support.
(4) Remove the safety tag and close the PHONE circuit breaker.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Passenger/Flight Compartment Handset - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40523-34-00
40
TASK 23-34-00-400-803
6. Flitefone Antenna - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Flitefone
This Antenna
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the Flitefone Antenna.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker PHONE is open, safetied and tagged.
(2) Install antenna gasket in correct position on fuselage.
(3) Connect antenna cable to antenna connector.
(4) Align antenna (2) with securing screws holes and install and tighten the four
securing screws (3).
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Flitefone Antenna - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-34-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-50-00 - AUDIO
REMOVAL
40023-50-00
/ INSTALLATION
INTEGRATING
AUDIO INTEGRATING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 23-50-00-000-803
1. Audio Control Unit - Removal
Audio
This
Control
topic Unit
gives- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the Audio Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
E30 - CB PANEL PILOT AUDIO 1 659
E30 - CB PANEL AUDIO 2 604
COPILOT
(3) Release the two quick-disconnect fasteners securing the control panel.
(4) Withdraw the unit to access the electrical connectors.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors.
(6) Protect the electrical connectors if replacement unit is not to be installed
immediately.
(7) Disassembly.
(a) Remove the top cover by removing the seven screws and washers. Lift the
cover by its rear edge and pull towards the front. On reassembly, ensure that
the screws and washers are returned to the same place.
(b) Remove the engraved panel by removing the set screws on the volume
control, the volume control and two screws. Slide the engraved panel off the
front of the unit. On reassembly, take extreme care to seat the tip of the hex.
driver in the set screw socket to prevent the socket from stripping.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40023-50-00
40
TASK 23-50-00-000-804
2. Cockpit Speaker - Removal
Cockpit
ThisSpeaker
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the Cockpit Speaker.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
E30 - CB PANEL PILOT AUDIO 1 659
E30 - CB PANEL AUDIO 2 604
COPILOT
(3) Remove the four screws attaching the speaker.

(4) Note the wire connections and disconnect the wires. Put temporary insulation on
the ends of the wires if replacement unit is not to be installed immediately.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40023-50-00
40
TASK 23-34-00-400-803
3. Audio Control Unit - Installation
Audio
This
Control
topic Unit
gives- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the Audio Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the system is electrically safe.
(2) Connect the electrical connectors.
(3) Insert the unit into the panel and secure with the two quick- release fasteners.
(4) Remove safety clips and tags and set circuit breakers AUDIO 1 and AUDIO 2.
(5) Adjust the audio system.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40023-50-00
40
TASK 23-50-00-400-804
4. Cockpit Speaker - Installation
Cockpit
ThisSpeaker
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the Cockpit Speaker.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove any temporary insulation and connect the speaker wires as noted in Para.
4.
(2) Install the loudspeaker using the four screws.
(3) Remove safety clips and tags and set circuit breakers AUDIO 1 and AUDIO 2.
(4) Do a test:
(c) On both audio control units, press the H.MIC button.
(d) On the speaker side to be tested, press the SPK button. Adjust the interphone
volume over the full range using the H.MIC volume controls.
(e) Make a communication on any voice input device and make sure that the
output of the loudspeaker under test is satisfactory. Omit item (f) if only one
speaker is under test and a comparison can be made with the other speaker.
(f) Select a local VHF station on COM 1. Press the VHF1 button and key the
transceiver. If the reply is not satisfactory, the audio control unit may need
adjustment.
(g) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(h) Set the battery switch to OFF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST AUDIO INTEGRATING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST

50023-50-00
0
TASK 23-50-00-700-801
1. Audio System - Testing, Checking (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Audio
This
System
topic -gives
Testing,
the Testing
Checking/ Checking Procedure of the Audio System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The adjustment procedure for AUDIO 1 or AUDIO 2 is identical except for
power supply.
CAUTION: KEEP ALL NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION AND RADAR

GROUND POWER SOURCE.
(1) Connect electrical power (Refer to 24-00-00).

(2) Set audio input levels in accordance with Table 1.
(3) Switch ON VHF 1 (COM 1) and tune to local tower or ground station frequency.
Set receiver volume control to desired position.
(4) Set COM 1 volume control at 50 to 70% of full volume and depress VHF 1
microphone button on the audio control panel. If too loud, adjust No. 10
(headphone) to the desired level.
Table 1 - Audio Input Levels
EQUIPMENT LEVEL
COM receivers 5V rms into 500 ohm load
COM rec. sidetone 5V rms into 500 ohm load
NAV receivers 5V rms into 500 ohm load
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Table 1 - Audio Input Levels

EQUIPMENT LEVEL
MARKER receivers 2V rms into 500 ohm load
DME receivers 2V rms into 500 ohm load
ADF receivers 2V rms into 500 ohm load
AUX. or warning audios 5V rms into 500 ohm load
OTHER sidetones 5V rms into 500 ohm load
(Page, etc. if supplied
from remote amplifier)
NOTE: Adjustment 10 is accessible with the top cover of the unit removed.
NOTE: Adjustment of the headphone level adjustment control is valid only for
headphones of the same type and configuration as used during the
setting of the control.
(5) Depress SPK button. key VHF 1 transceiver and make a test call. Adjust No. 2
(SPK S.T.) to desired level.
NOTE: Adjustments 1 through 7 are accessible through the front metal panel
after the plastic overlay is removed.
(6) Depress HMIC button. Talk on mask or boom microphone and monitor output of
the other audio control unit. Adjust audio output to other audio control unit by
adjusting No. 3. Adjust side tone on No. 6.
NOTE: The following additional adjustments are made according to aircraft fit:
– No. 1; page side tone (phones only)
– No. 4; not used
– No. 5; page audio out
– No. 7; not used
– No. 8; not used
– No. 9; auxiliary input
– No. 11; H’MIC VOX level
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Audio System - Adjustment
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50123-50-00
AUDIO INTEGRATING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
501
TASK 23-50-00-710-801
2. Audio System - Operational Test
Audio
This
System
topic -gives
Operational
the Operational
Test Test Procedure of the Audio System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) On completion of post-installation adjustment and functional test procedures, a
local flight should be made to verify the system.
CAUTION: DURING START-UP PROCEDURES KEEP ALL NAVIGATION/

COMMUNICATIONS/RADAR SYSTEMS TURNED OFF. LARGE
SPIKES COULD BE GENERATED WHICH COULD DAMAGE
EQUIPMENT.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50123-50-00
AUDIO INTEGRATING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
501
TASK 23-50-00-720-801
3. Audio System - Functional Test
Audio
This
System
topic -gives
Functional
the Functional
Test Test Procedure of the Audio System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The following procedure tests the performance of critical functions only. These
include the transmit and receive functions of VHF 1, emergency (direct) mode and
the audio warning system.
CAUTION: KEEP ALL NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION AND RADAR

POWER SOURCE.
(2) Connect external electrical power (Refer to 24-00-00).

(3) Tune VHF 1 (COM 1) transceiver to local tower or ground station frequency.
(4) On the audio control panel, press SPK, VHF 1 - AUDIO and MICROPHONE
buttons.
(5) Using microphone, transmit and check response over the cockpit loudspeaker.
Also check for sidetone during transmission.
(6) Push EMG select switch. Transmit and check for response over the headphones.
Deselect EMG.
(7) Activate the following audio warning systems:
– Stall warning (Refer to 27-00-00)
– Overspeed (Refer to 27-00-00)
– Landing gear (Refer to 32-00-00)
– Autopilot disconnect (Refer to 22-00-00)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Trim-in-motion (Refer to 27-00-00)

– Altitude alert (Refer to 22-00-00)
(8) De-activate the audio warning systems listed in item (7).
(9) De-select all navigation/communications/radar.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECKAUDIO INTEGRATING - INSPECTION / CHECK

60023-50-00
0
TASK 23-50-00-200-801
1. Audio System - Inspection / Check
Audio
This
System
topic -gives
Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check Check Procedure of the Audio System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Cockpit Speaker
(a) Inspect for general condition and security of installation.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-50-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-60-00 - STATIC
DESCRIPTION
023-60-00
AND
STATIC
DISCHARGING
OPERATION
DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Static dischargers are installed on the airplane trailing edge extremities to dissipate
1004 - 1104
static electricity with a minimum amount of radio interference.
B. The sixteen static dischargers are fitted:

(1) One on each forward wing flap
(2) Three on each aileron
(3) Three on each elevator
(4) One on the rudder
(5) One on the vertical fin fairing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40023-60-00
STATIC DISCHARGING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 23-60-00-000-801
1. Static Discharger Wick - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Static
This
Discharger
section Wick
describes
- Removal
the Removal / installation procedures related to the Static
1004 - 1104
Discharger Wick

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Using a wrench flat on the wick retainer, unscrew the wick.
NOTE: Some maintenance facilities apply one drop of Loctite (Refer to Chapter
91, Chart 201, item 01-004) to the base of the stud. If unusual resistance
is encountered when unscrewing the wick, heat the stud with an infra-red
lamp to melt the Loctite.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Static Discharger - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40123-60-00
40
TASK 23-60-00-000-802
2. Static Discharger Base - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Static
This
Discharger
section describes
Base - Removal
the Removal / Installation related to the Static Discharger Base
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Drill out any rivets attaching the base to the aircraft structure.
(2) Using extreme care, pry off the discharger base
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40223-60-00
40
TASK 23-60-00-000-803
3. Static Discharger Base Not Rivetted - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Static
This
Discharger
section describes
Base Not the
Rivetted
Removal
- Removal
/ Installation related to the Static Discharger Base
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make a note of Static Discharger Base position.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MEK. OBEY THE SAFETY AND
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER 20-00-00.
(2) Using extreme care detach and remove the base from the airplane surface.
(3) Discharge the Static Wicks Base just removed.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Discharger Base Not Rivetted - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40323-60-00
40
TASK 23-60-00-400-801
4. Static Discharger Wick - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Static
This
Discharger
section describes
Wick - Installation
the maintenance procedures related to the Static Discharger Wick
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make certain that there is no damage to the discharger base before inserting a
new wick.
(2) Screw wick onto the base and tighten using a wrench on the wick flat.
If Loctite is to be used, apply one drop only to the threads where the wick enters
the base.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40423-60-00
40
TASK 23-60-00-400-802
5. Static Discharger Base - Installation (with metallic surfaces) (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Static
This
Discharger
section describes
Base - Installation
the maintenance
(with metallic
procedures
surfaces)
related to the Static Discharger Base
1004 - 1104

0.5 in (12.7 mm) paint brush Not Specified
Infra-red lamp Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Inductive adhesive 16307
Methil-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) 02-009
D. Job Setup
801.
E. Procedure
NOTE: Refer to Table 405 to determine procedural steps applicable to each

installation.
(1) Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces (Refer to 20-00-00).
(2) Polish attachment surface with abrasive paper.
(3) Heat attachment surface with infra-red lamp at approx. 60 °C for 30 minutes.
(4) Apply inductive adhesive to mating surfaces (Refer to 51-35-00).
(5) Position new base. If required, align with fastener holes and rivet in place.
(6) Check for proper resistance (Ref. to TASK 23-60-00-200-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Seal edge of base to surface with sealant (Refer to 51-35-00 and TASK 91-00-00-
500-801, item 06-005).
(8) Restore the surface finish (Refer to 20-00-00)
Table 401 - Static Discharger Base Attachment
Location No. Notes
Forward wing flaps 1 per wing Inductive adhesive and
sealant.
Aileron 3 per aileron
- Outer Two rivets plus inductive
adhesive and sealant.
- Two inner Inductive adhesive and
sealant only.
Elevator 3 per elevator
sealant only.
Vertical fin upper fairing 1 Riveted on the anti-lightning
strip (internal), glued and
sealed (without heating the
surface)
Rudder 1 Four rivets plus inductive
Static Discharger Base
Attachment
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Static Discharger - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40523-60-00
401
TASK 23-60-00-400-803
6. Static Discharger Base - Installation (with composite surfaces) (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Static
This
Discharger
section describes
Base - Installation
the maintenance
(with composite
procedures
surfaces)
related to the Static Discharger Base.
1004 - 1104

Infra-red lamp Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Inductive adhesive 16307
D. Job Setup
801.
E. Procedure
(1) Degrease the attaching surfaces using MEK (Refer to 20-00-00).
(2) Apply inductive adhesive to mating surfaces (Refer to SRM 51-00-00).
(3) Position new base. If required, align with fastener holes and rivet in place.
(4) Seal edge of base to surface with sealant (Refer to SRM 51-00-00 and to Chapter
91, Chart 201, item 06-005).
(5) Restore the surface finish (Refer to 20-00-00)
Location No. Notes
Forward wing flaps 1 per wing Inductive adhesive and
sealant.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Location No. Notes
Aileron 3 per aileron
sealant only.
Elevator 3 per elevator
sealant only.
Vertical fin upper fairing 1 Riveted on the anti-lightning
strip (internal), glued and
sealed (without heating the
surface)
Rudder 1 Four rivets plus inductive
Static Discharger Base
Attachment
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Static Discharger - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40623-60-00
402
TASK 23-60-00-400-804
7. Airplane Surface Reworked and Static Discharger Base Rivetted - Installation (Ref. to Fig.
407)
Airplane
This Surface
section describes
Reworkedthe
andInstallation
Static Discharger
related to
Base
the Rivetted
Static Discharger
- Installation
Base
1004 - 1104

Abrasive Paper Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Adhesive 01-001
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The Static Discharger axis should be parallel to longitudinal airplane

axis.
CAUTION: ALL STATIC DISCHARGER BASES ARE INSTALLED WITH TWO

RIVETS PLUS ADHESIVE AND SEALANT, ONLY THE STATIC
DISCHARGER BASES LOCATED ON THE VERTICAL FIN FIRING IS
INSTALLED WITH FOUR RIVETS PLUS ADHESIVE AND SEALANT
E. Procedure
(1) If the Static Discharger Base that to be removed is attached to the surface by
adhesive only (without rivets), make a note of its position and perform the
following instruction:
(a) Using extreme care detach and remove the base from the airplane surface.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Discharge the Static Wicks Base just removed.

(c) Remove the exceeding materials on the skin, around the Static Discharged
Base position.
(d) Clean with MEK the Static Discharger Base position on the airplane skin.
(e) Opacify the Static Discharger Base contact area on the airplane skin with
the abrasive paper.
(f) Place the new Holed Static Discharger Base on the airplane surface, in the
position noted previously.
(g) Mark the holes Static Discharger Base position on the airplane surface.
(h) Drill (diameter 3.2 mm, depth 1.2 mm) the airplane surface at the marked
holes position.
(i) Remove the Static Discharger Base from the airplane skin.
(j) Apply adhesive (01-001) coat on the airplane skin at the Static Wicks Base
position.
(k) As soon is possible, place the Static Discharger Base in its own position on
the skin.
(l) Adjust the Static Discharger Base position in such a way the holes on the
base and on the airplane skin are correctly aligned.
(m) Install the blind rivets through the Static Discharger Base and Airplane Skin
Holes.
(n) Allow the adhesive to dry for a minimum of 24 hours.
CAUTION: EACH DISCHARGED BASE SHALL BE TESTED BY MEANS

OF AN OHMMETER TO VERIFY THAT THE RESISTANCE
VALUE BETWEEN THE DISCHARGED BASE AND THE
AIRFRAME IS LESS THAN 50 MILLIOHM.
(o) Seal edge of base to surface with sealant (Refer to 51-35-00 and to
Chapter 91, Chart 201, item 06-005).
(p) Restore the surface finish (Refer to 20-00-00).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Static Discharger- Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Static Discharger- Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECKSTATIC DISCHARGING - INSPECTION / CHECK

60023-60-00
0
TASK 23-60-00-200-801
1. Static Discharger - Inspection / Check
Static
This
Discharger
section describes
- Inspection
the/ inspection
Check and check related to the Static Discharger system.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make certain that all dischargers are secure on the mounting bases. Replace wick
if loose.
(2) Inspect for broken or missing dischargers. Replace broken or missing dischargers.
(3) Inspect for damaged pins.
(a) Replace dischargers with broken pins. Broken plastic guards do not affect
discharger performance.
(b) Replace dischargers having blunt or bent pins. Check as you would a
phonograph needle.Inspect for lightning damage. Replace as necessary.
(4) Inspect for lightning damage. Replace as necessary.
NOTE: Lightning damage is evidenced by a burning and roughening of the black

conductive coating of the dischargers and pitting of the metal shank of the
trailing edge dischargers. A lightning struck discharger may continue in
service only if it meets the resistance tolerances in the functional test
(refer to Para. B.), and the pin is sharp.
NOTE: If a lightning-damaged discharger is discovered, inspect carefully for

other lightning damage in the close vicinity and at the opposite extremity
of the aircraft.
(5) Inspect for excessive erosion, or peeling of tip cap. Replace any discharger
showing excessive erosion or peeling of the tip cap, also any airfoil dischargers
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
with leading edge erosion extending back more than one third the width of the
discharger
(6) Inspect for evidence of cracking or burning on the vertical stabilizer static
discharger base. If damage is noted it may be possible that the bond between the
lightning strip and the discharger is damaged. Make a resistance check.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A BONDING METER OR A HIGH CURRENT TEST

SET.
(7) Measure the resistance of all dischargers between the discharge base and the
aircraft structure. Replace any discharger base if the resistance is higher than 100
milliohms
NOTE: Procedure (1) is for a milliohmeter of the 500 V type (General Radio Type
1862C or equivalent).
(8) Measure the resistance of the adhesive bonds with a low resistance test set of a
type which will not exceed 1.0 ampere current. Rework a new bond if the
measured resistance exceeds 0.1 ohms. Replace a retainer if the measured
resistance exceeds 0.5 ohms.
NOTE: Procedure (2) is for a low-ohm multimeter. Kelvin bridges are satisfactory.
NOTE: If the resistance of an existing installation exceeds 0.5 ohms there is a

definite possibility of moderate to heavy structural burning in the area of
the retainer due to lightning attachment in flight or the possibility of bond
deterioration due to moisture. The higher the resistance, the greater the
possibility of skin burning due to lightning.
(9) Check condition of sealant. Reseal if any exposed areas are noted
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-60-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
23-70-00 - AUDIO
REMOVAL
40023-70-00
/ INSTALLATION
AUDIO
ANDAND
VIDEO
0VIDEO
MONITORING
MONITORING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 23-70-00-000-804
1. CVR G-Switch - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
CVRThis
G-Switch
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure of the CVR G-Switch.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Open, tag and safety the CVR circuit breaker located on the Pilot Circuit Breakers
Panel.
(3) Remove the cushion located to the toilet seat back.
(4) Remove the Seat Panel (1).
(5) Disconnect the CVR G-Switch Electrical Connector (4).
(6) Remove the four screws (3) that fasten the CVR G-Switch to the support.
(7) Remove the CVR G-Switch (2).
(8) Put the blanking cap on the electrical connector.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - CVR G-Switch - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40123-70-00
AUDIO AND VIDEO MONITORING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 23-70-00-000-805
2. CVR Recorder Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
CVRThis
Recorder
topic gives
Unit -the
Removal
Removal Procedure of the CVR Recorder Unit.
1004 - 1104

Circuit breaker safety clips and tags Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) Open, tag and safety the CVR circuit breaker on Pilot Circuit Breakers Panel.
(4) In the baggage compartment gain access to the CVR Recorder Unit (1).
(5) Loosen the two Hold Down Nuts (2) and disengage them.
(6) Disconnect the Electrical Connector (3).
(7) Slide out the Recorder Unit from its mounting tray.
(8) Put caps on electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - CVR Recorder Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40223-70-00
40
TASK 23-70-00-000-806
3. CVR Control Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
CVRThis
Control
topicPanel
gives- the
Removal
Removal Procedure of the CVR Control Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) Open, tag and safety the CVR circuit breakers on Pilot Circuit Breakers Panel.
(4) Remove the four screws (1) that fasten the Recorder Control Panel (3) to the
pedestal
(5) Slide out the Recorder Control Panel and disconnect the Electrical Connector (2)
located on the rear of the Panel.
(6) Put caps on the electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - CVR Control Panel - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40323-70-00
40
TASK 23-70-00-400-804
4. CVR G-Switch - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
CVRThis
G-Switch
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure of the CVR G-Switch.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(Refer to the TASK 23-70-00-000-804).
(2) Remove the blanking cap from electrical connector.
(3) Place the CVR G-Switch (2) in its own position on the support.
(4) Install the four screws (3) that fasten the CVR G-Switch to the support.
(6) Install the Seat Panel (1).
(7) Install the cushion located to the toilet seat back.
(8) Remove the safety tag and close the CVR circuit breaker on Pilot Circuit Breakers
Panel.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - CVR G-Switch - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40423-70-00
40
TASK 23-70-00-400-805
5. CVR Recorder Unit - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
CVRThis
Recorder
topic gives
Unit -the
Installation
Installation Procedure of the CVR Recorder Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from electrical connectors, if present.
(2) Place the CVR Recorder Unit (1) in its own position on the mounting tray.
(3) Engage and tighten the two Hold Down Nuts (2).
Panel.
(8) Perform the CVR Self Test as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - CVR Recorder Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40523-70-00
40
TASK 23-70-00-400-806
6. CVR Control Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
CVRThis
Control
topicPanel
gives- the
Installation
Installation Procedure of the CVR Control Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from electrical connectors, if present.
(2) Connect the Electrical Connector (2) to the Recorder Control Panel rear side.
(3) Insert the Recorder Control Panel (3) in its housing on the center pedestal.
(4) Tighten the four screws (1).
Panel.
(6) Perform the CVR Self Test as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - CVR Control Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50023-70-00
AUDIO AND VIDEO MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 23-70-00-700-802
1. CVR - Testing, Checking
CVRThis
- Testing,
topic gives
Checking
the Testing Procedure of the CVR Control Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Don headset and plug into the control unit headphone jack.
Press the control unit TEST button firmly for at least two seconds and release.
This initiates the CVR Self Test.
(2) During self test the PASS and FAIL LEDs will illuminate alternately indicating that
self test is in progress. Self test takes approximately 15 seconds to perform. After
10 seconds of self test, cockpit conversation should be heard through the headset
and visible on the SIGNAL LEVEL Indicator.
The test tone audio will be heard. No audio will be recorded during self test.
NOTE: Self test will not function if Stop Record is initiated. When power is
removed and then applied to the CVR, if “STOP RECORD” is active, it will
be ignored.
“STOP RECORD” must go from an inactive to active condition to be
properly recognized. This means that the CVR will immediately start to
record upon application of power if “RECORD ON” is ON and “GND EQ
INTLK is OFF, regardless of the condition of “STOP RECORD”.
(3) Upon completion of a succesful self test, the PASS Light will illuminate for
approximately ten seconds then go out. A failed self test will be indicate by an
illuminated FAIL Light (usually flashing). The flashing FAIL Light indicates the
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
nature of the failure. FAIL will flash a number of times, pause, and then repeat the
same number of flashes
Number of FAIL CVR Condition FAIL Light Pass Light
flashes
None Pass Off On
1 Channel 1 fail On Off
5 Flash Memory Fail On Off
Steady (10 secs) General failure (*) On Off
Alternating System test in Alternating Alternating
progress
Simultaneous Bulk Erase (Not Simultaneous Simultaneous
activated)
(*) General failure is a miscellaneous failure of Ch. 5, 6, FSK, Rotor Speed, ARINC
Channels, etc. The BITE Status code indicates which function has failed.
Please contact Universal Avionics for assistance with determining a particular BITE
Status failure indication.
(4) Should self test fail and it is desired to perform another self test, the TEST Button
must be pressed firmly for at least one second to engage self test.
F. Close-out
area is clean
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
23-70-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
ELECTRICAL POWER
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 24 - ELECTRICAL POWER

24 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
24 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
24 - TOC 1-4 Jul.08/16
24-00-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

201 - 202 Jul.08/16
401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
24-20-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
24-30-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
601 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 610 Jul.08/16
801 - 816 Jul.08/16
24-31-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

201 - 202 Jul.08/16
401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
24-40-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

201 - 202 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 406 Jul.08/16
24-50-00 1-4 Jul.08/16
24-60-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
501 - 506 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 24 - ELECTRICAL POWER

24 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
ELECTRICAL POWER 24-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104

1. Safety Precautions and General - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104

1. Internal Power - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. External Power - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Internal Power - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
4. External Power - Installation 407 1004 - 1104

1. Electrical Power - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
AC GENERATION 24-20-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 3 1004 - 1104
AC GENERATION 24-20-00 401

1. Primary and Secondary Inverter - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. AC Control Unit - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Primary and Secondary Inverter - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
4. AC Control Unit - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
DC GENERATION SYSTEM 24-30-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 5 1004 - 1104

1. Starter Generator - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Generator Control Unit - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Starter-generator Air Duct - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
4. Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Removal 411 1004 - 1104

5. Starter Generator - Installation 415 1004 - 1104
6. Generator Control Unit - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
7. Starter-generator Air Duct - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
8. Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Installation 423 1004 - 1104

1. Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. DC Generating System - Functional Test 503 1004 - 1104

1. Starter-Generator Brushes - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Generator Power Cables Routing - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104

1. Generator Power Cables - Correction, Repair 801 1004 - 1104
BATTERY SYSTEM 24-31-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 3 1004 - 1104

1. Battery - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104

1. Battery - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Battery Stay and Plate - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Battery Ventilation Hose - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Battery Temperature Sensor - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
5. Battery - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
6. Battery Stay and Plate - Installation 417 1004 - 1104
7. Battery Ventilation Hose - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
8. Battery Temperature Sensor - Installation 423 1004 - 1104

1. Battery Temperature Sensor - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Battery Capacity Test and Deep Cycle
(MARATHON - P/N 31055-001) - Electrical Test 503 1004 - 1104

1. Battery - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
EXTERNAL POWER 24-40-00 1

1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104

1. External Power - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104

1. External Power Receptacle - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. External Power Receptacle - Installation 403 1004 - 1104
AC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION 24-50-00 1

1. Description 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104
DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION 24-60-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104

1. Main Junction Box - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution
Panel - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Main Junction Box - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
4. Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution
Panel - Installation 413 1004 - 1104

1. Electrical Generation and Distribution - Functional Test 501 1004 - 1104

1. Main Junction Box - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-00-00 - ELECTRICAL
DESCRIPTION
024-00-00
AND
ELECTRICAL
OPERATION
POWERPOWER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. Primary DC power is provided by two starter-generator systems. During normal
1004 - 1104
operation, both generators operate in parallel. Secondary DC power is provided by a

nickel-cadmium battery. An external DC power source can be connected to the aircraft
DC distribution system. AC power is provided by two inverters installed in the avionics
compartment.
B. The 14 Vdc auxiliary power system consists of a converter DC / DC 28 - 14 Volts able

to supply 8 Amp max at 14 Vdc through 2 sockets of automotive standard. The sockets
are installed close to the left / right table in the typical “club” configuration. The system
is powered by a 28 Vdc through a 5 Ampere “AUX PWR” circuit breaker installed on the
“UTILITY C/B PANEL”.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Description
Description
A. An engine-driven DC generator on each engine provides the normal source of 28 V DC
1004 - 1104
to the airplane. Each generator is rated at 28 volts, 400 amperes.
B. A nickel-cadmium battery provides the secondary source of DC power. The battery has
a temperature sensor the signal from which is used for temperature indication and
overtemperature warnings.
C. A solid-state primary AC inverter and a solid-state secondary AC inverter each provide

115V AC and 26V AC to an AC control unit. The AC control unit distributes the inverters
outputs and protects the services supplied by the primary and secondary inverter.
D. External DC power can be connected to the airplane through a receptacle on the left
side of the airplane. Connection of the external power to the DC distribution system is
controlled by the battery switch.
E. A multi-function display indicator (MFDI) is on the instrument panel. The MFDI can be
selected to indicate:
– the voltage on the DC busbar system
– the output of the left generator
– the output of the right generator
– the battery temperature.
F. A system test switch can be selected to test the battery temperature sensing system.
G. A battery switch labelled BAT-OFF controls the connection of non-generated DC

supplies to the DC busbar network. In the BAT position, the switch controls two relays:
– a battery relay which connects the battery to the battery busbar
– an external power relay which connects the external power to the battery busbar
and enables the interconnection of the battery busbar to all DC busbars (Refer
also to H.).
H. A busbar disconnect switch labelled EMER-NORM-BUS DISC controls the

interconnection of the DC busbars. The switch controls three relays which connect the
busbars according to the power supply source and the switch setting as follows:
– NORM interconnects all DC busbars on the ground with the weight on-wheels
switch made irrespective of the power source, and in flight when a generator is on
line.
NOTE: Connecting an external power source by-passes the weight-on-wheels switch

to enable all busbars when the airplane is on jacks.
– BUS DISC disconnects the non-essential busbars leaving the battery busbar
feeding an essential services busbar only.
NOTE: Loss of both generators in flight has the same effect as the BUS DISC setting.
– EMER connects the dual feed busbars to the battery busbar when only battery
power is available and the weight-on-wheels switch is in the flight position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I. Two inverter switches on an INVERTERS panel are labelled PRI-OFF and SEC-OFF.
Setting a switch to PRI or SEC removes a ground from the OFF position to enable the
inverter to output 115V AC and 26V AC to the AC control unit.
J. A PRI INV and a SEC INV caption is on the annunciator panel. A caption will come on
when the DC supply to the inverter is removed either, when an inverter is switched off
or when a failure is detected.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20024-00-00
ELECTRICAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 24-00-00-910-801
1. Safety Precautions and General - Standard Practices
Safety
This
Precautions
section provides
and General
safety -precautions
Standard Practices
and general maintenance practices to be observed
1004 - 1104
when working on electrical or electronic systems and components.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Below are listed the safety precautions to be observed:
WARNING: WHEN WORKING ON AN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, ISOLATE THE

SYSTEM TO PREVENT ACTUATION; SO THAT ONLY THE
RESPONSIBLE SYSTEM TECHNICIANS CAN OPERATE THE
SYSTEM.
WARNING: DO NOT WORK ON AN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WHEN IT IS LIVE

(UNLESS SPECIFIED IN MAINTENANCE PRACTICES).
WARNING: ALWAYS CONNECT GROUND (EARTHING) CABLE PRIOR TO

WORKING ON THE AIRPLANE.
WARNING: PRIOR TO REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION OF A COMPONENT,

CHECK THAT THE SYSTEM IS ISOLATED.
WARNING: ONLY USE SUITABLE INSULATED TOOLS FOR TESTING LIVE

SYSTEMS.
WARNING: SUPPORT THE CABIN DOOR LOWER.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS ON/OFF SWITCHES.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: APPLY DUST CAPS TO OPEN CONNECTORS TO PROTECT

THEM FROM DAMAGE.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT WIRES ARE ALL CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. IF

NECESSARY, CLEAN WITH A MOIST CLEANING CLOTH
CONTAINING DRY CLEANING SOLVENT OR RENEW WIRE
MARKINGS.
CAUTION: WHEN REPAIRING WIRING WITH DEFECTIVE SCREENING,

ENSURE THAT THERE IS GOOD ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
BETWEEN THE SCREENING AND THE AIRFRAME.
CAUTION: CABLE CLAMPS MUST HAVE THE CORRECT DIAMETER AND

BE ADEQUATELY LINED WITH RUBBER, PLASTIC, ETC TO
PREVENT CHAFING.
CAUTION: CHECK FOR SIGNS OF CHAFING ESPECIALLY AT BRANCHES.

SHARP METAL EDGES DAMAGE INSULATION. FAULTY WIRING
PROTECTION AND FAULTY WIRING MUST BE RENEWED.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-00-00
ELECTRICAL POWER - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 24-00-00-000-801
1. Internal Power - Removal
Internal
ThisPower
topic provide
- Removal
the removal procedure for the Internal Power of the aircraft.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Select BUS VOLTS on the MFD.
(2) Monitor the battery voltage. If the battery voltage has fallen to 23V or below, have
the battery serviced or replaced.
(4) Set all switches to NORM or OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-00-00
40
TASK 24-00-00-000-802
2. External Power - Removal
External
This Power
topic provide
- Removal
the removal procedure for the External Power of the aircraft.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Switch off and remove the ground power supply.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-00-00
40
TASK 24-00-00-400-801
3. Internal Power - Installation
Internal
ThisPower
topic provide
- Installation
the servicing for the electrical power system.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure that electrical power is available
E. Procedure
(2) Monitor the battery voltage. If the battery voltage is 23V or less, service or replace
the battery.
NOTE: The battery must not be serviced installed in the airplane.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-00-00
40
TASK 24-00-00-400-802
4. External Power - Installation
External
This Power
topic provide
- Installation
the servicing for the Electrical Power system.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: KEEP ALL NAVIGATION/COMMUNICATIONS/RADIO EQUIPMENT

TURNED OFF WHEN CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL POWER
SOURCE.
CAUTION: DO NOT CONNECT A GROUND POWER UNIT IF THE BATTERY

VOLTAGE IS 23 VOLTS OR BELOW. SERVICE OR REPLACE THE
BATTERY.
CAUTION: IT IS NOT ADVISABLE TO CONNECT EXTERNAL GROUND POWER

WITH THE BATTERY DISCONNECTED AS THE BATTERY ABSORBS
VOLTAGE PEAKS GENERATED BY THE GROUND POWER UNIT.
CAUTION: THE EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY MUST BE REGULATED PER MIL-

STD-704D OR EQUIVALENT.
CAUTION: THE BATTERY TEMPERATURE MUST BE MONITORED ON THE

MFDI WHEN GROUND POWER IS CONNECTED.
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that all avionics switches are in the OFF position.
(2) Connect the external power to the receptacle.
(3) Switch on the ground power unit and set the voltage to 28 ± 0.5 volts.
(4) When the ground power unit voltage is stabilized, set the battery switch to BAT.
(5) Make sure that the green EXT PWR caption on the annunciator panel is on.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Select BAT TEMP on the MFD and observe the trend of battery temperature to
preclude overheating. If another setting of the MFDI is required, monitor the BAT
TEMP caption on the annunciator panel.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECKELECTRICAL POWER - INSPECTION / CHECK

60024-00-00
0
TASK 24-00-00-200-801
1. Electrical Power - Inspection / Check
Electrical
Inspection
Powerand/or
- Inspection
checking
/ Check
of the electrical system and components should be conducted
1004 - 1104
in accordance with current inspection intervals as outlined in Chapter 05-00-00 or whenever

a closed area is opened for other maintenance purposes.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Check electrical wiring for chafing, fraying, and cuts.
(2) Check wire clamps and supports for security.
(3) Check that all wiring is supported clear of sharp metal edges.
(4) Check wiring for liquid impregnation.
(5) Check that terminal connections are secure and that lugs are not cracked or
touching adjacent terminal or structure.
(6) Check electrical bonding jumpers for security and for frayed or broken condition.
(7) Check electrical equipment for proper installation, security of mounting, physical
damage, and evidence of overheating.
(8) Check security of safety wire on electrical equipment and electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-00-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-20-00 - AC GENERATION
DESCRIPTION
024-20-00
ANDAC
OPERATION
GENERATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. An AC generation system is installed to provide 115V AC 400 Hz and 26V AC 400 HZ
1004 - 1104
to various user systems.
B. The system backs up the power supplies to those AC services which are designated
most essential for safe flight even if one inverter is lost.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Description (Ref. to Fig. 1)

Description
A. The(Ref. system
to Fig.
consists
1) of a primary inverter, a secondary inverter and an AC control unit,
1004 - 1104
all installed in the avionics compartment. The primary inverter is connected to the
ESSENTIAL BUS over the PRI INV circuit breaker on the pilot circuit breaker panel; the
secondary inverter and the AC control unit are connected to the R SINGLE FEED BUS
over the SEC INV circuit breaker on the copilot circuit breaker panel.
B. The static inverter converts DC electrical power into single phase, sinewave, regulated
AC electrical power. The nominal input is 28V DC and the nominal outputs of the
inverter are 115V AC and 26V AC. The generation of the alternating signal and the
regulation are accomplished by a single integrated regulating pulse width modulator
circuit. The quasi-square wave output of the integrated circuit is amplified and filtered
by a tuned transformer to provide a low distortion sinewave output. The output signal is
used for both current and voltage sensing circuits to provide the necessary information
to the regulating control circuits of the integrated circuit.
If the frequency and voltage of the inverter are within tolerance a fault monitor sends a
DC signal of 14 - 28V DC to the AC control unit.
NOTE: The fault monitor signal is generated even if the inverter switch is at OFF
provided that the unit is properly supplied by 28 VDC.
C. Each inverter delivers 250 VA continuous for 115V AC and 150 VA continuous for 26V
AC (maximum combination of 250VA) and can deliver 150% of rated output current at
rated output voltage for a maximum of 5 minutes.
The inverters output to the AC control unit which directs primary 115V AC and 26V AC
to a primary distribution receptacle, and secondary 115V AC and 26V AC to a
secondary distribution receptacle. Should the primary inverter fail, a changeover relay
operates to connect the secondary inverter to the primary receptacle. In this event, as
in the case of secondary inverter failure, the services supplied from the secondary
distribution receptacle are lost.
D. Operation of the inverters is monitored by two amber caution captions on the

annunciator panel labelled PRI INV and SEC INV. The relevant caption will come on
should an inverter fail, or the DC supply fail or be switched off.
There is no failure indicator for the AC control unit. The services that are lost are
frequently monitored e.g. attitude and heading displays.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Operation
A. Setting
(Ref. to
the
Fig.
INVERTERS
1) switches on the pilot switches panel to PRI INV and SEC INV
1004 - 1104
removes a ground from the inverters and the failure indication circuit. The inverters
commence to output 115V AC and 26V AC to the AC control unit and the associated
amber warning captions will go off.
B. If the frequency and voltage of both inverters are within their operating tolerances, both
inverter fault monitors will output a 14 - 28V DC signal to the logic circuits of the AC
control unit. In this condition, the changeover relay is de-energized. The primary
inverter outputs to the services supplied by the primary inverter; the secondary inverter
outputs to the services supplied by the secondary inverter.
Should the primary inverter fail, the 14 - 28V DC signal is removed from the AC control
unit logic circuit and the changeover relay operates to transfer the output of the
secondary inverter to the primary inverter receptacle. The amber PRI INV caption on
the annunciator panel will come on.
Should the secondary inverter fail, the 14 - 28V DC signal is removed from the AC
control unit. The amber SEC INV caption on the annunciator panel will light. The relay
does not change over.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - AC Generation - Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-20-00
AC GENERATION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 24-20-00-000-801
1. Primary and Secondary Inverter - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Primary
Thisand
topic
Secondary
provide the
Inverter
removal- Removal
procedure for the Primary and Secondary Inverter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Open, safety and tag these circuit breakers:
Pilot CB Panel: Copilot CB Panel:
PRI INV SEC INV

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector P262 (1) from the primary inverter or P252
from the secondary inverter, as appropriate.
(5) Remove the four screws (4) and washers (3) attaching the inverter (2) to the
structure and remove the inverter.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Primary and Secondary Inverters
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40124-20-00
40
TASK 24-20-00-000-802
2. AC Control Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
AC Control
This topic
Unitprovide
- Removal
the removal procedure for the AC Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Open, safety and tag these circuit breakers:
Pilot CB Panel: Copilot CB Panel:
PRI INV SEC INV

(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors P254 (1) and P261 (2) from the unit.
(5) Remove the four screws (3) and four washers (4) attaching the unit to the structure
and remove the unit.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - AC Control Unit
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40224-20-00
40
TASK 24-20-00-400-801
3. Primary and Secondary Inverter - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Primary
Thisand
topic
Secondary
provide the
Inverter
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Primary and Secondary Inverter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Attach the inverter to the structure using the four screws (4) and washers (3).
(2) Connect the electrical connector P262 (1) to the primary inverter or P252 to the
secondary inverter, as appropriate.
(3) Install the radome (Refer to 53-10-00).
(4) Remove the safety tags and close circuit breaker PRI INV for the primary inverter
or SEC INV for the secondary inverter.
(6) On the master switch panel, set the appropriate inverter switch to on. Make sure
that the appropriate inverter caution light goes out. Switch off the inverter.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Primary and Secondary Inverters
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40324-20-00
40
TASK 24-20-00-400-802
4. AC Control Unit - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
AC Control
This topic
Unitprovide
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the AC Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the unit using the attaching parts.
(2) Connect the electrical connectors P254 and P261 to the unit.
(4) Remove the safety tags and close circuit breakers PRI INV and SEC INV.
(5) Do a test of the control unit.
(b) On the MASTER SWITCHES panel, set the INVERTERS switches to PRI and
SEC. Make sure that the PRI INV and SEC INV caution captions are not lit on
the annunciator panel.
(c) Set the AVIONICS master switch to ON.
(d) Monitor the EFIS display and the copilot ADI. Make sure that the power fail
flags go out of view and the display erects (Refer to 34-00-00).
(e) On the pilot circuit breaker panel, pull circuit breaker PRI INV. Make sure that
the PRI INV caution caption lights.
(f) Make sure that the copilot ADI fail flag comes into view. The AC control unit
changeover relay is serviceable.
(g) Set the PRI INV circuit breaker. Make sure that the PRI INV caution caption
goes out.
(h) Set the AVIONICS switch to OFF.
(i) Set the INVERTERS switches to OFF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(j) Set the battery switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - AC Control Unit
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-20-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-30-00 - DC D
DESCRIPTION
024-30-00
GENERATION
0AND
C GENERATION
OPERATION
SYSTEM
1. General
General
A. The airplane primary 28 V DC power requirements are provided by two independent
1004 - 1104
DC generator systems. Secondary sources of 28 V DC power are supplied by a DC

battery system and an external power source.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Description
A. The(Ref. DC togenerator
Fig. 1) system consists of two 28.8 volts 400 ampere generators, one
1004 - 1104
installed on each engine. Each generator can supply DC power to the airplane
equipment and operate normally in parallel.
B. The power rating of the generator is such that if one generator fails the remaining
generator can still supply the airplane equipment to maintain flight safety.
C. Additional components are a LH and RH generator control unit which functions to

maintain a constant output voltage from each generator during variations in engine
speed and electrical load. The control units drive the generators in parallel providing
load equalization by regulating each generator excitation.
D. Overvoltage protection is provided by each control unit to prevent the generator output
voltage from exceeding a predetermined value. When an overvoltage condition occurs
the control unit disconnects and isolates the generator from the system and de-
energizes the respective field relay.
E. Reverse current protection is provided by opening the main contactor when a reverse
current is flowing through the generator interpole windings for a time dependent upon
the current magnitude. A reverse current condition can occur during an engine
shutdown or can be the result of a failure within the system. The control unit also
provides over-excitation protection which opens the main contactor when over-
excitation occurs. When a generator channel fails and excitation of the affected
generator is insufficient to sustain the total load the generator becomes over-excited
without producing a sufficient high voltage to trigger the over-voltage circuit. The
paralleling circuits identify the failed channel and the starter-generator is isolated and
de-energized.
F. The DC distribution system operates as a single bus with power being supplied by the
battery and both generators. Although the system operates as a single system there is
the possibility to separate the left busses from the right busses when required. There
are six different types of busses: the essential bus; the LH and RH dual feed generator
busses; the LH and RH generator busses; the LH and RH single feed busses; the
battery bus and hot battery bus. All the airplane loads are divided among the six bus
bars according to their importance and required power. Equipment with duplicate
functions are connected to separate busses. During normal operation these busses are
connected but when a fault occurs one or more of the busses are automatically
disconnected from the power sources to limit damage. The most important busses
receive power from two or three independent paths.
G. The essential bus is energized from three sources and is equipped with one circuit
breaker and one reverse current blocking diode in each of the three supply circuits.
This allows the essential bus to remain active with two independent faults in the supply
cables.
H. There are two dual feed generator busses, the LH and the RH. Each dual feed
generator bus is energized by two paths equipped each with one reverse current
blocking diode and one circuit breaker. Loss of a dual feed generator bus would only
occur only after two independent faults in the supply cables.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I. The LH and RH single feed busses are each energized by a single path, each path is
protected by a circuit breaker. When a single fault occurs in one of the current paths the
respective bus bar is lost.
J. The airplane avionic systems are feed from five avionic busses; Essential Avionics
Bus, LH Avionics Dual Feed Bus, LH Avionics Suppl. Bus, RH Avionics Dual Feed Bus
and RH Avionics Single Feed Bus. The Essential Avionics Bus, LH Dual Feed Bus and
LH Avionics Suppl. Bus are connected to the LH Dual Feed Bus. The RH Avionics Dual
Feed Bus are connected to RH Dual Feed Bus, and the RH Avionics Single Feed Bus
is connected to RH Single Feed Bus.
K. Two DC-DC power convertors are installed behind the interiors, near pilot circuit
breaker panel in the cockpit. The Convertor 1 is feed by Essential Bus, the Convertor 2
is feed by Essential Avionics Bus. The Convertors enable some equipment to be power
supplied during engine start phases. The DC-DC power convertors convert a wide
input voltage range 10-24 Vdc to a dual regulated 24 Vdc outputs. Are capable of
delivering 160 watts and 25 watts continuously for an input voltage range of 10-to 24
vdc and deliver at full load a minimum voltage of 18 Vdc at 8 Vdc input voltage.
L. An Emergency Power Unit (EPU) is installed on the aircraft behind the instrument
panel in the cockpit. The EPU supply power to the emergency system (stand-by
instrument, landing gear position lights, emergency lights).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - DC Power and Start
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Operation
Operation
A. Two generator MASTER SWITCHES labeled GENERATOR L OFF RESET and
1004 - 1104
GENERATOR R OFF RESET control the LH and RH starter-generators. The generator

MASTER SWITCHES have three positions, ON-OFF-RESET and each is spring-
loaded to return from the RESET position to the OFF position. The generator is put
back on-line after a generator trip by momentarily setting the respective master switch
to the RESET position and then to the ON position. Two yellow lights, one for each
generator, are located in the annunciator panel and light to indicate that a generator is
disconnected.
B. A bus disconnect switch is located on the MASTER SWITCHES panel and is provided
to deenergize the bus disconnect relays. The switch is a three position switch decaled
NORM, EMER, BUS DISC. When both generators are operating correctly and the
switch is in the NORM position all the busses are connected to the generators. With
both generators inoperative only the essential bus is connected to the battery. Battery
power can however be supplied to the dual feed busses if required, by setting the
switch to the EMER position. With the switch in the BUS DISC position the busses are
disconnected. When any one of the three bus disconnect relays is deenergize an
yellow caution light BUS DISC lights on the annunciator panel.
C. A master AVIONICS switch located on the pilot switch panel is labelled ON, COM 1
ONLY, and OFF. In the ON position all avionic busses are energized and in the COM 1
position only the primary communication system is energized. The COM 1 position
provides radio communication without powering all the avionics systems.
D. The Emergency Power Unit (EPU) is connected to the Left Single Feed Bus through
the EPU 15-amperes circuit breaker located on the Pilot CB Panel.
During normal operation the EPU switch, on the MASTER SWITCHES control panel, is
set to ARM, and the Left Single Feed Bus supplies necessary charging voltage to the
EPU battery and the following emergency equipment which are connected to the
Emergency Power Bus:
– Integrated Stand-by Instrument
– Landing gear position lights
– VHF COMM1 (Emergency Mode Only)
– Emergency lighting of ISI bezel and Magnetic Compass
In the event of dual generator failure the EPB power supply is automatically provided
by the EPU for about 30 minutes.
The EPU DRAIN amber caution light, on the annunciator panel, comes on when:
– after engine starting the EPU switch, on the MASTER SWITCHES control panel, is
set to OFF;
– the Left Single Feed Bus power is unavailable and the EPU begins to supply the
Emergency Power Bus (EPU switch set to ARM);
– during the EPU test (EPU switch set to TEST), the battery capacity is less than
50%.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-30-00
DC GENERATION SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 24-30-00-000-801
1. Starter Generator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Starter
ThisGenerator
topic provide
- Removal
the removal procedure for the starter generators, are located on the
1004 - 1104
engines, on the left and the right wings.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power (TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove nacelle panel 410AB for the LH engine or 420AB duct 5 for the RH engine
(Refer to 54-10-00).
(2) Disconnect the air duct (TASK 24-30-00-000-803).
(3) Remove the terminal block cover. Tag and remove the electrical connections.
Disconnect the electrical connector from the receptacle.
CAUTION: THE UNIT MUST BE SUPPORTED AT ALL TIMES DURING

REMOVAL. DO NOT LET THE UNIT HANG WITHOUT THE V-
BAND OR ATTACHING HARDWARE FULLY TIGHTENED. UNDUE
BENDING LOADS ON THE DRIVE SHAFT SHEAR SECTION CAN
DAMAGE THE UNIT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT DURING REMOVAL OF STARTER

GENERATOR UNIT NO DAMAGES OCCUR TO POWERPLANT
ELEMENTS / SYSTEMS.
(4) Loosen the nut on the T-bolt.

(5) Pivot the T-bolt to release the V-band.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Carefully withdraw the unit off the splined shaft.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
(3) Remove the warning notice from the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Starter Generator / Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40124-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-000-802
2. Generator Control Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Generator
This topic
Control
provide
Unit -the
Removal
removal procedure for the generator control unit, is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-00-00).
(2) Disconnect connector P3 from the L generator control unit or connector P4 from
the R generator control unit.
(3) Remove the four screws (1) attaching the unit to the shelf.
(4) Remove the unit.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Generator Control Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40224-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-000-803
3. Starter-generator Air Duct - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Starter-generator
This topic provide
Air Duct
the- removal
Removalprocedure for the generator control unit, is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove nacelle panel 410 AB for the LH engine or 420AB for the RH engine
(Refer to 54-10-00).
NOTE: The air duct is comprised of two rigid parts (5,6) and two flexible tubes
(3,8). One flexible tube (3) connects the rigid part (5) to the lower engine
nacelle air intake (1) and one flexible tube (8) connects the rigid part (6) to
the starter-generator. The rigid parts are bolted together from either side
of a firewall (11).
(2) To disconnect the duct (3) from the lower nacelle only, loosen the circlip (2) at the
interface of the nacelle (1) and the flexible tube (3). Compress and withdraw the
tube from the air intake.
(3) To remove a flexible tube, release the circlips (2,4) or (7,9).
(4) To remove the lower rigid part (5), first remove the interconnecting flexible tube (3).
Remove the bolts (16), washers (14) and nuts (13) connecting both rigid parts to
the firewall interface (15) and remove the lower rigid part (5).
(5) To remove the upper rigid part (6), first remove the interconnecting flexible tube.
Disconnect the lower rigid part(3) from the firewall (15) which will free the upper
rigid part.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Remove the two bolts (12) fastening the upper brackets (11) to the structure and
remove the upper part.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Starter-generator Air Duct - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40324-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-000-804
4. Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Emergency
This topic
Power
provide
Unitthe
(EPU)
removal
- Removal
procedure for the EPU, is located in the flight compartment.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Open, tag and safety this circuit breakers:
Pilot CB panel:
EPU
(2) Remove the pilot seat (Refer to 25-10-00)

(3) Pull out EPU Battery CB (6) located on the EPU case.
(4) Disconnect the Electrical Connector (4) and install the blanking cap on the on
board connector.
(5) Loosen the Hold Down Nut (3) and disengage the Emergency Power Unit
(EPU)(1) from the Support (2).
(6) Grasp the handle and pull out EPU from the Support (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40424-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-400-801
5. Starter Generator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Starter
This
Generator
topic provide
- Installation
the installation procedure for the starter generators, are located on the
1004 - 1104
engines, on the left and the right wings.

B. Materials
Stoddard Solvent P-D-680
D. Job Setup
WARNING: STODDARD SOLVENT IS TOXIC AND COMBUSTIBLE. DO NOT

BREATHE VAPORS. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA FREE
FROM SPARKS, FLAME AND HOT SURFACES. WEAR SPLASH
GOGGLES, SOLVENT RESISTANT GLOVES AND OTHER
PROTECTION DEVICE. IN CASE OF EYE CONTACT, FLUSH WITH
WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. IN CASE OF SKIN
CONTACT, WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT DURING INSTALLATION OF STARTER

GENERATOR UNIT NO DAMAGES OCCUR TO POWERPLANT
ELEMENTS / SYSTEMS.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Thoroughly clean the drive shaft spline of the unit and the accessory drive pad of
the airplane using Stoddard Solvent.
CAUTION: DO NOT GREASE DRIVE SHAFT SPLINES.
(2) Replace the “O” ring if cut, cracked or worn.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: THE UNIT MUST BE SUPPORTED AT ALL TIMES DURING

INSTALLATION. DO NOT LET THE UNIT HANG WITHOUT THE V-
BAND OR ATTACHING HARDWARE FULLY TIGHTENED. UNDUE
BENDING LOADS ON THE DRIVE SHAFT GEAR SECTION CAN
DAMAGE THE UNIT.
(3) Engage the drive shaft spline to the accessory drive pad on the engine.
(4) Align the dowel guide pins with the guide holes. Press the unit onto the QAD
mounting adapter.
(5) Position the V-band over the mating flanges and latch the T-bolt. Partially tighten
the T-bolt nut.
(6) Tap around the circumference of the V-band using a softheaded hammer.
Tighten the nut on the T-bolt to 2/3 the recommended torque value stamped on the
V-band.
(7) Tap around the circumference of the V-band while tightening the nut on the T-bolt
to its recommended torque value as stamped on the V-band.
(8) Check that all electrical terminal lugs and contact surfaces are clean.
(9) Make the electrical connections between the airplane and the generator terminals.
(a) LH generator
– wires P009A4, P009B4, P009C4 to terminal B+.
– wires P017A4N, P017B4N, P017C4N to terminal E-.
– wire P017D20 and wire P017E16 to terminal E-.
– wire P013A16 to terminal A+.
– wire P015A20 to D.
(b) RH generator
– wires P010A4, P010B4, P010C4 to terminal B+.
– wires P018A4N, P018B4N, P018C4N to terminal E-.
– wire P018D20 and wire P018E16 to terminal E-.
– wire P014A16 to terminal A+.
– wire P016A20 to terminal D.
(11) Torque the terminal nuts to the values specified in Figure 1.
(12) Install the terminal cover.
(13) Connect the air duct (TASK 24-30-00-400-803).
(14) Perform a Generator Power Cable Routing Inspection as described in this section.
(15) Install nacelle panel 410AB for the LH engine or 420AB for the RH engine.
(16) Do a functional test of the d.c.power generation system.
(17) Check the V-band torque after initial engine start and shutdown. If necessary,
tighten the V-band to the proper torque.
(18) Install nacelle panel 410AB for the LH engine or 420AB for the RH engine.
SIZE TORQUE VALUES
(Pound Inches)
3/8 inch 220 - 235
5/16 inch 125 - 135
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SIZE TORQUE VALUES

(Pound Inches)
No.10 - 32 20 - 25
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Starter Generator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40524-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-400-802
6. Generator Control Unit - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Generator
This topic
Control
provide
Unit the
- Installation
installation procedure for the generator control unit, is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Locate the unit on the baggage compartment shelf and fasten with the four screws
(1).
(2) Connect the electrical connectors P3 for the L generator control unit or P4 for the
R generator control unit.
(3) Close the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-00-00).
(4) Remove the warning notice in the flight compartment which tells persons not to
apply electrical power.
(5) Do a functional test of the DC power generation system.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Generator Control Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40624-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-400-803
7. Starter-generator Air Duct - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Starter-generator
This topic provide
Air Duct
the -installation
Installationprocedure for the air duct of the starter generator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) To connect the upper rigid part (6), first attach the flexible tube (8). Put the part in
place and loosely fasten the brackets (11) using the two bolts (12). Connect the
flexible tube (8) to the starter-generator (10). Align the lower rigid part (5) and the
upper rigid part (6) with the firewall interface and interconnect using the bolts (16),
washers (14), and nuts (13). Tighten the firewall fasteners then the two bolts (12).
(2) To connect the lower part, first attach the flexible tube (3). With the upper rigid part
in position, align the lower rigid part (5) and the upper rigid part (6) with the firewall
interface and interconnect using the bolts (16), washers (14) and nuts (13).
Tighten the firewall fasteners then connect the flexible tube (3) to the air intake (1).
(3) Re-check the connections and their fastenings.
(4) Install nacelle panel 410AB for the LH engine or 420AB for the RH engine (Refer
to 54-10-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Starter-generator Air Duct - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40724-30-00
40
TASK 24-30-00-400-804
8. Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Emergency
This topic
Power
provide
Unit (EPU)
the installation
- Installationprocedure for the EPU, is located in the flight
1004 - 1104
compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Place the Emergency Power Unit (EPU) (1) on the Support (2).
(2) Secure the EPU to the Support (2) with the Hold Down Nut (3).
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector.
(5) Push in EPU Battery CB (6) located on the EPU case.
Pilot CB panel:
EPU
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50024-30-00
DC GENERATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 24-30-00-710-802
1. Emergency Power Unit (EPU) - Operational Test
Emergency
This topic
Power
provide
Unitthe
(EPU)
Operational
- Operational
Test procedure
Test for the Emergency Power Unit (EPU).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Disconnect the Aircraft Main Battery.
(2) Set the Battery Switch to ON.
(3) Check Stand-by Horizon illumination and alignment.
(4) Check that the flag on the instrument goes off. within 2.5 minutes.
(5) Let it work for about 10 minutes.
(6) Set the Battery Switch to OFF.
(7) Reconnect the Aircraft Main Battery.
(8) Connect the External Electrical Power.
(9) Set the Battery Switch to ON.
(10) Check on the Multi Function Display that the External power is not less than 27.5
Vdc.
(11) Recharge the Emergency Power Unit for about 30 minutes.
(12) Set the Battery Switch to OFF.
(13) Disconnect the External Electrical Power.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50024-30-00
DC GENERATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 24-30-00-720-801
2. DC Generating System - Functional Test
DC Generating
This topic provide
Systemthe
- Functional
functionalTest
test procedure for the DC generating system.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Perform an engine dry motoring cycle (Refer to 71-00-00). Make sure that the
normal start speed is attained.
(2) After the designated cooling period has elapsed, start the engine (Refer to 71-00-
00). Monitor the starting mode.
(3) After the engine rpm has stabilized, select the GENERATOR switch to RESET
then L or R as appropriate. Monitor the generating modes for stable operation of
the starter-generator.
(4) If a problem occurs, shutdown the engine and check all connections and wiring. If
no fault is found, remove and overhaul the starter-generator.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60024-30-00
DC GENERATION SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 24-30-00-200-801
1. Starter-Generator Brushes - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601, 602, 603, 604)
Starter-Generator
This topic provide
Brushes
the inspection
- Inspection
procedure
/ Check for the Starter-Generator Brushes.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove nacelle panel 410AB for the LH engine or 420AB for the RH engine
(Refer to 54-10-00).
(2) Remove the starter-generator (TASK 24-30-00-000-801).
(3) Remove the brush inspection cover (Ref. to Fig. 601).
(4) Remove the brushes (Ref. to Fig. 602).
NOTE: Prior to removing the brushes, identify their location on the unit.
Reinstalled brushes must be returned to their original location.
(a) Remove the screws securing the brush leads to the brush holders.
(b) Lift the brush springs using a stiff wire hook and remove the brushes.
(5) Inspect the brushes (Ref. to Fig. 603).
(a) Determine the remaining life on the brush.
(b) Check for cracks, chips, frayed leads, loose rivets and loose connections.
(6) Reinstall the original brushes (Ref. to Fig. 604).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Replace brushes as a set. If one brush is defective, or if the wear limit will
be exceeded before the next scheduled inspection, replace the entire set
of brushes off airplane. Refer to the manufacturers' instructions.
(a) Inspect the brush holders for cracks, wear and clean-liness. Carefully insert
brushes in their original location on the brush holder assembly. Ensure the
shorter side of the brush will be the first to contact the commuter when the
armature is rotated in its normal direction (Ref. to Fig. 604).
CAUTION: RAPID RELEASE OF THE BRUSH SPRINGS CAN DAMAGE

THE BRUSHES.
(b) Inspect the brush springs for proper tension and looseness. Gently lower the
brush springs onto the top of the brush.
(c) Position the brush leads over the brush spring clips.
(7) Install the brush inspection cover.
(a) Install the brush cover so that the terminal block cover is properly seated in
the housing recess.
(8) Install the starter-generator (TASK 24-30-00-400-801).
(9) Do a functional test of the DC generating system.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Brush Inspection Cover
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Lifting Brush Springs
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 603 - Brush Wear Limits
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 604 - Correct Position of Brushes, Leads and Screws
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60424-30-00
DC GENERATION SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 24-30-00-200-803
2. Generator Power Cables Routing - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 605)
Generator
This topic
Power
provide
Cables
theRouting
inspection
- Inspection
procedure/ Check
for the generator control cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the LH Nacelle Upper Panel 410AT (Refer to 54-10-00).
(2) Locate the LH Generator Power Cables coming out of the Generator Terminal
Board.
(3) Check for cable insulation general conditions (i.e. traces of rubbing, wear, cuts).
(4) Check for Cable bending radius.
(5) Check for clearances between these cables and adjacent structure and parts, in
particular:
– Ignition exiter.
– Oil Cooler Inlet Anti-Ice Valve and fittings.
– Engine Air Intake De-Icer bleed air line fittings.
– Main wing Anti-Ice Shut-off Valve and relevant bracket, and bleed air line
fittings.
– Accessory Gearbox Oil piping / fittings.
– Electrical Connector (P4025) Bracket on wing upper skin (P4026 for RH
Engine).
– All flammable fluid carrying pipes.
(6) A minimum clearance of 6.35 mm (1/4 of inch) is required from any part having
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
a sharp edge as the closet point to the cable(s).

(7) A minimum clearance of 6.35 mm (1/4 of inch) is required from any flammable fluid
carrying pipe, unless the pipe or the cable are shrouded with suitable
sleeves.
(8) If the above checks are positive, reinstall the LH Nacelle Upper Panel 410AT
(Refer to 54-10-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 605 - Generator Power Cables Routing - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REPAIRS
80024-30-00
DC GENERATION SYSTEM - REPAIRS
0
TASK 24-30-00-300-802
1. Generator Power Cables - Correction, Repair (Ref. to Fig. 801, 802)
Generator
This topic
Power
provide
Cables
the -repositioning
Correction, Repair
procedure for the generator control cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the RH Nacelle Upper Panel 410AT (Refer to 54-10-00) and repeat
steps 3 to 8 on the RH side (Refer to Fig. 210 for cables location).
(2) If a damage of the heat shrinkable sleeve if found, but not affecting the cable
insulation, remove the electrical Connector from the Receptacle on the Generator
(Refer to 24-30-00), and insert a 4 inch long, 1" diameter heat
shrinkable sleeve on the damaged area. Then reinstall the Connector.
(3) If a damage of the insulation of one or more Cables is found (Refer to Fig. 211)
contact Piaggio Aero Industries for replacement.
(4) If a clearance of less than 6.35 mm (1/4 of inch) is observed from a sharp edge,
reroute the Power Cables to maximize the clearance and ensure that the clamping
of the Power Cables is sufficient to avoid any cable mouvement; clamps can be
added or, if already installed, can be doubled according to Wiring Manual Sect. 20-
00-00, paying attention to the minimum allowed bending radius. Clamp P/N
MS21919CH16 is suitable for clamping the two cable bundles together; use of
high temperature plastic tie wrap (e.g. TYZ25M wrap) is allowed to double existing
clamps. Refer to Fig. 212 for examples of clamps
installation.
(5) If a clearance of less than 6.35 mm (1/4 of inch) is observed from any flammable
fluid carrying pipe, protect the Cable with an insulating sleeve (P/N AS1072-
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 801
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
12SIL-FG, that shall be installed after removing the electrical Connector from the
Receptacle on the Generator, Refer to 24-30-00); re-route the Power Cables to
maximize the clearance and ensure that the clamping of Power Cables is sufficient
to avoid any Cable movement. Clamps can be added or, if already installed, can
be doubled acccording to Wiring manual Sect 20-20-00, paying attention to the
minimum allowed bending radius. Clamp P/N MS21919CH16 is suitable for
clamping the two cable bundles together; use of high temperature plastic tie wrap
(e.g. TYZ25M wrap) is allowed to double existing clamps. Refer
to Fig. 212 for examples of clamps installation.
(6) Refer to 54-10-00 and reinstall the LH/RH Nacelle Upper Panel 410AT / 420AT.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 802
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 801 - Generator Power Cables - Correction, Repair (Sheet 1 of 7)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 803
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 804
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 805
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 806
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 807
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 808
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 809
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 810
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 811
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 812
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 813
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 814
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 815
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-30-00
Page 816
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-31-00 - BATTERY
DESCRIPTION
024-31-00
AND
BATTERY
OPERATION
SYSTEM
0
1. General
General
A. The standard battery installed to the airplane is Marathon, which supplies a 38 ampere-
1004 - 1104
hour, 25.2-volt, 20 cell nickel-cadmium battery installed on a shelf in the baggage

compartment. The ratings are manufacturer’s ones (MARATHON).
An optional battery, made by SAFT, may be installed.
The SAFT battery has the following characteristics: 37 ampere-hour, 24Vdc and 20 cell
nickel-cadmium. The ratings are manufacturer’s ones (SAFT).
B. The battery can be stored for long periods of time in any state of charge without
damage. The battery will incur a temporary loss of capacity in inactive storage
dependent upon the ambient temperature in which the battery is stored. The higher the
temperature the greater loss of charge; at lower temperatures the loss will be much
less (Refer to Chapter 12-00-00 for Servicing).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Description
A. The(Ref.battery
to Fig.
consists
1) of 20 interconnected cells in a stainless steel case with a top cover
1004 - 1104
and is vented to atmosphere through a hose which connects the battery case to a vent
on the underside of the airplane. The vent is scarfed to induce a flow of air in the hose
which draws air over the battery.
B. A signal from a battery temperature sensor is processed by the MFDI which indicates
battery temperature on selection, and illuminates a BAT TEMP annunciator on the
annunciator panel if the battery temperature rises above 120°F and a BAT OVHT
annunciator if the battery temperature reaches 150°F.
Electrical supply to the battery overtemperature monitoring system and the MFDI is 28
volts from the ESSENTIAL BUSbar protected by a BAT TEMP circuit breaker and an
MFDI circuit breaker on the pilot circuit breaker panel.
C. The battery is directly connected to a HOT BATTERY BUSbar and connected to the
BATTERY BUSbar through contacts of a battery relay. The contacts of the relay close
when the battery switch is set to BAT.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Operation
A. When(Ref.the
to Fig.
battery
1) switch is set to BAT, a ground signal is applied to energize the battery
1004 - 1104
relay (K2). With the relay energized, battery power is applied from the HOT BAT
BUSbar to the BATTERY BUSbar.
B. The battery temperature can be monitored on the MFDI by setting the MFDI selector to
BAT TEMP. The BAT TEMP annunciator lights if the battery temperature rises through
120 °F, and the BAT OVHT annunciator lights if the battery temperature reaches 150
°F.
If at any time during flight or ground operation, including engine start, an overheat
warning comes on, the battery must be removed from the airplane at the first
opportunity and serviced (Refer to 12-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Battery Temperature System - Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20024-31-00
BATTERY SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 24-31-00-910-801
1. Battery - Standard Practices
Battery
This- Standard
topic provide
Practices
the Standard Practices procedure for the Battery.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: ALKALINE ELECTROLYTE IS HARMFUL TO HUMAN SKIN. AFTER

CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY RINSE AREA WITH WATER. NEUTRALIZE
WITH A SOLUTION OF 6 OUNCES (170 G) OF BORIC ACID TO ONE
GALLON (4 1/2 LITERS) OF WATER OR ONE PART OF VINEGAR TO
THREE PARTS OF WATER THEN WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER.
REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING TO PREVENT SLOW BURNS
TO SKIN.
CAUTION: ACID AND ALKALI DO NOT MIX. DO NOT USE TOOLS, JARS OR
INSTRUMENTS THAT HAVE CONTACTED ACID, WITH ALKALINE
BATTERIES.
CAUTION: ALKALINE ELECTROLYTE HAS A STRONG EFFECT ON MOST

METALS. IN CASE OF SPILLS, IMMEDIATELY NEUTRALIZE AREA
WITH EITHER A SOLUTION OF 6 OUNCES (170 G) OF BORIC ACID
WITH 1 GALLON (4 1/2 LITERS) OF WATER OR A SOLUTION OF ONE
PART OF VINEGAR TO THREE PARTS OF WATER. DO NOT FLUSH
WITH WATER BEFORE NEUTRALIZING AS THIS WILL ONLY
ENLARGE THE AREA OF CONTAMINATION. DO NOT NEUTRALIZE
BATTERY.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A WIRE BRUSH TO CLEAN CELLS. USE A BRISTLE

BRUSH AND WATER. REMOVE BATTERY FROM AIRPLANE WHEN
USING WATER.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE BATTERY BE LIFTED

BY ITS ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.
(1) The battery is alkaline type and requires absolute cleanliness. Avoid any
contamination.
(2) The battery should be removed from the airplane for discharging, recharging,
liquid level adjustment, disassembly and re-assembly of cells. Refer to Chapter
12-00-00.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-31-00
BATTERY SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 24-31-00-000-801
1. Battery - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Battery
This- Removal
topic provide the removal procedure for the battery on the aircraft, is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The following procedure is identical for Marathon Concorde and SAFT
Batteries.
00-000-802).
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage compartment door (Refer to TASK 52-30-00-000-801). Put the
access platform in position.
(2) Disconnect the battery quick-disconnect from receptacle (3).
(3) Disconnect the battery temperature connector from the receptacle (4).
(4) Loosen the clamp (10) and remove the vent hose head from the stub (11).
(5) Release the quick-fasteners (6) and remove the retaining bar (5).
(6) Cut and remove the locking wire (2).
(7) Unscrew the two wing nuts (1) to release the stays (7) from the hold down bar (13)
attached to the battery cover. Move the stays away from the hold down bar.
(8) Remove the battery.
(9) Do not carry the battery by the cover clips (12).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Battery - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40124-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-000-802
2. Battery Stay and Plate - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Battery
ThisStay
topic
and
provide
Plate -the
Removal
removal procedure for the battery plate, is located in the baggage
1004 - 1104
compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Batteries.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-00-00). Put the access platform
in position.
(2) Remove the battery (TASK 24-31-00-000-801).
(3) Remove the nut (8) and the washer (7).
(4) Pull the stay (2) off the plate (4).
(5) Remove the nuts (6), the washers (5) and the screws (3).
(6) Remove the plate (4).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Battery Stay and Plate - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40224-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-000-803
3. Battery Ventilation Hose - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Battery
ThisVentilation
topic provide
Hosethe
- Removal
removal procedure for the battery ventilation hose on the aircraft, is
1004 - 1104
located in the baggage compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Batteries.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-00-00). Put the access platform
in position.
(2) Remove the LH generator control unit ().
(3) Remove panel 281 BZ in the baggage compartment.
(4) Disconnect the vent tube (11) from the battery. Remove the clamp (1) and pull the
adaptor (2) off the battery case stub.
(5) Enter the main landing gear wheel well.
(6) Disconnect the hose (11) from the external vent pipe (5). Remove the clip (3) and
the clamp (4).
(7) Remove and discard the seven clips (11) and blocks (9) attaching the hose and
withdraw the hose upwards through the baggage compartment shelf.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Battery ventilation hose - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40324-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-000-805
4. Battery Temperature Sensor - Removal
Battery
ThisTemperature
topic provideSensor
the removal
- Removal
procedure for the Battery Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the battery (Refer Para. 2).
(3) Disconnect the temperature sensor wiring. Disconnect and remove the
temperature sensor.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40324-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-400-801
5. Battery - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Battery
This- Installation
topic provide the installation procedure for the battery on the aircraft, is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C32
Clamp MS35842-10
D. Job Setup
Batteries.
E. Procedure
(1) Locate the battery on the shelf so that it contacts the rear stop (1).
(2) Raise the stays (7) so that they engage in the cut-outs of the holddown bar (13).
(3) Tighten each wingnut (1) until they firmly clamp the stay to hold the battery in
position. If necessary, adjust the adjustable stop (8) on the stay. Do not overtighten
the wingnut seeking for grip, bring the stop up to the hold down bar. Safety the
wing nuts with lockwire (2) using the double twist method.
(4) Attach the retaining bar (5) using the quick release fasteners (6).
(5) Put the vent pipe hose (9) on the vent stub (11). Secure with the clamp (10).
(6) Connect the temperature sensor electrical connector to the electrical receptacle
(4).
(7) Connect the battery quick disconnect to the receptacle (3).
(9) Select the MFD System Page and make sure that the battery voltage is a minimum
of 23.5 volt.
(10) Perform the Battery Temperature Sensor Operational Check.
(11) Remove the access platform and close the baggage compartment door (Refer to
52-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Battery - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40424-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-400-802
6. Battery Stay and Plate - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Battery
ThisStay
topic
and
provide
Plate the
- Installation
installation procedure for the battery platet, is located in the baggage
1004 - 1104
compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Batteries.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Apply sealant to the interface of the plate (4) (Refer to 51-00-00).
(2) Attach the plate (4) to the rail using the screws (3), the washers (5) and the nuts
(6).
(3) Attach the stay (2) to the plate (4) using the washer (7) and the nut (8).
(4) Install the battery (TASK 24-31-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Battery Stay and Plate - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40524-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-400-803
7. Battery Ventilation Hose - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Battery
ThisVentilation
topic provide
Hose
the- Installation
installation procedure for the battery ventilation hose on the aircraft, is
1004 - 1104
located in the baggage compartment.

B. Materials
Clamp SST2S
Clamping block TA1S8
D. Job Setup
Batteries.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Thread the hose through the shelf and attach the adapter (2) to the battery case
stub using the adjustable collar (1).
(2) Attach the hose to the external vent pipe using the clamp (3) and the clip (4).
(3) Connect the hose to the remaining fastening points using new blocks (9) and clips
(10).
(4) Install the LH generator control unit (TASK 24-30-00-000-802).
(5) Close the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-00-00). Remove the access
platform.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Battery Ventilation Hose - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40624-31-00
40
TASK 24-31-00-400-805
8. Battery Temperature Sensor - Installation
Battery
ThisTemperature
topic provideSensor
the installation
- Installation
procedure for the Battery Temperature Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Connect the temperature sensor to the battery.
(2) Install the battery (Refer Para. 3).
(3) Connect the electrical connector to the receptacle.
(5) Set the MFDI to BAT TEMP.
(6) On the SYS TEST panel, set the selector to BAT TEMP. Press and release. Make
sure that:
– the MFDI indicates 190°F then slowly reduces to normal
– above 150 °F the amber BAT TEMP and the red BAT OVHT captions are lit
– the BAT OVHT caption goes out below 150 °F; cancel the red master warning
annunciator
– the BAT TEMP caption goes out below 120 °F; cancel the amber master
caution annunciator.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50024-31-00
BATTERY SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 24-31-00-710-801
1. Battery Temperature Sensor - Operational Test
Battery
ThisTemperature
topic provideSensor
the operational
- Operational
test procedure
Test for the battery sensor, this is located in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Batteries.
E. Procedure
(2) Select ANN on the SYS TEST panel and press the pushbutton located in the
center of the selector knob.
(3) Check that the amber BAT TEMP and red BAT OVTH annunciator lights comes
ON.
(4) Release the pushbutton located in the center of the selector knob and check that
the amber BAT TEMP and red BAT OVTH annunciator lights goes OFF.
NOTE: The battery temperature is displayed on the MFD System Page.
(5) Check the battery temperature value consistency in comparison with the outside
air temperature.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50024-31-00
BATTERY SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 24-31-00-760-801
2. Battery Capacity Test and Deep Cycle (MARATHON - P/N 31055-001) - Electrical Test
Battery
ThisCapacity
topic provide
Test and
theDeep
testing
Cycle
procedure
(MARATHON
for the- P/N
Marathon
31055-001)
battery,
- Electrical
this is located
Test in the
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Batteries.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Battery as described in this section and send to component work
shop for Capacity Test and Deep Cycle.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK BATTERY SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK

60024-31-00
0
TASK 24-31-00-200-801
1. Battery - Inspection / Check
Battery
This- Inspection
topic provide
/ Check
the Inspection procedure for the battery, this is located in the baggage
1004 - 1104
compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Batteries.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Inspect the battery installation for signs of corrosion. If signs of corrosion are
present, remove the battery and neutralize the area.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-31-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-40-00 - EXTERNAL
DESCRIPTION
024-40-00
AND
EXTERNAL
OPERATION
0POWERPOWER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. Description
Description
A. External ground power is connected through a standard external power receptacle on
1004 - 1104
the LH side of the airplane, under the wing. The receptacle is for use with an auxiliary
ground power unit having a standard AN plug.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Operation
A. When(Ref.external
to Fig. 1power
and 2)is connected to the airplane, a small positive voltage is applied to
1004 - 1104
the de-energized coil of an external power relay. Setting the battery switch to BAT
completes the circuit and the external power relay contacts move over to connect
external power to the battery busbar over one contact of the relay. A diode in the
positive voltage supply to the relay coil protects the ground power source from a short
to ground in the aircraft circuits. A second contact of the external power relay
completes a line to a ground. The ground is used to light a green advisory EXT PWR
caption on the annunciator panel, and to operatate the BUS DISC relays as a bypass to
the busbar disconnect function of the weight-on-wheels switch on the right gear leg.
This allows the electrical system to be operated normally with the aircraft on jacks. An
optional overvoltage relay can be installed to provide a protection of the airplane
electrical system against any external power supply overvoltage.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - External Power - Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - External Power - Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20024-40-00
EXTERNAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 24-40-00-910-801
1. External Power - Standard Practices
External
This Power
topic provide
- Standard
the procedure
Practices related the external power application.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

BATTERY.

CAUTION: THE EXTERNAL POWER MUST BE REGULATED PER MIL-STD-704D

OR EQUIVALENT.
CAUTION: THE BATTERY TEMPERATURE MUST BE MONITORED ON THE MFDI

WHEN GROUND POWER IS CONNECTED.
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that all avionics switches are in the OFF position.
(2) Make sure that the battery switch is in the OFF position.
(3) Connect the external ground supply to the receptacle.
(4) Switch on the ground power unit and set the voltage to 28 + - 0.5 volts.
(5) When the ground power unit voltage is stabilized, set the battery switch to BAT.
(6) Make sure that the System Page of the MFD shows EXT PWR.
(7) Visualize BAT TEMP on the MFD and observe the trend of battery temperature to
preclude overheating. If another setting of the MFD is required, monitor the BAT
TEMP caption on the annunciator panel.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40024-40-00
EXTERNAL POWER - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 24-40-00-000-801
1. External Power Receptacle - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
External
This Power
topic provide
Receptacle
the removal
- Removal
procedure related the external power system
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

BATTERY.


OR EQUIVALENT.

E. Procedure
(1) Open the luggage compartment door and disconnect the battery (TASK 24-31-00-
000-801).
(2) Tag and disconnect the wiring. Disconnect the ground strap.
(3) Remove the attaching screws and the receptacle.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - External Power Receptacle - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40124-40-00
EXTERNAL POWER - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 24-40-00-400-801
2. External Power Receptacle - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
External
This Power
topic provide
Receptacle
the installation
- Installation
procedure related the external power system.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

BATTERY.


OR EQUIVALENT.

E. Procedure
(1) Install the receptacle and secure with the screws.
(2) Connect the electrical wiring.
(3) Reconnect the battery (TASK 24-31-00-400-801).
(4) Close the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-00-00)
(5) Connect an external power supply (TASK 24-00-00-400-802).
(7) Set on the MFD the System Page that shown BUS VOLTS and make sure that
external power voltage is displayed on the MFD.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - External Power Receptacle - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-40-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-50-00A-CAC
DESCRIPTION
024-50-00
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
0AND OPERATION
LOAD
LOAD
DISTRIBUTION
DISTRIBUTION
1. Description
Description
A. AC electrical power is distributed direct from the AC control unit through two
1004 - 1104
receptacles; J1 for power from the primary inverter and J2 for power from the
secondary inverter (Refer to Fig. 1).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-50-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Operation
Operation
A. The AC control unit contains a primary circuit, a secondary circuit and a changeover
1004 - 1104
relay. With both inverters on-line, the changeover relay is de-energized. In this
condition, the primary inverter outputs to the primary inverter receptacle J1 and the
secondary inverter outputs to the secondary inverter receptacle J2.
B. Following a failure of the primary inverter, the changeover relay will operate to connect
the secondary inverter outputs to the primary invertery receptacle (Refer to 24-20-00).
In this condition, the services supplied by the secondary inverter receptacle are lost.
C. There is no back-up provision for the secondary inverter supplied services. Should the
secondary inverter fail, the services supplied by the secondary inverter are lost.
D. The outputs to the services are 115V AC and 26V AC protected by fast-blow fuses in
the AC control unit.
E. A further output of 115V AC and 26V AC from each inverter are unprotected. They are
used to test the output of an inverter, off aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-50-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - AC Electrical Load Distribution
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-50-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-50-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
24-60-00D-CDC
DESCRIPTION
024-60-00
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL
0AND OPERATION
LOAD
LOAD
DISTRIBUTION
DISTRIBUTION
1. General (Ref. to Fig. 1, 2 and 3)

General
The (Ref.
DC electrical
to Fig. 1, 2load
andis3) distributed from busbars protected by current limiters, circuit
1004 - 1104
breakers, and isolating diodes. The distribution system is so designed that a failure in one
supply source will not impair the serviceability of another. The distribution network is
normally supplied by two DC generators acting in parallel or the aircraft battery in the
absence of generated power.
The main feeder busbars are:
– a HOT BATTERY busbar directly connected to the battery
– a BATTERY BUSbar switched to the hot battery busbar
– an ESSENTIAL BUSbar fed directly from the battery busbar and by a single feed from
each generator busbar
– a LH and RH GEN BUSbar fed from the battery busbar until the associated generator
comes on line
– a LH and RH DUAL FEED BUSbar supplied from the associated generator busbar and
from the battery busbar
– a LH and RH SINGLE FEED BUSbar supplied from the associated generator busbar.
Busbars dedicated to avionics are supplied through relays which connect an avionic busbar
to the essential busbar or a dual feed busbar when switched by the AVIONICS master
switch.
The avionic busbars are:
– two ESNTL AVIONICS BUSbars fed from the essential busbar
– a L AVIONICS BUSbar fed from the left dual feed busbar
– three R AVIONICS BUSbars fed from the right dual feed busbar
Each busbar is protected according to the importance to flight safety of the system it
supplies:
– The essential busbar is fed from three sources, each individually protected by relays
and diodes against a failure in one or both of the others.
– The dual feed busbars are fed from two sources again protected by relays and diodes
against a failure of the other.
– A single source busbar is redundant on the side of the feed source failure, left or right.
– Avionic busbar supplies depend on the busbar to which they are connected remaining
energized and remain connected to the busbar following a failure to the switching side
of the controlling relay.
In normal operation all multiple feed busbars are interconnected through three busbar
disconnect relays. The relays are to protect the battery source from a failure in a generated
source detected by an overload sensor between each generator busbar and the battery
busbar. Operation of an overload sensor opens the busbar disconnect relays causing a
BUS DISC caution light on the main annunciator panel to come on.
Setting a switch on the MASTER SWITCHES panel from NORM to BUS DISC has the
same effect. Setting the switch to EMER energizes a relay (K5); the BUS DISC annunciator
will remain lit but feed will be restored from the battery busbar to the dual feed busbars.
Setting the switch to NORM restores the automatic system. On the ground, when the
generators are inoperative, the ground signal required to operate the relays is provided by a
weight-on-wheels switch on the right gear leg. With the airplane on jacks the weight-on-
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
wheels switch releases. To restore the ground signal, connect an external ground power
unit and switch on the battery.
A main junction box is on a shelf in the baggage compartment. The main junction box
contains the HOT BAT BUS, the BAT BUS, the L GEN BUS and the R GEN BUS together
with the external power relay (K1), the battery relay (K2), the right and left generator relays
(K6 and K7), the right and left generator busbar disconnect relays (K4 and K3) and several
units for the starting system.
A power distribution panel is on the right and on the left of the flight deck. The power
distribution panel on the left includes the pilot circuit breaker panel, the ESSENTIAL BUS,
the L DUAL FEED BUS and the L SINGLE FEED BUS. The power distribution panel on the
right includes the copilot circuit breaker panel, the R DUAL FEED BUS and the R SINGLE
FEED BUS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - DC Electrical Load Distribution - Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - DC Electrical Load Distribution
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 3 - Pilot and Copilot Circuit Breaker Panels
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REMOVAL D
/ INSTALLATION
C ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40024-60-00
0
TASK 24-60-00-000-804
1. Main Junction Box - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
MainThis
Junction
topic Box
provide
- Removal
the removal procedure for the Main Junction Box.
1004 - 1104

Access platform, 3 feet (1 meter) Not Specified
Protective caps, electrical connectors Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the battery switch is set to OFF. Put a warning notice in the flight
compartment to tell persons not to apply electrical power.
(2) Make sure that a ground power supply is not connected.
(3) Open and support the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-30-00). Put the
(4) Make sure that no other work is being carried out which would be upset by the
removal of aircraft electrical power.
(5) Disconnect the battery (Refer 24-31-00).
(6) Disconnect electrical connectors P10, P26, P7, P37 from receptacles J10, J26, J7,
J37.
(7) Remove the front cover of the main junction box. Remove the four screws. Open
the circuit breaker panel door.
(8) Disconnect wire numbers P10A4,P10B4, P10C4 from terminal A1 of the RH
generator relay K6 and withdraw cable 80-208516-405 from the main junction box.
(9) Disconnect wire numbers P9A4, P9B4, P9C4 from terminal A2 on the LH
generator relay K7 and withdraw cable 80-208516-407 from the main junction box.
(10) Disconnect wire numbers P4A4, P4B4 from terminal A1 on the external power
relay K1 and withdraw cable 80-208516-411 from the main junction box.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Disconnect wire numbers P1A4, P1B4 from terminal A2 on the battery relay K2
and withdraw cable 80-208516-413 from the main junction box.
(12) Disconnect the two ground wires from the case to the shelf.
(13) Remove the four screws holding the case to the rear bracket.
(14) Remove the two screws and two washers holding the upper sides of the case to
the vertical brackets.
(15) Carefully remove the main junction box.
(16) Put protective caps on the connectors if further work is to be carried out, delaying
re-installation of the unit.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Main Junction Box
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40124-60-00
DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 24-60-00-000-805
2. Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Pilot This
and topic
Copilot
provide
Powerthe
Distribution
removal procedure
Panel - Removal
for the Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panel.
1004 - 1104

Protective caps Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The removal procedure for the pilot and copilot power distribution panel is
identical except for electrical connector identification and handing, right and
left.
(2) Set the battery switch to OFF. Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell
persons not to apply electrical power.
(4) Disconnect the battery (Refer to 24-31-00).
(5) Remove the pilot or copilot seat as applicable (Refer to 25-00-00).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connectors:
– P128, P130, P612 from receptacles J128, J130, J612 (pilot)
– P131, P133, P611 from receptacles J131, J133, J611(copilot)
(7) Put protective caps on the electrical connectors if further work is to be carried out
delaying the installation of the power distribution panel.
(8) Remove the twelve screws fastening the power distribution panel to the structure.
(9) Remove the panel.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panels
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40224-60-00
40
TASK 24-60-00-400-804
3. Main Junction Box - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
MainThis
Junction
topic Box
provide
- Installation
the installation procedure for the Main Junction Box.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Position the main junction box on the shelf and locate to the vertical brackets using
the two washers and screws. Do not tighten.
(2) Secure the case to the rear bracket using the four screws.
(3) Tighten the four lower screws and then the two upper screws.
(4) Connect the two ground wires between the case and the shelf.
(5) Insert cable 80-208516-405 into the case and connect wires P10A4, P10B4,
P10C4 to terminal A1 of the RH generator relay K6.
(6) Insert cable 80-208516-407 into the case and connect wires P9A4, P9B4, P9C4 to
terminal A2 of the LH generator relay K7.
(7) Insert cable 80-208516-411 into the case and connect wires P4A4, P4B4 to
terminal A1 of the external power relay K1.
(8) Insert cable 80-208516-413 into the case and connect wires P1A4, P1B4 to
terminal A2 of the battery relay K2.
(9) Remove any protective caps fitted to the electrical connectors.
(10) Connect electrical connectors P37, P7, P26, P10 to receptacle J37, J7, J26, J10.
(11) Connect the battery (Refer 24-31-00).
(13) Do a functional test of the electrical load distribution system.
(14) Install the main junction box front cover using the four screws.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Main Junction Box
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40324-60-00
40
TASK 24-60-00-400-805
4. Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Pilot This
and Copilot
topic provide
Power the
Distribution
installation
Panel
procedure
- Installation
for the Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution
1004 - 1104
Panel.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Locate the panel and fasten using the twelve screws.
(2) Remove any protective caps fitted to the electrical connectors.
(3) Connect the electrical connectors:
– P128, P130, P612 from receptacles J128, J130, J612 (pilot)
– P131, P133, P611 from receptacles J131, J133, J611(copilot)
(4) Install the pilot or copilot seat as applicable (Refer to 25-00-00).
(5) Connect the battery (Refer to 24-31-00).
(7) Do a functional test of the electrical load distribution system.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Pilot and Copilot Power Distribution Panels
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENTD/CTEST
50024-60-00
ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 24-60-00-720-802
1. Electrical Generation and Distribution - Functional Test
Electrical
This topic
Generation
provideand
theDistribution
Functional Test
- Functional
for the Electrical
Test Generation and Distribution.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) To perform the electrical distribution test, proceed as follows:
NOTE: The test must be initiated with the airplane on wheels. Lift the airplane on
jacks when specified in the procedure.
NOTE: Considering that some steps of the following procedure are to be

performed with engines running, park the airplane in a suitable area.
(a) The following abbreviations are used in this procedure:

BB Battery busbar Circuit breakers:
EB Essential busbar CB5 L OVLD SENSOR (Pilot)
LDFB L dual feed busbar CB6 R OVLD SENSOR (Pilot)
RDFB R dual feed busbar CB9 ESNTL BUS (Pilot)
LSFB L single feed busbar CB10 ESNTL BUS (Copilot)
RSFB R single feed busbar CB11 ESNTL BUS FEEDER (MJB)
LGB L generator busbar CB14 RH BUS FEEDER (MJB)
RGB R generator busbar CB15 LH BUS FEEDER (MJB)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The following procedure requires that power on a busbar is

identified. This is achieved as follows:
ESSENTIAL BUS (EB) Voltage on MFDI
L DUAL FEED BUS (LDFB) Digital displays illuminate on LH power
plant instruments
R DUAL FEED BUS (RDFB) Digital displays illuminate on RH
power plant instruments
L SINGLE FEED BUS (LSFB) Set INSTR lights dimmer to bright and
make sure that instruments are
illuminated
R SINGLE FEED BUS (RSFB) Make sure that TRIM position
indicators are powered.
(2) In the baggage compartment, make sure that the battery is connected and that all
circuit breakers on the main junction box are set.
(3) Make sure that an external power supply is not connected.
(4) On the flight deck, make sure that all circuit breakers on the pilot and copilot circuit
breaker panels are set.
(5) Set the all master switches to OFF.
(6) Set the MFDI selector to BUS VOLTS.
(7) Connect an external power source regulated to 28 ± 0,5 VDC.
(8) Set the battery switch to BAT. Make certain that the MFDI indicates a minimum of
23.5 volts. Relay K2 is serviceable.
NOTE: Do not proceed with this procedure if busbar voltage is 23 volts or less.
Service or replace the battery.
(9) Set the EMER/NORM/BUS DISC switch to NORM. Make sure that:
– EB, LDFB, RDFB, LSFB, RSFB are powered
– the BUS DISC caption on the annunciator panel is off.
Conclusions:
– relays K3, K4, K5 operate to close
– right gear weight-on-wheels switch operates when closed
– connections from BB to LGB and RGB are serviceable
– connection from LGB to LSFB is serviceable
– connections from RGB to RSFB are serviceable.
(10) Set the EMER/NORM/BUS DISC switch to EMER. Make sure that:
– EB, LDFB, RDFB are powered
– LSFB, RSFB are not powered
– the BUS DISC caption is on.
Conclusions:
– CR6, CR7, CR3 are serviceable in the forward sense
– CR1, CR2, CR4, CR5 are serviceable in the reverse sense
– relays K3, K4 operate to open
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– the EMER function is serviceable.

(11) Set the EMER/NORM/BUS DISC switch to BUS DISC. Make sure that:
– EB is powered
– LDFB, LSFB, RDFB, RSFB are not powered
Conclusions
– relay K5 operate to open
– the BUS DISC function is serviceable.
(12) Open the baggage compartment door (Refer 52-00-00).
(13) On the main junction box, open circuit breakers CB11, CB14 and CB15.
– LDFB is powered
– RDFB is powered
– BUS DISC caption is off.
Conclusions:
– CR4 and CR5 are serviceable in the forward sense
– connection from LSFB to LDFB is serviceable
– connection from RSFB to RDFB is serviceable.
(15) Open CB9. Make sure that:
– EB is powered.
Conclusions:
– CR2 is serviceable in the forward sense
– Connection from EB to RSFB is serviceable.
(16) Set CB9 and open CB10. Make sure that:
– EB is powered.
Conclusions:
– CR1 is serviceable in the forward sense
– connection from EB to LSFB is serviceable.
– LSFB and LDFB are not powered
– EB, RDFB and RSFB are powered
– BUS DISC caption is on.
Conclusions:
– CB5 switching capability is serviceable.
– RSFB and RDFB are not powered
– EB, LSFB and LDFB are powered
– BUS DISC caption is on.
Conclusions:
– CB6 switching capability is serviceable.
(19) Set CB6.
WARNING: USE EXTREME CARE WHEN EXPOSED TO LIVE VOLTAGES.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(20) Open the main junction box circuit breaker door. Using a voltmeter (with
impedance equal or minor of 100KOhm) or equivalent, make certain that on CB11,
CB14 and CB15, one terminal is live, one terminal is dead. Conclusions:
Conclusions:
– CR3, CR6 and CR7 are serviceable in the reverse sense.
(21) Close the main junction box circuit breaker door.
(22) Set circuit breakers CB11, CB14 and CB15.
(23) Close the baggage compartment door (Refer 52-00-00).
(25) Lift airplane on jacks (airplane in flight condition).
– EB is powered
– LDFB, LSFB, RDFB, and LSFB are not powered
Conclusions:
– right gear weight-on-wheels switch operates to open.
(29) Connect an external power source regulated to 28 ± 0,5V DC.
(30) Set the battery switch to BAT. Make sure that:
– busbars BB, EB, LDFB, RDFB, LSFB, RSFB are powered
– the EXT PWR caption on the annunciator panel is on
– the BUS DISC caption is off.
Conclusions:
– relay K1 is serviceable
– switch S1 is serviceable.
(32) Remove the external power source.
(33) Lower the airplane on ground.
(34) Make sure that all circuit breakers are closed.
NOTE: Park the airplane in a suitable area for engine running.
(35) Start the LH engine (Refer to 71-00-00). After starter cut-off, set the power to
ground idle. Make sure that:
– the L GEN caption is on (with the L GENERATOR switch OFF).
Conclusions:
– L generator control unit is serviceable in the starting mode
– relay K9 operates to close (CBR1 will trip if not)
– relay K7 operates to open (line contactor open)
(36) Set the GENERATOR switch to L. Make sure that:
– the L GEN caption is off
– the MFDI set to BUS VOLTS reads a minimum of 26.5 volts.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Conclusions:
– relay K7 operates to close
– relay K11 operates
(37) Select L GEN on the MFDI. Make sure that:
– a load is indicated.
Conclusions:
– relay K9 has operated to open
– L generator control unit is serviceable in the generator mode.
(38) Increase power to flight idle. Cross start the RH engine (Refer to 70-00-00). After
starter cut-off, set both power levers to ground idle. Make sure that:
– the R GEN caption is on (with the R GENERATOR switch OFF).
Conclusions:
– R generator control unit is serviceable in the starting mode
– K8 operates to close (CBR2 will trip if not)
– K6 operates to open (line contactor open)
(39) Set the GENERATOR switch to R. Make sure that:
– the R GEN caption is off
– the MFDI set to R GEN reads approximately the same as when set to L GEN.
Conclusions:
– relay K6 operates to close
– relay K8 has operated to open
– relay K10 operates
– the R generator control unit is serviceable in all modes
– the L generator control unit is serviceable in all modes
(41) Return all switches to OFF.
(42) Make sure that all circuit breakers are set.
(43) Set the BAT switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION D
60024-60-00
/ CHECK
C ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 24-60-00-200-803
1. Main Junction Box - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
MainThis
Junction
topic Box
provide
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check
/ Check for the Main Junction Box.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Inspection and/or checking of the Main Junction Box components should be
conducted in accordance with current inspection intervals as outlined in
Chapter 5 or whenever is requested.
(3) Open and support the baggage compartment door (Refer to 52-30-00). Put the
(5) Remove the front cover of the main junction box. Remove the four screws. Open
the circuit breaker panel door.
(6) Check electrical wiring for damage such as overheating, chafing, fraying, and cuts.
(7) Check wire clamps and supports for security.
(8) Check that all wiring is supported clear of sharp metal edges.
(9) Check wiring for liquid impregnation.
(10) Check the terminal connections are secure and that lugs are not cracked or
touching adjacent terminal structure.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Check the electrical equipment (Ref. to Fig. 601) for proper installation, security of
mounting, phisical damage and evidence of overheating.
(12) Ckeck security of safety wire on electrical equipment and electrical connectors
(Ref. to Fig. 601) where applicable.
(13) Install the main junction box front cover using the four screws.
(16) Remove the warning notice in the flight compartment.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Main Junction Box - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
24-60-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
25 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
25 - TOC 1-6 Jul.08/16
25-00-00 1-2 Jul.08/16
25-10-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
25-20-00 601 - 602 Jul.08/16
25-21-00 1 - 24 Jul.08/16
201 - 202 Jul.08/16
203 - 206 Jul.08/16
401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 438 Jul.08/16
439 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 444 Jul.08/16
445 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 448 Jul.08/16
449 - 450 Jul.08/16
451 - 454 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
455 - 458 Jul.08/16

459 - 462 Jul.08/16
463 - 464 Jul.08/16
465 - 466 Jul.08/16
467 - 470 Jul.08/16
471 - 472 Jul.08/16
473 - 474 Jul.08/16
475 - 478 Jul.08/16
479 - 482 Jul.08/16
483 - 486 Jul.08/16
487 - 490 Jul.08/16
491 - 494 Jul.08/16
495 - 498 Jul.08/16
499 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 508 Jul.08/16
509 - 514 Jul.08/16
515 - 516 Jul.08/16
517 - 518 Jul.08/16
519 - 520 Jul.08/16
521 - 522 Jul.08/16
523 - 524 Jul.08/16
525 - 528 Jul.08/16
529 - 532 Jul.08/16
533 - 536 Jul.08/16
537 - 538 Jul.08/16
25-21-01 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
25-21-02 401 - 406 Jul.08/16

407 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 424 Jul.08/16
25-21-03 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 438 Jul.08/16
439 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 452 Jul.08/16
453 - 454 Jul.08/16
455 - 458 Jul.08/16
25-25-00 1 - 52 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
25-30-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
25-40-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

301 - 304 Jul.08/16
305 - 308 Jul.08/16
401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
25-60-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 430 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 508 Jul.08/16
509 - 512 Jul.08/16
513 - 516 Jul.08/16
517 - 518 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 606 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-LOEP
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-LOEP
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS 25-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT 25-10-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104

1. Pilot/Copilot Seat - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Copilot Furnishing Panel - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
5. Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
6. Cockpit Visors - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
7. Glareshield - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
8. Pilot/Copilot Seat - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
9. Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
10. Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
11. Copilot Furnishing Panel - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
12. Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
13. Cockpit Visors - Installation 431 1004 - 1104
14. Glareshield - Installation 433 1004 - 1104

1. Pilot/Copilot Seat - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 501 1004 - 1104
2. Pilot/Copilot Shoulder Belt - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 505 1004 - 1104

1. Glareshield - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT (NORDAM) 25-20-00 601

1. Seat and Safety Belts - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 25-21-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
1. Passenger Compartment - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104

2. Stretcher - Standard Practices 203 1004 - 1104

1. Floor Carpet - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Headliner - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Stretcher - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
5. Forward and Aft Facing Seats - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
6. Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
7. One Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
8. One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
9. Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
10. Large Cabinet - Removal 425 1004 - 1104
11. AFT Cabinet - Removal 429 1004 - 1104
12. Cabinets - Removal 433 1004 - 1104
13. Louver - Removal 439 1004 - 1104
14. Cardtable - Removal 441 1004 - 1104
15. Windows Shades - Removal 443 1004 - 1104
16. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal 445 1004 - 1104
17. Toilet Seat Support - Removal 447 1004 - 1104
18. Seat Belt Toilet - Removal 449 1004 - 1104
19. Patient Handling System - Removal 451 1004 - 1104
20. One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Removal 455 1004 - 1104
21. Two Stretcher Configuration - Removal 459 1004 - 1104
22. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal 463 1004 - 1104
23. Floor Carpet - Installation 465 1004 - 1104
24. Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Installation 467 1004 - 1104
25. Headliner - Installation 471 1004 - 1104
26. Stretcher - Installation 473 1004 - 1104
27. Forward and Aft Facing Seats - Installation 475 1004 - 1104
28. Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation 479 1004 - 1104
29. One Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation 483 1004 - 1104
30. One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation 487 1004 - 1104
31. Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation 491 1004 - 1104
32. Large Cabinet - Installation 495 1004 - 1104
33. AFT Cabinet - Installation 499 1004 - 1104
34. AFT Cabinet - Installation 503 1004 - 1104
35. Louver - Installation 509 1004 - 1104
36. Cardtable - Installation 515 1004 - 1104
37. Windows Shades - Installation 517 1004 - 1104
38. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation 519 1004 - 1104
39. Toilet Seat Support - Installation 521 1004 - 1104
40. Seat Belt Toilet - Installation 523 1004 - 1104
41. Patient Handling System - Installation 525 1004 - 1104
42. One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Installation 529 1004 - 1104
43. Two Stretcher Configuration - Installation 533 1004 - 1104
44. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation 537 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - PANELS 25-21-01 401

1. Sidewall Panel - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Right Armrest Panel - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Left Armrest Panel - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Table Insert - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
5. Sidewall Panel - Installation 415 1004 - 1104
6. Right Armrest Panel - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
7. Left Armrest Panel - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
8. Table Insert - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - COVERS 25-21-02 401

1. LH PSU Cover - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. RH PSU Cover - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
3. LH PSU Cover - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
4. RH PSU Cover - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - PARTITIONS 25-21-03 401

1. Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Interior Cover Cabin Door - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin) - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
5. Cabinet Toilet Console - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
6. AFT Vanity Console - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
7. Vanity Closet Floor - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
8. Cabinet Vanity Closet - Removal 425 1004 - 1104
9. Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Installation 429 1004 - 1104
10. Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
11. Interior Cover Cabin Door - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
12. Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin) - Installation 439 1004 - 1104
13. Cabinet Toilet Console - Installation 443 1004 - 1104
14. AFT Vanity Console - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
15. Vanity Closet Floor - Installation 453 1004 - 1104
16. Cabinet Vanity Closet - Installation 455 1004 - 1104
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CHANGING

CONFIGURATION 25-25-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Configuration Change 3 1004 - 1104
BUFFET / GALLEY 25-30-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
BUFFET / GALLEY 25-30-00 401

1. Refreshment Cabinet - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Refreshment Cabinet - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
4. Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
LAVATORY COMPARTMENT (NORDAM) 25-40-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 3 1004 - 1104

1. Hot Water Tank Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 301 1004 - 1104
2. Waste Water Tank Discharge - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication 305 1004 - 1104

1. Removable Tank - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Toilet - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Removable Tank - Installation 407 1004 - 1104
4. Toilet - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 25-60-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104

1. ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
4. Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
5. ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
6. ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST)
- Removal 415 1004 - 1104
7. ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Installation 417 1004 - 1104
8. ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
9. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
10. Underwater Acoustic Beacon - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
11. ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
12. ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST)

1. ELT (AF) (ARTEX) - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Operational Test 503 1004 - 1104
3. ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Operational Test 505 1004 - 1104
4. Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Operational Test 507 1004 - 1104
5. ELT (AF) (ARTEX) - Functional Test 509 1004 - 1104
6. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Functional Test 513 1004 - 1104
7. Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Electrical Test 517 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION

1. First Aid Kit - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. ELT (ARTEX) Battery Pack - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-TOC
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-TOC
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-00-00 - EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
025-00-00
EQUIPMENT
AND OPERATION
AND
ANDFURNISHINGS
0 FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. The equipment and furnishings described in this chapter are those items related to
1004 - 1104
comfort, convenience and safety of the passenger and the crew.
B. Each piece of furnishing is dealt with in its own section within this chapter, as follows:
(1) 25-10-00 Flight Compartment
(2) 25-20-00 Passenger Compartment
(3) 25-30-00 Galley
(4) 25-40-00 Lavatory
(5) 25-60-00 Emergency Equipment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-10-00 - FLIGHT
DESCRIPTION
025-10-00
AND
FLIGHT
COMPARTMENT
OPERATION
COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. The flight compartment has accommodation for dual flight controls, instruments, and
1004 - 1104
electrical and electronic control panels conveniently located for crew accessibility.
Upholstered seats are provided for pilot and copilot. The seats are adjustable
horizontally and vertically, and the seat back may be adjusted to any reclined position
between fully upright and 10° recline.
The arms of each seat are movable to up and down position. The armrest angle may
be adjusted either up or down (2° up from level position and 10° down) by twisting the
knob located in the front end of the arm. Only the aisle arm need to be recessed behind
the back. The outboard arm may just lay against the bulkhead behind the chair without
damage to either the arm or the bulkhead. Each seat is provided with a lap type and
shoulder harness safety belt equipped with quick-release buckles.
Each seat is mounted on two parallel tracks, bolted to the compartment floor structure
which allows the seat to move forward or rearward. The wall and the ceiling of the flight
compartment are furnished with two lateral and one overhead panels.
The glareshield is an assembly made of three panels, that provides the protection of
the pilot and copilot instrument panel rear side. The holes located on the glareshield
Upper skin allow the air flow to the instrument panel rear side. On the Left and Right
Glareshield Panels upper skin there are the Defogging Air Diffusers. On the front of
glareshield there are the Autopilot Controller, the L and R ENG FIRE Lighted
Pushbuttons, and the Glareshield Lights.
B. The flight compartment is divided from the passenger compartment by a two-half

bulkhead. At the lower side of the left half bulkhead, towards the flight compartment a
CD driver is located. This cabinet with its removable partition contains a fire
extinguisher and additional chart storage. Another crew storage is installed at the lower
side of the right half bulkhead, towards the passenger compartment. This cabinet with
its removable partition has space for a full complement of flight manuals and charts.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40025-10-00
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 25-10-00-000-801
1. Pilot/Copilot Seat - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Pilot/Copilot
The following
Seat -procedure
Removal is applicable for the removal of the Pilot/Copilot Seat.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the forward rail stops (1).
(2) Rotate the floor tracking control handle (2) to retract the locking bolts (3). This
handle is located on the inboard side of the seat near the back of the chair.
(3) Slide the seat forward and disengage the four claws (4, 5) from the forward end of
the seat rails.
(4) Remove the seat.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Pilot/Copilot Seat - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-000-802
2. Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
FlightThe
Compartment
following procedure
OverheadisPanel
applicable
- Removal
for the removal of the Flight Compartment Overhead
1004 - 1104
Panel.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Main Junction Box (Baggage
Compartment) CB Panel
ENTRY / BAGGAGE LT
(2) Remove the visors (1).

(3) Support the overhead panel (2) and remove the four screws (3) which secure the
panel to the flight compartment roof.
(4) Disconnect the two crew light connectors (Refer to TASK 33-13-00-000-801).
(5) Remove the overhead panel (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-000-803
3. Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Pilot The
Furnishing
following
Lateral
procedure
Panelis- applicable
Removal for the removal of the Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the screws (5) which attach the panel (1) to the wall (pilot side).
(2) Remove the oxygen mask (Refer to 35-10-00).
(3) Remove the oxygen selector (Refer to 35-10-00).
(4) Remove the oxygen jack (Refer to 35-10-00).
(5) Remove the oxygen microphone jack (Refer to 23-50-00).
(6) Remove the hand microphone jack (Refer to 23-50-00).
(7) Remove the headset jack (Refer to 23-50-00).
(8) Remove the panel (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-000-804
4. Copilot Furnishing Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Copilot
TheFurnishing
following procedure
Panel - Removal
is applicable for the removal of the Copilot Furnishing Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the screws (5) which attach the panel (1) to the wall (pilot side).
(2) Remove the oxygen mask (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(3) Remove the oxygen jack (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(4) Remove the oxygen microphone jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(5) Remove the hand microphone jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(6) Remove the headset jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(7) Remove the panel (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Copilot Furnishing Panel - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40425-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-000-805
5. Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Pilot The
/ Copilot
following
Seatprocedure
Belt - Removal
is applicable for the removal of the Pilot and Copilot Seat Belt.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Seat (Refer to TASK 25-10-00-000-801).
(2) Remove the Seat Belt as follows:
(a) Remove the four bolts (1), located on the Seat Backrest, that secure the Rear
Cover to the Seat.
(b) Remove the Seat Rear Cover.
(c) Remove the central nut (2), that secure the Seat Belt Inertial Reel to the Seat
Backrest.
(d) Remove the Seat Belt Inertial Reel (3).
(e) Release the Hook End Fittings (4) located on the Seat LH and RH lower side.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40525-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-000-806
6. Cockpit Visors - Removal
Cockpit
TheVisors
following
- Removal
procedure is applicable for the removal procedure of the Pilot and Copilot
1004 - 1104
visors.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The removal procedure for the RH and LH Visors is identical.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the three screws that secure the Visor to the overhead panel.
(2) Remove the Visor.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40525-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-000-809
7. Glareshield - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Glareshield
The following
- Removal
procedure is applicable for the removal of the Glareshield, is located in the
1004 - 1104
flight compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The Glareshield is an assembly made of three panels.
E. Procedure
(3) Remove the Autopilot Controller (Refer to 22-10-00)
(4) Disconnect the Glareshield Light Terminal Board (3)
(5) Remove the screw (2) and the spacer (4) that secure the Glareshield to the
structure.
(6) Detach the Glareshield from velcro tape and lift in such a way it is possible
disconnect the L and R ENG FIRE Pushbuttons.
(7) Disconnect the L and R ENG FIRE Pushbuttons
(8) Lift the Glareshield in such a way it is possible disconnect the RH and RH
Defogging Air Ducts (6, 9), from the RH and RH Defogging Air Diffusers (7, 8)
(9) Disconnect the RH and RH Defogging Air Ducts (6, 9) from the RH and RH
Defogging Air Diffusers (7, 8)
(10) Remove the Glareshield Assembly.
(11) If necessary to replace a singular panel, remove the screw (1) and separate the
panels
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Glareshield - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Glareshield - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40725-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-801
8. Pilot/Copilot Seat - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Pilot/Copilot
The following
Seat -procedure
Installationis applicable for the installation of the Pilot and Copilot Seat.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Check the torque on all hardware in attachment claws. The two upper bolts (8,
9) should be torqued to 25 in.lbs. The lower bolt which contains the roller
should be torqued to 60 in.lbs.
(1) Fit the rear claws (4) into the slots in the seat rails.
(2) Rotate the floor tracking control handle (2) to retract the locking bolts (3).
(3) Slide the seat rearward and engage the forward claws (5) into the forward end of
the seat rails.
(4) Release the control handle (2) and slide the chair rear until the locking bolts (3)
engage in the holes provided in the seat rails.
(5) Reinstall the rail stops (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Pilot/Copilot Seat - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40825-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-802
9. Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
FlightThe
Compartment
following procedure
Overhead Panel
is applicable
- Installation
for the installation of the Flight Compartment
1004 - 1104
Overhead Panel.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Install the crew lights (Refer to TASK 33-13-00-400-801).
(3) Install the overhead panel (2) and secure with the screws (3).
(4) Install the visors (1).
Main Junction Box (Baggage
Compartment) CB Panel
ENTRY / BAGGAGE LT
(6) Check the operation of the crew lights (Refer to 33-13-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Flight Compartment Overhead Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40925-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-803
10. Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Pilot The
Furnishing
following
Lateral
procedure
Panel -isInstallation
applicable for the installation of the Pilot Furnishing Lateral
1004 - 1104
Panel.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the headset jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(2) Install the hand microphone jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(3) Install the oxygen microphone jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(4) Install the oxygen jack (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(5) Install the oxygen selector (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(6) Install the oxygen mask (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(7) Attach the panel (1) to the wall pilot side.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Pilot Furnishing Lateral Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41025-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-804
11. Copilot Furnishing Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Copilot
TheFurnishing
following procedure
Panel - Installation
is applicable for the installation of the Copilot Furnishing Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the headset jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(2) Install the hand microphone jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(3) Install the oxygen microphone jack (Refer to Chapter 23-50-00).
(4) Install the oxygen jack (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(5) Install the oxygen mask (Refer to Chapter 35-10-00).
(6) Install the panel (1) to the wall copilot side.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Copilot Furnishing Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41125-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-805
12. Pilot / Copilot Seat Belt - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Pilot The
/ Copilot
following
Seatprocedure
Belt - Installation
is applicable for the installation of the Pilot and Copilot Seat Belt.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Engage the Hook End Fittings (4) on the Left and Right Seat lower Pins.
(2) Place the Seat Belt Inertial Reel (3) on the Backrest.
(3) Install the nut (2) that secure the Seat Belt Inertial Reel to the Seat Backrest.
Tighten the nut to 24 ± 10% (in-lbs).
(4) Install the Seat rear Cover with four bolts (1).
(5) Install the Seat (Refer to TASK 25-10-00-400-801)
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41225-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-806
13. Cockpit Visors - Installation
Cockpit
TheVisors
following
- Installation
procedure is applicable for the installation procedure of the Pilot and Copilot
1004 - 1104
visors.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The installation procedure for the RH and LH Visors is identical.
E. Procedure
(1) Place the Visor in position on the Overhead Panel.
(2) Secure the Visor to the Overhead Panel with the screws
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41225-10-00
40
TASK 25-10-00-400-809
14. Glareshield - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Glareshield
The following
- Installation
procedure is applicable for the installation of the Glareshield, is located in the
1004 - 1104
flight compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(3) Place the Glareshield in proper position without attaching it with velcro.
(4) Connect the RH and RH Defogging Air Ducts (6, 9) to the RH and RH Defogging
Air Diffusers (7, 8)
(5) Connect the L and R ENG FIRE Pushbuttons
(6) Attach the Glareshield firmly in proper position with velcro
(7) Install the screw (2) and the spacer (4) that secure the Glareshield to the structure.
(8) Connect the Glareshield Lights Terminal Board (3)
(9) Install the Autopilot Controller (Refer to 22-10-00)
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Glareshield - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Glareshield - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TESTFLIGHT COMPARTMENT - ADJUSTMENT / TEST

50025-10-00
0
TASK 25-10-00-820-801
1. Pilot/Copilot Seat - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Pilot/Copilot
The following
Seat -procedure
Adjusting,isAligning,
applicable
Calibration,
for the adjustment
Rigging of the Pilot and Copilot Seat.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Move the pilot or copilot seat using the floor tracking as follows:
(a) Rotate the floor tracking control handle to the retracted position. This handle is
located on the inboard side of the seat near the back of the chair just above
the seat track.
(b) Move the seat to the desired position.
(c) Release the control handle and move the seat forward or rearward until the
locking bolts engage the holes in the seat rails.
(2) Adjust the height of the seat as follows:
(a) Pull the handle lever located on the end of the vertical adjustment lever. This
lever is located on the outboard side of the seat.
(b) With the handle lever pulled, raise the seat to the desired height by pushing
downward on the adjustment lever. To lower the seat, pull up on the
adjustment lever. Release the handle lever to seat adjustment to the desired
height.
(3) Adjust the seat back as follows:
(a) Rotate the control knob clockwise to recline and counter-clockwise to raise.
The back recline control knob is located on the inboard side of the seat near
the base of the back.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Pilot/Copilot Seat - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50125-10-00
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 25-10-00-820-802
2. Pilot/Copilot Shoulder Belt - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 502)
Pilot/Copilot
The following
Shoulder
procedure
Belt - Adjusting,
is applicable
Aligning,
for theCalibration,
adjustmentRigging
of the Pilot/Copilot Shoulder Belt.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The shoulder belts may be adjusted to the desired tension as follows:
(a) Adjust the shoulder belts to the desired tension.
(b) Lock in this position by pushing the locking handle forward.
NOTE: The locking handle is located on the inboard side of the seat pan.
(c) The manual adjustment is released by pulling the handle back.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - Pilot/Copilot Shoulder Belt - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60025-10-00
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 25-10-00-200-801
1. Glareshield - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Glareshield
The following
- Inspection
procedure
/ Check
is applicable for the inspection of the Glareshield, is located in the
1004 - 1104
flight compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Inspect the Glareshield Upper Panels skin and holes for:
– Cracks
– Cleanliness
– Absence of dust deposit
(2) If crack is detected, remove the glareshield and replace the crashed panel.
(3) If dust accumulation is detected, clean the glareshield surface.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Glareshield - Inspection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-10-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-20-00 - PASSENGER
INSPECTION
60025-20-00
PASSENGER
/ CHECK COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT(NORDAM)
0 (NORDAM) - INSPECTION / CHECK
TASK 25-20-00-200-801
1. Seat and Safety Belts - Inspection / Check
SeatThe
andfollowing
Safety Belts
procedure
- Inspection
is applicable
/ Checkfor the inspection of the Seat and Safety Belts.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Inspect seat and safety belts for proper attachment, general condition and security
of installation:
– Check for corrosion/ Oxydation on metallic parts.
– Check for frayed or torn strands
– Check for damaged or inoperable springs, clips, or latches
– Check for worn bolt hole
– Check for buckle and connector deformation, or difficulty in the adjustment
– Check for broken or missing stitches
– Check for missing or illegible TSO tags
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-20-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-20-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-21-00 - PASSENGER
DESCRIPTION
025-21-00
PASSENGER
AND OPERATION
COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. This section covers the standard and optional configuration for the passenger
1004 - 1104
compartment.
B. The standard passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 1) is certified for a maximum of

seven passenger seats, six in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory
when the optional T.O. & LND lavatory seat is installed.
This configuration consists of:
– Forward Facing Seat (2, 5, 6)
– Aft Facing Seat (3, 4)
– RH One Place Divan (1)
– Auxiliary Lavatory Seat (7)
– LH and RH Folding Table
– LH and RH Pyramid Cabinets (Optional)
– Cabin Baggage Compartment
– Refreshment Cabinet.
Fig. 1 - Standard Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
C. The option # 1 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 2) is certified for a maximum of

eight passenger seats, seven in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory
when the optional belted lavatory seat is installed.
– Forward Facing Seat (6, 7)
– RH Two Place Divan (1, 3)
– LH One Place Divan (2)
Fig. 2 - Option # 1 Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D. The option # 2 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 3) is certified for a maximum of six
passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory when the
optional belted lavatory seat is installed.
– Forward Facing Seat (1, 2, 5, 6)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. The option # 3 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 4) is certified for a maximum of six
passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory when the
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. The option # 4 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 5) is certified for a maximum of

seven passenger seats, six in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory
– Forward Facing Seat (2, 3, 4, 5, 6)
– RH One Place Divan (1)
– LH and RH Folding Tables (small type)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
G. The option # 5 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 6) is certified for a maximum of

nine passenger seats in the passenger compartment.
– Aft Three Place Divan (7, 8, 9)
– LH and RH Folding Table.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
H. The option # 6 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 7) is certified for a maximum of

nine passenger seats, eight in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory
– RH Two Place Divan (1, 2)
– LH Aft Two Place Divan (6, 8)
– LH and RH Folding Tables (small type)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I. The option # 7 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 8) is certified for a maximum of

nine passenger seats, eight in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory
– LH and RH Folding Tables
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
J. The option # 8 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 9) is certified for a maximum of

nine passenger seats in the passenger compartment.
– Aft Facing Seat (1, 2, 5, 6)
– LH and RH Folding Tables (small type).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
K. The option # 9 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 10) is certified for a maximum of
five passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory when the
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
L. The option # 10 “HIGH DENSITY” passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 11) is certified
for a maximum of seven passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in
the lavatory when the optional belted lavatory seat is installed.
– Forward Facing Seat (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
– Auxiliary Lavatory Seat (8).
Fig. 11 - Option # 10 “HIGH DENSITY” Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
M. The option # 14 “COMBI” passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 12) is certified for a
maximum of two passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in the
lavatory when the optional belted lavatory seat is installed.
– Cargo Compartment.
Fig. 12 - Option # 14 “COMBI” Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
N. The option # 11 “VIP” passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 13) is certified for a
maximum of five passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in the
lavatory when the optional belted lavatory seat is installed.
Fig. 13 - Option # 11 “VIP” Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
O. The option # 13 “CARGO” passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 14) is certified for one
passenger seat in the lavatory when the optional belted lavatory seat is installed.
– Cargo Compartment.
Fig. 14 - Option # 13 “CARGO” Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
P. The option # 12 “AMBULANCE” (Configuration “A” - Egan Aviation Piaggio Kit P/N
80KM00005) passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 15).
– Forward Facing Seat (3)
– Stretcher (1, 2).
Fig. 15 - Option # 12 “AMBULANCE” Configuration A
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 15
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Q. The option # 12 “AMBULANCE” (Configuration “B”- LifePort Inc. Piaggio Kit P/N
80KM00008) passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 16).
– Forward Facing Seat (3)
– Stretcher (1, 2).
– Loading Ramp
– 2’ Plus Unit.
Fig. 16 - Option # 12 “AMBULANCE” Configuration B
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 16
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R. The “STANDARD B” passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 17) is certified for seven
passenger seats.
– LH and RH Folding Table.
Fig. 17 - “STANDARD B” Passenger Compartment Configuration
S. The option # 16 “OPTION 16" (Ref. to Fig. 18) is certified for a maximum of six
passenger seats in the passenger compartment and one in the lavatory.
– Forward Facing Seat (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)
– Auxiliary Lavatory Seat (7).
T. A louver system is an assembly of panels that runs along the right and left ceiling of the
passenger compartment and is installed in all configurations. This conceals the
ventilation outlets and the lights.
U. The headliner is the furnishing panel located along the ceiling of the passenger
compartment, between the right and left louver system.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 17
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
V. The sidewall is the furnishing panel located along both walls, between the louvers and
the armrest console.
W. The armrest console is located along both walls, between the shade panel and the
floor. It contains storage for headset stereo deck, flight phone and so on. Ashtrays are
located in the armrests. Armrest configuration depends on the interior option selected.
X. The passenger compartment is divided from the lavatory by a two-half bulkhead with a
sliding door.
Fig. 18 - “OPTION 16" Passenger Compartment Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 18
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Y. The option # 19 passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 19).

– An Auxiliary Lavatory Seat
– Three Forward Facing Seats
– Two Place Divan
– Two Folding Tables
.
Fig. 19 - Option 19
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 19
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Z. The option # 20 “AMBULANCE” - LifePort Inc. Piaggio Kit P/N 80-909827-803)

passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 20).
– Forward Facing Seat (Light) (6)
– Forward Facing Seats (8, 9)
– Stretcher (4)
– Loading Ramp (1)
– Oxygen bottle (3)
– Electromedical Life Port System (5)
– Plus Unit (2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 20
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 20 - Option 20" Ambulance Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 21
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
AA. The option # 21 “AMBULANCE” - LifePort Inc. Piaggio Kit P/N 80-909827-805)
passenger compartment (Ref. to Fig. 21).
– Forward Facing Seat (Light) (6)
– Stretcher (4, 8)
– Loading Ramp (1)
– Oxygen bottle (3)
– Electromedical Life Port System (5)
– Plus Unit (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 22
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 21 - Option 21" Ambulance Configuration
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 23
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 24
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MAINTENANCEPASSENGER
20025-21-00
PRACTICES COMPARTMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 25-21-00-910-802
1. Passenger Compartment - Standard Practices
Passenger
This topic
Compartment
provides the
- Standard
General Information
Practices for the Passenger Compartment.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) General Safety Precautions
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS ELECTRICALLY SAFE.

BEFORE YOU DO A MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MAKE SURE
THAT THE EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL POWER AND THE BATTERY
ARE DISCONNECTED.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR INTERNAL

HANDLE IS FREE FROM DIVAN SEAT BACK CUSHION.
(2) General Cautions
CAUTION: AN INCORRECT SEATTING INSTALLATION MAY CAUSE

WARPING WHICH PREVENTS PROPER MOTION AND/OR LOCK-
UP OF THE CHAIR.
CAUTION: PROTECT THE MOST EXPOSED ITEMS OF THE CABIN SKIN

(ARMRESTS, ENTRANCE DOOR, SEATS) THROUGH SUITABLE
COVERINGS OR PIECES OF CLOTH, PLASTIC SHEETS OR
SIMILAR
CAUTION: DURING THE CARGO OPTION INSTALLATION, PAY ATTENTION

TO THE FLATNESS OF THE BASEMENT ON THE SLOTS. THE
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
POSSIBLE TORSION OF THE BASEMENT CAN CAUSE THE

DETERIORATION OF THE MOVEMENT FEATURES OR OF THE
SEAT LOCKING ON THE BASEMENT ITSELF.
THE INTERNAL SLOT (AISLE SIDE) IS 2.5 MM LOWER THAN
EXTERNAL ONE. MAKE SURE THE SPACER IS INSTALLED.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
20025-21-00
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
20
TASK 25-21-00-910-803
2. Stretcher - Standard Practices (Ref. to Fig. 201)
Stretcher
This topic
- Standard
gives the
Practices
Standard Practices for the Stretcher.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Before you Install the stretcher refer to the following illustrations for the correct
positioning.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 203
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 201 - Stretcher / Patient Handling System - Location (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 204
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 205
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 206
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40025-21-00
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 25-21-00-000-807
1. Floor Carpet - Removal
FloorThis
Carpet
topic- Removal
provides the Removal Procedure for the Floor Carpet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The Carpet is installed on the aircraft with Velcro, remove it by hand.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40025-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-808
2. Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
AisleThis
Return
topic
Airprovides
Diffuserthe
- Removal
Removal Procedure for the Aisle Return Air Diffuser.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: From now on the Aisle Return Air Diffuser will be referred to as "Air Diffuser".
NOTE: The Air Diffuser is connected to the aircraft structure by Velcro
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the carpet from the Air Diffuser.
(2) Carefully pull by hand the Air Diffuser and disconnect the clamps that fix the ducts
to the diffuser.
(3) Remove the Air Diffuser
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-809
3. Headliner - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Headliner
This topic
- Removal
provides the Removal Procedure for the Headliner.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Rear Vanity Closet: Copilot CB panel:
CABIN LTS READING LTS
(2) Remove the right and left louver panel systems from the ceiling of the passenger
compartment, as described in this section.
(3) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3) that secure the headliner (1) to the
airplane ceiling.
(4) Remove the headliner (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Headliner - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-810
4. Stretcher - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Stretcher
This topic
- Removal
provides the Removal Procedure for the Stretcher.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the loading ramp.
(2) Pull the stretcher unlocking cable (10) until the lifelocks pins (9) are free of the four
latch stations (8).
(3) Withdraw the stretcher (1) out of the latch stations.
(4) Outboard the stretcher sliding over the base unit and the loading ramp.
CAUTION: ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE OF THE BASE UNIT AT EACH LATCH

STATION, THERE IS A RED KNOB. THESE ARE THE
EMERGENCY RELEASED KNOBS. IN CASE THE CABLE FAILS
DUE TO BREAKAGE OR EXCESSIVE STRETCHING, PUSH IN
BOTH KNOBS AT THE LATCH STATIONS WHERE THE
STRETCHER IS LOCKED INTO AT THE SAME TIME (TWO
PEOPLE ARE REQUIRED). THIS RELEASES THE OUTBOARD
LOCKING PINS ONLY. THE STRETCHER IS THEN LIFTED UP ON
THAT SIDE ONLY UNTIL THE PINS IN THE LIFELOCK ARE FREE
OF THE LATCH STATION. AT THAT TIME, THE PINS ON THE
INBOARD CAN BE REMOVED.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Stretcher - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-812
5. Forward and Aft Facing Seats - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Forward
This and
topicAft
gives
Facing
the Seats
Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Forward and Aft Facing Seats.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: The procedures described in this paragraph are identical for all configurations.
NOTE: Do not do steps (1) and (6) when you remove the three place divan without
the control light membrane switch.
CAUTION: WITH THE “GEVEN” SEAT INSTALLED FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE

FROM STEP (2) TO STEP (4), THEN REMOVE THE CHAIR.
WITH THE “ERDA” SEAT INSTALLED FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE
ENTERELY.
(1) Make sure that the electrical power is removed.(Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-
801).
(2) Remove the covers located at the base of the chair.
(3) Loosen the jam nuts and remove the anchor studs from the seat track slots.
(4) Move the chair forward or aft until it is possible to remove the chair from the tracks.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Move upward the chair slowly until it is possible to disconnect the electrical
connectors, if Installed.
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector.
(7) Remove the chair.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Forward and Aft Facing Seat - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40425-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-813
6. Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Two This
and Three
topic gives
Placethe
Divan
Removal
(ERDA)
Procedure
- Removal
for the Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40525-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-814
7. One Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
One This
Placetopic
Divan
gives
(ERDA)
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the One Place Divan (ERDA).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

connectors.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - One Place Divan (ERDA) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40625-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-815
8. One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
One This
Placetopic
Divan
gives
(GEVEN)
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the One Place Divan (GEVEN).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

(2) Remove the covers located at the base of the divan.
(3) Loosen the four locking collars (1) from the anchor studs (5)
(4) Loosen the screws (3) that fasten the front movable cilinders (6) from both fitting
(4).
(5) Disengage the front movable cylinders (6) from both seat tracks (2).
(6) Move the divan forward or aft until it is possible to remove it from the seat tracks
(2).
(7) Move upward the divan slowly until it is possible ti disconnect the electrical
connector.
(8) Disconnect the electrical connector.
(9) Remove the divan.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40725-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-816
9. Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Two This
Placetopic
Divan
gives
(GEVEN)
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Two Place Divan (GEVEN).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

(2) Remove the covers located at the base of the divan.
(3) Loosen the four locking collars (1) from the anchor studs (5)
(4) Loosen the screws (3) that fasten the front movable cylinders (6) from both fitting
(4).
(5) Disengage the front movable cylinders (6) from both seat tracks (2).
(6) Move the divan forward or aft until it is possible to remove it from the seat tracks
(2).
(7) Move upward the divan slowly until it is possible ti disconnect the electrical
connector.
(8) Remove the divan.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40825-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-817
10. Large Cabinet - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Large
This
Cabinet
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the Large Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the seats on the left side of the cabin as detailed in this chapter.
(2) Remove the oxygen vessel rack as follow:
(a) if the oxygen vessel is Installed, open the belt and remove it.
(b) Remove the 22 screws (3) that connect the oxygen vessel rack to the large
cabinet.
(c) Remove the two nuts (5) with the two Adapter Washer (6) from the oxygen
vessel.
(d) Remove the Oxygen Vessel rack and the two anchor fittings (7) with the two
adapter washer (6) from the aircraft.
(3) Open the access door to gain access to the large cabinet tie rod (12).
(4) Remove the Seger (8), then slide out the pin (9) from the tie rod eye end (10) and
the tie rod bracket (11).
(5) Do an inspection of the tie rod eye end (10) and the tie rod bracket (11).
(6) Remove the 12 screws (13) from the large cabinet support (14).
(7) Remove the nut (15) and the washer (16) from the bracket (22) that secure the
Cabinet to the track.
(8) Remove the three fasteners (20) that connect the bracket (19) to the track.
(9) Remove the Large Cabinet.
(10) If necessary, remove the screws (21) and (18) from the brackets (19) and (22).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Large Cabinet - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Large Cabinet - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40925-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-818
11. AFT Cabinet - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 410)
AFT This
Cabinet
topic- Removal
gives the Removal Procedure for the AFT Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

BEFORE YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE MAKE SURE
THAT THE EXTERNAL ELECTRICL POWER AND THE BATTERY ARE
DISCONNECTED (REFER TO CHAPTER 24-00-00).

(2) Remove the Small RH Rear Cabinet as described in this section.
(3) Remove the all the equipments Installed in the AFT Cabinet.
(4) Remove the four screw that fasten the AFT cabinet upper panel (1) to the AFT
cabinet (2).
(5) Remove the Seger (3), then slide out the pin (4) from the tie rod bracket (5).
(6) Remove the screws (9) located on the AFT Cabinet internal right side that secure
the lateral panel (11) to the AFT cabinet wall.
(7) Open the lateral panel (11) and disconnect all the electrical connectors.
(8) Remove the AFT cabinet lower panel (12).
(9) Remove the four screws (10) that secure the AFT cabinet to the seat tracks (13).
(10) Remove the screw (8) that fasten the AFT cabinet rear side to the airplane
structure.
(11) Remove the AFT cabinet (2) with the lateral panel (11).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - AFT Cabinet - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41025-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-819
12. Cabinets - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Cabinets
This topic
- Removal
gives the Removal Procedure for the Cabinets.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

NOTE: The procedure detailed below is similar for all the Cabinets detailed in figure
411.
(1) Remove the drawer (2) to get access to the fixing mechanism.
(2) Remove the four screws (3) and the two special washer (4) that secure the
Cabinet (1) to the Track fitting assy (5).
(3) If the Cabinet has an electrical connector, slide it out from its own position unitll is
possible to reach the electrical connector (6) located to the rear side and
disconnect the electrical connector.
(4) Remove the Cabinet.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Cabinets - Removal (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41125-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-820
13. Louver - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Louver
This
- Removal
topic gives the Removal Procedure for the Louver.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(1) Remove all electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).

(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons not to apply
electrical power.
CAUTION: BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE LOUVER PANEL.

IMPROPER PRESSURE ON THE LOUVER SURFACE CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COLD CATHODE LAMPS.
(3) Remove the louver panel, using a locally-made flat tool.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Louver - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41225-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-821
14. Cardtable - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Cardtable
This topic
- Removal
gives the Removal Procedure for the Cardtable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the two screws (3), the washers (4) and the nuts (5) that connect the
lower side of the cardtable (11) to the intercostal (7).
(2) Remove the two screws(1) that connect the cardtable to the bracket (6).
(3) Remove the spacer (2) if Installed.
(4) Move apart the cardtable (11).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Cardtable - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41325-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-822
15. Windows Shades - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Windows
This topic
Shades
gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the Windows Shades.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Sidewall Panel as described in this section.
(2) Remove the four screws (1) that fasten the Window Shade (2) to the airplane
structure.
(3) Remove the Window Shade (2).
(4) Do a check of the shade seal.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Windows Shades - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41425-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-823
16. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 415)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment/Vanity
gives the RemovalCurtain
Procedure
- Removal
for the Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) With reference to the “Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin)” removal procedure (Refer
to Chapter 25-22-00), move the Left Rear Partition upper side in such a way it is
possible free the rail and the slider from the Partition.
(2) Slide out the Slider with the Curtain from the Rail.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41525-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-824
17. Toilet Seat Support - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 416)
ToiletThis
Seattopic
Support
gives-the
Removal
Removal Procedure for the Toilet Seat Support.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Toilet Seat (1).as detailed in this section.
(2) Mark the Toilet Support (2) position on the Seat Tracks (3) as shown in Fig. 242.
(3) Remove the Bolts (4) that secure the Toilet Seat (1) to the Ancra Seat Track
Fittings (5).
(4) Remove the Toilet Seat Support (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Toilet Seat Support - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41625-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-825
18. Seat Belt Toilet - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 417)
SeatThis
Belt topic
Toiletgives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the Seat Belt Toilet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SEAT BELT TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE
THE THERMAL INSULATION.
(1) Remove the Lavatory Sidewall panel.

(2) Remove the Toilet seat.
(3) Remove the four screws (10) and the four washers (9). that connect the Guide (7)
to the plate (6).
(4) Remove the bolt (2) and remove the seat belt.
(5) Remove the two screws (11) with the nuts (16).
(6) Remove the bolt (12) with the washer (13) and the nut (15).
(7) Remove the bolt and the nut (5) and remove the seat belt.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 417 - Seat Belt Toilet - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41725-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-826
19. Patient Handling System - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 418)
Patient
ThisHandling
topic gives
System
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Patient Handling System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: The base units are electrically powered by two circuit breakers that can be
Installed in the Main Junction Box (placard LH STRETCHER, RH
STRETCHER) or by two Remote Control Circuit Breakers, Installed in the
Main Junction Box, which are remotely controlled by two circuit breakers
located in the copilot CB panel (placarded AUX 1 and AUX 2).
NOTE: The Stretcher must be removed from the Patient Handling System.
(1) If the circuit breakers are Installed on the Main Junction Box, open tag and safety
the circuit breakers that follows:
Main Junction Box:
LH STRETCHER
RH STRETCHER
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) If the circuit breakers are Installed on the Copilot CB Panel in the cockpit, open tag
and safety the circuit breakers that follows:
Copilot CB Panel:
AUX 1
AUX 2
(3) Disconnect the stretcher Wire Bundle Assy.

(4) Remove the Stretcher Plunger (2).
(5) Withdraw the base unit (7) until the base mounting plates (6) are free of the floor
mounting plate stud (5).
(6) Raise and remove the base unit.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 418 - Stretcher / Patient Handling System - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41825-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-827
20. One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 419)
One This
Stretcher
topic Configuration
gives the Removal
(General)
Procedure
- Removal
for the One Stretcher Configuration (General).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED (REFER TO CHAPTER 24-00-00).
NOTE: The base unit is electrically powered by a Circuit Breaker that can be Installed
in the Main Junction Box (placarded, RH stretcher) or by a Remote Control
Circuit Breakers, Installed in the Main Junction Box, which is remotely
controlled by a circuit breaker located in the copilot CB panel (placarded AUX
2).
(1) Open, tag and safety this circuit breaker as follows:

(a) If the circuit breaker is Installed in the Main Junction Box, open tag and safety
the circuit breaker RH stretcher.
(b) If the circuit breaker is Installed on the Copilot CB Panel in the cockpit, open
Tag and safety the circuit breaker AUX 2.
(2) Remove the stretcher (1) as detailed in this section.
(3) Disconnect the Stretcher Wire bundle assy (4).
(4) Install the protective plugs to the electrical connections.
(5) Install the Plus handle assembly on the Patient handling system (2).
(6) Remove the stretcher plunger (3) from the Patient handling system (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Withdraw the Patient handling system until the Ambulance Plate kit (5) is free from
the Floor Mounting Plate Stud (7).
(8) Remove the 2 Plus Cabinet Unit (6) as follows:
(a) Remove the stretcher plunger (3) from the plus cabinet Unit (6)
(b) Withdraw the cabinet until it is free from the Floor Mounting Plate Stud (7)
(c) Remove the 2 Plus Cabinet Unit (6) from the aircraft.
(9) Remove the Patient handling system from the aircraft.
(10) If necessary, remove the Ambulance Plate kit (5) as follows:
(a) Remove the bolts (8) and the washers (9).
(b) Remove the plate (10).
(c) Remove from the track the Track fitting assy (11).
(11) If necessary remove the carpet, that is attached by Velcro Strips.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 419 - One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 457
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 458
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41925-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-828
21. Two Stretcher Configuration - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 420)
Two This
Stretcher
topic Configuration
gives the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Two Stretcher Configuration.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: The base unit is electrically powered by two Circuit Breakers that can be
Installed in the Main Junction Box (placarded, LH STRETCHER, RH
stretcher) or by a Remote Control Circuit Breakers, Installed in the Main
Junction Box, which is remotely controlled by two circuit breakers located in
the copilot CB panel (placarded AUX 1 and AUX 2).
(1) Open, tag and safety this circuit breaker as follows:

(a) If the circuit breaker are Installed in the Main Junction Box, open tag and
safety the circuit breaker RH stretcher and LH stretcher.
(b) If the circuit breakers are Installed on the Copilot CB Panel in the cockpit,
open Tag and safety the circuit breaker AUX 1 and AUX 2.
(2) Remove the stretcher (1) as detailed in this section.
(3) Disconnect the two Stretcher Wire bundle assy (4).
(4) Install the protective plugs to the electrical connections.
(5) Install the Plus handle assembly on the Patient Handling System (2).
(6) Remove the Stretcher Plungers (3) from the Patient Handling System RH.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 459
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Withdraw the Patient handling system until the Ambulance Plate KIt (5) is free from
the Floor mounting Plate Stud (7).
(8) Remove the 2 Plus Cabinet Unit (6) as follows:
(a) Remove the Stretcher Plunger (6) from the plus cabinet Unit (1).
(b) Withdraw the cabinet until it is free from the Floor mounting Plate Stud (7).
(c) Remove the cabinet from the aircraft.
(9) Remove the Patient Handling System RH from the aircraft.
(10) Remove the Stretcher Plungers (3) from the Patient Handling System LH.
(11) Withdraw the Patient Handling System LH until the Ambulance Plate KIt (5) is free
from the Floor mounting Plate Stud (7).
(12) Remove the Patient Handling System LH from the aircraft.
(13) If necessary, remove the Ambulance Plate Kit (5) as follows:
(a) Remove the bolts (8) and the washers (9).
(b) Remove the plate (10).
(c) Remove from the track the Track fitting assy (11).
(14) If necessary remove the carpet that is attached by Velcro Strips.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 460
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 420 - Two Stretcher Configuration - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 461
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 462
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42025-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-000-829
22. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 421)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment/Vanity
gives the RemovalCurtain
Procedure
- Removal
for the passenger compartment vanity curtain.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) With reference to the " Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin) " removal procedure
(Refer to Chapter 25-22-00), move the Left Rear Partition upper side in such a way
it is possible free the rail and the slider from the Partition.
(2) Slide out the Slider with the Curtain from the Rail.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 463
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 421 - Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 464
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42125-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-807
23. Floor Carpet - Installation
FloorThis
Carpet
topic- Installation
provides the Installation Procedure for the Floor Carpet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure that the floor is clean and free of objects.
(2) Make sure that the Velcro is well fixed and cleaned.
E. Procedure
(1) Put the carpet in position on the floor and fix it with the Velcro.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 465
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 466
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42125-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-808
24. Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 422)
AisleThis
Return
topic
Airprovides
Diffuserthe
- Installation
Installation Procedure for the Aisle Return Air Diffuser.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) If you must install the Air Diffuser previously removed, do as follows:
(a) Put in position the Air Diffuser and carefully install it on the Velcro at the
aircraft side.
(2) If you must replace the Air Diffuser with a new one, do as follows:
(a) Use a synthetic rubber-based adhesive and install the Velcro on the Diffuser
and on the aircraft structure.
(b) Clean the surfaces of the Diffuser.
(c) Put in position the j-track on the diffuser and drill holes, to install the blind rivet,
with a step of 75 mm and 12 mm from the edges.
(d) Apply the Epoxy adhesive on the J-track the washer and the blind rivet and
install them on the Diffuser.
(e) Fill with the appropriate quantity of foam or rubber the diffuser as detailed in
Fig. 422.
(f) Put in position the Air Diffuser and fix it with the Velcro.
(3) Install the moquette and make sure that it fit correctly.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 467
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 422 - Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 468
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 422 - Aisle Return Air Diffuser - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 469
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 470
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42225-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-809
25. Headliner - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 423)
Headliner
This topic
- Installation
provides the Installation Procedure for the Headliner.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The applicable circuit breakers are open, tagged and secured.
– Access is available (Refer to TASK 25-20-00-000-852).
(2) Place the headliner (1) to the ceiling of the airplane and secure with washers (3)
and screws (2).
(3) Install the right and left louver panel systems as described in this section.
(4) Remove the safety tag and close these circuit breakers:
Rear Vanity Closet: Copilot CB panel:
CABIN LTS READING LTS
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 471
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 423 - Headliner - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 472
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42325-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-810
26. Stretcher - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 424)
Stretcher
This topic
- Installation
provides the Installation Procedure for the Stretcher.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Inboard the stretcher on the loading ramp.
(2) Slide the stretcher onto the base unit tracks (3) until the lifelocks pins (9) are
inserted in the proper latch stations (8).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 473
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 424 - Stretcher - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 474
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42425-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-812
27. Forward and Aft Facing Seats - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 425)
Forward
This and
topicAft
gives
Facing
the Seats
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Forward and Aft Facing Seats.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE:
– With the “GEVEN” seat Installed perform the step (2) then the Steps (4)
and (5).
– With the “ERDA” seat Installed follow the procedure enterely.

– There is not electrical power on the airplane
(2) Set the pedestal or the complete chair on top of the set track in the desired
location in the airplane. Adjust the studs until all rest flat is on the surface of the
tracks.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 475
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE MAY CAUSE

UP OF THE CHAIR.
(4) Set the pedestal anchor studs into the set track slots and tighten jam nuts.
(5) Install the covers located at the base of the chair.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 476
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 425 - Forward and Aft Facing Seat - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 477
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 478
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42525-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-813
28. Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 426)
Two This
and Three
topic gives
Placethe
Divan
Installation
(ERDA)Procedure
- Installation
for the Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

tracks.

UP OF THE CHAIR.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 479
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR INTERNAL

HANDLE IS FREE FROM DIVAN SEAT BACK CUSHION.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 480
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 426 - Two and Three Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 481
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 482
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42625-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-814
29. One Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 427)
One This
Placetopic
Divan
gives
(ERDA)
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the One Place Divan (ERDA).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

tracks.

UP OF THE CHAIR.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 483
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: Check that the emergency exit door internal handle is free from divan
seat back cushion.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 484
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 427 - One Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 485
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 486
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42725-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-815
30. One Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 428)
One This
Placetopic
Divan
gives
(GEVEN)
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the One Place Divan (GEVEN).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

tracks.

UP OF THE CHAIR.
(4) Set the four pedestal anchor studs (5) into the set track slots (2).
(5) Insert both front movable cylinders (6) into the set tracks slots (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 487
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Tighten the locking collars (1) and the screws (3) in order that the seat is firmly
locked on the tracks (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 488
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 428 - One Place Divan (ERDA) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 489
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 490
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42825-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-816
31. Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 429)
Two This
Placetopic
Divan
gives
(GEVEN)
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Two Place Divan (GEVEN).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

(2) Set the divan on top of the set track in the desired location in the airplane. Adjust
the studs until all rest flat is on the surface of the tracks.

UP OF THE CHAIR.
(3) Set the four pedestal anchor studs (5) into the set track slots (2).
(4) Insert both front movable cylinders (6) into the set tracks slots (2).
(5) Tighten the locking collars (1) and the screws (3) in order that the seat is firmly
locked on the tracks (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 491
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 492
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 429 - Two Place Divan (GEVEN) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 493
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 494
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42925-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-817
32. Large Cabinet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 430)
Large
This
Cabinet
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the Large Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the Anchor Nut (17) in the track.
(2) Place the Large Cabinet (1) in position on the large cabinet support (14).
(3) Connect the Large Cabinet to the support with the 12 screws (14), do not tighten
the screws.
(4) Install the nut (15) and the washer (16) to the Bracket (22).
(5) Install the three Fasteners (20) to the Bracket (19).
(6) Insert the tie rod eye end (10) in the tie rod bracket (11), then Install the pin (9) and
the Seger (8).
(7) By operating the Tie rod put in the correct position the Large cabinet.
(8) Secure the Large Cabinet to the support (14), tighten the screws (13).
(9) Torque the nut (15) and the fasteners (20).
(10) Put in position the Anchor fittings (7) with the two Adapter Washers (6).
(11) Put in position the Oxygen Vessel Cage (4) against the Large Cabinet (1).
(12) Install the 22 screws (3).
(13) Install the oxygen vessel and secure it with the belts.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 495
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 430 - Large Cabinet - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 496
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 430 - Large Cabinet - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 497
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 498
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43025-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-818
33. AFT Cabinet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 431)
AFT This
Cabinet
topic- Installation
gives the Installation Procedure for the AFT Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(1) Place the AFT cabinet (2) with the lateral panel (11) in the proper position.
(2) Connect the AFT Cabinet to the seat tracks (13) with screws (10) without tighten
the screws.
(3) Insert the tie rod eye end (7) in the bracket (5), then insert the pin (4) and secure it
by the Seger (3).
(4) Install the screw (8) that secure the AFT cabinet rear side to the airplane structure.
(5) Connect all the electrical connectors located rear to the lateral panel (11).
(6) Close the lateral panel and fasten it to the AFT cabinet side wall with screws (9).
(7) Secure the AFT Cabinet to the seat tracks (13) tighten the screws (10).
(8) Install the AFT cabinet upper panel (1).
(9) Install the AFT cabinet lower panel (12).
(10) Install the Small RH Rear Cabinet as described in this section.
(11) Make sure the electrical power is available (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 499
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 500
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 431 - AFT Cabinet - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43125-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-819
34. AFT Cabinet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 432)
AFT This
Cabinet
topic- Installation
gives the Installation Procedure for the AFT Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

NOTE: If a new Cabinet is Installed, it is necessary to trim it in position.
(1) If Installed remove the lower drawer to get access to the attaching parts.
(2) Put the Track fitting Assy (5) in position.
(3) Put the Cabinet in position and connect the electrical connector (6).
(4) Install the two special washers (4) and the four screws (3)
(5) Adjust the Cabinet in position and torque the four screws (3)
(6) Reinstall the lower drawer (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 432 - Cabinets - Installation (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43225-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-820
35. Louver - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 433, 434, 435)
Louver
This
- Installation
topic gives the Installation Procedure for the Louver.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure


CAUTION: BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE LOUVER PANEL.

IMPROPER PRESSURE ON THE LOUVER SURFACE CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COLD CATHODE LAMPS.
(2) If you Install the louver of the mask dispensing unit, do as follows otherwise
continue with the next step:
(a) Trim off the edge of the louver assy as shown in figures 433 and 434.
(b) Clean the louver surface and apply a thin layer of Epoxy Primer [EA934NA].
(c) Put in position the cover of the mask dispensing unit.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Close the mask dispensing unit door and make sure that the louver is
correctly Installed.
(3) Clip the louver panel to its own place on the louver system.
(4) Do an operational check of the table reading and cabin lights (Refer to 33-20-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 433 - Louver - Location
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 434 - Louver - Rework
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 435 - Louver - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43525-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-821
36. Cardtable - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 436)
Cardtable
This topic
- Installation
gives the Installation Procedure for the Cardtable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The intercoastal are Installed to the structure with rivets and during normal
maintenance operation is not necessary to replace them.
(1) Put in position the cardtable (11) on the structure.

(2) If required Install the spacers (2) between the cardtable(11) and the bracket(6).
(3) Install the two screws(1) to the cardtable.
(4) Install the two screws (3), the washers (4) and the nuts (5).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 436 - Cardtable - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43625-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-822
37. Windows Shades - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 437)
Windows
This topic
Shades
gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the Windows Shades.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Place the Window Shade (2) in proper position on the cabin window.
(2) Check that the shade seal is not damaged.
(3) Secure the Window Shade (2) to the airplane structure by the screws (1).
(4) Install the Sidewall Panel as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 437 - Windows Shades - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43725-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-823
38. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 438)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment/Vanity
Curtain
Procedure
- Installation
for the Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Insert the Slider with the Curtain in the Rail.
(2) With reference to the “Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin)” installation procedure
(Refer to Chapter 25-22-00), move the Left Rear Partition upper side in proper
position than secure the Left Rear Partition to the airframe.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 438 - Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43825-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-824
39. Toilet Seat Support - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 439)
ToiletThis
Seattopic
Support
gives-the
Installation
Installation Procedure for the Toilet Seat Support.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Place the Toilet Support (2) in proper position refer to the marks on the Seat
Tracks (3) taken during removal procedure.
(2) Secure the Toilet Support (2) to the Ancra Seat Track Fittings (5) with the Bolts (4).
(3) Install the Toilet Seat (1) as detailed in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 439 - Toilet Seat Support - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 522
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
43925-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-825
40. Seat Belt Toilet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 440)
SeatThis
Belt topic
Toiletgives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the Seat Belt Toilet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Put in position the seat belt on one side of the toilet support and Install the bolt and
the nuts (5).
(2) Put in position the seat belt inside the bracket (14).
(3) Install the bracket (14) on the support with the bolt (12), the washer (13) and the
nut (16).
(4) Install the two screws (11) and the two nuts (15) on the bracket (14).
(5) Repeat the same procedure on the other side of the toilet support.
(6) Install the seat belt on the structure with the bolt (2).
(7) Put the seat belt in position against the plate (6) and stop it with the guide (7).
(8) Install the four screws (10) with the four washers (9) on the guide.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 523
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 440 - Seat Belt Toilet - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 524
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
44025-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-826
41. Patient Handling System - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 441)
Patient
ThisHandling
topic gives
System
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Patient Handling System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: The base units are electrically powered by two circuit breakers that can be
Installed in the Main Junction Box (placard LH STRETCHER, RH
STRETCHER) or by two Remote Control Circuit Breakers, Installed in the
Main Junction Box, which are remotely controlled by two circuit breakers
located in the copilot CB panel (placarded AUX 1 and AUX 2).
(1) Withdraw the base mounting plate (6) again the floor mounting plate studs (5).
(2) Insert the Stretcher Plunger (2) in the proper hole located on the floor mounting
plate.
(3) Connect the stretcher Wire Bundle Assy.
(4) Install the stretcher as described in this section.
(5) If the circuit breakers are Installed on the Main Junction Box, remove the safety
tag and close the LH / RH STRETCHER circuit breakers.
(6) If the circuit breakers are Installed on the Copilot CB Panel, remove the safety tag
and close the AUX 1 and AUX 2 circuit breakers.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 525
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 526
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 441 - Stretcher / Patient Handling System - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 527
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 528
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
44125-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-827
42. One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 442)
One This
Stretcher
topic Configuration
(General)
Procedure
- Installation
for the One Stretcher Configuration (General).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED (REFER TO CHAPTER 24-00-00).
NOTE: Before you Install the Ambulance plate kit, make sure that the specific carpet,
part of the “One stretcher configuration Kit2, is Installed.
(1) Install the Ambulance Plate Kit (5) as follows:
NOTE: Refer to Figure 442 for the ambulance plate kit correct positioning.
(a) Install in the track the Track fitting assy (11).

(b) Apply a light film of Loctite type 222 on the Floor Mounting Plate Stud threads
(7).
(c) Install the Floor Mounting Plate Stud (7) according to the flight direction on the
plate (10).
(d) Make sure that the distance between the head of the Floor Mounting Plate
Stud and the plate surface is 10mm.
(e) Put in position the plate assy (10).
(f) Install the washer (9) and the bolt (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 529
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Install the Plus handle assembly on the patient handling system (2).
(3) Load the Patient handling system (2) inside the aircraft, do not Install it at this
point.
(4) Install the 2 plus cabinet Unit (6) in the aircraft as follows:
(a) Put in position the cabinet near the mounting plate.
(b) Withdraw the cabinet in the flight direction until is against the Floor Mounting
Plate Stud (7).
(c) Install the stretcher plunger and lock the cabinet in position.
NOTE: The base unit is electrically powered by a circuit breaker that can be
Installed in the Main Junction Box (placarded, RH stretcher) or by a
Remote Control Circuit Breakers, Installed in the Main Junction Box,
which is remotely controlled by a circuit breaker located in the copilot
CB panel (placarded AUX 2).
(5) Open the Circuit breaker AUX 2 (or RH stretcher).

(6) Remove the Plus handle assembly and storage them in the plus cabinet Unit (6).
(7) Remove the protective plug from the electrical power connection and connect the
stretcher Wire bundle assy (4) on the aircraft.
(8) Store the protective cap in the 2 plus cabinet Unit (6).
(9) Put in position the Patient Handling System and lock it as follows:
(a) Withdraw the Patient Handling System in the flight direction until is against the
Floor Mounting Plate Stud (7).
(b) Install the stretcher plunger (3) and lock the patient handling in position.
(10) Install the stretcher (1) as detailed in this section.
(11) Store the load ramp in the baggage.
(12) Close the circuit breakers AUX 2 or RH stretcher.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 530
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 442 - One Stretcher Configuration (General) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 531
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 532
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
44225-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-828
43. Two Stretcher Configuration - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 443)
Two This
Stretcher
topic Configuration
- Installation
Procedure for the Two Stretcher Configuration.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: Before you Install the Ambulance Plate Kit, make sure that the specific carpet,
part of the two stretcher configuration Kit, is Installed.
(1) Install the Ambulance Plate Kits (5) as follows:
NOTE: Refer to Figure 443 for the ambulance plate kit correct positioning
(a) Install in the track the Track fitting assy (11).

(b) Apply a light film of Loctite type 222 on the Floor Mounting Plate Stud threads
(7).
(c) Install the Floor Mounting Plate Stud (7) according to the flight direction on the
plate (10).
(d) Make sure that the distance between the head of Floor Mounting Plate Stud
and the plate surface is 10mm.
(e) Put in position the plate assy (10).
(f) Install the washers (9) and the bolts (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 533
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Install the Plus handle assembly on the Patient handling systems (2).
(3) Load the LH Patient handling system (2) inside the aircraft, do not Install it at this
point.
NOTE: The base unit is electrically powered by two Circuit Breakers that can be
Installed in the Main Junction Box (placarded, LH STRETCHER, RH
stretcher) or by a Remote Control Circuit Breakers, Installed in the Main
Junction Box, which is remotely controlled by two circuit breakers located
in the copilot CB panel (placarded AUX 1 and AUX 2).
(4) Open the Circuit breakers AUX 1 and AUX 2 (or RH stretcher and LH
STRETCHER).
(5) Remove the Plus handle assembly.
Stretcher Wire Bundle Assy (4) on the aircraft.
(7) Put in position the Patient Handling System (2) and lock it as follows:
(a) Withdraw the patient handling system in the flight direction until is against the
Floor Mounting Plate Studs (7).
(b) Install the stretcher plunger (3) and lock the patient handling in position.
(8) Load the RH Patient handling system inside the aircraft do not Install it at this
point.
(9) Install the 2 plus cabinet Unit (6) in the aircraft as follows:
(a) Put in position the cabinet near the mounting plate.
(b) Withdraw the cabinet in the flight direction until is against the Floor Mounting
Plate Studs (7).
(c) Install the Stretcher Plungers (3) and lock the cabinet in position.
(10) Remove the Plus Handle Assembly and storage it in the 2 plus cabinet unit.
Wire Bundle Assy (4) to the aircraft.
(12) Store the protective cap in the 2 plus cabinet Unit (6).
(13) Put in position the RH Patient Handling System and lock it as follows:
(a) Withdraw the patient handling system in the flight direction until is against the
Floor Mounting Plate Studs (7).
(b) Install the Stretcher Plunger (3) and lock the Patient Handling System in
position.
(14) Install the stretcher (1) as detailed in this section.
(15) Store the load ramp in the baggage.
(16) Close the circuit breakers AUX 1 and AUX 2 (or RH STRETCHER and LH
STRETCHER).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 534
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 443 - Two Stretcher Configuration - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 535
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 536
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
44325-21-00
40
TASK 25-21-00-400-829
44. Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 444)
Passenger
This topic
Compartment/Vanity
gives the installation
Curtain
Procedure
- Installation
for the passenger compartment vanity curtain.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Insert the Slider with the Curtain in the Rail.
(2) With reference to the " Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin) " installation procedure
(Refer to Chapter 25-22-00), move the Left Rear Partition upper side in proper
position than secure the Left Rear Partition to the airframe.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 537
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 444 - Passenger Compartment/Vanity Curtain -Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-00
Page 538
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-21-01 - PPASSENGER
REMOVAL
40025-21-01
/ASSENGER
INSTALLATION
0 COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT--PANELS
PANELS- REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 25-21-01-000-804
1. Sidewall Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Sidewall
This Panel
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the Sidewall Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(1) Remove the right or left louver panel system as described in this section.
(2) Remove all screws (5) and washers (1) that secure the upper side of the sidewall
panel to the passenger compartment ceiling.
(3) Slide out the louver side of the sidewall panel (2) for its full length from the retainer
(3).
(4) Remove the sidewall panel (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Sidewall Panel - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Sidewall Panel - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-21-01
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - PANELS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 25-21-01-000-805
2. Right Armrest Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
RightThis
Armrest
topic Panel
gives the
- Removal
Removal Procedure for the Right Armrest Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

NOTE: The length of the right armrest panels depends on the configuration. The
following removal/Installation procedures are referred to the standard
configuration.
NOTE: On the right armrest panel the stereo system is optionally Installed.
(1) Remove the screws (3) and the washer (4) that secure the louver side of the
armrest (2) to the airplane structure.
(2) If a membrane switch is Installed on the armrest panel, disconnect the electrical
connector located on its support behind the lower side of the armrest panel (2).
(3) If the stereo system is Installed do the following steps
(a) Slide out the rear side of the armrest panel (2) from the retainer (1).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector located on the rear side of the radio.
(4) Slide out the upper side of the armrest (2) for its full length from the retainer (1).
(5) Remove the armrest panel (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Armrest Panel - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-21-01
40
TASK 25-21-01-000-806
3. Left Armrest Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Left Armrest
This topic
Panel
gives- the
Removal
Removal Procedure for the Left Armrest Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

NOTE: The length of the left armrest panels depends on the configuration. The
following removal/Installation procedures are referred to the standard
configuration.
NOTE: On the left armrest panel the stereo system is optionally Installed.
(1) Remove the screws (3) and the washer (4) that secure the louver side of the
armrest (2) to the airplane structure.
(2) If a membrane switch is Installed on the armrest panel, disconnect the electrical
connector located on its support behind the lower side of the armrest panel (2).
(3) If the stereo system is Installed do the following steps
(a) Slide out the rear side of the armrest panel (2) from the retainer (1).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector located on the rear side of the radio.
(4) Slide out the upper side of the armrest (2) for its full length from the retainer (1).
(5) Remove the armrest panel (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Armrest Panel - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-21-01
40
TASK 25-21-01-000-807
4. Table Insert - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Table
This
Insert
topic- Removal
gives the Removal Procedure for the Table Insert.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Armrest assy.
(2) Through the Top Cap (4) get access to the screws (1) and (2) that connect the Top
Cap (4) to the Insert (5).
(3) Remove the screws (1).
(4) Remove the screws (2) the washer (3).
(5) Remove the Top cap (4) and the Insert (5).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Table Insert (Option 11) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40425-21-01
40
TASK 25-21-01-400-804
5. Sidewall Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Sidewall
This Panel
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the Sidewall Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(1) Insert the lower side of the sidewall panel (2) for its full length into the retainer (3).
(2) Secure the upper side of sidewall panel (2) to the passenger compartment ceiling
by the washers (1) and the screws (5).
(3) Install the right or the left louver panel system as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Sidewall Panel - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Sidewall Panel - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40525-21-01
40
TASK 25-21-01-400-805
6. Right Armrest Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
RightThis
Armrest
topic Panel
gives the
- Installation
Installation Procedure for the Right Armrest Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(1) If the stereo system is Installed do the following steps:

(a) Place the armrest panel (2) near the internal right side of the airplane.
(b) Connect the electrical connector located on the rear side of the radio.
(2) If previously disconnected, connect the membrane switch connector.
(3) Insert the upper side of the armrest panel (2) for its full length into the retainer (1).
(4) Secure the lower side of the armrest (2) to the airplane structure by the washer (4)
and the screws (3).
(5) Remove the safety tag and close the AUDIO circuit breaker.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Armrest Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40625-21-01
40
TASK 25-21-01-400-806
7. Left Armrest Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Left Armrest
This topic
Panel
gives- the
Installation
Installation Procedure for the Left Armrest Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

(1) If the flight phone is Installed do the following steps:

(a) Place the armrest panel (2) near the internal right side of the airplane.
(b) Connect the electrical connector located on the rear side of the flight phone.
(2) If previously disconnected, connect the membrane switch connector.
(3) Insert the upper side of the armrest panel (2) for its full length into the retainer (1).
(4) Secure the lower side of the armrest (2) to the airplane structure by the washer (4)
and the screws (3).
(5) Remove the safety tag and close the applicable circuit breaker.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Armrest Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40725-21-01
40
TASK 25-21-01-400-807
8. Table Insert - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Table
This
Insert
topic
- Installation
gives the Installation Procedure for the Table Insert.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the Cardtable.
(2) Put in position the Insert.
(3) Put in position the Top Cap(6) against the Insert (7).
(4) Put in position the brackets (4) and Install the screws (5).
(5) Install the screws (2) and the washers (3).
(6) Install the screws (1).
(7) Install the Armrest assy.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Table Insert (Option 11) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-01
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-21-02 -PPASSENGER
REMOVAL
40025-21-02
/ASSENGER
INSTALLATION
0 COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT- -COVERS
COVERS- REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 25-21-02-000-803
1. LH PSU Cover - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
LH PSU
This Cover
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the LH PSU Cover.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: PSU Cover removal requires two persons, one to hold the PSU Cover and
one to remove the screw that fasten the lanyard terminal end to the PSU
Cover.
NOTE: If you remove/Install the same PSU Cover it is not necessary to remove the
nut spacer plate and the isolator mount.from the frame. If you must replace
the PSU Cover its possible that is necessary to modify the Installation of the
Nut spacer plate and the isolator mount.
NOTE: Make sure that the aircraft is electrically safe before you do this procedure.
(1) Before you remove the PSU Cover you must remove in the following order:
(a) the Seating Installed
(b) the Cabinet Installed
(c) the Rear Partition Assy LH and RH
(d) the Cabinet Vanity Closet
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) the AFT Vanity Console

(f) the headliner.
(2) If you must remove the PSU cover from the aircraft, the access door must be
removed.
(3) Remove the clamp and disconnect the cabin air duct from the air conditioning
system.
(4) Use a locally made tool and remove the cabin air duct from the PSU cover.
(5) Disconnect the Electrical Connector located on the PSU Cover rear side.
(6) Disconnect the temperature sensor connector.
(7) Disconnect the oxygen system assy duct from the PSU cover
(8) With the aid of a second man remove the screw that secure the PSU to the
structure
(9) Put the screws and the washer removed into a plastic bag. Store the plastic bag
with the PSU.
(10) Remove the Silicon Sealing from the PSU duct and the cabin air duct.
(11) Do a visual inspection of the PSU to make sure non damage occurred.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - LH PSU COVER - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-21-02
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - COVERS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 25-21-02-000-804
2. RH PSU Cover - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
RH PSU
This Cover
topic gives
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the RH PSU Cover.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: PSU Cover removal requires two persons, one to hold the PSU Cover and
one to remove the screw that fasten the lanyard terminal end to the PSU
Cover.
NOTE: If you remove/Install the same PSU Cover it is not necessary to remove the
nut spacer plate and the isolator mount.from the frame. If you must replace
the PSU Cover its possible that is necessary to modify the Installation of the
Nut spacer plate and the isolator mount.
(1) Before you remove the PSU Cover you must remove in the following order:
(a) the Seating Installed
(b) the Cabinet Installed
(c) the Rear Partition Assy LH and RH
(d) the Cabinet Vanity Closet
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) the AFT Vanity Console

(f) the headliner.
(2) If you must remove the PSU cover from the aircraft, the access door must be
removed.
(3) Remove the clamp and disconnect the cabin air duct from the air conditioning
system.
(4) Use a locally made tool and remove the cabin air duct from the PSU cover.
(5) Disconnect the Electrical Connector located on the PSU Cover rear side (toward
Vanity Closet.
(6) Disconnect the temperature sensor connector.
(7) Disconnect the oxygen system assy duct from the PSU cover
(8) With the aid of a second man remove the screw that secure the PSU to the
structure
(9) Put the screws and the washer removed into a plastic bag. Store the plastic bag
with the PSU.
(10) Remove the Silicon Sealing from the PSU duct and the cabin air duct.
(11) Do a visual inspection of the PSU to make sure non damage occurred.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - RH PSU COVER - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-21-02
40
TASK 25-21-02-400-803
3. LH PSU Cover - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
LH PSU
This Cover
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the LH PSU Cover.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: PSU Cover Installation requires two persons, one to hold the PSU Cover and
one to Install the screw that fasten the lanyard terminal end to the PSU Cover.
(1) If necessary remove the access door to get access to the cabin with the PSU assy.
(2) Connect the cabin air duct to the air conditioning system.
(3) Install the clamp to the cabin air duct.
(4) Connect the Electrical Connector located on the PSU Cover rear side.
(5) Connect the temperature sensor connector.
(6) Connect the oxygen system assy duct from the PSU cover.
(7) With the aid of a second man Install the screw that secure the PSU to the
structure.
(8) Apply Silicon Sealant between PSU duct and air duct.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - LH PSU COVER - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-21-02
40
TASK 25-21-02-400-804
4. RH PSU Cover - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
RH PSU
This Cover
topic gives
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the RH PSU Cover.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: PSU Cover Installation requires two persons, one to hold the PSU Cover and
one to Install the screw that fasten the lanyard terminal end to the PSU Cover.
(1) If necessary remove the access door to get access to the cabin with the PSU assy.
(2) Connect the cabin air duct to the air conditioning system.
(3) Install the clamp to the cabin air duct.
(4) Connect the Electrical Connector located on the PSU Cover rear side (toward
Vanity Closet.
(5) Connect the temperature sensor connector.
(6) Connect the oxygen system assy duct from the PSU cover.
(7) With the aid of a second man Install the screw that secure the PSU to the
structure.
(8) Apply Silicon Sealant between PSU duct and air duct.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - RH PSU COVER - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-02
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-21-03P-ASSENGER
REMOVAL
40025-21-03
PASSENGER
/ INSTALLATION
0 COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT
- PARTITIONS
- PARTITIONS
TASK 25-21-03-000-803
1. Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Cabinet
ThisW/Partition,
topic gives the
LH Forward
Removal- Procedure
Removal for the Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Remove all the Electronic Unit.

(2) Remove the Fire Extinguisher Drawer.
(3) Disconnect the Accent Light Electrical Connector.
(4) Remove the screw and the washer that secure the RH Forward Partition to the
Airplane Upper Side Angle Bracket.
(5) Remove the capscrews and the washers that secure the Track Clamps to the Keel
Beams.
(6) Slide out the LH Forward Partition Slide Hat Brackets from the Airplane Side Angle
Bracket until is possible to reach the electrical connector located on the LH
Forward Partition rear side.
(7) Disconnect the LH Forward Partition Electrical Connectors.
(8) Remove the LH Forward Partition.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-21-03
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - PARTITIONS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-804
2. Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Cabinet
ThisW/Partition,
topic gives the
RH Removal
Forward -Procedure
Removal for the Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Remove the seat/s or the divan Installed in front of the partition. refer to the
applicable paragraphs.
(2) Remove the drawers of the cabinet assy (2) to get access to the screws (3).
(5) Remove the screws (6) the bracket (7) and the plate sheet (8).
(6) Carefully remove from the aircraft the cabinet with the partition.
(7) Remove the washer (12) and the Track fitting assy (13) from the seat track.
(8) If necessary, separate the Cabinet Assy from the Partition Assy, as follows:
(a) Remove the drawers of the Cabinet Assy.
(b) Remove the bolts (9) and the bracket (10).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-805
3. Interior Cover Cabin Door - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Interior
ThisCover
topic Cabin
gives the
DoorRemoval
- Removal
Procedure for the Interior Cover Cabin Door.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Upper Cabin Door Fork pin (1).
(2) Remove the Upper Cabin Door Handle (2).
(3) Remove the three screws (3) that fasten the Upper Cabin Door Panel to the cabin
door structure (5).
(4) Move the Upper Cabin Door Panel (4) upward to disengage the door panel from
the attaching points (6).
(5) Remove the Entry Door Insert and the Entry door panel that are connected by
Velcro to the cabin door panel.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Interior Cover Cabin Door - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-806
4. Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Left Rear
This topic
Partition
gives(Toilet)/Cabin)
the Removal -Procedure
Removal for the Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Left Rear Partition Cabinet (1).
(2) Remove the screws that fasten the freon distribution protection cover (2) to the left
rear partition (21) and the cabin floor.
(3) Remove the clamp (5) that connect the freon distribution tube (4) to the freon duct
(3).
(4) Remove the screws that fasten the freon duct (3) to the structure.
(5) Remove the toilet seat velcro protection, located on the seat backrest.
(6) Remove the seat backrest panel (6).
(7) Remove the three screws (7) (located inside the seat backrest that secure one
side of the toilet seat to the left rear partition.
(8) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the nut (10) that secure the left rear
partition to the airplane structure.
(9) Remove the screws (11), the washers (12) and the nut (13) that secure the left rear
(10) Remove the nut (14) and the washer (15) from the Track attach (18) that secure
the partition to the seat tracks.
(11) If necessary remove the screws (16) and the bracket (17).
(12) Remove the screws (19) that secure the Left rear Partition to the bracket (20).
(13) Remove the Left rear partition (21).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) If necessary, remove the three fasteners (22) that secure the bracket (20) to the
floor.
(15) Remove the left rear partition (13).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin) - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin) - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40425-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-807
5. Cabinet Toilet Console - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Cabinet
ThisToilet
topic Console
gives the- Removal
Removal Procedure for the Cabinet Toilet Console.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Remove the evaporator outlet duct.

(2) Remove the Louvers.
(3) Remove the Lavatory Sidewall Panel.
(4) Remove all the ducts, pipe and the electrical connections from the “AFT Vanity
Console”.
(5) Remove the “AFT Vanity Console”.
(6) Remove the cushion.
(7) Remove the screw (2) from the Cabinet Assy Toilet Console.
(8) Remove the six screws (10) from the panel assy (9) and remove the Lid (11).
(9) Remove the three screws (8) and the three washers (7) that connects the angle of
the panel Assy (9) to the partition LH, AFT.
(10) Remove the five screws (4) and the five washers (6).
NOTE: If it is not possible to pull down easily the seat belt from the cabinet assy
toilet console, remove the seat belt (refer to the applicable paragraph).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Pull down the belt with care and remove the Cabinet Assy Toilet Console.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Cabinet Toilet Console - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40525-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-808
6. AFT Vanity Console - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406, 407)
AFT This
Vanity
topic
Console
gives the
- Removal
Removal Procedure for the AFT Vanity Console.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
CAUTION: BEFORE REMOVAL DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL AND

HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS. CAP AND PLUGS ALL OPEN PORTS
AND OPEN CONNECTIONS.
NOTE: There are different AFT Vanity console configurations. Each configurations
will be detailed separately.
(1) To remove the AFT Vanity Console without the Sink Assy do as follow (Refer to
Fig. 406):
(a) Remove the cushion of the Toilet passenger sitting.
(b) Remove the Toilet Seat lower Panel (1).
(c) Remove the Toilet Removable Tank (2).
(d) Remove the Waste Water Compartment Panel (3) by pulling it away.
(e) Through the Waste Water Compartment Panel get access to the removable
panel (4) and remove it.
(f) Open the access door and remove the Toilet Paper Roll Holder.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g) Remove the six screws (5).

(h) Remove the three screws (6) that connect the Plate support (7) and the AFT
Vanity Console.
(i) Remove the two screws (8) and the Plate Support (9).
(j) If necessary Open the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet and get access to the
screws that connect the Bracket Assy, remove the Six screws (10) and the
two Bracket Assy (11).
(k) Remove the Rear Bulkhead Panel Assembly (12).
(l) Carefully move apart the AFT Vanity console.
(2) To remove the AFT Vanity Console with the Sink Assy do as follow (Refer to Fig.
407):
(a) Remove the cushion of the Toilet passenger sitting.
(b) Remove the Toilet Seat lower Panel (1).
(c) Remove the Toilet Removable Tank (2).
(d) Open the Toilet Paper Roll Holder Access Door and disconnect the hydraulic
tube from the Sink Assy.
(e) Remove the Waste Water Compartment Panel (3) by pulling it away.
(f) Through the Waste Water Compartment Panel get access to the removable
panel (4) and remove it.
(g) Open the door of the stowage compartment (5) and remove the screws (6)
that connect the Audio Panel (7) and/or the Sink Assy (8) to the AFT Vanity
Console.
(h) Apply a gentle rotation to the Sink assy and to the Audio Panel and remove it
from the support.
(i) Remove the two screws (9) and remove the plate support (10).
(j) Remove the three screws (11) that connect the Plate support (12) and the
AFT Vanity Console.
(k) Remove the two screws (11) and the Plate Support (12).
(l) Open the Toilet Paper Roll Holder Access Door and remove the Toilet Paper
Roll Holder.
(m) Remove the six screws (13).
(n) Remove carefully the AFT Vanity Console from the Toilet.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - AFT Vanity Console (without Sink) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - AFT Vanity Console (with Sink) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40725-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-809
7. Vanity Closet Floor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Vanity
This
Closet
topicFloor
gives- the
Removal
Removal Procedure for the Vanity Closet Floor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

(1) Open the Closet door and get access to the electronic equipments.
(2) Remove all the electronic equipments Installed in the Cabinet vanity closet.
(3) Remove the six screws (1) that secure the Floor Assy (2).
(4) If necessary remove the three screws (3) and the bracket (4).
(5) If necessary remove the three screws (5) and the bracket (6).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Vanity Closet Floor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40825-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-000-810
8. Cabinet Vanity Closet - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Cabinet
ThisVanity
topic gives
Closetthe
- Removal
Removal Procedure for the Cabinet Vanity Closet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

(1) Remove the Right Rear Partition.

(2) Remove the AFT Vanity Toilet Console.
(3) Remove the Water Tank from the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet.
(4) Remove the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet Door (3).
(5) Remove the two screws (10).
(6) Remove the Left Panel (19) of the Cabinet and the clothes hanger tube (11).
(7) Remove the screws (7) and the brackets (5) and (7).
(8) Remove the screws (9) and the washers (8) and remove the bracket (7).
(9) Remove the screws (20) from the Rear Panel (1).
(10) Remove the Rear Panel (1).
(11) Remove the screws (14) and the bracket (13) from the intercostal (12).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Remove the Nut (16).

(13) Remove the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet from the aircraft.
(14) Remove the Washers (17) and the Track attacks (18) and keep them together in a
plastic bag with the nuts (16).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Cabinet Vanity Closet - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40925-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-803
9. Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Cabinet
ThisW/Partition,
topic gives the
LH Forward
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Put in position the LH Forward Partition near the proper position and connect the
LH Forward Partition Electrical Connector.
NOTE: Do not torque the screws until the Partition is correctly positioned.
(2) Place the LH Forward Partition in proper position on the Keel beam and install the
LH Forward Partition Slide Hat Brackets in the Airplane Side Angle Brackets.
(3) Install the washer and the capscrews that secure the Track clamps to the Keel
Beams.
(4) Install the washer and the screw that secure the RH Forward partition to the
Airplane Upper Side Angle Bracket.
(5) Connect the Accent Light Electrical Connector.
(6) Install the Data Base Unit as described in Chapter 34-61-00.
(7) Insert the Fire Extinguisher Drawer.
(8) Chack that the Drawer Slide Correctly.
(9) Check that the following Lights come ON and go OFF correctly:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Accent Lights
– Entry Lights
– Cabin Lights
– Crew Lights
– Floor LIghts
– No Smoking /Fasten Seat-Belt Lights
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Cabinet W/Partition, LH Forward - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41025-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-804
10. Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Cabinet
ThisW/Partition,
topic gives the
RH Installation
Forward - Installation
Procedure for the Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) If Installed remove the drawers from the cabinet.

(2) If disassembled, put in position the Partition Assy against the Cabinet Assy and
Install the bolts (9) and the bracket (10).
(3) Put in position the Track fitting Assy (13) in the seat track.
(4) Put in position the washers (12) on the Track fitting assy.
(5) Put in position the Cabinet W/Partition on the aircraft.
NOTE: Do not torque the screws until the Partition is correctly positioned.
(6) Install the brackets (7) the plate sheet (8) and the screws (6).
(7) Install the bracket (5) and the screws (4).
(9) Torque the screws and check that the Partition is correctly Installed.
(10) Install the drawers in the cabinet.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Cabinet W/Partition, RH Forward - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41125-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-805
11. Interior Cover Cabin Door - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Interior
ThisCover
topic Cabin
gives the
DoorInstallation
- Installation
Procedure for the Interior Cover Cabin Door.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the thermal insulation is not damaged and correctly Installed on the
door structure.
(2) Make sure that the Velcro is not damaged.
(3) Put in position the Upper Cabin Door Panel (4) against the door structure.
(4) Move downward the Cabin Door Panel (4) to engage the attaching points (6).
(5) Install the three screws (3) that fasten the Upper Cabin Door Panel lower side to
the Upper Cabin Door Structure (5).
(6) Put in position the Cabin Door Handle (2) on the cabin door.
(7) Install the screw and the Cabin Door Handle.
(8) Install the Upper Cabin Door Fork pin (1)
(9) Make sure that the Cabin door handle is free to move.
(10) Install the Entry Door Cap.
(11) Install the Entry Door Insert.
(12) Install the Entry Door Panel.
(13) Make sure that the door close correctly and do not damage the door seals.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Interior Cover Cabin Door - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41225-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-806
12. Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Left Rear
This topic
Partition
gives(Toilet)/Cabin)
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Left Rear Partition (Toilet)/Cabin).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) If removed, Install the bracket (20) in the seat track with the three fasteners (22).
(2) Place the left rear partition in the correct position.
(3) Install the screws (11), the washers (12) and the nuts (13) that secure the left rear
(4) Install the track attach (18) in the seat track, and put in position the bracket (17)
against the left rear partition.
(6) Install the nut (14) and the washer (15) to the track attach (18) that secure the
partition to the seat tracks (12).
(7) Install the screws (8), the washers (9) and the nuts (10) that secure the left rear
(8) Install the screws that fasten the freon duct (3) to the structure.
(9) Install the clamp (5) that connect the freon distribution tube to the freon duct (3).
(10) Install the screws that fasten the freon distribution protection cover (2) to the left
rear partition and the cabin floor.
(11) Install the Left Rear Partition Cabinet (1).
(12) Install the three screws (7) (located inside the seat backrest (6) that secure one
side of the toilet seat to the left rear partition.
(13) Install the seat backrest panel (6).
(14) Install the toilet seat velcro protection, located on the seat backrest.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin) - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Left Rear Partition (Toilet/Cabin) - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41325-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-807
13. Cabinet Toilet Console - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
Cabinet
ThisToilet
topic Console
gives the- Installation
Installation Procedure for the Cabinet Toilet Console.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Put in position the Cabinet Assy Toilet Console without the Lid and Install the five
screws (4) and the five washers (6). Do not tighten the screws at this step.
(2) Install the three screws (8) and the three washers (7) that connects the angle of
the panel Assy (9) to the partition LH, AFT. Do not tighten the screws at this step.
(3) Install the screw (2).
(4) Make sure that Cabinet Assy Toilet Console is correctly positioned and tighten the
screws.
(5) Pull the seat belt trough the Cabinet Assy Toilet Console.
(6) Put in position the Lid and Install the six screws (10).
(7) Install the “AFT Vanity Console”.
(8) Install the Lavatory Sidewall Panel.
(9) Install the Louvers.
(10) Install the evaporator outlet duct.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Cabinet Toilet Console - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41425-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-808
14. AFT Vanity Console - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415, 416)
AFT This
Vanity
topic
Console
gives the
- Installation
Installation Procedure for the AFT Vanity Console.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

NOTE: There are different AFT Vanity console configurations. Each configurations
will be detailed separately.
(1) To Install the AFT Vanity Console without the Sink Assy do as follow (Refer to Fig.
415):
(a) Make sure that the cushion of the Toilet passenger sitting is removed.
(b) Make sure that the Toilet Seat lower Panel (1) is removed.
(c) Make sure that the Toilet Removable Tank (2) is removed.
(d) Make sure that the Rear Bulkhead Panel Assembly is Installed.
(e) If necessary, Get access to the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet and Install the
Bracket Assy (11) with the screws (10) on the Cabinet Assy.
(f) Place carefully the AFT Vanity Console in position against the Bulkhead (12).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(g) Install the screws (5).

(h) Put in position the Plate support (9) and Install it with the screws (8).
(i) Connect all electrical connections.
(j) If not Installed, Install the plate Support (7) on the Toilet console.
(k) Install the AFT Vanity Console with the three screws (6) to the Plate Support
(7).
(l) Install the Panel (4).
(m) Install the Toilet Paper Roll Holder and close the Toilet Paper Roll Holder
Access Door.
(n) Install the Waste Water Compartment Panel (3).
(o) Install the Toilet removable Tank (2).
(p) Install the Toilet Seat Lower Panel (1).
(2) To Install the AFT Vanity Console with the Sink Assy do as follow (Refer to Fig.
416):
(a) Make sure that the cushion of the Toilet passenger sitting is removed.
(b) Make sure that the Toilet Seat lower Panel (1) is removed.
(c) Make sure that the Toilet Removable Tank (2) is removed.
(d) Make sure that the Rear Bulkhead Panel Assembly and the Backsplash Assy
are Installed.
(e) Place carefully the AFT Vanity Console in position against the Bulkhead (16).
(f) Install the screws (13).
(g) Put in position the Plate support (10) and Install it with the screws (9).
(h) Connect all electrical connections.
(i) If not Installed, Install the plate Support (12) on the Toilet console.
(j) Install the AFT Vanity Console with the three screws (11) to the Plate Support
(12).
(k) Put in position the Sink Assy (with the Audio panel if required) on the AFT
Cabinet as follow:
(i) Pull the sink against the Cabinet Vanity Closet and slight turn it clockwise
to engage it in the correct position.
(ii) Make sure that the water button is in the correct position and is free to
move.
(l) Install all the hydraulic connections.
(m) Put in position the Waste Water Container in the Waste Water Compartment.
(n) Install the Access Panel (4)
(o) Install the Toilet Paper Roll Holder and close the Toilet Paper Roll Holder
Access Door.
(p) Install the Waste Water Compartment Panel (3).
(q) Install the Toilet removable Tank (2)
(r) Install the Toilet Seat Lower Panel (1).
(s) If not Installed, Install the Water Tank, open the Water Panel in the Cabinet
Vanity Closet.
(3) Make sure that the Doors open/close correctly.
(4) Do a check of the lights switches.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - AFT Vanity Console (without Sink) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - AFT Vanity Console (with Sink) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41625-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-809
15. Vanity Closet Floor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 417)
Vanity
This
Closet
topicFloor
gives- the
Installation
Installation Procedure for the Vanity Closet Floor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) If not Installed, put in position the bracket (6) and Install the three screws(5).
(2) If not Installed, put in position the bracket (4) and Install the three screws(3).
(3) Put in position the Vanity Floor (10) and Install the six screws (2).
(4) Reinstall all the Electronic Equipments, previously removed.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 417 - Vanity Closet Floor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41725-21-03
40
TASK 25-21-03-400-810
16. Cabinet Vanity Closet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 418)
Cabinet
ThisVanity
topic gives
Closetthe
- Installation
Installation Procedure for the Cabinet Vanity Closet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Before Installation remove all plugs and caps from all open ports and open
connections.
(2) Install the track attacks (18) and the washers (17).
(3) Put in position the Cabinet Assy.
(4) Install the nuts (16), but do not tighten at this point.
(5) Put in position the bracket (13) on the intercostal (12).
(7) Install the Brackets (5) and (7) with the screws (9) and (8) and the washers (8) to
the intercostal (4) and the Cabinet Assy.
(8) Put in position the Rear Panel (1).
(9) Install the Left Panel (19) of the Cabinet and the clothes hanger tube (11).
(12) Install the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet Door (3).
(13) Install the Aft Vanity Console.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Install the Right Rear Partition.

(15) Install the Water Tank from the Cabinet Assy Vanity Closet.
(16) Connect all hydraulic and electrical connections.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 418 - Vanity Closet Floor - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 457
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-21-03
Page 458
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-25-00
DESCRIPTION
PASSENGER
- PASSENGER
AND
0 COMPARTMENT
OPERATION
COMPARTMENT
- CHANGING
- CHANGING
CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
- DESCRIPTION AND
025-25-00
OPERATION
1. General
General
A. The following procedures describe the operations necessary to perform the P.180
1004 - 1104
passenger cabin reconfiguration. To do the reconfiguration is necessary to remove

completely the installed configuration and install the new one. Nevertheless in some
cases is possible to reconfigure the aircraft without doing the complete Undressing/
dressing procedures. These special case will also be detailed in the following
paragraphs.
B. A marking method with colour code has been realized to make the reinstallation of
removable cabin components (furniture, seats, etc.) easier in case of reconfiguration.
Each colour corresponds to a configuration and the correct position of every item is
marked through traces of colour on the tracks.
The colours are combined to the configurations in the following way:
Yellow HIGH DENSITY (Option 10) and OPTION 16
Blue LOW DENSITY (Option 11)
Red AMBULANCE MODE A and MODE B (Option 12)
Red AMBULANCE Option #20 and Option #21
Green CARGO (Option 13)
White COMBI (Option 14)
C. The marks are located on the seat tracks. (Refer to Fig. 1). The seats must be installed
with the forward anchor stud (left or right depending on whether the seat is aft facing or
front facing) at the mark on the track (Refer to Chapter 25).
Refer to the figures of this section to know if the marks are located on the inner or outer
seat tracks.
CAUTION: PROTECT THE MOST EXPOSED ITEMS OF THE CABIN SKIN

(ARMRESTS, ENTRANCE DOOR, SEATS) THROUGH SUITABLE
COVERINGS OR PIECES OF CLOTH, PLASTIC SHEETS OR SIMILAR.
CAUTION: WHEN REMOVING/INSTALLING INTERIOR PARTS IN THE

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, DO NOT STEP ON AIR
CONDITIONING DUCT.
CAUTION: PAY ATTENTION TO THE FLATNESS OF THE BASEMENT ON THE

SLOTS. THE POSSIBLE TORSION OF THE BASEMENT CAN CAUSE
THE DETERIORATION OF THE MOVEMENT FEATURES OR OF THE
SEAT LOCKING ON THE BASEMENT ITSELF.
THE INTERNAL SLOT (AISLE SIDE) IS 2.5 MM LOWER THAN
EXTERNAL ONE. MAKE SURE THE SPACER IS INSTALLED.
NOTE: The position of the right rear seat (the last one) is common to low density, high
density, ambulance configurations. The marking on the slots is therefore valid
for the different configurations.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Seat Tracks Marks
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Configuration Change
Configuration
A. Configuration
Change Change Matrix
1004 - 1104
(1) To perform the reconfiguration of the aircraft interiors, for example from Option 1 to
Option 2, refer to the Configuration Change Matrix Table.
(2) To use the Configuration Change Matrix do as follow:
(a) In the first column select the OPTION installed on the aircraft.
(b) In the first row select the configuration that must be installed.
(c) The procedures required to do the interior reconfiguration, if possible, are
detailed in the cell given by the intersection of the installed OPTION column
and the row of the new configuration.
FROM
TO Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Option 1 N/A Refer to TBD
OPTION 2 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 1 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 2 Refer to N/A TBD
OPTION 1 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 2 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 3 TBD TBD N/A
Option 4 TBD TBD TBD
Option 8 Refer to Refer to TBD
OPTION 1 - OPTION 2 -
Undressing Undressing
Procedure and Procedure and
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Comfort (Config OPTION 1 - OPTION 2 -
1) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 10 Light Refer to Refer to TBD
(Config 2A and OPTION 1 - OPTION 2 -
2B) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 11 (Low Refer to Refer to TBD
density) OPTION 1 - OPTION 2 -
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 12 (Air Refer to Refer to TBD
Ambulance OPTION 1 - OPTION 2 -
config A) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 12 (Air Refer to Refer to TBD
config B) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Standard Config TBD TBD TBD
A
B
Green Cabin Refer to Refer to TBD
[Option 18] OPTION 1 - OPTION 2 -
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
FROM
Option 4 N/A TBD TBD
Option 5 TBD N/A TBD
Comfort (Config
1)
Option 10 Light TBD TBD TBD
(Config 2A and
2B)
Option 11 (Low TBD TBD TBD
density)
Option 12 (Air TBD TBD TBD
Ambulance
config A)
Option 12 (Air TBD TBD TBD
Ambulance
config B)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
A
B
Green Cabin TBD TBD TBD
[Option 18]
FROM
Option 1 TBD Refer to TBD
OPTION 1 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 8 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 7 N/A TBD TBD
Option 8 TBD N/A TBD
Comfort (Config OPTION 8 -
1) Dressing
Procedure and
OPTION 10 -
Dressing
Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 7
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Option 10 Light TBD Refer to TBD
(Config 2A and OPTION 8 -
2B) Dressing
Procedure and
OPTION 10 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 11 (Low TBD Refer to TBD
density) OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 11 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 12 (Air TBD Refer to TBD
Ambulance OPTION 8 -
config A) Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 12 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 12 (Air TBD Refer to TBD
Ambulance OPTION 8 -
config B) Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 12 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 13 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 14 -
Dressing
Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 8
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 16 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 17 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 19 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 20 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 21 -
Dressing
Procedure
A
B
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 9
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Green Cabin TBD Refer to TBD
[Option 18] OPTION 8 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 18 -
Dressing
Procedure
FROM
Config 1 Config 2
Option 1 Refer to Refer to Refer to
OPTION 10 - OPTION 10 - OPTION 11 -
Undressing Undressing Undressing
Procedure and Procedure and Procedure and
Dressing Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 10
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Config 1 Config 2
Option 10 N/A Refer to Refer to
Comfort (Config OPTION 10 - OPTION 11 -
1) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 10 Light Refer to N/A Refer to
(Config 2A and OPTION 1 - OPTION 11 -
2B) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 11 (Low Refer to Refer to N/A
density) OPTION 1 - OPTION 1 -
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 12 (Air Refer to Refer to Refer to
Ambulance OPTION 1 - OPTION 1 - OPTION 11 -
config A) Undressing Undressing Undressing
config B) Undressing Undressing Undressing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 11
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Config 1 Config 2
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 12
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Config 1 Config 2
A
B
Green Cabin Refer to Refer to Refer to
[Option 18] OPTION 10 - OPTION 10 - OPTION 11 -
FROM
Config A Config B
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 13
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Config A Config B
Comfort (Config OPTION 12 - OPTION 12 - OPTION 13 -
1) Undressing Undressing Undressing
Option 10 Light Refer to Refer to Refer to
(Config 2A and OPTION 12 - OPTION 12 - OPTION 13 -
2B) Undressing Undressing Undressing
Option 11 (Low Refer to Refer to Refer to
density) OPTION 12 - OPTION 12 - OPTION 13 -
Option 12 (Air N/A Refer to Refer to
config A) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 14
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Config A Config B
Option 12 (Air Refer to N/A Refer to
config B) Undressing Undressing
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 13 Refer to Refer to N/A
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 15
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Config A Config B
A
B
FROM
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 16
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 17
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Option 16 Refer to N/A Refer to
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 18
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
A
B
Green Cabin TBD TBD TBD
[Option 18]
FROM
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 19
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 20
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 21
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
Option 20 Refer to N/A Refer to
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
Dressing Dressing
Procedure Procedure
A
B
FROM
TO Standard Standard Green Cabin
Config A Config B [Option 18]
Option 1 TBD TBD Refer to
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 1 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 2 -
Dressing
Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 22
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 8 -
Dressing
Procedure
Comfort OPTION 18 -
(Config 1) Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 10 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 10 Light TBD TBD Refer to
(Config 2A and OPTION 18 -
2B) Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 10 -
Dressing
Procedure
Option 11 (Low TBD TBD Refer to
density) OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 11 -
Dressing
Procedure
(Air Ambulance OPTION 18 -
config A) Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 12 -
Dressing
Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 23
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
(Air Ambulance OPTION 18 -
config B) Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 12 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 13 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 14 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 16 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 17 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 19 -
Dressing
Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 24
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FROM
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 20 -
Dressing
Procedure
OPTION 18 -
Undressing
Procedure and
OPTION 21 -
Dressing
Procedure
Standard Config N(A TBD TBD
A
Standard Config TBD N(A TBD
B
Green Cabin TBD TBD N/A
[Option 18]
B. Changing Configuration Procedures
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL POWER IS REMOVED (REFER

TO 24-00-00).
NOTE: Items that must be Removed/Installed are detailed in the following tables.
Tables give also the sequence in which the items must be removed. Refer to
the applicable Aircraft Maintenance Manual Chapters for Items Removal/
Installation instructions.
NOTE: When a configuration change is performed, it has to be considered that some

Items or part of them (for e.g., the cabinet) must be trimmed on position.
Option 1- Dressing/Undressing Procedures

OPTION 1 - Dressing Procedure
Item Description and Part Number
- Aft bulkhead instl.
- Shade instl. Window
- Interior cover instl. Cabin door
- Sidewall assy/instl. Cabin
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 25
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Upper air plenum wpsu instl. Cabin
- Louver instl.
- Headliner instl. Cabin
- Cabinet instl. Vanity closet
- Aft vanity console instl.
- Cabinet instl. Toilet (monogram)
- Add socket instl
- Instl. Seat belt, toilet
- Cabinet instl. Toilet console
- Partit. W/pocket door instl. RH AFT
- Partition instl. LH AFT
- Armrest console instl. LH cabin
- Armrest console instl. RH cabin
- Aisle return air instl.
- Floor covering instl.
- Cabinet w/part LH FWD Instl.
- Cabinet w/part RH FWD Instl.
- Seating instl. Interior
- Fwd facing seat (RH)
ERDA 303267-16 or
ERDA 303558-12 or
GEVEN AV03-2102-01
- Fwd facing seat (LH)
ERDA 303267-15 or
ERDA 303558-11 or
GEVEN AV03-1102-01
ERDA 303267-14 or
ERDA 303558-14 or
GEVEN AV03-1101-01
ERDA 303267-12 or
ERDA 303558-14 or
GEVEN AV03-2101-01
ERDA 303267-3 or
ERDA 303558-15 or
GEVEN AV03-1113-01
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 26
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-4 or
ERDA 303558-16 or
GEVEN AV03-2313-01
- Card Table
- Middle Refreshment Cabinet
- Membrane switch instl.
Option 2 - Dressing/Undressing Procedures
OPTION 2 - Undressing Procedure
ERDA 303267-44 or
GEVEN AV08-2101-00
ERDA 303267-43 or
GEVEN AV08-1101-00
- AFT facing seat (RH)
ERDA 303267-2 or
GEVEN AV09-2114-00
- AFT facing seat (LH)
ERDA 303267-12 or
GEVEN AV09-1114-00
ERDA 303267-42 or
GEVEN AV09-2101-00
ERDA 303267-32 or
GEVEN AV09-1101-00
- Card Table
- Refreshment cabin instl.
- Mid ship cabinet instl.
- Partition instl. Lh aft
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 27
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-44 or
GEVEN AV08-2101-00
- Armrest console instl. LH Cabin
- Armrest console instl. RH Cabin
- Louver instl.
- Psu installation
- Cabinet w/part LH FWD instl.
- Cabinet w/part RH FWD instl.
- AFT bulkhead instl.
- Psu installation
- Louver instl.
- AFT vanity console instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 28
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Armrest console instl. LH cabin
- Armrest console instl. RH cabin
ERDA 303267-2 or
GEVEN AV09-2114-00
ERDA 303267-12 or
GEVEN AV09-1114-00
ERDA 303267-42 or
GEVEN AV09-2101-00
ERDA 303267-32 or
GEVEN AV09-1101-00
ERDA 303267-43 or
GEVEN av08-1101-00
ERDA 303267-44 or
GEVEN av08-2101-00
- Card Table
- Mid ship cabinet instl.
- Refreshment cabin instl.
- Three Place Divan
ERDA 160072-1
ERDA 303267-1
ERDA 303267-2
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 29
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Three Place Divan
ERDA 160072-1
ERDA 303267-3
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303453-3
ERDA 303453-4
- Cardtable installation
- Sidewall instl. Cabin
- Louver covering instl.
- PSU Assy Instl.
- Aft wardrobe instl.
- Assieme PSU
- Three Place Divan
ERDA 160072-1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 30
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-1
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303267-3
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303453-3
ERDA 303453-4
NOTE: As detailed in the configuration change Matrix, the Option 10 consists of three
different version depending on the seating layout:
Option 10 Comfort;
Option 10 Light Config 2A
Option 10 Light Config 2B.
Although similar these configurations differ not only for the seating layout but
also for many other items. For this reason it is necessary in any case to
remove all the components.

ERDA 303558-11 or
ERDA 303453-4 or
GEVEN AV03-1102-01
ERDA 303558-13 or
ERDA 303267-11 or
GEVEN AV03-1101-01
ERDA 303558-15 or
ERDA 303267-3 or
GEVEN AV03-1113-01
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 31
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303558-12 or
ERDA 303267-16 or
GEVEN AV03-2102-01
ERDA 303558-14 or
ERDA 303267-14 or
GEVEN AV03-2101-01
ERDA 303558-14 or
ERDA 303267-14 or
GEVEN AV03-2113-01
ERDA 303558-16 or
ERDA 303267-12 or
GEVEN AV03-2113-01
- Partitition W/pocket door instl. RH AFT
- Partition LH AFT instl.
- Additional socket instl.
- Seat belt instl. Toilet
- Vanity closet floor
- Armrest assy and instl. Opt.10 LH
- Sistemazione louver
- Sistemazione psu
- Aisle return, air diffueser, instl.
- Cabinet w/part lh fwd instl.
- Cabinet w/part rh fwd instl.
- Interior cover instl. Cabin, door
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 32
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Assieme PSU
- Three Place Divan
ERDA 160072-1
ERDA 303267-1
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303267-3
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303453-3
ERDA 303453-4
ERDA 303453-4
ERDA 303257-11
ERDA 303267-3
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 33
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-12
ERDA 303267-4
- Card Table
- Cabinet Instl. Refreshment RH FWD
- Syst. Refreshment cabinet
- Armrest assy and instl. Opt.10
- Louver instl.
- Psu installation
- PSU Instl
- Louver instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 34
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Card Table
- Cabinet instl. Refreshment RH FWD
ERDA 303267-3
ERDA 303267-4
ERDA 303267-11
ERDA 303267-12
ERDA 303453-4
- Syst. Refreshment cabinet
- Installation stretcher kit
ERDA 303267-4 or
ERDA 303558-16
- Partit. W/pocket door instl. Rh aft
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 35
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Louver instl.
- Psu installation
- Psu installation
- Louver instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 36
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-4 or
ERDA 303558-16
- Installation stretcher kit
- Louver instl.
- PSU instaLlation
- Cargo panel assy
- Protective breathing instl.
- Door seal protection
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 37
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Psu installation
- Louver instl.
- Cargo panel assy
ERDA 303267-16 or
ERDA 303558-12
ERDA 303267-15
ERDA 303558-11
- Cargo Panel Assy
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 38
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Louver instl.
- Sistemazione psu
- PSU Installation
- Louver instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 39
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Cargo Panel Assy
ERDA 303267-16 or
ERDA 303558-12
ERDA 303267-15
ERDA 303558-11
ERDA 303558-16
ERDA 303558-15
ERDA 303558-14
ERDA 303558-13
ERDA 303558-12
ERDA 303558-11
- partit. w/pocket door instl. RH Aft
- cabinet instl. toilet console
- cabinet instl. toilet (monogram)
- Instl. seat belt, Toilet
- aft vanity console instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 40
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- cabinet instl. vanity closet
- Armrest assy and instl. opt.10
- Headliner Instl Cabin
- sidewall assy/instl. Cabin
- louver instl.
- PSU Assy Instl
- floor covering instl.
- cabinet w/part LH FWD instl.
- cabinet w/part RH FWD instl.
- interior cover instl. cabin door
- shade instl. window
- PSU Installation
- Louver instl.
- Headliner instl cabin
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 41
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303558-16
ERDA 303558-15
ERDA 303558-14
ERDA 303558-13
ERDA 303558-12
ERDA 303558-11
GEVEN AV 03-2113-02
- Single seat divan
P/N 160046-3
- Ambulance kit assy instl
- Cabinet instl.
- Armrest assy & instl. Option 17
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 42
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Cabinet instl.
- Cabinet instl.
GEVEN AV 03-2113-02
- Single seat divan
P/N 160046-3
- Partit. w/pocket door instl. RH Aft
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 43
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Partition instl. LH Aft
- Cabinet instl. Toilet Console
- Cabinet instl. toilet (monogram)
- Instl. seat belt, Toilet
- Cabinet instl. vanity closet
- Cabinet W/part LH FWD instl.
- Cabinet W/part RH FWD instl.
- Headliner instl. cabin
- sidewall assy/instl. Cabin
- shade instl. window
- interior cover instl. cabin door
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 44
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-4
ERDA 303267-3
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303267-1
ERDA 303267-43
- Double Divan
P/N AV10-3520-00
- Cardtable Instl
- Midship cabinet instl.
- Part, w/pocket door inst RH AFT
- Partition LH AFT instl
- Cab, instl toilet console
- Cabinet instl.toilet
- Seat belt installation toilet
- Cabinet instl, vanity closet
- Armrest console and instl. LH AFT, cabin
- Armrest console and instl. LH FWD,
cabin
- Armrest console and instl. RH, cabin
- Louver instl.
- Inst/assy sidewall
- Cabinet w/partition LH FWD
- Aisle return air diffuser instl
- Cabinet w/partition RH FWD
- Shade instl kit
- Shade instl window assy
- Interior cover instl. Cab. Door
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 45
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Instl. Membran switch opt 19
- Shade instl window assy
- Shade instl kit
- Interior cover instl. Cab. Door
- Inst/ assy sidewall
- Louver instl.
- Cabinet instl, vanity closet
- Cabinet instl.toilet
- Seat belt installation toilet
- Cab, instl toilet console
- Part, w/pocket door inst rh aft
- Partition lh aft instl
- Armrest console and instl. LH AFT, cabin
- Armrest console and instl. LH FWD,
cabin
- Armrest console and instl. RH, cabin
- Aisle return air diffuser instl
- Cabinet w/partition lh fwd
- Cabinet w/partition rh fwd
ERDA 303267-4
ERDA 303267-3
ERDA 303267-2
ERDA 303267-1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 46
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ERDA 303267-43
- Double Divan
P/N AV10-3520-00
- Card Table
- Midship cabinet instl.
- Instl. Membran switch opt 19
NOTE: If a configuration change between Option 20 and Option 21 is required it could

only be necessary to replace the Ambulance Kit, the carpet under the LH
Armrest and modify the layout of the seatings. The removal of the moquettes
can be performed only if the rubber optional kit for the floor protection is
available. The sanitary kit is fixed to floor track by means of six ANCRA feet.
Torque value 184 kgcm (160 lbin).
NOTE: Connect the electrical connector of the stretcher to the sockets available on
the airplane. The Socket on the airplane are located between the slots and
are protected by a rotating cover.

GEVEN AV03-2113-02
ERDA 303453-4
ERDA 303453-4
ERDA 303267-3
- One Place Divan
P/N AV11-3521-00
- Cardtable Instl
- Lavatory courtain assy and instl.
- Cabinet instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 47
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Cabinet instl.
- Aft cabinet instl.
- Armrest assy & instl. Option 17 LH
- Armrest assy & instl. Option 17 RH
- Membran switch instl.
- Cabinet instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 48
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Cardtable Instl
GEVEN AV03-2113-02
ERDA 303453-4
ERDA 303453-4
ERDA 303267-3
- One Place Divan
P/N AV11-3521-00
NOTE: If a configuration change between Option 21 and Option 20 is required it could

only be necessary to replace the Ambulance Kit, the carpet under the LH
Armrest and modify the layout of the seatings. The removal of the moquettes
can be performed only if the rubber optional kit for the floor protection is
available. The sanitary kit is fixed to floor track by means of six ANCRA feet.
Torque value 184 kgcm (160 lbin).
NOTE: Connect the electrical connector of the stretcher to the sockets available on
the airplane. The Socket on the airplane are located between the slots and
are protected by a rotating cover.

- One Place Divan
P/N AV11-3521-00
GEVEN AV03-2113-02
- Cardtable Instl
- Cabinet instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 49
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Partition instl. Lh AFT
- Cabinet instl.
- Armrest assy & instl. Option 17 LH
- Armrest assy & instl. Option 17 RH
- Membran switch instl.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 50
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

- Cabinet instl.
- Cardtable Instl
GEVEN AV03-2113-02
- One Place Divan
P/N AV11-3521-00
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 51
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-25-00
Page 52
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-30-00 - BUFFET
DESCRIPTION
025-30-00
ANDB/UFFET
OPERATION
GALLEY/ GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. The refreshment cabinet contains both food and liquid refreshment provisions. It has
1004 - 1104
ice storage, wine rack, soda can and miniature bottle storage, two-quart heated
dispensers, glasses and hot cup storage.
During flight the cabinet opens for ease of access and preparations. A trash container
for solid or liquid waste is also included.
B. The refreshment cabinets are of three different types and are located in a different part
of the passenger compartment, depending on the configuration.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40025-30-00
BUFFET / GALLEY - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 25-30-00-000-802
1. Refreshment Cabinet - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Refreshment
This topicCabinet
gives the
- Removal
Removal Procedure for the Refreshment Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: The procedures described in this paragraph are identical for all configurations
except for the option 6, where the Refreshment Cabinet does not need the
electrical power supply.
(1) Empty completely the Refreshment Cabinet.

(2) Open, tag and safety the Circuit Breaker that follows:
Rear Vanity Closet:
GALLEY
(3) Remove the drawers from the Refreshment Cabinet (1).

(5) Remove the four screws (2) that fasten the Refreshment Cabinet (1).
(6) Remove the Special Washer (3).
(7) Slightly move the cabinet and disconnect the Electrical Connector (5).
(8) Remove the Refreshment Cabinet (1).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Install caps and plug to the electrical connections.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Refreshment Cabinet (Typical) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-30-00
40
TASK 25-30-00-000-803
2. Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Refreshment
This topicCabinet,
gives the
Middle
Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the Refreshment Cabinet, Middle.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) Empty completely the Refreshment Cabinet.

Rear Vanity Closet:
GALLEY
(3) Remove the drawers to get access to the screws (2).

(4) Remove the four screws (2) from the Bushing (3).
(5) Slightly move the cabinet and disconnect the electrical connector (6).
(6) Remove the cabinet (1).
(7) Remove the Bushings (4).
(8) Remove the Track Fitting (5).
(9) Install protection plug to the electrical connector.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-30-00
40
TASK 25-30-00-400-802
3. Refreshment Cabinet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Refreshment
This topicCabinet
gives the
- Installation
Installation Procedure for the Refreshment Cabinet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
NOTE: The procedures described in this paragraph are identical for all configurations
except for the option 6, where the Refreshment Cabinet does not need the
electrical power supply.
(1) If installed, remove the drawers installed to get access to the fitting points.
Rear Vanity Closet:
GALLEY
(3) Install the Track Fitting Assy (4) in position.

(4) Install the Special Washer (3).
(5) Place the Refreshment Cabinet (1) in its own position on the tracks.
(7) Install the four Screws (2).
(8) Install the two drawers in the Refreshment Cabinet (1).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Engage the circuit breaker.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Refreshment Cabinet (Typical) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-30-00
40
TASK 25-30-00-400-803
4. Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Refreshment
This topicCabinet,
gives the
Middle
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Refreshment Cabinet, Middle.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.
(1) If installed, remove the drawers installed to get access to the fitting points.
Rear Vanity Closet:
GALLEY
(3) Remove the plug from the electrical connector

(4) Install the four Track Fitting (5).
(5) Install the two Bushings (4).
(6) Put in position the cabinet (1) and connect the electrical connector (6).
(7) Install the four screws (2).
(8) Install the drawers.
(9) Engage the circuit breaker.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Refreshment Cabinet, Middle - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-30-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-40-00LAVATORY
DESCRIPTION
025-40-00
- LAVATORY
ANDCOMPARTMENT
0 OPERATION
COMPARTMENT
(NORDAM)
(NORDAM)
1. General
General
The unit is a light weight, compact, electrically operated flushing toilet which utilizes
1004 - 1104
ordinary tap water and a germicidal deodorant, as a flush fluid.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Description
Description
The recirculating flushing toilet is a completely self-contained unit requiring only the
1004 - 1104
external connection of 28 volt DC electrical power. The toilet assembly is designed for
permanent installation in the aircraft, requiring only the removal of the waste tank when
servicing is desired.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Operation
Operation
The flush cycle is initiated by pressing the PRESS TO FLUSH button on the seat and
1004 - 1104
shroud assembly. The pushbutton switch applies 28 volt DC power to the motor section of
the motor and pump assembly. Flushing continues until the pushbutton is released. During
the flush cycle, flushing fluid is pumped from the waste tank to the bowl by the self-priming
pump section of the motor and pump assembly. The flush fluid enters the bowl through a
nozzle in the upper rim and washes the inner surface of the bowl in a swirling pattern.
Waste is carried to the waste tank through the knife valve below the bowl. When desired,
the removable waste tank may be removed from the toiled for servicing after closing the
knife valve.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SERVICING
30025-40-00
LAVATORY COMPARTMENT (NORDAM) - SERVICING
0
TASK 25-40-00-600-801
1. Hot Water Tank Filling - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Hot Water
This topic
Tankgives
Filling
the- Servicing,
Filling Procedure
Preserving,
for the
Lubrication
Hot Water Tank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
(2) Open the Cabinet Vanity Closet door (1) for gain access to the Hot Water Tank
access panel (2).
(3) Remove the Access Panel (2).
(4) Pull out the Hot Water Tank (3) with the handle.
(5) Remove the caps located on the Hot Water Tank top and fill with water (5 liters).
(6) Install the Hot Water Tank caps.
(7) Push in its own position the Hot Water Tank (3). The Hot Water Tank, when is
installed, is automatically connected to the hydraulic lines and electrical power.
(8) Install the Access Panel (2).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
(10) Closed the Cabinet Vanity Closet door (1).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Hot Water Tank - Filling
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
30125-40-00
LAVATORY COMPARTMENT (NORDAM) - SERVICING
30
TASK 25-40-00-600-802
2. Waste Water Tank Discharge - Servicing, Preserving, Lubrication (Ref. to Fig. 302)
Waste
This
Water
topicTank
givesDischarge
the Discharge
- Servicing,
Procedure
Preserving,
for the Waste
Lubrication
Water Tank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure

ARE DISCONNECTED.

Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
(2) Remove the Waste Water Tank access door (1) located under the Wash Basin.
(3) Remove the tab (2) that secure the Waste Water Tank in position.
(4) Slide out the Waste Water Tank (3) taking care to not disconnect the pipe that
connect the Waste Water Tank to the Wash Basin, until gain access to the fitting
(2) located in Waste Water Tank top.
(5) Disconnect the Waste Water Tank fitting (2).
(6) Remove the Waste Water Tank (3).
(7) Discharge water from the Waste Water Tank by means the Front Cap.
(8) Connect the Waste Water Tank fitting (2).
(9) Place the Waste Water Tank (3) in its own position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 305
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Secure the Waste Water Tank (3) with the tab.
(11) Install the Waste Water Tank access door (1)
Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 306
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 302 - Waste Water Tank - Discharge
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 307
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 308
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REMOVALL/AVATORY
INSTALLATION
40025-40-00
COMPARTMENT (NORDAM) - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 25-40-00-000-801
1. Removable Tank - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Removable
The following
Tank -procedure
Removal is applicable for the removal of the Removable Tank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW THE CONTENT OF THE TANK TO DRIP IN THE

FUSELAGE BELLY: STRUCTURE, CORROSION MAY OCCUR.
E. Procedure
Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
(2) Remove the front seat cover (1).

(3) Depress the lock ring of the flush hose quick disconnect coupling (1) located on
the right side at the front of the tank tip (2).
(4) Drain any residue of flush fluid in the hose (3) by partially disengaging the plug
from the quick disconnect (1) and manipulating the hose to assist drainage.
(5) Remove the flush hose from the quick disconnect (1) and place hose in the
retaining clip (4) located on the underside of the toilet mounting plate (5).
(6) Install the plug attached to the quick disconnect to seal the coupling.
(7) Close the knife valve (6) at the bottom of the toilet bowl (7) by pushing the actuator
handle (8) until the valve is fully closed.
(8) Press the two Pres-Loc fasteners (9) on each side of the knife valve actuator to
unlock the tank (2).
(9) Remove the tank (2) by pulling the recessed carrying handle (10) on the tank top.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Removable Tank - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-40-00
LAVATORY COMPARTMENT (NORDAM) - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 25-40-00-000-802
2. Toilet - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
ToiletThe
- Removal
following procedure is applicable for the removal of the Toilet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
(2) Remove the toilet seat.

(3) Remove the removable tank (4) (ref. to TASK 25-10-00-000-801)
(4) Lift the toilet until it is possible to disconnect the electrical connector (3).
(5) Lift completely and remove the toilet.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Toilet - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-40-00
40
TASK 25-40-00-400-801
3. Removable Tank - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Removable
The following
Tank -procedure
Installationis applicable for the installation of the Removable Tank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The applicable circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied.
– Access is available (Refer to the Removal Procedure).
(2) Re-install the tank (2) by inserting the slides located on each side of the knife valve
into the slide plate assembly on the bottom of the toilet bowl (7) and slide tank into
place.
(3) Press the two Pres-Loc fasteners (9) to the first detent to secure the tank (2).
(4) Remove the plug in the flush hose quick disconnect and connect the hose
coupling (1) to the quick disconnect. Lock the disconnect lock ring.
(5) Pull the knife valve actuator (8) to fully open the valve.
(6) Lift the toilet seat and shroud assy from the top of the toilet and wipe with cloth
moistened with clear water and disinfectant. Wipe the bowl and surrounding area.
(7) Check flushing operation of the toilet and check for leaks.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Removable Tank - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-40-00
40
TASK 25-40-00-400-802
4. Toilet - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
ToiletThe
- Installation
following procedure is applicable for the installation of the Toilet.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
– The applicable circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied.
– Access is available (Refer to the Removal Procedure).
(3) Place the toilet in its own position.
(4) Install the toilet seat (2).
(5) Install the removable tank (4) (Ref. to TASK 25-10-00-400-801)
(6) Remove the safety tag and close this circuit breaker.
Rear Vanity Closet:
TOILET
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Toilet - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-40-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25-60-00 - EMERGENCY
DESCRIPTION
025-60-00
EAND
MERGENCY
OPERATION
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. On the airplane you can have installed two different emergency locator transmitter
1004 - 1104
(ELT) and one Underwater Acoustic Beacon.

– The first one (DM ELT8) consists of a remote control panel located in the baggage
compartment, an ELT transmitter and the related antenna located in the top of the
vertical stabilizer tip fairings.
– The second one (TECHTEST) consists of a control panel located in the instrument
panel, an ELT transmitter with related antenna located in the in the top of the
vertical stabilizer tip fairings but in different position to the first one, and a “G”
switch located in the top of the vertical stabilizer tip fairings too
– The Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) consist of a unit located on the left rear
side of the baggage compartment.
B. Maintenance on the ELT is normally limited to the replacing of the battery. The battery
must be replaced at fifty percent of its useful life, or any time the transmitter has been in
use for more than one cumulative hour. The information on useful battery life and
replacement is included in the characteristic data furnished with each ELT, and is
usually placarded on the battery.
C. Maintenance on the UAB is normally limited to the replacing of the battery at intervals
of 6 years. This operation may be made only at the producer.
D. The battery voltage must be checked at 6 months intervals in accordance to the

procedure described in this section para 12.
E. First Aid Kit
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Operation
Operation
A. The Emergency Locator Transmitter (DM ELT8) System operates, on a self contained
1004 - 1104
battery, at 121.5 and 243.0 MHz frequencies.

The system is housed in the top fin fairing, which is fitted with a removable access
cover: a Remote Control Switch, located in the airplane baggage compartment on the
right side of the door, allows the remote control of the transmitter.
On the ELT unit, a switch placared ON-OFF-AUTO allows the unit to be set to the
automatic mode so that it will transmit only after activation by impact. The unit will
continue to transmit until the battery is drained or until the switch is moved to the OFF
position. The ON position is provided as a means of activation if the automatic feature
was not triggered by impact or periodically test function of the transmitter. The OFF
position should be selected while changing the battery or to discontinue transmission
after the unit has been activated.
The Remote Control Switch has two positions placared ON/TEST and AUTO and the
switch lever must be pulled out then positioned. The ELT can be operate by the
Remote Control Switch only if the transmitter switch is set to AUTO. For normal
operation the Remote Control Switch is set to AUTO position. To turn off the ELT and
reset to its automatic mode condition, set the Remote Control Switch to ON/TEST
position, then back to AUTO.
Should an emergency occur where manual activation of the ELT is desired, set the
Remote Control Switch to ON: the distress signal will immediately be transmitted.
The locator transmitter should be periodically ground checked. Tune a radio receiver to
121.5 MHz and place the Remote Control Switch in the ON/TEST position: (ELT will
start transmitting). After a one second test period (2 sweeps of the warble tone), place
the switch in AUTO. If the ELT does not transmit while the Remote Control Switch is in
the ON/TEST position, the transmitter must be checked to verify that the ELT switch
position is in AUTO and that the ELT is operational.
NOTE: If for any reason a test transmission is necessary, the test transmission should
be conducted only in the first five minutes of any hour and limited to three
audio sweeps.
A battery replacement date is marked on the transmitter label: the battery must be
replaced on or before this date. The battery must also be replaced if the transmitter has
been used in an emergency situation or if the accumulated test time exceeds one hour,
or if the unit has been inadvertently activated for an undetermined time period.
B. The Emergency Locator Transmitter (TECHTEST) is similar to the one of the standard
basic configuration as it consists of a remote controller, a battery powered unit and an
antenna located inside the fin bulb fairing. However it is partially different as far as
installation (the controller is on the pilot instrument panel, not on the baggage
compartment) and its functions:
– The unit installed in the fin bulb contains, in addition to the part of transmitter for
121.5 and 243.0 MHz frequencies and to the battery pack, also the transmitter for
406.025 frequency (COSPAS/SARSAT satellites) and the solid-state bi-directional
“G switch” unit provided with batteries, too.
– A three position switch is located on the “G switch”: OFF (for installation
maintenance), ARM (normal operating position: armed transmitter ready to start in
case of impact or manual starting), ON (manual starting).
The “G switch” is connected to the remote controller.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– The remote controller (without which the ELT can nevertheless automatically
operate), installed on the pilot instrument panel (Ref. to Fig. 1), has a light-and
sound-indicator which activates together with the transmitters in emergency and
test conditions and a three position switch protected from accidental switching:
– Central position: armed transmitter (ARM)
– Lower position: manual starting (ON)
– Upper position: self-test starting or manual reset to ARM from ON (TEST/
RESET). The self-test checks the battery charge status and temporarily
activates the transmitters in accordance with procedures controlled by
regulations, which therefore do not cause unjustified alarm.
In normal flight conditions the system is armed but inactive; in emergency
conditions it can be activated by an impact detected by the “G switch” or manually
by the pilots.
C. The Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) is used to localize the aircraft in the event of a
water crash, up to a depth of 20.000 ft.
The UAB radiates a pulse acoustic signal whenever in water, for a period of at least 30
days, and strong enough to be detected up to 1.800-3.600 meters.
The UAB locator is a battery powered device switched on when it is water submerged
(salt or fresh). The water switches a trigger circuit, which, via a piezo-electric
transducer ring, generates a mechanical motion transmitted to the case and, through it,
to the surrounding water in form of acoustic waves.
The signal frequency is 37,5 +/- 1khz with a pulse length of 10+/- 1 milliseconds and a
repetition rate not less then than 0.9 pulse/sec.
Acoustic output is between 1.060 dynes/cm2 at 1m (initially) and 700 dynes/cm2 at 1m
(after 30 days)
D. The ARTEX C406-N ELT(AF) is able to operate as beacon on the 121.5 and 243.0
MHz emergency frequencies (respectively civil and military) as well as 406.028 MHz
frequencies (including digitally encoded message) for reception by COSPAS/SARSAT
satellite constellation. When the transmission is activated (in manual or automatic
way), the ELT Unit starts to send out a distress signal on above stated three
emergency frequencies. Once assembled, the ELT Transmitter with the Protective Top
Cover, the END Cap and the Mounting Tray, form a single component “ELT Assembly”.
The “ELT Assembly” is installed on the floor of the Baggage Cabin, just rearward the
Freon system Compressor. The three-band Blade Antenna (was a internal three-band
antenna) is installed with its doubler on the top side of the Baggage Compartment,
between the frame 77.90 and 81.40.
The Remote Control Panel is installed on the Pilot Instrument Panel. The Remote
Control Panel front has a two-positions locked switch and a LED indicator. The two
position ARM/ON locked switch allows to set the ELT Unit functioning (test, normal,
forced). The switch is normally locked down in ARM position (ELT unit armed). When
set in ON position (locked up) it forces the ELT Unit to transmit the distress signal. By
the locked switch, carrying out the instructions (TEST/RESET: set ON, wait 1 sec., set
ARM) reported on the bottom side of the Remote Control Panel, the Pilot is also able to
remotely test the system and reset an in progress transmission. The red ON LED
informs the Pilot about the ELT Unit activity (when lighted up test or transmission are in
progress).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A buzzer is installed in the baggage cabin nearby the ELT, housed in a suitable hole
into the ELT covering. The buzzer emits an acoustical signal during ELT transmission.
The ARTEX ELT(AF) system improves the functions of the former installation with the
capability to integrate into the transmitted satellite distress signal the A/C position as
geographic coordinates (latitude and longitude, ARINC label 310 and 311). These data
are provided by means of the High Speed digital data bus, part of the ProLine 21
Avionics Suite.
The ELT Assembly and Remote Switch are powered by means of the Right Avionics
Dual Feed Bus through a 3 Amps. circuit breaker (ELT labeled) located on the Copilot
CB panel. Power supply is just to retain the geographic coordinates data and allow the
LED blinking in case of ELT activity (test and transmission).
ELT Unit is powered by an internal 12 Vdc Battery Pack consisting of 4 “D” size Lithium
Manganese Dioxide cells. They are connected in series with proper devices (diodes) to
prevent cells discharge and improve the safety. Battery Pack has a long life (free of
maintenance) of 5 years during which, if properly used, it guarantees 24 hours of
transmission on 121.5, 243.0 MHz and 406.028 MHz plus further 24 hours on 121.5
MHz and 243.0 MHz. During the transmission it also powered the buzzer and the Led
present on the ELT Unit.
Before installation on the A/C, the ELT must be programmed with the appropriate code
as per customer request, by means of a ARTEX Programmer operated by qualified
Piaggio staff.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40025-60-00
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 25-60-00-000-801
1. ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
ELT The
(AF)following
Antenna procedure
(ARTEX) -isRemoval
applicable for the removal of the ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
PANEL LABEL/SERVICE
CB PANEL COPILOT ELT
(2) Remove the ceiling furnishing panel (2) to gain access to ELT Antenna connector
(1).
(3) Disconnect the co-axial cable connector (1).
(4) Remove the six screws (3) from the antenna base.
(5) Remove the antenna (4).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40125-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-000-805
2. ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
ELT This
Transmitter
topic gives
(DMthe
ELT8)
Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the vertical stabilizer fairings (1).
(2) Place the AUTO-OFF-ON switch (2) located on the transmitter (6) in the OFF
position.
(3) Disconnect the antenna cable from the transmitter (3).
(4) Disconnect the electrical wires (4) for remote ON/TEST-AUTO switch.
(5) Remove the screws (5) that secure the transmitter (6) to the vertical stabilizer.
(6) Remove the transmitter (6).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - ELT (DM ELT8) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40225-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-000-806
3. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
ELT This
Transmitter
topic gives
(TECHTEST)
the Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the vertical stabilizer fairings.
(2) Place the ARM - OFF -ON switch located on the “G” Switch Unit (12) in the OFF
position.
(3) Disconnect the antenna cable from the ELT transmitter (10).
(4) Disconnect the remote connector (6) from “G” Switch Unit.
(5) Remove the screws (3) that secure the ELT assembly plate (4) to the ELT Support
(7) placed on the vertical stabilizer.
(6) Remove the ELT assy (8).
(7) To remove the singles component see the following procedures:
(a) Remote Controller (1): unscrew the screw (2) that fitted the Remote controller
to the panel. Slide out the panel and disconnect the electrical connector
located on the panel rear side.
(b) ELT Transmitter (10): push the tang (9) located on the Lh and Rh side of the
ELT Transmitter(10)/Elt Battery Pack(11) Assy and slide the ELT Transmitter
out.
(c) ELT Battery Pack (11): to disconnect the Battery Pack from the ELT
transmitter see the procedure above; to disconnect the ELT Battery Pack from
the G-Switch slide the ELT Battery Pack out disconnecting the connector
placed on the rear of the G-Switch.
(d) G-Switch(12): to disconnect the G-Switch from the other components of ELT
Assy follow the above procedures.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) G-Switch Battery: to remove the G-Switch Battery (13), slide to the G-Switch
out.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40325-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-000-807
4. Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Underwater
This topic
Acoustic
gives the
Beacon
Removal
(UAB)
Procedure
- Removal
for the Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the 4 screws (1) that assure the Unit (UAB) to the Mounting Cradle (2).
(2) Remove the Security Plate (3).
(3) Slide out the (UAB) from the Mounting Cradle (2).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Underwater Acoustic Beacon - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40425-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-000-808
5. ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
ELT This
(AF) topic
Transmitter
gives the
(ARTEX)
Removal
- Removal
Procedure for the ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: If the Freon Compressor / Condenser Unit is located in the baggage forward
position (flight direction), the ELT is installed between the FS 7790 and FS
8140.
NOTE: If the Freon Compressor / Condenser Unit is located in the baggage rear
position (flight direction), the ELT is installed between the FS 7440 and FS
6965.
(1) Set the battery switch to OFF position.

PANEL LABEL/SERVICE
(3) Remove the ELT protection cover.

(4) Disconnect the two electrical connectors (2) located to the ELT front (1).
(5) Remove the four screws (3) located on the ELT body top.
(6) Slowly pull up the ELT upper side (4) until it is possible reaches the two internal
electrical connectors (5).
(7) Disconnect the internal electrical connectors (5).
(8) Remove the ELT upper side (4).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) The ELT lower side (6) with the battery pack stay attached to the its own support.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40525-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-000-812
6. ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
ELT This
Remote
topicControl
gives the
Panel
Removal
(TECHTEST)
Procedure
- Removal
for the ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
PANEL LABEL/SERVICE
(2) Remove the screws that secure the ELT Remote Control Panel to the Pilot
Instrument Panel.
(3) Sliding out the ELT Remote Control Panel until is possible disconnect the
Electrical Connector located rear the panel.
(4) Disconnect the Electrical Connector and remove the ELT Control Panel.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40625-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-400-801
7. ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
ELT The
(AF)following
Antenna procedure
(ARTEX) -isInstallation
applicable for the installation of the ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX).
1004 - 1104

0.5 in (12 mm) paint brush Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the system is electrically safe.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER 20.
(2) Clean the replacement parts and their interfaces.

(3) Connect the co-axial cable (1) to the antenna (4).
(4) Locate antenna and attach with six screws (3).
(5) Apply a fillet of sealant around antenna base.
(6) Remove excessive sealant.
(7) Install the ceiling furnishing panel (2).
(8) Remove safety clips and tags and set circuit breaker ELT.
(9) Set the battery switch to ON position.
(10) Do an ELT (AF) functional test as described in this section.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - ELT (AF) Antenna (ARTEX) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40725-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-400-805
8. ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
ELT This
Transmitter
topic gives
(DMthe
ELT8)
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Place the transmitter (6) in position and secure it to the vertical stabilizer with the
screws (5).
(2) Connect the antenna cable to the transmitter.
(3) Connect the remote ON/TEST-AUTO switch electrical wires (4).
(4) Set the AUTO-OFF-ON switch (2), located on the transmitter (6) in the AUTO
position.
(5) Install the vertical stabilizer fairings.
(6) Do an operational test as described in this section, para. 4.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - ELT (DM ELT8) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40825-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-400-806
9. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
ELT This
Transmitter
topic gives
(TECHTEST)
the Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) To install the singles component procedure are reverse the removal procedure:
(2) Place the ELT assy (8) in position and secure the assembly plate(4) to the vertical
stabilizer with the screws (3).
(3) Connect the antenna cable to the ELT transmitter (10).
(4) Connect the remote connector (6) to the “G” switch unit.
(5) Set the ARM - OFF - ON switch, located on the “G” switch unit (12) in the ARM
position.
(6) Install the vertical stabilizer fairings.
(7) Do an operational test as described in this section, para. 7.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40925-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-400-807
10. Underwater Acoustic Beacon - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Underwater
This topic
Acoustic
gives the
Beacon
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the Underwater Acoustic Beacon.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Insert the UAB into the Mounting Cradle and check that the switch is oriented
forward or downward relative to aircraft.
(2) Install the 4 screws (1).
(3) Do an operational test.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Underwater Acoustic Beacon - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41025-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-400-808
11. ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
ELT This
(AF) topic
Transmitter
gives the
(ARTEX)
Installation
- Installation
Procedure for the ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Connect the internal electrical connectors (5).
(2) Slowly place the ELT upper side (4) in its own position on the ELT lower side (6).
(3) Secure together the ELT lower and upper sides by the four screws (3).
(4) Connect the two electrical connectors (2).
(5) Install the ELT protection cover.
(6) Remove safety clips and tags and set circuit breaker ELT.
(7) Set the battery switch to ON position.
(8) Do an ELT (AF) functional test as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - ELT (AF) Transmitter (ARTEX) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41125-60-00
40
TASK 25-60-00-400-812
12. ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
ELT This
Remote
topicControl
gives the
Panel
Installation
(TECHTEST)Procedure
- Installation
for the ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Connect the Electrical Connector.
(3) Slowly place the ELT Remote Control Panel on the Pilot Instrument Panel.
(4) Secure the ELT Remote Control Panel on the Pilot Instrument Panel with screws.
(5) Do an ELT functional test as described in this section.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - ELT Remote Control Panel (TECHTEST) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50025-60-00
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 25-60-00-710-802
1. ELT (AF) (ARTEX) - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
ELT The
(AF)following
(ARTEX)procedure
- Operational
is applicable
Test for the operational test of the ELT (AF) (ARTEX).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: TRANSMITTER TEST IS ALLOWED WITHIN THE FIRST FIVE

MINUTES OF THE HOUR (UTC), PROVIDED THE LOCAL ATC HAS
BEEN INFORMED.
NOTE: Transmitter Test is executed by means of the Remote Control Panel. It allows
to test the system wiring and the ELT Unit. Should a problem be detected, the
Remote Control Panel will provide information about the problem by means of
coded flashes of its ON LED.
If a problem is detected, the LED will flash in order of importance with
approximately 0.5 - 1 second pause between each error if multiple errors are
present. Coded signal and related problem are as follows.
– 1 flash indicates a G-Switch loop open failure.
– 3 flashes indicate a 406.028 MHz transmitter problem.
– 5 flashes indicate there is no navigation data present (this error is not
present if the ELT Unit is programmed with short message).
– 7 flashes indicate a battery problem.
(1) With the VHF/AM COM1 set on 121.5 MHz, set the switch to ON, wait (about 1
second) for 3 sweeps on VHF/AM COM1 and then set the switch back to ARM
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) If the ELT (AF) system is working properly, as soon as the switch is set back on
ARM position the LED will stay ON (lighted) for approximately 1 second and then
OFF.
NOTE: The Transmitter Test procedure is also marked on the bottom side of the
Remote Control Panel.
CAUTION: TESTING OF THE SYSTEM IN EXCESS OF ONCE AT MONTH

COULD SHORTEN THE BATTERY PACK LIFE.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
Fig. 501 - ELT (ARTEX) Remote Control Panel
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50125-60-00
50
TASK 25-60-00-710-804
2. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Operational Test
ELT The
Transmitter
following(TECHTEST)
procedure is-applicable
Operational
forTest
the Operational Test of the ELT Techtest.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: TURN THE ELT ON TEST FOR TESTING ONLY IF IN ACCORDANCE

WITH AIRTRANSPORT AUTHORITY TESTING PROCEDURE.
TESTING OF THE ELT, IF IMPROPERLY DONE, COULD TRIGGER
FALSE ALERTS AND CREATE FREQUENCY JAMMING.
NOTE: The ON/OFF/TEST switch located in the ELT transmitter must be positioned
in the OFF position during normal operation The ARM/OFF/TEST switch
located in the G-switch unit must be positioned in the ARM position during
normal operation. The possibility to perform Built In Test starting from G-
switch unit or ELT transmitter can be used as throubleshooting routine when
the test started from Control Unit fails. Before initiating the test from the
Control Unit connect the external power, switch the battery to BAT, switch
inverters switches to PRI and SEC, switch the avionic switch to ON then allow
three minutes of G-switch battery trickle charge.
NOTE: On the Control Unit push and maintain the TEST/RESET-OFF-ON switch to
TEST/RESET position for at least 4 seconds.
(1) Two tones and one beep are generated by the control unit internal sounder
(representative of the three frequencies generated by the transmitter).
(2) The ON lamp on the Control Unit flashes in accordance with the generated tones
and beep.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Verify that the lamp is OFF and sounder is muted confirming the end of Autotest
with positive result.
NOTE: If the test has not been carried out for some days then the initial test may
not give the pass result as indicated above. This is due to battery
passivation. The test should be repeated several times before the ELT
system is declared unserviceable as a result of the installed built in test.
Normally the Test will pass on the second or third attempt after a period of
inactivity.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50125-60-00
50
TASK 25-60-00-710-805
3. ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8) - Operational Test
ELT This
Transmitter
topic gives
(DMthe
ELT8)
Operational
- Operational
Test for
Test
the ELT Transmitter (DM ELT8).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: TURN THE ELT ON TEST FOR TESTING ONLY IF IN ACCORDANCE

WITH AIRTRANSPORT AUTHORITY TESTING PROCEDURE.
TESTING OF THE ELT, IF IMPROPERLY DONE, COULD TRIGGER
FASLE ALERTS AND CREATE FREQUENCY JAMMING.
(1) Inform the airtransport authority that an operational ELT test is to be performed.
(2) Make sure that the AUTO-OFF-ON switch on the transmitter is in the AUTO
position.
(3) Set the airplane VHF-AM transceiver to 121.5 MHz.
(4) Set the ON/TEST-AUTO remote switch (1), located in the baggage compartment,
just on the right of the door, to ON/TEST position.
(5) In the flight compartment the ELT signal will be heard immediately. After one
second the test period is completed.
(6) Set the ON/TEST-AUTO remote switch (1) to AUTO position.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50125-60-00
50
TASK 25-60-00-710-806
4. Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Operational Test
Underwater
This topic
Acoustic
gives the
Beacon
Operational
(UAB) -Test
Operational
for the Underwater
Test Acoustic Beacon (UAB).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The operational test must be in accordance with “Technical Manual Ultrasonic Test
Set Model 42A12D” P/N03-TM-0038 Rev00 Section II Operation.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50125-60-00
50
TASK 25-60-00-720-801
5. ELT (AF) (ARTEX) - Functional Test (Ref. to Fig. 502)
ELT The
(AF)following
(ARTEX)procedure
- Functional
is applicable
Test for the functional test of the ELT (AF) (ARTEX).
1004 - 1104

28 Vdc Ground Power Unit (GPU) Not Specified
ELT Receiver model ARG 5410 or equivalent
COMM Test Set model FM500 or equivalent
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: TRANSMITTER TEST IS ALLOWED WITHIN THE FIRST FIVE

MINUTES OF THE HOUR (UTC), PROVIDED THE LOCAL ATC HAS
BEEN INFORMED.
CAUTION: IF A DISTRESS SIGNAL IS TRANSMITTED ACCIDENTALLY THE

LOCAL RESCUE COORDINATION CENTER (RCC) SHOULD BE
CONTACTED IMMEDIATELY AND INFORMED OF THE
COORDINATES OF THE TEST SITE.
NOTE: Transmitter Test is executed by means of the Remote Control Panel. It allows
to test the system wiring and the ELT Unit. Should a problem be detected, the
Remote Control Panel will provide information about the problem by means of
coded flashes of its ON LED.
If a problem is detected, the LED will flash in order of importance multiple
errors are present. Coded signal and related problem are as follows:
– 1 flash indicates a G-Switch loop open failure.
– 3 flashes indicate a 406.028 MHz transmitter problem.
– 5 flashes indicate there is no navigation data present (this error is not
present if the ELT Unit is programmed with short message).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– 7 flashes indicate a battery problem.
(1) Check the ELT Transmitter Switch is set to OFF.

(2) Check the ELT Control Panel Switch is set to ARM.
(3) Check the aircraft battery connection.
(4) Connect the 28 Vdc Ground Power Unit to the airplane DC system.
(5) Check the pertinent circuit breakers are pushed in.
(6) Set the Battery Switch to BAT.
(7) Set the Bus Switch to NORM.
(8) Set the Avionics Switch to ON.
(9) Set the VHF/AM COM1 on the emergency frequency 121.500 MHz.
(10) Set ELT Receiver ARG 5410 to receive both 121.5 and 406.028 MHz distress
signal and arrange it near the ELT Antenna.
(11) Set the COMM Test Set mode FM500 to receive 243.0 MHz distress signal and
arrange it near the ELT antenna.
(12) Set the ELT Control Panel Switch to ON.
(13) Check the LED immediately starts to flash continuously.
(14) Wait for 3 sweeps (about 1 second) on the VHF/AM COM1 Test Set model FM500.
During this time, the buzzer installed in the baggage compartment has to buzz one
time.
(15) Set the ELT Control Panel Switch back to ARM.
(16) Verify that the LED stays ON approximately one second.
(17) Verify no further LED activity.
(18) On ELT Receiver ARG 5410 verify:
– 121.5 MHz distress signal has been properly received.
– 406.028 MHz distress signal has been properly received.
– received codes correspond to one configured into the ELT (A/C Registration
Marking reported in the A/C Registration Card.
CAUTION: THE FOLLOWING TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE

FIRST FIVE MINUTES OF THE HOUR, PROVIDED THE LOCAL
ATC HAS BEEN INFORMED. CONTACT COSPAS-SARSAT
ORGANIZATION ON THE COUNTRY IN WHICH THE AIRPLANE IS
REGISTERED ABOUT TO THE ONGOING TEST.
(19) Set the ELT Control Panel Switch to ON.

(20) Wait (about 50 seconds) for an ELT transmission on 406.028 MHz.
(21) Reset the ELT transmission moving the ELT Control Panel Switch to ARM and
then to ON and, after 1 sec, back again to ARM.
(22) On the Receiver ARG 5410 verify the Latitude and Longitude data are the same of
the GPS one.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - ELT (ARTEX) Remote Control Panel
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50225-60-00
50
TASK 25-60-00-720-802
6. ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Functional Test
ELT The
Transmitter
following(TECHTEST)
procedure is-applicable
Functionalfor
Test
the functional test of the ELT (Techtest).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The performed autotest routine when Test Switch, located on the ELT Control
Panel, is selected on ELT position, result in transmitting of short radio signal
on the 121.5, 243,0 and 406.025 MHz frequencies. The procedure require to
perform this test only the first five minutes of each hour.
NOTE: It is important that the system test is limited to one a day to avoid battery
discharge.
(1) Verify that all the involved circuit breakers are correctly inserted.
(2) Connect the Ground Power Unit (GPU) to the airplane.
(3) Place the Test Set ARTEX 453-2000 close to the airplane with the ELT antenna in
view, then set the Test Set in "ready to receive" position (tuned on 121.5 and
406.025 MHz frequencies).
(4) Place the COMM Test Set IFR4000 with ELT Antenna in view and tuning it on 243
MHz frequency.
(5) Set the BAT and AVIONIC switches to "ON".
(6) Wait 3 minutes to allow the G-switch Battery to reach enough charge level to
perform the test.
(7) On the ELT Control Panel, set the switch to "TEST" and hold it in this position for 4
seconds, then verify
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Two tones and one beep are heard, corresponding to the ELT frequencies,
respectively tones for 121.5 and 243,0 MHz and beep for 406,025 MHz.The
three impulses can be verified on the LED located on the ELT Control Panel.
(b) The 243 MHz signal is received by the Test Set IFR4000, by means of the RF
Signal Indication.
(c) Verify on the ARTEX 453-2000 that 121.5 and 406.025 MHz signals are
correctly received and the Airplane Identification Code is the same as the one
transmitted by ELT.
(d) If after three signal the LED on the ELT Control Panel is off, and no tone is
heard anymore, the test is complete.
(8) GPS POSITION CHECK
Cosidering the previously 1 to 6 steps performed and with HM SMITH
GROUP Product Support Instruction, verify the GPS receiver operations as
follow:
(a) Wait 5 minutes for the ELT to receive the GPS coordinates.
(b) Set the ARTEX 453-2000 to receive 406,025 MHZ signal.
(c) Set the switch, located on the ELT Control Panel, on "TEST" position and
verify that the LED illuminates corresponding to the 121.5 and 406 MHz
transmission.
(d) Make a note and verify that the GPS coordinates transmitted with the 406
MHz signal and received by the Test Set ARTEX 453-2000 are the same.
(e) Be sure that the LED is not illuminated anymore and the ELT is OFF.
(f) Set the G-Switch to “OFF” position.
(g) During the ELT sequence transmission, set the BAT switch to OFF, to verify if
the ELT transmits the last know position.
(h) Disconnect the ELT Transmitter from the G-switch following the Fig. 3
instructions (refer to Operator Manual Techtest n. HRS 1011-14-02). The G-
switch must remain onboars on the "mounting tray" .
(i) Place the ELT Transmitter and the Test Set ARTEX 453-2000 to minimum 1
NM,then activate the transmitter.
(j) Verify that the 453 MHz signal is received by the IFR4000 by means of the RF
Signal Indication.
(k) On the ARTEX 453-2000 Test Set, verify that the 121 and 406 MHz signals
are correctly received and the Airplane Identification Code is the one sent by
the transmitter .
(l) Verify that the GPS position is the one memorized before the ELT Transceiver
was removed.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 503 - ELT Transmitter (TECHTEST) - Functional Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50325-60-00
50
TASK 25-60-00-760-801
7. Underwater Acoustic Beacon (UAB) - Electrical Test
Underwater
This topic
Acoustic
gives the
Beacon
Electrical
(UAB) Test
- Electrical
for the Underwater
Test Acoustic Beacon (UAB).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) At 6 months intervals measure the battery voltage in accordance to Technical
Manual UAB models DK 100/DK120/DK130/DK140.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60025-60-00
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 25-60-00-200-802
1. First Aid Kit - Inspection / Check
First This
Aid Kit
topic
- Inspection
gives the Inspection
/ Check / Check for the First Aid Kit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The case should be checked internally and externally for the presence of moisture
and contamination, any obstructions that may interfere with its opening and
closing, and that all the latches and hinges are mechanically sound.
(2) The contents require visual inspection to ensure that all of the required
components are present and that all age - sensitive items have not exceeded the
expiration date provided with each, and will not exceed the expiration date before
subsequent inspection. Replace expired and expiring items as required.
Equivalent items may be used in accordance with local regulatory and operational
requirements.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60025-60-00
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 25-60-00-200-803
2. ELT (ARTEX) Battery Pack - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
ELT This
(ARTEX)
topic Battery
gives the
Pack
Inspection
- Inspection
/ Check
/ Check
for the ELT (ARTEX) Battery Pack.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The battery pack contains static sensitive parts, take EDS precaution before
handling.
(1) Remove the four screws from the Battery Pack.
WARNING: THE BATTERY PACK IS CONNECTED TO THE ELT VIA SHORT

INTERCONNECTED HARNESSES WHICH LIMIT THE DISTANCE
OF SEPARATION BETWEEN THE TWO COMPONENTS PRIOR
TO DISCONNECTING THE HARNESSES. PROCEED AS
FOLLOWS:
– LAY THE ELT ON ITS SIDE.
– CAREFULLY LIFT THE BATTERY PACK AWAY FROM THE
ELT AND LAY ALONG SIDE THE ELT UNIT.
– CAREFULLY DISCONNECT THE HARNESS FROM THE 8-PIN
CONNECTOR ON THE SMALL CIRCUIT BOARD IN THE
BATTERY PACK. DO NOT SHORT CONNECTOR PINS.
– DISCONNECT 2-PIN HARNESS FROM THE ELT BODY.
(2) Inspect the battery pack and the underside of the ELT. The battery cells,
components and connectors should be free of corrosion. The underside of the ELT
should be corrosion free. Inspect for any broken wires or connections. Ensure the
battery housing is free of cracks or other visible damage.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Verify the battery expiration date. If the battery pack has not expired it may be
reinstalled. However, for optimum performance, it is recommended that the battery
be replaced if the voltage under load is less than 12.0 V.
(4) The battery pack must be replaced with new one:
– After use in an emergency.
– After an inadvertent activation of unknown duration.
– When the total of all known transmissions exceed one hour.
– On the battery replacement (expiration) date shown on battery label.
(5) To replace/reinstall the battery pack, connect the 8-pin connector to the header on
the circuit board in the 2-pin power harness to the ELT. This step will cause the
ELT to activate. Reset the ELT by toggling the "ON/OFF" switch on the ELT from
"ON" to "OFF".
(6) Fit the battery pack into place dressing wires between standoffs to avoid pinching
wires between standoffs and battery pack. Install the four head screws ans tighten
securely. Do not over torque the screws.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - ELT (ARTEX) Battery Pack - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
25-60-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
FIRE PROTECTION
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 26 - FIRE PROTECTION

26 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
26 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
26 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
26-00-00 1-4 Jul.08/16
26-10-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
26-20-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 610 Jul.08/16
611 - 614 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 26 - FIRE PROTECTION

26 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
FIRE PROTECTION 26-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Detection 3 1004 - 1104
3. Extinguishing (Optional) 4 1004 - 1104
DETECTION 26-10-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 3 1004 - 1104

1. Detector - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Detector - Installation 405 1004 - 1104

1. Detector - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104

1. Detector - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
EXTINGUISHING 26-20-00 401

1. Engine Fire Bottle - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Deployment Tubes - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Engine Fire Bottle - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
4. Deployment Tubes - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
5. Engine Fire Bottle Cartridge - Replace 417 1004 - 1104
EXTINGUISHING 26-20-00 601

1. Engine Fire Bottle (Weight Check) - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Fire Bottle and Deployment Tubes - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
3. Portable Fire Extinguisher - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
1004 - 1104
4. RH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
5. LH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check 611 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
26-00-00 - FIREAND
DESCRIPTION
026-00-00
PROTECTION
FIRE
OPERATION
0 PROTECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General (Ref. to Fig. 1)

General
A. (Ref.
The fire
to Fig.
protection
1) system detects the presence of a fire or a local overheat condition in
1004 - 1104
the engine fire zones. An optional extinguishing system (when installed) discharges
extinguishant into the fire zone when selected by the flight crew.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Fire Protection - General
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Detection
Detection
A. The detection system is a pneumatic system. The sensing element around the engine
1004 - 1104
operates an integral pressure switch, which causes an engine fire warning on the
centralized warning panel (Refer to Chapter 26-10-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Extinguishing (Optional)
Extinguishing
A. A one (Optional)
shot fire bottle discharges extinguishant into the engine fire zones through
1004 - 1104
diffuser tubes. Two guarded push switches on the LH and RH glareshield (one for each
engine) operate the explosive cartridges to release the extinguishant (Refer to Chapter
26-20-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
26-10-00 - DETECTION
DESCRIPTION
026-10-00
AND OPERATION
DETECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0

General
NOTE:(Ref.Two
to Fig.
identical
1) systems are installed LH and RH, only the description of the LH
1004 - 1104
system is given. Data specific to the RH system is given between parentheses.
A. The fire detection system warns the flight crew of an overheat or fire condition in the
nacelle fire zones.
B. The system has the following components:

– The fire/overheat detector.
The system also uses the following system/component.
– The central warning system (CWS) (Ref. to Chapter 31)
– The pilot switch panel (Ref. to Chapter 31).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Description
A. The(Ref.
fire/overheat
to Fig. 1) detector detects the change in temperature in the accessory gearbox
1004 - 1104
zone and the propellor gearbox zone of the engine.
B. The detector is installed around the engine in zone 430 (440).
C. The detector has a continuous stainless steel tube sealed at one end. Attached to the
other end is a responder assembly which contains an alarm pressure switch and an
integrity pressure switch. The tube contains a porous metal core, charged with an inert
gas. A connector on the responder connects the detector to the engine electrical
harness. Clamps attach the detector to brackets on the engine.
D. The 28 Vdc RH single feed bus supplies electrical power to the system through a 3 A
circuit breaker.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Operation
Operation
A. Normal Operation
1004 - 1104
(1) The pressure of the charge gas holds the integrity switch closed.
(2) The alarm pressure switch is in the normal (open) position.
(3) The gas pressure in the detector varies in proportion to the change in temperature
in the fire zone.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Fire Detection - Component Location and Identification
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
B. Fire/Overheat Warning
(1) If the temperature in the cowl increases to more than
– 1013 °F (545 °C) for localized fire or a high intensity overheat
– 428 °F (250 °C) for a general overheat.
(2) When the temperature in the cowl decreases to less than the figures given above
the lamps go off.
C. System Test
(1) When the system test switch on the pilot switch panel is set to FIRE DET and the
momentary hold test button is pushed (in) and released the L FIRE (R FIRE)
annunciators and the L ENG FIRE EXT (R ENG FIRE EXT) lamp come on and
then go off.
D. System Fault
(1) If the charge pressure in the overheat detector decreases (because of damage or
leakage) the integrity pressure switch operates (opens). In this condition or if the
system electrical continuity is broken the annunciators will not come on during the
test.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40026-10-00
DETECTION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 26-10-00-000-801
1. Detector - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Detector
This -topic
Removal
provides the removal of the Fire/Overheat Detector.
1004 - 1104

Warning signs Not Specified
Access platform 2 m (6 ft) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove the electrical power if is necessary (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
(2) Place a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons that the electrical
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Put up a warning sign on the engine controls in the flight compartment to tell
personnel “DO NOT START OR TURN THE ENGINE”.
(2) Remove the engine cowls 410AT, 430AR and 430AL (420AB, 440AL and 440AR)
(Refer to 06-00-00)
(3) Open, tag and safety the FIRE DET TEST circuit breaker on the pilot circuit
breaker panel.
CAUTION: THE MINIMUM BEND RADIUS FOR THE DETECTOR MUST BE

NOT LESS THAN 0.375 IN (9.5 MM).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (11) from the receptacle (12) on the responder.
Fit caps to the connector and the receptacle.
NOTE: Remove the detector from the sealed end (the rear of the engine) towards
the responder. Coil the detector for ease of handling.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Remove the detector (3) from the low profile clamps (2).
(6) Remove the nuts (9), spacers (5) and bolts (7) and remove the clamps (6) from the
detector.
(7) Remove the insulators (8) from the detector.
(8) Remove the bolt (15) and the spacer (10) and remove the clamp (14) from the
responder (13) and the engine accessory gearbox case.
(9) Remove the detector.
F. Close-out
(1) Restore the Electrical Power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801)
(2) Remove the Warning Notice in the flight compartment
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Detector - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40126-10-00
DETECTION - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 26-10-00-400-801
2. Detector - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Detector
This -topic
Installation
provides the installation of the fire/overheat detector.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
– The warning signs are in position.
– The circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied.
– The access platform is in position.
(Refer to the removal procedure).
(2) Install the responder (13) on the engine accessory gear box case with the clamp
(14) and the spacer (10) and bolt (15).
CAUTION: THE MINIMUM BEND RADIUS FOR THE DETECTOR MUST BE

NOT LESS THAN 0.375 IN (9.5 MM).
(3) Install the insulators (8) on the detector.

(4) Install the detector around the engine and engage the insulators with the clamps
(6).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Close the clamps and attach them to the clamps (4) with the bolts (7), spacers (5)
and nuts (9).
(6) Install the detector into the low profile clamps (2).
(7) Remove the caps from the connector and the receptacle.
(8) Connect the electrical connector (11) to the receptacle (12) on the responder.
(9) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE DET TEST circuit breakers on the pilot
circuit breakers panel.
(10) Make sure electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
(11) Do a fire detector test.
(12) Install the cowls 410AT, 430AR and 430AL (420AB 440AL and 440AR).
F. Close-out
(1) Restore the Electrical Power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
(2) Remove the Warning Notice in the flight compartment
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Detector - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50026-10-00
DETECTION - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 26-10-00-710-801
1. Detector - Operational Test
Detector
This -Topic
Operational
providesTest
the Test of the fire/overheat detector.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) On the SYS TEST panel on the
instrument panel in the flight
compartment, set the rotary switch
to FIRE DET.
(b) Push (in) and release the On the CWP the L FIRE (R FIRE)
momentary holt test button in the annunciator comes on and goes off.
center of the test switch. On the glareshield the LH FIRE EXT
(RH FIRE EXT) comes on and goes off.
F. Close-out
(1) Remove the Electrical Power if is necessary (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60026-10-00
DETECTION - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 26-10-00-200-801
1. Detector - Inspection / Check
Detector
This -topic
Inspection
provides
/ Check
Inspection/Check of the fire/overheat detector.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Remove electrical power is necessary (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Put the access platform in position.
(2) Put a warning sign on the engine controls in the flight compartment to tell
personnel “DO NOT START OR TURN THE ENGINES”.
(3) Remove the engine cowls 410AT, 430AR and 430AL (420AB, 440AL and 440AR).
(4) Examine the detector:
(a) Make sure that the detector is correctly clamped and that the insulators are
correctly positioned in the clamps.
(b) Make sure that the detector does not touch any part of the engine installation.
Adjust the detector position as necessary.
NOTE: Minor damage to the detector is permissible if the system test can be
done without evidence of a fault.
(c) Do a system test of the detector (TASK 26-10-00-710-801)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(1) Restore the Electrical Power if is necessary (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-10-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
26-20-00 - EXTINGUISHING
REMOVAL
40026-20-00
/ INSTALLATION
EXTINGUISHING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 26-20-00-000-801
1. Engine Fire Bottle - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Engine
ThisFire
topic
Bottle
provides
- Removal
the removal of the Engine Fire Bottle.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the baggage compartment door zone 840.
(2) Open, tag and safety the FIRE EXT LH (RH) circuit breaker on the main junction
box circuit breaker panel.
(3) Remove the engine cowl 410AT (420AB).
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE CARTRIDGE. THE

CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY IS AN EXPLOSIVE DEVICE WHICH CAN
CAUSE INJURY IF AN EXPLOSION OCCURS.
WARNING: MAKE SURE SHUNT PLUGS ARE INSTALLED IN THE

CARTRIDGE TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL EXPLOSION.
WARNING: IF THE FIRE BOTTLES DISCHARGE:

– DO NOT GET THE EXTINGUISHANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN
YOUR EYES
– DO NOT BREATHE THE GASES
– CLEAN THE AREA
– MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA IS VENTILATED.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THE EXTINGUISHANT CAN CAUSE IRRITATION OF THE

SKIN AND EYES.
(4) Remove the nuts (8) from the actuation stud (6) and the ground stud (9).
(5) Disconnect the cables (7).
(6) Connect a shunt plug between the two terminals and install the nuts.
(7) Disconnect the union (4) from the discharge outlet (11) on the fire bottle. Remove
and discard the seal (12).
(8) Loosen the clamps (5) and release the fire bottle from the support bracket.
(9) Remove the bottle.
F. Close-out
(1) Apply the electrical power if is necessary (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Engine Fire Bottle - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40126-20-00
40
TASK 26-20-00-000-802
2. Deployment Tubes - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Deployment
This topic
Tubes
provides
- Removal
the removal of the Deployment Tubes.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Put up a warning sign in the flight compartment to tell personnel “DO NOT START
OR TURN THE ENGINES”.
(2) Open, the baggage compartment door zone 840.
(3) Open, tag and safety the FIRE EXT LH (RH) circuit breakers on the main junction
box circuit breakers panel in the baggage compartment.
(4) Remove the engine cowl 410AT (420AB) (Refer to 06-00-00).
(5) Remove the deployment tubes from the fire bottle to NS 1412.12 and NS 885.71.
(a) Disconnect the union (4) from the discharge outlet on the bottle.
(b) Disconnect the union (13) from the flange adaptor (14) on the firewall at NS
1412.12.
(c) Disconnect the union (23) from the flange adaptor (2) at NS 885.71.
(d) Remove the tube from the engine.
(6) Remove the deployment tube from NS 1412.12 to the discharge nozzle.
(a) Disconnect the union (17) from the adaptor (16).
(b) Remove the two bolts from the firewall at NS 1412.2 and the flange (14).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Remove the first section of the tube.

(d) Remove the nuts (18) and bolts (21) from the clamps (22) (three places) and
remove the discharge nozzle from the engine.
(e) Remove the clamps from the nozzle tube.
(7) Remove the deployment tube from NS 885.71.
(a) Remove the two bolts (1) from the firewall and the flange (2).
Remove the tube from the engine.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Deployment Tubes - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40226-20-00
40
TASK 26-20-00-400-801
3. Engine Fire Bottle - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Engine
ThisFire
topic
Bottle
provides
- Installation
the installation of the Engine Fire Bottle.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Seal Refer to Parts Catalog
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
– The access platform is still in position
– The circuit breaker is still open, tagged and safetied
(2) Position the fire bottle in the support bracket and tighten the clamp nuts (5).
NOTE: Make sure that the pressure gage faces the viewing aperture in the cowl
before you tighten the clamp nuts
(3) Install a new seal (12) into the discharge union and connect the union (4) to the
discharge outlet (11).
NOTE: The discharge union turns through 360 degrees on a swivel joint for ease
of alignment.
(4) Remove the shunt plug from the terminals of the cartridge.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WITH CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLIES. THE

CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLIES ARE EXPLOSIVE DEVICES WHICH
CAN CAUSE INJURY IF AN EXPLOSION OCCURS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the actuation stud (6) and the ground stud
(9).
(6) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT LH (RH) circuit breaker
(7) Do the fire detection system test to check the electrical continuity of the system
(Refer to 26-10-00).
(8) Install the engine cowl 410AT (420AB) (Refer to 54-00-00).
(9) Remove the access platform..
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Engine Fire Bottle - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40326-20-00
40
TASK 26-20-00-400-802
4. Deployment Tubes - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Deployment
This topic
Tubes
provides
- Installation
the installation of the Deployment Tubes.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that:
– The access platform is still in position
– The circuit breaker is still open, tagged and safety.
(2) Install the deployment tube at NS 885.71
(a) Install the tube into the firewall at NS 885.71 and align the flange attachment
holes.
(b) Install and tighten the two flange attachment bolts (1).
(3) Install the deployment tube from NS 1412.12 to the discharge nozzle.
(a) Install the clamps on the tubes.
(b) Install the first section of the tube into the firewall at NS 1412.2 and align the
flange attachment holes.
(c) Install and tighten the two attachment bolts (15).
(d) Position the nozzle tube on the engine mounting struts and attach it loosely
with the clamps (22).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) Connect the union (17) to the adaptor (16) and tighten it.
(f) Adjust and tighten the clamps (22).
(4) Install the deployment tube between NS 1412.2 and NS 885.71.
(a) Put the tube in position and loosely connect the unions (13), (4) and (23).
(b) Tighten the unions.
(5) Install the engine cowl.
area is clean.
(8) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT LH (RH) circuit breaker.
(9) Close the baggage bay door.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Deployment Tubes - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40426-20-00
40
TASK 26-20-00-960-801
5. Engine Fire Bottle Cartridge - Replace (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Engine
ThisFire
Topic
Bottle
provides
Cartridge
the Engine
- Replace
Fire Bottle replace cartridge.
1004 - 1104

Torque wrench 100 lbf in (11.5 Nm) TEM-324100-006
B. Materials
O-Ring Refer to Parts Catalog
Wiring Manual 26-10-00
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE CARTRIDGE

ASSEMBLY. THE CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY IS AN EXPLOSIVE DEVICE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY IF AN EXPLOSION OCCURS.
WARNING: MAKE SURE SHUNT PLUGS ARE INSTALLED IN THE CARTRIDGE

TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL EXPLOSION.

YOUR EYES
– CLEAN THE AREA
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THE EXTINGUISHANT CAN CAUSE IRRITATION OF THE SKIN

AND EYES.

box circuit breaker panel in the baggage compartment.
(3) Put up a warning sign in the Flight compartment to tell personnel “DO NOT START
(6) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the actuation stud and the ground stud.
(7) Install a shunt plug to the studs on the cartridge.
(8) Cut and remove the lockwire from the housing assembly and the cartridge (5a).
WARNING: DO NOT LOOSEN THE HOUSING ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN CAUSE

THE EXTINGUISHER TO DISCHARGE AND CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONNEL.
(9) Hold the housing assembly and remove the cartridge.

(10) Install a new seal (10) on the new cartridge and install the cartridge in the housing
assembly.
(11) Tighten the cartridge to a torque of 100 lbf in. (11.5 Nm).
(12) Safety the cartridge and the housing assembly with lockwire.
(13) Remove the shunt plug from the cartridge electrical connector.
(14) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the actuation stud (6) and the ground stud
(9).
(15) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT LH (RH) circuit breakers.
(16) Do the test of the fire detection system (Refer to TASK 26-10-00-200-801).
area is clean.
(18) Install the engine cowl 410AT (420AB).
F. Close-out
(1) Remove the Warning Notice.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Engine Fire Bottle - Replace
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60026-20-00
EXTINGUISHING - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 26-20-00-200-801
1. Engine Fire Bottle (Weight Check) - Inspection / Check
Engine
ThisFire
topic
Bottle
provides
(Weight
Weight
Check)
Check
- Inspection
of the Engine
/ Check
Fire Bottle.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The Extinguishing Agent is Bromotrifluoromathane and the bottle Total Weight
(Max) is 4.51 lbs (2.04 Kg).
(1) Check that the engine fire bottle weight is within the limit values indicated on the
placard. If the weight does not correspond to the indicated placard values, ± 0,10
pound (0,05 Kg), discard the bottle. The placard is located on the bottle body.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60026-20-00
60EXTINGUISHING - INSPECTION / CHECK
TASK 26-20-00-200-802
2. Fire Bottle and Deployment Tubes - Inspection / Check
Fire This
BottleTopic
and provides
Deployment
Inspection/Check
Tubes - Inspection
for Fire
/ Check
Bottle and Deployment Tubes.
1004 - 1104

Test set HTL 13060 A
Strong light source Not Specified
Magnifying glass Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
(3) Place a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons “DO NOT START
OR TURN THE ENGINES”
E. Procedure
(1) Put up a warning sign in the flight compartment to tell personnel “DO NOT START
box circuit breaker panel in the baggage compartment.
(6) Use a strong light source and a magnifying glass to examine the fire bottle for the
following defects:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Nicks, cracks, cuts, corrosion, chaffing and scoring on the bottle and
attachments.
– Crossed or stripped threads.
– Dents in the bottle surface.
– Examine the electrical connectors for security of attachment and corrosion.
NOTE: Dents of more than 0.025 in (0.64 mm) with an area greater than 1.0 in
(25.4 mm) are not acceptable. Scratches with a depth of more than 0.004
in (0.1 mm) are not acceptable.
NOTE: Examine in particular the weld areas for any damage that can reduce the
strength of the pressure vessel.
(7) Replace the bottle or the cartridge as necessary.

(8) Use a strong light source and a magnifying glass to examine the discharge tubes
for the following defects:
– Blockage of the outlet nozzles, clean (or replace) as necessary.
– Insecurity of attachment.
– Distortion or damage which may cause leakage.
(a) Repair or replace as necessary.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60026-20-00
60EXTINGUISHING - INSPECTION / CHECK
TASK 26-20-00-200-803
3. Portable Fire Extinguisher - Inspection / Check
Portable
This Fire
topicExtinguisher
provides Inspection/Check
- Inspection / Check
for Portable Fire Extinguisher.
1004 - 1104

Test set HTL 13060 A
Strong light source Not Specified
Magnifying glass Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the extinguisher from the storage drawer.
(2) Make sure the operating head discharge nozzle is free from obstruction.
(3) Make sure that the discharge indicator disc is complete. If the disc is disturbed or
damaged, replace the extinguisher.
(4) Check that the pressure gage indication is in the green sector. If it is below the
green sector, replace the bottle.
(5) Weigh the extinguisher and record the weight, if it has decreased by more than 2
oz (56.7 g) since the last test date, replace the bottle.
(a) Install the extinguisher in the stowage drawer and close the drawer.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60026-20-00
60
TASK 26-20-00-200-804
4. RH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
RH Fire
ThisExtinguisher
topic provides
Electrical
the Electrical
CircuitryContinuity
- Inspection
Check
/ Check
of the RH Fire Extinguisher Electrical
1004 - 1104
Circuitry.

Voltmeter TEM-230000-004
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure



YOUR EYES
– CLEAN THE AREA
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AND EYES.

(2) Open, tag and safety the FIRE EXT RH and LH circuit breakers on the main
junction box circuit breaker panel in the baggage compartment.
(5) Remove the engine cowl 420AT.
(6) Take a note of the electrical cables (7) attachment position.
(7) Remove nuts (8) that fasten the electrical cables (7) to the ground and actuation
studs (6, 9).
(8) Connect the Voltmeter to the cables (7). The Fire Extinguisher electrical cables
have Y positive (W052C20) and X negative (W060B20N).
(9) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT RH circuit breaker.
(10) Push the R ENG FIRE EXT switch located on the instrument panel (copilot side)
and verify that the value on the voltmeter is 28Vdc.
(11) Connect the electrical cables (7) to the actuation stud (6) and the ground stud (9).
(12) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT LH circuit breaker.
area is clean.
(15) Install the engine cowl 420AT.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - RH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60126-20-00
60
TASK 26-20-00-200-805
5. LH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check (Ref. to fig. 602)
LH Fire
ThisExtinguisher
topic provides
Electrical
the Electrical
CircuitryContinuity
- Inspection
Check
/ Check
of the LH Fire Extinguisher Electrical
1004 - 1104
Circuitry.

Voltmeter TEM-230000-004
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
power is not apply.
E. Procedure



YOUR EYES
– CLEAN THE AREA
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AND EYES.

(2) Open, tag and safety the FIRE EXT RH and LH circuit breakers on the main
junction box circuit breaker panel in the baggage compartment.
(5) Remove the engine cowl 410AT.
(6) Take a note of the electrical cables (7) attachment position.
(7) Remove nuts (8) that fasten the electrical cables (7) to the ground and actuation
studs (6, 9).
(8) Connect the Voltmeter to the cables (7). The Fire Extinguisher electrical cables
have Y positive (W054C20) and X negative (W061D20N).
(9) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT LH circuit breaker.
(10) Push the L ENG FIRE EXT switch located on the instrument panel (pilot side) and
verify that the value on the voltmeter is 28Vdc.
(11) Connect the electrical cables (7) to the actuation stud (6) and the ground stud (9).
(12) Remove the safety tag and close the FIRE EXT RH circuit breaker.
area is clean.
(15) Install the engine cowl 410AT.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - LH Fire Extinguisher Electrical Circuitry - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
26-20-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
FLIGHT CONTROLS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS

27 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
27 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
27 - TOC 1-6 Jul.08/16
27-00-00 201 - 202 Jul.08/16

401 - 402 Jul.08/16
403 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 508 Jul.08/16
509 - 510 Jul.08/16
511 - 512 Jul.08/16
513 - 514 Jul.08/16
515 - 516 Jul.08/16
517 - 518 Jul.08/16
519 - 520 Jul.08/16
521 - 522 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 610 Jul.08/16
611 - 612 Jul.08/16
613 - 614 Jul.08/16
615 - 616 Jul.08/16
27-10-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 434 Jul.08/16
435 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 444 Jul.08/16
445 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 450 Jul.08/16
451 - 454 Jul.08/16
455 - 460 Jul.08/16
461 - 466 Jul.08/16
467 - 472 Jul.08/16
473 - 478 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
479 - 482 Jul.08/16

483 - 484 Jul.08/16
485 - 488 Jul.08/16
489 - 490 Jul.08/16
491 - 492 Jul.08/16
493 - 494 Jul.08/16
495 - 502 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 510 Jul.08/16
511 - 512 Jul.08/16
513 - 514 Jul.08/16
515 - 516 Jul.08/16
517 - 518 Jul.08/16
519 - 526 Jul.08/16
527 - 530 Jul.08/16
531 - 534 Jul.08/16
27-20-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

401 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 448 Jul.08/16
449 - 454 Jul.08/16
455 - 458 Jul.08/16
459 - 462 Jul.08/16
463 - 464 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 506 Jul.08/16
507 - 508 Jul.08/16
509 - 510 Jul.08/16
511 - 514 Jul.08/16
515 - 520 Jul.08/16
521 - 526 Jul.08/16
27-30-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 428 Jul.08/16
429 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 440 Jul.08/16
501 - 508 Jul.08/16
509 - 512 Jul.08/16
513 - 518 Jul.08/16
27-31-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 404 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
405 - 408 Jul.08/16

409 - 410 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
27-40-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
501 - 510 Jul.08/16
511 - 514 Jul.08/16
515 - 518 Jul.08/16
519 - 520 Jul.08/16
27-50-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 434 Jul.08/16
435 - 436 Jul.08/16
437 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 446 Jul.08/16
447 - 450 Jul.08/16
451 - 454 Jul.08/16
455 - 458 Jul.08/16
459 - 460 Jul.08/16
461 - 464 Jul.08/16
465 - 468 Jul.08/16
469 - 472 Jul.08/16
473 - 480 Jul.08/16
481 - 484 Jul.08/16
485 - 486 Jul.08/16
487 - 494 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 510 Jul.08/16
511 - 520 Jul.08/16
521 - 526 Jul.08/16
527 - 530 Jul.08/16
531 - 532 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-LOEP
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-LOEP
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS

27 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
FLIGHT CONTROLS 27-00-00 201

1. Flight Controls - Standard Practices 201 1004 - 1104

1. Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Trim Control Panel - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
5. Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Installation 411 1004 - 1104
6. Trim Control Panel - Installation 415 1004 - 1104

1. Primary Control Systems - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Aileron Trim Tab - Testing, Checking 503 1004 - 1104
3. Rudder Trim Tab - Testing, Checking 505 1004 - 1104
4. Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking 507 1004 - 1104
5. Control Wheels - Testing, Checking 509 1004 - 1104
6. Control Columns - Testing, Checking 511 1004 - 1104
7. Rudder Pedals - Testing, Checking 513 1004 - 1104
8. Control Columns - Testing, Checking 515 1004 - 1104
9. Trim Systems - Operational Test 517 1004 - 1104
10. Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator - Functional Test 519 1004 - 1104
11. Temperature - Load - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 521 1004 - 1104

1. Control Cables - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Primary Control and Trim Systems - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
3. Forward Wing Flap Actuating System - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
4. Gust Locks - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
5. Angle-of-Attack (AOA) Transmitter - Inspection / Check 609 1004 - 1104
6. Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator
- Inspection / Check 611 1004 - 1104
7. Rudder Pedals - Inspection / Check 613 1004 - 1104
8. Control Cable Damage Limits - Detailed Dimensional Inspection 615 1004 - 1104
AILERON AND TAB 27-10-00 401

1. Control Wheel Assembly - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Control Column Cable - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
3. Aileron Control Cable - Removal 409 1004 - 1104

4. Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
5. Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Removal 421 1004 - 1104
6. Aileron - Removal 425 1004 - 1104
7. Aileron Trim Tab - Removal 431 1004 - 1104
8. RH Aileron Yoke - Removal 435 1004 - 1104
9. Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Removal 437 1004 - 1104
10. Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Removal 441 1004 - 1104
11. Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Removal 443 1004 - 1104
12. LH Aileron Yoke - Removal 445 1004 - 1104
13. Control Wheel Assembly - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
14. Control Column Cable - Installation 451 1004 - 1104
15. Aileron Control Cable - Installation 455 1004 - 1104
16. Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Installation 461 1004 - 1104
17. Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Installation 467 1004 - 1104
18. Aileron - Installation 473 1004 - 1104
19. Aileron Trim Tab - Installation 479 1004 - 1104
20. RH Aileron Yoke - Installation 483 1004 - 1104
21. Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Installation 485 1004 - 1104
22. Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Installation 489 1004 - 1104
23. Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Installation 491 1004 - 1104
24. LH Aileron Yoke - Installation 493 1004 - 1104
25. Control Wheel Switches - Replace 495 1004 - 1104
AILERON AND TAB 27-10-00 501

1. Aileron Control System (Friction Test) - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Aileron Play Test - Testing, Checking 503 1004 - 1104
3. Aileron Trim Tab Play Test - Testing, Checking 507 1004 - 1104
4. Aileron Control System - Operational Test 511 1004 - 1104
5. Roll Trim Indicator - Operational Test 513 1004 - 1104
6. Aileron Trim Tab - Functional Test 515 1004 - 1104
7. Aileron Trim Tab Actuator (Ratier Figeac
P/N FE187-001) - Electrical Test 517 1004 - 1104
8. Aileron Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 519 1004 - 1104
9. Aileron Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 527 1004 - 1104
10. Roll Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 531 1004 - 1104
RUDDER AND TAB 27-20-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104

1. Rudder - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Rudder Trim Tab - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
3. Rudder Trim Tab Actuator - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Rudder Control Cables - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
5. Rudder Pedals - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
6. Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Removal 423 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
7. Bellcrank Control Cable - Removal 427 1004 - 1104

8. Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Removal 429 1004 - 1104
9. Rudder - Installation 431 1004 - 1104
10. Rudder Trim Tab - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
11. Rudder Trim Tab Actuator - Installation 441 1004 - 1104
12. Rudder Control Cables - Installation 443 1004 - 1104
13. Rudder Pedals - Installation 449 1004 - 1104
14. Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Installation 455 1004 - 1104
15. Bellcrank Control Cable - Installation 459 1004 - 1104
16. Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Installation 463 1004 - 1104

1. Rudder Control System (Friction Test) - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Rudder Control - Operational Test 503 1004 - 1104
3. Yaw Trim Indicator - Operational Test 505 1004 - 1104
4. Rudder Trim Tab - Functional Test 507 1004 - 1104
5. Rudder Trim Tab Actuator (Ratier Figeac
P/N FE182-000) - Electrical Test 509 1004 - 1104
6. Rudder Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 511 1004 - 1104
7. Rudder Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 515 1004 - 1033
PRE-SB-80-0069
8. Rudder Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 521 1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0069
ELEVATOR 27-30-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
ELEVATOR 27-30-00 401

1. Elevator - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Elevator Spring Assembly - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Elevators Control Cables - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Control Columns - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
5. Elevator - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
6. Elevator Spring Assembly - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
7. Elevators Control Cables - Installation 429 1004 - 1104
8. Control Columns - Installation 437 1004 - 1104
ELEVATOR 27-30-00 501

1. Elevator Spring Force and System
Friction Test - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Elevator Control - Operational Test 509 1004 - 1104
3. Elevator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 513 1004 - 1104
STALL WARNING 27-31-00 401

1. AOA Transmitter - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Stall Warning Computer - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
3. AOA Transmitter - Installation 405 1004 - 1104

4. Stall Warning Computer - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
STALL WARNING 27-31-00 501

1. Stall Warning System - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER 27-40-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104

1. Horizontal Stabilizer - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
- Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
4. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
5. Horizontal Stabilizer - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
7. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
8. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation 425 1004 - 1104

1. Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104
2. Horizontal Stabilizer - Operational Test 511 1004 - 1104
3. Horizontal Stabilizer - Functional Test 515 1004 - 1104
4. Pitch Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 519 1004 - 1104
FLAPS 27-50-00 1
1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 6 1004 - 1104
FLAPS 27-50-00 401

1. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF)
Screwjacks - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
5. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF)
Screwjack - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
6. Flap Drive Unit (FDU) Electrical Motor - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
7. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Actuator - Removal 421 1004 - 1104
8. Flaps Control Lever - Removal 425 1004 - 1104
9. Flap Shafts - Removal 427 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
10. Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Removal 433 1004 - 1104
11. Flaps Position Indicator - Removal 435 1004 - 1104
12. Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Removal 437 1004 - 1104
13. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Installation 443 1004 - 1104
14. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWOF) - Installation 447 1004 - 1104
15. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Installation 451 1004 - 1104
16. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF)
Screwjacks - Installation 455 1004 - 1104
17. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF)
Screwjack - Installation 459 1004 - 1104
18. Flap Drive Unit (FDU) Electrical Motor - Installation 461 1004 - 1104
19. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Actuator - Installation 465 1004 - 1104
20. Flaps Control Lever - Installation 469 1004 - 1104
21. Flap Shafts - Installation 473 1004 - 1104
22. Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Installation 481 1004 - 1104
23. Flaps Position Indicator - Installation 485 1004 - 1104
24. Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Installation 487 1004 - 1104
FLAPS 27-50-00 501

1. MID Interlock Circuit - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Flaps - Operational Test 503 1004 - 1104
3. Flaps - Functional Test 511 1004 - 1104
4. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
521 1004 - 1104
5. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging527 1004 - 1104
6. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging 531 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-TOC
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-TOC
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-00-00 - FLIGHT
MAINTENANCE
20027-00-00
PRACTICES
CONTROLS
FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
0
TASK 27-00-00-910-801
1. Flight Controls - Standard Practices
FlightThis
Controls
section
- Standard
describesPractices
the Standard Practices for the Flight Controls.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Maintenance practices for the flight control system consist of:
– rigging and tensioning the control cables (in accordance with the temperature
correction chart)
– checking control cables for damage
– checking the control systems for stroke, friction and play
– control surface balance check and control surface balancing
– checking control surfaces for play, mechanical stop setting, range and
effectiveness.
(2) Temperature-load correction is required when checking cable tension (Ref. to
Para. 2).
(3) Control cable damage limits are necessary to determine when cables should be
replaced. Failure of cables is rarely sudden but is progressive over periods of
extended use.
(4) Control surface balancing is required whenever a new control surface is to be
installed, has undergone major repairs, has been painted, or otherwise does not
meet balance limits.
(5) Six stainless steel control cables, two for each of the three control systems
(elevator, aileron and rudder), pass through the bulkhead FS 6000 and are
pressure sealed with a fairlead held in place by a two-piece phenolic block. The
fairlead is designed to eliminate the need for control cable removal when replacing
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 201
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
fairleads. If cabin pressure leakage becomes excessive or noise develops from air
escaping around the cables, the seals should be replaced.
(6) When replacement aileron, elevator, or rudder cables are installed, the control
cables must be prestretched and seated-in. To accomplish this, install the control
cables, adjust the tension to between 86.2 kg and 95.3 kg (190 and 200 lb), cycle
the system 25 times and reduce the tension to approximately 34 kg (75 lb).
Proceed with control system rigging.
(7) When replacement autopilot cables are installed, adjust the cable tension to 45.4
kg (100 lb). Operate the system 25 times through the full range. Tension the cables
again to 9 kg (20 lb).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 202
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40027-00-00
FLIGHT CONTROLS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 27-00-00-000-801
1. Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Control
ThisCable
section
Pressure
describes
Seal Fairlead
the Removal
- Removal
procedure for the Control Cable Pressure Seal
1004 - 1104
Fairlead.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the carpet to get access to floor panel 231RLF close to the rear pressure
bulkhead (FS 6000).
(2) Remove floor panel 231RLF.
(3) Remove the screws (4) attaching the phenolic block (3) to the rear pressure
bulkhead (1).
(4) Move the phenolic block (3) away from the rubber seal (2).
(5) Pull the fairlead (5) from the rubber seal (2).
(6) Separate and remove the fairlead (5) halves.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-00-00
40
TASK 27-00-00-000-802
2. Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Control
ThisCable
section
Pressure
describes
Rubber
the Seal
Removal
- Removal
procedure for the rubber seal of the Control Cable
1004 - 1104
Pressure system.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the carpet to gain access to the floor panel 231RLF close to the rear
pressure bulkhead (FS 6000).
(2) Remove floor panel 231RLF.
(3) Remove the screws (4) attaching the phenolic block (3) to the rear pressure
bulkhead.
(5) Pull the fairleads (5) from the rubber seal (2).
(6) Separate and remove the fairlead (5) halves.
(7) Disconnect then pull out the three primary control cables from the rear pressure
bulkhead (1) (Refer to TASK 27-10-00-000-803, TASK 27-20-00-000-804, TASK
27-20-00-000-807 and TASK 27-30-00-000-803).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Remove the and rubber seal (2) and phenolic block (3).
F. Close-out
(2) Restore the electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-00-00
40
TASK 27-00-00-000-804
3. Trim Control Panel - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
TrimThis
Control
section
Paneldescribes
- Removal
the Removal Procedure for the Trim Control Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Pilot CB panel:
PRI PITCH
SEC PITCH
YAW
ROLL
(2) Remove the screws (3, 4).

(3) Ease the trim control panel (2) away from the control pedestal.
(4) Tag all connectors.
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Trim Control Panel - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-00-00
40
TASK 27-00-00-400-801
4. Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Control
ThisCable
section
Pressure
describes
Seal the
Fairlead
Installation
- Installation
procedure for the Control Cable Pressure Seal
1004 - 1104
Fairlead.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Install the two fairlead (5) halves around the cable.
(2) Push the fairlead (5) into the rubber seal (2); make sure that the fairlead engages
correctly and positively into the seat of the rubber seal.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY SEALANT TO A PRESSURE SEAL.
(3) Put the rubber seal (2) and the phenolic block (3) into position against the rear
pressure bulkhead (1) then install the screws (4).
(4) Make sure that the area is free from foreign objects then install floor panel 231RLF
and the carpet.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Control Cable Pressure Seal Fairlead - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40427-00-00
40
TASK 27-00-00-400-802
5. Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Control
ThisCable
section
Pressure
describes
Rubber
the Installation
Seal - Installation
procedure for the rubber seal of the Control Cable
1004 - 1104
Pressure system.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Put the three primary control cables through the phenolic block (3) and the rubber
seal (2) at the rear pressure bulkhead (1).
(2) Connect the primary control cables
(Refer to TASK 27-10-00-400-803, TASK 27-20-00-400-804, TASK 27-20-00-400-
807 and TASK 27-30-00-400-803).
(3) Install the two fairlead (5) halves around each cable.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY SEALANT TO A PRESSURE SEAL.
(5) Put the rubber seal (2) and the phenolic block (3) into position against the pressure
bulkhead (1) then install the fastening screws (4).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Stretch then rig the primary control cables.

(Refer to 27-10-00, 27-20-00 and 27-30-00).
(7) Install the floor panel 231RLF and the carpet.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Control Cable Pressure Rubber Seal - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40527-00-00
40
TASK 27-00-00-400-804
6. Trim Control Panel - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
TrimThis
Control
section
Paneldescribes
- Installation
the Installation Procedure for the Trim Control Panel.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure the applicable circuit breakers are open, safetied and tagged.
(2) Position the trim control panel (2) on the control pedestal so that switches can be
connected.
(3) Connect the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove tags from the electrical connectors.
(5) Position the control panel in the control pedestal.
(6) Install and tighten the two securing screws (3, 4).
Pilot CB panel:
PRI PITCH
SEC PITCH
YAW
ROLL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Trim Control Panel - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST FLIGHT CONTROLS - ADJUSTMENT / TEST

50027-00-00
0
TASK 27-00-00-700-801
1. Primary Control Systems - Testing, Checking
Primary
ThisControl
topic provides
Systemsthe
- Testing,
Testing Procedure
Checking for the Primary Control Systems.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The check of the aileron control system for proper operation and for friction (TASK
27-10-00-700-801).
(2) The check of the rudder control system for proper operation and for friction (TASK
27-20-00-700-801).
(3) The check of the elevator control system for proper operation and for friction
(TASK 27-30-00-700-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
FLIGHT CONTROLS - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-802
2. Aileron Trim Tab - Testing, Checking
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Tab
provides
- Testing,
the Checking
Testing Procedure of the Aileron Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The check and recording of aileron trim tab play is included in (TASK 27-10-00-
700-803).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-803
3. Rudder Trim Tab - Testing, Checking
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
- Testing,
the Testing
CheckingProcedure for the Rudder Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

Rudder Trim Tab Travel Board 80-909167-401
Spring Balance (0-11 lb/0-5 kg) Not Specified
Rigging Pin Not Specified
Pencil Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove access panel 320AL or 320AR.
(2) Install the rigging pin in the rudder rear sector.
(3) Install the rudder trim tab travel board.
(4) Apply a force of 11 lb (5 kg) to the left side of the rudder trim tab trailing edge and
mark (with a pencil) on the travel board the position of the tab.
(5) Apply a force of 11 lb (5 kg) to the right side of the tab and mark on the travel board
the position of the tab.
(6) Measure the distance between the two marks. If the measurement is more than 3
mm. (0.12 inch) there is wear in the system. Investigate and rectify the fault.
(7) Remove the travel board.
(8) Remove the rigging pin from the rudder rear sector.
(9) Install access panel 320AL or 320AR as applicable.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-804
4. Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
- Testing,
the Testing
Checking
Procedure for the Horizontal Stabilizer.
1004 - 1104

DTI Not Specified
Spring Balance Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Set the DTI against the forward part of the bellcrank adjacent the actuator
attachment point.
(2) Apply a force of 110 lb (50 kg) upward at the inboard leading edge of the horizontal
stabilizer. Set the DTI to zero while the force is applied.
(3) Apply a force of 110 lb (50 kg) downward at the inboard leading edge of the
horizontal stabilizer. Read the value on the DTI while the force is applied. If the
value is more than 0.0079 (0.2 mm) degrees, there is wear in the system.
Investigate and rectify the fault.
(4) Remove the DTI.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-805
5. Control Wheels - Testing, Checking
Control
ThisWheels
topic provides
- Testing,
theChecking
Testing Procedure for the Control Wheels.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Examine the control wheels for general condition and security of installation.
(2) The check for proper operation, play etc., is included in the aileron control system
check referred to in (TASK 27-00-00-700-801)
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-807
6. Control Columns - Testing, Checking
Control
ThisColumns
topic provides
- Testing,
the Checking
Testing Procedure for the Control Columns.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Examine the control columns for general condition and security of installation.
(2) The check for proper operation, play etc., is included in the elevator control system
check referred to in (TASK 27-00-00-700-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-808
7. Rudder Pedals - Testing, Checking
Rudder
ThisPedals
topic provides
- Testing,the
Checking
Testing Procedure for the Dial Test Indicator.
1004 - 1104

Dial Test Indicator Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove either of the side panels of the control pedestal.
(2) Install the rigging pin in the rudder front sector.
(3) Install the dial test indicator (DTI) so that the sensing point is touching the inboard
end of the rudder pedal pivot housing of any one of the pedals.
(4) Apply a forward force of 22.05 lb (10 kg) to the outboard end of the rudder pedal
pivot housing.
(5) Zero the DTI while the force is applied.
(6) Apply a rearward force of 22.05 lb (10 kg) to the outboard end of the rudder pedal
pivot housing.
(7) Read the value on the DTI scale while the force is applied. If the value is more
than 0.16 inch (4 mm), there is wear in the system. Investigate and rectify the fault.
(8) Repeat the procedure for the other three pedals.
(9) Remove the rigging pin from the rudder front sector.
(10) Install the side panel of the control pedestal.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-700-809
8. Control Columns - Testing, Checking
Control
ThisColumns
topic provides
- Testing,
the Checking
Testing Procedure for the Control Columns.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Set the horizontal stabilizer at -4°30’ inclination.
(2) Remove either of the side panels of the control pedestal.
(3) Install the rigging pin in the elevator front sector.
(4) Install the dial test indicator (DTI) so that the sensing point is touching the
escutcheon at the control wheel axis of the left control column.
(5) Apply a forward force of 11.02 lb (5 kg) to the upper part of the escutcheon.
(7) Apply a rearward force of 11.02 lb (5 kg) to the upper part of the escutcheon.
(8) Read the value on the DTI scale while the force is applied. If the value is more
than 0.16 inch (4 mm), there is wear in the system. Investigate and rectify the fault.
(9) Repeat the procedure for the right control column.
(10) Remove the rigging pin from the elevator front sector.
(11) Install the side panel of the control pedestal.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-710-801
9. Trim Systems - Operational Test
TrimThe
Systems
following
- Operational
procedureTest
is applicable for the test of the Aileron trim System, Rudder Trim
1004 - 1104
System and Horizontal Stabilizer Trim System.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure that electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801)
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell other persons not to move
the flight controls
E. Procedure
(1) With the Aileron at its neutral position, operate and hold the AILERON Trim switch
to the left, until the full stroke is reached.
(2) Verify that the Roll Indicator pointer moves to the full LWD (Left Wing Down)
position.
(3) Operate and hold the AILERON Trim switch to the right, until the full stroke is
reached.
(4) Verify that the Roll Indicator pointer moves to the full RWD (Right Wing Down)
position.
(5) With the Rudder at its neutral position, operate and hold the RUDDER Trim Switch
to the NOSE RIGHT position, until the full stroke is reached.
(6) Verify the Yaw Indicator pointer moves to the full NR (Nose Right) position.
(7) Operate and hold the RUDDER Trim Switch to the NOSE LEFT position, until the
full stroke is reached.
(8) Verify the Yaw Indicator pointer moves to the full NL (Nose Left) position.
(9) With the Elevator at its neutral position, press and hold the trim and trim arming
switch (on the pilot's control wheel) to the NOSE DN position, until full stroke is
reached.
(10) Verify that the Pitch Indicator pointer moves to the 2 ND position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Press and hold the trim and trim arming switch (on the pilot's control wheel) to the
NOSE UP position, until full stroke is reached.
(12) Verify that the Pitch Indicator pointer moves to the 8 NU position.
(13) Operate the Aileron Trim, the Rudder Trim and Horizontal Stabilizer control
switches to move the Aileron and Rudder Trim tabs and the Horizontal Stabilizer to
the neutral position.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-720-801
10. Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator - Functional Test
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
Actuator
the Functional
- Functional
TestTest
for the Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The functional test of the horizontal stabilizer actuator is included in (TASK 27-40-
00-720-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-00-00
50
TASK 27-00-00-820-801
11. Temperature - Load - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Temperature
This topic- provides
Load - Adjusting,
the Adjustment
Aligning,
forCalibration,
the Load Temperature.
Rigging
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) All flight control rigging procedures should be done in a hangar when possible,
because of cable/temperature variation. The relationship between cable
temperature and tension is shown in Fig. 501.
(2) Temperatures shown in Figure 501 are for ambient air, not airframe compartments.
(3) If the airplane has recently flown at altitude, allow 40 to 60 minutes for stabilization
of airframe temperatures before checking/adjusting cable tensions.
(4) Rigging may be done with the airplane on jacks without affecting cable tensions.
(5) Any approved airplane loading configuration will not affect cable tension rigging.
(6) The elevator control cable rigging must be accomplished with the stabilizer
reference angle set to zero.
(7) In Fig. 501:
– the curve for 5/32” applies to primary control cables.
NOTE: During measurements the controls must be in neutral position to prevent

external loads on the cables, which would alter the results of the
measurements.
NOTE: A tolerance of plus or minus 2.3 kg (5 lb) is allowed on the tension

reading for all ambient temperatures.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
Fig. 501 - Temperature - Load - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 522
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK FLIGHT CONTROLS - INSPECTION / CHECK

60027-00-00
0
TASK 27-00-00-200-801
1. Control Cables - Inspection / Check
Control
ThisCables
topic provides
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check Procedure for the Control Cables.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT RIGGING PINS ARE INSTALLED IN THE

CONTROL SECTORS OF THE CABLES DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
INJURY TO PERSONS CAN OCCUR IF CONTROL CABLES MOVE
DURING INSPECTION OF THE CABLES.
(1) Examine the control cables for damage and broken wires. Replace damaged
cables if damage or the number of broken wires exceeds the limits given in Page
Block 201 of this section.
(2) Check that all turnbuckles (including those inside the control column) are securely
installed with safety clips in place. Check that there is sufficient thread
engagement by making sure that a small-gage wire will not pass through the
safety hole at each end of the turnbuckle.
(3) Check at the control wheels that the cable ends are not damaged and are correctly
wound round the sectors.
(4) Examine cable pulleys for damage and check for correct location of the cable in
the groove. Make sure that cable retaining pins are correctly installed.
(5) At the rear pressure bulkhead (FS 6000), inspect the cable pressure seals for
damage, wear and general condition. Replace any damaged or worn fairlead or
rubber seal.
(6) Check that cable tension is within the limits given for the ambient temperature
(refer to the temperature/tension correlation graph Fig.601).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
FLIGHT CONTROLS - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 27-00-00-200-802
2. Primary Control and Trim Systems - Inspection / Check
Primary
ThisControl
topic provides
and Trimthe
Systems
Inspection
- Inspection
Procedure/ Check
for the Primary Control and Trim Systems.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Examine (to the maximum extent possible without removal) all components of the
primary control and trim systems for the following:
– security of installation
– evidence of damage, corrosion etc.
– adequate clearance between moving parts and adjacent stationary parts/
structure - at control surfaces make sure there is a clearance of at least 5 mm
(0.2 inch) between the end of the surface and the adjacent structure
– general condition, cleanliness.
Repair or replace damaged/corroded parts as necessary.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
60
TASK 27-00-00-200-803
3. Forward Wing Flap Actuating System - Inspection / Check
Forward
This Wing
topic Flap
provides
Actuating
the Inspection
System -Procedure
Inspection for
/ Check
the Forward Wing Flap Actuating System.
1004 - 1104

Inclinometer Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Set the flaps to the MID position.
(2) Install the inclinometer on the forward wing flap skin, normal to the hinge axis.
(3) Apply a downward force of 11.02 lb (5 kg) to the flap trailing edge.
(5) Apply an upward force of 11.02 lb (5 kg) to the flap trailing edge.
(6) Read the value on the inclinometer while the force is applied. If the value is more
than 0.5°, there is wear in the system. Investigate and rectify the fault.
(7) On satisfactory completion of the play check, remove the inclinometer from the
forward wing.
(8) Set the flaps in the DOWN position, inspect the push-pull rods and linkages for
general condition.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
60
TASK 27-00-00-200-804
4. Gust Locks - Inspection / Check
GustThis
Locks
topic
- Inspection
provides the
/ Check
maintenance information for the Gust Locks inspection procedure.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) If installed, inspect the gust locks for general condition and correct installation
(TASK 10-11-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
60
TASK 27-00-00-200-805
5. Angle-of-Attack (AOA) Transmitter - Inspection / Check
Angle-of-Attack
This topic provides
(AOA) Transmitter
the Inspection
- Inspection
Procedure/ Check
for the Angle-of-Attack (AOA) Transmitter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Examine the AOA transmitter for security of installation and make sure that the two
slots are clean.
(2) Check for freedom of movement (TASK 27-31-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
60
TASK 27-00-00-200-806
6. Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator - Inspection / Check
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
(Pitchthe
Trim)
Inspection
Actuator Procedure
- Inspectionfor
/ Check
the Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim)
1004 - 1104
Actuator.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the front fairing at the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(2) Visually examine the stabilizer actuator and its attachment fittings for general
condition, wear and cracks.
(3) Check that the attachment bolts are tight and that the bolts are safetied correctly
with lockwire.
(4) Visually examine the actuator motors for signs of discoloration which would
indicate motor overheating.
(5) Install the front fairing at the top of the vertical stabilizer.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
60
TASK 27-00-00-200-808
7. Rudder Pedals - Inspection / Check
Rudder
ThisPedals
topic provides
- Inspection
the Inspection
/ Check procedure for the Rudder Pedals.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Examine the rudder pedals for general condition and security of installation.
(2) The check for proper operation is included in the rudder control system check
referred to in (TASK 27-00-00-700-801).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60127-00-00
60
TASK 27-00-00-220-801
8. Control Cable Damage Limits - Detailed Dimensional Inspection (Ref. to Fig. 602)
Control
ThisCable
topic Damage
provides Limits
the Control
- Detailed
CableDimensional
Damage Limits.
Inspection
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Failure of control cables is progressive over periods of extended use. Some
broken wires may be seen early in service. During normal service, a few additional
broken wires will be seen after overstressed or overhard wires have broken.
(2) Cables of 5/32 and 3/32 inch diameter are made of 7 strands of 19 wires each,
totaling 133 wires.
(3) In accordance with current inspection intervals, check for frayed cables. Cables
may be inspected for broken wires by passing a cloth along the length of cable.
Broken wires will be indicated where the cloth is snagged.
(4) Make sure a close inspection is made in the length of cable normally passing over
a pulley or through a fairlead.
(5) Refer to the NOTE on Fig. 602 for specific damage limits.
NOTE: Replace any cable that shows more than 6 wires broken in any 1-inch
(25.4 mm) length of cable. Wear is permitted provided not more than six
wires are worn not more than half of the wire diameter in any 1-inch (25.4
mm) length of cable.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 615
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Control Cable Damage Limits - Detailed Dimensional
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-00-00
Page 616
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-10-00 - AILERON
REMOVAL
40027-10-00
/ INSTALLATION
AND
AILERON
TAB AND TAB - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 27-10-00-000-801
1. Control Wheel Assembly - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Control
ThisWheel
topic provides
Assemblythe
- Removal
Removal of the Control Wheel Assembly.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The control wheel assembly is only to be disassembled to the extent

necessary to complete the desired repairs.
(1) Remove control wheel sector cover (22) and control wheel escutcheon (2).
(2) Remove the cotter pin (5), nut (3) and washer (4) which attach the control wheel
(1) to the shaft (6) and pull the control wheel from the assembly.
(3) If the control wheel is not to be removed further, safety the control wheel to the
control column with temporary ties; make sure that there is no strain on the
electrical wiring and proceed to step (4). If the control wheel is to be replaced
proceed as follows:
(a) Loosen the set screw of each switch on the control wheel (1).
(b) Pull out all switches from the control wheel (1).
(c) Attach temporary identification tags to identify the wires for installation.
(d) Disconnect wires from each switch.
(e) Pull the control wheel (1) from the electrical wiring.
(4) Remove the access cover (11) from the right control column (9).
(5) Loosen the turnbuckle (12) of the control column cable.
(6) Open the main landing gear rear door (TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(7) Loosen one of the turnbuckles of the aileron control cable close to the control
sectors.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Remove the cable lockwire (13) from the control wheel sector (21).
(9) Attach temporary identification tags to help the installation.
(10) Remove the cotter pin (7), nut (14), washers (15), bush (23) and shim washer (16),
that hold the control wheel shaft (6) in the control column assembly.
(11) Install a temporary cover on the hole in the control column (9) to stop the entry of
foreign objects.
(12) Remove the shaft (6) from the control column (9).
(13) Remove control wheel sector (21), with the three fitting spring pins (8) and the
washer (10).
(14) Remove the front bearing (17) if required.
(15) Remove the rear bearing (19) if required.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Control Wheel Assembly - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Control Wheel Assembly - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-10-00
AILERON AND TAB - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 27-10-00-000-802
2. Control Column Cable - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Control
ThisColumn
topic provides
Cable - the
Removal
Removal of the Control Column Cable.
1004 - 1104

Rigging pins Not Specified
String, approximately 15 ft (5 m) long Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the control wheel sector cover (1) from both control wheels (12).
(2) Remove the turnbuckle access cover (7) from the right control column (8).
(3) Remove the floorboards at the base of both control columns.
(4) Remove the covers from the base of both control columns.
(5) Install rigging pins (9, 11) through both control wheel sectors (2, 13).
(6) Remove the cable retaining pins (4) from the control column cable pulleys (5, 6).
NOTE: Do not drop the turnbuckle (10) down through the column (8).
(7) Loosen and disconnect the turnbuckle (10) on the right control column (8).
NOTE: The control column cable is locked on the outer side of each sector.
(8) Remove the lockwire from control wheel sectors (2, 13).
(9) Attach a length of string to the ball end (3) of the cable at left control wheel (12).
(10) Pull the cable out through the turnbuckle access at the right control column (8).
When the end of the length of string is in position (outside the turnbuckle access
hole) detach and remove the control cable.
(11) Pull the short portion of the control column cable out through the turnbuckle
access at right control column (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Control Column Cable - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-10-00
40
TASK 27-10-00-000-803
3. Aileron Control Cable - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Aileron
ThisControl
topic provides
Cable - Removal
the Removal of the Aileron Control Cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
String, approximately 50 ft (15 m) long Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Remove the pilot seat (Refer to 25-20-00).
(1) Remove the floorboards of the flight compartment.

(2) Remove the cover from the base of control column.
(3) Remove the center floorboard of the passenger cabin.
(4) Remove carpet to gain access to the rear center floorboard (floor panel 231RLF)
(5) Close to the rear pressure bulkhead (Refer to 25-20-00).
(6) Remove the rear center floorboard.
(7) Open the main landing gear rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(8) Remove the retaining pins from these pulleys:
– At control column base (11, 12)
– At FS 1130 (5, 6)
– At FS 1550 (3, 4)
– At FS 3320 (2)
– At FS 5792 (1)
– At FS 6710 (15)
(9) Remove the control column sector cover (7).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Install the rig pins (9,13) through the control wheel sector (8) and the aileron
control sector (12) at FS 6710.
(11) Loosen and disconnect the cable turnbuckle (14) at FS 6710.
(12) Remove the cable lockwire from the control wheel sector (8).
NOTE: The aileron control cable is locked on the inner side of the sector.
(13) Attach the ball end (10) of the cable to the end of the length of string.
(14) Remove the pressure seal at FS 6000 (TASK 27-00-00-000-801).
(15) Pull the cable out through the rear main landing gear well. When the end of the
length of string is in position outside the landing gear well detach and remove the
control cable.
(16) Remove the short portion of the aileron control cable by removing the cable
retaining spring pin (19) and the bolt (6), washer (17) and nut (18) which fasten the
cable to the control sector (12).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Aileron Control Cable - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-10-00
40
TASK 27-10-00-000-804
4. Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Aileron
ThisPush-Pull
topic provides
Rod System
the Removal
- Removal
of the Aileron Push-Pull Rod System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The procedure for the LH and RH parts of the system is identical. The removal
of the LH part is described.
Table 401 - Aileron Rods

Rod No. External Rod Ends Length
Diameter mm. mm.
2 25.4 Adjustable Eye and Fixed Clevis 1092.26
3 25.4 Fixed Eye and Fixed Clevis 1051.74
6 19.05 Fixed Eye and Adjustable Eye 492.88
1 22.2 Fixed Eye and Fixed Eye630.17 630.17
(1) Open the main landing gear rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(2) Remove the three access panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT on the left wing
(622AT, 622BT and 622CT) on the right wing upper side between the engine
nacelle and the fuselage.
(3) Remove the trailing edge cover close to the outside of the engine nacelle at WS
2328.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Remove the wing trailing edge outboard the engine nacelle.
(5) Set the flaps to the full down position.
(6) Install the rigging pin (12) into the aileron control sector (13).
(7) Loosen the turnbuckle (14) adjacent to the aileron control sector (13).
(8) Support both ailerons.
(9) Remove the nut, washer, bolt and bushing (15, 16, 17 and 18) which connect No.1
(1) and No.2 (2) rods to the aileron control sector (13).
NOTE: Keep the bushings (18) in position with temporary ties.
(10) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (19, 20 and 21) which connect the No.2 rod (2)
to the No.1 bellcrank (7).
(11) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (22, 23, and 24) which connect the No.2 rod (2)
to the No.3 rod (3).
(12) Move the No.2 rod through the housing of the No.1 bellcrank (towards the No.4
rod) until you can remove it.
NOTE: For accessibility reasons this bolt is “HI LOK” type.
(15) Move the No.3 rod towards the No. 5 rod until you can remove it.
(18) Remove the No.4 rod.
(19) Remove the nut, washer, bolt and bushing (37, 38, 39 and 46) which connect the
No.5 rod (5) to the No.4 bellcrank (10).
No.6 rod (6) to the No.4 bellcrank (10).
NOTE: Keep the bushings (46, 47, and 48) in position with temporary ties.
No.6 rod (6) to the aileron bellcrank (11).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Push-Pull Rod System - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40427-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-805
5. Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Control
ThisSectors
topic provides
Interconnecting
the Removal
Rod -ofRemoval
the Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the trailing edge cover close to the outside of the engine nacelle of each
main wing at the FS 2328.
(2) Open the main landing gear rear doors (TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(3) Install a rigging pin (12) in both of the aileron control sectors (13).
(4) Loosen the turnbuckles (14) close to both aileron control sectors (13).
(5) Remove the nuts, washers, bolts and bushings (15, 16, 17 and 18) which connect
the No.2 rods (2) and the interconnecting (No.1) rod (1) to the aileron control
sectors (13).
NOTE: Keep the bushings (18) in position with temporary ties.
(6) Remove the interconnecting rod (1).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40527-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-806
6. Aileron - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Aileron
This- Removal
topic provides the Removal of the Aileron.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the three hinge bolt access covers (3, 7, 9) below the aileron.
(2) When removing the left aileron (2) proceed to next step, otherwise, to remove the
right aileron (1), do the following:
– Disconnect both trim actuator connecting rods (23, 24) at the rocker arm (22,
21) in the aileron leading edge by removing the nuts, washers, bushings and
bolts (13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20).
NOTE: Keep the bushing (16, 20) of each bolt. Write down the position of the
bushings for installation.
(3) Support the aileron.

(4) Disconnect the aileron bonding jumpers (4) from the fittings close to the inboard
and outboard hinges of the aileron by removing the attaching nuts.
(5) Remove the nut and washer (12, 34) that connect the aileron actuating bellcrank
(11) to the aileron yoke (10).
(6) Remove the bolts, washers, bushings and nuts (5, 6, 29, 30, 8, 31, 32, 33, 25, 26,
27, 28) that connect the aileron to the three hinges.
NOTE: Keep the bushing (30, 33, 28) of each bolt. Write down the position of
bushings for correct installation.
(7) Remove the aileron from the aileron actuating bellcrank (11).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Aileron - Removal (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40627-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-807
7. Aileron Trim Tab - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Tab
provides
- Removal
the Removal of the Aileron Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make the airplane level (Refer to TASK 08-20-00-500-801).
(2) Install the aileron/trim tab travel board to the right aileron.
(3) Set the aileron to the neutral position and check against the travel board.
(4) Install the inclinometer at the aileron trim tab.
(5) Make sure that the electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-
801).
(6) Operate the aileron trim switch as necessary to set the roll indicator pointer at the
horizontal position.
(7) Make a note of the angle of the aileron trim tab as measured by the inclinometer.
CAUTION: THE AILERON TRIM TAB ANGLE, WHEN THE ROLL INDICATOR
POINTER IS IN HORIZONTAL (NEUTRAL) POSITION, IS
ADJUSTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. BEFORE REMOVAL OF
THE TRIM TAB IT IS NECESSARY TO MAKE A NOTE OF THE
TRIM TAB ANGLE, SO THAT THE SYSTEM RIGGING IS
MAINTAINED AVOIDING PROBLEMS AT RE-INSTALLATION.
(8) Remove the travel board and the inclinometer.

(9) Remove the right aileron from the wing (TASK 27-10-00-000-806).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Disconnect both trim tab actuating rods (1,2) by removing the connecting nuts,
washers and bolts (6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12).
NOTE: Keep the shim washer (3, 4) and bushing (9, 13) of each bolt. Write down
the position of each shim washer and the bushing for installation.
(11) Remove the Cotter Pin (14).

(12) Pull out the Trim Tab Hinge Pin (5).
NOTE: Turn the Hinge Pin, and pull it at the same time to remove it.
(13) Remove the Aileron Trim Tab.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Aileron Trim Tab - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Aileron - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40827-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-809
8. RH Aileron Yoke - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 409)
RH Aileron
This topic
Yoke
provides
- Removal
the Removal of the RH Aileron Yoke.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the RH aileron as described in this section.
(2) Remove the cotter pin (5), bolt (1), washers (2), nut (4) and withdraw the bushing
(3).
(3) Remove the Aileron Yoke (6).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - RH Aileron Yoke - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40927-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-810
9. Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Tab
provides
Actuator
the- Removal of the Aileron Trim Tab Actuator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the aileron leading edge cover at the trim tab actuator.
(2) Remove aileron control wing gap cover below and above the wing.
(3) Disconnect the actuator electrical plug (15).
(4) Disconnect both trim actuator connecting rods (10, 11) at the rocker arm (12, 14) in
the aileron leading edge by removing the bolts, washers and nuts (1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7).
NOTE: Keep the bushings (4, 8). Write down the position of the bushings for
installation.
(5) Remove the four bolts, washers and nuts (16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22) which attach the
trim tab actuator to the wing rear spar.
NOTE: Keep the shim washers (19, 23) of each bolt. Write down the position of
each shim washer for installation.
(6) Remove the trim actuator.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41027-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-811
10. Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Position
provides
Indicator
the Removal
- Removal
of the Aileron Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Unlock the two fasteners of the trim indicator panel located on the flight
compartment control pedestal.
(2) Pull the trim indicator panel from the pedestal to get access to the electrical plug at
the rear.
(3) Disconnect the electrical plug and remove the trim indicator panel.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41127-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-812
11. Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Aileron
ThisActuating
topic provides
Bellcrank
the -Removal
Removalof the Aileron Actuating Bellcranck.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the RH / LH aileron as described in this section.
(2) Remove the bolt (6), bushing (5), washer (3) and nut (2) that connect the Aileron
Push-Pull Rod Eye End (4) to the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank (1).
(3) Remove the nut (8) and the washer (9) that connect the Aileron Actuating
Bellcrank (1) to the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank Support (7).
(4) Remove the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank (1).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41227-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-000-813
12. LH Aileron Yoke - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 413)
LH Aileron
This section
Yoke -describes
Removal the Removal Procedure for the LH Aileron Yoke.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the aileron leading edge cover at the trim tab actuator.
(2) Remove aileron control wing gap cover below and above the wing.
(3) Remove the cotter pin (1), washer (2) and nut (3) that connect the Aileron Yoke (4)
to the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank (5).
(4) Disengage the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank (5) from the Aileron Yoke (4) and
remove the Left Aileron as described in this section.
(5) Remove the cotter pin (6), bolt (7), washers (8), nut (9) and withdraw the bushing
(10).
(6) Remove the Aileron Yoke (4).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - LH Aileron Yoke - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41327-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-801
13. Control Wheel Assembly - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
Control
ThisWheel
topic provides
Assemblythe
- Installation
Installation of the Control Wheel Assembly.
1004 - 1104

Lint Free Cloth 04-013
B. Materials
Loctite Retaining Compound 01-005
Trichloroethane 02-014
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS.

OBEY THE HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK
20-00-01-910-801.
NOTE: Steps (1) and (2) are applicable only if the bearing(s) has (have) been
removed.
(1) Clean the bearing seats with MEK. Wipe dry with a clean dry lint-free cloth. Do not
let parts become dry in the air.
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING BEARINGS, MAKE SURE THAT THE

LOCTITE RETAINING COMPOUND IS NOT APPLIED TO THE
INNER SURFACES OF THE BEARINGS.
(2) Apply a thin coating of Loctite Retaining Compound to the outer surfaces of the
bearings (17, 19) and the mating surfaces of the control column fork and install
bearings (17, 19) into the corresponding seats. Remove excess retaining
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
compound with a cloth moistened with trichloroethane. Allow retaining compound

to cure (Refer to 51-36-00).
(3) Install the three spring pins (8) into the hub seats of the control wheel sector (21).
(4) Install the washer (10) into the seat at the forward face of the control wheel sector
(21).
(5) Position and hold the control wheel sector (21) in the control column fork.
NOTE: The stop pins (20) must be installed to the rear (control wheel side) and to
the top.
(6) Install the shaft (6) from the rear to the front through the control column fork and
the control wheel sector(21).
NOTE: Make sure that the grooves in the shaft (6) align with the spring pins (8) in
the control wheel sector.
(7) Install the shim washer (16), bush (23), washer (15), and nut (14) on the shaft.
(8) Tighten the nut and safety the nut with a new cotter pin (7).
(9) If the control wheel was not removed from the assembly, proceed to the step (10).
If the control wheel was removed from the control column assembly, proceed as
follows:
(a) Route the electrical wiring through the appropriate holes in the wheel
according to the temporary identification tags.
(b) Connect the electrical wiring to the appropriate switches.
(c) Put each switch into position then secure with the set screw on the control
wheel (1).
(10) Install the rig pin (18) through the control column and into the control wheel sector
(21).
(11) When installing the control wheel, loop the wiring approximately 1-1/2 turns
forward of the control wheel, then 1-1/2 turns inside the control wheel hub. Install
the control wheel and make sure that the control wheel is in neutral position.
(12) Secure the control wheel (1) with washer (4), nut (3) and a new cotter pin (5).
Install control wheel escutcheon (2).
(13) Install the aileron control cables in the control wheel sector (21) as marked in the
removal procedure and secure with lockwire (13).
(14) Remove the temporary identification tags.
(15) Rig, inspect and test the aileron control system as described in page block 501.
(16) Test all functions of the control wheel to ensure that all electrical connections are
installed correctly.
(17) Install the control wheel sector cover (22), the access cover (11) on the right
control column and close the main landing gear rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-
00-720-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Control Wheel Assembly - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Control Wheel Assembly - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41427-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-802
14. Control Column Cable - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415)
Control
ThisColumn
topic provides
Cable - the
Installation
Installation of the Control Column Cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Attach the ball end (3) of the long portion of the control column cable to the end of
the length of string at the turnbuckle access hole.
(2) Pull the cable in through the hole into position.
(3) Wrap the cable 1/2 turn on the control wheel sector (2) and position the ball end
into the seat. Safety the cable end with lockwire.
NOTE: The control column cable is locked on the outer side of the sector.
(4) Put the cable on the groove of each pulley (5, 6) at the base of the control column
and install the retaining pins (4).
(5) Put the short portion of the cable into position at the copilot control wheel sector
(13) through the turnbuckle access hole.
(3) into the seat. Safety the cable end with lockwire.
NOTE: The control column cable is locked on the outer side of the sector.
(7) Connect the cable at the turnbuckle (10).
CAUTION: CHECK THE CABLE FOR CORRECT ENGAGEMENT ON THE

PULLEYS AND FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Stretch the cable to the prescribed 5/32" cable tension (Refer to 27-00-00).
(9) Remove the rigging pins (9, 11) from the control wheel sectors (2, 13).
(10) Rig, inspect and check the aileron control system (TASK 27-10-00-820-801)
(11) Install the covers on the base of both control columns.
(12) Install the floorboards at the base of both control columns.
(13) Install the control wheel sector cover (1) on both control wheels.
(14) Install the turnbuckle access cover on the right control column (8).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Control Column Cable - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41527-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-803
15. Aileron Control Cable - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 416)
Aileron
ThisControl
topic provides
Cable - Installation
the Installation of the Aileron Control Cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Attach the ball end (10) of the aileron control cable to the end of the length of string
at the rear main landing gear well.
(2) Put the cable into position by pulling the line from the control column. When the
cable is in position detach the line.
(3) Install the cable retaining pins on all pulleys (12, 11, 5, 6, 4, 3, 2, 1, 15).
NOTE: Check correct engagement of the cable on all pulleys and correct
installation of the retaining pins.
(10) into the seat. Safety the cable end with lockwire.
NOTE: The aileron control cable is locked on the inner side of the sector.
(5) Place the short portion of the cable on the control sector at FS 6710.
(6) Install the bolt (16), washer (17), and nut (18) which attach the cable to the control
sector(12). Install the cable retaining pin (19).
(7) Connect the cable at turnbuckle (14).
(8) Install the pressure seal at FS 6000 as described in TASK 27-00-00-400-801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Remove the rig pins (13,9) from the control wheel sector (8) and the aileron control
sector (12).
(10) Rig, inspect and check the aileron control system (TASK 27-10-00-820-801).
(11) Install the control column sector cover (7).
(12) Install the cover at the base of control column.
(13) Install the floorboards of the flight compartment.
(14) Install the center floorboard of the passenger cabin.
(15) Install the rear center floorboard (floor panel 231RLF) close to the rear pressure
bulkhead.
(16) Install the carpet (Refer to 25-20-00).
(18) Close the rear main landing gear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Aileron Control Cable - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 457
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 458
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 459
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 460
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41627-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-804
16. Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 417)
Aileron
ThisPush-Pull
topic provides
Rod System
the Installation
- Installation
of the Aileron Push-Pull Rod System.
1004 - 1104

Aileron Travel Board 80-909164-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Make sure the rigging pin is still installed in the aileron control sector.
(1) Install the rigging pin at No.2 bellcrank (8).

(2) Install the aileron travel board.
(3) Set and lock the aileron at neutral against the travel board.
(4) Install the No.2 rod through the No.2 bellcrank support and engage it with the
aileron drive sector (13).
NOTE: Position adjustable rod end to connect with the aileron drive sector (13).
(5) Install the bolt, washer and nut (21, 20 and 19) to connect the No.2 rod (2) to No.1
bellcrank (7). Tighten the nut.
(6) Put the No.3 rod into position, then install the bolt, washer and nut (24, 23 and 22)
which connect the No.3 rod (3) to No.2 rod (2). Tighten the nut.
(7) Connect the No.3 rod (3) to No.2 bellcrank (8) by installing the bolt, washer and
nut (27, 26 and 25). Tighten the nut.
(8) Adjust the No.2 rod end (31) to align with the aileron control sector (13). Safety the
rod end.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 461
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Remove the temporary ties from the bushing (18).

(10) Install the bushing, bolt, washer and nut (18, 17, 16 and 15) to connect No.1 (1)
and No.2 (2) rods to the aileron control sector (13) as shown in detail F of Fig. 417.
Tighten the nut.
(11) Put the No.4 rod into position.
rod (3). Tighten the nut.
bellcrank (9). Tighten the nut.
rod (4). Tighten the nut.
(16) Remove the temporary tie from the bushing (46).
(17) Install the bushing, bolt, washer and nut (39, 46, 38 and 37) to connect the No.5
(5) rod to No.4 bellcrank (10). Tighten the nut.
NOTE: No.5 rod must connect to the longer (outer) radius of No.4 bellcrank.

(19) Remove the temporary tie from the bushing (47) then install the bushing, bolt,
washer and nut (47, 42, 41 and 40) to connect the No.6 rod (6) to the No.4
bellcrank. Tighten the nut.
NOTE: Position the adjustable rod end to align with the aileron bellcrank.
(20) Adjust the No.6 rod (6) end to connect with the aileron bellcrank (11). Lock and
safety the rod end.
(21) Remove the temporary tie from the bushing (48).
(22) Install the bushing, bolt, washer and nut (48, 45, 44 and 43). Tighten the nut.
(23) Remove the rigging pin (12 and 49) from the aileron control sector (13) and No.2
bellcrank (8).
(24) Unlock the aileron.
NOTE: The turnbuckle (14) which was loosened during the removal procedure
will be tightened during the rigging procedure.
(26) Install the wing trailing edge outboard of the engine nacelle.
(27) Install the trailing edge cover close to the outside of the engine nacelle at the WS
2328.
(28) Install the three access panel 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and
622CT on the right wing) on the wing upper side between engine nacelle and
fuselage.
(29) Close the main landing gear rear door (TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(30) Set the flaps to full up position.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 462
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 417 - Aileron Push-Pull Rod System - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 463
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 464
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 465
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 466
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41727-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-805
17. Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 418)
Control
ThisSectors
topic provides
Interconnecting
the Installation
Rod - Installation
of the Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Position the left No.2 rod (2) and the interconnecting No.1 rod (1) at the left aileron
control sector (13).
(2) Remove the temporary ties from the bushings (18) and install the bushings, bolt,
washer and nut (18, 17, 16 and 15) to connect the left side of the No.1 rod and the
left No.2 rod to the left aileron control sector (Ref. Detail F of Fig. 418).
(3) Connect the right No.2 rod (2) and the right side of the No.1 interconnecting rod (1)
to the right aileron control sector (13) in the same way as for the left; make sure
that the No.1 rod is installed in the rearmost clevis of the control sector as
illustrated.
NOTE: The turnbuckles (14) which were loosened during the removal procedure
will be tightened during the rigging procedure. The rigging pins which
were installed during the removal procedure will be removed after rigging.
(5) Install the trailing edge cover close to the outside of the engine nacelle of each
main wing at the WS 2328.
(6) Close the main landing gear rear doors (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 467
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 468
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 418 - Control Sectors Interconnecting Rod - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 469
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 470
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 471
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 472
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41827-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-806
18. Aileron - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 419)
Aileron
This- Installation
topic provides the Installation of the Aileron.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: USE NEW SELF-LOCKING NUTS EACH TIME THE AILERON IS

INSTALLED.
(1) Install the aileron yoke (10) into the aileron actuating bellcrank (11).
(2) Align aileron on the wing and secure it with the three hinge bolts, washers and nuts
(5, 6, 29, 8, 31, 32, 25, 26, 27). At the same time install the bushings (30, 33, 28) in
the positions written down in the removal procedure.
(3) Install the washer and nut (12, 34) that connect the aileron actuating bellcrank (11)
to the aileron yoke (10).
(4) Connect the aileron bonding jumpers (4) on the fittings close to the inboard and
outboard hinges of the aileron by installing the attaching nuts.
(5) When installing the left aileron (2) proceed to next step, otherwise while installing
the right aileron (1), do the following:
– Connect both trim actuator connecting rods (23, 24) at the rocker arm (22, 21)
in the aileron leading edge by installing bolts, washers and nuts (13, 14, 15,
17, 18, 19). At the same time install the bushings (16, 20) in the positions
written down in the removal procedure.
(6) Check the clearance between the aileron and the flap. There must be a clearance
of at least 5 mm (0.2 in.). Refer to Detail C of Fig. 419.
(7) Check the aileron for proper operation.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 473
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Check the aileron rigging (TASK 27-10-00-820-801).

(9) Install the three hinge bolt access covers (3, 7, 9) below the aileron.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 474
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 419 - Aileron - Installation (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 475
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 476
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 477
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 478
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41927-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-807
19. Aileron Trim Tab - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 420)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Tab
provides
- Installation
the Installation of the Aileron Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Grease Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Lubricate hinge wire in preparation for installation.
(2) Put the Aileron Trim Tab into position on the Aileron; align the hinge halves.
(3) Insert the Hinge Pin (5) towards the Wing Tip. The Hinge Pin must to be insert 3
mm inside the Trim Hinge.
NOTE: Turn the Hinge Pin and push it at the same time to install it.
(4) Insert the Cotter Pin (14), in the Hinge Hole.

(5) Open the Cotter Pin Legs and dispose them parallel to the Hinge Rod.
(6) Connect both trim tab actuating rods (1,2) with the connecting bolts, washers and
nuts (6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12). At the same time install the shim washers (3, 4) and the
bushings (9, 13) in the positions written down in the removal procedure.
NOTE: If a new trim tab is to be installed, the aileron assembly must be balanced
(Refer to 51-61-00).
(7) Install the aileron (TASK 27-10-00-400-806).

(8) Install the aileron/trim tab travel board to the right aileron.
(9) Set the aileron to the neutral position and check against the travel board.
(10) Install the inclinometer at the aileron trim tab.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 479
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Check the angle of the aileron trim tab by the inclinometer. The angle value must
be the same to the one noted during the removal procedure.
NOTE: If necessary, adjust the eye-ends of the two actuating rods to obtain the
above mentioned angle.
(12) Check clearance between aileron and trim tab, and between the aileron trim tab
and flap. There must be clearance of at least 5 mm at both ends.
(13) Check aileron and aileron trim tab rigging (TASK 27-10-00-820-801).
(14) Measure the trim tab angular play
(15) Depending on the method used to make the airplane level:
(a) Lower the airplane and remove jacks
or
(b) inflate the shock absorber and tires to the correct pressure.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 480
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 420 - Aileron - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 481
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 421 - Aileron - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 482
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42127-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-809
20. RH Aileron Yoke - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 422)
RH Aileron
This topic
Yoke
provides
- Installation
the Installation of the RH Aileron Yoke.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Place the Aileron Yoke to its own position on the RH aileron.
(2) Install the bushing (3), washers (2), bolt (1), nut (4) and cotter pin (5) that secure
the Aileron Yoke to the RH aileron.
(3) Install the RH aileron as described in this section.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 483
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 422 - RH Aileron Yoke - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 484
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42227-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-810
21. Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 423)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Tab
provides
Actuator
the- Installation of the Aileron Trim Tab Actuator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Put the trim tab actuator into position against the supports on the wing rear spar.
(2) Install the four bolts, washers and nuts (16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22) which attach the
trim tab actuator to the wing spar.At the same time install shim washers (19, 23) in
the position written down in the removal procedure.
(3) Connect both trim actuator connecting rods (10, 11) at the rocker arms (12, 14) in
the aileron leading edge with the connecting bolts, washers and nuts (1, 2, 3, 5, 6,
7). At the same time install the bushings (4, 8) in the positions written down in the
removal procedure.
(4) Connect the actuator electrical plug (15).
(5) Do a calibration of the aileron trim position indicator.
(6) Install the aileron leading edge cover.
(7) Install aileron control wing gap cover below and above the wing.
(8) Measure the trim tab angular play (TASK 27-10-00-700-803).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 485
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 423 - Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 486
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 423 - Aileron Trim Tab Actuator - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 487
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 488
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42327-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-811
22. Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 424)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Position
provides
Indicator
the Installation
- Installation
of the Aileron Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Connect the electrical plug at the rear.
(2) Position the trim indicator panel in the pedestal and lock it in position with the
fasteners.
(3) Do the indicator operational test (TASK 27-10-00-710-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 489
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 424 - Aileron Trim Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 490
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42427-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-812
23. Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 425)
Aileron
ThisActuating
topic provides
Bellcrank
the -Installation
Installationof the Aileron Actuating Bellcranck.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Insert and connect the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank (1) to the Aileron Actuating
Bellcrank Support (7) with washer (9) and nut (8).
(2) Insert and connect the Aileron Push-Pull Rod Eye End (4) to the Aileron Actuating
Bellcrank (1) with bolt (6), bushing (5), washer (3) and nut (2).
(3) Install the RH / LH aileron as described in this section.
(4) Check the aileron for freedom of movement in its full up/down travel as described
in this section.
(5) Check that the minimum gap between the wing trailing edge and the Aileron
Actuating Bellcrank in full up and full down position is at least 0,5 mm.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 491
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 425 - Aileron Actuating Bellcrank - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 492
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42527-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-400-813
24. LH Aileron Yoke - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 426)
LH Aileron
This section
Yoke -describes
Installation
the Installation Procedure for the LH Aileron Yoke.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Place the Aileron Yoke (4) to its own position.
(2) Install the bushing (10), washer (8), bolt (7), nut (9) and cotter pin (6) that secure
the Aileron Yoke to the aileron.
(3) Install the Left Aileron as described in this section and at the same time insert the
Aileron Yoke terminal end into the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank hole.
(4) Install the washer (2), nut (3) and cotter pin (1) that secure the Aileron Yoke (4) to
the Aileron Actuating Bellcrank(5).
(5) Install the aileron leading edge cover at the trim tab actuator.
(6) Install aileron control wing gap cover below and above the wing.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 493
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 426 - LH Aileron Yoke - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 494
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42627-10-00
401
TASK 27-10-00-960-801
25. Control Wheel Switches - Replace (Ref. to Fig. 427,428,429)
Control
ThisWheel
topic provides
Switchesthe
- Replace
replace procedure for the control wheel switches, are located on the
1004 - 1104
control wheel.

Multimeter Not Specified
Padded pliers Not Specified
Soldering station and Solder wire Not Specified
Solder wire Not Specified
Rubbing Not Specified
Gust Lock TEM-277000-001
B. Materials
Silicone Rubber 06-007
Alcohol Not Specified
D. Job Setup
WARNING: PROVIDE WARNING INDICATIONS TO ADVISE PERSONNEL DO NOT

MOVE THE FLIGHT SURFACES DURING THE CONTROL WHEEL
SWITCHES REPLACEMENT OPERATION
(1) Remove the electrical Power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 495
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell operators do not apply the
electrical power.
(3) Install the Gust Lock (Refer to TASK 10-11-00-400-801).
E. Procedure
(1) Detach the identification plate of the switch to be removed, using the Lint - Free
Cloth and Alcohol around edges of identification plate.
CAUTION: TAKE MAXIMUM CARE DO NOT DAMAGE THE IDENTIFICATION

RING WHEN REMOVE IT FROM THE SWITCH
(2) Remove the screw (1) and pull out che madallion assembly (2).
(3) Remove the screw (3) and clamp (4), that secure the electrical wires and
insulation.
(4) Remove the screw (5) and the lockwasher (6).
NOTE: Don’t Remove the Terminal of the control wheel ground (8) from the
electrical wire
(5) To replace the following switches proceed as follows:

NOSE STEER PILOT
MSW PILOT AND CO PILOT
AP SYNCH PILOT AND CO PILOT
MIC P.T.T PILOT AND CO PILOT
EFIS ET PILOT AND CO PILOT
NOTE: For the Nose Steer switch and Master switch (MSW), identify the wires or
detach them one a time, at purpose to avoid connection errors on the new
switch
(a) Use a Q-tip and soak cavity around the switch with rubbing alcohol for several
minutes.
(b) Using padded pliers, at purpose do not mar or damage components, carefully
pull the switch away from control wheel assembly, far enough to expose
electrical wires attached to switch.
(c) Scrub the solded pins of the switch, to remove the mastic protecting the
solderings.
(d) Unsolder electrical wires from the switch to be replaced and solder them to
the new switch.
(e) Protect each soldering with a small drop of 732 RTV silicone, to avoid
incidental contact of the pins of the switch against the switch housing
(f) Perform accurate cleaning of the switch housing by scrubbing away
stubborn accumulations, using stiff bristle brush.
(g) Apply 732 RTV clear silicone rubber to matching area of control wheel
assembly and install the switch.
(h) Wait for complete drying of the silicone, then proceed with step j.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 496
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) To replace the following switches proceed as follows:

CONTROL WHEEL TRIM SWITCH PILOT
CONTROL WHEEL TRIM SWITCH COPILOT
NOTE: Identify the wires or detach them one a time, at purpose to avoid
connection errors on the new switch
(a) Use a Q-tip and soak cavity around the switch with rubbing alcohol for several
minutes (the switch is bonded in place to the control wheel with
clear silicone rubber).
(b) Remove the setscrew (7) that secure the Trim switch.
(c) Carefully pull the Trim switch away from control wheel assembly, far
enough to expose electrical wires attached to switch.
(d) Unsolder electrical wires from the switch.
(e) For the Trim switch push button removal, expose the blu and red wires
and remove the solder sleeve attached to the blu wire.
(f) Identify the wires or detach them one a time, to solder the new Trim
switch. Replace the blu wire junction by installing the new solder sleeve.
(g) Perform accurate cleaning of the switch housing by scrubbing away
stubborn accumulations, using stiff bristle brush.
(h) Apply clear silicone rubber 732 RTV to matching area of control wheel
assembly and install the Trim switch.
(i) Secure the Trim switch with setscrew (7).
CAUTION: DO NOT STRONGLY TIGHTEN THE SETSCREW (7) IN

ORDER TO AVOID DISRUPTION OF THE TOGGLE.
(j) Wait for complete drying of the silicone.

(7) Connect the control wheel ground wire (8) and relative screw (5) and
lockwasher (6).
(8) Install the clamp (4) and relative screw(3), that secure the wiring bundle.
(9) Install the Medallion (2) and secure with the screw (1).
(10) Remove the Gust Lock (Refer to TASK 10-11-00-000-801).
(11) Verify that all movement of the control wheel are free.
(12) Perform a Aileron trim Tab functional Test (Refer to TASK 27-10-00-720-801).
(13) Perform a Elevator Control operational Test (Refer to TASK 27-30-00-710-801
(14) Record in the A/C logbook the maintenance performed, detailing which switch
was replaced.
(15) Attach an adhesive label on the control wheel, where is written, by means of an
undelible pen, the P/N of the switch replaced and the date of replacement.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 497
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
area is clean.
(3) Restore the electrical Power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 498
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 427 - Control Wheel Switches - Replace
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 499
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 500
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50027-10-00
AILERON AND TAB - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 27-10-00-700-801
1. Aileron Control System (Friction Test) - Testing, Checking
Aileron
TheControl
following
System
procedure
(Friction
is applicable
Test) - Testing,
for theChecking
Aileron Control System friction test.
1004 - 1104

Dynamometer Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
the flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) With the ailerons at the neutral position, place a spring balance on the horizontal
arm of the left (pilot's) control wheel 5.25 inches (133 mm) from the vertical
centerline of the wheel).
(2) Slowly apply a force (downwards) on the spring balance and check the scale
readings when the control wheel begins to turn.
(3) The force required to move the control wheel should be not more than 5.5 lb (2.5
kg).
(4) Move the control wheel to the neutral position and place the spring balance on the
opposite arm of the left control wheel 5.25 inches (133 mm) from the vertical
centerline.
(5) Repeat step (2) and verify that the requirement of step (3) is satisfied.
(6) If the force required to begin movement of the control wheel is more than 5 lb,
check the control system pulleys, sectors, rods and bellcranks for freedom of
movement; visually inspect the system for binding.
(7) Rectify any faults found and repeat the system friction test until satisfactory.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-700-802
2. Aileron Play Test - Testing, Checking (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Aileron
ThePlay
following
Test -procedure
Testing, Checking
is applicable for the Aileron Control System play test.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell other persons not to move the
flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) Make a table, as shown in Fig. 501, in preparation for recording test results. Do not
write on the table in Fig. 501 in this manual; if required, the sheet should be
removed, copied and returned to its place in the manual.
(2) Open the left and right main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(3) Install a rigging pin in the right aileron control sector.
(4) Install an inclinometer on the left aileron upper surface at the location shown in
Fig. 501.
(5) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) With a spring balance apply a load
of 4.41 lb (2 kg) downward at the
location on the left aileron as shown
in Fig. 501. With the load applied,
zero the inclinometer.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(b) Remove the load, and reapply the
same (4.41 lb) load in an upward
direction at the same location. With
the load applied, take a reading
from the inclinometer and record the
reading (in degrees and minutes) in
the appropriate place on the table
made in step (1).
(c) Do steps (a) and (b) again.
(d) Add the two readings and divide the The average deflection should be no
result by two to get the average. more than the maximum allowable
deflection given on the table in Fig. 501.
(e) Remove the rigging pin from the
right aileron control sector and
install it in the left aileron control
sector.
(f) Install the inclinometer on the right
aileron upper surface at the location
shown in Fig. 501.
(g) With the rigging pin in the left aileron The average deflection should be no
control sector, do steps (a) thru (d) more than the maximum allowable
on the right aileron. deflection given on the table in Fig. 501.
(6) If any of the average deflection readings is more than the maximum allowable
deflection value, examine the aileron control push-pull rod system and the aileron
hinges for wear. Replace any worn item and repeat the test until satisfactory.
(7) Remove the inclinometer from the right wing.
(8) Remove the rigging pins from the left aileron control sector.
(9) Close the left and right main landing gear doors (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Aileron Play Test - Testing, Checking
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50127-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-700-803
3. Aileron Trim Tab Play Test - Testing, Checking (Ref. to Fig. 502)
Aileron
TheTrim
following
Tab Play
procedure
Test - Testing,
is applicable
Checking
for the Aileron Trim Tab play test.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) Make a table, as shown in Fig. 502, in preparation for recording test results. Do not
write on the table in Fig. 502 in this manual; if required, the sheet should be
removed, copied and returned to its place in the manual.
(2) Open the right main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(3) Install a rigging pin in the right aileron control sector.
(4) Install the inclinometer on aileron trim tab surface at the location shown in Fig. 502.
(5) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) With a spring balance, apply a load
of 4.4 lb (2 kg) downward at location
P1 shown in Fig. 502. While the
load is applied, zero the
inclinometer.
(b) Release the load.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(c) With a spring balance, apply a load
of 4.4 lb (2 kg) upward at the
location P1 shown in Fig. 502. With
the load applied, take a reading
from the inclinometer (in degrees
and minutes) and record the reading
in the appropriate place on the table
made in step (1).
(d) Do steps (a) thru (c) again.
(e) Add the two measurements and The average deflection should be no
divide by two to get the average. more than the maximum allowable
deflection given on the table in Fig. 502.
(6) If the average deflection is more than the maximum allowable deflection value,
examine the trim tab actuator linkages and trim tab hinge for wear. Replace any
worn item and repeat the test until satisfactory.
(7) Remove the rigging pin from the right aileron sector.
(8) Remove the inclinometer from the aileron trim tab.
(9) Close the right main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - Aileron Trim Tab Play Test - Testing, Checking
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-710-801
4. Aileron Control System - Operational Test
Aileron
ThisControl
topic provides
System -the
Operational
Operational
Test
Test procedure for the Aileron Control System.
1004 - 1104

Aileron/Trim Tab Travel Board 80-909164-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) Turn the control wheel to the right The right aileron will move up and the
(clockwise) left aileron will move down.
(b) Turn the control wheel to the neutral The ailerons will return to the neutral
position. (streamlined) position.
(c) Turn the control wheel to the left The left aileron will move up and the
(counter-clockwise). right aileron will move down.
(d) Turn the control wheel to the neutral The aileron will return to the neutral
position. (streamlined) position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-710-802
5. Roll Trim Indicator - Operational Test
Roll The
Trimfollowing
Indicatorprocedure
- Operational
is applicable
Test for the test of the Roll Trim Indicator operational test.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Install the aileron/trim tab travel board at the right aileron.
(2) Make sure that electrical power is available. Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801.
(3) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) With the ailerons at the neutral The roll indicator pointer is at the
position, operate the trim switch as horizontal position.
necessary to set the aileron trim tab
to the neutral position.
(b) Operate and hold the trim switch to The trim tab moves up and the roll
the left. indicator pointer moves counter-
clockwise towards LWD. When the trim
tab is fully up, the pointer should be at
the LWD position.
(c) Operate and hold the trim switch to The trim tab moves down and the roll
the right. indicator pointer moves clockwise
towards RWD. When the trim tab is fully
down, the pointer should be at the RWD
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(d) Operate the trim switch to the left The roll indicator pointer should be
until the trim tab is at the neutral horizontal.
position.
(5) Remove the aileron/trim tab travel board.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-720-802
6. Aileron Trim Tab - Functional Test
Aileron
ThisTrim
section
Tab describes
- Functional
theTest
Functional Test for the Aileron Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

Travel Board, Aileron TEM-271000-002
Spring Balance (0-11 lb) Not Specified
Rigging Pin, Aileron TEM-271000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
(2) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) Operate and hold the trim switch to The aileron trim tab moves up in a
the left. smooth, responsive movement.
The roll trim indicator pointer moves to
indicate LWD (left wing down).
(b) Operate and hold the trim switch to The aileron trim tab moves down in a
the right. smooth, responsive movement. The roll
trim indicator pointer moves to indicate
RWD (right wing down).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(c) With no other electrical loads on the With the Aileron Trim Tab Actuator P/N
airplane (all switches OFF), do a 70254301 installed, the time taken for
trim tab full stroke travel vs time test the trim tab to move one full stroke (fully
in both directions. down to fully up/ fully up to fully down)
should be between 12 and 15 seconds,
with a tolerance of 10%
With the Aileron Trim Tab Actuator P/N
001ART01 installed, the time taken for
the trim tab to move one full stroke (fully
down to fully up/fully up to fully down)
should be between 12 and 17 seconds,
with a tolerance of 10%.
(3) If, with the Aileron Trim Tab Actuator P/N 70254301 installed, the time taken for the
trim tab to move one full stroke is less than 12 or more than 15 seconds, with a
tolerance of 10% replace the actuator.
(4) If, with the Aileron Trim Tab Actuator P/N 001ART01 installed, the time taken for
the trim tab to move one full stroke is less than 12 or more than 17 seconds, with a
tolerance of 10%replace the actuator.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-760-801
7. Aileron Trim Tab Actuator (Ratier Figeac P/N FE187-001) - Electrical Test
Aileron
TheTrim
following
Tab Actuator
procedure
(Ratier
is applicable
Figeac P/N
for the
FE187-001)
Aileron Control
- Electrical
SystemTestplay test.
1004 - 1104

Milliohmeter Not Specified
Megahometer Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The actuator being electrically disconnected from the aircraft check for:
– Insulation resistance, between isolated pins and earth; higher than 20

megahoms under a 48 VDC test voltage.
– Bonding; Resistance between grounded pin, casings and aircraft earth shall
not exceed 20 milliohms.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-820-801
8. Aileron Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 503)
Aileron
ThisControl
topic provides
System -the
Adjusting,
Rigging Aligning,
for the Aileron
Calibration,
ControlRigging
System.
1004 - 1104

Aileron/Trim Tab Travel Board 80-909164-001
Tensiometer T5-2002-104-00, or equivalent
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the access cover from the right (copilot) control column.
(2) Remove the sector cover of both control wheels.
(3) Install a rigging pin in both control wheel sectors.
(4) Open the left and right main landing gear rear doors (Refer to 52-82-00).
(5) Disconnect the autopilot servo cables from the aileron control sectors (Refer to 22-
11-00).
(6) Install a rigging pin in the left and right aileron control sectors.
NOTE: With the rigging pins installed in the control wheel sectors there should be
no difficulty installing the pins in the control sectors. If the pins do not go
in easily, adjust the inboard end of the No.2 rod as required.
(7) Remove the left and right wing trailing edge cover located close to the nacelle at
WS 2328.
(8) Install a rigging pin in the No.2 bellcrank of the left and right aileron control rod
systems.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Install the aileron/trim tab travel board on both wings between the outboard flap
and the aileron, at WS 5125.
(10) Check the position of each aileron against its travel board. The ailerons should be
at the neutral position; if not, adjust the outboard end of the No.6 rod as required.
(11) Check the tension of the cable which connects the left and right control wheels and
adjust the tension, as required, to within the limits on the temperature-load graph
Fig.504.
NOTE: The turnbuckle of the control wheel interconnect cable is accessible

through the access hole in the right (copilot) control column.
(12) Check the tension of the left and right aileron control cables and adjust as
required, to within the limits on the temperature-load graph.
NOTE: The turnbuckles of the control cables are accessible through the locations
of the main landing gear rear doors.
(13) Remove the rigging pins from the left and right aileron control sectors, No.2
bellcranks and control wheel sectors.
NOTE: When cable turnbuckles are loosened or tightened to adjust cable

tension, check that the control wheels and ailerons remain at neutral
when the rigging pins are removed. If required, repeat the procedure until
the system is at neutral, with the correct cable tension.
(14) Connect and rig the autopilot roll servo cables to the aileron control sectors (Refer
to 22-11-00).
(15) After rigging of the autopilot cables, check again the tension of the aileron control
cables.
(16) Safety the turnbuckles.
(17) Remove wing inspection panels 542AT and 642AT to gain access to the aileron up
and down stop bolts at the aileron bellcrank.
(18) Adjust the up stop for both ailerons to get 19°(+0°/-1°) maximum up travel. Safety
the stop bolts.
(19) Adjust the down stops to match the up stop of the opposite aileron and so that
maximum down travel is 15°30’ (+0°/-1°).
(20) Check that the fixed stops on the control column heads do not contact until after
the up and down stops on the aileron.
(21) Install wing inspection panels 542AT and 642AT.
(22) Operate the ailerons several times by moving the control wheels; check for
freedom and smoothness of movement.
(23) Do the aileron control system friction test (TASK 27-10-00-700-801).
(24) Install the access cover on the right control column.
(25) Install the sector covers of both control wheels.
(26) Install the left and right wing trailing edge covers at WS 2328.
(27) Close the left and right main landing gear rear doors (Refer to 52-82-00).
(28) Remove the aileron/trim tab travel board from both wings.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 503 - Aileron Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 522
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 523
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 524
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 525
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 526
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50427-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-820-802
9. Aileron Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 505)
Aileron
ThisTrim
topic
Tab
provides
- Adjusting,
the Rigging
Aligning,
forCalibration,
the Aileron Rigging
Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the aileron trailing edge cover at the trim tab actuating system.
(2) Install the aileron/trim tab travel board at the right aileron.
(3) Open the left and right main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(4) Install a rigging pin into the left and right aileron control sectors.
(5) Make sure that electrical power is available (TASK 24-00-00-400-801).
(6) Operate the aileron trim switch (to the left) to move the tab fully up.
(7) Check the position of the tab against the travel board. The position should be
20°(±1°); if required, adjust the eye-ends of the two actuating rods to align the tab
with the mark on the board.
(8) Operate the aileron trim switch to move the trim tab fully down.
(9) Check the position of the tab against the travel board. The position should be
19°(±1°); if required, adjust the eye-ends of the two actuating rods to align the tab
with the mark on the board.
NOTE: If it is necessary to adjust the actuating rods, do the up position check

again.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 527
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Remove the rigging pins from the aileron control sectors.
(11) Move the right aileron fully up and make sure that the tab aligns with the correct
position on the travel board.
(12) Move the right aileron fully down and make sure that the tab aligns with the correct
position on the board.
(13) Operate the trim switch to move the trim tab fully up and do steps (12) and (13)
again.
(14) Operate the trim switch to move the trim tab to neutral.
(16) Do the trim tab play test (TASK 27-10-00-820-802).
(17) Do the roll trim indicator operational test (TASK 27-10-00-710-802).
(18) Remove the aileron/trim tab travel board.
(19) Install the aileron leading edge cover.
(20) Close the left and right main landing gear rear doors (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 528
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 505 - Aileron Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 529
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 530
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50527-10-00
50
TASK 27-10-00-820-803
10. Roll Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 506, 507)
Roll This
Trim topic
Indicator
provides
- Adjusting,
the Rigging
Aligning,
for the
Calibration,
Roll Trim Rigging
Indicator, is located in the cockpit.
1004 - 1104

Travel Board Aileron TEM-271000-002
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the Aileron/trim Tab Travel Board at the Right Aileron.
(2) Remove the Trim Indicator Panel. Refer to TASK 27-10-00-000-811.
(3) Remove the Covers of “ZERO” and “FULL SCALE” potentiometer adjustments.
(4) Connect the Trim Indicator Panel with the Electrical Connector.
(5) Make sure that electrical power is available. Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801
(6) With the Ailerons at the neutral Position, operate the Roll Trim Switch as
necessary to set the Aileron Trim Tab to the neutral position.
(7) The Roll Indicator Pointer should be at the horizontal position.
(8) If necessary adjust the “ZERO” Roll Potentiometer to have the correct horizontal
indication.
(9) Operate and hold the Roll Trim Switch to the left.
(10) The trim tab moves up and the roll indicator pointer moves counterclockwise
towards LWD. When the trim tab is fully up, the pointer should be at the LWD
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 531
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) If necessary adjust the “FULL SCALE” Roll Potentiometer to have the correct LWD
indication.
(12) Operate and hold the Trim Switch to the right.
(13) The trim tab moves down and the roll indicator pointer moves clockwise towards
RWD. When the trim tab is fully down, the pointer should be at the RWD position.
(14) If necessary adjust the “FULL SCALE” Roll Potentiometer to have the correct
RWD indication.
(15) Install the Trim Indicator Panel. Refer to TASK 27-10-00-400-811.
(16) Perform Roll Trim Indicator - Operational Test. Refer to TASK 27-10-00-710-802
F. Close-out
area is clean.
(2) Remove the Aileron/trim Tab Travel Board.
(3) Remove the electrical power. Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 532
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 506 - Roll Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 533
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 507 - Roll Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-10-00
Page 534
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-20-00 - RUDDER
DESCRIPTION
027-20-00
AND
RUDDER
AND
OPERATION
TAB
AND TAB - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0

General
A. (Ref.
Directional
to Fig. control
1) of the airplane is provided by the rudder. The rudder system
1004 - 1104
consists of a dual set of rudder pedals, a cable system, and a rudder assembly. Each
set of rudder pedals is individually adjustable. The rudder, mounted on a torque tube, is
connected to the vertical stabilizer at three hinge points. Rudder control is provided
manually by either set of interconnected rudder pedals or automatically through the
autopilot servo. Rudder travel is 23° (+0, -0.5°) degrees left and right.
B. An integral rudder trim tab system increases directional stability of the airplane. The
rudder trim tab is attached to the rudder at three hinge points, each one consisting of a
piece of a continuous-type hinge. The trim tab is actuated by an axial-type electrical
actuator located in the vertical stabilizer. The rudder trim switch on the flight
compartment control pedestal controls the tab actuator and a yaw trim indicator,
located immediately above the rudder trim switch, indicates trim tab travel. Trim tab
travel is 30° (±1°) left and right.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Operation
Operation
A. Rudder control motion is transmitted from the interconnected rudder control pedals
1004 - 1104
through push-pull tubes, pedals adjustment devices, a front sector, then via a closed
loop drive cable assembly to a rear drive sector connected to the rudder torque tube.
Two sets of rudder travel stop bolts (front and rear) are installed. The rear stop bolts
limit rudder travel when contacted by the rudder rear sector. The front stop bolts,
located under the flight compartment floorboard, limit rudder travel when contacted by
the rudder front sector.
B. Rudder trim tab motion is controlled by the rudder trim switch. Setting the switch to
LEFT or RIGHT energizes the trim tab actuator to move the trim tab RIGHT or LEFT. A
dual rod linkage connects the actuator to the trim tab. In case of trim tab actuator
runaway, two switches (Control Wheel MASTER SWITCH) are provided, one on each
control wheel. Operation of either of the switches deenergizes the trim tab actuator
itself.
C. A schematic of the rudder trim tab electrical control system is shown in Fig. 2.
D. Rudder pedal adjustment is by a bellcrank system which is connected to control knobs

located on the left and right of the instrument panel.
The rudder pedals are also used to operate the airplane wheel brakes and the nose
wheel steering. This part of the system is described in Chapter 32.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Rudder Control System Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Rudder Trim Tab Electrical Control Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40027-20-00
RUDDER AND TAB - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 27-20-00-000-801
1. Rudder - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Rudder
This- topic
Removal
provides the Removal of the Rudder.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Open the left main gear rear door. (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(2) Loosen the turnbuckles of both rudder control cables, gaining access to them from
the hole located in the floor of the left main landing gear well.
(3) Remove the six caps located on the vertical stabilizer corresponding to the rudder
hinges.
(4) Remove the two inspection panels (320AL, 320AR) on either side of the tailcone.
(5) Remove the tailcone.
(6) Remove the cable retaining pins (5, 8) from the rear sector (9).
(7) Remove the cotter pins, bolts, nuts and washers (12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19)
that fasten the terminal ends of the rudder control cables from the rear sector (9).
(8) Remove torque tube hinge fitting bolts and washers (6, 7) at the bottom of the
rudder torque tube.
(9) Disconnect both trim actuator connecting rods (21) at the rocker arms (23) in the
rudder leading edge by removing nuts, washers and bolts (24, 25, 26). Make sure
that the bushings (27, 28) remain in their respective locations.
(10) Support the rudder.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER.
(11) Disconnect the Electrical Bonding Jumpers from the hinges.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(12) Remove the nuts (2) and the bolts (4) from the three hinges through the holes
located on the vertical stabilizer.
CAUTION: WITH REFERENCE TO FIG. 401 (SHEET 4 OF 4), WHEN TILTING

THE RUDDER TO REMOVE IT BACKWARD, MAKE SURE THAT
THE MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN THE RUDDER UPPER
HINGE AND THE VERTICAL STABILIZER UPPER HINGE
DOESN’T EXCEED 10 INCHES (CORRESPONDING TO A SOLID
ANGLE, WHOSE VERTEX IS LOCATED IN THE RUDDER
TORQUE TUBE BOTTOM FLANGE, OF APPROXIMATELY 6
DEGREES).
(13) Deflect the rudder so that it clears upwards and remove it rearward together with
the rear sector.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Rudder - Removal (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-802
2. Rudder Trim Tab - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
- Removal
the Removal of the Rudder Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove rudder hinge access cover 330BR.
NOTE: 330BR is the lower of the two access covers in the area of the rudder
center hinge.
(2) Disconnect both trim tab actuating rods (8) at the rocker arms in the rudder leading
edge by removing the nuts, washers and bolts (3, 2, 1). Make sure that the
bushings (4, 5) remain in their respective locations.
(3) Pull out the three hinge wires (6).
NOTE: Turn the hinge wire and pull it at the same time to remove it.
(4) Carefully remove the trim tab (7), together with the two actuating rods (8).
(5) Disconnect both actuating rods at the trim tab by removing the nuts, washers and
bolts (9, 10, 11).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Rudder Trim Tab - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-803
3. Rudder Trim Tab Actuator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
Actuator
the- Removal
Removal of the Rudder Trim Tab Actuator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the rudder (TASK 27-20-00-000-801).
(2) Disconnect the electrical plug (5) from the actuator (1).
(3) Support the actuator, remove the four bolts and washers (2,3) which secure the
actuator to the attachment bracket, and remove the actuator.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Rudder Trim Tab Actuator
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-804
4. Rudder Control Cables - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Rudder
ThisControl
topic provides
Cables -the
Removal
Removal of the Rudder Control Cables.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
String, four pieces, approx. 50 ft (15 m) long
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the carpet from the center aisle of the passenger compartment (Refer to
25-20-00).
(2) Remove the center floor panels 211CLF, 212BRF, 211DLF, 211GLF, 231ALF,
231FLF, 231MLF, 231QLF and 231RLF.
(3) Remove the panels at the left and right sides of the control pedestal. In the
baggage compartment, remove floor panel 281BZ, and at the tailcone, remove
access panels 320AL and 320AR.
(4) Open the left main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(5) Remove the retaining pins from the rudder cable pulleys at the locations detailed in
Fig. 404, as follows:
LOCATION PULLEY No. RETAINING PIN FIG. 204 DETAIL
No.
FS 1130 2 and 4 1 and 3 H
FS 4114 30 31 B
FS 5792 11 26 C
FS 8140 32 29 E
FS 9614 24 23 F
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: On the airplane with SN 1034 and up, remove the retaining pin on the
pulley No.39.
(6) Remove the retaining pins (12, 21) from the rear sector (22).
(7) Remove the retaining plates (5, 9) from the front sector (6).
(8) Install a rigging pin in the front and rear sector locations (10, 25).
(9) Disconnect the turnbuckles (28, 33) of the rudder control cables (27, 34); the
turnbuckles are accessible through the left main landing gear rear door opening.
(10) Remove the cotter pins (35,36) from the front sector (6).
(11) Detach the cable ball end (8) and the cable barrel end (7) from the front sector (6);
Attach a length of string to the ball end, and another length to the barrel end.
(12) Remove the pressure seal that the rudder cables pass through (Refer to 27-00-
00).
NOTE: The left aileron cable passes through the same pressure seal; remove the
pressure seal only enough to allow the removal of the rudder cables
without interfering with the aileron cable.
(13) Pull the cables out through the left main landing gear well. When the end of the
lengths of string are in position (outside the landing gear well), tag both ends of the
two lengths of string to identify which is attached to the ball-ended cable and which
is attached to the barrel-ended cable.
(14) Detach the cables from the lengths of string. Leave the string in position.
(15) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37), then remove the bolt, washer and nut (14,
15, 16) to detach the cable eye end (13) from the rear sector (22).
(16) Remove and discard the cotter pin (38), then remove the bolt, washer and nut (18,
19, 20) to detach the cable clevis end (17) from the rear sector (22).
(17) Attach a length of string to the cable eye end, and another length to the cable
clevis end.
(18) Pull the cable out through the left main landing gear well. When the end of the
lengths of string are in position (outside the landing gear well), tag the two lengths
of string to identify which is attached to the eye-ended cable and which is attached
to the clevis- ended cable.
(19) Detach the cables from the strings. Leave the strings in position.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Rudder Control Cables - Removal (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40427-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-805
5. Rudder Pedals - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Rudder
ThisPedals
topic provides
- Removal
the Removal of the Rudder Pedals.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Removal of Complete Assembly
NOTE: This procedure applies to the right (copilot’s) set of pedals. The
procedure for the left (pilot’s) set of pedals is the same except that the
pilot’s pedal assembly does not have brake control springs.
(a) Move the copilot’s seat fully rearwards.

(b) Remove the protective covers from between the rudder pedals.
(c) Remove access panel 212ARF (211ALF for the pilot’s pedals) to gain access
to the pedal supports.
WARNING: IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF THE RUDDER CONTROL

SYSTEM BEING MOVED WHILE THE SYSTEM IS BEING
WORKED ON, INSTALL A RIGGING PIN IN THE RUDDER
FRONT SECTOR TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY.
(d) Remove the nut (12), two spring washers (13) and bolt (14) which secure the
brake control springs (11) to the structure.
(e) Remove the nut (9) washer (8) and bolt (7) which secure the two rudder push-
pull rods (10) to the rudder pedal levers (6); move the pedal levers as
necessary to remove the bolt.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Remove the nut (16) washer (17) and bolt (18) which secure the two brake
control rods (15) to the two lower brake levers (19).
(g) Remove the nut (20) washer (21) and bolt (22) which secure the two rudder
pedal levers (6) to the support structure. Remove the assembly.
(2) Removal of Pedals Only
(a) Remove the nut (2), washer (3) and pin (5) which secure the rudder pedal (14)
to the upper brake lever (4).
(b) Slide the pedal (14) out from the upper brake lever (4) and the lateral pin (1) to
remove it.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Rudder Pedal - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40527-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-806
6. Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Rudder
ThisPedal
topic Bellcrank
provides the
- Removal
Removal of the Rudder Pedal Bellcrank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure applies to either of the bellcrank assemblies. Data specific to
the right (copilot’s) bellcrank is given between parentheses.
(1) Remove the pilot’s (copilot’s) seat (Refer to 25-10-00).

(2) Remove the covers from between the rudder pedals.
(3) Remove the access panels 211ALF and 211CLF (212ARF and 212CRF) to get
access to the bellcrank.
(4) Install a rigging pin in the location (8) in the rudder front sector (10).
(5) Remove the nut (3), washer (2) and bolt (1) which secure each of the two rudder
push-pull rods (15) to the bellcrank assembly (9); make sure that the bush remains
in place.
(6) Remove the nut (13), washer (12) and bolt (11) which secure the front sector push-
pull rod (14) to the bellcrank (9); make sure that the two bushes remain in place.
(7) Remove the cotter pin (16), nut (17) and washer (18) which secure the bellcrank
assembly (9) to the bellcrank support (4).
(8) Remove the nuts (7) washers (6) and screws (5) which secure the bellcrank
support (4) to the structure.
(9) Remove the bellcrank support (4), then remove the bellcrank assembly (9).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40627-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-807
7. Bellcrank Control Cable - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Bellcrank
This topic
Control
provides
Cable the
- Removal
Removal of the Bellcrank Control Cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure applies to both bellcrank control cables. Data specific to the
right (copilot’s) cable is given between parentheses.
(1) Remove the pilot’s (copilot’s) seat (Refer to 25-10-00).

(2) Remove the upholstery on the left (right) side of the flight compartment below the
switch panel (Refer to 25-10-00).
(3) Remove the access panel 211ALF and 211CLF (212ARF and 212CRF) to gain
access to the bellcrank assembly (7).
(4) Loosen the screw of the cable retainer (10) just enough to allow the cable end to
come out of the hole in the retainer.
(5) Remove the clamps (5) and (6) which secure the conduit to the structure.
(6) Unscrew the nut (3) fully, and remove the nut (3) and washer (4) from the cable.
(7) Pull the cable out from the hole in the switch panel.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Bellcrank Control Cable - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40727-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-000-808
8. Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicPosition
providesIndicator
the Removal
- Removal
of the Rudder Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
the rear.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40827-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-801
9. Rudder - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Rudder
This- topic
Installation
provides the Installation of the Rudder.
1004 - 1104

Cotter Pin (Fig. 201, item 1) MS 24665-151
Cotter Pin (Fig. 201, item 12 and 16) MS 24665-153
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: WITH REFERENCE TO FIG. 409 (SHEET 4 OF 4), WHEN TILTING THE
RUDDER TO INSTALL IT FORWARD, MAKE SURE THAT THE
MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN THE RUDDER UPPER HINGE AND
THE VERTICAL STABILIZER UPPER HINGE DOESN’T EXCEED 10
INCHES (CORRESPONDING TO A SOLID ANGLE, WHOSE VERTEX
IS LOCATED IN THE RUDDER TORQUE TUBE BOTTOM FLANGE, OF
APPROXIMATELY 6 DEGREES).
CAUTION: USE NEW SELF-LOCKING NUTS EACH TIME THE RUDDER

ISINSTALLED
(1) Position the rudder to align with the vertical stabilizer hinges.
(2) Install bolts (4) and nuts (2) at the upper, central, and lower hinge points. Tighten
the nuts.
(3) Attach the torque tube to the lower hinge fitting point with washers and bolts (7, 6).
(4) Connect the Electrical Bonding Jumpers from the hinges.
(5) Position the ends of the rudder control cables on the rear sector (9) and secure in
place with bolts, nuts, and washers (13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19). Tighten the nuts and
safety with new cotter pins (12, 16).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the cable retaining pins (5, 8) of the rear sector (9).
(7) Connect both trim actuator connecting rods (2, 1) at the rocker arms (23) in the
rudder leading edge by installing bolts, washers and nuts (24, 25, 26). Make sure
that bushings (27, 28) are correctly located.
(8) Install the tailcone.
(9) Install the panels (320AL, 320AR) on either side of the tailcone.
(10) Check that the clearance between the rudder upper and lower end and the vertical
stabilizer is at least 5mm (0.2 in.).
(11) Tighten the rudder control cables at the turnbuckles.
(12) Check rudder control and trim systems for proper rigging (TASK 27-20-00-820-
801).
(13) Install the six caps located on both sides of the vertical stabilizer.
(14) Close the left main landing gear rear door (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Rudder - Installation (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40927-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-802
10. Rudder Trim Tab - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
- Installation
the Installation of the Rudder Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

Grease Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Connect the two actuating rods (8) to the trim tab (7) by installing the bolts,
washers and nuts (11, 10, 9).
CAUTION: IF A NEW TRIM TAB IS TO BE INSTALLED, REMOVE THE

RUDDER, INSTALL THE NEW TRIM TAB AS DETAILED HERE
AND BALANCE THE RUDDER. REFER TO 51-62-00.
(2) Carefully install the trim tab; align the actuating rods with the rocker arms in the
rudder leading edge and align the three hinge halves of the tab with the hinge
halves on the rudder.
(3) Lubricate the hinge wires in preparation for installation.
(4) Install the three hinge wires.
NOTE: Turn the hinge wire and push it at the same time to install it.
(5) Support the hinges; use a centerpunch and slightly deform the end of the hinges to
maintain the hinge wires in position.
(6) Connect both trim tab actuating rods (8) and both trim actuator connecting rods to
the rocker arms at the rudder leading edge. Make sure that the bushings (4, 5) are
in position and install bolts, washers and nuts (1, 2, 3).
(7) Check that there is clearance of at least 5mm (0.2 in.) between the ends of the trim
tab and the rudder.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Check the rudder and trim tab rigging (TASK 27-20-00-820-801).
(9) Install rudder hinge access cover 330BR.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Rudder Trim Tab - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41027-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-803
11. Rudder Trim Tab Actuator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 411)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
Actuator
the- Installation
Installation of the Rudder Trim Tab Actuator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Put the actuator (1) into position at the attachment bracket with the connecting
rods to the rear; install the four washers and bolts (3, 2) to secure the actuator to
the bracket.
(2) Connect the electrical plug (5) to the actuator.
(3) Install the rudder (TASK 27-20-00-000-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Trim Tab Actuator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41127-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-804
12. Rudder Control Cables - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 412)
Rudder
ThisControl
topic provides
Cables -the
Installation
Installation of the Rudder Control Cables.
1004 - 1104

Cotter Pin (Fig. 204, item 38 and 37) MS 24665-153
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) At the rear sector location, attach the two lengths of string (according to the
identification tags) to the turnbuckle (threaded) ends of the eye-ended cable and
the clevis-ended cable.
(2) At the front sector location, attach the two lengths of string (according to the
identification tags) to the turnbuckle (threaded) ends of the ball-ended cable and
the barrel-ended cable.
(3) Put the ball-ended cable into position by pulling the length of string through the
main landing gear rear well. Be careful to avoid damage to the pressure seal as
the cable passes through the pressure seal.
(4) When the ball-end (8) is in position at the front sector (6), install the ball-end in its
location in the sector and install a new cotter pin (35) to hold the ball-end in the
sector.
(5) Put the eye-ended cable into position by pulling the length of string through the
main landing gear well.
(6) When the eye-end (13) is in position at the rear sector (22), connect the eye-end to
the rear sector by installing the bolt, washer and nut (14, 15, 16). Secure the nut
with a new cotter pin (37).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Remove the lengths of string from the threaded ends of the ball-ended and eye-
ended cables.
(8) Connect the two cables to each other with the turnbuckle (28); make sure that the
cables are correctly installed on their pulleys and that the cable is correctly routed
along its entire length.
(9) Install the barrel-ended cable and the clevis-ended cable in the same manner as
given for the ball-ended and eye-ended cables; refer to steps (3) thru (8). Use a
new cotter pin (36) to secure the barrel-end (7) to the front sector (6); use the bolt,
washer, nut and new cotter pin (18, 19, 20, 38) to secure the clevis-end to the rear
sector, and use a turnbuckle (33) to connect the cables to each other.
(10) Install the retaining pins in the rudder cable pulleys at the location detailed in Fig.
412, as follows:
No.
FS 1130 2 and 4 1 and 3 H
FS 4114 30 31 B
FS 5792 11 26 C
FS 8140 32 29 E
FS 9614 24 23 F
NOTE: On the airplane with SN 1034 and up install the retaining pin on the pulley
39.
(11) Install the retaining pins (12, 21) in the rear sector (22).
(12) Install the retaining plates (5, 9) at the front sector (6).
(13) Make sure that the cables are correctly engaged in their pulleys.
(14) Install the pressure seal at FS 6000 (TASK 27-00-00-400-801).
(15) Stretch the rudder cables.
(16) Rig the rudder control system as detailed in page block 501.
(17) Install access panels 320AL and 320AR at the tailcone.
(18) Install floor panel 281BZ in the baggage compartment.
(19) Install the center floor panels 231RLF, 231QLF, 231MLF, 231FLF, 231ALF,
211GLF, 211DLF, 212BRF, 211CLF and the panels at the left and right sides of the
control pedestal.
(20) Install the carpet in the center aisle of the passenger compartment (Refer to 25-20-
00).
(21) Close the left main landing gear rear door (TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Rudder Control Cables - Installation (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41227-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-805
13. Rudder Pedals - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Rudder
ThisPedals
topic provides
- Installation
the Installation of the Rudder Pedals.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Installation of Pedals Only
(a) Slide the pedal (14) into the lateral pin (1) and into the upper brake lever (4).
(b) Install the pin (5), washer (3) and nut (2) as shown in sheet 2 of Fig. 413.
(2) Installation of Complete Assembly
NOTE: This procedure applies to the right (copilot’s) set of pedals. The
procedure for the left (pilot’s) set of pedals is the same except that the
pilot’s pedal assembly does not have brake control springs.
(a) Put the pedal assembly into position so that the two levers (6) are located in
the pedal support structure; make sure that all the bushes are correctly
located as shown in detail B of Fig. 413.
(b) Install the bolt (22), washer (21) and nut (20) to secure the levers (6) to the
support structure.
(c) Install the bolt (18), washer (17) and nut (16) to secure the two brake control
rods (15) to the two lower brake levers (19).
(d) Install the bolt (7), washer (8) and nut (9) to secure the two rudder push-pull
rods (10) to the rudder pedal levers (6). Move the pedal levers as necessary
to enable bolt installation.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(e) Install the bolt (14), two spring washers (13) and nut (12) to secure the brake
control spring to the structure; make sure that the spacers are correctly
located as shown in detail A of Fig. 413.
(f) If a rigging pin was installed during the removal procedure, remove it.
(g) Rig, inspect and check the rudder control system (TASK 27-20-00-820-801).
(h) Check the brakes for proper operation (Refer to TASK 32-42-00-200-801).
(i) Make sure that all tools etc have been removed from the work area then install
access panel 212ARF (211ALF for the pilot’s pedals).
(j) Install the protective covers between the rudder pedals.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Rudder Pedal - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41327-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-806
14. Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
Rudder
ThisPedal
topic Bellcrank
provides the
- Installation
Installation of the Rudder Pedal Bellcrank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure applies to either of the bellcrank assemblies. Data specific to
the right (copilot’s) bellcrank is given between parentheses.
(1) Put the bellcrank assembly (9) into position so that the pivot spigot (19) goes into
its bearing location.
(2) Install the bellcrank support (4) so that the pivot upper extension threaded part
protrudes from the upper bearing location.
(3) Secure the bellcrank support (4) to the structure with the screws (5), washers (6)
and nuts (7).
(4) Install the washer (18) and the nut (17) to secure the bellcrank assembly to the
support (4). Safety the nut with a new cotter pin (16).
(5) Install the bolt (11), washer (12) and nut (13) to secure the front sector push-pull
rod (14) to the bellcrank assembly (9); make sure that the two bushes are in place.
(6) Install the bolt (1), washer (2) and nut (3) to secure each of the two rudder push-
pull rods (15) to the bellcrank assembly (9); make sure that the bush is in place.
(7) Remove the rigging pin from its location (8) in the rudder front sector.
(8) Rig, inspect and check the rudder control system (TASK 27-20-00-820-801).
(9) Install access panels 211ALF and 211CLF (212ARF and 212CRF).
(10) Make sure that all loose items, tools etc. have been removed from the area of the
rudder pedals then install the protective covers between the pedals.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Install the pilot’s (copilot’s) seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Rudder Pedal Bellcrank - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 457
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 458
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41427-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-807
15. Bellcrank Control Cable - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415)
Bellcrank
This topic
Control
provides
Cable the
- Installation
Installation of the Bellcrank Control Cable.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure applies to both bellcrank control cables. Data specific to the
right (copilot’s) cable is given between parentheses.
(1) Put the cable into position by feeding it through the hole in the switch panel.
(2) Install the washer (4) and nut (3) on the cable. Tighten the nut to secure the cable
to the switch panel.
(3) Install the cable end through the conduit seat (7) and feed the cable end through
the hole in the cable retainer (10).
(4) Push the knob (2) fully in (forward); make sure that the cable conduit is fully into its
seat (7) then tighten the screw of the cable retainer (10).
(5) Secure the cable to the structure with the clamps (5) and (6).
(6) Pull the knob (2) and push the rudder pedals forward to check correct operation of
the bellcrank control cable. Take all pressure off the rudder pedals and check that
the pedals return to the fully rearward position.
(7) Push the knob (2) fully in and check the rudder pedals cannot be pushed forward.
(8) Check the rudder control system for full and free movement.
(9) Install access panels 211ALF and 211CLF (212ARF and 212CRF).
(10) Make sure that all loose items, tools etc. have been removed from the area then
install the upholstery on the left (right) side of the flight compartment (Refer to 25-
10-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 459
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Install the pilot’s (copilot’s) seat (Refer to 25-10-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 460
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Bellcrank Control Cable - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 461
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 462
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41527-20-00
40
TASK 27-20-00-400-808
16. Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 416)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicPosition
providesIndicator
the Installation
- Installation
of the Rudder Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
fasteners.
(3) Do the indicator operational test (TASK 27-20-00-710-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 463
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Rudder Trim Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 464
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50027-20-00
RUDDER AND TAB - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 27-20-00-700-801
1. Rudder Control System (Friction Test) - Testing, Checking
Rudder
ThisControl
topic provides
System the
(Friction
RudderTest)
Control
- Testing,
SystemChecking
Friction Test.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) With the rudder at the neutral
position, place a spring balance at
the center of the pilot's left rudder
pedal.
(b) Slowly apply a force to push on the The force required to move the pedals
spring balance and check the scale should be not more than 13 lb (6 kg).
readings when the rudder pedal
begins to move.
(c) Move the rudder pedal to neutral
and place the spring balance at the
center of the pilot's right rudder
pedal.
(d) Repeat step (b). As above.
(2) If the force required to begin movement of the rudder pedals is more than 10 lb,
check the control system pulleys, sectors, rods and bellcranks for freedom of
movement; visually inspect the system for binding.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Rectify any faults found and repeat the system friction test until satisfactory.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-710-801
2. Rudder Control - Operational Test
Rudder
ThisControl
topic provides
- Operational
the Operational
Test Test for the Rudder Control.
1004 - 1104

Rudder Travel Board 80-909166-401
Rudder Trim Tab Travel Board 80-909167-401
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) Apply force to pilot’s outboard The rudder trailing edge will move to the
rudder pedal. left. Observe response and freedom of
movement of the rudder pedals.
(b) Apply force to pilot’s inboard rudder The rudder trailing edge will move to the
pedal. right. Observe response and freedom of
(c) Apply force to copilot’s outboard The rudder trailing edge will move to the
rudder pedal. right. Observe response and freedom of
(d) Apply force to copilot’s inboard The rudder trailing edge will move to the
rudder pedal. left. Observe response and freedom of
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-710-802
3. Yaw Trim Indicator - Operational Test
Yaw This
Trimtopic
Indicator
provides
- Operational
the Operational
Test Test for the Yaw Trim Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Install the rudder trim tab travel board at rudder.
(3) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) With the rudder at the neutral The yaw indicator pointer is at the
position, operate the trim switch as vertical position.
necessary to set the rudder trim tab
to the neutral position.
(b) Operate and hold the trim switch to The trim tab moves to right and the yaw
the NOSE LEFT position. indicator pointer moves towards left NL
(Nose Left).
(c) Operate and hold the trim switch to The trim tab moves to left and the yaw
the NOSE RIGHT position. indicator pointer moves towards right NR
(Nose Right).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(d) Operate the trim switch to the left The yaw indicator pointer should be
until the trim tab is at the neutral vertical.
position.
(5) Remove the rudder trim tab travel board.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-720-801
4. Rudder Trim Tab - Functional Test
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
- Functional
the Functional
Test Test for the Rudder Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) Operate and hold the trim switch to The rudder trim tab moves left in a
the NOSE RIGHT position. smooth, responsive movement.
(b) Operate and hold the trim switch to The rudder trim tab moves right in a
the NOSE LEFT position. smooth, responsive movement.
(c) With no other electrical loads on the The time taken for the trim tab to move
airplane (all switches OFF), do a one full stroke (fully left to fully right/fully
trim tab full stroke travel vs time test right to fully left) should be between 24
in both directions. and 30 seconds.
(2) If the time taken for the trim tab to move one full stroke is less than 24 or more than
30 seconds, replace the actuator.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-760-801
5. Rudder Trim Tab Actuator (Ratier Figeac P/N FE182-000) - Electrical Test
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
Actuator
the(Ratier
Electrical
Figeac
TestP/N
for FE182-000)
the Rudder Trim
- Electrical
Tab Actuator
Test (Ratier Figeac P/N
1004 - 1104
FE182-000).

Milliohmeter Not Specified
Megahometer Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) The actuator being electrically disconnected from the aircraft check for:
– Insulation resistance, between isolated pins and earth; higher than 20
megaohms under a 48 VDC test voltage.
– Bonding; Resistance between grounded pin, casings and aircraft earth shall
not exceed 20 milliohms.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-820-802
6. Rudder Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Rudder
ThisTrim
topicTab
provides
- Adjusting,
the Rigging
Aligning,
for Calibration,
the Rudder Rigging
Trim Tab.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove rudder hinge access cover 330BR.
NOTE: 330BR is the lower of the two access covers in the area of the rudder
center hinge.
(2) Set and lock the rudder at neutral position by installing a rigging pin in the rudder
rear sector. Access to the rear sector is gained through removal of panels located
on each side of the tailcone (320AR, 320AL).
(3) Install the rudder trim travel board between the lower part of trim tab and the
rudder.
(4) Check the position of the trim tab (3) against the travel board (5). If the tab is at 2°
(neutral position) and the rigging pin is easily inserted in the rocker arm (1) the
system is rigged. If the rigging pin cannot be installed easily:
(a) Set the rudder trim tab actuator (6) to the electrical mid-travel.
(b) Disconnect both trim actuating connecting rods (5) from the rudder trim tab
actuator (6).
(c) Install the rigging pin into the rocker arms (1).
(d) Adjust the actuator rod end (7) so that it is possible to connect it to the trim
actuator connecting rod (5).
(e) Adjust the actuating rod (2), at the trim tab horn (4) end to return the tab to the
neutral position (2õ on the travel board). Lock and safety the rod ends.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: MAKE SURE BEFORE OPERATING THE RUDDER TRIM

SWITCH THAT THE RIGGING PIN IS NOT IN THE ROCKER
ARMS. OPERATION OF THE TRIM SYSTEM WHILE THE
RIGGING PIN IS INSTALLED WILL CAUSE SEVERE DAMAGE
TO THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
(5) With the tab set at neutral (2õ on the travel board), install a rigging pin into the
rocker arms (1). If the rigging pin cannot be installed easily:
(a) Operate the rudder trim switch as required to align the rigging pin holes so
that the rigging pin can be installed easily.
(b) Adjust the two actuating rods (2), at the trim tab horn (4) end, to return the tab
to the neutral position (2° on the travel board). Lock and safety the rod ends.
(6) Remove the rigging pin from the rocker arms (1).
(7) With the rudder set to neutral, operate the rudder trim switch as required to check
that the trim tab moves 30° (±1°) right and 30° (±1) left.
NOTE: If the above check is not satisfactory (tab travel outside limits), the fault is
likely to be the actuator limit switches. Replace the actuator and repeat
the checks.
(8) Cycle trim tab several times checking for proper operation and correlation between
the rudder trim tab and the rudder trim indicator on the control pedestal.
(9) Install access cover 330BR on the rudder leading edge.
(10) Remove the rigging pin from the rudder rear sector.
(11) Install the panel on each side of the tailcone (320AR, 320AL).
(12) Remove the trim travel board.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Rudder Trim Tab - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50127-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-820-803
7. Rudder Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 502)
Rudder
ThisControl
sectionSystem
describes
- Adjusting,
the Rigging
Aligning,
Procedure
Calibration,
for the Rigging
Rudder Control System.
1004 - 1033
PRE-SB-80-0069
Airplanes up to S.N. 1033 without SB-0069.

Travel Board, Rudder TEM-272000-001
Travel Board, Rudder Trim for rudder made of TEM-272000-006
composite material
Travel Board, Rudder Trim for rudder metal-made TEM-272000-004
Rigging Pin, Rudder TEM-272000-100
Protractor, Digital Level TEM-270000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls.
E. Procedure
NOTE: For airplanes including SB-0069 refer to Para. 4.
25-20-00).
(2) Remove center floor panels 212BRF, 211CLF, 211GLF, 231ALF, 231FLF, 231MLF,
231QLF, 231RLF and the panels on each side of the control pedestal.
(3) In the baggage compartment, remove floor panel 281BZ, and at the tailcone,
remove inspection panels 320AL and 320AR.
(4) Open the left main landing gear rear doors (Ref. to 52-82-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
27-20-00
PRE-SB-80-0069 Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Disconnect the autopilot servo cables from the rudder control front sector (Refer to
22-00-00).
(6) Install rigging pins (5) and (6) in the rudder front sector (1) and the rudder rear
sector (11).
(7) Install rigging pins (3) in the two rudder pedals bellcranks (8). Adjust the front
sector push-pull rods (4) as required so that the pins go in easily.
(8) Position the rudder pedal bellcranks to the mid-adjustment position so as to make
three forward and three rearward adjustments possible.
(9) Install rigging pins (7) into the rudder pedal levers (6) adjust the rudder pedal
push-pull rods (2) as required to install the pins easily and so that the pedal levers
(6) are at 90° to the seat tracks.
(10) Adjust the turnbuckles (14) and (15) to obtain the correct cable tension. (Refer to
27-00-00, Fig. 201, for cable tension temperature load correction).
(11) Install the rudder travel board (17) between the under side of the rudder and the
tailcone.
(12) Remove the rigging pins from the front and rear sectors (1) and (11), from the
rudder pedal levers (6) and from the rudder pedal bellcranks (8).
NOTE: When cable turnbuckles are loosened or tightened to adjust cable

tension, recheck rudder pedals levers and rudder for neutral position after
rigging pins have been removed. If necessary, repeat the procedure until
the system is at neutral position and a correct cable tension is obtained.
(13) Connect and rig the autopilot yaw servo cable to the front sector (1). (Refer to 22-
00-00).
(14) Recheck the tension on rudder control system cables.
(15) Safety the turnbuckles.
(16) Screw in completely the forward sector stop bolts (9).
(17) Adjust the left and right stop bolts (10) located near the rear sector (11) to obtain
23° degrees (+0 degrees -0.5 degrees) to the right and to the left.
(18) Safety the stop bolts.
NOTE: Correct rudder travel must be checked against the rudder travel board.
(19) Apply a force of 68 kg (150 lb) to pilot or copilot right rudder pedal and adjust the
right stop bolt (9) on the rudder front sector (1) to touch the mechanical stop.
(20) Apply a force of 68 kg (150 lb) to pilot or copilot left rudder pedal and adjust the left
stop bolt (9) on the rudder front sector to touch the mechanical stop.
(21) Operate the rudder several times by moving the rudder pedals and checking for
freedom of movement.
(22) Do the rudder control system friction test as described in this page block.
(23) Remove the rudder travel board (17).
(24) Close the left main landing gear rear door. (Refer to 52-82-00).
(25) In the baggage compartment, install floor panel 281BZ, and at the tailcone, install
inspection panels 320AL and 320AR.
(26) Install center floor panels 212BRF, 211CLF, 231GLF, 231ALF, 231FLF, 231MLF,
231QLF, 231RLF and the panel on each side of the control pedestal.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
27-20-00
PRE-SB-80-0069 Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(27) Install the carpet in the center aisle of the passenger compartment. (Refer to 25-
20-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
27-20-00
PRE-SB-80-0069 Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - Rudder Control System - Rigging (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
27-20-00
PRE-SB-80-0069 Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
27-20-00
PRE-SB-80-0069 Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1033
27-20-00
PRE-SB-80-0069 Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-20-00
50
TASK 27-20-00-820-804
8. Rudder Control System - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 503)
Rudder
ThisControl
sectionSystem
describes
- Adjusting,
the Rigging
Aligning,
Procedure
Calibration,
for the Rigging
Rudder Control System.
1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0069
Airplanes up to S.N. 1033 with SB-0069 and 1034 and up.

Travel Board, Rudder TEM-272000-001
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls.
E. Procedure
(1) Repeat the procedure described in 27-20-00 Para. 2 from step (1) to step (17)
included.
(2) Apply full load to the pilot RH rudder pedal to turn to right the rudder and maintain
it on this position. Check with a dynamometer that the load is approximately 100
lbs on the pilot LH pedal.
(a) Verify that when the load is applied to the RH rudder pedal, the rubber damper
stop is compressed.
(b) Temporarily remove the force and adjust the LH rudder damper stop to obtain
the required value of 23 Deg with a tolerance of +0 Deg -0.5 Deg.
(c) Apply again the force of 100 lbs and verify that the rubber damper stop, when
compressed, allows the rudder to stay within the tolerance limits.
(d) Tighten the LH rudder damper stop nut.
(3) Apply full load to the pilot LH rudder pedal to turn to left the rudder and maintain it
on this position. Check with a dynamometer that the load is approximately 100 lbs
on the pilot RH pedal.
(a) Verify that when the load is applied to the RH rudder pedal, the rudder damper
stop is compressed.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
POST-SB-80-0069 Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Temporarily remove the force and adjust the RH rudder damper stop to obtain
the required value of 23 Deg with a tolerance of +0 Deg -0.5 Deg.
(c) Apply again the force of 100 lbs and verify that the rubber damper stop, when
compressed, allows the rudder to stay within the tolerance limits.
(d) Tighten the RH rudder damper stop nut.
(4) Repeat the procedure described in 27-20-00 Para. 2 from step (22) to step (32).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-20-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-30-00 - ELEVATOR
DESCRIPTION
027-30-00
AND OPERATION
ELEVATOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0

General
A. (Ref.
The elevator
to Fig. 1)consists of two symmetrical surfaces which provide longitudinal control of
1004 - 1104
the aircraft. Each elevator surface is connected to the horizontal stabilizer at three
points. The mechanical control system consists of control columns, bellcranks, sectors,
cables, and push-pull rods. A bellcrank is mounted on the control column base and,
through a push-pull rod, it provides rotary motion to the elevator front sector. The
elevator front sector is connected to the elevator rear sector by a series of cables and
pulleys.
B. The elevator is aerodynamically balanced. The mass balance is installed in the horn at
the outboard tip.
C. Elevator control motion is transferred from the interconnected control columns, through
the bellcrank and push-pull rod, to the front sector. Front sector motion is transmitted
by a closed loop cable assembly to a rear sector assembly in the vertical stabilizer
fairing.
D. The control column movement is 3.7 inches (94 mm) pull and 3.3 inches (84 mm) push
measured at a point 26.5 inches (673.1 mm) from the turning point at the base. From
the rear sector assembly, motion is transferred through two push-pull rods to the
elevator bellcranks. Rear sector motion is also transmitted to the bellcrank and spring
assembly which is interconnected with the horizontal stabilizer. The elevator spring
augments the pilot stick force gradient in the high speed range of the airplane. The
elevator spring interconnects the horizontal stabilizer and elevator in such a manner
that the movement of the stabilizer creates tension on the elevator spring which causes
a proportional movement of the elevator in the opposite direction. The autopilot servo is
connected to the elevator rear sector by servo cables. Elevator travel is 14° ±0.50°
trailing edge up and 12° ±0.25° trailing edge down.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Elevator Control System Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40027-30-00
ELEVATOR - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 27-30-00-000-801
1. Elevator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Elevator
This -topic
Removal
provides the Removal of the Elevator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
control columns.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure applies to either of the elevator surfaces. Data specific to the
right surface is given between parentheses.
(1) Remove the fillet from the left (right) side of the vertical stabilizer, at the elevator/
horizontal stabilizer root.
(2) Remove the center and rear fairings from the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(3) Remove the three hinge access covers at the leading edge of the elevator (1).
(4) Remove the nut (7), washer (6) and bolt (5) which secure the elevator bellcrank (9)
to the elevator/rear sector push-pull rod (8). Make sure that the bushes remain in
the bellcrank.
(5) Remove the nuts which secure the two bonding jumpers to the elevator near to the
center and outboard hinges; disconnect the bonding jumpers from the elevator.
(6) Remove the nut (2) and washer (3) which secure the rotation pin (10) in the
bearing (4).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELEVATOR IS ADEQUATELY

SUPPORTED WHEN THE HINGE BOLTS ARE REMOVED.
ALTHOUGH THE ELEVATOR WEIGHS ONLY 16.5 LB (7.5 KG),
THE INBOARD HINGE CAN BE DAMAGED IF THE ELEVATOR IS
NOT SUPPORTED.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Support the elevator, then remove the nuts (18), washers (15, 16) and bolts (14)
and bushings (17) at the center and outboard hinge locations.
(8) Carefully and slowly maneuver the outboard end of the elevator to clear the
outboard and center hinges then slide the elevator (rotation pin) out of the bearing
(4).
(9) Place the elevator on a smooth surface to avoid damage.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Elevator - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Elevator - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-000-802
2. Elevator Spring Assembly - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Elevator
This Spring
topic provides
Assemblythe- Removal of the Elevator Spring Assembly.
1004 - 1104

Wooden Board (or similar) Not Specified
LH Elevator Travel Board 80-909165-801
RH Elevator Travel Board 80-909165-802
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
control systems or operate the pitch trim system.
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO ANY WORK AT THE SPRING

ASSEMBLY. THE SPRING TENSION OR COMPRESSION IS
APPROXIMATELY 290 POUNDS (131.5 KG), AND CAN CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE IF THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVAL ARE
NOT FOLLOWED EXACTLY.
(1) Remove the fillet from both sides of the horizontal stabilizer at the horizontal
stabilizer/elevator root.
(2) Remove the rear fairing of the vertical stabilizer.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE WOODEN BOARD (OR SIMILAR), AND
THE MEANS OF ATTACHMENT, WILL NOT DAMAGE
BELLCRANK "B" IN ANY WAY, USE SOFT PADDING AS
REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE BELLCRANK SURFACES OR
EDGES.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Attach a suitably-sized wooden board (or similar) to bellcrank “B”. Refer to Fig. 402
for an example of the location and method of attachment.
(4) Install the LH and RH elevator travel boards.
(5) Reduce the tension/compression forces of the spring assembly as follows:
(a) Operate the pitch trim switch as required to set the horizontal stabilizer to 0°.
NOTE: It is acceptable to position the horizontal stabilizer using the cockpit

indicator, provided the proper calibration of the indicator is checked
by placing the stabilizer at FULL NOSE UP / FULL NOSE DN and
reading the indication on the cockpit.
(b) Place the inclinometer on either of the elevator travel boards and set the
inclinometer to 0°.
(c) Operate the pitch trim switch as required to set the horizontal stabilizer to -
4°30’ (as measured by the inclinometer).
NOTE: When the horizontal stabilizer is at -4°30’ of the two (upper and
lower) spring connection points should be in line with the center of
the bellcrank “C”/bellcrank “B” connection point. This is the position
at which spring forces are lowest.
(6) Hold the bellcrank “B” in its position; use the wooden board as required to
counteract any remaining spring force.
(7) Remove the nut (6), washer (5) and bolt (4) which secure the two bellcranks “A” to
bellcrank “B”.
(8) Slowly release the counteracting force of the wooden board and allow the spring
force to release completely.
(9) Remove the nut (12), washer (11) and bolt (10) which secure the lower end of the
two bellcranks “A” to their supports. Remove the two bellcranks.
(10) Remove the nut (18), washer (17) and bolt (16) which secure the rear sector push-
pull rod to the spring drive link.
(11) Remove the nut (3), washer (2) and bolt (1) which secure the spring assembly to
the bellcrank “B”.
(12) Remove the nut (9), washer (8) and bolt (7) which secure each side of the spring
drive link to the two bellcranks “C”. Remove the spring/drive link assembly.
(13) If it is required to separate the spring assembly from the drive link, remove nut
(15), washer (14) and bolt (13).
(14) If it is required to remove bellcrank “B”, remove the nut (21), washer (20) and bolt
(19) which secure bellcrank “B” to the two bellcranks “C”.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Elevator Spring Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Elevator Spring Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-000-803
3. Elevators Control Cables - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Elevators
This topic
Control
provides
Cablesthe
- Removal
Removal of the Elevators Control Cables.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
String, four pieces, approx 50 ft (15 m) long Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the carpet from the center aisle of the passenger compartment. (Refer to
25-20-00).
(2) Remove the center floor panels 211CLF, 212BRF, 211DLF, 211GLF, 231ALF,
231FLF, 231MLF, 231QLF and 231RLF.
(3) Remove the panels at the left and right sides of the control pedestal. In the
baggage compartment, remove floor panel 281BZ and, at the vertical stabilizer,
remove the fillet from both sides.
(4) Remove the center and rear fairings from the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(5) Open the right main landing gear rear door. (Refer to TASK 52-82-00-720-801).
(6) Remove the retaining pins from the elevator cable pulleys at the locations detailed
in Fig 403, as follows:
No.
FS 1340 9 and 14 10 and 1 I
FS 3114 15 21 B
FS 5792 22 16 C
FS 8140 20 19 E
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

No.
FS 9614 17 18 F
NOTE: On the airplane with SN 1034 and up remove the retaining pin on the
pulley 39.
(7) Remove the cotter pin (45), washer (44) and the retaining pin (25) from the rear
sector (26). Discard the cotter pin.
(8) Remove the retaining pin (34) from the two supports (41) as follows:
(a) Remove the lockwire from the two pairs of nuts (39, 40 and 42, 43).
(b) Remove the two outer nuts (39, 42) and the two washers (47).
(c) Screw the two inner nuts (40, 43) in as far as possible to allow removal of the
retaining pin.
(d) Remove the retaining pin.
(9) Remove the retaining plate (37) at the pulleys (36) at the top of the vertical
stabilizer (near the hinges of the horizontal stabilizer).
(10) Remove the retaining plates (3, 5) from the front sector (6).
(11) Install a rigging pin in the front and rear sector locations (4, 35).
(12) Disconnect the turnbuckles (23, 24) of the elevator control cables (11, 13); the
turnbuckes are accessible through the right main landing gear rear door opening.
(13) Remove the cotter pin (2) from the front sector (6).
(14) Remove the nut, washer and bolt which secures the cable retainer (7) to the front
sector (6).
(15) Detach the cable ball end (12) and the cable barrel end (8) from the front sector
(6); attach a length of string to the ball end and another length to the barrel end.
(16) Remove the pressure seal that the elevator cables pass through (Ref. to TASK 27-
00-00-000-801).
NOTE: The right aileron cable passes through the same pressure seal: remove
the pressure seal only enough to allow the removal of the elevator cables
without interfering with the aileron cable.
(17) Pull the cables out through the right main landing gear well. When the end of the
two lengths of string to identify which is attached to the ball-ended cable and which
is attached to the barrel-ended cable.
(18) Detach the cables from the lengths of string. Leave the strings in position.
(19) Remove and discard the cotter pin (31), then remove the nut, washer and bolt (30,
29, 28) to detach the cable eye end (27) from the rear sector (26).
(20) Remove the retaining pin (46) from the right side of the rear sector (26). Detach
the cable ball-end (32) from the sector.
NOTE: The retaining pin on the left side of the rear sector is to retain the autopilot
cable, and should not be removed during this procedure.
(21) Attach a length of string to the cable eye end and another length to the cable ball
end.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(22) Pull the cables out through the right main landing gear well. When the end of the
two lengths of string to identify which is attached to the eye-ended cable and which
is attached to the ball-ended cable.
(23) Detach the cables from the strings. Leave the strings in position.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Elevators Control Cables - Removal (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-000-804
4. Control Columns - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
Control
ThisColumns
topic provide
- Removal
the Removal of the Control Columns.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the pilots and the copilot seats (Refer to 25-10-00).
(2) Remove the floor panels 211CLF and 212BRF.
(3) Remove the control pedestal (Refer to 53-10-00).
(4) Remove the control wheel sector covers (3, 31) and the control column base
covers (5, 20, 25, 35).
(5) Open the left and right rear doors of the main landing gear (TASK 52-82-00-720-
801).
(6) Install a rigging pin in either the left or the right aileron control sector (39 or 44);
gain access through the left or right main landing gear opening.
(7) Loosen the two turnbuckles (41, 42) of the aileron control cables.
(8) Remove the cable retaining pins (4, 15) from the pulley at the base of each control
column (13, 23).
(9) Remove the lockwire which retains the ball-ends (33, 34) of the aileron control
cables in the control wheel sectors (1, 2).
NOTE: The aileron cable ball-ends are located at the inboard sides of the
sectors.
(10) Attach the ball end (33) to one end of one of the lengths of string and attach the
ball end (34) to one end of the other length.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Pull the two aileron control cables out through the base of the control columns;
when the lengths of string are in position (inside the columns with their ends
outside) detach the cables and stow the cable ends so that they will not be
damaged. Leave the strings in position.
(12) Disconnect the electrical plugs (3, 37) located near the base of the control
columns.
(13) Install a rigging pin in the elevator front sector (4).
WARNING: THE CONTROL COLUMN ASSEMBLY BECOMES "TOP HEAVY"

WHEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE REST OF THE CONTROL
SYSTEM. MAKE SURE THAT THE ASSEMBLY IS ADEQUATELY
SECURED TO PREVENT INADVERTENT MOVEMENT WHICH
COULD CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO THE
ASSEMBLY.
(14) Remove the nut (18), washer (17) and bolt (16) which connect the torque tube
bellcrank (21) to the push-pull rod (38).
(15) Remove the two floor beams above the torque tube (24) (Refer to 53-10-00).
(16) Support the column assembly.
(17) Remove and discard the cotter pins (12, 22) then remove the pins (6, 30) from the
pivot pins (8, 29).
(18) Remove the four bolts (10) and washers (11), and the four bolts (26) and washers
(27) which secure the bearing and support assemblies (9, 28) to the structure.
(19) Pull the bearing and support assemblies (9, 28) away from the structure to remove
the pivot pins (8, 29) from the torque tube (24).
(20) Remove the control column assembly.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Control Column - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Control Column - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40427-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-400-801
5. Elevator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Elevator
This -topic
Installation
provides the Installation of the Elevator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELEVATOR IS ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED

UNTIL THE HINGE BOLTS ARE INSTALLED. ALTHOUGH THE
ELEVATOR WEIGHS ONLY 16.5 LB (7.5 KG), THE INBOARD HINGE
CAN BE DAMAGED IF THE ELEVATOR IS NOT SUPPORTED.
CAUTION: USE NEW SELF-LOCKING NUTS EACH TIME THE ELEVATOR

ISINSTALLED.
NOTE: Make sure that the static discharges are on the upper surface of the elevator.
(1) Put the elevator (1) into position by sliding the rotation pin (10) into the bearing (4)
and maneuvering the elevator so that the center and outboard hinges are aligned.
(2) Make sure that the bushings (17) are in place at the hinges then install the bolt
(14), washers (15, 16) and nuts (18) at the outboard and center hinge locations.
Tighten the nuts.
(3) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2) to secure the rotation pin (10) in the bearing
(4).
(4) Connect the bonding jumpers at the center and outboard hinge locations.
NOTE: Make sure that the bolt head is toward the inboard of the airplane to avoid
interference with the elevator rear sector.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Make sure that the bushes are in place in the elevator bellcrank (9), then connect
the bellcrank to the elevator/rear sector push-pull rod (8) with bolt (5), washer (6)
and nut (7).
(6) Check the clearance at both ends of the elevator; there must be a clearance of at
least 5mm (0.2 inch.).
(7) Do an elevator operational check (TASK 27-30-00-710-801)
(8) Install the three hinge access covers at the leading edge of the elevator (1).
(9) Install the center and rear fairings at the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(10) Install the fillet at the left (right) side of the vertical stabilizer, at the elevator/
horizontal stabilizer root.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Elevator - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Elevator - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40527-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-400-802
6. Elevator Spring Assembly - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Elevator
This Spring
topic provides
Assemblythe- Installation of the Elevator Spring Assembly.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: It is assumed that the elevator travel boards, the inclinometer and the wooden
board used during the removal procedure are still in place/available. The
horizontal stabilizer should be at -4°30’.
(1) Make sure that the warning notice telling other persons not to move the controls or
operate the pitch trim system is still in place in the flight compartment.
(2) Connect the lower end of bellcrank “B” to the lower rear end of the two bellcranks
“C” with the bolt (19), washer (20) and nut (21) at each of the two places.
(3) Connect the lower end of the spring assembly to the spring drive link with the bolt
(13), washer (14) and nut (15).
(4) Put the spring/drive link assembly into position.
(5) Connect the upper ends of the drive link to the rear upper ends of the two
bellcranks “C” with the bolt (7), washer (8) and nut (9) at each of the two places.
(6) Connect the upper end of the spring assembly to the upper end of bellcrank “B”
with the bolt (1), washer (2) and nut (3).
(7) Connect the rear sector push-pull rod to the lower end of the spring drive link with
the bolt (16), washer (17) and nut (18).
(8) Install the two bellcranks “A” and connect the lower ends to the two supports with
the bolt (10), washer (11) and nut (12) at each of the two places.
(9) Apply force (as required) to the wooden board attached to bellcrank “B” so that the
upper connection holes of bellcrank "B" and the two bellcranks “A” are aligned.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Connect the upper ends of the two bellcranks “A” to the upper end of bellcrank “B”
with the bolt (4), washer (5) and nut (6) at each of the two places.
(11) Remove the wooden board from bellcrank “B”.
(12) Check the elevator spring assembly for correct operation and rigging (TASK 27-
30-00-700-801).
(13) Remove the travel board and the inclinometer.
(14) Install the rear fairing of the vertical stabilizer.
(15) Install the fillets at both sides of the vertical stabilizer.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Spring Assembly - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Spring Assembly - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40627-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-400-803
7. Elevators Control Cables - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Elevators
This topic
Control
provides
Cablesthe
- Installation
Installation of the Elevators Control Cables.
1004 - 1104

Cotter Pin (Fig. 203, item 2) MS24665-155
Cotter Pin (Fig. 203, item 31 and 45) MS24665-153
B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) At the rear sector location, attach the two lengths of string (according to the
identification tags) to the turnbuckle (threaded) ends of the eye-ended cable and
the shortest of the two ball-ended cables.
(2) At the front sector location, attach the two lengths of string (according to the
identification tags) to the turnbuckle (threaded) ends of the barrel-ended cable and
the longest of the two ball-ended cables.
(3) Put the ball-ended cables into position by pulling the applicable lengths of string
(according to the identification tags) through the landing gear well. Be careful to
avoid damage to the pressure seal as the rear cable passes through the seal.
(4) When the ball-end (12) is in position at the front sector (6), install the ball-end in
the sector and install a new cotter pin (2) to hold the ball-end in the sector.
(5) When the ball-end (32) is in position at the rear sector (26), install the ball-end in
the sector and install the retaining pin (46) to hold the ball-end in the sector.
(6) Remove the lengths of string from the threaded ends of the ball-ended cables.
(7) Connect the two cables to each other with the turnbuckle (23); make sure that the
cables are correctly installed on their pulleys and that the cable is correctly routed
along its entire length.
(8) Install the barrel-ended cable and the eye-ended cable in the same manner as
detailed for the ball-ended cables; refer to steps (3) thru (7). Secure the barrel-end
(8) in its location in the front sector (6) with the cable retainer (7) and its bolt,
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
washer and nut; use the bolt (28), washer (29), nut (30) and a new cotter pin (31)
to secure the cable eye-end (27) to the rear sector (26), and use a turnbuckle (24)
to connect the cables to each other.
(9) Install the retaining pins in the elevator cable pulleys at the locations detailed in
Fig. 407, as follows:
No.
FS 1340 9 and 14 10 and 1 I
FS 3114 15 21 B
FS 5792 22 16 C
FS 8140 20 19 E
FS 9614 17 18 F
NOTE: On the airplane with SN 1034 and up install the retaining pin on the pulley
39.
(10) Install the retaining pin (25) in the rear sector (26); install the washer (44) and
secure the pin in place with a new cotter pin (45).
(11) Install the retaining pin (34) in the two supports (41) as follows:
(a) Screw the inner nut (40) all the way onto one end of the retaining pin, and
screw the inner nut (43) all the way onto the other end.
(b) Put the retaining pin into position between the two supports as shown in detail
L of Fig. 407.
(c) Screw the two inner nuts out an equal amount until they touch the supports
(41).
(d) Install the two washers (47) and the outer nuts (39, 42) and tighten the nuts.
(e) Safety the inner nut (43) to the outer nut (42) with lockwire, and safety the
inner nut (40) to the outer nut (39) with lockwire.
(12) Install the retaining plate (37) at the pulleys (36) at the top of the vertical stabilizer
(near the hinges of the horizontal stabilizer).
(13) Install the retaining plates (3, 5) at the front sector (6).
(14) Make sure that the cables are correctly engaged in their pulleys.
(15) Install the pressure seal at FS 6000 (Refer to 27-00-00).
(16) Stretch the elevators cables (Refer to 27-00-00).
(17) Rig the elevator control system (TASK 27-30-00-820-801).
(18) Install the center and rear fairings at the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(19) Install the fillets at both sides of the vertical stabilizer.
(20) In the baggage compartment, install floor panel 281BZ.
(21) Install the center floor panels 211CLF, 212BRF, 211DLF, 211GLF, 231ALF,
231FLF, 231MLF, 231QLF, 231RLF and the panels at the left and right sides of the
control pedestal.
(22) Install the carpet in the center aisle of the passenger compartment (Refer to 25-20-
00).
(23) Close the right main landing gear rear door (Refer to 25-82-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Elevators Control Cables - Installation (Sheet 1 of 4)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40727-30-00
40
TASK 27-30-00-400-804
8. Control Columns - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
Control
ThisColumns
topic provide
- Installation
the Installation of the Control Columns.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Put the control column assembly into position and support it so that the torque
tube (24) centerline is aligned with the centers of the holes in the structure.
(2) Install the bearing and support assemblies (9, 28) complete with the pivot pins (8,
29).
(3) Adjust the parts as necessary to enable the installation of the pins (6, 30); when
the pins are installed, safety the pins in place with new cotter pins (12, 22).
(4) Adjust the parts as necessary to enable the installation of the pins (6, 30); when
the pins are installed, safety the pins in place with new cotter pins (12, 22).
(5) Install the two floor beams above the torque tube (Refer to 53-10-00).
(6) Connect the torque tube bellcrank (21) to the push-pull rod (38) with the bolt (16),
washer (17) and nut (18). Make sure that the bushing (19) is properly in place.
(7) Connect the electrical plugs (7, 37) located near the base of the control columns.
(8) Put the aileron control cables into position as follows:
(a) Attach the applicable cable ball ends (33, 34) to the ends of the two lengths of
string outside the base of the control columns (13, 23).
(b) Pull the lengths of string up through the control columns until the cables are
positioned on their pulleys at the base of the columns.
(c) Detach the cable ball ends from the strings and install the ball ends in their
locations at the inboard sides of the control wheel sectors (1, 3).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Make sure that the cables are correctly seated in their pulleys and control
wheel sectors.
(9) Safety the cable ball ends in their locations with lockwire.
(10) Install the retaining pins (14, 15) at the pulley at the base of the two control
columns.
(11) Tighten the turnbuckles (41, 42) of the aileron control cables.
(13) Rig, inspect and check the elevator control system (TASK 27-30-00-820-801).
(14) Close the left and right rear doors of the main landing gear (Refer to 52-82-00).
(15) Install the control wheel sector covers (3, 31) and the control column base covers
(5, 20, 25, 35).
(16) Install the control pedestal (Refer to 27-10-00).
(17) Install the pilot’s and copilot’s seats (Refer to 27-10-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Control Column - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Control Column - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50027-30-00
ELEVATOR - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 27-30-00-700-801
1. Elevator Spring Force and System Friction Test - Testing, Checking (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Elevator
This Spring
topic provides
Force and
theSystem
ElevatorFriction
SpringTest
Force
- Testing,
and System
Checking
Friction Test.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Install the elevator travel board and the inclinometer at the horizontal stabilizer.
(2) Operate the pitch trim switch to set the horizontal stabilizer at an inclination of +2°.
(3) Attach the spring scale to the top of the left-hand control column (at the control
wheel escutcheon).
(4) Begin the test with the control columns at the fully forward position (elevators fully
down). This is Point A on Graph 1 of Fig. 501.
NOTE: Sheet 1 of Fig. 501 gives spring force test details in pounds; Sheet 2 of
Fig. 501 gives the same details in kilograms. Fig. 501 includes blocks for
making the required notes of readings. Do not use the original sheet -
copy Fig. 501 as required.
(5) Do the test:

Action Result
(a) Gently pull the spring scale
rearward and make a note of the
scale reading when the columns
start to move rearward. Refer to Fig.
501, Graph 1, Point A.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(b) Continue to gently pull the spring
scale rearward and make a note of
the scale reading just as the
columns reach the fully rearward
position. Refer to Fig. 501, Graph 1,
Point B.
(c) Release the rearward pull force until
the control columns start to move
forward. Make a note of the scale
reading when the columns start to
move forward. Refer to Fig. 501,
Graph 1, Point C.
(d) Continue to let the control columns
move forward and make a note of
columns reach the fully forward
Point D.
(e) Do steps (a) thru (d) two more
times.
(f) Add the three readings at Points A, The average of the readings at Point A,
B, C and D and divide the result by B, C and D should be within the
three to get the average at each tolerances given in Fig. 501.
point.
NOTE: The readings A, B, C and D are the result of spring force and system
friction at +2° inclination of the horizontal stabilizer.
(6) Use the following formula to find the friction:

A+B C+D X-Y
=x =y = friction
2 2 2
The value of friction must be..... lbs (.... kg) or less.

(7) Operate the pitch trim switch to set the horizontal stabilizer at 0°.
(8) Begin this continuation of the test with the control columns at the fully forward
position. This is Point E on Graph 2 of Fig. 501.
(9) Continue the test:
Action Result
(g) Gently pull the spring scale
rearwards and make a note of the
start to move rearward. Refer to Fig.
501, Graph 2, point E.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(h) Continue to gently pull the spring
scale rearward and make a note of
Point F.
(i) Release the rearward pull force until
forward. Make a note of the scale
move forward. Refer to Fig. 501,
Graph 2, Point G.
(j) Continue to let the control columns
move forward and make a note of
Point H.
(k) Do steps (g) thru (j) two more times.
(l) Add the three readings at Points E, The average of the readings at Point E,
F, G and H and divide the result by F, G and H should be within the
three to get the average at each tolerances given in Fig. 501.
point.
NOTE: The readings E, F, G and H are the result of spring force and system
friction at 0° inclination of the horizontal stabilizer.

E+F G+H X-Y
=x =y = friction
2 2 2
WARNING: THE CONTROL COLUMNS WILL MOVE RAPIDLY REARWARD

WHEN THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER MOVES TO THE -8°
SETTING, AND COULD CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE. USE HAND
FORCE AS REQUIRED TO DAMPEN THE SPEED OF THE
REARWARD MOVEMENT OF THE COLUMNS.
(11) Operate the pitch trim switch to set the horizontal stabilizer at -8° inclination.
(12) Begin this continuation of the test with the control columns at the fully rearward
position. This is Point I on Graph 3 of Fig. 501.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Action Result
(m) Gently push the spring scale
forward and make a note of the
start to move forward. Refer to Fig.
501, Graph 3, point I.
(n) Continue to gently push the spring
scale forward and make a note of
position. Refer to Fig.501, Graph 3,
Point J.
(o) Release the forward push force until
rearward. Make a note of the scale
move rearward. Refer to Fig. 501,
Graph 3, Point K.
(p) Continue to let the control columns
move rearward and make a note of
Point L
(q) Do steps (m) thru (p) two more
times.
(r) Add the three readings at Points I, J, The average of the readings at Point I
K and L and divide the result by should be between 2.5 and 6.5 pounds
three to get the average at each (1 and 3 kg); at Point J between 5 and 9
point. pounds (2 and 4 kg); at Point K between
17 and 21 pounds (7.5 and 9.5 kg), and
at Point L between 13.5 and 17.5
pounds (6 and 8 kg).
NOTE: The readings J, I, L and K are the result of spring force and system
friction at -8° inclination of the horizontal stabilizer.

J+I L+K X-Y
=x =y = friction
2 2 2
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Elevator Spring Force and System Friction Test (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Elevator Spring Force and System Friction Test (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50127-30-00
50
TASK 27-30-00-710-801
2. Elevator Control - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 502)
Elevator
This Control
topic provides
- Operational
the Operational
Test Test for the Elevator Control.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) Gently push the control column fully The trailing edge of the elevators will
forward. move down.
(b) Gently push the control column fully The trailing edge of the elevators will
rearward. move up.
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - Elevator Spring Force Test (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - Elevator Spring Force Test (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50227-30-00
50
TASK 27-30-00-820-801
3. Elevator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 503)
Elevator
This -topic
Adjusting,
provides
Aligning,
the Rigging
Calibration,
of the Rigging
Elevator.
1004 - 1104

LH Elevator Travel Board TEM-273000-005 (80-909165-
801)
RH Elevator Travel Board TEM-273000-004 (80-909165-
802)
Tensiometer T5-2002-104-00, or equivalent
Spring Scale (0-110 lbs/0-50 kg) Not Specified
Wooden Board (or similar) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
flight controls or operate the pitch trim system.
E. Procedure
25-20-00).
(2) Remove center floor panels 211CLF, 212BRF, 211DLF, 211GLF, 231ALF, 231FLF,
231MLF, 231QLF and 231RLF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Remove the panels at the left and right of the control pedestal. In the baggage
compartment remove floor panel 281BZ.
(4) Open the rear door of the right main landing gear (Refer to 52-82-00).
(5) Remove the fillet from both sides of vertical stabilizer at the horizontal stabilizer/
elevator root.
(6) Remove the rear fairing from the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(7) Disconnect the autopilot servo cables from the elevator rear sector (14). The
turnbuckles of the autopilot servo cables are located in the upper part of the
vertical stabilizer. (Refer to 22-11-00).
WARNING: BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO ANY WORK AT THE SPRING

ASSEMBLY. THE SPRING TENSION/COMPRESSION IS
APPROXIMATELY 290 POUNDS (131.5 KILOGRAMS), AND CAN
CAUSE INJURY/DAMAGE IF THE RIGGING PROCEDURES ARE
NOT FOLLOWED EXACTLY.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE WOODEN BOARD (OR SIMILAR), AND
THE MEANS OF ATTACHMENT, WILL NOT DAMAGE
BELLCRANK “B” IN ANY WAY. USE SOFT PADDING AS
REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE SURFACES/EDGES OF THE
BELLCRANK.
(8) Attach a suitably-sized wooden board (3) or similar to bellcrank "B" (4). Refer to
Fig. 501 for an example of the location and method of attachment.
(9) Install the LH and RH elevator travel boards.
(10) Reduce the tension/compression forces of the elevator spring (2) as follows:
(a) Operate the pitch trim switch as required to set the horizontal stabilizer to 0°.
(b) Place the inclinometer on either of the elevator travel boards and set the
inclinometer to 0°.
(c) Operate the pitch trim switch as required to set the horizontal stabilizer to -
4°30’ (as measured by the inclinometer).
NOTE: When the horizontal stabilizer is at -4°30’, the center of the two
(upper and lower) spring connection points should be in line with the
center of the bellcrank “C”/bellcrank “B” connection point.This is the
position at which spring forces are lowest.
(11) Hold the bellcrank “B” in its position; use the wooden board (3) as required to
counteract any remaining spring force.
(12) Remove the nuts (11), washers (10) and Hi Lok pins (9) which secure the lower
end of the two bellcranks “A” (16) to their supports (12).
(13) Slowly release the counteracting force of the wooden board and allow the spring
force to release completely.
(14) Remove the nut (8), washer (7) and bolt (6) which secure the forward end of the
rear sector push-pull rod (5) to the elevator rear sector (14).
(15) Make the airplane level (TASK 08-20-00-500-801 or TASK 08-20-00-500-802 or
TASK 08-20-00-500-803 or TASK 08-20-00-500-804).
(16) Operate the pitch trim switch to set the horizontal stabilizer to the neutral (0°)
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(17) Install a rigging pin into the front sector location (23) and the rear sector location
(13).
(18) Check the neutral position of the control column (24). At neutral the column should
be 6° forward of vertical (Refer to Sheet 2 of Fig. 503); if required, adjust the push-
pull rod (21) to get the correct angle.
(19) Check the neutral position of the elevators. At neutral, the trailing edges of the
elevators should align with the 0° marking on the travel boards. If required, adjust
the elevator/rear sector push-pull rods (15) to get the correct elevator neutral
position.
(20) Check that the elevator control cables are at the correct tension. (Refer to 27-00-
00).
(21) Attach the autopilot servo cables to the rear sector (14) and rig the autopilot pitch
servo system (Refer to 22-11-00).
(22) Check again the tension of the elevator control cables, and make sure that the
turnbuckles are safetied.
(23) Make sure that the bushing is in place then install the bolt (6), washer (7) and nut
(8) to secure the rear sector/spring push-pull rod (5) to the rear sector (14).
(24) Apply force (as required) to the wooden board (3) so that a rigging pin can be
inserted in the location (1) at the top of bellcrank “C” (17) and bellcrank “B” (4).
(25) When the rigging pin is in its location (1), connect the lower end of the two
bellcrancks “A” (16) to their support (12) by installing a Hi Lok pins (9), washer (10)
and nut (11) at each of the two places. If required, adjust the bellcrank “A” eye end
to align the eye end with its support.
(26) Remove the rigging pin from the location (1) at the top of bellcrank “C” (17) and
bellcrank “B” (4).
(27) Remove the wooden board (3) from bellcrank “B” (4).
(28) Remove the rigging pins from the rear sector location (13) and the front sector
location (23).
(29) Operate the pitch trim switch as required to set the horizontal stabilizer to -4°30’.
(30) Check that the rear sector stop bolts (25) are set so that maximum elevator up
travel is 14°(+0/-30’) and maximum down travel is 12°(±15’). If required, adjust the
rear sector stop bolts to get the correct maximum travel. Safety the stop bolts on
completion of adjustment.
(31) With the spring scale, apply a force of 75 lb (34 kg) at the center of the control
wheel escutcheon to push the column forward. Check that the RH stop bolt (22) on
the front sector (19) is just contacting the stop; adjust the stop bolt if required.
(32) With the spring scale, apply a force of 75 lb (34 kg) to pull the control column
rearwards; apply the force at the location on the control wheel cover in line with the
center of the escutcheon. Check that the LH stop bolt (18) is just contacting the
stop; adjust the stop bolt if required.
(33) Do the friction test of the elevator control system ().
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 503 - Elevator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-30-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-31-00 - STALL
REMOVAL
40027-31-00
/ INSTALLATION
WARNING
STALL WARNING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 27-31-00-000-801
1. AOA Transmitter - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
AOAThis
Transmitter
topic provides
- Removal
the Removal of the AOA Transmitter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the trim panel from the right side of the passenger compartment in the
area of FS 3425 (Refer to 25-20-00).
(2) Disconnect the electrical plug (9) from its connector.
NOTE: The correct installation angle of the transmitter is noted on a placard

placed above the transmitter. In case the placard is unreadable make a
note of the angle of the indexing ring in relation to the reference plate.
(3) Remove the four self-locking nuts (7) and the four step-washer clamps (8) which
secure the AOA transmitter (4) to the reference plate (1).
(4) Remove the transmitter (4) complete with the indexing ring (6).
(5) Remove the indexing ring (6) from the transmitter.
(6) Make sure that the O-ring (3) remains in place or, if it becomes detached, that it is
put where it will be safe.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - AOA Transmitter - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-31-00
40
TASK 27-31-00-000-802
2. Stall Warning Computer - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Stall This
Warning
topicComputer
provides the
- Removal
Removal of the Stall Warning Computer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the battery master switch is set to OFF.
(2) Remove the center instrument panel (Refer to 31-10-00).
(3) Disconnect the electrical plug (1) from the computer (2).
(4) Remove the four screws (3) which secure the computer (2) to its support.
(5) Remove the computer.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Stall Warning Computer - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-31-00
40
TASK 27-31-00-400-801
3. AOA Transmitter - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
AOAThis
Transmitter
topic provides
- Installation
the Installation of the AOA Transmitter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Check the O-ring for damage and general condition; replace if required. Details of
the O-ring will be found in the CMM for the transmitter.
(2) Make sure that the contact surfaces of the adapter ring (2) and the transmitter (4)
are clean and free of damage.
(3) Install the indexing ring (6) on the transmitter (4); make sure that the dowels (5)
engage in the holes in the indexing ring.
(4) Make sure the O-ring (3) is in place in the groove of the adapter ring (2), then
install the transmitter and indexing ring assembly so that the transmitter flange is in
full contact with the adapter ring (2).
NOTE: A change in the position of the indexing ring (6) in relation to the
reference plate (1) changes the stall warning speed. For example, if the
indexing ring is repositioned 1 degree counterclockwise the stall warning
speed will be reduced by approximately 4 knots.
(5) Position the transmitter (4) so that the zero of the indexing ring (6) is aligned with
the reference plate (1) angle noted at removal and marked on the placard (11).
(6) Secure the transmitter and indexing ring assembly to the reference plate (1) with
the four step-washer clamps (8) and self-locking nuts (7). Do not overtighten the
nuts.
(7) Make sure that the indexing ring (6) is still aligned with the reference plate (1)
within 0.2°.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Connect the electrical plug (9) to its connector.

(9) Make sure that the transmitter cone is free to rotate.
(10) Do an operational test of the AOA transmitter as detailed in (TASK 27-31-00-710-
802).
(11) Install the trim panel at the right side of the passenger compartment.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - AOA Transmitter - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-31-00
40
TASK 27-31-00-400-802
4. Stall Warning Computer - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
StallThis
Warning
topicComputer
provides the
- Installation
Installation of the Stall Warning Computer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Put the computer (2) into position on its support so that the electrical connector is
towards the nose of the airplane.
(2) Secure the computer to its support with the four screws (3).
(3) Connect the electrical plug (1) to the connector.
(4) Install the center instrument panel (Refer to 31-10-00).
(5) Do an operational test of the stall warning system (TASK 27-31-00-710-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Stall Warning Computer - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50027-31-00
STALL WARNING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 27-31-00-710-802
1. Stall Warning System - Operational Test
Stall This
Warning
topicSystem
provides- Operational
the Operational
TestTest of the Stall Warning System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: The AOA transmitter has two heating systems, one for the external cone and
the other for the transmitter housing. The cone heating system is actuated by
setting the LH PITOT/STATIC HTR switch to L & STALL, the housing heating
system is actuated by setting the battery master switch to BAT.
(1) Do the test:

Action Result
(a) Set the battery master switch to The amber STALL FAIL caption comes
BAT. on.
CAUTION: DO NOT HAVE THE LH PITOT/STATIC HTR SWITCH SET TO L &
STALL FOR LONGER THAN IS NECESSARY TO DO THE TEST.
THE HEATERS GENERATE MORE HEAT THAN CAN BE
DISSIPATED WITHOUT A COOLING AIR FLOW AND CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
(b) Set the LH PITOT/STATIC HTR The amber STALL FAIL caption goes off
switch to L & STALL. and the transmitter cone starts to get
hot.
(c) Set the LH PITOT/STATIC HTR The amber STALL FAIL caption comes
switch to OFF. on.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(d) Set the battery master switch to The amber STALL FAIL caption goes off.
OFF.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-31-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-40-00 - HORIZONTAL
DESCRIPTION
027-40-00
HAND
ORIZONTAL
OPERATION
STABILIZER
0STABILIZER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

General
A. (Ref.
The movable
to Fig. 1)horizontal stabilizer serves as the pitch trim control surface. The stabilizer
1004 - 1104
is attached to the vertical stabilizer at two points. The rear attachment is the pivot point
and consists of two precision hinges. The forward attaching point is connected to a
heavy duty electrical actuator. The actuator is hinged to the vertical stabilizer forward
spar.
B. The screwjack-type actuator moves the horizontal stabilizer to provide airplane

longitudinal trim. The unit provides either manual or autopilot control of the stabilizer.
The manual primary mode control is through two motors that provide different travel
speeds of the horizontal stabilizer according to its position: low speed in the range from
+2° to -2° degrees and high speed in the range from -2° to -8° degrees. The autopilot
control and the manual emergency operations are through a third motor. A position
transmitter within the actuator sends a signal to the pitch trim indicator located on the
control pedestal in the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Operation
A. The (Ref.
horizontal
to Fig. 2 and
stabilizer
3) has a primary and a secondary mode of operation. The
1004 - 1104
autopilot mode of operation is covered in Chapter 22-00-00. Primary and secondary

modes are controlled through a three-position switch (PRI-OFF-SEC) located in the
trim switch panel on the control pedestal. When in primary mode (switch set to PRI) the
actuator can be either manually controlled by the trim and trim arming switch located
on pilot and copilot control wheels, or driven by the autopilot. When in secondary mode
(switch set to SEC) the actuator can only be controlled by a three-position momentary
switch (NOSE UP-OFF-NOSE DOWN) located on the trim control panel on the control
pedestal. In this condition the trim and trim arming switch and the autopilot are
disconnected while only the low speed motor is engaged allowing stabilizer low speed
travel in the +2° to -8° degrees range. In case of trim tab actuator runaway, two
switches (Control Wheel Master Switches) are provided on both control wheels to
deenergize the trim actuator itself.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch) Trim System
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Pitch Trim Manual Controls Locations
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 3 - Pitch Trim Control Electrical Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40027-40-00
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 27-40-00-000-801
1. Horizontal Stabilizer - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
- Removal
the Removal of the Horizontal Stabilizer.
1004 - 1104

Lifting Equipment and Sling Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
control columns or operate the pitch trim system.
E. Procedure
(1) Operate the pitch trim switch as required to set the horizontal stabilizer at -4°30’
inclination.
(2) Remove both of the elevators (TASK 27-30-00-000-801).
(3) Remove the elevator control cables from the elevator rear sector (TASK 27-30-00-
000-803).
(4) Remove the autopilot cables from the elevator rear sector (Refer to 22-11-00).
(5) Remove the nut (5), washer (4) and bolt (3) which secure the lower end of each of
the two bellcranks “A” (1) to their supports (2).
(6) Remove the nut which secures the bonding jumper to the stabilizer near the
hinges; disconnect the bonding jumper from the stabilizer.
(7) Remove the front fairing from the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(8) Remove the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) from the support plate at the top
front of the vertical stabilizer (Refer to 25-60-00).
(9) Remove the power supply unit from the support plate at the top front of the vertical
stabilizer (Refer to 33-42-00).
(10) Remove the six nuts, washers and bolts which secure the support plate to the
vertical stabilizer; remove the support plate.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND SLING ARE
CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A LOAD OF AT LEAST 100 LBS (45
KG); THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER WEIGHS 85 LBS (38.5 KG)
APPROXIMATELY. MAKE SURE THAT THE SLING WILL NOT
CAUSE ANY DAMAGE TO THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER: USE
SOFT PADDING AS REQUIRED BETWEEN THE SLING AND THE
STABILIZER SURFACES.
(11) Install the lifting sling and take up the weight of the horizontal stabilizer.
(12) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13) at the stabilizer actuator upper attachment
(12).
(13) Remove the nut (14) and washer (15) from the bolt (11).
(14) Remove the bolt (11). The bolt may be tight inside the hollow bolt (6); grip, turn and
pull the bolthead to remove the bolt (11) together with the countersunk washer
(10).
(15) Remove the lockwire from the nut (8) and remove the nut (8) and washer (9).
(16) Remove the hollow bolt (6) together with the countersunk washer (7).
(17) Remove and discard the two cotter pins (26) at the bellcrank “C” (16)/vertical
stabilizer rear spar location.
(18) Remove the two nuts (25) and plain washers (22) from the bolts (18).
(19) Remove the two bolts (18). The bolts may be tight inside the hollow bolts (21); grip,
turn and pull the bolthead to remove the bolt (18) together with the countersunk
washers (19).
(20) Remove the lockwire from the two nuts (17) and remove the nuts (17) and four
plain washers (20).
(21) Remove the two hollow bolts (21).
(22) Carefully maneuver the horizontal stabilizer rearwards and upwards to clear the
vertical stabilizer.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-000-802
2. Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
(Pitch
the Trim)
Removal
Actuator
of the- Removal
Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: THE ELEVATOR SPRING PUTS A LOAD OF UP TO 290 LBS (131.5

KG) ON THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER; THIS FORCE CAN CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE IF IT IS NOT NEUTRALIZED OR
COUNTERACTED WHEN THE ACTUATOR ATTACHMENT BOLTS
ARE REMOVED. FOR THIS REMOVAL PROCEDURE, THE
STABILIZER SHOULD, IF POSSIBLE, BE SET AT THE -4°30’
POSITION; THIS IS THE POSITION AT WHICH SPRING FORCE IS
LOWEST. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE THE -4°30’ POSITION
(DUE TO THE COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE ACTUATOR FOR
EXAMPLE), IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO COUNTERACT SPRING
FORCE TO PERMIT EASY REMOVAL OF THE ATTACHMENT BOLTS
AND PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
inclination (Refer to the WARNING above).
Pilot CB Panel:
PRI PITCH TRIM
SEC PITCH TRIM
A/P SERVO AIL/RUD
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Pilot CB Panel:
A/P SERVO ELEV
(3) Remove the fillets from both sides of the horizontal stabilizer at the location where
it meets the vertical stabilizer.
(5) Disconnect the two electrical plugs of the actuator from the connectors secured to
the vertical stabilizer.
(6) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9) at the actuator upper attachment (8).
pull the bolthead to remove the bolt (5) together with the countersunk washer (4).
(9) Remove the lockwire from the nut (6) and remove the nut (6) and plain washer (7).
(10) Remove the hollow bolt (1) together with the countersunk washer (2). Refer to the
WARNING given at the start of this procedure.
(11) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20) from the bolt (19).
(13) Remove the bolt (16). The bolt may be tight inside the hollow bolt (12); grip, turn
and pull the bolthead to remove the bolt (16) together with the countersunk washer
(15).
(14) Remove the lockwire from the nut (17) and remove the nut (17) and plain washer
(18).
(15) Support the weight of the actuator.
(17) Remove the actuator.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Pitch Trim Actuator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-000-803
3. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
PitchThis
Trimtopic
Position
provides
Indicator
the Removal
- Removal
of the Pitch Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
the rear.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-000-804
4. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
PitchThis
Trimsection
Position
describes
Indicatorthe
- Removal
Removal Procedure for the Pitch Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
the rear.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40427-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-400-801
5. Horizontal Stabilizer - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
- Installation
the Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer.
1004 - 1104

Torque Wrench Not Specified
Cotter pin (Fig. 201, item 26) MS 24665-302
Cotter pin (Fig. 201, item 13) MS 24665-300
B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: WITHIN THIS PROCEDURE IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO CHILL

BOLTS BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED; IF SO, DO NO TOUCH A
CHILLED BOLT WITH BARE HANDS. USE PROTECTIVE GLOVES
AND AN APPROPRIATE TOOL TO PICK UP THE CHILLED BOLT AND
TO PUT THE BOLT INTO PLACE.
CAUTION: THE BOLTS AND HOLLOW BOLTS INSTALLED IN THIS PROCEDURE

ARE OF THE CLOSE TOLERANCE FIT TYPE, AND MAY HAVE TO BE
CHILLED BEFORE INSTALLATION. DO NOT USE A HAMMER OR
OTHER SUCH TOOL TO INSTALL THE BOLTS; IF A BOLT CAN NOT
BE INSTALLED BY HAND FORCE ONLY, CHILL THE BOLT AS
REQUIRED TO ENABLE INSTALLATION WITHOUT EXCESSIVE
FORCE. ALLOW TIME FOR THE BOLT TO REACH AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE BEFORE TORQUE TIGHTENING.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: It is assumed that the lifting equipment and sling used during the removal
procedure are in place and that the sling is installed in such a way that no
damage to the horizontal stabilizer will result.
(1) Carefully lift and maneuver the horizontal stabilizer into position at the top of the
vertical stabilizer so that the hinge fittings of the bellcrank “C” are aligned with the
hinge fittings of the vertical stabilizer rear spar (Refer to Detail B of Fig. 405).
(2) Make sure that the bushings are correctly installed within the hinge fittings.
(3) Install the two hollow bolts (21) so that the boltheads are aligned inside the locking
plates (24).
(4) Install two plain washers (20) and a nut (17) on each of the two hollow bolts (21).
(5) Torque tighten the nuts (17) to 100 lbf.in. (11.3 Nm) and safety the nuts with
lockwire.
(6) Install a countersunk washer (19) on each of the two bolts (18) with the
countersunk face of the washer against the bolthead.
(7) Install the two bolts (18).
(8) Install a plain washer (22) and a nut (25) on each of the two bolts (18).
(9) Torque tighten the nuts (25) to between 20 and 190 lbf.in. (2,26 and 21,47 Nm).
NOTE: It should be possible to align one of the cotter pin slots of the nut with the
hole in the bolt within the torque range. If necessary, it is permissible to
increase the torque to achieve alignment.
(10) Safety the two nuts (25) with new cotter pins (26).
(11) Make sure that the bushings are correctly installed within the upper attachment of
the stabilizer actuator (12) and the forward end of the bellcrank “C”.
(12) Align the holes of the actuator upper attachment and the forward end of bellcrank
“C”.
(13) Install a countersunk washer (7) on the hollow bolt (6) with the countersunk face of
the washer against the bolthead.
(14) Install the hollow bolt (6) from the LH side.
(15) Install a plain washer (9) and nut (8) on the hollow bolt (6).
(16) Torque tighten the nut (8) to 100 lbf.in (11.3 Nm) and safety the nut with lockwire.
(17) Install a countersunk washer (10) on the bolt (11) with the countersunk face of the
washer against the bolthead.
(18) Install the bolt (11) from the RH side.
(19) Install a plain washer (15) and nut (14) on the bolt (11).
(20) Torque tighten the nut (14) to between 100 and 270 lbf.in (11,3 and 30,5 Nm).
increase the torque to achieve the alignment.
(21) Safety the nut (14) with a new cotter pin (13).
(22) Connect the bonding jumper to the stabilizer.
(23) Install the support plate (of the ELT and power supply unit) at the top front of the
vertical stabilizer; secure the support plate in place with the six bolts, washers and
nuts.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(24) Install the power supply unit (Refer to 33-42-00).

(25) Install the ELT (Refer to 25-60-00).
(27) Install the bolt (3), plain washer (4) and nut (5) to secure the lower end of each of
the two bellcranks “A” (1) to its respective support (2).
(28) Install the ends of the elevator control cables at the elevator rear sector (TASK 27-
30-00-400-803).
(29) Install the autopilot cables at the elevator rear sector (Refer to 22-11-00).
(30) Install both of the elevators (TASK 27-30-00-400-801).
(31) Do a functional test of the horizontal stabilizer (TASK 27-40-00-720-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40527-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-400-802
6. Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim) Actuator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
(Pitch
the Trim)
Installation
Actuator
of the
- Installation
Horizontal Stabilizer (Pitch Trim).
1004 - 1104

Torque Wrench Not Specified
Cotter Pin (Fig. 202 items 9 and 20) MS24665-300
B. Materials
Lockwire 04-008
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that these circuit breakers are open, tagged and safetied:
Pilot CB Panel:
PRI PITCH TRIM
SEC PITCH TRIM
A/P SERVO AIL/RUD
A/P SERVO ELEV
WARNING: WITHIN THIS PROCEDURE IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO CHILL

BOLTS BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED; IF SO, DO NO TOUCH A
CHILLED BOLT WITH BARE HANDS. USE PROTECTIVE GLOVES
AND AN APPROPRIATE TOOL TO PICK UP THE CHILLED BOLT
AND TO PUT THE BOLT INTO PLACE.
CAUTION: THE BOLTS AND HOLLOW BOLTS INSTALLED IN THIS

PROCEDURE ARE OF THE CLOSE TOLERANCE FIT TYPE, AND
MAY HAVE TO BE CHILLED BEFORE INSTALLATION. DO NOT
USE A HAMMER OR OTHER SUCH TOOL TO INSTALL THE
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
BOLTS; IF A BOLT CAN NOT BE INSTALLED BY HAND FORCE

ONLY, CHILL THE BOLT AS REQUIRED TO ENABLE
INSTALLATION WITHOUT EXCESSIVE FORCE. ALLOW TIME
FOR THE BOLT TO REACH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE
TORQUE TIGHTENING.
(2) Put the actuator into position as shown in Fig. 406.

(3) Align the holes of the actuator lower attachment (19) and the vertical stabilizer
hinge fitting (14).
(4) Make sure that all bushings are correctly located within the actuator attachment
(19) and the hinge fitting (14).
(5) Install the countersunk washer (13) on the hollow bolt (12) with the countersunk
face of the washer against the bolthead.
(7) Install the plain washer (18) and nut (17) on the hollow bolt (12).
(8) Torque tighten the nut (17) to 100 lbf.in.(11.3 Nm) and safety the nut with lockwire.
(9) Install the countersunk washer (15) on the bolt (11) with the countersunk face of
the washer against the bolthead.
(11) Install a plain washer (22) and nut (21) on the bolt (11).
increase the torque to achieve the alignment.
(14) Align the holes of the actuator upper attachment (8) and the bellcrank “C” (3) hinge
fitting.
(15) Make sure that all bushings are correctly located within the actuator attachment (8)
and the bellcrank “C” (3) hinge fitting.
(16) Install the countersunk washer (2) on the hollow bolt (1) with the countersunk face
of the washer against the bolthead.
(18) Install the plain washer (7) and nut (6) on the hollow bolt (1).
(19) Torque tighten the nut (6) to 100 lbf.in.(11.3 Nm) and safety the nut with lockwire.
(20) Install the countersunk washer (4) on the bolt (5) with the countersunk face of the
washer against the bolthead.
(22) Install the plain washer (11) and nut (10) on the bolt (5).
NOTE: Torque tighten the nut (10) to between 100 and 270 lbf.in (11,3 and 30,5
Nm).
(25) Connect the two electrical plugs to the connectors secured to the vertical stabilizer.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(27) Install the fillets at both sides of the horizontal stabilizer.

(28) Remove the tags and close these circuit breakers:
Pilot CB Panel:
PRI PITCH TRIM
SEC PITCH TRIM
A/P SERVO AIL/RUD
A/P SERVO ELEV
(29) Do a functional test of the horizontal stabilizer (TASK 27-40-00-720-801)

(30) Adjust the Pitch Trim Indicator (TASK 27-40-00-820-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Pitch Trim Actuator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40627-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-400-803
7. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
PitchThis
Trimtopic
Position
provides
Indicator
the Installation
- Installation
of the Pitch Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
fasteners.
(3) Do the indicator operational test.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40727-40-00
40
TASK 27-40-00-400-804
8. Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
PitchThis
Trimsection
Position
describes
Indicatorthe
- Installation
Installation Procedure for the Pitch Trim Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
fasteners.
(3) Do the indicator operational test (Refer to page block 501).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50027-40-00
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 27-40-00-700-801
1. Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking (Refer to Fig. 501, 502, 503)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provide- Testing,
the Friction
Checking
Test Procedure of the Horizontal Stabilizer.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lock Pin Not Specified
D. Job Setup
control columns or operate the pitch trim system.
E. Procedure
WARNING: THE ELEVATOR SPRING PUTS A LOAD OF UP TO 290 LBS

(131.5 KG) ON THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER; THIS FORCE CAN
CAUSE INJURY AND DAMAGE IF IT IS NOT NEUTRALIZED OR
COUNTERACTED WHEN THE ACTUATOR ATTACHMENT BOLTS
ARE REMOVED. FOR THIS REMOVAL PROCEDURE, THE
STABILIZER SHALL BE SET AT THE -4°30’ POSITION; THIS IS
THE POSITION AT WHICH SPRING FORCE IS LOWEST. IF IT IS
NOT POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE THE -4°30’ POSITION (DUE TO
THE COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE ACTUATOR FOR EXAMPLE), IT WILL BE

NECESSARY TO COUNTERACT SPRING FORCE TO PERMIT
EASY REMOVAL OF THE ATTACHMENT BOLTS AND PREVENT
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(2) Refer to figure and position a white adhesive tape as shown on LH Horizontal
Stabilizer graphite frame.
(3) By taking as reference the Horizontal Stabilizer Fence Support Tab, counter mark
the Horizontal Stabilizer full NOSE UP and the full NOSE DOWN positions,
respectively as 0% and 100%.
(4) Divide the obtained interval in four parts, corresponding to 25%, 50%, and 75%
intermediate steps and mark these further values.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
inclination.
(6) Open, tag and safety the following circuit breakers:
PRI PITCH TRIM
SEC PITCH TRIM
A/P SERVO AIL/RUD
A/P SERVO ELEV
(7) Insert a wooden plug between the stabilizer fwd arm and the fwd vertical fin spar.
(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13) at the stabilizer actuator upper attachment
(12).
pull the bolt head to remove the bolt (11) together with the countersunk washer
(10).
(11) Remove the lock wire from the nut (8) and remove the nut (8) and washer (9).
(13) Insert the lock pin in the Rigging Pin Hole, located on the Elevator Rear Sector.
(14) Hold the Horizontal Stabilizer and remove with caution the Wooden Plug, then
move the Stabilizer to nose down.
(15) Remove the nut (5), washer (4) and bolt (3) which secure the lower end of each of
the two bell cranks “A” (1) to their supports (2).
(16) Connect the dynamometer to the Horizontal Stabilizer Forward Clevis then pull
down along the four position indicated in Table 1. For each movement step record
the required force from dynamometer. The applied force shall not be greater than
40 Kg. If an higher value is required contact Piaggio Aero Industries Customer
Support Department, otherwise no other action are required.
Table 1 - Recorded Values of Friction
Nose pos. 1st Meas. 2nd Meas. 3rd Meas. Average Meas.
NOSE DOWN
25%
50%
75%
NOSE UP
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 503 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Testing, Checking
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50327-40-00
501
TASK 27-40-00-710-801
2. Horizontal Stabilizer - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 504)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
- Operational
the Operational
Test Test for the Horizontal Stabilizer.
1004 - 1104

Elevator Travel Board (LH or RH) 80-909165-801, 80-909165-802
Stopwatch Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Do the test:
Action Result
(a) Press and hold the trim and trim The leading edge of the horizontal
arming switch (on the pilot’s control stabilizer moves up and the pitch
wheel) to the NOSE DN position. indicator pointer moves to the 2 ND
position.
(b) Press and hold the trim and trim The leading edge of the horizontal
arming switch to the NOSE UP stabilizer moves down and the pitch
position. indicator pointer moves to the 8 NU
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(c) Press and hold the trim and trim The leading edge of the stabilizer moves
arming switch to the NOSE DN up to the neutral position.
position until the pitch indicator
pointer moves one full increment (2
degrees); this is the 0° position of
the stabilizer.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 504 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Operational
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50427-40-00
501
TASK 27-40-00-720-801
3. Horizontal Stabilizer - Functional Test (Ref. to Fig. 505)
Horizontal
This topic
Stabilizer
provides
- Functional
the Functional
Test Test for the Horizontal Stabilizer.
1004 - 1104

Elevator Travel Board (LH or RH) 80-909165-801, 80-909165-802
Stopwatch Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
control columns or to operate the pitch trim system.
E. Procedure
(1) Install the elevator travel board and the inclinometer at the horizontal stabilizer.
(2) Make the airplane level (TASK 08-20-00-500-801 or TASK 08-20-00-500-802 or
TASK 08-20-00-500-803 or TASK 08-20-00-500-804).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Do the test:

Action Result
(a) Operate the pitch trim switch to set The pointer of the pitch trim indicator
the horizontal stabilizer at the should be horizontal in line with the
neutral (0*) position as measured at increment which equates to 0°.
the inclinometer.
(b) Press and hold the trim and trim The leading edge of the stabilizer moves
arming switch to the NOSE DN up and the pitch indicator pointer moves
position (until the stabilizer stops to the 2 ND position.
moving).
(c) Make a note of the angle of the The measured angle should be
horizontal stabilizer as measured by 2° (-0° +30’).
the inclinometer.
(d) Start the stopwatch and, at the The leading edge of the stabilizer moves
same time, press and hold the trim down and the pitch indicator pointer
and trim arming switch to the NOSE moves to the 8 NU position. As the
UP position. Stop the watch when stabilizer moves through the -2* position
the stabilizer stops moving. the high rate motor of the actuator starts.
(e) Make a note of the time recorded on The time taken from the full nose down
the stopwatch. Set the stopwatch to position to the full nose up position
zero. should be 35 ± 5 seconds.
(f) Make a note of the angle of the The measured angle should be
horizontal stabilizer as measured by -8° (-10’ + 42’)
the inclinometer.
(g) Start the stopwatch and, at the The leading edge of the stabilizer moves
same time, press and hold the trim up and the pitch indicator pointer moves
and trim arming switch to the NOSE to the 2 ND position. As the stabilizer
DN position. Stop the watch when moves through the 2° position the high
the stabilizer stops moving. rate motor of the actuator stops.
(h) Make a note of the time recorded on The time taken from the full nose up
the stopwatch. Set the stopwatch to position to the full nose down position
zero. should be 35 ± 5 seconds.
(5) Set the pitch trim selector switch (located on the trim control panel at the rear of
the control pedestal) to the SEC position.
Action Result
(i) Start the stopwatch and, at the The leading edge of the stabilizer moves
same time, set and hold both halves down and the pitch indicator pointer
of the secondary trim switch to the moves to the 8 NU position.
NOSE UP position. Stop the watch
when the stabilizer stops moving.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(j) Make a note of the time recorded on The time taken from the full nose down
the stopwatch. Set the stopwatch to position to the full nose up position
zero. should be between 52.5 and 67.5
seconds.
(k) Start the stopwatch and, at the The leading edge of the stabilizer moves
same time, set and hold both halves up and the pitch indicator pointer moves
of the secondary trim switch to the to the 2 ND position.
NOSE DN position. Stop the watch
when the stabilizer stops moving.
(l) Make a note of the time recorded on The time taken from the full nose up
the stop watch. Set the stopwatch to position to the full nose down position
zero. should be between 52.5 and 67.5
seconds.
(7) If any of the measurements of stabilizer angular travel are not within the specified
limits do the functional test again. If the angular measurement(s) is (are) still
outside the specified limits replace the actuator and do the test again until
satisfactory.
(8) If any of the times noted for the full range of travel (fully up to fully down or fully
down to fully up) are not within the specified limits do the functional test again. If
the time(s) is (are) still outside the specified limits replace the actuator and do the
test again until satisfactory.
(9) Set the pitch trim selector switch to the PRI position.
(10) Operate the trim and trim arming switch (on the control wheel) as required to set
the stabilizer at the 0* (neutral) position.
(11) Remove the inclinometer and the elevator travel board from the horizontal
stabilizer.
(12) Depending on the method used to make the airplane level:
(a) Lower the airplane and remove the jacks.
or
(b) Inflate the shock absorbers and tires to the correct pressures.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 505 - Horizontal Stabilizer - Functional
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50527-40-00
501
TASK 27-40-00-820-802
4. Pitch Trim Indicator - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 506)
PitchThis
Trimsection
Indicator
describes
- Adjusting,
the Adjustment
Aligning, Calibration,
for the Pitch
Rigging
Trim Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Level the Airplane (Refer to Chapter 8).
(2) With Pitch Trim selector to PRI position move the HTTA to full retracted position.
(3) Measure the Stabilizer inclination (8° NU).
(4) Adjust the “zero” Pitch potentiometer to have 8° NU indication.
(5) Move the HTTA to full extended position.
(6) Measure the Stabilizer inclination (2° ND).
(7) Adjust the “full scale” Pitch potentiometer to have 2 ND indication.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 506 - Pitch Trim Position Indicator - Adjustment
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-40-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
27-50-00 - FLAPS
DESCRIPTION
027-50-00
AND OPERATION
FLAPS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
0
1. General
General
A. The electronically-controlled and electromechanically-operated flaps provide the
1004 - 1104
required extra lift to the wings when partially extended, and the required lift and drag (to
reduce airplane speed for landing) when fully extended.
– Main Wing Outboard Flaps (MWOF)
– Main Wing Inboard Flaps (MWIF)
– Forward Wing Left Flap (FWLF)
– Forward Wing Right Flap (FWRF)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Description (Ref. to Fig. 1 and 2)

Description
A. The(Ref.
flap to
system
Fig. 1comprises:
and 2)
1004 - 1104
– flaps (of the single-slotted type) on both the main and forward wings
– an electrical actuator for each of the two forward wing flaps
– a drive unit consisting of two electrical motors, one for the main wing outboard
flaps and one for the main wing inboard flaps
– a FLAP control lever
– an electronic control unit
– a flaps position indication
– associated potentiometers, microswitches and electrical/mechanical
interconnections.
B. The left and right forward wings each have a flap (FWLF and FWRF) which extends the
full length of the trailing edge. Each flap is hinged to the rear spar of the forward wing at
two locations and is operated by its own (independent) actuator which is located in the
forward wing.
C. The left and right main wings each have inboard and outboard flaps (MWIF and
MWOF); the inboard flap extends from the root of the wing trailing edge to the inboard
side of the nacelle, and the outboard flap extends from the outboard side of the nacelle
to the inboard end of the aileron.
The inboard flaps are operated by an electric motor through a rotating drive rod and
screwjack system. The centrally located motor has two drives which extend to the
screwjack of the left and right inboard flap.
The outboard flaps are operated in the same way as the inboard flaps (by their own
electric motor) except that each outboard flap has two screwjacks. Each outboard flap
tapers (toward the outboard end) and the ends extend at slightly different rates; the two
screwjacks are of different lengths but have the same number of threads, so the
shorter (outboard) screwjack moves a shorter distance for the same number of turns as
the longer screwjack.
D. Flaps position is selected by operation of the FLAPS control lever located on the
control pedestal in the flight compartment. The lever, which is “gated” to prevent
inadvertent movement, has three positions:
– UP - all flaps fully retracted (CLEAN configuration)
– MID - all flaps partially extended (TAKEOFF configuration)
– DN - all flaps fully extended (LANDING configuration).
The lever operates a flap selector switch which is connected to the flap motors and
actuators through an Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
E. The flap ECU controls the motion sequence of the four subsystems (MWOF, MWIF,
FWLF and FWRF) according to the selection made at the control lever. The ECU is
located in the forward section of the baggage compartment near the main electrical
junction box.
The ECU receives inputs from the lever-operated selector switch and the position
potentiometers, processes the inputs and sends the correct signals to the motors,
actuators and indication system.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. The FLAPS position indicator is located on the center switch panel immediately below
the annunciator panel. The indicator shows the UP, MID or DN position of the flaps
according to the selection made at the control lever.
The upper part of the indicator shows the position of the FWLF and FWRF and the
lower part shows the position of the MWOF and MWIF.
G. Potentiometers on the actuators of the FWLF and FWRF and on the motors of the
MWOF and MWIF provide the flaps position signal to the ECU which processes the
signals and sends the correct signals to the indicator.
H. Microswitches installed into the four subsystems give signals to the ECU when the
flaps have reached the selected position and the ECU stops the movement of the flaps
accordingly. In addition, mechanical stops are installed at the UP and DN positions to
provide a fail-safe feature.
In case of a failure, or incorrect position of the flap(s), in anyone of the four
subsystems, the ECU will cause a FLAPS SYNC amber caption on the annunciator
panel to come on.
I. Airplane without optional service letter 80-0020

An acoustic warning will be generated whenever the flaps are lowered to the DN
position and the landing gear is not locked down. In addition the acoustic warning will
be generated whenever the flaps are in the MID position, the landing gear is not locked
down and the power levers are retarded approximately below the half travel position.
The 326 Hz warning tone cannot be silenced by the mute switch and will continue until
either the landing gear is extended or the flaps are retracted to the clean (UP) setting.
J. Canada registered airplane and airplane incorporating optional service letter 80-0020
An acoustic warning will be generated whenever the flaps are lowered to the MID or
DN position and the landing gear is not locked down. In addition, at the takeoff, the
acoustic warning will be generated if the flaps are not retracted to the clean (UP)
setting within approximately 25 seconds after the landing gear has been retracted. The
326 Hz warning tone cannot be silenced by the mute switch and will continue until
either the landing gear is extended or the flaps are retracted to the clean (UP) setting.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Flap Electrical Control Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Flap System
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Operation
Operation
A. When the FLAP control lever is moved from the UP to the MID position, the flap
1004 - 1104
selector switch sends the command signal to the ECU. The ECU schedules flap
extension as follows:
– The MWOF starts to extend immediately while the MWIF, FWLF and FWRF
remain retracted
– after a nominal nine seconds of MWOF movement, the FWLF and FWRF start to
extend then stop after one second; the MWOF continues to extend and the MWIF
remain retracted
– after a nominal five seconds the MWIF will start to extend and the FWLF and
FWRF will start again; the MWOF continues to extend
– after a further two seconds all flaps reach the MID position.
When the flaps reach the MID position, microswitches operate to send the required
signal to the ECU that the sequence is complete and the ECU cuts the power to the
motors.
B. When the FLAP control lever is moved from the MID to the DN position, the flap
selector switch sends the command signal to the ECU. The ECU schedules all flaps to
move to the fully extended position at the same time. The time taken from the MID to
DN position is five seconds (nominal).
When the flaps are fully extended, microswitches send the required signal to the ECU
that the sequence is complete and the ECU cuts the power to the motors.
C. When the FLAP control lever is moved from DN to MID, or MID to UP, all flaps start to
retract at the same time. Retraction time from DN to MID is five seconds (nominal) and
from MID to UP is 16 seconds (nominal).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REMOVAL / INSTALLATIONFLAPS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION

40027-50-00
0
TASK 27-50-00-000-801
1. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
MainThis
Wingsection
Outboard
describes
Flap (MWOF)
the removal
- Removal
procedures related the Main Wing Outboard Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Set the FLAPS control lever to DN.
(2) When the MWOF is completely extended, open, tag and safety this circuit breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(3) Remove the MWOF track covers (Refer to 57-50-00).

(4) Remove the screws (3) and (9) that secure the pins (6), (7), (12) and (13) to the
female threaded blocks (5) and (11).
(5) Support the MWOF, then remove the pins (6), (7), (12), (13) and the shim washers
(16, 17) from the blocks (5) and (11).
CAUTION: DURING AND AFTER REMOVAL OF THE FLAP, MAKE SURE

THAT THE FEMALE THREADED BLOCKS DO NOT ROTATE ON
THEIR RESPECTIVE SCREWJACKS. SYSTEM RIGGING MUST
BE MAINTAINED.
(6) Remove the flap (2) from the tracks (4) and (10).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Main Wing Outboard Flap - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Main Wing Outboard Flap - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40127-50-00
FLAPS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-802
2. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
MainThis
Wingsection
Inboard
describes
Flap (MWIF)
the removal
- Removal
procedures related the Main Wing Inboard Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(3) Support the MWIF and remove the bolt (4), nut (5) and washer (6) which secure
the inboard flap screwjack (1) to the flap hinge (6).
CAUTION: DURING AND AFTER REMOVAL OF THE FLAP, MAKE SURE

THAT THE EYE-END OF THE INBOARD FLAP SCREWJACK
DOES NOT ROTATE. SYSTEM RIGGING MUST BE MAINTAINED.
(4) Remove the flap (3) from its tracks (2) and (7).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Main Wing Inboard Flap - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40227-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-803
3. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Forward
This Wing
section
Flap
describes
(FWF) -the
Removal
removal procedures related the Forward Wing Flap
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(3) Remove the two protection covers of the actuator rods.

(4) Remove the bolts (10), nuts (11) and washers (12) which secure the actuator rods
(9) to the connecting rods (8).
(5) Remove and discard the cotter pins (3).
(6) Support the FWF and remove the bolts (4), nuts (5) and washers (6) which secure
the FWF hinges to the forward wing hinges.
(7) For safekeeping, remove the bonding connection spring (2) from both hinges on
the forward wing.
(8) Remove the FWF (1).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Forward Wing Flap - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Forward Wing Flap - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40327-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-804
4. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) Screwjacks - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
MainThis
Wingsection
Outboard
describes
Flap (MWOF)
the removal
Screwjacks
procedures
- Removal
related the Main Wing Outboard Flap
1004 - 1104
(MWOF) Screwjacks.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell people do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the main wing outboard flap (TASK 27-50-00-000-801).
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(3) Remove the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).

(4) Remove the bolts which secure the intermediate support of the MWOF (TASK 27-
50-00-000-811)
(5) Move the screwjacks (4) and (5) as required to disengage the No. 5 and No. 6
shafts from their intermediate support and from the screwjacks themselves.
(6) Remove the No. 5 and No. 6 shafts from the airplane.
(7) Remove the bolt (6), nut (7) and washer (8) which secure the outer screwjack (5)
to the wing rear spar.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Remove the outer screwjack (5) from the airplane.

(9) Remove the bolt (1), nut (2) and washer (3) which secure the inner screwjack (4)
to the rear spar.
(10) Remove the inner screwjack (4) from the airplane by moving it away (outboard)
from the No. 4 shaft.
F. Close-out
(2) Remove the Warning from the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Outboard Flap Screwjack - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40427-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-805
5. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) Screwjack - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
MainThis
Wingsection
Inboarddescribes
Flap (MWIF)
the removal
Screwjack
procedures
- Removalfor the Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF)
1004 - 1104
Screwjack.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the MWIF ().
(2) Open the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 32-00-00).
(3) Remove wing inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and
622CT) (Refer to 06-00-00)
(4) Remove the bolts (1) which secure the MWIF screwjack (2) to the third spar.
(5) Remove the screwjack (2) from the airplane by moving it away (outboard) from No.
7 shaft.
F. Close-out
(1) If necessary disconnect the electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Inboard Flap Screwjack - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40527-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-807
6. Flap Drive Unit (FDU) Electrical Motor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Flap This
Drivesection
Unit (FDU)
describes
Electrical
the removal
Motor - procedures
Removal for the Flap Drive Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Lift the airplane on jacks (TASK 07-10-00-500-803).
(2) Insert the GPU and provide the External Electrical Power.
E. Procedure
(1) Set to ON position the Battery Switch located on the switch panel.
(2) Check and ensure to OFF position the HYD Switch.
(6) Act on the Hand Pump until the main landing gear is unlocked from Down Position.
(7) Verify that MLG Down Locked green light comes OFF, the red light is ON and the
MLG Doors are open.
(8) Check the mutual position of flap control lever and flap surfaces. If this
correspondence is not verified, match the flap control lever as close as possible
with the actual flap surface position.
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
CAUTION: NO AIR BLOWERS CAN BE USED TO CLEAN/DRY BOTH MOTOR

AND FDU RECEPTACLE. DAMAGE MAY OCCUR TO MOTOR
BEARING/BRUSHES AND AFFECT ITS PROPER OPERATION.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Localize the FDU and the electrical motor(s) to be removed.

(11) Disconnect the electrical plug.
(12) Countermark the position of FDU mounting flange.
(13) Remove the four screws that retain the electrical motor flange(s).
(14) Remove the electrical motor(s).
F. Close-out
(1) Remove the GPU.
(2) Restore the electrical power
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40627-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-808
7. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Actuator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Forward
This Wing
section
Flap
describes
(FWF) Actuator
the Removal
- Removal
/ Installation procedures for the Forward Wing Flap
1004 - 1104
Actuator.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure that electrical power is available ().
E. Procedure
(2) Wait for fully extended.
electrical power.
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(6) Remove the two protection covers of the actuator rods (7) and (10).
(7) Remove the bolts (4), nuts (5) and washers (6) which secure the actuator rods (7)
and (10) to the connecting rods (8) and (9).
(8) Remove the forward wing tip access panel 561A (661A).
(9) Remove the electrical connector (1) from the actuator (3).
(10) Remove the screws (2) which secure the actuator (3) to forward wing.
(11) Remove the actuator (3) from the airplane through the access hole at the forward
wing tip.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Forward Wing Flap Actuator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40727-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-810
8. Flaps Control Lever - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 408)
FlapsThis
Control
section
Lever
describes
- Removal
the removal procedures for the Flaps Control Lever, is located in the
1004 - 1104
flight compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The flaps control lever and its housing are a single assembly for removal
purposes.

electrical power
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Remove the screws (2) which secure the flaps control lever housing (3) to the
control pedestal.
(3) Carefully remove the housing (3) from the pedestal until the electrical connector
(4) can be removed from the housing (3).
(4) Remove the electrical connector (4) from the housing (3).
(5) Remove the flap control lever (1) and housing (3) as a complete assembly.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - Flaps Control Lever - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40827-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-811
9. Flap Shafts - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 409)
Flap This
Shafts
section
- Removal
describes the Removal / installation procedures for the Flap Shafts.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The flap shaft are located inside the wing extension and along the external
side of main wing back spar. This section describes the removal procedure of
the flap shaft.
NOTE: These procedures are for all of the flap shaft, use the procedure(s) applicable
to the specific task; for ease of later installation it is recommended that the
shafts are tagged with the number shown on fig.211
E. Procedure
(1) General (All Shafts)
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(3) These procedures are for all of the flap shafts, use the procedure(s) applicable to
the specific task.
CAUTION: DURING ALL OF THE SHAFT REMOVAL PROCEDURES, MAKE

SURE THAT THE SHAFTS DO NOT ROTATE. BLOCK SHAFT
ROTATION TO MAINTAIN SYSTEM RIGGING AND PREVENT
DAMAGE.
(4) Removal of No. 1 Shaft:

(a) Open the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Remove the nacelle upper fwd panel 420AT (420BT). (Refer to 54-10-00)
(c) Remove the nacelle lower fwd panel 410AT (410BT) (Refer to 54-10-00)
(d) Remove wing inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT
and 622CT) from the top of the wing (Refer to 06-00-00)
(e) Remove the screws which secure bevel gearbox (1), to respective supports
on the wing spars.
(f) Move the inner screwjack of the outboard flap towards the wing tip so that is
possible to move the other shafts outboard and disengage the outboard end
of No. 1 shaft from the bevel gearbox (1).
NOTE: If it is difficult to disengage the no.1 shaft from the bevel gearbox (1),
remove the inner screwjack of the outboard flap as detailed in this
section. This will allow the necessary extra movement of the shafts
and make disengagement easier
(g) Remove the oil cooler assy (Refer to 79-10-00)

(h) Remove the P3 air filter ((Refer to EMM 73-10-07).
(i) Cut the insulation just in front of the P3 filter just removed, in order to let the
shaft pass through the wing rib 1825
(j) Pull out the No.1 shaft from the drive unit and remove the shaft from the
airplane through the wing ribs at WS 1510 and WS 1825.
(a) Open the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00)
(b) Remove the nacelle upper fwd panel 420AT (420BT). (Refer to 54-10-00)
(c) Remove the nacelle lower fwd panel 410AT (410BT) (Refer to 54-10-00)
(d) Remove wing inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT
and 622CT) from the top of the wing (Refer to 06-00-00)
(e) Remove the screw which secure bevel gearbox (1), bevel gearbox (2) and
intermediate support (3) to their respective supports on the wing spars
NOTE: If it necessary remove also the support of the bevel gearbox (Arrow
a on Fig. 211).
(f) Move the inner screwjack of the outboard flap towards the wing tip so that is
possible to move the other shafts outboard and disengage the outboard end
of No. 2 shaft from the bevel gearbox (1).
NOTE: If it is difficult to disengage the no. 2 shaft from the bevel gearbox
(1), remove the inner screwjack of the outboard flap as detailed in
this section. This will allow the necessary extra movement of the
shafts and make disengagement easier.
(g) Pull out the No. 2 shaft from the airplane through the wing inspection access
holes.
(a) Remove the nacelle upper fwd panel 420AT (420BT). (Refer to 54-10-00)
(b) Remove the nacelle lower fwd panel 410AT (410BT) (Refer to 54-10-00)
(c) Remove inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and
622CT) from the top of the wing (Refer to 06-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Remove the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)

(e) Remove the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).
(f) Remove the screws which secure intermediate support (3) to the wing spar.
(g) Move the inner screwjack of the outboard flap toward the wing tip so that it is
possible to move the drive shaft and disengage the outboard end of the No. 3
shaft from the intermediate support (3).
NOTE: If it is difficult to disengage the No. 3 shaft from the intermediate

support (3), remove the inner screwjack of the outboard flap as
detailed in this section. This will allow the necessary extra movement
of the shafts and make disengagement easier.
(h) Pull out the No. 3 shaft from the airplane toward the wing tip.
(a) Remove the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)
(b) Remove the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00)
(c) Remove the inner screwjack of the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00).
(d) Remove the No. 4 shaft from the airplane, by pulling it out of intermediate
support (3).
(8) Removal procedure of N°5 and N°6 shafts
(a) Remove the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)
(b) Remove the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00)
(c) Remove the bolts which secure the intermediate support (4) to the wing spar.
(d) Move the inner and outer screwjacks so that it is possible to disengage the
No. 5 and No. 6 shafts from the intermediate support (4) and from the
screwjacks.
(e) Remove the shafts.
(a) Open the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(b) Remove inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and (622AT and 622BT) from the
top of the wing (Refer to 06-00-00).
(c) Remove the inboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)
(d) Pull out the No. 7 shaft from the flaps drive unit.
(e) Remove the shaft from the airplane by pulling it outboard from the fuselage
through the main landing gear wheel well.
(f) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
(g) When applicable, install or close the access panel, fairings or doors.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - Flap Shafts - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40927-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-812
10. Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 410)
Flap This
Electronic
sectionControl
describes
Unitthe
(ECU)
Removal
- Removal
for the Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: THE AIRPLANE CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH FLAP DRIVE UNITS P/N
C152550-1 WITH ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT) P/N C136407-2
OR FLAP DRIVE UNITS P/N C155720-1 WITH ECU (ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT) P/N C136407-3. THE FLAP DRIVE UNIT MUST BE
INSTALLED TOGETHER WITH THEIR OWN ECU.

Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR

(3) Remove the access panel of the electrical equipment rack.
(4) Attach identity tags and remove the four electrical connectors (2) from the ECU
(1).
(5) Remove the screws (3) which secure the ECU (1) to the rack.
(6) Remove the ECU (1).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41027-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-813
11. Flaps Position Indicator - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 411)
FlapsThis
Position
section
Indicator
describes
- Removal
the Removal for the Flaps Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Remove the screws (2) that secure the indicator (1) to the center switch panel.
(3) Carefully remove the indicator (1) until the electrical connector can be removed.
(4) Remove the electrical connector from the rear of the indicator (1).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - Flaps Position Indicator - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41127-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-000-814
12. Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 412, 413)
MainThis
Wing section
Flaps describes
Drive Unit the
- Removal
Removal / installation procedures for the Main Wing Flaps Drive
1004 - 1104
Unit.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Raise the airplane on jacks (Refer to 07-10-00).
(2) Make sure that electrical power is available (Refer to 24-00-00).
CAUTION: THE AIRPLANE CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH FLAP DRIVE UNITS P/

N C152550-1 WITH ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT) P/N
C136407-2 OR FLAP DRIVE UNITS P/N C155720-2 WITH ECU
(ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT) P/N C136407-3. THE FLAP
DRIVE UNIT MUST BE INSTALLED TOGETHER WITH THEIR
OWN ECU.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the RH Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) (Ref. to AMM Chapter to 27-50-
00 Page Block 200).
(2) Set the FLAPS control lever to the UP position.
NOTE: Make sure that the flaps selector lever is in the UP position and wait at
least one minute then open the FLAPS circuit breaker; this makessure
that the drive unit is in the up position.
(3) When all other flaps are in the fully up position, open, tag and safety this circuit
breaker:
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Open the main landing gear rear doors (Refer to 52-82-00).
(5) Disconnect electrical power (Refer to 24-40-00).
electrical power.
(7) Remove the battery (Refer to 24-31-00).
(8) Remove inspection panels 522AT, 522BT, 622AT and 622BT, located on the top
wing surfaces.
(9) Loose the right inboard flap screwjack.
CAUTION: AVOID ROTATING THE FLAP SYSTEM SHAFTS. THE SYSTEM

RIGGING COULD BE DISTURBED AND CAUSE DAMAGE IF THE
SHAFTS ROTATE DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
NOTE: If necessary loose also the support of the bevel gearbox (arrow A on Fig.
412).
(10) Loose the bevel gearbox from the right wing (indicated by arrow A on Fig. 412).
NOTE: Pay attention to not withdraw the shaft No.2 from the gearbox indicated
by the arrow B on Fig. 412.
(11) Withdraw the shaft No.1 and No.2 from the gearbox (indicated by arrow A on Fig.
412).
(12) Withdraw the right side No. 1 and No. 7 shafts from the drive unit and lower the
shafts to rest inside the wing.
(13) Attach identity tags and disconnect the four electrical connectors (3), (4), (6) and
(7) from the drive unit; get access through the left wheel well.
(14) Remove the branched duct of the air conditioning system (located immediately in
front of the drive unit); be careful to collect the two check valves and the four
gaskets (Ref.to AMM Chapter 21-10-00 Page Block 200).
NOTE: On the airplanes that Install the flap Drive Unit P/N C155720-2 remove
the duct (29) (Ref. to Fig 201 in the AMM Chapter 21-10-00 Page Block
200).
(15) Remove the branched duct support.

(16) Support the drive unit and remove the bolts (2) which secure the unit to the
bulkhead (1).
(17) Move the drive unit (5) to the right to disconnect it from the No. 1 and No. 7 shafts
of the left flap systems.
(18) Withdraw the unit through the right wheel well.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41327-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-801
13. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 414)
MainThis
Wingsection
Outboard
describes
Flap (MWOF)
the installation
- Installation
procedures related the Main Wing Outboard Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: DO NOT LUBRICATE OR GREASE THE EXTERNAL SCREW OF THE

SCREWJACK.
CAUTION: USE NEW SELF-LOCKING NUTS EACH TIME THE MAIN

WINGOUTBOARD FLAP IS INSTALLED

(2) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment, to tell persons do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) If the same flap that was removed is the same one being installed, make sure that
the female threaded blocks (5) and (11) are in the same position on their
screwjacks as when the flap was removed. Refer to the CAUTION given in the
removal procedure.
(3) If a replacement flap is being installed, proceed as follows:
(a) Turn the female threaded blocks (5) and (11) fully out (rearward) until they are
at the end of their travel on the screwjacks (1) and (8).
(b) Turn the female threaded blocks (5) and (11) between one half and one full
turn forward so that the holes are horizontal.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Install the MWOF so that the roller supports (14) and (15) engage in the flap tracks
(4) and (10).
(5) Position the MWOF so that the holes (for the pins) in the roller supports (14) and
(15) are in line with the corresponding holes in the female threaded blocks (5) and
(11).
(6) Install the shim washers (16, 17) and the pins (6), (7), (12), (13) in their respective
holes.
(7) Install the screws (3) and (9) to secure the pins in place.
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(9) Install the MWOF track covers (Refer to 57-50-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Main Wing Outboard Flap - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 414 - Main Wing Outboard Flap - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41427-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-802
14. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWOF) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 415)
MainThis
Wingsection
Inboard
describes
Flap (MWOF)
the Removal
- Installation
/ installation procedures related the Main Wing Inboard
1004 - 1104
Flap.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

SCREWJACK.

(2) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment, to tell persons do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Install the MWIF so that its rollers engage in the tracks (2) and (7).
(3) Position the MWIF so that the hole in the eye-end of the screwjack (1) is in line
with the holes in the hinge (6), then install and tighten the bolt (4), nut (5) and
washer (6) to secure the screwjack to the hinge.
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Check for correct installation of the MWIF as detailed in Page Block 501 of this
section.
F. Close-out
(1) Restore the electrical power (Ref. to TASK 24-00-00-400-801)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 415 - Main Wing Inboard Flap - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41527-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-803
15. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 416)
Forward
This Wing
section
Flap
describes
(FWF) -the
Installation
installation procedures related the Forward Wing Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Cotter Pin 275000 3-60
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: USE NEW SELF-LOCKING NUTS EACH TIME THE FORWARD WING
FLAP IS INSTALLED.

(2) Put a warning notice in the flight compartment to tell persons do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Install the bonding connection spring (2) in each of the two hinges on the forward
wing.
(3) Install the FWF in position at the forward wing trailing edge so that the hinges on
the wing and the flap are in line.
(4) Install the bolts (4), nuts (5) and washers (6) to secure the hinges.
(5) Tighten the nuts and safety them with new cotter pins (3).
(6) Position the FWF so that the holes in the connecting rods (8) are in line with the
holes in the actuator rods (9).
(7) Install the bolts (10), nuts (11) and washers (12) to secure the connecting rods to
the actuator rods.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(8) Install the two protection covers of the actuator rods.

Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(10) Perform the Flaps Functional Test (Ref. to TASK 27-50-00-720-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Forward Wing Flap - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 416 - Forward Wing Flap - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41627-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-804
16. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) Screwjacks - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 417)
MainThis
Wingsection
Outboard
describes
Flap (MWOF)
the installation
Screwjacksprocedures
- Installationfor the Main Wing Outboard Flap
1004 - 1104
(MWOF) Screwjacks.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

SCREWJACK.

(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell people do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Put the inner screwjack (4) in position so that the eye-end engages in the hinge
and, at the same time, engage the end of the No. 4 shaft in the screwjack (4).
(3) Secure the inner screwjack (4) to its hinge with bolt (1), nut (2) and washer (3).
(4) Position the outer screwjack (5) so that the eye-end engages in the hinge and
secure the screwjack to the hinge with bolt (6), nut (7) and washer (8).
(5) Install the No. 5 and No. 6 shafts.
(6) Install the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).
(7) Install the main wing outboard flap.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
F. Close-out
(2) Remove the Warning from the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 417 - Outboard Flap Screwjack - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 457
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 458
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41727-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-805
17. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) Screwjack - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 418)
MainThis
Wingsection
Inboard
describes
Flap (MWIF)
the installation
Screwjack procedures
- Installationfor the Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF)
1004 - 1104
Screwjack

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

SCREWJACK.
E. Procedure
(1) Put the screwjack (2) in position at the third spar and at the same time engage the
outboard end of the No. 7 shaft in the screwjack (2). Make sure that the inboard
end of the shaft remains installed in the flap drive unit.
(2) Install the four bolts (1) to secure the screwjack (2) to the third spar.
(3) Install the MWIF as detailed in Para. 5 of this section.
(4) Install inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and 622CT) on
top of the wing.
(5) Close the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 459
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 418 - Inboard Flap Screwjack - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 460
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41827-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-807
18. Flap Drive Unit (FDU) Electrical Motor - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 419)
Flap This
Drivesection
Unit (FDU)
describes
Electrical
the installation
Motor - Installation
procedures related the Flap Drive Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: NO AIR BLOWERS CAN BE USED TO CLEAN/DRY BOTH MOTOR

AND FDU RECEPTACLE. DAMAGE MAY OCCUR TO MOTOR
BEARING/BRUSHES AND AFFECT ITS PROPER OPERATION.

(2) Put the Warning Notice in the flight compartment, to tell people do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Refer to Microtecnica CMM and align the motor spline with the FDU.
(3) Refer to Microtecnica CMM and install the electrical motor(s).
(4) Refer to Microtecnica CMM and install the four screws that retain the electrical
motor (tighten the screws as specified in Microtecnica CMM).
(5) Install the electrical plug.
(6) Reset the CB previously removed.
(7) Perform the Flap System Functional Test as described in this section.
(8) Reset all system in the original condition. Verify that when Nose & MLG are
Locked Down, the green light comes ON before lowering the Airplane to ground.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 461
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Record the replacement of motor(s) in the airplane logbook, if the motor(s) was/
were been replaced.
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 462
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 419 - Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 463
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 464
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41927-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-808
19. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Actuator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 420)
Forward
This Wing
section
Flap
describes
(FWF) Actuator
the installation
- Installation
procedures for the Forward Wing Flap Actuator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Put the FWF actuator (3) in position in the forward wing so that the two actuator
rods (7) and (10) protrude from the trailing edge.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the actuator (3).
(4) Install the screws (2) to secure the actuator (3) to the forward wing.
(5) Install the bolts (4), nuts (5) and washers (6) to secure the actuator rods (7) and
(10) to the connecting rods (8) and (9).
(6) Install the two protection covers of the actuator rods (7) and (10).
(7) Install the forward wing tip access panel 561A (661A).
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 465
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(10) Do a functional test of the FWF system
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 466
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 420 - Forward Wing Flap Actuator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 467
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 468
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42027-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-810
20. Flaps Control Lever - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 421)
FlapsThis
Control
section
Lever
describes
- Installation
the installation procedures for the Flaps Control Lever, is located in
1004 - 1104
the flight compartment.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: The flaps control lever and its housing are a single assembly for removal
purposes.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the housing (3).

(3) Put the lever and housing assembly into position in the control pedestal.
(4) Install the screws (2) to secure the housing (3) to the control pedestal.
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 469
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Do a functional test of the flap system as detailed in Page Block 501 of this
section.
(8) Do a “Landing Gear Warning Test” (Refer to 32-60-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 470
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 421 - Flaps Control Lever - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 471
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 472
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42127-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-811
21. Flap Shafts - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 422)
Flap This
Shafts
section
- Installation
describes the installation procedures for the Flap Shafts.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) General (All Shafts):
NOTE: The flap shaft are located inside the wing extension and along the
external side of main wing back spar. This section describes the
installation procedure of the flap shaft.

Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(a) Make sure that the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied.
CAUTION: DURING ALL OF THE SHAFT INSTALLATION PROCEDURES,

MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS DO NOT ROTATE. MAKE
SURE THAT SHAFT ROTATION IS BLOCKED TO MAINTAIN
SYSTEM RIGGING AND PREVENT DAMAGE.
(b) After installation of the shaft(s), inspect flap shaft for freedom of movement
and absence of interference between them and surrounding parts
(c) After the check for freedom of movement and absence of interference, do a
functional test of the flap system (Refer to 27-50-00).
(3) Installation of No. 1 Shaft:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 473
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Put the No. 1 shaft into position by installing it through the wing ribs at WS
1510 and WS 1825.
(b) Install the inboard end of the No. 1 shaft in its location in the flaps drive unit.
(c) Install the outboard end of the No. 1 shaft in its location in the bevel gearbox
(1).
(d) Install the screws to secure the bevel gearbox (1) to its support on the wing
spar.
(e) Move the drive shafts, the bevel gearbox (2) toward the fuselage so that they
are correctly positioned; this movement should result in correct positioning of
the inner screwjack of the outboard flap.
(f) Install the screws to secure the bevel gearbox (2) on the intermediate support
(3) to the wing spar.
NOTE: If it is necessary (during removal procedure) to remove the inner flap

screwjack install it (Refer to 27-50-00).
(g) Restore the insulation on wing rib 1825, cut during removal procedure.
(h) Install P3 air filter (Refer to EMM 73-10-07).
(i) Install the oil cooler assy (Refer to 79-20-00).
(j) On completion of the flap shaft inspection for freedom of movement and
absence of interference and the flaps system functional test, install wing
inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and 622CT) and
close the main landing gear rear door (Refer to 52-82-00).
(k) Install the nacelle upper fwd panel 420AT (420BT). (Refer to 54-10-00).
(l) Install the nacelle lower fwd panel 410AT (410BT) (Refer to 54-10-00)
CAUTION: THE SUPPORT OF THE BEVEL GEARBOX IS ASYMMETRIC. IF IT

HAS BEEN REMOVED, DURING INSTALLATION IT MUST BE
POSITIONED WITH THE PROTRUDING AREA UPWARD AS
SHOWN IN FIGURE 211 (SHEET 2).
(a) Put the No. 2 shaft into position by installing it through the inspection holes in
the top of the wing.
(b) Install one end of the shaft in the bevel gearbox (1).
(c) Install the screws to secure the bevel gearbox (1) to its support on the wing
spar.
(d) Move the drive shafts, the bevel gearbox (2) and the intermediate support (3)
toward the fuselage so that they are correctly positioned; at the same time
install the outboard end of the No. 2 shaft in the bevel gearbox (2)
(e) Install the screws to secure the bevel gearbox (2) and the intermediate
support (3) to the wing spar.
(f) Verify the clearance between the flap shaft N°2 and the bleed duct.
NOTE: If it is necessary (during removal procedure) to remove the inner flap

screwjack install it (Refer to 27-50-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 474
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: CHECK THAT THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE N°2 SHAFT

AND THE BLEED LINE DUCT IS NOT LESS THAN 6
MILLIMETERS.
(g) On completion of the flap shaft inspection for freedom of movement and
absence of interference and the flaps system functional test,, install wing
inspection panel 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and 622CT), and
close the main landing gear rear door (52-82-00).
(h) Install the nacelle upper fwd panel 420AT (420BT). ( 54-10-00).
(i) Install the nacelle lower fwd panel 410AT (410BT) (Refer to 54-10-00).
(a) Put the No. 3 shaft into position by installing one end of it in the bevel gearbox
(2).
(b) Install the ouboard end of the No. 3 shaft in its location in the intermediate
support (3).
(c) Install the screws to secure the intermediate support.
NOTE: If it was necessary (during the removal procedure) to remove the

inner screwjack, install it (Refer to 27-50-00).
(d) Make sure that the No. 4 shaft is correctly installed in the inner screwjack;
move the inner screwjack as necessary.
(e) Install the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).
(f) Install the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00).
(g) On completion of the flap shaft inspection for freedom of movement and
absence of interference and the flaps system functional test,, install wing
inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and 622CT)
(Refer to 06-00-00).
(h) Install the nacelle upper fwd panel 420AT (420BT). (Refer to 54-10-00).
(i) Install the nacelle lower fwd panel 410AT (410BT) (Refer to 54-10-00).
(a) Put the No. 4 shaft into position by installing one end of it in the intermediate
support (3).
(b) Install the inner screwjack of the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)
(c) Install the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).
(d) Install the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)
(e) Take care to perform the flap shaft inspection for freedom of movement and
absence of interference and the flap system functional test.
(7) Installation of No. 5 and No. 6 Shafts:
(a) Install one end of the No. 5 and No. 6 shafts in the inner and outer screwjacks
respectively.
(b) Install the other ends of the No. 5 and No. 6 shafts in the intermediate support
(4).
(c) Install the bolts to secure the intermediate support (4) to the wing spar.
(d) Install the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00)
(e) Install the outboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 475
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) Take care to perform the flap shaft inspection for freedom of movement and
absence of interference and the flap system functional test.
(a) Put the No. 7 shaft into position by installing it through the main landing gear
rear well.
(b) Install one end of the shaft in its location in the flaps drive unit.
(c) Install the screwjack of the inboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00) and install the
other end of the shaft in it
(d) Install the inboard flap (Refer to 27-50-00).
(e) On completion of the flap shaft inspection for freedom of movement and
absence of interference and the flaps system functional test, install wing
inspection panels 522AT, 522BT and 522CT (622AT, 622BT and 622CT) and
close the main landing gear rear door.
(f) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
(g) When applicable, install or close the access panel, fairings or doors.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 476
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 477
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 478
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 479
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 480
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42227-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-812
22. Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 423)
Flap This
Electronic
sectionControl
describes
Unitthe
(ECU)
Installation
- Installation
for the Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: Make sure that ECU P/N C136407-3 is compliant to SB-80-247 - latest issue.
(1) Make sure that the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied.
(2) Put the ECU into position on the electrical equipment rack as shown in Fig. 423.
(3) Install the screws (3) to secure the ECU (1) to the rack.
(4) Install the four electrical connectors (2) in accordance with the identity tags.
Remove the identity tags.
(5) Make sure that the circuit breakers on the ECU housing are pushed in.
(6) Remove the safety tags and close the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker.
(7) Do a functional test of the flap system as detailed in Page Block 501 of this
section.
(8) Install the access panel of the electrical equipment rack.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 481
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 482
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 423 - Flap Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 483
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 484
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42327-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-813
23. Flaps Position Indicator - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 424)
FlapsThis
Position
section
Indicator
describes
- Installation
the Installation for the Flaps Position Indicator.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Make sure that the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker is open, tagged and safetied.
(2) Connect the electrical connector to the rear of the indicator (1).
(3) Put the indicator (1) into position in the center switch panel and secure it in place
with the screws (2).
(4) Remove the safety tag and close the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker.
(5) Do a functional test of the flaps indicator (1) as detailed in Page Block 501 of this
section.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 485
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 424 - Flaps Position Indicator - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 486
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
42427-50-00
40
TASK 27-50-00-400-814
24. Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 425, 426)
MainThis
Wingsection
Flaps describes
Drive Unit the
- Installation
installation procedures for the Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Raise the airplane on jacks (Ref. to AMM Chapter 07-10-00 Page Block 200).
(2) Make sure the electrical power is disconnected (Ref.to AMM Chapter 24-40-00
Page Block 200)
electrical power.
E. Procedure
Copilot CB panel:
FLAPS PWR
(2) Make sure to have access to the bulkhead (1)

(3) Put the drive unit (5) in position at the bulkhead (1) but do not make any
mechanical connections at this time.
(4) Connect the four electrical connectors (3), (4), (6) and (7) in accordance with the
identity tags attached but do not remove the identity tags at this time.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 487
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: BE CAREFULL BEFORE APPLY THE ELECTRICAL POWER THAT

THE OTHER PEOPLE DO NOT WORK IN THE ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM OF THE AIRCRAFT.
(5) Make sure that electrical power is available (Ref. to AMM Chapter to 24-40-00
Page Block 200).
NOTE: Make sure that the flaps selector lever is in the UP position and wait at
least one minute then open the FLAPS circuit breaker; this makes sure
that the drive unit is in the up position.
(7) Set the flap to UP position:

(a) Close the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker
(b) Make sure that the flaps selector lever is in the UP position.
(c) Wait at least one minute and check the FDU has stopped.
(d) Open the FLAPS PWR circuit breaker
(8) Make sure the electrical power is disconnected (Ref.to AMM Chapter 24-40-00
Page Block 200)
electrical power.
(10) Disconnect the four electrical connectors (3), (4), (6) and (7).
(11) Remove the battery (Ref.to AMM Chapter 24-31-00 Page Block 200)
(12) Remove inspection panels 522AT, 522BT, 622AT and 622BT, located on the top
wing surfaces.
(13) Put the drive unit (5) in position at the bulkhead (1).
(14) Make sure that the No.1 and No.7 shafts of the left flap system engage correctly in
the left side of the drive unit (5).
(15) Make sure that the No.1 and No.7 shafts of the left system are correctly located in
the intermediate supports and the inboard flap screwjack respectively.
(16) Install the bolts (2) that secure the drive unit (5) to the bulkhead (1) and tighten the
bolts.
(17) Install the No.1 and No.7 shafts (of the right flap system) in the drive unit, the
intermediate support and the inboard flap screwjack.
CAUTION: THE SUPPORT OF THE BEVEL GEARBOX IS ASYMMETRIC. IF IT

HAS BEEN REMOVED, DURING INSTALLATION IT MUST BE
POSITIONED WITH THE PROTRUDING AREA UPWARD AS
SHOWN IN FIGURE 425.
(18) Make sure that the No.2 shaft is correctly installed between the two bevel
gearboxes (indicated by arrows A and B on Fig. 425).
(19) Secure the bevel gearbox and the inboard flap screwjack in their respective
locations.
(20) Connect the four electrical connectors (3), (4), (6) and (7) to the drive unit (5) and
remove the identity tags.
(21) Install the battery (Ref.to AMM Chapter 24-31-00 Page Block 200)
(22) Install the RH Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) (Ref.to AMM Chapter 27-50-00
Page Block 200).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 488
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(23) Lower the airplane to the ground (Ref.to AMM Chapter 07-10-00 Page Block 200).
(24) Make sure that electrical power is available (Ref. to AMM Chapter to 24-40-00
Page Block 200).
(26) Set the flap control level to UP position and check it on the flap indicator.
(27) On the Test Switch Panel set the Selector Knob on the STALL position and push
the System Test for few seconds.
NOTE: from the action on the System Test pushbutton and the test starting exist
an wait time of 10 - 15 seconds about.
(28) Check that the red light STALL located on the annunciator panel comes on and at
the same time the aural warning tone start.
(29) Raise the airplane on jacks (Ref. to AMM Chapter 07-10-00 Page Block 200).
(30) Inspect flap shafts for freedom of movement and absence of interference between
them and surroundings parts.
(31) Verify the clearance between the flap shaft N°2 and the bleed duct.
(32) Perform the Flaps-Functional Test procedure (Ref.to AMM Chapter 27-50-00 Page
Block 500).
NOTE: On the airplanes that Install the flap Drive Unit P/N C155720-2 install the
duct (29) (Ref. to Fig 201 in the AMM Chapter 21-10-00 Page Block 200).
(33) Install the branched duct support.

(34) Install panels 522AT, 522BT, 622AT and 622BT (Ref.to AMM Chapter 06-00-00
Page Block 200)
(35) Install the branched assembly of the air conditioning system (Refer to 21-10-00).
(36) Close the main landing gear rear doors (Refer to 52-82-00).
F. Close-out
(1) Lower the airplane to the ground (Refer to 07-10-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 489
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 425 - Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 490
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 491
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 492
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 426 - Main Wing Flaps Drive Unit - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 493
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 494
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50027-50-00
FLAPS - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 27-50-00-710-801
1. MID Interlock Circuit - Operational Test
MID This
Interlock
section
Circuit
describes
- Operational
the Operational
Test Test for the MID Interlock Circuit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(1) Make sure that electrical power is available.
E. Procedure
(1) Set the system to UP position.
(2) Disconnect the L FWD WG ACT fuse.
(3) Set the system to MID position.
(4) Check that all surfaces have reached the MID position except the L FWD WG ACT
(LH Canard). Check that the “Flap Sync” advisory light comes on after 5÷6
seconds.
(5) Set the system to DOWN position.
(6) Check that the inboard flap (MWIF) have reached the DOWN position. The other
surfaces should remain to MID (LH Canard to UP). Check that the “Flap Sync”
advisory light comes on.
(8) Check that the position of all surfaces do not change (same condition as step (6)).
(10) Check that all surfaces move to UP position (except the LH canard already to UP
position as to step (6)). Check that the “Flap Sync” advisory light goes off as soon
as all surfaces reach the UP position.
(11) Disconnect the R FWD WG ACT fuse, connect the L FWD WG ACT and repeat
steps 3 ÷ 10. Check steps (4) - (6) - (8) - (10) making sure that the flap canard
inhibited in this phase is the RH one.
(12) Connect the R FWD WG ACT fuse.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(14) Disconnect the L FWD WG ACT fuse.
(16) Check that all surfaces have reached the MID position except the L FWD WG ACT
(LH Canard). Check that the “Flap Sync” advisory light comes on after 5 ÷ 6
seconds.
(18) Check that the inboard flap (MWIF) have reached the UP position. The other
surfaces should remain to MID (RH Canard to DOWN). Check that the "Flap
Sync." advisory light comes on.
(20) Check that the position of all surfaces do not change (same condition as step
(19)).
(22) Check that all surfaces move to DOWN position. Check that the “Flap Sync”
advisory light goes off as soon as all surfaces reach the DOWN position.
(23) Disconnect the R FWD WG ACT fuse, connecting the L FWD WG ACT and
Repeat steps 14 ÷ 23 disconnecting the R FWD WG ACT fuse and connecting the
L FWD WG ACT. Check steps (17) - (19) - (21) - (23) making sure that the flap
canard inhibited in this phase is the RH one.
(24) Connect the R FWD WG ACT fuse.
F. Close-out
(1) If necessary remove the electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-50-00
50
TASK 27-50-00-710-802
2. Flaps - Operational Test
FlapsThis
- Operational
section describes
Test the Operational Test for the MID Interlock Circuit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
NOTE: Make sure that the areas around the flaps are clear.For these tests it will
be necessary to have one person in the flight compartment to operate the
flap control lever and check the MFD Flaps Position Indication, and one
person at the applicable flap to check travel times and flap position.
CAUTION: CHECK THAT THE FLAP OPERATIONS ARE SMOOTH,

CONTINUOUS AND NOISELESS.
(2) Do the test of the MWOF:

Action Result
(a) Set the flap control lever (located on The MWOF moves to the mid-position.
the control pedestal) to the MID
position.
At the same time, start the stop
watch and be ready to stop the
watch when the MWOF reaches the
mid-position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(b) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 14
MWOF stops at the mid-position. and 18 seconds.
Make a note of the time recorded on
the stop watch. Set the stop watch
to zero.
(c) Check the Flap MID Position correct
indication on the MFD.
(d) Set the flap control lever to the DN The MWOF moves to the fully down
position. position.
fully down position.
(e) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3
MWOF stops at the fully down and 5 seconds.
position.
the stop watch.
Set the stop watch to zero.
(f) Check the Flap DOWN Position
correct indication on the MFD.
(g) Set the flap control lever to the MID The MWOF moves to the mid-position.
position.
mid-position.
(h) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3
the stop watch.
(i) Check the Flap MID Position correct
(j) Set the flap control lever to the UP The MWOF moves to the fully up
position. position.
fully up position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(k) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 14
MWOF stops at the fully up position. and 18 seconds.
the stop watch.
(l) Check the Flap UP Position correct
(3) Do the test of the MWIF:
Action Result
NOTE: For these tests, two stop watches are required. One is used to monitor
MWIF travel time from lever MID selection to MWIF mid-position and is
designated stop watch No. 1; the other is used to monitor when MWIF
travel begins in relation to MWOF travel time and is designated stop
watch No. 2.
(a) Set the flap control lever to the MID
position.
At the same time, start the two stop
watches and be ready to stop watch
No. 2 when the MWIF starts to
move, and to stop watch.
No. 1 when the MWIF reaches the
mid-position.
(b) Stop the No. 2 watch when the The time recorded on the stop watch No.
MWIF starts to move, and stop the 2 must be between 12.5 and 14.5
No. 1 watch when the MWIF stops seconds. The time recorded on stop
at the mid-position. watch No. 1 must be between 14 and 18
Make a note of the two stop watch seconds.
readings, then set both watches to
zero.
(c) Check the Flap MID Position correct
(d) Set the flap control lever to the DN The MWIF moves to the fully down
position. position.
At the same time, start one of the
stop watches.
Be ready to stop the watch when the
MWIF reaches the fully down
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(e) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2.5
MWIF stops at the fully down and 4.5 seconds.
position.
to zero.
(f) Check the Flap DOWN Position
(g) Set the flap control lever to the MID The MWIF moves to the mid-position.
position.
stop watches and be ready to stop
the watch when the MWIF reaches
the mid-position.
(h) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2.5
MWIF stops at the mid-position. and 4.5 seconds.
the stop watch.
(i) Check the Flap MID Position correct
(j) Set the flap control lever to the UP The MWIF moves to the fully up position.
position.
the fully up position.
(k) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2
MWIF stops at the fully up position. and 4 seconds.
the stop watch.
(l) Check the Flap UP Position correct
(4) Do the test of the FWF:
Action Result
NOTE: For the first part of this test, two stop watches are required.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
position.
At the same time, start both stop
watches and be ready to stop the
watch when the FWF starts to move
and the other when the FWF stops
(this first interruption of movement
occurs approx.
(1 second after initial movement).
(b) Stop one watch when the FWF The time recorded on the watch stopped
starts to move, and stop the other first must be between 8 and 10 seconds.
watch when the FWF stops. The time recorded on the other watch
Make a note of the two stop watch must be between 9 and 11 seconds.
readings and set both watches to
zero.
NOTE: After a further 3.5 seconds (approx.) the FWF will continue to move to the
mid-position.
This movement will be monitored during the next steps.
(c) Wait until the FWF reaches the mid-
position, then set the flap control
lever to the UP position.
(d) Wait until the FWF reaches the UP
lever to the MID position.
At the same time start both stop
watches and be ready to stop one
after the initial 1 second of
movement recorded previously, and
stop the other watch when the FWF
reaches the mid-position.
(e) Stop one watch when the FWF The time recorded on the watch stopped
starts to move for the second time first must be between 12.5 and14.5
and stop the other watch at the seconds. The time recorded on the other
instant that the FWF stops at the watch must be between 14 and 18
mid-position. seconds.
Make a note of the stop watch
zero.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(f) Set the flap control lever to the DN The FWF moves to the fully down
position. position.
At the same time start one of the
stop watches.
FWF reaches the fully down
position.
(g) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3.5
FWF stops at the fully down and 5.5 seconds.
position. Make a note of the time
recorded on the stop watch and set
the watch to zero.
(h) Check the Flap DOWN Position
(i) Set the flap control lever to the MID The FWF moves to the mid-position.
position.
the watch when the FWF reaches
the mid-position.
(j) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3.5
FWF stops at the mid-position. and 5.5 seconds.
the stop watch and set the watch to
zero.
(k) Check the Flap MID Position correct
(l) Set the flap control lever to the UP The FWF moves to the fully up position.
position.
the up position.
(m) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2.5
FWF stops at the fully up position. and 4.5 seconds.
zero.
(n) Check the Flap UP Position correct The MWIF moves to the fully down
indication on the MFD. position.
Set the flap control lever to the DN
position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(o) When all flaps reach fully down
position, check the Flap DOWN
Position correct indication on the
MFD.
(p) Set the flap control lever to the UP The FWF moves to the fully up position.
position.
(q) When all flaps reach fully up
position, check the Flap UP Position
(r) Set the battery switch to OFF.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50027-50-00
50
TASK 27-50-00-720-801
3. Flaps - Functional Test (Ref. to Fig. 501, 502, 503)
FlapsThis
- Functional
section describes
Test the Test procedure for the Flaps.
1004 - 1104

Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) Travel Board TEM-275000-006
Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) Travel Board TEM-275000-005
Forward Wing Flap (FWF) Travel Board TEM-275000-004
Stop Watch (Qty. 2) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: DO NOT LUBRICATE OR GREASE THE EXTERNAL SCREW OF THE

SCREWJACK.
E. Procedure
(1) Install the MWOF travel board between the aileron and the outboard flap (at WS
5120) (Ref. to Fig. 501).
(2) Install the MWIF travel board at the center of wing inspection panel 522CT (left
wing) or 622CT (right wing), located on top of the wing between the fuselage and
the engine nacelle (Ref. to Fig. 502).
(3) Install the FWF travel board at the position in line with the two external screws
which secure the FWF actuator to the forward wing (Ref. to Fig. 503).
(6) Make sure that the areas around the flaps are clear.
NOTE: For these tests it will be necessary to have one person in the flight
compartment to operate the flap control lever and check the MFD Flaps
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Position Indication, and one person at the applicable flap to check travel
times and flap position.
(7) Do the test of the MWOF:

Action Result
(a) Set the flap control lever (located on The MWOF moves to the mid-position.
the control pedestal) to the MID
position.
mid-position.
(b) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 14
to zero.
(c) Set the flap control lever to the DN The MWOF moves to the fully down
position. position.
fully down position.
(d) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3
MWOF stops at the fully down and 5 seconds.
position.
the stop watch.
(e) Check the angular position of the The MWOF must be within 1 degree of
MWOF at the travel board. the 30° mark on the travel board.
(f) Check that the position of the The OUTB arrowhead must be in line
MWOF is correctly shown on the with the DN mark.
MFD Flaps Position Indication.
(g) Set the flap control lever to the MID The MWOF moves to the mid-position.
position.
mid-position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(h) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3
the stop watch.
(i) Check the angular position of the The MWOF must be within 0.5 degree
MWOF at the travel board. of the 10° mark on the travel board.
(j) Check that the position of the The OUTB arrowhead must be in line
MWOF is correctly shown on the with the MID mark.
(k) Set the flap control lever to the UP The MWOF moves to the fully up
position. position.
fully up position.
(l) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 14
MWOF stops at the fully up position. and 18 seconds.
the stop watch.
(m) Check the angular position of the The MWOF must be in line with the 0°
MWOF at the travel board. mark on the travel board.
(n) Check that the position of the The OUTB arrowhead must be in line
MWOF is correctly shown on the with the UP mark.
(8) Do the test of the MWIF:
Action Result
NOTE: For these tests, two stop watches are required. One is used to monitor
MFIF travel time from lever MID selection to MWIF mid-position and is
designated stop watch No. 1; the other is used to monitor when MWIF
travel begins in relation to MWOF travel time and is designated stop
watch No. 2.
position.
At the same time, start the two stop
watches and be ready to stop watch
No. 2 when the MWIF starts to
move, and to stop watch.
No. 1 when the MWIF reaches the
mid-position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(b) Stop the No. 2 watch when the The time recorded on the stop watch No.
MWIF starts to move, and stop the 2 must be between 12.5 and 14.5
No. 1 watch when the MWIF stops seconds. The time recorded on stop
at the mid-position. watch No. 1 must be between 14 and 18
Make a note of the two stop watch seconds.
readings, then set both watches to
zero.
(c) Set the flap control lever to the DN The MWIF moves to the fully down
position. position.
stop watches.
MWIF reaches the fully down
position.
(d) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2.5
MWIF stops at the fully down and 4.5 seconds.
position.
to zero.
(e) Check the angular position of the The MWIF must be within 1 degree of
MWIF at the travel board. the 45° mark on the travel board.
(f) Check that the position of the MWIF The INB arrowhead must be in line with
is correctly shown on the MFD the DN mark.
Flaps Position Indication.
(g) Set the flap control lever to the MID The MWIF moves to the mid-position.
position.
the mid-position.
(h) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2.5
MWIF stops at the mid-position. and 4.5 seconds.
the stop watch.
(i) Check the angular position of the The MWIF must be within 1 degree of
MWIF at the travel board. the 20° mark on the travel board.
(j) Check that the position of the MWIF The INB arrowhead must be in line with
is correctly shown on the MFD the MID mark.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(k) Set the flap control lever to the UP The MWIF moves to the fully up position.
position.
the fully up position.
(l) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2
MWIF stops at the fully up position. and 4 seconds.
the stop watch.
(m) Check the angular position of the The MWIF must be in line with the 0°
MWIF at the travel board. mark on the travel board.
(n) Check that the position of the MWIF The INB arrowhead must be in line with
is correctly shown on the MFD the UP mark.
(9) Do the test of the FWF:
Action Result
NOTE: For the first part of this test, two stop watches are required.
position.
At the same time, start both stop
watches and be ready to stop the
and the other when the FWF stops
(this first interruption of movement
occurs approx.
(1 second after initial movement).
(b) Stop one watch when the FWF The time recorded on the watch stopped
starts to move, and stop the other first must be between 8 and 10 seconds.
watch when the FWF stops. The time recorded on the other watch
Make a note of the two stop watch must be between 9 and 11 seconds.
zero.
NOTE: After a further 3.5 seconds (approx.) the FWF will continue to move to the
mid-position.
This movement will be monitored during the next steps.
(c) Wait until the FWF reaches the mid-
lever to the UP position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(d) Wait until the FWF reaches the UP
lever to the MID position.
At the same time start both stop
watches and be ready to stop one
after the initial 1 second of
movement recorded previously, and
stop the other watch when the FWF
reaches the mid-position.
(e) Stop one watch when the FWF The time recorded on the watch stopped
starts to move for the second time first must be between 12.5 and14.5
and stop the other watch at the seconds. The time recorded on the other
instant that the FWF stops at the watch must be between 14 and 18
mid-position. seconds.
Make a note of the stop watch
zero.
(f) Set the flap control lever to the DN The FWF moves to the fully down
position. position.
At the same time start one of the
stop watches.
FWF reaches the fully down
position.
(g) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3.5
FWF stops at the fully down and 5.5 seconds.
position. Make a note of the time
recorded on the stop watch and set
the watch to zero.
(h) Check the angular position of the The FWF must be within 1 degree of the
FWF at the travel board. 30° mark on the travel board.
(i) Check that the position of the FWF The pointers at the upper part of the
is correctly shown on the MFD indication must be in line with the DN
Flaps Position Indication. mark.
(j) Set the flap control lever to the MID The FWF moves to the mid-position.
position.
the mid-position.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Action Result
(k) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 3.5
FWF stops at the mid-position. and 5.5 seconds.
zero.
(l) Check the angular position of the The FWF must be within 1 degree of the
FWF at the travel board. 13° mark on the travel board.
(m) Check that the position of the FWF The pointers must be in line with the MID
is correctly shown on the MFD flaps mark.
position indication.
(n) Set the flap control lever to the UP The FWF moves to the fully up position.
position.
the up position.
(o) Stop the watch at the instant that the The time recorded must be between 2.5
FWF stops at the fully up position. and 4.5 seconds.
zero.
(p) Check the angular position of the The FWF must be in line with the 0°
FWF at the travel board. mark on the travel board.
(q) Check that the position of the FWF The pointers must be in line with the UP
is correctly shown on the MFD flaps mark.
position indication.
(10) Do the tests, steps (7), (8) and (9), on the flaps on the other side of the airplane.
(11) Remove the three travel boards.
F. Close-out
(1) Remove electrical power (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Flaps - Functional
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50327-50-00
50
TASK 27-50-00-820-801
4. Main Wing Outboard Flap (MWOF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig.
504, 505)
MainThis
Wingsection
Outboard
describes
Flap (MWOF)
the Adjustment
- Adjusting,
for the
Aligning,
Main Wing
Calibration,
OutboardRigging
Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Set the FLAP control lever to the UP position.
(2) When the flaps are fully retracted, check that the gap between the leading edge of
the MWOF and the structure of the wing trailing edge is between 1.5 and 2 mm
(0.059 and 0.079 inch).
(3) When the flaps are fully retracted, check that the trailing edge of the MWOF is
aligned and flush with the rear edge of the wing trailing edge structure.
(4) If the requirements of steps (3) and (4) are met, adjustment is not required.
(5) If the requirements of steps (3) and (4) are not met, there are three possible
conditions which must be corrected:
– the outer end only is out of line
– the inner end only is out of line
– the complete MWOF is out of line.
(6) If the outer end only is out of line, proceed as follows:
(a) Measure and make a note of the gap at the outer end of the MWOF leading
edge.
(b) Mark a line across the roller support and the flap track at the outer location as
shown in Fig. 505.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Remove the wing trailing edge. Refer to 57-50-00.

(d) Set the flaps to the UP position (the flaps were selected to the DN position for
removal of the wing trailing edge).
(e) Remove the intermediate support (shown as item (4) on Fig. 504 of this
section).
(f) Turn the No. 6 shaft as required to move the outer part of the flap the required
amount so that when the trailing edge is installed the gap between the leading
edge of the flap and the trailing edge will be between 1.5 and 2 mm (0.059
and 0.079 inch).
For example:
If the gap measured in step (a) was 4 mm. (0.157 inch) the No. 6 shaft must
be turned so that the mark on the roller support moves forward 2 to 2.5 mm.
(0.079 to 0.098 inch) in relation to the mark on the flap track.
(g) Install the intermediate support (TASK 27-50-00-000-811); make sure that the
No. 6 shaft is moved the minimum amount necessary to engage it in the
intermediate support and still maintain the adjustment made in step (f).
(h) Install the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).
(7) Do steps (1) thru (4) again to make sure that the system is adjusted correctly; do
any further adjustments, as necessary (as detailed in this procedure) until
satisfactory.
(8) If the inner end only is out of line, proceed as follows:
(a) Measure and make a note of the gap at the inner end of the MWOF leading
edge.
(b) Mark a line across the roller support and the flap track at the inner location as
shown in Fig. 505.
(c) Remove the wing trailing edge. Refer to 57-50-00.
(d) Set the flaps to the UP position (the flaps were selected to the DN position for
removal of the wing trailing edge).
(e) Remove the intermediate support (shown as item (4) on Fig. 504 of this
section).
(f) Remove the No. 5 and No. 6 shafts (shown on Fig. 504).
(g) Remove the bolts which secure the intermediate support (shown as item (3)
on Fig. 211) to the wing rear spar, but do not remove the intermediate support.
(h) Move the intermediate support and the No. 4 shaft (as much as possible)
toward the fuselage and move the inner screwjack toward the wing tip (as
much as possible) to disengage the No. 4 shaft from the inner screwjack.
(i) When the No. 4 shaft and the inner screwjack are disengaged, insert the No. 5
shaft in the screwjack and turn the No. 5 shaft as required to move the inner
part of the flap the required amount so that, when the trailing edge is installed,
the gap between the leading edge of the flap and the trailing edge will be
between 1.5 and 2 mm. (0.059 and 0.079 inch).
For example:
If the gap measured in step (a) was 4 mm (0.157 inch) the No. 6 shaft must be
turned so that the mark on the roller support moves forward 2 to 2.5 mm
(0.079 to 0.098 inch) in relation to the mark on the flap track.
(j) Remove the No. 5 shaft from the inner screwjack.
(k) Move the No. 4 shaft and the inner screwjack as required to engage the No. 4
shaft in the inner screwjack.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 522
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(l) Install the bolts to secure the intermediate support (item (3) on Fig. 504) to the
wing rear spar.
(m) Install the intermediate support (item 4 on Fig. 504) and the No. 5 and No. 6
shafts; make sure that the outer screwjack does not turn during the installation
procedure.
(n) Install the wing trailing edge (Refer to 57-50-00).
(o) Do steps (1) thru (4) again to make sure that the system is adjusted correctly;
do any further adjustments, as necessary (as detailed in this procedure) until
satisfactory.
(9) If the complete MWOF is out of line, use the appropriate parts of the procedures
given in steps (7) and (8) as required to set the MWOF in its correct position.
F. Close-out
(1) If necessary remove the electrical power (TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 523
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 504 - Flap Shafts - Adjustment Details
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 524
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 505 - Main Wing Outboard Flap - Adjustment Details
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 525
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 526
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50527-50-00
50
TASK 27-50-00-820-802
5. Main Wing Inboard Flap (MWIF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging (Ref. to Fig. 506)
MainThis
Wingsection
Inboard
describes
Flap (MWIF)
the Adjustment
- Adjusting,forAligning,
the MainCalibration,
Wing InboardRigging
Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Set the FLAP control lever to the UP position.
(2) When the flaps are fully retracted, check that the trailing edge of the MWIF is in
line with the fillet on the rear fuselage/wing fairing and the fillet on the lower
nacelle panel as shown in Fig. 506.
(3) If the requirements of step (3) are met, adjustment is not required.
(4) If the requirements of step (3) are not met, there are three possible conditions
which must be corrected:
– the outer end only is out of line
– the inner end only is out of line
– the complete MWIF is out of line.
(5) If one or both ends of the MWIF is out of line, proceed as follows:
(a) Remove the MWIF (TASK 27-50-00-000-802).
(b) Adjust as required at one or more of these locations:
– the eccentric on the front roller each side of the MWIF
– the eye-end of the screwjack which is attached to the flap.
(6) Install the MWIF and do this Procedure again to verify that the adjustments result
in alignment of the MWIF when retracted.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 527
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
(1) If necessary remove the electrical power (TASK 24-00-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 528
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 506 - Main Wing Inboard Flap - Adjustment Details
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 529
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 530
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50627-50-00
50
TASK 27-50-00-820-803
6. Forward Wing Flap (FWF) - Adjusting, Aligning, Calibration, Rigging
Forward
This Wing
section
Flap
describes
(FWF) -the
Adjusting,
Adjustment
Aligning,
for the
Calibration,
Forward Wing
Rigging
Flap.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: Adjustment of the FWF is required if, as a result of the functional test detailed
in this Page Block, the FWF does not align with the marks on the travel board.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the two protection covers of the actuator rods.
(2) Adjust the ends of the actuator rods as required.
(3) Install the two protection covers.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 531
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
27-50-00
Page 532
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
FUEL
28 - FUEL
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 28 - FUEL
28 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
28 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
28 - TOC 1-4 Jul.08/16
28-00-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
501 - 512 Jul.08/16
513 - 524 Jul.08/16
525 - 536 Jul.08/16
537 - 546 Jul.08/16
547 - 552 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 608 Jul.08/16
609 - 614 Jul.08/16
615 - 618 Jul.08/16
28-11-00 301 - 304 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 416 Jul.08/16
417 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 426 Jul.08/16
427 - 432 Jul.08/16
433 - 440 Jul.08/16
441 - 448 Jul.08/16
28-12-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
28-13-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
28-14-00 401 - 404 Jul.08/16

405 - 408 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
28-15-00 401 - 402 Jul.08/16

403 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 410 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
28-20-00 401 - 406 Jul.08/16

407 - 410 Jul.08/16
411 - 414 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
415 - 418 Jul.08/16

419 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 430 Jul.08/16
431 - 434 Jul.08/16
435 - 438 Jul.08/16
439 - 442 Jul.08/16
443 - 448 Jul.08/16
449 - 452 Jul.08/16
453 - 456 Jul.08/16
457 - 460 Jul.08/16
501 - 502 Jul.08/16
503 - 504 Jul.08/16
505 - 510 Jul.08/16
511 - 514 Jul.08/16
28-40-00 401 - 406 Jul.08/16

407 - 412 Jul.08/16
501 - 504 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
605 - 606 Jul.08/16
607 - 612 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 28 - FUEL
28 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
FUEL 28-00-00 401

1. Flame Arrester - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Flame Arrester - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
FUEL 28-00-00 501

1. Fuel Tanks Access Panels and
Components - Leak Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. Fuel Tanks Access Panels, Components
and Structure - Leak Test 513 1004 - 1104
3. Fuel Tank Structure - Leak Test 525 1004 - 1104
4. Fuel Fuselage Tank 6000 Bulkhead - Leak Test 537 1004 - 1104
5. Insulation Bulkhead - Leak Test 547 1004 - 1104
FUEL 28-00-00 601

1. Fuel System - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Fuel Storage Area - Inspection / Check 603 1004 - 1104
3. Nacelle Fuel Lines and Accessories - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
4. Fuel System Tank - Inspection / Check 609 1004 - 1104
5. Flame Arrester Filter - Borescope Inspection 615 1004 - 1104
FUEL COLLECTOR TANKS 28-11-00 301

1. Fuel Collector Tanks - Drain Fluid 301 1004 - 1104
FUEL COLLECTOR TANKS 28-11-00 401

1. LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible
Connection - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible
Connection - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. LH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
4. RH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal 417 1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
5. LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible
Connection - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
6. RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible
Connection - Installation 427 1004 - 1104
7. LH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation 433 1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
8. RH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation 441 1004 - 1104

POST-SB-80-0256
AUXILIARY FUEL TANKS 28-12-00 401

1. Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
REFUELING 28-13-00 401

1. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Installation 405 1004 - 1104

1. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104

1. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
INTERCONNECTING VALVE 28-14-00 401

1. Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
INTERCONNECTING VALVE 28-14-00 501

1. Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
FUEL DRAIN SYSTEM 28-15-00 401

1. Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Removal 403 1004 - 1104
3. Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
4. Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
FUEL DRAIN SYSTEM 28-15-00 601

1. Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104

1. Fuel Booster Pump - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Crossfeed Valve - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
3. LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal 411 1004 - 1104
4. RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal 415 1004 - 1104
5. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Removal 419 1004 - 1104
6. Fuel Booster Pump - Installation 425 1004 - 1104
7. Crossfeed Valve - Installation 431 1004 - 1104
8. LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation 435 1004 - 1104
9. RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation 439 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-TOC
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
10. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Installation 443 1004 - 1104

11. (Pall) Fuel Filter - Replace 449 1004 - 1104
12. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Cartridge - Replace 453 1004 - 1104
13. Crossfeed Valve - Replace 457 1004 - 1104

1. (Pall) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104
2. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Impending By-
Pass - Operational Test 503 1004 - 1104
3. Fuel Distribution System - Operational Test 505 1004 - 1104
4. Electrical Cable Hose Terminals - Leak Test 511 1004 - 1104
INDICATING 28-40-00 401

1. Collector Tank Probes - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Collector Tank Probes - Installation 407 1004 - 1104

1. Indicating System - Testing, Checking 501 1004 - 1104

1. Fuselage Tank Probes - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Wing Tank Probes - Inspection / Check 605 1004 - 1104
3. Collector Tank Probes - Inspection / Check 607 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-TOC
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-TOC
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-00-00 - FUEL
REMOVAL
40028-00-00
/ INSTALLATION FUEL - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-00-00-000-801
1. Flame Arrester - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Flame
This
Arrester
section- Removal
describes the Removal for the Flame Arrester.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-

801. JET FUEL IS EXPLOSIVE AND POISONOUS.
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH removals.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Jack the airplane (Refer to TASK 07-10-00-500-801).
(2) Remove the Structural Panel 251A/252A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801).
(3) Remove the four clamp (1) that secure the upper and lower rubber sleeve (2), (3)
to the flame arrester (4) and to the vent ducts (5), (6).
(4) Free the flame arrester (4) from the upper and lower rubber sleeve (2), (3).
(5) Remove the flame arrester (4).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Flame Arrester - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-00-00
FUEL - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 28-00-00-400-801
2. Flame Arrester - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Flame
This
Arrester
section- Installation
describes the installation for the Flame Arrester.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH removals.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Place the flame arrester (4) in its own position between the vent ducts (5), (6).
(2) Insert the upper and lower rubber sleeve (2), (3) between the flame arrester (4)
and the vent ducts (5), (6).
(3) Secure the flame arrester to the vent ducts (5, 6) with clamps (1).
(4) Remove all tools, materials and equipment from the work area. Make sure that the
area is clean.
(5) Install the Structural Panel 251A/252A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801).
(6) Remove the airplane from jacks.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Flame Arrester - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50028-00-00
FUEL - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 28-00-00-790-801
1. Fuel Tanks Access Panels and Components - Leak Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
FuelThis
Tankssection
Accessdescribes
Panels and
the Leak
Components
test for the
- Leak
fuel Test
tank access panel, with the air pressure.
1004 - 1104

Air pressure source Not Specified
Pressure gauge or manometer with liquid column Not Specified
Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Valve Not Specified
Outlet Air Pressure Adapter Panels with Air Plug Not Specified
Flame Arrester Plug Not Specified
B. Materials
Soap not corrosive Not Specified
D. Job Setup
NOTE: Due to the difficulties to gain access of the Fuel Collector Tank Attaching
Points and to the Rear Wing Spar Access Panel, the leakage check of the
above mentioned locations can be performed only using Helium.
(1) Open the interconnecting valve

electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
(1) Defuel the airplane and drain the fuel system (Refer to TASK 12-10-07-600-804).
(2) Remove the RH and LH Structural Panel (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-802).
(3) Remove the RH and LH Auxiliary Tank
(4) Cap the Fuel Vent Drain Line End (7).
(5) Remove the Wing Inspection Panel 511DB from the left wing (Refer to 06-00-00)
and install the Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Valve (1).
(6) Remove the Wing Inspection Panel 611DB from the right wing (Refer to 06-00-00)
and install the Outlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Plug (2).
(7) Plug the RH and LH flame arrester line with flame arrester plugs.
CAUTION: THE AIR INFLATED INSIDE THE FUEL TANKS MUST BE DRY
AND FILTERED
(8) Connect the air pressure source to the Air Pressure Regulator Inlet (3), located on
the Water Column Assembly.
(9) Connect the Air Valve, located on the Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel, to the Air
Pressure Regulator Outlet (4).
(10) Connect the Air Plug (5), located on the Outlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel (2), to
the Water Column.
(11) Open the Air Valve (6) located on the Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel (1) and
slowly inflate the airplane Fuel Tanks until 4,3 PSI, then close the Air Valve (6).
(12) Allow pressure to stabilize and verify, using the Water Column, that pressure does
not decrease for 70 minutes.
(13) If the pressure decrease, close the Air Valve (6), located on the Inlet Air Pressure
Adapter Panel (1) and perform the following steps “14", 15", 16"; if not, go to step
17.
(14) Check with water soap if there is any air leakage along the following Access/
Inspection Panels, Fuel Tanks Connection and Fuel Components:
(a) Fuel Collector Tank
– Fuel Collector Tank Upper Access Panel (15).
– Pressure-Refueling Shut-Off Valve attaching points (17).
– Pre Check Valve Attaching Points (16).
– Fuel Collector Tank Lower Access Panel (27).
– Fuel Collector Tank Defueling Connector (8).
– Interconnecting Valve Attaching Points (9).
– Fuel Wing Tank / FuelCollector Tank Flexible Connection (10).
– Auxiliary Fuel Tank / Fuel Collector Tank Connection (11).
– Pressure Switch Attaching Point (12).
– Main / Stand-by Pumps Cables Grommet (13).
– Fuel Collector Tank Drain Valve (14).
(b) Fuel Fuselage Tank
– Gravity Filling Cap Flange (18).
– Fuselage Tank Access Panel (19) (Baggage compartment).
– Fuel Tanks Probes Electrical Connectors(20) (Baggage compart.).
– Fuel Vent Drain Valve (21) (Under the wing / fuselage).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Fuel Wing Tank

– All Access / Inspection Panels located under the wing skin outside and
inside fuselage (22).
– Wing Front Spar Access Panels (23).
To gain access to the Wing Front Spar Inspection Panels, remove the
Main Wing Leading Edge (Refer to TASK 57-40-00-000-801).
– Engine Fuel Feeding Ducts Attaching Points (24) (Wing Front Spar).
NOTE: On the LH Wing Front Spar there are three Engine Fuel Feeding Line
Attaching Points, while on the RH Front Spar there are two ones only.
(15) When the leakage is detected remove the Access / Inspection Panels, Fuel Tanks
Connection or Fuel Components and replace the oring, gasket, grommet or re-seal
as applicable.
(16) Perform a Fuel Tanks Access Panels and Components - Leakage Check (steps (8)
to (14)).
(17) Reinstall the airplane parts previously removed for gaining access.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Fuel Tanks Access Panels and Components - Leakage Check (Sheet 1 of 8)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50128-00-00
50
TASK 28-00-00-790-802
2. Fuel Tanks Access Panels, Components and Structure - Leak Test (Ref. to Fig. 502)
FuelThis
Tankssection
Accessdescribes
Panels, Components
the leak test and
for the
Structure
fuel tank
- Leak
access
Testpanel and other components
1004 - 1104
with helium.

Helium Detector Not Specified
Pressure gauge or manometer with liquid column or Not Specified
equivalent tool
Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Valve Not Specified
Outlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Plug Not Specified
Flame arrester plug Not Specified
B. Materials
Gas Helium Not Specified
D. Job Setup
801.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the interconnecting valve
(3) Defuel the airplane (Refer to TASK 12-10-07-600-804).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Remove the RH and LH Structural Panel (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-802).

(5) Remove the RH and LH Auxiliary Tank (Refer to 28-12-00).
(6) Cap the Fuel Vent Drain Line End (7).
(7) Remove the Wing Inspection Panel 511DB from the left wing (Refer to 06-00-00)
and install the Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Valve (1).
(8) Remove the Wing Inspection Panel 611DB from the right wing (Refer to 06-00-00)
and install the Outlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel with Air Plug (2).
(9) Plug the RH and LH flame arrester line with flame arrester plugs.
CAUTION: THE AIR INFLATED INSIDE THE FUEL TANKS MUST BE DRY
AND FILTERED
(10) Connect the air pressure source to the Air Pressure Regulator Inlet (3), located on
the Water Column Assembly.
(11) Connect the Air Valve, located on the Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel, to the Air
Pressure Regulator Outlet (4).
(12) Connect the Air Plug (5), located on the Outlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel (2), to
the Water Column.
(13) Open the Air Valve (6), located on the Inlet Air Pressure Adapter Panel (1) and
Using a mix of the 50% dry and filtered air pressure and 50% Helium, slowly inflate
the airplane Fuel Tanks until 4,3 PSI, then close the Air Valve.
(14) Allow pressure to stabilize and verify, using the Water Column, that pressure does
not decrease for 70 minutes.
(15) If the pressure decrease, close the Air Valve(6), located on the Inlet Air Pressure
Adapter Panel (1) and perform the following steps 16", 17", 18"; if not, go to step
19.
(16) Check with the Helium Detector if there is any air leakage along the following
Access/Inspection Panels, Fuel Tanks Connection, Fuel Components and
Structures:
(a) Fuel Collector Tank
– Fuel Collector Tank Upper Access Panel (15).
– Pressure-Refueling Shut-Off Valve attaching points (17).
– Pre Check Valve Attaching Points (16).
– Fuel Collector Tank Lower Access Panel (27).
– Fuel Collector Tank Defueling Connector (8).
– Interconnecting Valve Attaching Points (9).
– Fuel Wing Tank / Fuel Collector Tank Flexible Connection (10).
– Auxiliary Fuel Tank / Fuel Collector Tank Connection (11).
– Pressure Switch Attaching Point (12).
– Main / Stand-by Pumps Cables Grommet (13).
– Fuel Collector Tank Drain Valve (14).
– Fuel Collector Tank Attaching Points (25).
(b) Fuel Fuselage Tank
– Gravity Filling Cap Flange (18).
– Fuselage Tank Access Panel (19) (Baggage compartment).
– Fuel Tanks Probes Electrical Connectors (20) (Baggage compart.).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Fuel Vent Drain Valve (21) (Under the wing / fuselage).

(c) Fuel Wing Tank
– All Access / Inspection Panels located under the wing skin outside and
inside fuselage (22).
– Wing Front Spar Inspection Panels (23).
To gain access to the Wing Front Spar Inspection Panels, remove the
Main Wing Leading Edge (Refer to TASK 27-10-00-000-803).
– Engine Fuel Feeding Line Attaching Points (24) (Wing Front Spar) (see
note below).
– Wing Rear Spar Access Panel (26)
To gain access to the Wing Rear Spar Access Panel, remove the 622CT,
622 BT, 622 AT Access Panels, located on the wing upper skin between
the fuselage and the nacelle (Refer to 06-00-00).
NOTE: On the LH Wing Front Spar there are three Engine Fuel Feeding Line
Attaching Points, while on the RH Front Spar there are two ones only.
(17) When the leakage is detected remove the Access / Inspection Panels, Fuel Tanks
Connection or Fuel Components and replace the o-ring, gasket, grommet or re-
seal as applicable.
(18) Perform a Fuel Tanks Access Panels, Components and Structure - Leakage
Check (steps (6) to (16)).
(19) Reinstall the airplane parts removed previously for gaining access.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 515
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 516
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 517
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 518
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 519
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 520
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 521
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 522
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 523
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 524
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50228-00-00
50
TASK 28-00-00-790-803
3. Fuel Tank Structure - Leak Test (Ref. to Fig. 503, 504)
Fuel This
Tanksection
Structure
describes
- Leak Test
the leak test for the fuel tank structures.
1004 - 1104

Warning notices Not Specified
Soap (Not corrosive) Not Specified
Air pressure source Not Specified
Pressure gauge or manometer with liquid column Not Specified
Air Pressure Adapter Panel 80-212400-401/402
B. Materials
D. Job Setup

NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH Fuel Tanks. In the following
procedures. Only the RH Fuel Tanks side only is shown.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Defuel the airplane (Refer to TASK 12-10-07-600-804)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 525
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Remove the RH Structural Panel (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-802).

(3) Cap the Fuel Vent Drain Line End (203-1).
(4) Remove the Wing Inspection Panel 511CB or 611CB (Refer to 06-00-00) and
install the Air Pressure Adapter Panel (203-2).
(5) Connect the air pressure source to the Adapter Panel Port (203-3).
(6) Using a dry and filtered air pressure source, slowly inflate the airplane Fuel Tanks
until the 4,3 PSI.
(7) Allow pressure to stabilize
(8) Verify using a Water Column that pressure does not decrease for 70 minutes.
(9) If the pressure decrease perform the following steps “(10), (11), (12)“; if not, go to
step (13).
(10) Check with water soap if there is any air leakage along the following Wing
Structure:
– Wing Front Spar / Wing Upper and Lower Skin junction (204-1).
To gain access to the Wing Front Spar, remove the Main Wing Leading Edge
(Refer to TASK 57-40-00-000-801).
– Wing Rear Spar / Wing Upper and Lower Skin junction (204-2).
To gain access to the Wing Rear Spar, remove the Aileron (Refer to 27-10-
00), the Inboard and Outboard Flaps (Refer to 27-50-00) and the Main Wing
Trailing Edge (Refer to 57-40-00),
– RH / LH Wing Junction lower side (204-3).
To gain access to the Wing RH / LH Wing Junction lower side remove the
Structural Panel (Refer to 53-60-00).
– Wing Tank Rib End (204-4).
To gain access to the Wing Fuel Tank Rib End remove the wing tip (Refer to
57-30-00).
– Fuselage Fuel Tank Baggage Bulkhead (5).
To gain access to the Fuel Tank Baggage Bulkhead upper side remove all
components located on the Baggage Shelf.
Access to the Fuel Tank Baggage Bulkhead lower side is possible only trough
the Access Holes located on the Main Landing Gear Wheel Bay.
(11) When the leakage is detected re-seal as applicable.
(12) Perform a Fuel Tank Structure - Leakage Check (steps (5) to (9))
(13) Reinstall the airplane parts previously removed for gaining access
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 526
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 503 - Fuel Tank Structure - Leak (Sheet 1 of 6)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 527
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 528
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 529
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 530
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 531
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 532
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 533
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 534
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 535
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 536
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50428-00-00
50
TASK 28-00-00-790-804
4. Fuel Fuselage Tank 6000 Bulkhead - Leak Test (Ref. to Fig. 505)
FuelThis
Fuselage
section
Tank
describes
6000 Bulkhead
the leak test
- Leak
for Test
the FS 6000 Bulkhead.
1004 - 1104

Gas Helium Not Specified
Helium Detector Not Specified
Helium Adapter Panel 80-212400-401/402
B. Materials
D. Job Setup

NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH Fuel Tanks. In the following
procedures. Only the RH Fuel Tanks side only is shown.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 537
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) Remove the RH Structural Panel (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-802).

(4) Cap the Fuel Vent Drain Line End (203-1).
(5) Remove the Wing Inspection Panel 511CB or 611CB (Refer to 06-00-00) and
install the Air Pressure Adapter Panel (203-2).
(6) Using a mix of the 50% air and 50% helium, slowly inflate the airplane Fuel Tanks
until 4,3 PSI.
(7) Verify using a Water Column that pressure does not decrease for 70 minutes.
(8) If the pressure decrease perform the following steps “(9), (10) (11), (12), (13)“; if
not, go to step “(14)”.
(9) Check for leakage with the Helium Detector at the Fuel / Insulation Bulkhead Gap
Drain Line End (205-1).
(10) If a leakage is detected, at the Gap Drain Line End, remove the Vanity Closet
Interiors to gain access to the Fuel Insulation Bulkhead (Refer to 25-20-00) and
perform the next steps “(11), (12), (13)“; If not, refer to other leak checks
procedures described in this section.
(11) Remove the Fuel Insulation Bulkhead (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-807) and
check the 6000 Bulkhead as shown in Figure.
(12) Apply the Sealant to seal the leaking gap/passage (Refer to 51-00-00).
(13) Perform a Fuel Fuselage Tank 6000 Bulkhead - Leakage Check
(14) Reinstall the airplane parts previously removed for gaining access.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 538
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 505 - Fuel Fuselage Tank 6000 Bulkhead - Leak (Sheet 1 of 6)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 539
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 540
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 541
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 542
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 543
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 544
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 545
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 546
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50628-00-00
50
TASK 28-00-00-790-805
5. Insulation Bulkhead - Leak Test (Ref. to Fig. 507)
Insulation
This section
Bulkhead
describes
- Leak Test
the visual Leak Inspection on the Insulation Buklhead, is located
1004 - 1104
behind the vanity closet.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Interior Toilet Panels to get access to the Insulation Bulkhead (Refer
to Chapter 25-40-00).
(2) Remove the LH Auxiliary Tank (Refer to Chapter TASK 28-12-00-000-801).
(3) Connect a air low pressure source (max 0,2 PSI) to Drain Pipe Line End (1),
located just above the Drain Outlet Collector (2).
CAUTION: INLET PRESSURE EXEEDING 0,3 PSI COULD DAMAGE THE

INSULATION BULKHEAD CAUSING PERMANENT
DEFORMATION AND LOSS OF SEALING FUNCTION.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 547
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Open the LH Fuel/Insulation Bulkhead Gap Smoke/Vent Valve (3) pushing the pin
located on the valve itself.
(5) Verify if the air flow freely out toward the cabin.
(6) Repeat the Step (5) and (6) for the RH Fuel/Insulation Bulkhead Gap Smoke/Vent
Valve.
(7) If the Fuel/Insulation Bulkheads Gap Drain Pipe Line (4) is clogged, proceed to
remove the Insulation Bulkhead (5) (Refer to Chapter TASK 53-60-00-000-807)
and remove the clogging from the vent line.
(8) Make sure that the Fuel/Insulation Bulkheads Gap Smoke/Vent Valves are closed.
(9) Supply air low pressure source (max 0,2 PSI) to the Fuel/Insulation Bulkheads
Gap Drain Pipe Line (4).
(10) Check with water soap if there is any air leakage along the bottom line and side
arcs (5) of the Insulation Bulkhead.
(11) If leakage is found, remove the Insulation Bulkhead and reseal the contact areas
between the Insulation Bulkhead and Bulkhead 6000 stiffeners.
(12) Install the Interior Toilet Panels.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 548
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 507 - Insulation Bulkhead - Leak (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 549
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 550
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 551
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 552
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60028-00-00
FUEL - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 28-00-00-200-801
1. Fuel System - Inspection / Check
Fuel This
System
section
- Inspection
describes
/ Check
the visual leak Inspection for the Fuel System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Examine the areas which follow for signs of leaks:
– the bottom of the fuselage between FS6000 and FS6710
– the engine nacelles between NAC S-1412.12 and NAC S-2605.83
– the bottom of the wings and the wing-tank access-panels.
If signs of leaks are found, remove the applicable access panels and examine
the fuel system components for defects (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-790-801
TASK 28-11-00-000-801).
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60028-00-00
60
TASK 28-00-00-200-802
2. Fuel Storage Area - Inspection / Check
FuelThis
Storage
section
Areadescribes
- Inspection
the visual
/ CheckInspection for the Fuel System.
1004 - 1104

Jack Wings Lifting TEM-071000-001
Jack Fuselage Lifting TEM-071000-002
Mirror Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
NOTE: Before proceeding with the inspection wait 2 hours after refueling

electrical power.
(3) Refuel the airplane (Refer to TASK 12-10-07-600-801).
(4) Open the Baggage Compartment door (Refer to TASK 52-30-00-820-801).
(5) Remove the battery (Refer to TASK 24-31-00-000-801).
(6) Remove the panel of interiors that separates the battery and the MJB from the
(7) Lift the airplane on jacks until the wheels are clear of the ground (Ref to TASK 07-
10-00-500-801).
(8) Remove the access panels 251A and 252A (Refer to 06-00-00).
(9) In zones 251 and 252 examine the following components for excessive damage,
corrosion, signs of leaks and security of attachment:
– the auxiliary fuel tanks
– the fuel collector tanks
– the flame arresters
– the interconnecting valve
– the refueling connector
– the relief valves
– the vent valves
– the flexible connections between the collector tanks and the wing tanks
– the fuel tubes and the clamps
– the defueling connections
– the access panels of the wing tanks, the auxiliary tanks and the fuel collector
tanks.
Tighten or replace defective components as necessary.
(10) In the zone behind the FS 6710 examine the panels 281AZ and 282AZ, their
edges, the relative screws and the zone just under them for excessive damage,
signs of leaks and security of attachment, using the flameproof light source and
the mirror.
(11) Examine the fuel drains and the fuel tank vents between FS6235 and FS6710 for
blockage and excessive damage.
(12) Install the access panels 251A and 252A (Refer to 06-00-00).
area is clean.
500-802).
(15) Install the parts of baggage interiors previously removed.
(16) Install the Battery (Refer to TASK 24-31-00-400-801).
(17) Close the baggage compartment door (Refer to TASK 52-30-00-820-801).
(18) Remove the access platform from near the aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60028-00-00
60
TASK 28-00-00-200-803
3. Nacelle Fuel Lines and Accessories - Inspection / Check
Nacelle
ThisFuel
section
Lines
describes
and Accessories
the Inspection
- Inspection
for the/ Nacelle
Check fuel line.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-801

JET FUEL IS EXPLOSIVE AND POISONOUS.
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH installations. Data for the RH
installation is given between parentheses.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Put the access platform in position, forward of the LH (RH) engine intake.
(2) Remove the access panel 410 AT (420 AT).
(3) In zone 410 (420) examine the components which follow for excessive damage,
corrosion, signs of leaks and security of attachment:
– the firewall shutoff valve
– the crossfeed valve (in zone 410 only)
– the fuel filter
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– the fuel-filter drain-valve

– the low-fuel-pressure switch
– the flexible hose
– the mounting brackets
Tighten or replace defective components as necessary.
(4) Make a check of the impending by-pass indicator on the fuel filter (Refer to TASK
28-15-00-200-801).
(5) Install the access panel 410 AT (420 AT).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60028-00-00
60
TASK 28-00-00-200-804
4. Fuel System Tank - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
FuelThis
System
topicTank
gives
- Inspection
the inspection/check
/ Check procedure for Fuel System Tank.
1004 - 1104

Jack Wings Lifting TEM-071000-001
Jack Fuselage Lifting TEM-071000-002
Borescope Not Specified
Warm Air Blower Not Specified
Hose, Quick Defueling TEM-121007-005
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell person not to apply electrical
power.
E. Procedure
(1) Defuel the Airplane (Refer to AMM 12-00-00 Page Block 300).
(2) Lift the Airplane on jacks until the wheels are clear of the ground (Refer to AMM
07-10-00 Page Block 200).
(3) Remove the structural panels 251A and 252A (Refer to AMM 53-60-00 Page Block
200.
(4) Remove the Nacelle panels 410AB and 420 AB (Refer to AMM 54-10-00 Page
Block 200).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN 28-00-00. JET

FUEL IS EXPLOSIVE AND POISONOUS.
(5) Remove the panel 281AZ (Refer to AMM 53-60-00 Page Block 200).
(6) Remove the wing access panels (Refer to AMM 57-10-00 Page Block 200).
(7) Remove the RH and LH Auxiliary tank (Refer to AMM 28-12-00 Page Block 200).
(8) Remove the LH and RH collector tank upper panels (3).
(9) Ventilate the wing tank, the fuselage integral tank, the collector tank and the
auxiliary tank, using a warm air blower until all fumes are dispersed.
(10) Use the flameproof light source and the mirror to examine the interior of the wing
for the following:
– Absence of FOD
– Cracks, Dents, Nicks and other Damage
– Corrosion
– Deterioration of the sealant over the structural joints and fasteners.
During the inspection, carefully examine also the following items:
(a) The overflow and vent tubes and hoses for damage, corrosion, perishing and
correct installation.
(b) The rubber grommets where the tubes pass through the ribs for perishing and
correct installation.
(c) The electrical cables, clips and strapping for damage, deterioration and
(d) The fuel contents transmitters for damage, corrosion and correct installation.
(11) Use the flameproof light source and the mirror to examine the interior of the LH
integral fuel tank through the 281AZ panel for the following:
– Absence of FOD
– damage and corrosion of the structure
– damage and deterioration of the paint finish
– security of attachment of the fuel component mounting brackets
(12) Use the flameproof light source and the borescope to examine the interior of RH
integral fuel tank for the following (Ref. to Fig. 601 for getting access to this zone).
– Absence of FOD
– deterioration of the sealant over the fasteners and joints, and around the
electrical connectors
– security of attachment of the fuel component mounting brackets
(13) Use the flameproof light source and borescope to examine the interior of RH and
LH fuel collector tank for the following: (Ref. to Fig. 601 for getting access to this
zone)
– Absence of the FOD
– deterioration of the sealant over the fasteners and joints, and around the
electrical connectors
During the inspection,carefully examine also the following item:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Engine fuel supply tube for damage, corrosion, perishing and correct
installation.
(b) Fuel quantity probe for damage, corrosion, perishing and correct installation.
(c) Main and stand-by pump for damage, corrosion, perishing and correct
installation.
(14) Put the auxiliary fuel tanks on a bench and remove the inspection panels (1) by
removing the lockwire and the bolts (2).
Use the flameproof light source and the mirror to examine the interior of the tanks
for the following:
– Absence of FOD
(15) If necessary, repair or replace any defective items.
(16) Remove all tools and equipment from the interior of the wing, from the interior of
fuselage integral tank, from the interior of collector tanks and auxiliary tanks. Make
sure the area of work is clean.
(17) Install the wing access panels (Refer to AMM 57-10-00 Page Block 200).
(18) Install Panel 281AZ (Refer to AMM 53-60-00 Page Block 200).
(19) Install the LH collector tank upper panel (Refer to AMM 28-11-00 Page Block 200).
(20) Install the RH collector tank upper panel (Refer to AMM 28-11-00 Page Block 200).
(21) Install the LH collector tank drain fuel assy (Ref to AMM 28-11-00 Page
Block.200).
(22) Install the LH and RH auxiliary tanks (Refer to AMM 28-12-00 Page Block 200).
(23) Install the structural panels 251A and 252A (Refer to AMM 53-60-00 Page Block
200).
(24) Lower the airplane to the ground and remove the jacks (Refer to AMM 07-10-00).
(25) Refuel the airplane as necessary (Refer to AMM 12-00-00 Page Block 200).
(26) Perform the “Fuel Storage Area - Inspection”, as detailed in this section.
(27) Install the nacelle panels 410AB and 420AB (Refer to AMM 54-10-00 Page Block
200).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
(2) Remove the Warning Notice from the flight compartment
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Collector Tank (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 613
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 614
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60128-00-00
60
TASK 28-00-00-290-801
5. Flame Arrester Filter - Borescope Inspection (Ref. to Fig. 602)
Flame
This
Arrester
sectionFilter
describes
- Borescope
the boroscope
Inspection
inspection for the flame arrester filters.
1004 - 1104

Boroscope TEM-210000-002
B. Materials
D. Job Setup

NOTE: This procedure is for LH Flame Arrester, the procedure for the RH Flame
Arrester is identical.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the two couplings (1).
(2) Release the clamp (2) and disconnect it from bulkhead.
CAUTION: PAY ATTENTION TO THE BOROSCOPE PROBE DURING

INSPECTION IN ORDER TO AVOID ANY DAMAGES TO IT
(3) Insert the boroscope probe as illustrated.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 615
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Verify that the filter element is clear of obstructions.

(5) If during the inspection the flame arrester is clogged:
(a) Remove Flame Arrester Filter as per “Flame Arrester Removal” procedure
(Refer to TASK 28-00-00-000-801).
(b) Install a new Flame Arrester Filter, as per the “Flame Arrester Installation”
procedure (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-400-801).
(6) If the filter element is not clogged extract the boroscope probe.
(7) Install the clamps (2).
(8) Install the two couplings (1).
(10) Remove Warning notice in the flight compartment.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 616
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Flame Arrester Filter - Borescope
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 617
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-00-00
Page 618
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-11-00 - FUEL COLLECTOR

SERVICING
30028-11-00
FUELTANKS
COLLECTOR TANKS - SERVICING
0
TASK 28-11-00-680-801
1. Fuel Collector Tanks - Drain Fluid (Ref. to Fig. 301)
Fuel This
Collector
section
Tanks
describes
- Drainthe
Fluid
draining related the Fuel Collector Tanks.
1004 - 1104

Container (Minimum Capacity 1.5 gallons (6 liters)) Not Specified
Fuel Drain Tool TEM-121007-003
B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power, and do not apply the fuel booster pumps.
E. Procedure
(2) Drain the collector tanks
(a) Put the container in position below the drain-outlet, between FS 6235 and FS
6470.
(b) Put the tube of the fuel drain tool (TEM-121007-003.) through the drain outlet
and on to the end of the drain valve.
(c) Use the tube to push the drain valve open. Let the fuel drain from the fuel
collector tank.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 301
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) When the flow of fuel stops, release the drain valve and remove the fuel drain
tool (TEM-121007-003.) from the drain outlet.
(e) Do again steps (a) thru (d) above for the RH collector tank.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 302
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 301 - Fuel Collector Tanks - Drain Fluid
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 303
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 304
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40028-11-00
FUEL COLLECTOR TANKS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-11-00-000-803
1. LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
LH Collector
This section
Tankdescribes
/ Wing Flexible
the removal
Connection
procedure
- Removal
related the Fuel Collector Tank wing flexible
1004 - 1104
connection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
(2) Drain the fuel collector tanks (Refer to Para. 2)
(3) Remove the access panel 251A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801).
(4) Remove the auxiliary fuel tank and the connecting tube (Refer to TASK 28-12-00-
000-801).
(5) Remove the top access panel (10) from the collector tank (14). Discard the seal.
(6) Remove the bolts (3) which attach the flexible connection (2) to the wing. Remove
and discard the O-Ring (12).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) In the collector tank disconnect the items which follow:

– The clamp (7) on engine fuel-supply tube (5). Discard the seals (6) and (8).
– The four terminal ends of the fuel quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00).
(8) Remove the bolts (4) which attach the flexible connection (2) to the collector tank.
Remove and discard the gasket (13).
(9) Remove the Wing Access Panel 511 DB (Refer to 06-00-00).
(10) Push the engine fuel-supply tube (5) and the fuel probe electrical harnesses (11),
(both located in the collector tank) upwards towards the wing fuel tank.
(11) Through the Wing Access Panel 511 DB, pull the engine fuel supply tube (5) and
the fuel probe electrical harnesses (11) away from the fuel tank flexible connection
(2).
(12) Remove the LH collector tank / wing flexible connection (2) remove and discard
the gaskett (13) and the O-Ring (12).
(13) Put caps on all openings, line ends.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-11-00
40FUEL COLLECTOR TANKS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 28-11-00-000-804
2. RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
RH Collector
This section
Tank
describes
/ Wing Flexible
the removal
Connection
procedure
- Removal
related the Fuel Collector Tank wing flexible
1004 - 1104
connection.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
(2) Drain the LH and RH fuel collector tanks (Refer to TASK 28-11-00-680-801).
(4) Remove the following items as described at the Para 5 (“RH Fuel Collector Tank -
Removal”) of this section:
– Refueling Adapter
– Support Bracket
– Auxiliary Fuel Tank And The Connecting Tube
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
– Pre-check Valve Electrical Connector

– Fuel Collector Tank Top Access Panel
(5) Remove the bolts (11) which attach the flexible connection (19) to the collector
tank (1).
(6) Remove the bolts (10) which attach the flexible connection (19) to the wing panel.
(7) Remove the clamp (14) of the engine fuel-supply tube (20). Discard the seals (12)
and (13).
(8) Remove the two pilot valves tubes fittings (6) and (7).
(9) Loosen the three clamps (5) that secure the pilot valve tubes (2) and the engine
fuel-supply tube (20) to the fuel collector tank internal side.
(10) Disconnect the terminal ends (8) of the quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00).
(11) Remove the right wing access door (18) located under the wing in the landing gear
vane above the auxiliary tank.
(12) Remove the right wing access door (21) located under the wing in the landing gear
vane.
(13) In the wing box through the access doors (18, 21) disconnect the pilot tube fittings
(3, 4).
(14) Withdraw the two pilot tubes (2) out of the fuel collector tank (1)
(15) Push the engine fuel-supply tube (20) and the fuel probe electrical harnesses (9),
(both located in the collector tank) upwards towards the wing fuel tank.
(16) Through the Wing Access Panel 611 DB, pull the engine fuel supply tube (20) and
the fuel probe electrical harnesses (9) away from the fuel tank flexible connection
(19).
(17) Remove the RH collector tank / wing flexible connection (19), remove and discard
the gaskett (16) and the O-Ring (15).
(18) Put caps on all openings, line ends and electrical connectors.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40228-11-00
40 FUEL COLLECTOR TANKS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 28-11-00-000-805
3. LH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
LH Fuel
ThisCollector
section describes
Tank - Removal
the removal procedure related the LH Fuel Collector Tank.
1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
(For airplanes with SN 1034+ and airplanes from SN 1004 to 1033 that incorporated S.B.
80-0128)

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(1) Defuel the airplane (Refer to 12-00-00).
(2) Drain the LH and RH fuel collector tanks (Refer to Para. 2)
(3) Lift the airplane on jacks until the wheels are clear of the ground (Refer to 07-00-
00).
(4) Remove the access panel 251A (Refer to 06-00-00).
(5) Remove the auxiliary fuel tank (7) and the connecting tube (6) (Refer to 28-12-00).
(6) Remove the LH main landing gear (Refer to 32-00-00).
(7) Remove the two landing gear mounts (Refer to 53-61-00).
(8) Remove the hydraulic power pack (Refer to 29-10-00).
(9) Remove the top access panel (1) from the collector tank (5). Discard the seal (18).
(10) Open the Wigging Latch (9) that connect the Wing Coupling Flange Duct (10)
with the Collector Tank Coupling Flange Duct (11).
(11) Slide out the Wigging Sleeve (39) from the Coupling Flanges Ducts (10, 11).
(12) Remove the bolts (20) and disconnect the interconnecting tube (19) from the
collector tank.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) In the collector tank disconnect the items which follow:

– The clamp (27) on engine fuel-supply tube (29). Discard the seals (26) and
(28).
– The electrical connectors (30) of the fuel quantity probe (22) (Refer to 20-00-
00). On the airplane from S.N. 1004 to S.N. 1047.
– The four terminal ends of the fuel quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00), on the
airplanes from S.N. 1048 and UP.
(14) Remove the pressure switch (25)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (24) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Remove the pressure switch and the seal (23). Discard the seal (23).
(15) Disconnect the electrical connections of the main and stand-by fuel pumps
(a) Attach temporary tags to the cables to identify their positions in the terminal
block (8).
(b) Remove the cables from the terminal block (8).
(16) Remove the bottom access panel (16) from the collector tank
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the defueling connector (15).
(b) Remove the screws (13) and the washers (14) which attach the lockwire tab
(12) and the bottom access panel to the collector tank. Remove the lockwire
tab (12), the bottom access panel and the seal (17). Discard the seal (17).
(17) Remove the collector tank
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the plugs (36).
(b) Remove the plugs (36) complete with the seals (33). Discard the seals (33).
(c) Hold the collector tank. Remove the nuts (35) and the washers (34).
(d) Carefully remove the Collector Tank. Make sure you do not cause damage to
the cables, the tubes or to the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling Flanges
Ducts (10, 11).
(e) Remove and discard the O-rings (40) from the Wing and Collector Tank
Coupling Flanges Ducts (10, 11).
(18) Remove the shimwashers (32) from the studs (31). If the same collector tank will
be installed, do these steps:
– Keep the shimwashers from each stud together.
– Attach temporary tags to the shimwashers to identify which stud they were
removed from.
(19) Remove the fuel quantity probe (22) (Refer to 28-40-00).
(20) Remove the main and stand-by fuel pumps (37) and (38) (Refer to 28-20-00).
(21) Remove the engine fuel-supply tube (29).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - LH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40328-11-00
40 FUEL COLLECTOR TANKS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 28-11-00-000-806
4. RH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
RH Fuel
This Collector
section describes
Tank - Removal
the removal procedure related the RH Fuel Collector Tank.
1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
80-0128)

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
E. Procedure
(2) Drain the LH and RH fuel collector tanks (Refer to Para. 2)
00).
(4) Remove the access panel 252A (Refer to 06-00-00).
(5) Remove the refueling adapter (8) and the support bracket (9)
(a) Disconnect the refueling adapter from the collector tank (3) at the clamp joint
(6). Discard the seals (5) and (7).
(b) Remove the two nuts (11) and bolts (12) which attach the support bracket (10)
and the ground connection (9) to the airplane. Remove the refueling adapter
and the support bracket from the airplane.
(6) Remove the RH main landing gear (Refer to 32-00-00).
(7) Remove the two landing gear mounts (Refer to 53-61-00).
(8) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the pre-check valve (2) (Refer to 20-
00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Remove the top access panel (4) from the collector tank (3)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the pressure switch (13).
(14) and the top access panel to the collector tank. Remove the lockwire tab
(14).
(c) Pull the access panel (4) away from the collector tank (3).
(d) Disconnect the two flexible hoses (20) and (24) from the pre-check valve (2)
and the pressure-refueling shut-off valve (26).
(e) Remove the top access panel (4) complete with the pre-check valve (2), the
pressure-refueling shut-off valve (26) and the seal (25). Discard the seal (25).
(10) Open the Wigging Latch (21) that connect the Wing Coupling Flange Duct (22)
with the Collector Tank Coupling Flange Duct (23).
(11) Slide out the Wigging Sleeve (55) from the Coupling Flanges Ducts (22, 23).
(12) Remove the bolts (34) and disconnect the interconnecting tube (35) from the
collector tank. Remove and discard the seal (33).
(13) In the collector tank (3) disconnect the items which follow:
– The clamp (40) on engine fuel-supply tube (42). Discard the seals (39) and
(41).
– The two pilot valves to collector tank tubes (37) and (38).
00). On the airplane from S.N. 1004 to S.N. 1047.
– The four terminal ends of the quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00) on the
(14) Remove the pressure switch (45)
(b) Remove the pressure switch and the seal (45). Discard the seal (36).
(15) Disconnect the electrical connections of the main and stand-by fuel pumps
block (19).
(16) Remove the bottom access panel (28) from the collector tank (3)
(30) and the bottom access panel to the collector tank. Remove the lockwire
tab (30), the bottom access panel and the seal (27). Discard the seal (27).
(17) Remove the collector tank (3)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the plugs (50).
(b) Remove the plugs (50) complete with the seals (51). Discard the seals (51).
(c) Hold the collector tank. Remove the nuts (49) and the washers (52).
(d) Carefully remove the Collector Tank. Make sure you do not cause damage To
the cables, the tubes or to the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling Flanges
Ducts (22, 23).
– Remove and discard the O-rings (56) from the Wing and Collector Tank
Coupling Flanges Ducts (22, 23).
(18) Remove the shimwashers (47) from the studs (48). If the same collector tank will
be installed, do these steps:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
–Keep the shimwashers from each stud together.

–Attach temporary tags to the shimwashers to identify which stud they were
removed from.
(19) Remove the fuel quantity probe (43) (Refer to 28-40-00).
(20) Remove the main and stand-by fuel pumps (53) and (54) (Refer to 28-20-00).
(21) Remove the engine fuel-supply tube (42).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - RH Fuel Collector Tank - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40428-11-00
40
TASK 28-11-00-400-803
5. LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 405)
LH Collector
This section
Tank describes
/ Wing Flexible
the installation
Connectionprocedure
- Installation
related the Fuel Collector Tank wing
1004 - 1104
flexible connection.

Paint Brush 0.5 in. (12,7 mm.) Not Specified
B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C32
Sealant 06-005
Oring Not Specified
Gasket Not Specified
D. Job Setup


EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from all openings, line ends and electrical connectors.
(2) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK (TT-M-261), to clean the
lint-free cloth before the MEK dries.
(3) Put in position the flexible connection (2).
(4) Insert the engine fuel supply tube (5) and the electrical harnesses through the
flexible connection (2).
(5) Install the bolts (3) which attach the flexible connection (2) to the wing. Install the
new O-Ring (12).
(6) Install the bolts (4) which attach the flexible connection (2) to the collector tank.
Install the new gasket (13).
(7) Put new seals (6) and (8) on the engine fuel-supply tube (5). Install the clamp (7)
to the engine fuel-supply tubes.
(8) Connect the terminal ends of the fuel quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00).
(9) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the seal seat of the
upper access panel and the collector tank (10).
Wing Access Panel.
CAUTION: THE PARTS MUST BE ASSEMBLED IN LESS THAN 15 MINUTES.

THE SEALANT CAN START TO CURE AFTER 15 MINUTES AND
THUS GIVE AN UNSATISFACTORY JOINT.
(11) Install the top access panel.

(12) Install the Wing Access Panel 511 DB (Refer to 06-00-00)
(13) Install the auxiliary fuel tank and the connecting tube (Refer to TASK 28-12-00-
400-801).
(15) Make a check of the LH fuel collector tank for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-790-
801). Leaks are not permitted.
(16) Do an Operational Test of the fuel booster pumps (Refer to TASK 28-20-00-710-
803).
(17) Install the access panel 251A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - LH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40528-11-00
40
TASK 28-11-00-400-804
6. RH Collector Tank / Wing Flexible Connection - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
RH Collector
This section
Tankdescribes
/ Wing Flexible
the installation
Connectionprocedure
- Installation
related the Fuel Collector Tank wing
1004 - 1104
flexible connection.

B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C32
Oring Not Specified
Gasket Not Specified
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Install the bolts (10) which attach the flexible connection (17) to the wing. Install
the new O-Ring (15).
(6) Install the bolts (11) which attach the flexible connection (17) to the collector tank.
Install the new gasket (16).(The bolts (11) must be installed toward the internal
side of the collector tank (1).
(7) Insert the two Pilot Tubes (2) from the collector tank (1), through the Flexible
Connection hole and the wing box, to the fuselage tank.
(8) Connect the Pilot Tubes (2), in the wing box, to its own fittings (3, 4) respectively.
(9) Secure both Pilot Tube with clamps (5), located in the collector tank.
(10) Put new seals (12) and (13) on the engine fuel-supply tubes. Install the clamp (14)
to the engine fuel-supply tube (20).
(11) Connect the terminal ends of the fuel quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00).
upper access panel and the collector tank (1).
CAUTION: THE PARTS MUST BE ASSEMBLED IN LESS THAN 15 MINUTES.

THE SEALANT CAN START TO CURE AFTER 15 MINUTES AND
THUS GIVE AN UNSATISFACTORY JOINT.
(13) Install the right wing access door (18) located under the wing in the landing gear
vane above the auxiliary tank.
(14) Install the right wing access door (21) located under the wing in the landing gear
vane.
(15) Install the following items as described at the Para 5 (“RH Fuel Collector Tank -
Installation”) of this section:
– Fuel Collector Tank Top Access Panel.
– Auxiliary Fuel Tank And The Connecting Tube.
– Support Bracket.
– Refueling Adapter.
– Pre-check Valve Electrical Connector.
(17) Make a check of the RH fuel collector tank for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-790-
(18) Do an Operational Test of the fuel booster pumps (Refer to TASK 28-20-00-710-
803).
(19) Install the access panel 251A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40628-11-00
40
TASK 28-11-00-400-805
7. LH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
LH Fuel
ThisCollector
section describes
Tank - Installation
the installation procedure related the LH Fuel Collector Tank.
1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
80-0128)

0.5 in. (12,7 mm.) Paint Brush Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) TT-M-261
Lockwire MS20995C32
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(4) Install the main and stand-by fuel pumps (37) and (38) (Refer to 28-20-00).
(5) Install the engine fuel-supply tube (29).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the fuel quantity probe (22) (Refer to 28-40-00).

(7) Put the shimwashers (32) and the collector tank on to the studs (31)
(a) To install the same collector tank, put the shimwashers on the studs in the
positions noted during removal. To install a different collector tank put one
shimwasher on each of the studs.
(b) Install the new O-rings (40) to the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling Flanges
Ducts (10, 11).
(c) Insert the Wigging Sleeve (39) on the Collector Tank Coupling Flange Duct
(41).
(d) Put the collector tank on to the studs. Make sure the electrical cables and the
engine fuel-supply tube go in to the collector tank without damage.
(e) Examine that the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling Flanges Ducts (10,11)
are aligned correctly. If necessary, remove the Collector Tank and adjust the
shim washers to get the Ducts (10, 11) aligned correctly.
(8) Attach the collector tank (5) to the airplane
(a) Put the washers (34) and the nuts (35) on to the studs (31). Tighten the nuts
(35).
(b) Put a new seal (33) on each of the plugs (36) (Refer to 20-00-00). Install the
plugs (36) in to the collector tank.
(c) Tighten the plugs (36). Safety each of the plugs with lockwire (MS20995C32)
(Refer to 20-00-00).
(9) Connect the electrical connections of the main and stand-by fuel pumps to the
terminal block (8), in the positions identified during removal (Refer to 20-00-00).
Remove the temporary identification tags from the cables.
(10) In the collector tank (5) connect the items which follow:
– Put new seals (26) and (28) on the engine fuel-supply tubes. Install the clamp
(27) to the engine fuel-supply tubes.
00). On the airplanes from S.N. 1004 to S.N. 1047.
– The four terminal ends of the fuel quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00), on the
(11) Put a new seal (21) in the joint of the interconnecting tube (19) and the collector
tank (5) (Refer to 20-00-00). Attach the interconnecting tube (19) to the collector
tank (5) with the bolts (20). Tighten the bolts (20).
(12) Install the bottom access panel (16) and the lockwire tab (12)
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE SEALANT. OBEY THE

HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER 20-
00-00.
(a) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the seal seat of
the bottom access panel and the collector tank (5).
CAUTION: THE PARTS MUST BE ASSEMBLED IN LESS THAN 15

MINUTES. THE SEALANT CAN START TO CURE AFTER 15
MINUTES AND THUS GIVE AN UNSATISFACTORY JOINT.
(b) Carefully put the new seal (17) on the bottom access panel.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Attach the bottom access panel, the seal (17) and the lockwire tab to the
collector tank (5) with the screws (13) and the washers (14). Tighten the
screws (13).
(13) Insert the Wigging Sleeve (39) between the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling
Flanges Ducts (10, 11).
(14) Connect the Wing Coupling Flange Duct (10) with the Collector Tank Coupling
Flange Duct (11) closing the Wigging Latch (9).
(15) Install the top access panel (1) and the lockwire tab (4)

00-00.
(a) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the interfaces of
the flexible connection and the collector tank.

(b) Put a new seal (11) in position between the flexible connection and the
collector tank.
(c) Attach the flexible connection to the collector tank with the bolts (9). Tighten
the bolts (9).

00-00.
the top access panel and the collector tank (5).

(b) Carefully put the new seal (18) on the top access panel.
(c) Attach the top access panel, the seal (18) and the lockwire tab to the collector
tank (5) with the screws (2) and the washers (3). Tighten the screws (2).
(17) Install the pressure switch (25)
(a) Put a new seal (23) on the pressure switch (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Install the pressure switch to the collector tank (5). Safety the pressure switch
with lockwire (MS20995C32) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Connect the electrical connector (24) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(18) Install the two landing gear mounts (Refer to 53-61-00).
(19) Install the LH main landing gear (Refer to 32-00-00).
(20) Install the hydraulic power pack (Refer to 29-10-00).
(21) Install the auxiliary fuel tank (7) and the connecting tube (6) (Refer to 28-12-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(22) Refuel the airplane (Refer to 12-00-00).

(23) Make a check of the LH fuel collector tank for leaks (Refer to 28-00-00). Leaks are
not permitted.
(24) Do an Operational Test of the fuel booster pumps (Refer to 28-20-00).
(25) Do an Operational Test of the interconnecting valve (Refer to ).
(26) Do a Calibration Check of the fuel-quantity indication-system (Refer to 28-40-00).
(27) Install the access panel 251A (Refer to 06-00-00).
(28) Lower the airplane to the ground and remove the jacks (Refer to 07-00-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - LH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40728-11-00
40
TASK 28-11-00-400-806
8. RH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
RH Fuel
This Collector
section describes
Tank - Installation
the installation procedure related the RH Fuel Collector Tank.
1004 - 1104
POST-SB-80-0256
80-0128)

0.5 in. (12,7 mm.) Paint Brush Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) TT-M-261
Lockwire MS20995C32
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(4) Install the main and stand-by fuel pumps (53) and (54) (Refer to 28-20-00).
(5) Install the engine fuel-supply tube (42).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(6) Install the fuel quantity probe (43) (Refer to 28-40-00).

(7) Put the shimwashers (43) and the collector tank on to the studs (31)
(a) To install the same collector tank, put the shimwashers on the studs in the
positions noted during removal. To install a different collector tank put one
shimwasher on each of the studs.
(b) Install the new O-rings (56) to the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling Flanges
Ducts (22, 23).
(c) Insert the Wigging Sleeve (55) on the Collector Tank Coupling Flange Duct
(23).
(d) Put the collector tank on to the studs. Make sure the electrical connectors, the
engine fuel-supply tube and the two pilot valve tubes and go in to the collector
tank without damage.
(e) Examine that the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling Flanges Ducts (22, 23)
are aligned correctly. If necessary, remove the Collector Tank and adjust the
shim washers to get the Ducts (22, 23) aligned correctly.
(8) Attach the collector tank (3) to the airplane
(a) Put the washers (52) and the nuts (49) on to the studs (48). Tighten the nuts
(49).
(b) Put a new seal (51) on each of the plugs (50) (Refer to 20-00-00). Install the
plugs (50) in to the collector tank.
(c) Tighten the plugs (50). Safety each of the plugs with lockwire (MS20995C32)
(Refer to 20-00-00).
(9) Connect the electrical connections of the main and stand-by fuel pumps to the
terminal block (19), in the positions identified during removal (Refer to 20-00-00).
Remove the temporary identification tags from the cables.
(10) In the collector tank (3) connect the items which follow:
00). On the airplanes fron S.N. 1004 to S.N. 1047.
– The four terminal ends of the quantity probe (Refer to 20-00-00) on the
– The two pilot valve to collector tank tubes (37) and (38).
– Put new seals (39) and (41) on the engine fuel-supply tubes. Install the clamp
(40) to the engine fuel-supply tubes.
(11) Put a new seal (33) in the joint of the interconnecting tube (35) and the collector
tank (3) (Refer to 20-00-00). Attach the interconnecting tube (35) to the collector
tank (3) with the bolts (34). Tighten the bolts (34).
(12) Install the bottom access panel (28) and the lockwire tab (30)

00-00.
the bottom access panel and the collector tank (3).

EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(c) Attach the bottom access panel, the seal (27) and the lockwire tab to the
collector tank (3) with the screws (32) and the washers (31). Tighten the
screws (32).
(d) Insert the Wigging Sleeve (55) between the Wing and Collector Tank Coupling
Flanges Ducts (22, 23).
(e) Connect the Wing Coupling Flange Duct (22) with the Collector Tank
Coupling Flange Duct (23) closing the Wigging Latch (21).
(13) Attach the flexible connection (21) to the collector tank (3)

00-00.
(a) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the interfaces of
the flexible connection and the collector tank.

(b) Put a new seal (23) in position between the flexible connection and the
collector tank.
(c) Attach the flexible connection to the collector tank with the bolts (22). Tighten
the bolts (22).

00-00.
the top access panel and the collector tank.

(b) Carefully put the new seal (25) on the top access panel.
(c) Connect the two flexible hoses (20) and (24) to the pre-check valve (2) and
the pressure-refueling shut-off valve (26).
(d) Attach the top access panel, the seal (25) and the lockwire tab to the collector
tank (3) with the screws (16) and the washers (15). Tighten the screws (16).
(15) Install the pressure switch (45)
(a) Put a new seal (36) on the pressure switch (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Install the pressure switch to the collector tank (3). Safety the pressure switch
with lockwire (MS20995C32) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Connect the electrical connector (46) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(16) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the pre-check valve (2) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(17) Install the two landing gear mounts (Refer to 53-61-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(18) Install the RH main landing gear (Refer to 32-00-00).

(19) Install the auxiliary fuel tank (17) and the connecting tube (18) (Refer to 28-12-00).
(20) Install the refueling adapter (8) and the support bracket (10)
(a) Install new seals (5) and (7) at the clamp joint (Refer to 20-00-00). Connect
the refueling adapter to the collector tank (3) with the clamp (6).
(b) Install the two bolts (12) and nuts (11) to attach the ground connection (9) and
the support bracket (10) to the airplane.
(21) Refuel the airplane (Refer to 12-00-00).
(22) Make a check of the RH fuel collector tank for leaks (Refer to 28-00-00). Leaks are
not permitted.
(23) Do an Operational Test of the fuel booster pumps (Refer to 28-20-00).
(24) Do an Operational Test of the interconnecting valve (Refer to ).
(25) Do a Calibration Check of the fuel-quantity indication-system (Refer to 28-40-00).
(26) Install the access panel 252A (Refer to 06-00-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - RH Fuel Collector Tank - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-11-00
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-12-00 - AUXILIARY
REMOVAL
40028-12-00
/ INSTALLATION
AUXILIARY
FUEL TANKS
FUEL TANKS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-12-00-000-801
1. Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Auxiliary
This Fuel
section
Tank
describes
- Removal
the removal procedure related the Auxiliary fuel tank.
1004 - 1104

Warning Notices
Blanking Caps
B. Materials
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
(3) Lift the airplane on jacks until the wheels are clear of the ground (Refer to TASK
07-10-00-500-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Remove the access panel 251A (252A) (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801 and
TASK 53-60-00-000-802.
(5) Remove the bolts (6) that secure the access panel (7) and the seal (5) to the
bottom of the auxiliary fuel tank (9).
(6) Remove the access panel (7) and discard the seal (5).
(7) Disconnect the ground connection (8) from the bottom of the auxiliary fuel tank (9).
(8) Loosen completely the two nuts (12) and remove the tube (11).
(9) Remove the bolts (4) which attach the auxiliary fuel tank (9) to the wing tank (2).
(10) Remove and discard the auxiliary fuel tank flange seal (1) and the seals (3).
(11) Remove the auxiliary fuel tank (9) from the airplane.
(12) Put caps on all openings and line ends.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-12-00
AUXILIARY FUEL TANKS - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 28-12-00-400-801
2. Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Auxiliary
This Fuel
section
Tank
describes
- Installation
the removal procedure related the Auxiliary fuel tank.
1004 - 1104

Paint Brush 0,5 in. (12,7 mm) Not Specified
B. Materials
Seal Not Specified
Sealant 06-005
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from the openings and the line ends.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
parts and their interfaces. Wipe the components with a clean piece of lint-free cloth
before the MEK dries.
(3) Put on the auxiliary fuel tank flange (10) the new auxiliary fuel tank flange seal (1)
and the six bolt seals (3).
NOTE: When you place the auxiliary fuel tank in position under the wing, be
careful that the seals do not move from their own seats.
(4) Attach the auxiliary fuel tank (9) to the wing tank (2) with the bolts (4). Tighten the
bolts (4).
(5) Install the tube (11) that connect the auxiliary fuel tank (9) with the collector tank.
Tighten the nut (12).
(6) Install the access panel (7) and the seal (5) to the auxiliary fuel tank bottom (9).
(7) Connect the ground connection (8) to the bottom of the auxiliary fuel tank (9).
(9) Make a check of the LH (RH) auxiliary fuel tank (9) for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-
00-790-801). Leaks are not permitted.
(10) Install the access panel 251A (252A) (Refer to Chapter TASK 53-60-00-400-801).
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Auxiliary Fuel Tank - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-12-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-13-00 - REFUELING
REMOVAL
40028-13-00
/ INSTALLATION
REFUELING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-13-00-000-801
1. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Pressure-Refueling
This section describes
Pilot Valve
the removal
- Removal
procedure related the Pressure refueling pilot valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
(3) Remove the flap system GCU (Refer to 27-00-00) and the main junction box
(Refer to 24-00-00).
(4) Remove the access panel 282AZ and the seal (6). Discard the seal (6).
(5) Disconnect the tubes (3) and (4) from the pilot valve (2).
(6) Remove the three bolts (8), with the three washers (7), which attach the pressure-
refueling pilot valve (2) to the bracket (1).
(7) Remove the pilot valve (2) from the airplane.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-13-00
REFUELING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 28-13-00-400-801
2. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Pressure-Refueling
Pilot Valve
the installation
- Installationprocedure related the Pressure refueling pilot valve
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Seal IPC CSN 531800 ITEM 6
D. Job Setup


E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from all line ends and electrical connectors.
(2) Attach the pilot valve (2) to the bracket (1) with the bolts (8) and the washers (7).
Tighten the bolts (8).
(3) Connect the tubes (3) and (4) to the pilot valve (2). Tighten the tubes (3) and (4).
(4) Install a new seal (6) to the access panel 282AZ
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SEAL. MAKE SURE

YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SEAL SEAT OF THE
ACCESS PANEL.
(a) Remove the old seal from the access panel.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MEK. OBEY THE HEALTH

AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-
801.
(b) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK, to clean the new seal
and the interfaces of the access panel and the integral fuselage tank (5). Wipe
the components with a clean piece of lint-free cloth before the MEK dries.

HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-
00-01-910-801.
(c) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the seal seat of
the access panel.

(d) Carefully push the seal in to the seal seat of the access panel.
(5) Install the access panel 282AZ complete with the new seal (6).
(6) Install the flap system GCU (Refer to 27-00-00) and the main junction box (Refer
to 24-00-00).
(7) Do an Operational Test of the pressure-refueling pilot valve (TASK 28-13-00-710-
801).
(9) Examine the area around the access panel 282AZ for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50028-13-00
REFUELING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 28-13-00-710-801
1. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Pressure-Refueling
Pilot Valve
the -Operational
OperationalTest
Testprocedure related the Pressure refueling pilot
1004 - 1104
valve.

Pressure Refueler Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
engines.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the access door 252B.
(2) Connect the pressure refueler to the refueling adapter.
(3) Open the GROUND TEST PANEL access door 272A.
(4) Do the test of the pressure-refueling pilot valve
Action Result
(a) Start the pressure refueler Fuel flows in to the airplane fuel system.
(b) On the GROUND TEST PANEL After seconds the fuel flow in to the
hold the GROUND TEST switch in airplane fuel system stops.
the SYST position
(c) On the GROUND TEST PANEL The GROUND TEST switch goes to the
release the GROUND TEST switch center off position.
After seconds fuel flows in to the
airplane fuel system.
(d) Stop the pressure refueler The fuel flow in to the airplane fuel
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Close the GROUND TEST PANEL access door 272A.

(6) Disconnect the pressure refueler from the refueling adapter.
(7) Close the access door 252B.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Operational
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60028-13-00
REFUELING - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 28-13-00-200-801
1. Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Pressure-Refueling
Pilot Valve
the inspection
- Inspectionprocedure
/ Check related the Pressure refueling pilot valve.
1004 - 1104

Paint Brush 0,5 in. (12,7 mm) Not Specified
B. Materials
Seal Not Specified
Sealant Not Specified
D. Job Setup
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell persons do not apply the
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Drain the fuel collector tanks (Refer to TASK 28-11-00-680-801).
(3) Remove the flap system GCU (Refer to 27-00-00) and the main junction box
(Refer to 24-00-00).
(4) Remove the access panel 282AZ and the seal (5).
(5) Examine the pressure-refueling pilot valve (2).
(a) Make sure that the bolts (6) are tight.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Make sure that the connecting nuts of the two tubes (4) are tight.
(c) Examine the connections of the two tubes (4) and the two unions (3) for signs
of leaks.
(d) Examine the body of the pressure-refueling pilot valve (2) for signs of leaks or
cracks.
(6) Install a new seal (5) to the access panel 282AZ.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SEAL. MAKE SURE

YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SEAL SEAT OF THE
ACCESS PANEL.
(a) Remove the old seal from the access panel.

801.
(b) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK, to clean the new seal
and the interfaces of the access panel and the integral fuselage tank (1). Wipe
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE ADHESIVE. OBEY THE

00-01-910-801.
(c) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the seal seat of
the access panel.
WARNING: THE PARTS MUST BE ASSEMBLED IN LESS THAN 15

MINUTES. THE ADHESIVE CAN START TO CURE AFTER 15
(d) Carefully push the seal in to the seal seat of the access panel.
(7) Install the access panel 282AZ complete with the new seal (5).
(8) Install the flap system GCU (Refer to 27-00-00) and the main junction box (Refer
to 24-00-00).
(10) Examine the area around the access panel 282AZ for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Pressure-Refueling Pilot Valve - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-13-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-14-00 - INTERCONNECTING
REMOVAL
40028-14-00
/ INSTALLATION
INTERCONNECTING
0VALVEVALVE - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
TASK 28-14-00-000-801
1. Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Collector-Tank
This sectionInterconnecting
describes theValve
removal
- Removal
procedure related the interconnecting valve of the
1004 - 1104
collector tank.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
07-10-00-500-801).
(4) Remove the access panels 251A and 252A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801 and
TASK 53-60-00-000-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Remove the clamp (5) from the interconnecting tube (4) on the RH collector tank
(3).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (11) from the interconnecting valve (9) (Refer
to 20-00-00).
(7) Remove the bolts (10) which attach the interconnecting tube (8) and the valve (9)
to the LH collector tank (12). Remove the interconnecting tube (8) and the valve
(9).
(8) Remove and discard the seals (2), (6) and (7) from the interconnecting tubes (1),
(4) and (8).
(9) Make a note of the position of the interconnecting tubes in relation to the
interconnecting valve (Refer to Detail C). Remove the bolts (15) which attach the
interconnecting tubes to the interconnecting valve. Discard the seals (13) and (14).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-14-00
INTERCONNECTING VALVE - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 28-14-00-400-801
2. Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Collector-Tank
describes theValve
Installation
- Installation
procedure related the interconnecting valve of the
1004 - 1104
collector tank.

B. Materials
Seal IPC CSN
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-801
(3) Install new seals (13) and (14) to the interconnecting valve (Refer to 20-00-00).
(4) Attach the interconnecting tubes to the interconnecting valve with the bolts (15), in
the positions noted during removal. Tighten the bolts (15).
(5) Install new seals (2), (6) and (7) to the interconnecting tubes (1), (4) and (8) (Refer
to 20-00-00).
(6) Attach the interconnecting valve (9) and the tube (8) to the LH collector tank (12)
with the bolts (10). Tighten the bolts (10).
(7) Attach the interconnecting tube (1) to the interconnecting tube (4) on the RH
collector tank (3) with the clamp (5).
(8) Connect the electrical connector (11) to the interconnecting valve (9) (Refer to 20-
00-00).
(9) Do an Operational Test of the interconnecting valve (9) (TASK 28-14-00-710-801).
(11) Make a check of the interconnecting valve (9) and the interconnecting tubes (1),
(4) and (8) for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-14-00-710-801). Leaks are not permitted.
(12) Install the access panels 251A and 252A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-801 and
TASK 53-60-00-400-802).
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50028-14-00
INTERCONNECTING VALVE - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 28-14-00-710-801
1. Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Collector-Tank
describes theValve
Installation
- Operational
procedure
Testrelated the interconnecting valve of the
1004 - 1104
collector tank.

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
(2) Put a Warning Notice in the flight compartment to tell people do not start the
engines.
E. Procedure
(1) Open the GROUND TEST PANEL access door 272A.
(2) Do a test of the interconnecting valve.
Action Result
(a) Set the REFUEL switch to the The TK INTCON INT light comes on.
OPEN position. After approximately 2 seconds the TK
INTCON INT light goes off and the TANK
INTCON light comes on.
(b) Set the REFUEL switch to the The TANK INTCON light goes off and
CLOSED position. the TK INTCON INT light comes on.
After approximately 2 seconds the TK
INTCON INT light goes off.
(3) Close the GROUND TEST PANEL access door 272A.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Collector-Tank Interconnecting Valve - Operational Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-14-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-15-00 - FUEL
REMOVAL
40028-15-00
/ INSTALLATION
DRAIN
FUELSYSTEM
DRAIN SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-15-00-000-801
1. Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Wing-Tank-Vent
This section Drain-Valve
describes the
- Removal
removal procedure related the Wing Tank Vent Drain Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

electrical power.
E. Procedure
07-10-00-500-801).
TASK 53-60-00-000-802).
(5) Disconnect the control rod (5)
(a) Remove the cotter pin (15) and the washer (16) from the pin (14).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Hold the control rod and remove the pin (14).
(c) Remove the control rod from the airplane.
(6) Remove the clamp (8) and the flexible hose (9) from the drain valve (7).
(7) Use a pencil to make a mark to identify:
– The position of the drain valve (7) in relation to the access panel (12).
– The position of the access panel (12) in relation to the wing tank (13).
(8) Hold the access panel (12). Remove the screws (10) and the washers (11) which
attach the access panel (12) to the wing tank (13).
(9) Lower the access panel (12) and disconnect the flexible hose (1) from the drain
valve (7).
(10) Remove the access panel (12) from the airplane. Discard the seal (4).
(11) Cut and remove the lockwire from the drain valve (7) and the nut (2).
(12) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3) from the drain valve (7) and the drain valve
(7) from the access panel (12). Discard the seal (6).
F. Close-out
Fig. 401 - Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-15-00
FUEL DRAIN SYSTEM - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 28-15-00-000-802
2. Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
FuelThis
Filtersection
Drain Valve
describes
- Removal
the removal procedure related the Fuel Filter Drain Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH installations.

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1)
(2) Remove the upper nacelle panels 410AT and 420AT (Refer to Chapter TASK 54-
10-00-000-801).
(3) Drain the fuel filter line (Refer to Chapter TASK 12-10-07-600-804).
(4) Unscrew the nut (3) of the adapter (4) and disconnect the fuel filter drain line (1)
from the valve (2).
(5) Remove the clamp (5) that fastens the drain valve (2) to the wing spar.
(6) Remove the fuel filter drain valve (2).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40228-15-00
40
TASK 28-15-00-400-801
3. Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Wing-Tank-Vent
This section Drain-Valve
describes the
- Installation
installation procedure related the Wing Tank Vent Drain Valve.
1004 - 1104

Paint Brush 0.5 in. (12,7 mm) Not Specified
B. Materials
Cotter Pin Not Specified
Seal Not Specified
Sealant 06-005
Lockwire MS20995C32
D. Job Setup
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) Install the drain valve (7) to the access panel (12).
(a) Put a new seal (6) on the drain valve (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Attach the drain valve to the access panel with the washer (3) and the nut (2),
in the position noted during removal. Tighten the nut (2).
(c) Safety the nut (2) and the drain valve with lockwire (MS20995C32).
(4) Install the access panel (12)

HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-
910-801.
the access panel.

(b) Carefully push the new seal (4) in to the seal seat of the access panel.
(c) Hold the access panel in the position noted during removal. Connect the
flexible hose (1) to the drain valve (7). Tighten the flexible hose (1).
(d) Attach the access panel (12) to the wing tank (13) with the screws (10) and
the washers (11). Tighten the screws (10).
(5) Attach the flexible hose (9) to the drain valve (7) with the clamp (8).
(6) Connect the control rod (5).
(a) Put the control rod in position in the airplane.
(b) Install the pin (14) to the control rod and the drain valve (7).
(c) Put the washer (16) on to the pin (14). Safety the pin (14) with a new cotter pin
(15).
(8) Make a check of the area around the access panel 511AB (611AB) for leaks (Refer
to TASK 28-00-00-790-801). Leaks are not permitted.
(9) Install the access panel 251A (252A) (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-802 and TASK
53-60-00-400-801).
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Wing-Tank-Vent Drain-Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40328-15-00
40
TASK 28-15-00-400-802
4. Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 404)
FuelThis
Filtersection
Drain Valve
describes
- Installation
the installation procedure related the Fuel Filter Drain Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Fasten the drain valve (2) to the wing spar with the clamp (5).
(2) Connect the nut (3) of the adapter (4) to the fuel filter drain line (1).
(3) Install the upper nacelle panels 410AT and 420AT (Refer to Chapter TASK 54-10-
00-400-801).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECKFUEL DRAIN SYSTEM - INSPECTION / CHECK

60028-15-00
0
TASK 28-15-00-200-801
1. Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
FuelThis
Filtersection
Drain Valve
describes
- Inspection
the inspection
/ Checkprocedure related the Fuel Filter Drain Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the Fuel Filter Drain Valve as described in this section.
(2) Gently push the plunger to move upwards the valve mechanism.
(3) Verify that the top washer is flat and no signs of deformation are present.
(4) Install the Fuel Filter Drain Valve as described in this section.
F. Close-out
Remove the Warning Notice from the flight compartment.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Fuel Filter Drain Valve - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-15-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-20-00 - DISTRIBUTION
REMOVAL
40028-20-00
/ INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-20-00-000-801
1. Fuel Booster Pump - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
FuelThis
Booster
section
Pumpdescribes
- Removal
the removal procedure related the Fuel Booster Pump.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure to remove the two fuel booster pumps. It is not
necessary to remove both of the fuel booster pumps if only one is defective.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(2) Drain the LH and the RH fuel collector tanks (Refer to TASK 28-11-00-680-801).
07-10-00-500-801).
TASK 53-60-00-000-802).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connections of the main and stand-by fuel pumps.
block (1).
(6) Remove the bottom access panel (6) from the collector tank (5).
(b) Remove the screws (8) and the washers (2) which attach the lockwire tab (3)
and the bottom access panel to the collector tank. Remove the lockwire tab
(3), the bottom access panel and the seal (4). Discard the seal (4).
(7) Remove the main and stand-by fuel pumps (26) and (19).
NOTE: For a better work use a mirror to locate the pump hidden attaching parts.
(a) Cut the terminal connectors from the end of the electrical cables.
(b) Attach a lead line to each pair of the electrical cables.
(c) Disconnect the cable sheaths (16) and (29) from the main and stand-by fuel
pumps.
(d) On the main fuel pump, disconnect the hose (30) to the low-fuel-pressure
warning-switch (9).
(e) Remove the clamps (12) and (32) from the main fuel-supply tube (10). Discard
the seals (11), (13), (31) and (33).
(f) Remove the nut (20) and (25) and the washers (21) and (24) which attach the
main and stand-by fuel pumps to the collector tank bracket (27) by means the
stud (34).
(g) Remove the main and stand-by fuel pumps from the collector tank. Remove
the lead lines from the electrical cables.
CAUTION: MAKE A NOTE OF THE POSITION OF THE CHECK VALVE

AND THE DIRECTION-OF-FLOW ARROWS ON THE CHECK
VALVE. IT MUST BE PUT IN THE SAME POSITION ON
INSTALLATION.
(8) Remove the check valves (14) and (18)

(a) Remove the check valve complete with the adapter (28) and the union (22)
from the main fuel pump (26). Discard the seal (23). Remove the check valve
complete with the union (15) from the stand-by fuel pump (19). Discard the
seal (17).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Fuel Booster Pump - Removal (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Fuel Booster Pump - Removal (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-000-802
2. Crossfeed Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Crossfeed
This section
Valve describes
- Removalthe removal procedure related the crossfeed valve.
1004 - 1104

Container (Minimum Capacity 1 Gallon (4 Liters) Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Put the access platform in position, forward of the LH engine intake.
(3) Remove the access panel 410AT.
(4) Drain the fuel filter.
(5) Remove the crossfeed valve (3).
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the connectors of the tubes (4) and (5) and
the bolts (7).
(c) Put the container in position below the crossfeed valve.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Disconnect the tubes (4) and (5) and relative O-Ring (8) from the crossfeed
valve. Let the fuel drain into the container.
(e) Hold the crossfeed valve. Remove the bolts (7) which attach the crossfeed
valve to the firewall shutoff valve (1).
(f) Remove the crossfeed valve from the firewall shutoff valve (1). Discard the
seal (2).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Crossfeed Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40228-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-000-803
3. LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
LH Firewall
This section
Shutoff
describes
Valve - Removal
the removal procedure related the Shufoff Valve
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Put the access platform in position, forward of the LH engine intake.
(5) Remove the firewall shutoff valve (1)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the connectors of the tubes (2) and (7) and
the bolts (3).
(c) Put the container in position below the firewall shutoff valve.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Disconnect the tubes (2) and (7) from the firewall shutoff valve and the
crossfeed valve (6). Let the fuel drain into the container.
(e) Remove the crossfeed valve (Refer to Para. 4).
(f) Hold the firewall shutoff valve. Remove the bolts (3) which attach the firewall
shutoff valve to the firewall (4). Remove the firewall shutoff valve.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40328-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-000-804
4. RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
RH Firewall
This section
Shutoff
describes
Valve - the
Removal
removal procedure related the Shufoff Valve
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Put the access platform in position, forward of the RH engine intake.
(5) Remove the firewall shutoff valve (5).
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the connector of the tube (3) and the bolts
(2) and (7).
(c) Put the container in position below the firewall shutoff valve.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(d) Loosen the bolts (7) and disconnect the tube (3). Let the fuel drain into the
container.
(e) Remove the bolts (7), the adapter plate (8) and the seal (1). Discard the seal
(1).
(f) Hold the firewall shutoff valve. Remove the bolts (2) which attach the firewall
shutoff valve to the firewall (4). Remove the firewall shutoff valve.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 416
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 417
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 418
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40428-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-000-805
5. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
(Purolator)
This topic
Fuelprovides
Filter - Removal
the removal procedure for the (Purolator) Fuel Filter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
installation is given between square parentheses.
(1) Remove the nacelle 410AT [420AT] (Ref to AMM 54-10-00 Page Block 200).
(2) Disconnect the connector (1).
CAUTION: WHEN REMOVING THE FUEL TUBE (INLET, OUTLET AND

DRAIN) FUEL LEAKAGE CAN OCCUR.
(3) Put in position the container under the work area.

(4) Cut the lockwire and disconnect the drain tube (2) from the fuel filter (3).
(5) Drain the fuel to the fuel filter (3).
(6) Cut the lockwire and disconnect the fuel inlet tube (4) from the fuel filter (3).
(7) Cut the lockwire and disconnect the fuel outlet tube (5) from the fuel filter (3).
(8) Remove the four clamps (6) that secure to the engine mount (9) the assy made by
fuel filter (3) and support (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 419
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(9) Remove the assy made by fuel filter (3) and the relevant support (8) from the
engine mount (9).
(10) Cut the lockwire and remove the three bolts (7).
(11) Remove the fuel filter (3) from the support (8).
(12) If necessary put the blanking caps on all open line ends.
(13) Remove the union (10) and discard the o-ring (12).
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 420
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 421
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 422
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 423
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 424
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40528-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-400-801
6. Fuel Booster Pump - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Fuel This
Booster
section
Pumpdescribes
- Installation
the installation procedure related the Fuel Booster Pump.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 425
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure to install the two fuel booster pumps. It can be
used to install only one of the pumps.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE CHECK VALVES ARE INSTALLED IN THE

POSITIONS NOTED DURING REMOVAL. THE DIRECTION-OF-
FLOW ARROWS MUST POINT TOWARDS THE MAIN FUEL-
SUPPLY TUBE.
(3) Install the check valves (14) and (18).

(a) Put a new seal (17) on to the union (15) (Refer to 20-00-00). Install the check
valve, complete with the union (15) and the seal (17) to the stand-by fuel
pump (19). Tighten the check valve (14).
(b) Put a new seal (23) on to the union (22) (Refer to 20-00-00). Install the check
valve, complete with the adapter (28), the union (22) and the seal (23) to the
main fuel pump (26). Tighten the check valve (18).
(4) Install the main and stand-by fuel pumps (26) and (19)
NOTE: For a better work use a mirror to locate the pump hidden attaching parts.
(a) Attach the electrical cables of the main and stand-by fuel pumps to the
applicable lead lines.
(b) Put the main and stand-by fuel pumps in position on the collector tank bracket
(27).
(c) Use the lead lines to pull the electrical cables through the cable sheaths (16)
and (29).
(d) Install the bolts (20) and (25) and the washers (21) and (24) which attach the
main and stand-by fuel pumps to the collector tank bracket (27) by means the
stud (34).
(e) Put new seals (11), (13), (31) and (33) on the main fuel-supply tube (10) and
the check valves (14) and (18). Attach the main fuel-supply tube (10) to the
check valves (14) and (18) with the clamps (12) and (32).
(f) On the main fuel pump, connect the hose (30) from the low fuel-pressure
warning-switch (9) to the adapter (28). Tighten the hose (30).
(g) Connect the cable sheaths (16) and (29) to the main and stand-by fuel pumps.
(5) Put new terminal connectors on the end of the electrical cables (Refer to 20-00-
00).
(6) Connect the electrical connections of the main and stand-by fuel pumps (26) and
(19) to the terminal block (1) in the position noted during removal (Refer to 20-00-
00). Remove the temporary identification tags from the cables.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE WORK AREA INSIDE THE COLLECTOR
TANK IS FREE FROM MOISTURE AND WORK DEBRIS.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 426
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(7) Install the bottom access panel (6) to the collector tank (5).

910-801.
the bottom access panel and the collector tank.

(c) Attach the bottom access panel, the seal (4) and the lockwire tab (3) to the
collector tank (5) with the screws (8) and the washers (2). Tighten the screws
(8).
(8) Safety the defueling connector (7) with lockwire (MS20995C32) (Refer to 20-00-
00).
(10) Make a check of the LH (RH) fuel collector tank for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-
790-801). Leaks are not permitted.
(11) Do the fuel pump operational test.
(12) Do an Electrical Cable Hose Terminal Fuel Leakage Check (As described in this
section).
(13) Install the access panel 251A (252A) (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-801 and TASK
53-60-00-400-802).
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 427
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Fuel Booster Pump - Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 428
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 406 - Fuel Booster Pump - Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 429
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 430
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40628-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-400-802
7. Crossfeed Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 407)
Crossfeed
This section
Valve describes
- Installation
the installation procedure related the Crossfeed Valve
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C32
Seals Not Specified
O-Ring IPC 28-21-00 Fig.3
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE A NEW O-RING
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 431
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK (TT-M-261) to clean the
(3) Install the crossfeed valve (3).
(a) Put a new seal (2) and the crossfeed valve in position on the firewall shutoff
valve (1).
(b) Install the bolts (7) to attach the crossfeed valve to the firewall shutoff valve
(1). Tighten the bolts (7).
(c) Insert the O-Ring (8) and connect the tubes (4) and (5) to the crossfeed valve.
Tighten the tubes (4) and (5).
(d) Safety the bolts (7) and the tubes (4) and (5) with lockwire (MS20995C32).
(e) Connect the electrical connector (6) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(5) Do an Operational Test of the crossfeed valve (3).
(6) Make a check of the crossfeed valve (3) for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-790-
(7) Install the access panel 410AT.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 432
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 407 - Crossfeed Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 433
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 434
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40728-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-400-803
8. LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 408)
LH Firewall
This section
Shutoff
describes
Valve - Installation
the installation procedure related the Shutoff Valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C32
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-801
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 435
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
replacement parts and their interfaces. Wipe the components with a clean lint-free
cloth before the MEK dries.
(3) Install the firewall shutoff valve (1).
(a) Hold the firewall shutoff valve in position on the firewall (4). Install the bolts (3)
to attach the firewall shutoff valve to the firewall (4). Tighten the bolts (3).
(b) Install the crossfeed valve (TASK 28-20-00-400-802).
(c) Connect the tube (2) to the firewall shutoff valve. Tighten the tube (2).
(d) Safety the tube (2) and the bolts (3) with lockwire (MS20995C32).
(e) Connect the electrical connector (8) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(5) Do an Operational Test of the firewall shutoff valve (1) (Refer to Para. 12).
(6) Make a check of the firewall shutoff valve (1) for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 436
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 408 - LH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 437
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 438
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40828-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-400-804
9. RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 409)
RH Firewall
This section
Shutoff
describes
Valve - the
Installation
installation procedure related the Shutoff Valve
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C32
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from all line ends and electrical connectors
replacement parts and their interfaces. Wipe the components with a clean lint-free
(3) Install the firewall shutoff valve (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 439
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(a) Hold the firewall shutoff valve in position on the firewall (4). Install the bolts (2)
to attach the firewall shutoff valve to the firewall (4). Tighten the bolts (2).
(b) Put a new seal (1) and the adapter plate (8) in position on the firewall shutoff
valve (Refer to 20-00-00).
(c) Install the bolts (7) to attach the adapter plate (8) to the firewall shutoff valve.
Tighten the bolts (7).
(d) Connect the tube (3) to the firewall shutoff valve. Tighten the tube (3).
(e) Safety the tube (3) and the bolts (2) and (7) with lockwire (MS20995C32).
(f) Connect the electrical connector (6) (Refer to 20-00-00).
(5) Do an Operational Test of the firewall shutoff valve (5).
(6) Make a check of the firewall shutoff valve (5) for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 440
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 409 - RH Firewall Shutoff Valve - Installation
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 441
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 442
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40928-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-400-805
10. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 410)
(Purolator)
This topic
Fuelprovides
Filter - Installation
the installation procedure for the (Purolator) Fuel Filter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
installation is given between square parentheses.

(2) Install the union (10) with o-ring (12) in the fuel filter (3).
(5) Install the fuel filter (3) to the support (8) with the three bolts (7).
(6) If necessary remove the blanking caps previously installed.
(7) Position the assy made by fuel filter (3) and support (8) on the engine mount.
(8) Install and tighten the drain tube (2) to the fuel filter (3) and safety the assembly
with lockwire (Refer to AMM 20-10-02 Page Block 200).
(9) Install and tighten the four clamps (6).
(10) Tighten the three bolts (7) and safety the assembly with lockwire (Ref. to AMM 20-
10-02 Page Block 200).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 443
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Install and tighten the fuel outlet tube (5) and safety the assembly with lockwire
(12) Install and tighten the fuel inlet tube (4) to the fuel filter (3) and safety the assembly
with lockwire (Ref. to AMM 20-10-02 Page Block 200).
(13) Install the connector (1) to the fuel filter (3).
(14) Remove tools, materials and equipment from the work area. Make sure that the
area is clean.
(16) Make sure the electrical power is available (Ref to AMM 24-00-00 Page Block
300).
(17) Perform an engine wet motoring cycle and verify that there isn’t leakage (Ref. to
AMM 71-00-00 Page Block 200)
(18) Install the nacelle 410AT [420AT] (Ref to AMM 54-10-00 Page Block 200)
F. Close-out
area is clean.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 444
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 410 - (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 445
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 446
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 447
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 448
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41028-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-960-801
11. (Pall) Fuel Filter - Replace (Ref. to Fig. 411)
(Pall)This
Fuelsection
Filter -describes
Replace the replacement procedure related the Fuel Filter.
1004 - 1104

Container (Minimum Capacity 1 Gallon (4 Liters)) Not Specified
B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C35
Seal IPC CSN 282000 03
Filter Cartridge IPC CSN 282000 03
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the access panel 410AT (420AT).
(3) Drain the fuel from the fuel filter assembly into the container.
(4) Cut and remove the lockwire from the cartridge housing (9) and the connector of
drain tube (8).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 449
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(5) Hold the union (5) with an applicable wrench and disconnect the drain tube (8)
from the cartridge housing (9).
CAUTION: REMOVE THE CARTRIDGE HOUSING WITH YOUR HAND.

TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HOUSING.
(6) Remove the cartridge housing (9) from the filter body (2).
(7) Make a note of the position of the filter cartridge (4). The replacement filter
cartridge must be installed in the same position.
(8) Remove the filter cartridge (4) and the seal (3). Examine the filter cartridge (4) for
metallic particles and fungal blockage. Discard the filter cartridge (4) and the seal
(3).
NOTE: Large metallic particles can indicate impending failure of the fuel booster
pumps. Fungal blockage can indicate microbiological contamination of
the fuel system.
cartridge housing (9) and the interfaces of the filter body (2) and the drain tube (8).
(10) Put a new seal (3) in the filter body (2) (Refer to 20-00-00).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU INSTALL THE FILTER CARTRIDGE IN THE

POSITION NOTED DURING REMOVAL. THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
CAN BE DAMAGED IF THE FILTER CARTRIDGE IS INSTALLED
INCORRECTLY.
(11) Put a new filter cartridge (4) into the cartridge housing (9).
CAUTION: INSTALL THE CARTRIDGE HOUSING WITH YOUR HAND. TOOLS

CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CARTRIDGE HOUSING.
(12) Install the cartridge housing (9) complete with the filter cartridge (4) to the filter
body (2). Make sure that the filter cartridge (4) and the seal (3) are installed
correctly. Tighten the cartridge housing (9) by hand.
(13) Connect the drain tube (8) to the cartridge housing (9). Hold the union (5) with an
applicable wrench and tighten the drain tube (8).
(14) Safety the cartridge housing (9) and the connector of the drain tube (8) with
lockwire (MS20995C32).
(15) On the top of the switch housing (1), examine the differential-pressure indicator
(DPI). If the DPI shows above the switch housing (1) push it down to reset the
indicator.
(16) Do an Operational Test of the fuel distribution system
(17) Make a check of the fuel filter assembly for leaks (Refer to 20-00-00). Leaks are
not permitted.
(18) Make a check of the fuel filter assembly for leaks (Refer to 20-00-00). Leaks are
not permitted.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 450
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 451
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 411 - (Pall) Fuel Filter - Replace
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 452
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41128-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-960-802
12. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Cartridge - Replace (Ref. to Fig. 412)
(Purolator)
This section
Fuel Filter
describes
- Cartridge
the replacement
- Replace procedure related the Fuel Filter
1004 - 1104

Lint-Free Not Specified
Container (Minimum Capacity 1 Gallon (4 Liters)) Not Specified
B. Materials
Lockwire MS20995C35
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Drain the fuel from the fuel filter assembly into the container.
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the cartridge housing (1) and the connector of
drain tube (2).
(4) Hold the union with an applicable wrench and disconnect the drain tube (2) from
the cartridge housing (1).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 453
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CAUTION: REMOVE THE CARTRIDGE HOUSING WITH YOUR HAND.

TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HOUSING.
(5) Remove the cartridge housing (1) from the filter body (3) with an applicable wrench
(if needed).
(6) Make a note of the position of the filter cartridge. The replacement filter cartridge
must be installed in the same position.
(7) Remove the filter cartridge. Examine the filter cartridge for metallic particles and
fungal blockage. Discard the filter cartridge.
NOTE: Large metallic particles can indicate impending failure of the fuel booster
pumps. Fungal blockage can indicate microbiological contamination of
the fuel system.
cartridge housing (1) and the interfaces of the filter body (3) and the drain tube (2).
(9) Examine the seal for wear (Refer to 20-00-00).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU INSTALL THE FILTER CARTRIDGE IN THE

POSITION NOTED DURING REMOVAL. THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
CAN BE DAMAGED IF THE FILTER CARTRIDGE IS INSTALLED
INCORRECTLY.
(10) Put a new filter cartridge into the cartridge housing (1).
CAUTION: INSTALL THE CARTRIDGE HOUSING WITH YOUR HAND. TOOLS

CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CARTRIDGE HOUSING. IN CASE
A TOOL IS NEEDED, APPLY TORQUE TO THE EXAGON AT THE
BOTTOM OF THE BOWL.
(11) Install the cartridge housing (1) complete with the filter cartridge to the filter body
(3). Tighten the cartridge housing (1) by a wrench with 100 ÷ 150 lb in.
(12) Connect the drain tube (2) to the cartridge housing (1). Hold the union with an
applicable wrench and tighten the drain tube (2).
(13) Safety the cartridge housing (1) and the connector of the drain tube (2) with
lockwire.
(14) Do an Operational Test of the fuel distribution system.
(15) Make a check of the fuel filter assembly for leaks (Refer to TASK 28-00-00-790-
(16) Install the access panel 410AT (420AT).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 454
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 412 - Purolator Fuel Filter - Cartridge
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 455
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 456
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
41228-20-00
40
TASK 28-20-00-960-803
13. Crossfeed Valve - Replace (Ref. to Fig. 413)
Crossfeed
This section
Valve describes
- Replace the replacement procedure related the crossfeed valve.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
O-Ring IPC 28-21-00 Fig.3
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE A NEW O-RING
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the crossfeed valve (Ref. to TASK 28-20-00-000-802)
(2) Disassembly the crossfeed valve as follow:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire (1) from the bolts (2).
(b) Remove the bolt (2).
(c) Remove the elbow (3).
(d) Remove the Flange fitting (4).
(e) Remove the o-ring (5).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 457
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(f) If necessary remove the Junction (6), Nut (8) and the O-Ring (7) from the
elbow (3).
(g) If necessary remove the Junction (9), Nut (11) and the O-Ring (10) from the
flange fitting (4).
CAUTION: PERFORM A VISUAL INSPECTION FOR CRACK,

CORROSION OR OTHER DAMAGE BEFORE ASSEMBLY
THE PARTS ON THE NEW CROSSFEED VALVE.
(3) Take the new crossfeed valve
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE O-RINGS ARE NEW.
(4) Assembly the crossfeed part previously removed from the old crossfeed valve as
follow:
(a) If previously removed, install the Junction (9), Nut (11) and the O-Ring (10)
from the flange fitting (4).
(b) If previously removed, install the Junction (6), Nut (8) and the O-Ring (7) from
the elbow (3).
(c) Install the o-ring (5).
(d) Install the Flange fitting (4).
(e) Install the elbow (3).
(f) Install the bolt (2).
(g) Install the lockwire (1).
(5) Install the crossfeed valve (Ref. toTASK 28-20-00-400-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 458
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 413 - Crossfeed Valve - Replace
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 459
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 460
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50028-20-00
0
TASK 28-20-00-710-801
1. (Pall) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 501)
(Pall)This
Fuelsection
Filter -describes
Impendingthe
By-Pass
check procedure
- Operational
related
Testthe Fuel Filter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup


electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) On the top of the fuel filter assembly (2), examine the red differential-pressure
indicator (DPI) (1). If the DPI (1) shows above the top of the switch housing (3),
replace the filter cartridge and reset the DPI (1) (TASK 28-20-00-960-801 or TASK
28-20-00-960-802).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
F. Close-out
Fig. 501 - (Pall) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50128-20-00
50
TASK 28-20-00-710-802
2. (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 502)
(Purolator)
This section
Fuel Filter
describes
- Impending
the check
By-Pass
procedure
- Operational
related the
Test
Fuel Filter.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
NOTE: For this procedure it is necessary the presence of two persons - one in the
flight compartment to check the “L/R FUEL FILTER” annunciator light and the
other one close the engine to push and release the Fuel Filter Annunciator
Light test button.
E. Procedure

(2) On the top of the fuel filter assembly (2), push the Fuel Filter Annunciator Light test
button (red) and check that the “L/R FUEL FILTER” annunciator light, located on
the Annunciator Panel, comes ON.
(3) Release the Fuel Filter Annunciator Light test button (red) and check that the “L/R
FUEL FILTER” annunciator light goes OFF.
(5) Remove the access platform, all tools, materials and equipment from the work
area. Make sure that the area is clean.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 502 - (Purolator) Fuel Filter - Impending By-Pass - Operational
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50228-20-00
50
TASK 28-20-00-710-804
3. Fuel Distribution System - Operational Test (Ref. to Fig. 503)
FuelThis
Distribution
section System
describes
- Operational
the Operational
Test Test related the Fuel Distribution System.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL BOOSTER PUMPS WHEN THE

COLLECTOR TANKS ARE EMPTY. THE FUEL BOOSTER PUMPS CAN
BE DAMAGED IF THEY ARE RUN DRY.
(1) Make sure there is sufficient fuel in the collector tanks to do the test.
(3) Do the Operational Test of the fuel distribution system
NOTE: When the fuel system components are in a serviceable condition, the
annunciators show as follows before the test:
L (R) F/W V INTRAN OFF
L (R) F/W V CLSD ON
L (R) FUEL PUMP ON
L (R) FUEL PRESS ON
L (R) FUEL FILTER OFF
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 505
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FUEL XFEED OFF

XFEED INTRAN OFF
L (R) LOW FUEL OFF
Actio Result
(a) In the flight compartment in zone 225, In zone 251 (252) the main fuel-booster-
on the engine/fuel control panel, set pump starts to operate.
the L (R) PUMP switch to the MAIN In zone 225, on the annunciator panel, the
position L (R) FUEL PUMP annunciator goes off.
(b) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 410 (420) the firewall shutoff valve
the L (R) F/W VALVE switch to the opens.
OPEN position In zone 225, on the annunciator panel:
– the L (R) F/W V CLSD annunciator
goes off
– the L (R) F/W V INTRAN annunciator
comes on for between 1 and 3
seconds
– the L (R) FUEL PRESS annunciator
goes off.
(c) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 251 (252) the main fuel-booster-
the L(R) PUMP switch to MAIN pump stops.
position, then open the L(R) MAIN In zone 225, on the annunciator panel:
PUMP circuit breaker. – the L (R) FUEL PUMP annunciator
comes on
If the cross-feed is not ON, also the L (R)
FUEL PRESS annunciator comes on.
(d) Close the L(R) MAIN PUMP circuit The L (R) FUEL PUMP annunciator goes
breaker. off.
(e) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 251 (252) the main fuel-booster-
the L (R) PUMP switch to the OFF pump stops.
position In zone 225, on the annunciator panel:
– the L (R) FUEL PUMP annunciator
comes on
– the L (R) FUEL PRESS annunciator
comes on.
(f) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 251 (252) the stand-by fuel-
the L (R) PUMP switch to the STBY booster-pump starts to operate.
position In zone 225, on the annunciator panel, the
L (R) FUEL PRESS annunciator goes off.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 506
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Actio Result
(g) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 251 (252) the stand-by fuel-
the L (R) PUMP switch to the OFF booster-pump stops.
L (R) FUEL PRESS annunciator comes
on.
(h) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 410 (420) the firewall shutoff valve
the L (R) F/W VALVE switch to the closes.
CLOSED position In zone 225, on the annunciator panel:
– the L (R) F/W INTRAN annunciator
comes on for 1 to 3 seconds
– the L (R) F/W V CLSD annunciator
comes on.
(i) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 251 the main fuel-booster-pump
the L PUMP switch to the MAIN starts to operate.
L FUEL PUMP and L FUEL PRESS
annunciators go off.
(j) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 410 the crossfeed valve opens.
the CROSSFEED switch to the In zone 225, on the annunciator panel:
horizontal position (open) – the XFEED INTRAN annunciator
– the FUEL XFEED annunciator comes
on.
(k) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 420 the firewall shutoff valve
the R F/W VALVE switch to the OPEN opens.
– the R F/W V CLSD annunciator goes
off
– the R F/W V INTRAN annunciator
– the R FUEL PRESS annunciator goes
off.
(l) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 251 the main fuel-booster-pump
the L PUMP switch to the OFF stops.
– the L FUEL PUMP annunciator comes
on
– the R FUEL PRESS annunciator
comes on.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 507
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Actio Result
(m) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 420 the firewall shutoff valve
the R F/W VALVE switch to the closes.
CLOSED position In zone 225, on the annunciator panel:
– the R F/W V INTRAN annunciator
– the R F/W V CLSD annunciator comes
on.
(n) On the engine/fuel control panel, set In zone 410 the crossfeed valve closes.
the CROSSFEED switch to the In zone 225 on the annunciator panel:
vertical position (closed) – the FUEL XFEED annunciator goes
off
– the XFEED INTRAN annunciator
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 508
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 503 - Fuel Distribution System - Operational Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 509
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 510
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
50328-20-00
50
TASK 28-20-00-790-801
4. Electrical Cable Hose Terminals - Leak Test (Ref. to Fig 504, 505)
Electrical
This section
Cable Hose
describes
Terminals
the leakage
- Leak Test
check procedure related the cable hose terminal.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL BOOSTER PUMPS WHEN THE

COLLECTOR TANKS ARE EMPTY. THE FUEL BOOSTER PUMPS CAN
BE DAMAGED IF THEY ARE RUN DRY.
E. Procedure
NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH installations, both Main and
Stand by Pumps.
(1) Put the airplane on jacks (Refer to TASK 07-10-00-500-801).

(2) Open the sub-wing access panels 251A / 252A (Refer to 53-60-00) (as
applicable).
(3) Check that electrical power is available (Refer to TASK 24-00-00-400-801)
WARNING: DO NOT STAND IN PROXIMITY OF THE FUEL COLLECTOR

TANK DURING PUMP OPERATION. CAREFULLY DRY ANY
PARTS THAT COULD BE WET WITH FUEL PRIOR TO
PERFORMING ANY STEP OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
NOTE: For more information about Fuel Distribution System Refer to 28-20-00.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 511
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Check for any fuel leakage from the electrical cable hose terminals as indicated in
figures 504, 505.
(5) Check that the Firewall Shut-off Valves are closed
(6) Set the LH /RH (as applicable) Fuel Pump switch to the MAIN / STBY position (as
applicable).
(7) Operate the Fuel Pump for 10 minutes.
(8) Check for any fuel leakage coming from the Collector Tank electrical cable hose
passages and from the electrical cable hose terminals, as indicated in figures 504,
505. Observe for a minimum duration of 10 minutes after pump shutdown.
(9) On the Fuel Control Panel, set the LH/RH (as applicable) Fuel Pump switch to the
OFF position.
WARNING: CHECK THAT ALL PARTS THAT COULD BE WET WITH FUEL
ARE DRIED BEFORE RETURNING THE AIRPLANE TO SERVICE.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 512
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 504 - Electrical Cable Hose Terminals - Leak
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 513
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 505 - Electrical Cable Hose Terminals - Leak
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-20-00
Page 514
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
28-40-00 - INDICATING
REMOVAL
40028-40-00
/ INSTALLATION
INDICATING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 28-40-00-000-801
1. Collector Tank Probes - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Collector
This section
Tank Probes
describes
- Removal
the removal procedure related the Collector Tank Probes.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup

NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH removals. Data for the RH
NOTE: This topic gives the procedure to remove the fuel quantity probes from the LH
and RH fuel collector tanks. It is not necessary to remove both of the fuel
quantity probes if only one is defective.

electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
07-10-00-500-801).
TASK 53-60-00-000-802).
(5) Remove the top and bottom access panels (4), (10), (24) and (34) from the
collector tanks (6) and (13).
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lockwire tabs (1), (9) (25) and (28) on
the access panels.
(b) For the top access panel of the RH fuel collector tank do the steps which
follow:
(i) Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the pre-check valve (12)
(Refer to 20-00-00).
(ii) Remove the two clamps (15) and (19) and the tube (21). Discard the
seals (14), (16), (18) and (20).
(iii) Remove the screws (30) and the washers (29) which attach the access
panel (34) and the lockwire tab (28) to the collector tank.
(iv) Pull the access panel (34) away from the collector tank. Disconnect the
two flexible hoses (31) and (32) from the pre-check valve (12) and the
pressure-refueling shut-off valve (35).
(v) Remove the access panel (34) complete with the pre-check valve (12),
the pressure-refueling shut-off valve (35) and the seal (33). Discard the
seal (33).
(c) For the remaining access panels do the steps which follow:
(i) Remove the screws (2), (7) and (27) and the washers (3), (8) and (26),
which attach the access panels (4), (10) and (24) and the lockwire tabs
(1), (9) and (25) to the collector tanks.
(ii) Remove the access panels (4), (10) and (24), the lockwire tabs (1), (9)
and (26) and the seals (5), (11) and (23). Discard the seals (5), (11) and
(25).
(6) Remove the fuel quantity probe (36).
(a) Disconnect the four quantity probe terminal ends (Refer to 20-00-00).
(b) Remove the bolt (42) and the washer (43) from the bottom mounting.
(c) Hold the fuel quantity probe. Remove the bolt (38) and the washer (39) from
the top mounting.
(d) Loosen the bolt (40) on the clamp (41). Decrease the length of the probe to
remove it from the collector tank.
(e) Carefully remove the fuel quantity probe from the collector tank.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Collector Tank Probes - Removal (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40128-40-00
INDICATING - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
40
TASK 28-40-00-400-801
2. Collector Tank Probes - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Collector
This section
Tank Probes
describes
- Installation
the Installation procedure related the Collector Tank Probes.
1004 - 1104

Paint Brush 0.5in. (12,7mm) Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Lockwire MS20995C32
Seals Not Specified
D. Job Setup

NOTE: This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH installation Data for the RH

electrical power.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the caps from the openings, line ends and electrical connectors.
(2) Install the fuel quantity probe (36).
(a) Carefully put the fuel quantity probe in to the collector tank.
(b) Hold the probe in the correct position for installation. Attach the top mounting
of the probe to the collector tank with the bolt (38) and the washer (39).
(c) Attach the bottom mounting of the probe to the collector tank with the bolt (42)
and the washer (43). Tighten the bolts (38) and (42).
(d) Connect the four quantity probe terminal ends (Refer to 20-00-00).
(e) Loosen the bolt (40) on the clamp (41) and adjust the fuel quantity probe to
the dimension shown. Tighten the bolt (40).
(3) Install the top and bottom access panels (4), (10), (24) and (34) collector tank.
(a) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK (TT-M-261), to clean the
interfaces of the top and bottom access panels and the collector tank. Wipe

00-01-910-801.
(b) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealantto the seal seat of
the top and bottom access panels and the collector tank.

(c) For the top access panel (34) of the RH fuel collector tank (13) do the steps
which follow:
(i) Carefully put the new seal (33) on the access panel.
(ii) Connect the two flexible hoses (31) and (32) to the pre-check valve (12)
and the pressure-refueling shut-off valve (35). Tighten the hoses (31) and
(32).
(iii) Attach the top access panel, the seal (33) and the lockwire tab (28) to the
collector tank with the screws (30) and the washers (29). Tighten the
screws (30).
(iv) Install new seals (14), (16), (18) and (20) to the tube (21), the refueling
adapter (17) and the pressure refueling shut-off valve (35) (Refer to 20-
00-00).
(v) Hold the tube (21) in the correct position for installation. Attach the tube
(21) to the refueling adapter (17) and the pressure-refueling shut-off valve
(35) with the clamps (15) and (19).
(vi) Connect the electrical connector (22) to the pre-check valve (12) (Refer to
20-00-00).
(d) For the remaining access panels (4), (10) and (24) do the steps which follow:
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(i) Carefully put the new seals (5), (11) and (23) on the access panels.
(ii) Attach the access panels, the seals (5), (11) and (23) and the lockwire
tabs (1), (9) and (25) to the collector tanks with the screws (2), (7) and
(27) and the washers (3), (8) and (26). Tighten the screws (2), (7) and
(27).
(5) Examine the area around the collector tank access-panels for leaks (Refer to 28-
(6) Install the access panels 251A (252A) (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-801 and
TASK 53-60-00-400-802).
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Collector Tank Probes - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST
50028-40-00
INDICATING - ADJUSTMENT / TEST
0
TASK 28-40-00-700-803
1. Indicating System - Testing, Checking (Ref. to Fig. 501)
Indicating
This section
Systemdescribes
- Testing,the
Checking
Testing related the Indicating System.
1004 - 1104

0.125 in (3,18 mm) Paint Brush Not Specified
B. Materials
Paint Not Specified
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Ground the airplane (Refer to 12-24-00).
(4) Drain the LH and RH fuel collector tanks (Refer to 28-11-00).
(5) Add 12.4 lbs. of unusable fuel in each collector tank (24.8 lbs. total LH and RH).
00).
(7) Make the airplane level (Refer to 08-20-00).
(8) Remove the fuel quantity indicators from the ENGINE/FUEL control panel. Do not
disconnect the electrical connectors.
(9) Remove the covers of the trim adjusters on the fuel quantity indicators. Let the fuel
quantity indicators stay for 10 minutes, to become stable, before the test.
(10) In the flight compartment, on the MASTER SWITCHES panel, set the battery
switch to BAT. Make sure the 28 Vdc is available (Refer to 24-00-00).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(11) Adjust the LH and RH indicators

Action Result
(a) On the SYS TEST panel, set the On the fuel quantity indicators:
switch to FUEL QTY and push and – the digital indications show 8888 and
release the center button then 0000.
– the pointers show full scale deflection
and then go back to 0 (Zero).
On the annunciator panel the L LOW FUEL
and the R LOW FUEL annunciators stay
on.
NOTE: During the remaining part of the procedure the position of the pointers on the
fuel quantity indicators can be ignored.
(b) Turn the TAR potentiometers On the fuel quantity indicators the digital
clockwise 15 times until the digital indications show XXX (where XXX equals
indications show XXX. a number between 000 and 999).
(c) Turn the COMP potentiometers On the fuel quantity indicators the digital
(clockwise to increase the value and indications show 500 ±20.
counterclockwise to decrease the
value) to get indications of 500 ±20
(d) On the SYS TEST panel, push and On the fuel quantity indicators the digital
release the center button indications show XXX (where XXX equals
a number between 000 and 999).
(e) Turn the OFUEL potentiometers On the fuel quantity indicators the digital
(clockwise to increase the value and indications show 500 ±20.
counterclockwise to decrease the
value) to get indications of 500 ±20
(f) On the SYS TEST panel, push and On the fuel quantity indicators the digital
release the center button indications show XXX (where XXX equals
a number between 000 and 999).
(g) Do steps (c) thru (f) above, two more In zone 251 (252) the stand-by fuel-
times booster-pump stops.
In zone 225, on the annunciator panel, the
L (R) FUEL PRESS annunciator comes
on.
(h) Turn the TAR potentiometers On the fuel quantity indicators the digital
counterclockwise 20 times indications show 0000.
(12) Make sure the items which follow are in the correct configuration:
– the fuel vents are clear
– the fuel drains are closed
– the firewall shut-off valves are closed.
(13) Open the collector-tank interconnecting-valve (Refer to ).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(14) Gravity fill the fuel storage system (Refer to 12-00-00). Make sure the system is
completely full.
(15) Wait at least 1 minute the continue with the adjustment as follows:
(a) Airplane that not incorporate SB 80-0123
Action Result
(a) Turn the FSFUEL potentiometers to On the fuel quantity indicators the
get indications of 1320 (clockwise will indications show:
increase the value and – 1380 ± 40 lbs on the digital indicators;
counterclockwise will decrease the
– 1400 ± 48 lbs on the analog indicators
value)
(16) Use the following formula to check the effective fuel quantity filled in airplane:
Liters Charged x Fuel Density
= fuel in the tanks
0.4536
(17) Close the collector-tank interconnecting-valve (Refer to ).

(19) On the fuel quantity indicators, install the covers of the trim adjusters. Tighten the
screws.
(20) Use the paint brush to apply one spot of the paint to each of the screw heads.
(21) Install the fuel quantity indicators in to the ENGINE/FUEL control panel.
(22) In the flight compartment, on the MASTER SWITCHES panel, set the battery
switch to BAT. Make sure the 28 Vdc is available (Refer to 24-00-00).
(23) Make sure the fuel quantity indicators show 1320.
(25) Remove the airplane ground (Refer to 12-24-00).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 503
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 501 - Fuel Indicating System - Adjustment/Test
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 504
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK
60028-40-00
INDICATING - INSPECTION / CHECK
0
TASK 28-40-00-200-801
1. Fuselage Tank Probes - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 601)
Fuselage
This section
Tank Probes
describes
- Inspection
the inspection
/ Checkprocedure related the Fuselage Probes Tank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(3) Remove the flap system GCU (Refer to 27-00-00), the main junction box and the
battery (Refer to 24-00-00).
(4) Remove the access panels 281AZ and 282AZ. Remove and discard the seals (8)
and (10).
(5) Use the light source and examine the fuel quantity probes (1) and (6)
(a) Make sure the bolts (2), (5), (7) and (9) are tight.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(b) Make sure the four terminal ends of the fuel quantity probe are installed
correctly.
(c) Examine the body of the probes for excessive dents or damage.
(6) Install new seals (8) and (10) to the access panels 281AZ and 282AZ.
(a) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with the MEK (TT-M-261), to clean the
new seals and the interfaces of the access panels and the integral fuselage
tank (11). Wipe the components with a clean piece of lint-free cloth before the
MEK dries.
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE ADHESIVE. OBEY THE

00-01-910-801.
(b) Use the brush to apply a smooth, equal layer of the sealant to the seal seats
of the access panels.

MINUTES. THE ADHESIVE CAN START TO CURE AFTER 15
(c) Carefully push the seals in to the seal seats of the access panels.
(7) Install the access panels 281AZ and 282AZ and the new seals (8) and (10).
(8) Install the flap system GCU (Refer to 27-00-00), the main junction box and the
battery (Refer to 24-00-00).
(10) Examine the area around the access panels 281AZ and 282AZ for leaks (Refer to
TASK 28-00-00-790-801). Leaks are not permitted.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 601 - Fuselage Tank Probes - Inspection / Check
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60128-40-00
60
TASK 28-40-00-200-802
2. Wing Tank Probes - Inspection / Check
WingThis
Tanksection
Probesdescribes
- Inspection
the inspection
/ Check procedure related the Wing Probes Tank.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
electrical power.
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the wing-tank access-panels 511CB, 522DB, 532DB, 611CB, 622DB and
632DB (Refer to TASK 57-10-00-000-801).
(3) Use the light source and examine the fuel quantity probes.
(b) Make sure the electrical connectors are installed correctly.
(c) Examine the body of the probes for excessive dents or damage.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Install the wing-tank access-panels 511CB, 522DB, 532DB, 611CB, 622DB and
632DB (Refer to TASK 57-10-00-400-801).
area is clean.
(9) Examine the area around the wing-tank access-panels for leaks (Refer to TASK
28-00-00-790-801). Leaks are not permitted.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60128-40-00
60
TASK 28-40-00-200-803
3. Collector Tank Probes - Inspection / Check (Ref. to Fig. 602)
Collector
This section
Tank Probes
describes
- Inspection
the inspection
/ Checkprocedure related the Collector Tank Probes.
1004 - 1104

Paint Brush 0.5 in.(12,7 mm) Not Specified
B. Materials
Sealant 06-005
Lockwire MS20995C32
Seal Not Specified
D. Job Setup
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 607
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
electrical power.
E. Procedure
07-10-00-500-801).
(4) Remove the access panels 251A and 252A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801 and
TASK 53-60-00-000-802).
(5) Remove the top and bottom access panels (4), (10), (24) and (34) from the
collector tanks (6) and (13).
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lockwire tabs (1), (9), (25) and (28) on
the access panels.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector (22) from the pre-check valve (12) (Refer
to 20-00-00).
(c) Remove the two clamps (15) and (19) and the tube (21). Discard the seals
(14), (16), (18) and (20).
(d) Remove the screws (30) and the washers (29) which attach the top access
panel and the lockwire tab (28) to the RH fuel collector tank (13).
(e) Pull the access panel (34) away from the RH fuel collector tank (13).
Disconnect the two flexible hoses (31) and (32) from the pre-check valve (12)
and the pressure-refueling shut-off valve (35).
(f) Remove the access panel (34) complete with the pre-check valve (12), the
pressure-refueling shut-off valve (35) and the seal (33). Discard the seal (33).
(g) Remove the screws (2), (7) and (27) and the washers (3), (8) and (26) which
attach the access panels (4), (10) and (24) and the lockwire tabs (1), (9) and
(25) to the collector tanks (6) and (13).
(h) Remove the lockwire tabs (1), (9) and (25), the access panels (4), (10) and
(24) and the seals (5), (11) and (23). Discard the seals (5), (11) and (23).
(6) Use the flameproof light source and examine the fuel quantity probes (37)
(a) Make sure the installation bolts (39) and (40) are tight.
(b) Make sure the clamp bolts (36) are tight.
(c) Make sure the four quantity probe terminal ends are installed correctly. (Refer
to 20-00-00).
(d) Examine the body of the probes for excessive dents or damage.

801.
interfaces of the top and bottom access panels (4), (10), (24) and (34) and the
collector tanks (6) and (13). Wipe the components with a clean piece of lint-free
(8) Install the top and bottom access panels (4), (10), (24) and (34) to the collector
tanks (6) and (13)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 608
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

910-801.
the top and bottom access panels and the collector tanks.

(b) Carefully put the new seal (33) on the top access panel (34).
(c) Connect the two flexible hoses (31) and (32) to the pre-check valve (12) and
the pressure-refueling shut-off valve (35). Tighten the hoses (31) and (32).
(d) Connect the electrical connector (22) to the pre-check valve (12) (Refer to 20-
00-00). Attach the top access panel (34), the seal (33) and the lockwire tab
(28) to the collector tank (13) with the screws (30) and the washers (29).
Tighten the screws (30).
(e) Carefully put new seals (5), (11) and (23) on the top and bottom access
panels (4), (10) and (24).
(f) Attach the top and bottom access panels (4), (10) and (24), the seals (5), (11)
and (23) and the lockwire tabs (1), (9) and (25) to the collector tanks with the
screws (2), (7) and (27) and the washers (3), (8) and (26). Tighten the screws
(2), (7) and (27).
(10) Examine the area around the collector-tank access-panels for leaks (Refer to
TASK 28-00-00-790-801). Leaks are not permitted.
(11) Install the access panels 251A and 252A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-400-801 and
TASK 53-60-00-400-802).
500-802).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 609
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 602 - Collector Tank Probes - Inspection / Check (Sheet 1 of 3)
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 610
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 611
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
28-40-00
Page 612
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
HYDRAULIC POWER
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 29 - HYDRAULIC POWER

29 - LOEP
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT PAGE DATE
29 - LOEP 1-2 Jul.08/16
29 - TOC 1-2 Jul.08/16
29-00-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

501 - 502 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
603 - 606 Jul.08/16
701 - 702 Jul.08/16
29-10-00 1-6 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 418 Jul.08/16
419 - 420 Jul.08/16
421 - 422 Jul.08/16
423 - 424 Jul.08/16
425 - 426 Jul.08/16
601 - 604 Jul.08/16
29-11-00 1-4 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 406 Jul.08/16
407 - 408 Jul.08/16
409 - 412 Jul.08/16
413 - 414 Jul.08/16
415 - 416 Jul.08/16
601 - 602 Jul.08/16
701 - 704 Jul.08/16
705 - 706 Jul.08/16
707 - 708 Jul.08/16
29-20-00 1-2 Jul.08/16

401 - 404 Jul.08/16
405 - 408 Jul.08/16
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-LOEP
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-LOEP
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 29 - HYDRAULIC POWER

29 - TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SECTION
HYDRAULIC POWER 29-00-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Main Hydraulic Power 2 1004 - 1104
3. Auxiliary Hydraulic Power 3 1004 - 1104

1. Hydraulic Power - Operational Test 501 1004 - 1104

1. Hydraulic Power - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
2. Oil Contamination Analysis - Specific, Special Inspection 603 1004 - 1104

1. Hydraulic System - Flushing Cleaning 701 1004 - 1104
MAIN HYDRAULIC POWER 29-10-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
2. Description 2 1004 - 1104
3. Operation 4 1004 - 1104

1. Hydraulic Pump Package - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Electric Motor - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Optical Level Sensor - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Filter Element - Removal 409 1004 - 1104
5. Pressure Control Unit - Removal 413 1004 - 1104
6. Hydraulic Pump Package - Installation 415 1004 - 1104
7. Electric Motor - Installation 419 1004 - 1104
8. Optical Level Sensor - Installation 421 1004 - 1104
9. Filter Element - Installation 423 1004 - 1104
10. Pressure Control Unit - Installation 425 1004 - 1104

1. Electric Motor Brushes - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104
HYDRAULIC PRESSURIZATION 29-11-00 1
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-TOC
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
1. Description 1 1004 - 1104

2. Operation 2 1004 - 1104
3. Location 3 1004 - 1104

1. Air Filters - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Check Valve - Removal 405 1004 - 1104
3. Relief Valve - Removal 407 1004 - 1104
4. Air Filters - Installation 409 1004 - 1104
5. Check Valve - Installation 413 1004 - 1104
6. Relief Valve - Installation 415 1004 - 1104

1. Hydraulic Pressurization - Inspection / Check 601 1004 - 1104

1. Air Filters - Cleaning 701 1004 - 1104
2. Relief Valve Secondo Mona SM3326 - Cleaning 705 1004 - 1104
3. Hydraulic Check Valve - Cleaning 707 1004 - 1104
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC POWER 29-20-00 1

1. General 1 1004 - 1104
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC POWER 29-20-00 401

1. Auxiliary Handpump - Removal 401 1004 - 1104
2. Auxiliary Handpump - Installation 405 1004 - 1104
EFFECTIVITY: 29-TOC
1004 - 1104
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
29-00-00 - HYDRAULIC
DESCRIPTION
029-00-00
AND
HYDRAULIC
0 OPERATION
POWER
POWER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. The hydraulic power system supplies normal and emergency hydraulic power to the
1004 - 1104
landing gear and its associated systems (Refer to TASK 32-00-00-700-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Main Hydraulic Power

MainA.Hydraulic
The hydraulic
Power power system supplies normal and emergency hydraulic power to the
1004 - 1104
landing gear and its associated systems (Refer to TASK 32-00-00-700-801).
B. The system operates in two modes:

– A high duty mode for landing gear extension and retraction (Refer to TASK 32-30-
00-000-801)
– A low duty mode for nose wheel steering (Refer to TASK 32-50-00-000-801) and
the wheel brakes (Refer to TASK 32-42-00-000-801).
The system is disabled when the landing gear is up and locked.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Auxiliary Hydraulic Power

Auxiliary
A. TheHydraulic
auxiliary
Power
hydraulic power system is a hand pump for the emergency extension of
1004 - 1104
the landing gear and for extension and retraction of the gear on the ground for
maintenance purposes (Refer to TASK 32-30-00-400-803).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ADJUSTMENT / TEST HYDRAULIC POWER - ADJUSTMENT / TEST

50029-00-00
0
TASK 29-00-00-710-802
1. Hydraulic Power - Operational Test
Hydraulic
This section
Power -describes
Operational
the Test
Operational Test related to Hydraulic Power.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
NOTE: All hydraulic system testing not described below requires the use of the
landing gear, nosewheel steering etc. and is described in 32-00-00.

(2) For airplanes that not incorporate S.B.80-0166 do the test:
Action Result
(a) On the system test panel on the
instrument panel in the flight
compartment, set the rotary switch
to HYD.
(b) Push (in) and release the On the annunciator panel the HYD press
momentary hold test switch in the annunciator comes ON for 6 seconds
center of the rotary switch. and then goes OFF. On the instrument
panel the HYD pressure gage shows
between 1000 psi and 1350 psi and then
returns to zero.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 501
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(3) For airplanes that incorporate S.B.80-0166 do the test:

Action Result
(a) Set the BAT SW on BAT position. The HYD press annunciator comes ON.
(b) On the HYD panel, located on the The HYD press annunciator goes to
instrument panel, set the HYD SW OFF.
to HYD position.
(c) On the system Test Panel set the On the annunciator panel the HYD press
Rotary Switch to TEST HYD annunciator comes ON for 6 seconds
SYSTEM. and then goes OFF.
Push (in) and release the On the instrument panel the HYD
momentary hold test switch in the pressure gauge shows an indication
center of the rotary switch between 2000 psi and 2350 psi and then
returns to initial value (about 1000 psi).
(4) Open the ground test/refuel panel 272 A.

(5) Continue the test
Action Result
(a) On the ground test panel set the The HYD LEVEL and HYD FILTER
GROUND TEST switch to LAMP annunciators come on.
and hold it in this position.
(b) Release the switch. The switch returns to the center (off)
position. The HYD FILTER light can stay
on.
(c) Set the switch to SYST and hold it in The HYD LEVEL annunciator comes on
this position. within 5 seconds.
NOTE: If either annunciator stays off during the test it indicates a fault in the
monitoring system circuit.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 502
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INSPECTION / CHECK HYDRAULIC POWER - INSPECTION / CHECK

60029-00-00
0
TASK 29-00-00-200-801
1. Hydraulic Power - Inspection / Check
Hydraulic
This section
Power -describes
Inspection
the
/ Check
Inspection related to Hydraulic Power.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE HYDRAULIC FLUID. PUT ON

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IS DANGEROUS
AND CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN.

OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN TASK 20-00-01-910-
801.
CAUTION: THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND TEST MUST BE PERFORMED

ONLY WHEN THE HYDRAULIC PACKAGE IS PRESSURIZED.
(1) Raise the airplane on jacks (Refer to TASK 07-10-00-500-801).

(2) Remove the access panel 251 A.
(3) Remove the access panels 211 DLF and 212 BRF.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 601
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Examine, as far as possible, the items that follow for general condition, security of
attachment, leakage and corrosion.
– The hydraulic pump package
– The pressure control unit
– The hoses and tubes
– The optical level sensor
– The filter assembly of the pump package
– The ground pressurization adaptor and cap
– The filler and cap
– The handpump
(5) Check the motor brushes for wear (Refer to TASK 29-10-00-200-801).
(6) Replace the filter element if required (Refer to TASK 29-10-00-000-804).
(7) If some leakage between the electrical motor and hydraulic package body is
suspected, pressurize and set to ON the Hydraulic Package, then check that the
leakage is no more than one oil drop every 5 minutes.
(8) Do a test of the main and auxiliary power systems (Refer to TASK 29-00-00-710-
801 and TASK 32-00-00-710-801).
area is clean.
(10) Install the access panels 251 A, 211 DLF and 212 BRF.
500-802).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 602
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
60029-00-00
HYDRAULIC POWER - INSPECTION / CHECK
60
TASK 29-00-00-280-801
2. Oil Contamination Analysis - Specific, Special Inspection
Oil Contamination
Analysis the
- Specific,
Inspection
Special
related
Inspection
to Hydraulic Power.
1004 - 1104

Sample bottles (100 milliliters) Not Specified
Pressure blanks Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure


OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER TASK 20-00-
01-910-801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 603
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(1) Do the procedure for Landing Gear - Handpump Operation (Refer to TASK 32-00-
00-710-801).
(2) Put a container below the overfill valve in the left hand main landing gear
compartment.
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire and open the overfill valve. Allow any hydraulic fluid
to drain from the overfill tube.
AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER TASK 20-00-
01-910-801.
(4) Clean the overfill valve with MEK and dry with a lint-free cloth.
(5) Using the handpump, slowly retract the landing gear until fluid starts to flow from
the overfill valve.
(6) Replace the container below the overfill valve with a clean sample bottle and
continue to retract the landing gear to obtain a 100 milliliter sample.
(7) Remove and seal the bottle. Put a label on the bottle to give details of the sample.
(8) Close the overfill valve.
(9) With the landing gear partially retracted, disconnect the nose landing gear doors
(Refer to TASK 52-81-00-000-801).
(10) Use the handpump to fully extend the landing gear.
(11) Disconnect the nose landing gear UP hydraulic line (Refer to TASK 32-20-00-000-
801).
(12) Install pressure blanks to the UP line ends.
(13) Disconnect the nose landing gear DOWN line (Refer to TASK 32-20-00-000-801).
(14) Put the open end of the landing gear DOWN line in a sample bottle.
(15) Set the landing gear selector to UP.
(16) Operate the handpump to obtain a 100 milliliter sample from the DOWN line.
NOTE: The nose landing gear will not retract when the handpump is operated.
(17) Remove and seal the bottle. Put a label on the bottle to give details of the sample.
(18) Set the landing gear selector to DN.
(19) Connect the landing gear DOWN line to the nose landing gear (Refer to TASK 32-
20-00-000-801).
(20) Remove the pressure blanks from the line ends and connect the landing gear UP
line to the nose landing gear (Refer to TASK 32-20-00-400-801).
(21) Partially retract the nose landing gear and connect the nose landing gear doors
(Refer to TASK 52-81-00-400-801).
(22) Fully extend the landing gear.
(23) Fill the hydraulic power pack reservoir (Refer to TASK 12-10-01-600-803).
(24) Complete the procedure for Landing Gear - Handpump Operation to give normal
operation of the landing gear (Refer to TASK 32-00-00-710-801).
(25) Use the electric pump to retract and extend the landing gear five times.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 604
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
500-802).
(28) Send the fluid samples to an approved center for spectrographic analysis to ARP
598 standard.
(29) Compare the result of the spectrographic analysis with the following maximum
contamination limits:
Particle Diameter in microns Quantity per 100 milliliters
5 to 15 512000
15 to 25 45600
25 to 50 4050
50 to 100 720
Over 100 128
(30) If the fluid samples are within the permitted contamination no other actions are
required.
(31) If the fluid samples have more than the permitted contamination:
(a) Do the procedure for Hydraulic System Flushing (Refer to TASK 29-00-00-
170-801)
(b) Check again the oil contamination within 300 to 500 FH after completion of
step (a).
(c) If, following step (b), fluid samples have more than the permitted
contamination, contact Piaggio Aero Industries Product Support.
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 605
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 606
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CLEANING / PAINTINGHYDRAULIC POWER - CLEANING / PAINTING

70029-00-00
0
TASK 29-00-00-170-801
1. Hydraulic System - Flushing Cleaning
Hydraulic
This section
Systemdescribes
- Flushingthe
Cleaning
Flushing related to Hydraulic Power.
1004 - 1104

Hydraulic ground servicing rig with 4 micron filter Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure


OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS GIVEN IN CHAPTER TASK 20-00-
01-910-801.


(2) Remove the inspection panel 251A.
(3) Connect the hydraulic ground servicing rig to the hydraulic system.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 701
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(4) Operate these hydraulic systems 10 times in normal and, where applicable,
emergency modes using the ground servicing rig to pressurize the systems:
– Landing gear
– Nose wheel steering
– Brakes.
(5) Do a Hydraulic System - Oil Contamination Analysis (Refer to TASK 29-00-00-
280-801).
(6) If the fluid samples still have more than the permitted contamination do the
following procedure:
(a) Drain the hydraulic system (Refer to TASK 12-10-01-600-804).
(b) Fill the system with new hydraulic oil (Refer to TASK 12-10-01-600-803).
(c) Do a Hydraulic System - Oil Contamination Analysis (Refer to TASK 29-00-00-
280-801).
(7) Depressurize the hydraulic system and disconnect the ground servicing rig.
(8) Replace the hydraulic filter element (Refer to TASK 29-10-00-000-804).
(9) Install the inspection panel 251A.
500-802).
F. Close-out
Not Applicable
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-00-00
Page 702
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
29-10-00 - MAIN
DESCRIPTION
029-10-00
MAND
AIN
HYDRAULIC
HYDRAULIC
OPERATION
0 POWER
POWER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
General
A. The hydraulic power system is a self contained hydraulic power package with an
1004 - 1104
electronic monitoring system. The system is installed in the LH equipment

compartment in zone 251.
B. The power package includes these components:

– The reservoir and valve block which has an integral pump and displacement piston
– The electric motor
– The optical level sensor
– Filter assembly
– The directional control valve (DCV)
– The electrical depressurizing valve (EDV)
– The pressure transducer
The system also uses:
– The electronic pressure control unit
– A remote hydraulic filler
– A ground pressurizing port
– A hydraulic switch and pressure gauge on the center switch panel in the flight
compartment.
C. The system gives hydraulic power for the landing gear the nose wheel steering and the
wheel brakes.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 1
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2. Description
Description
A. The reservoir and valve block assembly
1004 - 1104
(1) The reservoir and valve block assembly has these functions:
– It contains the hydraulic fluid for system operation
– It gives support for the system components and gives fluid passages for
system operation
– It contains the hydraulic pump and the pump control mechanism
(2) The reservoir is pressurized with air from the pneumatic system (Refer to TASK
24-00-00-400-801).
(3) The assembly has fins on the outside to control the hydraulic oil temperature and
keep the hydraulic pump cool.
B. The electric motor

(1) The electric motor drives the hydraulic pump through a splined coupling shaft. It is
attached to the reservoir casing with bolts. The unit has integral fan cooling and a
thermal cut-out switch which stops the motor if an overheat occurs.
(2) The 28 Vdc R.GENERATOR BUS supplies electrical power to the motor through a
relay. The relay is energised through the landing gear control switch and the
hydraulic control switch together with the landing gear limit switches.
C. The optical level sensor

(1) The optical level sensor is installed adjacent to the electric motor. The position of
the sensor is at the minimum permisseable reservoir fluid level.
(2) When the fluid level goes below the minimum operating level the level sensor
sends a signal to the electronic pressure control unit. When activated it gives an
electrical signal to operate the HYD LEVEL annunciator on the ground test/refuel
panel.
D. The EDV
(1) The EDV is on the valve block of the reservoir. It is a solenoid valve spring loaded
to a high duty mode position. When the solenoid is energised it moves to a low
duty position.
(2) The valve controls the air bleed pressure to a preload piston in the hydraulic pump
pressure control system.
E. The DCV
(1) The directional control valve is on the valve block of the reservoir. It is a solenoid
valve, spring loaded to the landing gear extend selection. When the solenoid is
energised it moves to the landing gear retract selection.
(2) The valve controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the extension/retraction system.
F. The Pressure transducer

(1) The pressure transducer is on the valve block of the reservoir. It measures the
hydraulic pressure at the pump outlet.
(2) It sends an electrical signal proportional to hydraulic pressure to the electrical
pressure control unit.
G. The Filter assembly
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 2
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(1) The filter assembly is on the valve block on the reservoir in the return line. A
differential pressure bypass valve bypasses the valve in the case of a filter
blockage.
(2) A differential pressure switch operates the HYD FILTER annunciator on the
ground test/refuel panel when a blockage is impending.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 3
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
3. Operation
Operation
A. The hydraulic system operates in two modes:
1004 - 1104
– The high duty mode, for landing gear extension and retraction
– The low duty mode, for operation of the steering and braking system.
There is also a non operational mode when the HYD switch is set to off or when the
retraction cycle is complete.
B. Low duty mode

(1) With the HYD switch on the center switch panel set to HYD and the landing gear
selector set to ON it makes a circuit to the pump relay coil and the depressurizing
valve coil. The electric motor operates and the depressurizing valve energises,
depressurizes the piston of the pump control mechanism, and sets system output
to 1000 psi.
C. High duty mode

(1) Landing gear up selection.
(1) With the landing gear selector set to UP it makes a circuit to the directional
control valve and the DCV energises to port fluid to the landing gear up line.
At the same time the circuit to the depressurizing valve opens and the valve
de-energises. The piston of the pump control mechanism is pressurized by
bleed air and sets the pump to high duty mode (3000 psi).
(2) When the landing gear locks up the up limit switches operate and open the
electrical circuit of the pump relay coil. The electrical motor stops and the HYD
PRESS annunciator on the annunciator panel comes on.
(2) Landing gear down selection
(1) The depressurization valve is open circuit through the open contacts of the
gear down limit switches. When the selector switch is set to ON it makes the
circuit to the pump relay coil to operate the pump in high duty mode (because
the EDV is still de-energised). The coil of the directional control valve is
de.energised and connects the fluid pressure to the gear down lines; the gear
extends.
(2) When the gear downlock switches operate they make a circuit to the
depressurization valve, which energises and sets the pump to the low duty
mode. The pump will operate in the low duty mode until another gear selection
is made or the HYD switch is set to OFF.
D. Fault indication
(1) The electronic pressure control unit measures these signals:
– A signal from the coil of the EDV (energised/de-energised)
– A signal from the electric motor relay
– A signal from the hydraulic pressure transducer.
(2) If the signals do not agree with the operating mode set the HYD PRESS caption
on the annunciator panel comes on. This shows that for the position of the EDV
and the motor coil the actual hydraulic pressure is not correct if a fault exists. To
avoid spurious faults the signals must disagree for TBD seconds before a fault will
show.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 4
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 1 - Component Recognition/Identification
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 5
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 2 - Main Hydraulic Power - Electrical Schematic
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 6
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40029-10-00
MAIN HYDRAULIC POWER - REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
0
TASK 29-10-00-000-801
1. Hydraulic Pump Package - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 401)
Hydraulic
This section
Pump Package
describes- Removal
the Removal Procedure related to Hydraulic Pump Package.
1004 - 1104

Hydraulic drain line Not Specified
B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED.

– PUT ON SAFETY GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
– RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY.
– A SUDDEN RELEASE OF PRESSURE IS DANGEROUS AND CAN


801.

(1) Remove the left auxiliary fuel tank (Refer to TASK 28-12-00-000-801).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 401
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(2) Remove the access panel 251 A.

– HYD CONT
– LDG GEAR CTRL
– HYDR PRESS WRN
(4) Depressurize the hydraulic system (Refer to TASK 29-00-00-600-802).
(5) Disconnect the hand pump line end (17) from the unit (21) and connect the drain
line to drain the hydraulic fluid into the container.
(6) Check on the Ground Test Refuel Panel that the HYD LOW LEVEL is on.
(7) Disconnect the following electrical connectors from their respective receptacles:
– The level indicator connector (3)
– The connector (18)
(8) Put caps on the connectors and the receptacles.
(9) Remove the two nuts (7) and the washers (8) and remove the terminals (9) from
the terminal posts (5).
(10) Disconnect the following hydraulic line ends from their respective union adaptors:
– The tank fill connection (10)
– The tank overflow connection (4)
– The steering and brakes return line (22)
– The landing gear down line (16)
– The landing gear up line (15)
(11) Put caps on the line ends and the unions.
(12) Disconnect the air pressurization line end (2) from its union adapter.
(13) Give support to the hydraulic package.
(14) Remove the four bolts (12) and the washers (11) from the mounts (14) and the
package. Collect the mount washers (13).
(15) Remove the hydraulic package.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 402
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 401 - Hydraulic Pump Package - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 403
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 404
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40129-10-00
40
TASK 29-10-00-000-802
2. Electric Motor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 402)
Electric
ThisMotor
section
- Removal
describes the Removal Procedure related to Electric Motor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the hydraulic pump package (Refer to TASK 29-10-00-000-801).
(2) Remove the four bolts (2) and the washers (3).
(3) Pull the motor (1) away from the pump package (5) until it is clear of the splined
shaft (4).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 405
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 402 - Electrical Motor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 406
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40229-10-00
40
TASK 29-10-00-000-803
3. Optical Level Sensor - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 403)
Optical
ThisLevel
section
Sensor
describes
- Removal
the Removal Procedure related to Optical Level Sensor.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(1) Remove the hydraulic power package (Refer to TASK 29-10-00-000-801).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the receptacles on the sensor (2).
(3) Put caps on the connector and the receptacle.
(4) Remove the sensor (2) from the mounting Flange of the package (4).
(5) Remove and discard the packing (3).
(6) Put caps on the sensor and the mounting flange.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 407
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 403 - Optical Level Sensor - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 408
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40329-10-00
40
TASK 29-10-00-000-804
4. Filter Element - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 404)
FilterThis
Element
section
- Removal
describes the Removal Procedure related to Filter Element.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
Filter paper Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(3) Depressurize the hydraulic system (Refer to TASK 29-00-00-600-802).
(4) Remove the locknut (8) and the locking tab (7).
(5) Remove the filter bowl (6).
(6) Remove and discard the packing (5).
(7) Empty the filter bowl into the filter paper to catch any particles of contaminant in
the bowl.
(8) Wash the bowl with solvent MEK and filter the fluid.
(9) Dry the filter bowl with a lint free cloth.
(10) Remove the filter element (4) and wash it with MEK into the filter paper.
(11) Put the filter paper in a suitable place to dry.
(12) Discard the filter element (4).
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 409
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(13) Do an analysis of the particles as described in TASK 29-00-00-280-801.
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 410
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 404 - Filter Element - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 411
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 412
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40429-10-00
40
TASK 29-10-00-000-805
5. Pressure Control Unit - Removal (Ref. to Fig. 405)
Pressure
This section
Control describes
Unit - Removal
the Removal Procedure related to Pressure Control Unit.
1004 - 1104

B. Materials
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
(2) Remove the access panel 251 A (Refer to TASK 53-60-00-000-801).
(3) Open, tag and safety the HYD CONT circuit breaker on the pilot circuit breaker
panel.
(4) Disconnect the two electrical connectors (2) from the receptacles on the control
unit (3).
(5) Put caps on the connectors and the receptacles.
(6) Remove the bolts (1) and remove the control unit (3) from the mounting bracket
(4).
F. Close-out
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 413
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Fig. 405 - Pressure Control Unit - Removal
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 414
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
40529-10-00
40
TASK 29-10-00-400-801
6. Hydraulic Pump Package - Installation (Ref. to Fig. 406)
Hydraulic
This section
Pump Package
describes- Installation
the Installation Procedure related to Hydraulic Pump Package.
1004 - 1104

Hydraulic Replenishing rig Not Specified
B. Materials
Solvent (MEK) TT-M-261
Lint free cloth Not Specified
D. Job Setup
Not Applicable
E. Procedure
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED.

– PUT ON SAFETY GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
– RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY.
– A SUDDEN RELEASE OF PRESSURE IS DANGEROUS AND CAN


801.
EFFECTIVITY:
1004 - 1104
29-10-00
Page 415
Jul.08/16
P.180 AVANTI
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(1) Clean the structure around STA 6710.52 with solvent (Material N° TT-M-261) and
a lint free cloth.
NOTE: Use the cleaner sparingly to clean the area.
(2) If a new package is to be installed remove the tube (20) complete with check valve
and install them on the new package.
(3) Install the power package and align the mounting holes with the mount holes at
STA 6710.52.
(4) Install the mount washers (13) the washers (11) and the bolts (12).
(5) Tighten the bolts (12).
(6) Remove the caps from the line end and the union adaptor and connect the line end
(2) to the union.
(7) Remove the caps from the hydraulic line ends and unions.
(8) Connect the following line ends to their respective unions:
– The tank full connection (10)
– The tank overflow connection (4)
– The steering and brakes return line (22)
– The landing gear down line (16)
– The landing gear up line (15)
– The hand pump line (17).
(9) Install the terminals (9) over the terminal posts (5) on the motor (6).
(10) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (7). Tighten the nuts.
(11) Install the following electrical connectors to their respective receptacles:
– The level indicator connecto

Maintenance Manual Piagg0 I PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Maintenance Manual Piagg0 I PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

P.

Manual Instance AVANTI

Table of Contents [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 05 - Time Limits and Scheduled Maintenance

CHAPTER 06 - Dimensions and Areas

CHAPTER 07 - Lifting and Shoring

Page Block 201

CHAPTER 08 - Leveling and Weighing

CHAPTER 09 - Towing and Taxiing

CHAPTER 10 - Parking, Mooring, Storage and Return to Service

TASK 10-11-00-910-801 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 10-30-00-840-803 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 11 - Placards and Markings

TASK 12-20-00-200-802 [Jul.08/16]

After shut-down [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 20 - Standard Practices - Airframe

TASK 20-10-03-910-803 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 20-20-01-300-801 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 21 - Air Conditioning

Control and Indication (Ref. to Fig. 3) [Jul.08/16]

TASK 21-10-00-210-804 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 21-20-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]

Page Block 301

TASK 21-30-00-960-801 [Jul.08/16]

Page Block 401

TASK 21-51-00-400-807 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 21-60-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 21-60-00-200-806 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 22 - Auto Flight

TASK 22-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 22-12-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 23-13-00-400-810 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 23-60-00-200-801 [May 28/15]

CHAPTER 24 - Electrical Power

TASK 24-00-00-400-801 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 24-30-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 24-31-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 25-10-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 25-21-00-000-824 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 25-21-00-400-823 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 25-21-02-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

Configuration Change [Jul.08/16]

TASK 25-60-00-720-802 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 26 - Fire Protection

Page Block 601

CHAPTER 27 - Flight Controls

TASK 27-00-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 27-00-00-200-804 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 27-10-00-400-803 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 27-10-00-820-803 [N/M]

Page Block 501

TASK 27-30-00-700-801 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 27-40-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 27-50-00-000-813 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 28-11-00-000-804 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 28-14-00-710-801 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 28-20-00-960-802 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 29 - Hydraulic Power

Main Hydraulic Power [Jul.08/16]

TASK 29-10-00-400-804 [Jul.08/16]

CHAPTER 30 - Ice and Rain Protection

TASK 30-11-00-000-802 [Jul.08/16]

TASK 30-21-00-000-803 [Jul.08/16]